The Canadian record of science

ZO
OG.)

—rp

Rw-Cibso ni ny ONS

aN

nal

i
a,
Tae

an

+ Aa?

THE CANADIAN

RECORD OF SCIENCE

INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF
THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREAL,

AND REPLACING

ite eA NeUDIAN NA TURAL TST:

VOL. IV, (890-1891)

LIBRARY
NEW y O
BOTANICA)

GARDEN

| MONTREAL:
PUBLISHED BY THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

1891.

. ha 4 a) Ae

NY Academy

Ct setences

EDITING COMMITTEE.

EDITOR :

F. D. Apams, M. A. Se.

ASSOCIATE EDITORS:
G. F. Matruew, St. John, N.B. Dr. T. Westry Miits.

J. F. Wutreaves, Ottawa. Rev. R. Camrse tz, D. D.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME IV

On New Plants from the Hrian and Carboniferous,
and on the Characters and Affinities of Palzeozoic
Gymnosperms. Sim J. W. Dawson, LL.D .......-

On an Expedition down the Beghula or Anderson
River. R, MacFaruane. With Introductory
iyge ra Ge MEBIBANYSON: es oeccdscces ss S.b eres essesee:

The Flora of Cap 4a L’Aigle, P.Q. Rev. Ropert

Proceedings of the Natural History Society............
IBOO eS INVOICES chaser Mose: Seaceennr coat ere SCE een eer rea eee ee
INOS se Gee Se cccosaede ae ssoce conte nen ocean eee eee
Some Temperaturex in the Great Lakes and St. Law-

REMC CM pAC Ee UMMON D +)cnevs sea. sesecsn 2 o¢-csesees

“Note of a Fossil Fish and Marine Worm found in the
Pleistocene Modules of Green’s Creek on the

OLA AASB RIV DIDASWISONE ccteicdarenvetelecccaceses
A New Botanical Laboratory. Prorzssor D. P.
IPDS TE CATE ONT 6 bo bS > OOH aR EDO EN EA Ee oes ane Ieee ane ee

Notes on Géthite, Serpentine, Garnet and other Cana-
dian Minerals. Dr. B. J. Harrinerton.............
Scolecite from a Canadian Locality. J.T. Donan,
AUS enat Craters iejelaviieis oc Gemcmardenedasacbia eens sey

Notes on Asbestus and some Associated Minerals. J.

SL ONAN IIA Ron tio seem ant lat dokci seetsavcwctaas es
The Lower Helderberg Formation of St. Helen’s
Telandes Winn Drnks, MA... ....0.cctscce ccs eue
Notes on a Bird new to the Province of Quebec. F.
1B. CUNT: TTUTAILAD) Speak Bette coh oe Ree eEe ae eee ae

Charles Frederick Hartt. G. F. Marruew...............

PAGE

1V Canadian Record of Science.

rons eae OUIGen Naeeeee secan<ceuee Cl ehececmerorueraos crn ecs oe ee
Proceedings of the Natural History Society.............

The Quebec Group of Logan. Sim W. Dawson, F.B.S. |

Our Winter Birds. F. B. CavLFIELD...........-.0+--+-+
Sun Spots observed at McGill College Observatory
during the years 1888-89. Proressor C. H.
ICILLTIT TD 2 ote noacosne tere se aaOn ene ae u adaasaa ccene a so3er

Milka Weatlonpcson Hunts, Mea. MED. 2.2.22 een
Nature as an Educator. Sir W. Dawson.........-.-..+:
Charles; Gibb: ByAe./5.hes one Lana e etn rtce
Proceedinisy ot the: Society: ose. eer sec. eae se ssaeeee) oe
TIGNES coos oA eM a an Ee RR Ra ie Set cab See LR
ive w Mitel Dayo .: ccc. evan setae see bees cece Seen ee
The Relations of Men of Science to the General Pub-

{ee el Be OPMAIG Sap one ie Wen te reer PAP ele age Rrra Re tne
The Blood and Blood-Vessels in Health and Disease.

Wirstiny, Minis: WAL MED ei Bets abe eee
On Canadian Spessartite and Mountain Cork. Dr. B.

ee LUARRINGDON ccesces ocean oe sete oe oes eas ie aces
Soil Temperatures. Proressors C. H. McLeop and

1D Sa PE NEVA Oi sashes sees Sen or tee as

Note on a Peculiar Growth in a Black Walnut. Pro-
BESSOR ley OP MNEAL GOW: eee ones taste eens
On Burrows and Tracks of Invertebrate Animals and
other Markings in Paleozoic Rocks. Str J. W.
DAWSON Secne cree eter d Sod aeeecienk 2s... eet Aa eee
A New Canadian Platynus. J. F. Hausmn............
Clay Concretions of the Connecticut River. Muss J.
IME PAGHMS ect tocousndere acon tere ee
Note on Specimens of Fossil Wood from the Erian
(Devonian) of New York and Kentucky. Sir J.
W. Dawson and PRorgesson PENHALLOW.........--.
The Composition of the Ore used, and of the Pig

Tron produced at the Radnor INonergss dis IL
DonaLp

DOO I DOO OO OOO OOSIOCROODOCCOGoeHaAOdOG

Pesce meee cence ec cers cscccce

PAGB
130
131
133
143

242

Contents. Vv

PAGH
Aids to the Study of Canadian Coleoptera. J. F.
EWAN SINE etc eet as seh sasiesilfes cs Sols bese eitbe < saaedee’ 251
On some Causes which may have infinenved the
spread of the Cambrian Fauna, G. F. Marruew,

AVIS ACen RSet ee AEST AL EA Melb tA ieee Uy lee Ne 255
The Australasian Association for the Advancement of

ISIGUGMIGSS ve Sounes aes cau be Ls) aC eS Mee ee aree ERO a 269
TOO) UNIDUTOS Aa SL thoe nodicte al SHE SUSAR Rae ae ma Dien 012427 (
EOCee CMM Ota UMC MS OCI mee iotkn Sbniiclisacss ee aad. 288
Proceedings of the Microscopical Society............... 292

Descriptions of Four new Species of Fossils from the
Silurian Rocks of the South-Eastern portion of
the District of Saskatchewan. J. F. Wurreaves. 293
Note on a Shark and a Ray, obtained at Little Metis
on the Lower St. Lawrence. Srr Wittiam Daw-
SONU Ru Sheree seria. eure note Cra Lute wactye 303
Specimens of British Wild Flowers in July and
August. Rev. Roperr Campseiy, M.A., D.D.... 309
On the Geology of Quebec City. H. M. Amr, M.A.,

IE GrAC SRE Reel e nee aciotas os; Suara enchta same wo ale badebeuciaules 315
Aids to the Study of the Coleoptera of Canada,. No. 2.

dete Vite JaUATISIOING G) cabceucoho ge nore AEnIL eee rn naae epee ee Coen 319
The Royal Society of Canada. Joun Reanpn............ 325
BOOKING ICE Meee (mea Ns cice Cecaiceysambintee sieie'sia oases ones 33
Proceedings of the Natural History Society.......... 335
SINOeB emesis een re ate eS cicvclnginin edieaidd a we desivigeawescr 337
On a New Horizon in the St. John Group. G. F

MEADE Wea AU EME ROME tess wiaeee nes) skids stasanes 339

On Some Granites from British Columbia and the
Adjacent Parts of Alaska and the Yukon Dis-

trict. Frank D. Apams, M.A.Sc., F.G.S.A....... 344
Philip Henry Gosse. Carriz M. Derick, B.A......... 359
Notes on the Flora of St. Helen’s Island, Montreal.

DES PENEALMOWs BSC.) HIRIS.C ins... s.c.cc.cscee+e 370

/ Annual sPresidemntial “Addresses... 2. 226.265--osee ee esee es 374
Proceedings of the Natural History Society . .......... mish

MIM ETO) Clam Denizen ee lastencsr-avesanadacsieateicvesdssseece <«--s- 390

vl Canadian Record of Science.

PAGB
The Botanical Club of Canada............. aS ero ch 393
Notices of Books and Papers.........2+--ssseesees es ceneeeees 385

Description of a new Species of Pees from the
Corniferous Limestone of Ontario. J. F. Wart-
SANTA. (cat et HIE) le aoa eas Pee ae 401

Note on the Occurrence of Paucispiral Opercula of
Gasperopoda in the Guelph Formation of Ontario.

LE MVD WAVES gscce) vassecseShcceseccrs ses csiea soe 404
Notes on Trees on the Grounds of MeGill University.

Sik WinnIAM AA WSON, BORG. ss02-05 2c: erence tac 407
Notes on the Flora of Cacouna, P.Q. Prorxssor D.

ESENNEDA TRON Yost, castes co sca ateeene ogame ay ma eS 432

Note on Leptoplastus. G. F, MavrHews, MA. F.R.C. 461
Notes to accompany a Tabulation of the Igneous
Rocks, based on the System of Prof. H. Rosen-

busch. Frank D. ADAMS....... ... 463
A Note on the Collection of Sediments. in Potable
Wisters.. ) Re KeahorrAn, -ByAs. MeD ese.) AOD
Short Notes on some Canadian Minerals. (With
Plate.) W. F. Ferrisr, Sree AG Seo ee 472
DenvideMilne aEOme: sea. se ue ose ees, eece ener ae eae 476
Addenda to Sir W. Dawson’s Paper on Trees on the
Grounds of McGill University ................2.000.. > ATS
Proceedings of the Natural History Society............ 479

Proceedings of the Microscopical Society ............0... 481

THE

CAA Drawn RECORD

OF SCIENCE. fe
4 es i
“== OF soqt
VOL. IV. JANUARY, 1890. NO. T’iweer

On NEw PLANTS FROM THE ERIAN AND CARBONIF-
EROUS, AND ON THE CHARACTERS AND
AFFINITIES OF PALAOZOIC GYMNOSPERMS.

By Sir J. Wriu1am Dawson, L.L.D., F.R.S.

In Paleo-botany it often happens that some specimen
recently discovered upens up a multitude of new questions
respecting former acquisitions. A noteworthy instance of
this in my recent experience, has been the kind communica-
tion to me by Mr. R. D Lacoe of Pittston, Pennsylvania, of
some specimens of Palssozoic Gymnosperms obtained by him
in the Catskill and Carboniferous of Pennsylvania. One of
these is a large slab containing a leafy and fruit-bearing
branch or stem of a new plant allied to Cordaitez on the one
hand and to Neeggerathie on the other, and remarkable
for its exhibiting in connection parts usually found separ-
ately. Another isa set of specimens of certain peculiar
organs of fructification referred by Huropean paleo-botanists
to the genus Dolerophyllum, allied to Neggerathia, and which
have not, so far as I am aware, been previously found in
America, About the sametime Mr. Francis Bain, of North
River, Prince Edward Island, had placed in my hands some

2 Canadian Record of Science.

yery interesting examples of the stems known as Tyloden-
dron, which occur not infrequently in the Permian of that
Island, and of which he has found the leaves and probably
the fruit along with stems shewing markings and struc-
ture.

iis le

Dictyo-cordaites, Lacoi—much reduced; (a) venation of
leaf nat. size; (b) seed and bract, enlarged.
A short notice of Mr. Lacoe’s remarkable specimen was
sent at once to the American Journal of Science,' but the
1 July, 1889.

New Plants from the Erian and Curboniferous. 3

questions raised by this and the other specimens demanded
a more detailed investigation; and I now wish to base on
this, and the other specimens above referred to, some gene-
ral remarks on our present knowledge of Paleozoic
Gymnosperms, and more especially on those of North
America.

Mr. Lacoe’s large specimen, for which I have proposed the
generic name Dictyo-cordaites in reference to its peculiar
netted venation, may be described as follows! :—

Dioryo-corparres Lacor, Dawson. (Fig. 1)
/
‘ ° ° ° °
The specimen is a branch or small stem 24cm. in diameter

and 46 cm. in total length. It is flattened and pyritised,
and shows, under the microscope, only obscure indications
of the minute structure, which would seem to have consisted
of a pith surrounded by a fibrous envelope and a bark of no
great thickness. It would appear, therefore, to be exogenous
with a thin woody cylinder and large pith. Thestem shows
portions of about 15 leaves, which have been at least 16 cm.
long and 3 to 4. cm. broad. They arespirally arranged and
are decurrent, apparently by a broad base, on the stem.
Their distal extremities are seen in a few cases, but in all
seem injured by mechanical abrasion or decay. It seems
most probable that they were truncate and uneven at their
extremities. The stem is terminated by a cluster or com-
pound corymb of spikes of which 20 are seen. They are
slender, but seem to have been stiff and woody, and the lar-
gest are about 15 cm. in length. The peduncles are knot-
ted and wavy in outline, as if dry and woody in texture
when recent. In this they differ from most of the ordinary
Antholites, but agree with my A. Devonicus,’ and also with
A. rhabdocarpi of the Carboniferous’ which they resemble
in the form and arrangement of the fruit. They have short

1 T am indebted to Professor Penhallow, of McGill University,
for his kind aid in the study of the specimen.

2 Fossil Plants of Devonian and Upper Silurian, 1871, Plate XTX.

’ Journal London Geological Society, 1867, Plate VII.

4 Canadian Record of Science.

pointed bracts, and some of them bear oval fruits, but only
a few of these remain, the greater part of them having ap-
parently fallen off before the plant was fossilized. There
may have been about 50 to 100 seeds or fruits on each peduncle,
and they seem to have been spirally arranged. So far the
characters do not differ from those of the genus Cordaites,
except that in those plants the spikes of fructification are
more usually lateral than terminal. Grand ’Kury, however,
figures' one form of Cordaicladus in which they are ter-
minal.

The most remarkable peculiarity, however, appears in
the leaves, which instead of having the veins parallel, have
them forking at a very acute angle, and slightly netted by
the spreading branches of the veins uniting with the others
near them. ‘This allies the leaves with those of the pro-
visional genus Neeggerathia, some of which have this pecu-
liarity, as also certain modern Cycads of the genus Zamia,
which Professor Penhallow has kindly pointed out to me.
Leaves with forking veins and even anastomosing to a certain
extent, are also known in certain fossils of the genera Otoza-
mitesand Neggerathiopsis, &c., which are referred to Cycads,
and the modern Cycadaceous genus Stangeria has forking
veins. The present plant would seem to bea form of Cordaitez,
tending to Neggerathia, which most paleo-botanists believe to
have been a gymnospermous genus allied to Cordaites. The
affinities however, so far as can be judged, are nearer to the
latter; and following the example of Grand ’Eury in his
nomenclature of the genera, I would propose the name
Dictyo-cordaites for the present genus, and the specific
name Lacoi, in honor of its discoverer. I may add here that
the general aspect of this plant must have been so near to
that of a Carboniferous species of Cordaites, as restored
many years ago in my Acadian geology,” that I reproduce
the figure here,

* Flore Carboniferce, Pl. XXV, Fig. 4.
* Second Kdition, 1868, Page 458, figure 172.

5

New Plants fromthe Erian and Carboniferous.

Stem,
f

)
(5) section o
es of Diplotegium, an allied type

B. Markin
(from Acadian Geology.)

(2) leaf, (3, 4) base and point of leaf,

Fig. 2. Restoration of Cordaites borassifolia. (1
stem.

6 Canadian Record of Science.

The specimen thus invites a comparison with the families
of Cordaitee and Negerrathie in connection with allied
genera and with a number of discoveries made in recent
years with reference to the Gymnosperms of the Pale-
ozoic.

Mr. Lacoe’s specimen is flattened out on a slab of grey
sandstone, and was collected by him in the Lower Catskill
(Upper Devonian) of Meshoppen, Wyoming Co., Pennsyl
vania. Mr. Lacoe informs me that it is there associated
with Archeopteris minor and A. major, Lesqx., and in neigh-
bouring quarries half a mile distant and about fifty feet
higher in the series, there are different species of Archzop-
teris, including one identified with A. Hibernicus, and a stro-
bile apparently of Lycopodites Richardsoni, a form character-
istic of the Upper Devonian of Perry in Maine. These beds
have also afforded to Prof. White a species of Spirifer, and
the Stylonurus excelsior of Hall.

I may add that I described, some years ago,’ under the
name WMeggerathia Gilboensis, a specimen from the collection
of Mr. Lockwood of Gilboa, New York, and from the
Cheming group, which was kindly communicated to me by
Prof. Hall. It differs from the present species in the form
of the leaves and also in the veins being simple and appar-
ently of two orders. Its characters are as follows: —“ Leaf
rhombic-obovate, with a broad base. Nerves or radiating
plice nine in number, not forked, and with fine strie
between them. eneih 37; inches. Breadth 24 inches. It
seems to have been bent in a eondiaiicats manner, and clasp-
ing or decurrent, on astem or branch. The form tends to
that of Dolerophyllum, though the species has been referred
to Meggerathia.”

I may also add that the only undoubted Devonian Cordai-
tes previously in my collections, is C. Robbii from the middle
Devonian of St. John, New Brunswick. This is a long and
broad parallel-sided leaf, pointed at the extremity, and clasp-
ing at the base, with parallel veins, and nearly akin to C.
borassifolia of the Carboniferous. With it are found species -

* Quarterly Journal Geological Society, 1871.

DULG New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 7

bo

of Antholithes, and of Cardiocarpon, which may have belonged
toit.’ It would thus seem thatso far as now known in America
the typical Cordaites had precedence of the Neggerathia,
and of Dictyocordaites. My narrow-leaved species C.
angustifolia is equally ancient with C. Robbii, but is of
doubtful affinities.

DoLEROPHYLLUM, Saporta.

This genus was established by Saporta for certain densely
leaved plants, having rounded leaves with radiating nerves
and closely arranged in a spiral manner on the stem. The
male inflorescence of these plants consists of a central disk,
with cavities for the pollen, and surrounded with radiating
fibres, while the seed is of large size. and longitudinally
striated, being the fruit usually known as Rhabdocarpus. It
is likely that in America we have usually placed the leaves
with ferns, as species of Cyclopteris. The fruits are
known and have been described as Rhabdocarpi. One
species, my Fh. insignis from Nova Scotia, is an inch and a
half in length. Another, A. oblongatus of Fontaine, from
Virginia, is nearly as large. Mr. Lacoe has found separate-
ly what is regarded as the male organ of fructification. One
of his specimens is a nodule of clay ironstone from Illinois,
and exhibits merely the central disk. Two others are flat-
tened in shale and are from the Carboniferous of Pennsylva-
nia. They are of different sizes, but may be of the same
species. ‘The larger of the two has a disk three quarters of
an inch in diameter, and marked with pits and ridges in an
irregularly radiating manner, while the border of radiating
fibres is about half an inch in breadth, giving a total diameter
of an inch and three quarters.

If we put together the leaves of some of the larger specias
of Cyclopteris, the fruit of Rhabdocarpus, and these singular
disks, we shall have all the principal parts of Dolerophyllum
as restored by Saporta from actual specimens found in the

1 Report on Devonian Plants of Canada, 1871.

8 Canadian Record of Science.

coal measures of France.’ I have not in my own collections
any specimens proving this collocation of parts, but give it
here on the authority of the French palzo-botanist. The
structure of the stem of Dolerophyllum does not appear to be
known, but its affinities would seem to be Cycadean, and the
organs of fructification above described have some re-
semblance to the remarkable Carpolithes horridus of our Cre-
taceous of the North-west.2 The species collected by Mr.
Lacoe so closely resembles D. Gospperti of Saporta, that I
hesitate to give it a specific name. It may, however, be
distinguished by its longer marginal rays and larger pits on
the disk, and may be provisionally named D. Pennsyl-
vanicum.

TYLODENDRON, Weiss.

A very important class of fossils in connection with the
subject of this paper is that included in the genus Tylodendron
of Weiss, which are more characteristic of the upper than
the lower members of the later Paleozoic. They are, how-
ever, closely allied to some of the forms included in the
genus Knorria, which goes back to the Devonian. These
stems are characterised by elongated ridges spirally
arranged, and with a slight groove at one end. Some speci
mens also show distinct swellings or nodes of larger scars
as if giving origin to whorls of smaller branches. They are
most frequently sandstone casts, and the surface markings
are not those of a true exterior surface, but of an inner cylin-
der showing the points of exit of bundles of fibres or ves-
sels. These stems have received several names. They
constitute the genera Schizodendron and Angiodendron of
Richwald, and the Lepidodendron elongatum of Brongniart is
is apparently of this nature. It is difficult to distinguish them
into good species, and the 7’. speciosum of Weiss covers most
of the forms. Weiss has described the structure of the
stem as consisting of a cellular pith surrounded with a

1 Evolution des Plantes, Pheenogames, p. 75.

* Trans. R. Socy. of Canada, Vol. I, p. 21, Pl. I., Fig. 3.

New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 9

cylinder of porous discigerous fibres, with three rows of
contiguous pores, and radially arranged. This is of course
near to Dadoxylon. 'The stem and fruit have not hitherto
been recognised in Europe. .

These plants were first recognised in Prince Edward
Island by the writer in 1870, and published in his report on
the geology of the Island in 1871, under the generic name
of Knorria. They are there stated to “ resemble very closely
the Permian stems to which Hichwald has given the name
Schizodendron.” They are also stated to show traces of
woody tissue allied to that of Conifers, and are conjectured
to have been branches of trees allied to that family. In
that Report they are said to occur in the Permo-Carbonif-
erous of Gallas Point, and also in beds referred to the
Trias.

Additional specimens were subsequently collected by Mr.
Bain of North River, Prince Edward Island, and were sent
to me for examination. They are described in a paper pub-
lished in the Canadian Naturalist in 1885 as follows :—

“Tylodendron was founded by Weiss to include stems
with elongate, prominent leaf-bases of the character of those
of Knorria, but bifurcate at the top. These stems or
branches, are very characteristic of the Permian of Russia,
Germany and France. They have been found by Weiss to
show the character of Dadoxylon when the structures are
preserved, and are therefore Coniferous; and it is now
pretty generally believed that they are decorticated bran-
ches of Walchia. So far as European evidence extends, they
are regarded as strictly Permian, and the species drawn by
Mr. Bain is not distinguishable from TJ. speciosum of Weiss.
In Prince Edward Island, I have figured (Report, Plate III
Fig. 30) what seems to bethe same species, though under
Knorria ; but my specimen may have been from the Middle
Series, then called Lower Trias, but now regarded by Mr.
Bain as Permian.?

1Mr. Bain informs me in a recent letter that he has found speci
mens of Tylodendron in beds regarded by him as Triassic.

10 Canadian Record of Science.

The specimens were associated with branches of Walchia,
leaves of Cordaites Simplex, Trigonocarpa, and also with

Fig. 8. Portion of stem
of Tylodendron (from
drawing by Mr. Bain.)

trunks of Dadoxylon (D. materiarium.)
Since the publication of the paper

referred to, Mr. Bain has made addi-

tional collections, more especially on

i St. Peter’s Island and other places on

the south side of Prince Edward Island,
some of which have been sent to the
Geological Survey at Ottawa, and
others to the writer, along with draw-
ings of specimens still in Mr. Bain’s
possession. These specimens show the
internal structure of the pith and woody
cylinder, and varieties in the external
markings which may perhaps indicate
distinct species; and along with the
stems, Mr. Bain has found leafy branch-
lets and fruits of a peculiar form which,
from their association, he regards as be-
longing to these plants.

The principal external differences in
Mr. Bain’s specimens, consist in greater
or less size and distance apart of the long,
projecting, spindle-shaped and furrowed
ridges which mark the stems, and in the
presence or absence of enlarged nodes
marked with whorls of tubercles. This
last difference may be specific, and ap-
pears to correspond with certain differ-
ences in the structure of the wood.

Several of the specimens showing structure, represent the
pith-cylinder alone in a silicified state, and these specimens
have the external markings as perfectly shown as in the
sandstone casts, so that the supposed external markings of
Tylodendron may in some cases belong to the outer surface
of the pith-cylinders. The internal structure of these medul-
lary cylinders shows, in some cases, the transverse dia-

New Plants from the Evian and Carboniferous. 11

phragms characteristic of Sternbergia. In other examples
this is less pronounced or absent. The pith is composed of
ordinary parenchymatous tissue, becoming more dense
toward the outer surface, and especially in the prominences
corresponding to the exterior ridges. In each of these there
is also a vacant canal, and similar canals appear in a verti-
cal position in the interior of the pith, as if there had been
vessels dispersed through the pith and sending off bundles
to the exterior prominences. In some specimens, shreds of
woody tissue appear at the surface of the pith, and in
others, in which the pith is not preserved, the woody cylin-
der shows its character somewhat perfectly. In the cross
section it presents square meshes in radiating rows, not dis-
tinguishable from those of Dadoxylon. In the longitudi-
nal section, however, the tissue is seen to be thin-walled,
with very indistinct disks, which, so far as observed, appear
to be in a single row, in which respect they differ some-
what from those observed by Weiss, which varied from one
to three rows, and with frequent medullary rays, simple
and composed of few cells superimposed, in which respect,
as well as in the disks, they differ
from those of Dadoxylon materi-
arium the species found with them
in the Permian sandstones of
Prince Edward Island. In the
nodose specimens, the woody fibres
are very small, and in the nodes,
become tortuous and interlaced in
the manner described by William-
son in the nodes of Calamites. In
the non-nodose form the tissue is
more open and very thin-walled.
Nothing is known of the structure
of the outer bark except impres-
ee eae Peay eas sions of its form with elongated

with fruit sears. (Drawn leaf-bases different from the mark-

pyre) ings on the internal surfaces.
(Fig. 4.) With reference to the latter it would seem that they

12 Canadian Record of Science.

are not limited to the surface of the pith, but occur on the
woody cylinder as well. Mr. Bain has observed in one
instance, what seems to be an outer envelope which would
indicate a thick bark, but its structures are crystalline,
and it may be merely’a concretionary covering.

The leaves’ and branchlets in fig. 5 have been found
by Mr. Bain in such relation to the debris of Tylodendron,
that he regards them:as belonging to it. They certainly
differ from those of any of the known species of Walchia,

Fig. 5. Leafy branch of Tylodendron and leaf
(Drawn by Mr. Bain.) sar

New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 13

and more resemble those of the genus Voltzia. They
have apparently three nerves, but the lateral ones may
be resin-vessels.

Mr. Bain also finds at St. Peter’s Island, with the bran-
ches and leaves of Tylodendron, the fruits or seeds represen-
ted in Fig. 6. They appear to be wedge-shaped and in
fours, and an involucre similar to that in Fig. C. accompa-
nies them, and is supposed to have velonged to them, or
possibly to male flowers of the same species. Neither of
these organs have been found actually attached to the bran-
ches. If these fruits belong to Tylodendron they would in-
dicate taxine affinities, and they somewhat resemble the
curious coniferous fruits from the Tertiary of Australia
known as Spondylostrobus.

Fie.6. Fruit and bracts of Tylodendron. (a) Fruit.
(6) single seed, (c) bracts. (Drawn by Mr. Bain.)

Stems having the markings of T’ylodendron occur in the
Permo-Carboniterous of Cape John in Nova Scotia, and at
that place there are also obscure Voltzia-like leaves some-
what resembling those of the Prince Edward Island
speciriens.

If we connect the trunks, branches, leaves and fruits
above referred to, we can now extend the description given
by Weiss much beyond that given to his 7’. speciosum, and
should perhaps give a new name to the form from Prince
Edward Island, more especially as it differs slightly
both in markings and structure from that described by
Weiss.

TYLODENDRON BAINI, S.N.

Exterior of stem with elongated leaf-bases, truncate above,
obtusely pointed below. Pith-cylinder and ligneous surface

14 Canadian Record of Science.

with elongate ridges pointed below and bifurcate above,
differing in size and form on branches of different sizes.
Branches or younger stems with nodes bearing a
whorl of prominences projecting beyond the general sur-
face.

Stem consisting ofa pith-cylinder somewhat Sternbergian
in structure, and formed of cellular tissue denser at the
surface and with traces of detached vascular bundles.
Woody cylinder with fibres having one row of pores
and frequent medullary rays of few rows of cells superim-
posed.

Foliage borne spirally on pinnate (?) branchlets. Leaves
elongate, oblong, acutely pointed, narrowed and decurrent
at base, with a midrib and two side nerves, possibly resin
ducts. Fruit borne laterally on the branches, and consist-
ing of four large seeds, rounded without, and wedge-shaped
within, so that in outline they have a semilunar form.
They seem to have been enclosed in an involucre. ;

Should it prove that the nodose and non-nodose stems are
specifically distinct, and that the leaves and fruit above
described belong to the latter, the description of the stem
will require a slight modification in that sense.

It would appear that in Tylodendron we have a gymno-
spermous type akin to the Taxinez, and which was charac-
teristic of the Permian, apparently extending also into the
Triassic Period.

We may now turn to the consideration of what is known
of Paleozoic gymnosperms allied to the forms above —
noticed, with the view of ascertaining their position in the
classification, and clearing up some doubtful points arising
from the fragmentary condition of our materials.

In the first part of the “ Flore du Monde Primitif” (1820)
Sternberg describes and figures, under the names Flabellaria
borassifolia and F. palmata, two groups of leaves from the
Coal Formation, both apparently referable to the species
now known as Cordaites borassifolia. Leaves of this kind
have since been found very abundantly in the Carboniferous

New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 15

in different parts of the world. To separate these plants
from others of different type, Unger proposed the name of
Cordaites, in honour of Corda, who had for the first time
figured a somewhat perfect leafy branch (Beitrage 1845).
Corda’s specimen showed something of the structure of the
stem which was described by him as having a ring of scalari-
form vessels surrounding a cellular pith, having that trans-
versely marked surface known as Sternbergia, indicating
diaphragms or partitions within. This apparently simple
acrogenous structure induced both Unger and myself to re-
gard the plant as allied to Lycopods, and it was placed with
these in my Acadian Geology, and in my paper on the
Fossil Plants of the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia.’ It
now appears, however, that Corda’s figure must have repre.
sented only the inner ligneous zone, and this imper-
fectly.

The leaves in Sternberg’s and Corda’s specimens were
large, parallel-sided and pointed, with closely placed paral-
lel veins of two orders, and they were attached by a broad
base to the stem. The leaves showed bundles of fibres in the
veins and stomata in the epidermis.

Brongniart having the same objections with Unger to the
name of Flabellaria, but acting independently, in 1849 desig-
nated the leaves of Cordaites by the name Pychnophyllum,
but was induced by their peculiar form and structure to in-
clude them in the Gymnosperms with the allied family of
Neggerathie, and near to the Cycads.* He compares the
leaves with those of Dammara and Podocarpus among the
Conifers. Goldenberg and Weiss subsequently corroborated
Brongniart’s view by the discovery of spikes of fructification
known as Antholites in association with Cordaites. Finally
Grand ’Eury discovered in the coal field of St. Etienne in
France, abundant and well preserved stems, leaves and
fruits which have enabled the French paleo-botanists to re-
construct the whole plant and to discriminate several gen-
era and species, constituting a gymnospermous family

1 Journal of Geological Society.
2 Tableaux de Genres.

16 Canadian Record of Science.

which they designate Cordaiteew, and which they regard as
intermediate between Cycadee and Taxinee.

As restored on the basis of the French specimens, the typ-
ical Cordaites are simple or branching arboreal plants with
broad parallel-veined, more or less pointed, leaves attached
by a wide base to the stem, and leaving simple transverse
.8cars when removed. ‘They bear spikes of nutlets, or large,
naked seeds, each subtended by a bract, and which are
usually lateral, though sometimes terminal. The stem has
a thick bark, composed of cellular tissue with bundles of
bast fibres, and the axis has an outer cylinder of porous tis-
sue, in wedges, with medullary rays, and an inner cylinder
of the slit-pored or transversely barred tissue, which I have

in previous papers designated by the term pseudo-scalari-
E form, to distinguish it from the true scalariform-tissue, from
which it differs in having bars and pores only on two sides,
and in the apparent pores being of the nature of transverse-
ly elongated dises. It is very common in paleozoic gym-
nosperms and exists in modern cycads. The pith is cellu-
lar with denser tabulz opposite the nodes of the stem giving
it the characters of the casts of pith known as Sternbergia or
Artisia.

Leaves of Cordaites, spikes of fructification known as
Antholites, now often called Cordaianthus, fruits of the kind
formerly known as Cardiocarpum, but now usually named
Cordaicarpum, occur somewhat plentifully from the Middle
Hrian to the Permian. If however, we are to regard, all the
Cardiocarpa as seeds of Cordaites, it seems remarkable that
the species of these fruits should be so numerous in compari-
son with those of the leaves and stems. Inthe Middle Hrian
of New Brunswick, I have recognised five species of Cardio-
carpum, besides Antholites and Trigonacarpa, and in the Car.
boniferous of Nova Scotia, the disproportion, as compared
with stems and leaves, is still very great. This might per-
haps lead to the inference that many of the species of Cor-
daites belonged to the higher grounds, and that only water-
borne seeds found their way into the aqueous deposits. This
would also serve to account for the fact that while leaves of

New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 14%

Cordaites are locally very abundant, they are not so gener-
ally diffused geographically as the Sigillaria and Le-
pidodendra. The oldest species known to me is 0. Robbii
from the Middle Hrian of New Brunswick, where it occurs
with two species of Antholites—A. devonicus and A. floridus,
—perhaps its male and female flowers, and with the species
of Cardiocarpa already mentioned. I observe it has been
stated that C. Robbii has been found in the Upper Silurian
of Hainault.’ The latest species known in Acadia is
C. Simplex found in the Permian of Prince Edward Island
and also in the newer Coal formation of Nova Scotia.
Antholites and Trigonocarpa are found in the same beds, but
no Cardiocarpa.

Stems of Cordaites showing structure have not yet been
certainly recognised in this country. This leads, however,
to the question whether such stems may not have been
referred to other plants. I may mention more particularly
those named WDadoxylon, (Araucarioxylon) and Sigil-
laria.

With a view of settling this question, I obtained through
the kindness of the eminent French palobotanist, M.
Renault, specimens of the stems from St. Htienne referred
by. him to Cordaites. These I found to be of two types which
may be distinguished as follows :—

(a) Silicified stem, associated with leaves of Cordaites
proper (C. borassifolia or allied). This has a large cellular
pith, which has, however, mostly disappeared, leaving a
hollow cylinder occupied with structureless silica and vege-
table debris. The pith has been nearly an inch in diameter
and showed no distinct evidence of Sternbergia structure.
The woody cylinder surrounding the pith was less than a
quarter of an inch in thickness, and consisted of two layers.
The inner of no great thickness, shows pseudo-scalariform
tissue, while the outer layer, which is radially arranged, is
composed of porous woody tissue, the pores or discs being
sometimes in one row, and sometimes as many as three

1 Ward, History of Palzo-botany.
2

18 Canadian Record of Science.

rows, but not contiguous. There are medullary rays which
are numerous, simple and of few tiers of cells superimposed.
The cortical tissues have perished.

(b) The other stem is of smaller diameter with a strongly
marked Sternbergia pith, an inner layer of indistinct
pseudo-scalariform or spiral tissue and an outer layer,
much thicker in proportion, and with wood-cells having
three rows of contiguous hexagonal areoles with central
slit pores. The medullary rays are simple. This second
stem is not distinguishable from Dadoxylon of the type of
D. Brandlingii or D. materiarium. The specimen itself
shows no evidence that it belongs to Cordaites.

Setting aside, as probably Coniferous, the second specimen
and assuming the stem (a) to be truly Cordaitean, it
accords with one of the species of Dadoxylon described by
me from the Erian of New York, namely D. Clarkii, which
presents similar characters though with a somewhat thicker
woody cylinder! D. Clarkii was described as follows in
1882.

‘The pith cylinder is large and shows ordinary cellular
tissue. The medullary sheath or inner fibrous layer consists
of pseudo-scalariform and reticulated fibres; but the most
remarkable feature of this wood is the structure of the
medullary rays, which are very frequent, but short and
simple, sometimes having as few as four cells superimposed.
This is 4 character not before observed in coniferous trees
of so great age, and allies this Middle Erian form with
some Carboniferous woods which have been supposed to be-
long to Cordaites or Sigillaria.”

The resemblance of this peculiar stem to those of Cordaites
and Tylodendron, above referred to is obvious.

I have noted and illustrated by characteristic examples,
the fact that the erect ribbed trees found in tke coal forma-
tion section at the South Joggins in Nova Scotia, often con-
tain the remains of their axis, either calcified and standing
erect within the tree, or fallen to the bottom in the form of
mineral charcoal. The examination ofa large number of

1 Report on Erian Plants of Canada, Part II, 1882.

New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 19

such axes has led me to the conclusion that there are two
types of these erect trees, one with an axis of scalariform
tissue only, though with the outer radiating cylinder
characteristic of Diploxylon, the other with a double axis
of pseudo-scalariform tissue internally, and discigerous or
multiporous tissue externally, of similar character -to the
stems of Cordaitee. Perhaps in accordance with this is the
fact which I have also illustrated, that some so called
Sigillaric or Favularic of the type of S. Elegans, have some-
what broad parallel-veined leaves resembling those of Poa-
cordaites.’

As characteristic examples of these trunks, I may refer
to two which I have described in the Journal of the Geo-
logical Society.

(a) Steruuaria (Diploxylon.)

The most characteristic example is a trunk rooted in an
under-clay in the Joggins section and existing as a sand
east 12 feet in height. This tree was discovered and care-
fully removed by Mr. Albert J. Hill, who found the interior
of the cast a calcified axis extending throughout its length
and showing well preserved structure. The structure is
described as follows :—’

“The axis is about 6 centimetres in its greatest diameter,
and consists of a central pith cylinder and two concentric
coats of scalariform tissue. The pith cylinder is replaced
by sandstone, and is about one centimetre in diameter.
The inner cylinder of scalariform tissue is perfectly contin-
uous, not radiated, and about one millimetre in thickness.
Its vessels are somewhat crushed, but have been of large
diameter. Its outer surface, which readily separates from
that of the outer cylinder, is striated longitudinally. The
outer cylinder, which constitutes by much the largest
part of the whole, is also composed of scalariform tissue ;

? Journal Geological Society of London.
* Acadian Geology.
* Journal Geological Society of London, Vol. xxxiii., 1877.

20 Canadian Record of Science.

but this is radially arranged, with the individual cells
quadrangular in cross-section. ‘The cross-bars are similar
on all the sides, and usually simple and straight, but some-
times branching or slightly reticulated. The wall inter-
vening between the bars has extremely delicate longitudi-
nal waving lines of ligneous lining, in the manner first de-
scribed by Williamson,’ as occurring in the scalariforn tissue
of certain Lepidodendra. (Fig. 4.) A few small radiating
spaces, partially occupied with pyrites, obscurely represent
the medullary rays, which must have been very feebly
developed. The radiating bundles passing to the leaves run
nearly horizontally ; but their structure is very imperfectly
preserved. The stem being old and probably long deprived
of its leaves, they may have been partially disorganized
before it was fossilized. The outer surface of the axis is
striated longitudinally, and in some places marked with
impressions of tortuous fibres, apparently those of the
inner bark. In the cross-section, where weathered, it shows
concentric rings ; but under the microscope these appear
rather as bands of compressed tissue than as proper lines of
growth. They are about twenty in number. Though
apparently of very lax tissue, the wood ofthe outer cylinder
may, in consequence of the strength of the vertical rods and
transverse bars of ligneous lining, have been of considerable
firmness, which would indeed seem to have been implied in
the manner of its preservation within the hollow bark.”

This stem is evidently that of a Sigillaria of the Diploxylon
type, with a slender woody axis wholly of scalariform
tissue and a thick inner bark, probably mostly of cellular
tissue of a lax and easily decomposed character, but pro-
bably also with bundles of fibres. This was protected and
strengthened externally by an outer bark of sclerenchy-
matous cells, now converted into coal.

* Monthly Microscopical Journal, August, 1860.

New Plants from the Evian and Carboniferous. 21

(b) StainuARgia (Favularia ?)

This example was furnished by another erect tree, about
a foot in diameter, and which I took down with care and
examined its contents. It was described and figured in the
journal of the Geological Society of London.’ It presented
the following parts :—

(a.) A coaly outer bark, no doubt originally composed
of dense sclerenchyma.

(6.) A cylinder of sandstone, representing the inner bark
entirely removed by decay.

(c.) A ligneous axis composed of wood-cells, the inner
with two rows of contiguous bordered pores on their radial
surfaces, the outer with only one. The medullary rays
short, frequent, and of one row of cells or sometimes partly
with two rows. Diagonal bundles of pseudo-scalariform
tissue traversed this cylinder, no doubt leading to the
leaves.

(d.) An inner cylinder of pseudo-scalariform tissue
similar to that in the inner cylinder of the axis in Cordaites
and in Cycads.

(e.) A medulla or pith, consisting of a hollow cylinder of
cellular tissue sending off at intervals thin diaphragms
toward the interior, giving it a Sternbergia structure.

This type of Sigillarian stem is obviously of far higher
grade than the former, and would justify the inference that
it belonged toa gymnospermous plant. The structures of the
stem correspond with that of others in which the axis exists
only as fragments in the base of the once hollow stump.
Some of these, however, conform to the type of multiporous
wood-cell seen in Poroxylon. If the foliage was like that
of Sigillaria elegans, and the spikes of fructification of the
nature of Antholithes, these parts might be referred to Cor-
daitee, though the stem was ribbed in the manner of
Sigillaria. I may add here that I have shown’ that some
Sigillarie of the Favularia type, divided at top into small

1 Vols. xxvi. and xxvii., 1870 and 1871.
* Journal Geological Society, Vol. xxii., also Acadian Geology.

22 Canadian Record of Science.

branches without ribs and with leaf scars very different in
form from those of the trunk.

The question now arises whether these different trunks
can belong to one genus, or even to one family; whether,
in short, we may not have been confounding very different
types, of trees under the name of Sigillarie? The first of
the above types, that of Diploxylon, corresponds with the
structure of undoubted Sigillarie, as illustrated by William-
son and other British paleobotanists, and conforms so
closely to that of Lepidodendron that we can scarcely doubt
the close affinity of this particular type with the Lycopo-
diaceous Acrogens.

On the other hand, so many of the erect ribbed trees at
the South Joggins have afforded tissues of a much higher —
type that we cannot doubt the existence there of trees simi-
lar in external characters to the ordinary Sigillarie, yet.
with internal structures conforming rather to the type of
Cordaitee. In these circumstances, while we must admit
the Gymnospermous affinities of the latter family, we must
wait for further information before being able to define its
precise relations to the Sigillarize on the one hand, and the
Conifers on the other.

I have referred above to Sternbergia piths. These are
usually sandstone casts, but in some instances shreds of
the enveloping tissues remain. In a few instances the in-
ternal structure is preserved. Where the latter occurs it is
seen to be cellular, arranged in tubule in the manner
which I have explained as occurring in the young pith of
the Balsam Fir and in the stem of Cecropia pelfata. Such
piths I have described as occurring in large and well pre-
served stems of Dadoxylon of different species from the
Middle Devonian to the Permian. The large size of the
pith would seem to indicate that the young branches were
very thick, in which case they could not have resembled
those of Walchia or Araucarites, which otherwise might be
supposed to represent the foliage of these trees, unless, in-
deed, there were thick branches bearing slender branchlets,
or unless, as Williamson has affirmed to have been the case

New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 23

in some other Coniferous trees, the pith increased in size
with the growth of the stem or branch. -There are, how-
ever, Sternbergize which have not belonged to “Dadoxylon.
I have figured’ specimens which show, attached to them,
multiporous tissue like that of Poroxylon or Dictyoxylon.
Others are enveloped with scalariform tissue like that of
Lepidodendron or Lepidofloios. This fact was long ago ob-
served by Corda. Others show pseudo-scalariform and
discigerous tissue like those of Cordaites, or of the peculiar
type of supposed Sigillaroid trees above referred to. Thus
it is apparent that the Sternbergia piths belonged to a num-
ber of trees ranging from Gymnosperms of high type to
Acrogens. I may remark here that the true Calamodendra,
of which Calamites approximatus is a type, in so far as the
medullary cylinder is concerned, are really internal casts of
pith cavities, originally surrounded by a thick woody en-
velope showing psuedo-scalariform and discigerous tissue,
and, therefore, not very dissimilar from that of Cordaites.
Williamson has shown, however, that the medullary rays
and other structures were different, and the stems of
Calamodendra were jointed in relation to the support of
whorls of organs. If these Calamodendra were really
Acrogens allied to Calamites, they present the same curious
resemblance to Gymnosperms which we see in another form
in one of the types of Sigillaria, and warn us that the
structures of stems and the character of fructification may
not have been correlated in the Carboniferous in the same
manner as in modern stems.

Doubts of this kind are further justified by the considera-
tion of the stems known as Poroxylon, Medullosa, Cycadeo-
xylon, Colpoxylon, Lyginodendron, Kaloxylonand Heterangium,
several of which have recently been described in great
detail by Williamson and by Renault. These have a true
medulla, surrounded by a cylinder of discigerous or reticu-
lated tissue, arranged radially and traversed by medullary
rays. Such characteristics would well suit a gymnosper-

1 Journal Geol. Society, 1871.

24 Canadian Record of Science.

mous standing, but, on the other hand, there are specimens
which, as Williamson has shown, unite such structures
with foliage referred to ferns of the genus Sphenopteris.”
Williamson suggests that inasmuch as the living Stangeria
among the Cycads combines an exogenous stem with fern-
like leaves, the same may have been the case in the Carboni-
ferous. If so, the problem as to their position can be
determined in each case only by the discovery of their
fructification.

In Bertrand and Renault’s recent elaborate memoir on
Poroxylon, these botanists have shown that this genus pos-
sesses an exogenous stem of some complexity. It hasa
distinct pith, not Sternbergian, with gum canals, an inner
or centripetal layer at first in distinct bundles of scalari-
form and punctated fibres, a true radiating woody zone of
multiporous fibres, with numerous medullary rays, and a
cambium layer, two layers of inner bark, and an outer
suberous bark. The leaves are petiolate and simple, and
have a single vascular bundle at base, forking in the blade,
in the manner of Veggerathia. From these and other
more minute characters in the distribution of the tissues,
the authors conclude that Poroxylon may be placed between
the Dyploxyloid Sigillarie and the Cycads, as probably a
low Gymnospermous type. They refer to three species of
Poroxylon—P. Edvardsii, P. Boyseti and P. Stephanensis.

Medullosa of Cotta presents several thick woody cylinders
twisted together, and with detached star-shaped or radiat-
ing bundles of fibres in the pith. The woody tissue of
Medullosa is said to resemble that of Paleoxylon, which is,
however, a subgenus of Dadozxylon, and allied to the
Conifers.

Colpoxylon has a thin woody cylinder and much thicker
bark than the preceding, and simple bundles in the pith.

Cycadeoxylon has several concentric circles of fibrous
tissue, with cellular tissue between them, somewhat in the
manner of Gnetacez, and with no fibrous bundles in the

* Transactions Royal Society.

New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 25

pith. My Dadoxylon annulatum shows structures approach-
ing to this last.

Renault has constituted a new genus (May, 1889) under
the name Ptychoxylon, in which the wedges of the woody
cylinder extended inwards, and are then bent so as to simu-
late internal woody layers.

All these stems are regarded as probably gymnospermous,
and with the different types of Dadoxylon, the Cordaites and
Tylodendron, serve to give some account of the trees from
which the multiform nutlets and seeds of the Carboniferous
and Hrian were derived.

The genus Megyerathia, like that of Flabellaria (Cor-
daites), dates from the time of Sternberg, and his JV. foliosa
is the original type, to which, however, a somewhat miscel-
laneous group of species has been added by subsequent
authors. Some of these, instead of the pinnate leaves of
the original species, have simple leaves spirally arranged
and decurrent on the stem. This is the case, for example,
with WV. flabeliata of Lindley and Hutton, which, on this
and other grounds, has been placed with some other
species by Schimper ' in a new genus Psygmophyllum, while
Saporta* places them in his genus Ginkgophyllum, suppos-
ing them to be akin to the modern Ginkgo or Salisburia.

These two types of Neeggerathe agree with one another,
and differ from Cordaites in the flabellate form and forking
venation of the leaves. The nearest approach to the Cor-
daites is that of the leaf of JV. flabellata to that of C. patulus
Grand Kury.’ Saporta states that the ordinary Neggera-
thie (JV. foliosa) bear their fructification on the surface of
modified leaves, and he is inclined to place them near to the
Cycads. On the other hand, he regards the second type
(WV. flabellata, &c.) as more nearly allied to the taxine Coni-
fers, though their fructification is not certainly known.
Lacoe’s specimen, now under consideration, would, how-

' Paleeontologie Vegetale.
* Evolution de Monde Vegetal.
* Saporta l. ¢.

26 Canadian Record of Science.

ever, go to show that a plant with Neggerathoid leaves
might have a fructification similar to that of Cordaites.

It has further become a question with paleobotanists to
what extent some of the broad, flabellate and rounded leaves
referred to Cyclopteris and other genera of ferns, may belong ©
to gymnospermous plants of the nature of Neggerathia.
Of these leaves those already referred to of the genus Doler-
ophyllum seem certainly to be Gymnospermous, The pecu-
liar fan-shaped leaves described by Newberry under the
name Whittleseya,| and of which one species occurs in the
coal formation of Nova Scotia, belong apparently to the
same category. The singular unilateral leaves, or fronds,
of which my WNeggerathia dispar from Nova Scotia was the
type, and which Fontaine has recently separated in his
genus Saportea,’ may also be gymnospermous. Less cer-
tain is the reference by Saporta to this group of the genus
Cannophyllites of Brongniart, and of the large and beautiful
Erian and Lower Carboniferous fronds of my genus Mega-
lopteris.”

I have already referred to the numerous Gymnospermous
seeds known in the Paleozoic, and belonging to the genera
Trigonocarpum, Cardiocarpum, Rhabdocarpus, ete.

The structure of many of these has been illustrated by
Hooker, C. Brongniart, Williamson and myself, and they are
unquestionably allied to the seeds of Cycadee and Taxinee.
When the vast abundance of these seeds on certain beds is
considered, and the fact that Schimper catalogues 67 species,
while recent discoveries would nearly double that number,
it becomes evident that plants ofthis grade must have borne
avery important part in the paleozoic vegetation, and we
have reason to suspect that many stems and leaves now of
uncertain affinities will be found to have been of this class.

We may now tabulate as follows the principal Gymnos-
permous groups which may be represented in the Palzo-
ZOIC :—

1 Lesquereux “ Coal Flora.”
2 “ Permian Flora.”
* « Kyolution du Monde Vegetal.

New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 247

1. Sigillariz and Calamodendree.
Favularia, (in part)?
Sigillaria proper, (in part)?
Calamodendron, (in part) ?

2. Cycadex.
Rhiptozamites.?

3. Neggerathie.
Neggerathia.
Poroxylon.
Dolerophyllum.
Whittleseya.
Saportea.
Medullosa?
Colpoxylon ?
Ptychoxylon.

4. Cordaitezx.
Dictyocordaites.
Cordaites.
Dorycordaites.
Poacordaites.

5. Taxinex.
Psygmophyllum.
Baiera ?1
Ginkgophyllum.
Tylodendron.
Walchia, Voltzia, ete.
Dadoxylon.

‘

6. Coniferz.

It would thus appear:

1. That the nearest structural affinities of the Paleozoic
gymnosperms with the higher Cryptogams lead toward all
the groups of Acrogens, viz.: Sigillarie, Calamitee, Lepi-
dodendrez and Ferns.

2. That the present dominant groups of Conifers proper
and Cycadacez are absent or slenderly represented in the
Paleozoic.

3. That the dominant Paleozoic families are the Negge-
rathie, Cordaitese and Taxinesr, and that these occupied
a prominent and important place, and culminated in the
Paleozoic and early Mesozoic periods.

1Permian of Russia, Schmalhausen.

28 Canadian Record of Science.

4. The two former families, did they now exist, would
supply connecting links between the Coniferee and Cycade,
and between the latter and the Acrogens.

On AN EXPEDITION DOWN THE BEGH-ULA OR
_ ANDERSON RIVER.

By Mr. R. MacFaruann, Chief Factor, Hudson Bay Company. .
INTRODUCTORY.

In 1857, Mr. MacFarlane carried out an exploratory
expedition from Fort Good Hope on the Mackenzie River,
to the Anderson River, and down that river, returning by a
different route to Fort Good Hope. A report on this ex-
pedition was made by him to the late Mr. James Anderson,
then in charge of Mackenzie River district, for the Hudson
Bay Company. This report was not written for publication,
but a copy of it was handed to me about a year ago by Mr.
J. Anderson, son of the late Chief Factor. As the report
contained much information respecting a region of which
scarcely anything is known, | applied to Mr. MacFarlane for
his permission to haveit printed. This permission Mr. Mac-
Farlane kindly accorded, and the narrative is here given as
written by him in the year of the exploration, with the
omission merely of some portions of the original, bearing
upon the fur trade and business of the Company.

Mr. MacFarlane’s services to science in the extreme
northern portions of the continent are well known, and his
report of his journey to the Anderson River, gives further
evidences of close and accurate observation, which would be
creditable as the result of an expedition undertaken for
scientific purposes, instead of primarily in the interests of
the fur trade.

The region traversed lies to the east of the Mackenzie
and to the north of Great Bear Lake, within the Arctic circle.
A short notice of the Anderson or Begh-ula river is to be
found in Sir J. Richardson’s Journal of a Boat Voyage (Vol.
I., p. 265), and a brief description of the country in its

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 29

vicinity is given by Abbé Petitot, in the Bulletin de la
Societé de Géographie, (Vol. X., p. 173). The map accom-
panying the article of Abbé Petitot, is the best available of
the region in question and may be consuited in following
Mr. MacFarlane’s route. His course was northward and
eastward from Fort Good Hope to the Lockhart River,
thence down that river and the Anderson (of which itis a
tributary), nearly to the Arctic coast, where he was turned
back by the Eskimo. He then returned southward by land,
and after examining an additional portion of the Andergon,
above the mouth of the Lockhart, together with another
tributary named the Ross, he struck across in a westward
direction to the Peau de Liévre or Hare-skin River by
which he returned to Fort Good Hope.

Mr. MacFarlane has also furnished me with an additional
short general description of the Barren Grounds, to the east
of the Anderson River, between that river and Franklin
Bay, crossed by him four times in 1862 to 1865 for the
purpose of collecting birds, eggs, etc., for the Smithsonian
Institution.

Some fossils collected by Mr. MacFarlane in the course of
these expeditions are described by Meekin his paper, pub-
lished in the T’ransactions of the Chicago Academy of Science,
(Vol. I., p. 75). These are referred to in my Notes to
Accompany a Geological Map of the Northern Portion of the
Dominion of Canada, (Annual Report Geol. Surv. Can., 1886.,
p. 30R,) but Mr. MacFarlane’s valuable observations were
not then available for reference in connection with the
compilation of the map. It would now appear from them,
that between the Mackenzie River and Franklin Bay, the
Devonian and probably also the Cretaceous rocks, came
further south than was supposed, covering a portion of the
region coloured as Archean on the map.

Gzorce M. Dawson.

On the afternoon of June 4th, 1857, accompanied by Jerome
St. George, dit Laporte, and four Indians, I started from Fort
Good Hope for Canoe Lake, carrying with us such further

30 Canadian Record of Science.

necessaries as were required, and we reached that place
about noon of the 8th.

In proceeding thither we pursued a northerly course, and
on the 5th came to a lake called ‘‘ Loon Lake,” along which
we continued, camping that night at its northern end. It
is about twelve miles in length, with a breadth of from two
to five miles. On the 6th we encamped on the west side of a
larger lake, and next day crossed a smaller and halted at
the southern end of another, in size equal to ‘‘ Loon Lake,” to
whith I gave the name of Chief Trader Murray. These
lakes, together with a chain of from forty to fifty small
ponds or sheets of water, varying in extent from one-eighth
to two miles, lie in a flat or valley formed by two ridges of
rising ground running parallel with each other, and extend-
ing on the southward from within a short distance of the
Mackenzie (the country thence being undulating) to Mur-
ray Lake, where they subside into a series of gentle hills
or eminences, to Canoe Lake. The country appeared to be
well timbered in every direction with pines, juniper, several
species of willow, and a few small groves of poplar and
birch. Marshy plains and swamps occurred at intervals,
and the soil, where not composed of moss or vegetable
mould, consisted of a thin layer of dark loam, with a
whitish clay or reddish sand underneath. Ice was still as
firm as ever on the larger lakes, and wild fowl were exceed-
ingly numerous wherever water appeared. On the west side
of ‘Lac Rory” (where we camped June 6) several fossils
similar to those found in the limestone forming the Ram-
parts on the Mackenzie [Devonian] were picked up. The
beach was shingly and no rock in sitt could be discovered in
that quarter.

Canoe Lake is larger than any of the above and is of a
triangular form, with high banks and hilly ground toler.
ably wooded in its vicinity. At its northeast end we found
the Iroquois, who had the canoes and everything in excel-
lent order. Finding that the river issuing from the lake
was too insignificant to admit of being navigated by canoes
even of the smallest size, I determined on making a portage

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 31

to a part of it lower down, where the Indians informed us
jt was sufficiently deep. Till noon of the 9th was accord-
ingly spent in doing so, and during the remainder of that
day and till the afternoon of the next: we toiled ina river from
one to ten yards wide, extremely tortuous in its course, with
the navigation impeded by immense quantities of. drift-
wood. We had considerable difficulty in getting on. The
wood had to be cut and afterwards removed before we
could proceed. On the afternoon of the 10th it was found
utterly impracticable to make any further progress. The
drift-wood was in such large piles as would occupy more
time for its removal than we could spare. Another portage
was therefore decided on. Several Indians who had joined
us on our route hither were sent on ahead, with all the
‘ pieces,’ to the junction of this river (called the Iroquois
after my steersman) with that coming from a lake known
as the “La Porte,” and lying three days’ march to the
north-east of Good Hope, and we made a portage of six
miles with the canoes to a part of the Iroquois, on which
we launched them. Finding it deeper and clearer of drift-
wood we reached its mouth early next day. The Iroquois
flows through a fiat plain, bounded on both sides by two
ridges of ground composed of sand and fragmentary rock,
and well covered with pine and willow. The driftwood on
this river is doubtless the accumulation of many years. Its
course is so very tortuous that any floating wood easily gets
jammed between the growing trees on both banks, and
thus forms into large piles, s0 that very little of it ever
reaches its mouth.

Halting for an hour, we then embarked the ‘ pieces’ and
commenced the descent of Lockhart River (I have named
it after a friend and brother officer), finding it much
broader and deeper than the Iroquois and the adjacent
country better timbered. The river varies in breadth from 50
to 300 yards, the greater breadth occurring near its mouth,
where it receives the waters of three small rivers, two
of them coming from the westward and the third from
the east. A strong head wind greatly retarded us in

32 Canadian Record of Science.

descending it. This was, however, effected by noon of the
13th, when the Begh-ula River was reached.

The formation of the banks of the Lockhart for some
distance after we fell upon it, consisted of a bituminous coal,
resting on a bed of limestone, with an upper layer of veget-
able mould covering a bed of from two to ten feet of clay,
underneath which the carboniferous stratum appeared.
Lower down, the formation was perceived to be stratified
shale and the beach sandy, and near its debouchement the
banks were composed of a dark blue and gravel-mixed clay.
The banks were high and sloping and in parts steep; a few
small islands and sandy battures occurred, and the current
was smooth and swift, broken only by a few shallows which
form rapids at a lower stage of the water.

Rabbits were in great numbers, as well as geese, ducks
and swans. ‘Two out of seven black bears were shot, six
reindeer fired at and missed, and an otter, a beaver, a
mink and two wolves were seen. The surrounding country
ig doubtless a fine tract for fur-bearing animals, and I be-
lieve but little hunted owing to its distance from Good
Hope, the Hare Indian country being situated more to the
southward. ‘The Lockhart is said to be navigable from its
source and only broken by a few not very formidable rapids
in its upper portion.

The Begh-ula, or Anderson River, was found to be
drifting thick and the beach lined with ice. Perceiving a
fire on the opposite side of the river, we crossed over with
much difficulty and there found an assemblage of some fifteen
or eighteen Indians, mostly Batard Loucheux belonging te
Fort Good Hope. From these we ascertained that the river
had only broken up the previous day. I therefore got up
my tent, the pickets of which could not be driven home, and _
employed the remainder of the 13th in engaging some
Indians required to make up our complement, as well as in
making other necessary arrangements.

It was a party of these Indians who paid a visit to the
Esquimaux of this river in April last. They informed us,
that on that occasion they had a rather narrow escape with

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 33

their lives from a large party of western Esquimaux who
had come there for the purpose of trade, and it was only
through the interposition of the former, whom they found
very friendly, that they were permitted to return. On
coming to a halt shortly after parting with the Hsquimaux
the Indians discovered that one of their number was miss-
ing, who, strange to say, had not since been heard of. But
more of him anon.

On the 14th June we embarked on Anderson River in two
canoes, our party numbering ten in all. The general appear-
ance of the country, to the lodges of the Upper Hsquimaux,
which were reached about noon of the 15th, differed materi-
ally from that previously passed. The banks of the river were
higher and of a more hilly character, and had a considerable
sloping tendency upward, the summits of these hills occa-
sionally presenting a smooth rounded surface covered with
moss and dwarf willow, and the slopes with timber of a
medium size. In some parts also, on the east side, the sum-
mits were perfectly flat, with a few clumps of tall willow.
The banks on the left generally consisted of a succession of
small hills, intersected by several valleys, through which
small streams made their way. The course of the river was
pretty direct, chiefly in a northerly direction. _ Its breadth
varied from 500 to 1500 yards, with abundance of water for
loaded craft. Very few sandy battures or islands occurred.

Some time before reaching the Hsquimaux lodges, we
were joined at intervals by fifteen of these people, who had
been employed hunting reindeer on the slopes and summits
of the river banks. They rarely hunt at any distance be-
yond, probably from fear of being attacked by hostile
Indians. When an Esquimaux succeeds in killing a deer,
he drags the animal as it falls to the water's edge, into
which it is plunged. The hunter then inserts an arrow into
the carcass, so that on its floating past the lodges it may
be taken possession of for the benefit of the party by whom
it has been killed.

On landing at the chief’s encampment I immediately
marked out a line on the beach, and directed my interpreter

34 Canadian Record of Science.

to inform him that if the Esquimaux, in accordance with
messages previously sent through Indians, wished to open
up and maintain a friendly intercourse with us, it would be
expected of them to respect such arrangements as we should
deem necessary for that purpose, one of which consisted in
not attempting to cross the said line. To this they at once
agreed and accordingly ranged themselves beyond it. A
small present of tobacco, a commodity of which they
seemed inordinately fond, having been made to each person
assembled, the objects of the expedition were then entered
into and discussed at great length, evidently to the satisfac-
tion of the Hsquimaux, who expressed much pleasure at our
visit to their lands. They regretted not having been
apprized of our visit at an early period of last season so as
to have had a large collection of furs against our arrival,
but promised faithfully to exert themselves during the
ensuing winter. They also informed us that they have two
sources of trade—the first with their brethren to the west-
ward, and the other with some Indians whom they were
occasionally in the habit of meeting on their hunting excur-
sions up the river, and that the remuneration received for
their furs was too trifling to stimulate exertion among them,
although foxes were in great numbers on their lands.

The Esquimaux of Anderson River are certainly fine
specimens of the race—tall and well formed, active in their
movements, lively in their conversation, good-humored,
with smiling open countenances, and affable, though, it
must be confessed, rather troublesome in their deportment.
Their clothing consisted of trowsers of deerskin, with the
hair side next the body, shirts of the same material, and an
outer shirt or coat, with the hair outside, having a hood
fringed with the fur of the wolf or wolverine attached ; boots
or shoes of sealskin, water-tight and neatly made. The
crowns of their heads were closely cropped, and the front
hair in a line with the forehead. A few of them also
sported tolerable mustaches and imperials. The dress of
the women differed only in being ornamented with beads,
and in their having a short tail appending to the hind part

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 35

of their shirt or coat, which was tied in front. The lofty
top and side hair knots, so fashionable among the Hsqui-
maux of the Mackenzie and Cape Bathurst, prevailed here,
and in my opinion did not at all tend to improve their
appearance. The women are decidedly better looking and
cleaner in their habits and persons, so far as I had an-oppor-
tunity of judging, than the generality of Indian women in
the North. Their cheeks were red and rosy, the expression
of the face always amiable, and their behaviour in perfect
accordance with the latter quality. The kayaks and
oomiaks are precisely similar to those in use among other
tribes of Hsquimaux, and their arms comprised a bow and
quiver of arrows—iron, bone and ivory pointed—a spear, a
long and short knife, and a long prong which they use in
darting at wild fowl. There were eight lodges at this place.
The covering consisted of half-dressed sealskins mounted
on poles placed upright in a slanting position, the interior
being covered with deerskins and robes for sleeping. The
kettles we saw were of sheet iron and copper, the former
large and the latter of various sizes, and had evidently been
traded from our Indians. The knives were mostly of Eng-
lish manufacture, but the larger beads were different from
those used for the trade of the “R” District. - The chief
“Pabina” had a common gun and horn with some powder
and ball, which he told us he had received from one of the
Good Hope Indians who visited the Esquimaux last spring.
The gun was marked “ Barnett, 1854.”

Finding the Esquimaux so very friendly, I somewhat
relaxed my demeanour towards them, and accordingly per-
mitted several of them to cross the barrier referred to, at
the same time directing the erews to prevent any attempts
at pilfering; they however presumed on this occasion,
doubtless encouraged to do so by the fear which the Indians
evidently had of them, and which from their natural acute-
ness they clearly perceived. One of them (a Coast Esqui-
maux) went so far as to steal a silver fox which I had shortly
before traded from him, I was at the time occupied in talking
to the chief at some distance from the canoes, buton being

36 Canadian Record of Science.

made aware of the theft, immediately made up to the fellow,
wrenched the skin out of his hand and warned them all
not to attempt anything of the kind again. This fellow
helped himself to the fox in presence of the Indians, not
one of whom attempted to prevent him, I could already see
that the Esquimaux looked upon them with contempt,
invariably addressing them as ‘‘nonga,” which, in their
language, signifies “spittle.” Even Laporte was favored
with this mark of their esteem.

On making enquiries of them regarding Captain McClure’s
despatches, I could obtain no satisfaction; they all denied
having seen or heard of any such having been delivered to
the Esquimaux, but from the change which the counten-
ances of several of them underwent during the examination,
and other causes, I had every reason to suspect that they
knew something about them. These Esquimaux are exceed-
ingly fond of written or printed paper, and it has been no
uncommon thing with the Indians to exchange their debt
bills with them for arrows, &c. It may therefore readily
be presumed that McClure’s despatches have been cut up,
and may thus be, in minute portions, in possession of a
great number of Esquimaux.. From the inability of
Laporte on this and every subsequent occasion to make
himself thoroughly understood by the Indians who acted as
Esquimaux interpreters, I could not ascertain the origin of
this fondness for written paper, or whether they attributed
any medicinal or other virtue in its possession.

After a stay of some hours, we again started, embarking
the chief in Laporte’s canoe so as to facilitate our inter-
course with the Esquimaux lower down. Most of his men
also wished to accompany us, but as they would have
proved a source of much annoyance, I peremptorily ordered
them to return. Two Coast Esquimaux were allowed to
follow. Until we camped at half-past 10 p.m., we saw
several small parties from whom we traded a few foxskins;
the women put off to us in their boats, and on receiving the

1An account of the discovery of Hees esd
BAe oem AP soe ae s despatches in 1862, will be found in

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 37

customary present of tobacco, thanked us and immediately
returned, as did also the men, with a few exceptions. These
were not permitted to encamp with us, but camped on the
opposite side of the river, where they sat up till next
morning.

Our encampment lay at the foot of a high hill, moss
covered and entirely destitute of wood, its face steep and
intersected by small clefts or hollows. These hills occasion-
ally form bends of the river. The banks on the left were,
as usual, rather better timbered, the breadth of the river
more uniform, the current smoother, and the beach sandy,
stony and muddy at intervals. The country was almost
entirely covered with snow, and the shores thickly lined
with ice, the latter clearly proving that the river had broken
up but very recently.

Resuming our course early next morning (16th June) we
put ashore at 11 a.m., at a large encampment of Esquimaux
under ‘‘ Dowlas,” the head chief of this river (they are
governed by two chiefs), who received us very kindly; his
conduct then and afterwards was in perfect keeping with
this reception. This fine old man labored under an affection
of the thorax, which prevented him from making himself
heard at any distance; he appeared, however, to possess
considerable influence over his people, and we had therefore
little or no trouble while we remained at his place. I was
here informed that with the exception of a few lodges about
two miles below, no more Hsquimaux would be seen until
we got near the coast, which was still at some distance ;
and that these Esquimaux were not, in the words of the
chief, ‘too good.” Understanding from my interpreters
that they were Anderson River Esquimaux and under the
command of Dowlas, and also that they had some furs in
their possession, I saw no reason to prevent us from going
not only down to them, but as instructed, to the mouth of
the river, especially as he volunteered to accompany us for
the purpose of exercising his authority in our favor. On
the contrary, from their being of Dowlas’ party, I expected

38 Canadian Record of Science.

to find them as easy to deal with as the others, and therefore
decided on proceeding.

The lodges (5) above alluded to were reached about 1 p.m.
We halted for dinner, and here, as wherever we landed, we
were treated to several dances performed to a low mono-
tonous song chanted by the women. The utmost harmony
existed among this interesting people, who appeared to feel
much affection for their children. We saw very few old
people and they seemed to be well taken care of. The
married women are all very slightly tatooed, and the men
wore the usual mouth ornaments. The oomiaks are taken
up the river by means of a line made of walrus hide, hauled
by three or four women and as many dugs. We met several
boats thus hauled en route for above. A large Inconnue
(Salmo Mackensii) and white-fish, both of excellent quality,
were here traded. The first-named fish, together with carp,
loche, herring, jack, blue and white-fish abound in this
river. The Esquimaux use nets made of deer sinews for
taking them. Small herds of reindeer were seen browsing
on both banks and venison was everywhere in great abund-
ance, in fact, deer were to be had when required.

After leaving last night’s encampment, we found the
country barer as :ve advanced and but thinly wooded,
willow being more abundant than pine. Two great bends
occurred, across which the Esquimaux make a portage
when ascending the river. In one spot we observed a bed
of shale similar to, but more friable, than that on Lockhart
River. From that time until 9 p.m., when it was found
necessary to abandon the canoes, the river gradually in-
creased in breadth with longer reaches and a slow current.
The immediate banks were at intervals low and muddy, and
extended for some distance in an undulating plain to the
base of the hilly ground which now ran parallel with the
river. Wood at first appeared in clumps, but the country
latterly was quite barren, the ground was covered with
snow, the weather cold, and not a stick of drift-wood to be
seen.

About 8 o’clock we arrived at nine lodges on the right

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 89

bank of the river (all the lodges passed were on that side)
where I was surprised to find only two men with the women
and children, of whom there were 35. They informed us that
the others had not yet returned from hunting, and that they
had no furs to trale. Embarking under sail, the wind
being fair, we were very shortly overtaken by 15 kayaks, to
the occupants of which the usual presents were made, but
without eliciting any thanks. The dress of these men was
observed to differ from the others in being ornamented with
beads, and in most of their coats being made of the skin of
the wild goat or sheep, animals only to be had in the
vicinity of the Rocky Mountains. I supposed that they
had received them from the western Hsquimaux, and
although I noticed that their manner and the expression of
their countenances (which was fierce) were anything but
prepossessing, it never occurred to me that they were from
the vicinity of Mackenzie River, as I had no idea of
encountering any of that tribe at this period of the season.

Continuing on we passed another group of lodges, from
which upwards of 20 men put off to us, but no women.
Finding them very troublesome and in our way, the wind
having changed right ahead, I peremptorily ordered them
back, and as they would not return I stopped the canoes
and caused the crews to present their guns at them (this
was the first occasion we had to show our arms), which had
the effect of making them keep a little behind; but they
persisted in following, and while we were occupied in deal-
ing with another party who met us, those behind came up
and joining the last they surrounded both canoes, laying
hold of Liporte’s, evidently with the intention of dragging
it on shore, a proceeding which, after much trouble, aided
by the chiefs, we succeeded in preventing. We were con-
stantly joined by new arrivals, who were shouting at a
great rate and making much noise, and I now saw that
owing to the interpreters not having thoroughly understood
what Dowlas told them regarding these Hsquimaux, whom
we had no doubt were from the westward, we had got
into a dilemma from which retreat with the canoes was

40 Canadian Record of Science.

impossible and that there was at least as much risk in
attempting to return as in proceeding agreeably to my
instructions. I fully expected to encamp that night on the
shores of the Arctic Sea, and should certainly have done so
but for the reasuns which will after appear.

Determined to go forward at all hazards, especially as from
the banks of the river here being muddy and nearly level
with the water, covered with ice and no drift-wood—in short,
utterly unfit for any defensive purposes, I could not land,
and well knowing that the Esquimaux would never resort
to extreme measures while we kept on the water, so long
as we did not allow them to lay hold of our canoes. With
my Own canoe we always made our way; not so, however,
with Laporte’s, despite order after order given him to keep
them off he would or could not, and it was therefore neces-
sary for us to protect him in addition to opening up a road
through the kayaks before us. Guns were again presented,
which had now the effect of making the Esquimaux, if any-
thing, more troublesome than before. Seven guns were
held up to intimate to us that they were as well armed as
ourselves, and such of them as had none dipped their bows
in the water and arranged their arrows before them. These
appearances, though certainly indicating hostile intentions,
were, I suspected, made at present with the view of adding
to the fears of the Indians, and they had the desired effect.
The latter now became anxious to be put ashore so as to
return overland, of course leaving everything. This I could
not agree to, and therefore continued on.

About 9 p.m. we arrived opposite to a large encamp-
ment, from which some thirty or forty canoes were seen
putting off, which caused the others to close around us,
and thereby almost drove us on shore. Extricating our-
selves with much difficulty we managed to go on a little
further and were about twenty yards from the left bank
when the new arrivals approached, seeing whom, six of
the Indians suddenly got out of the canoes and made for
land on a batture which extended for some distance from
the shore. The Iroquois and I immediately jumped out,

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 41

dragged the canoe to land, and with some trouble I suc-
ceeded in making the Indians turn back. They were ordered
to re-embark, but refused. Seeing that they would not, I
ranged them in a line along the beach with their guns pre-
sented, so as to prevent the Esquimaux from landing. The
beach at this place was low and flat, the mud knee deep, ice
in large sheets, with snow and water immediately in the
back ground, not a stick of drift-wood and the position
perfectly untenable. The Indians were clamouring to be
off, some of them who had been at Peel River recognized
many of the Esquimaux as recent frequenters of that post,
and “ Brulez” also informed me that he had seen the gun
and horn of the missing Indian with one of the Esquimaux.

Finding that with these crews I should never be able to
get back with the canoes, even if they had agreed to
remain, I at length very reluctantly consented to accomp-
any them, and we accordingly set out with all the property,
leaving behind only what was too cumbrous to be carried,
viz., our stock of dried meat and pemican (5 pieces), track-
ing line, kettle, tent, oil-cloth, a tin pan, &c. It is but
just to state that throughout, the Iroquois and “ Crashey”
the Hsquimaux interpreter, were the only two who duly
supported me. Had the conduct of the others, from the first,
been equally satisfactory, it is my firm belief that we could
have passed on and returned despite of the Esquimaux, not-
withstanding their notoriously bad character and that they
were well armed with guns and other weapons. Their chief
object was to get possession of our guns and stock of
ammunition which, added to their own, would have made
them rather formidable in the event of an encounter with
the Peel River brigade. While occupied in giving out
the tobacco, ammunition and other trading goods, a number
of Ksquimaux had landed above and below where we were;
those in front of us were prevented from landing by the
Iroquois and interpreter. The whole proceedings, after I
decided on saving the ammunition, &c., occupied but a
few minutes, and it was only on consenting to abandon the
canoes that I could at all prevail on the Indians to remain.

42 Canadian Record of Science.

The chiefs were, if possible, in greater fear than the Indians.
The Esquimaux paid not the slightest attention to what they
said. I had ascertained when too late that they were not of
their tribe, but from the westward, being some of the same
Esquimaux who wished to pillage the Indians last spring.
The chiefs wished to accompany us, but I left them with the
canoes, telling them that these would yet be demanded at
their hands. Their reply was a strong regret at what had
occurred and that they had done all in their power to pre-
vent it. It was plain enough to be seen that the party of
western Esquimaux whom the “Good Hope” Indians saw
last spring, apprized of our intended visit, had returned to
their camps and afterwards, with their families and some
others, came across land from the westward via Esquimaux
Lake, and had accordingly prepared to intercept us. The
chiefs informed me that this lake only existed as an inlet of
the sea. We were also told that a number of the above
people usually pass the winter with the Anderson River
Esquimaux.

In emergencies of this kind, Indians, or at least those of
the Hare tribe, who are the most peaceable in the country,
are not to be depended upon. One shot fired while we were
on the water would have been followed by the sacrifice of
the whole party, and on land, excepting the position was
really good, they would all have deserted after the first round
even if they could have been brought to fire. The crews
were good enough while we had to deal with the Esquimaux
of Anderson River, who were merely troublesome and
somewhat addicted to pilfering; and, as to those lower
down, I was loath to resort to extreme measures, asin any
event it was impossible to bring back the canoes, and such
a proceeding would certainly have been attended with very
bad results. It would have put an end to all future prospects
of trade, and they are good with the Esquimaux, not only
of this river, but with those along the coast, east and west
of Liverpool Bay. I therefore conceived it best to act as I
did, especially as I could not persuade the Indians to re-
main with me.

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 43

After being compelled to abandon the canoes, we pursued
a course to the westward of the river and at a distance of
several miles, so as to avoid the bends in its course as well
as any Esquimaux, against whom the Indians now threatened
the direst revenge! The country extended in a flat plain or
morass covered with slush and water, to the foot of a chain
of undulating hills, along which a small deep river flowed.
On ascending the summit of the highest hill we had a view
to seaward. The outline of the coast was distinctly seen
and beyond it what appeared to us to be the sea, of course,
entirely covered withice. The country before us consisted
of a series of undulations interspersed with plains of some
extent and several small sheets of water.

Continuing on until 6 a.m. of the 17th June, we encamped,
finding the country as before described and destitute of
timber, a few small clumps of dwarf willow occurring at long
intervals. With much difficulty, a few small half dry pine
sticks about an inch in diameter were collected, a fire was
made and part of a deer, which one of the Indians killed,
cooked. Next day, or rather that afternoon, we resumed our
course through a country similar in appearance, having a low
chain of hills or ridges running in a parallel direction to
the right of us. Towards midnight stunted trees became
frequent along the banks of several small streams which
were passed, in the valleys formed between the hills ob-
served in our descent of the river. The snow was very
deep in the valleys, and altogether the walking was dread-
fully bad.

From this until the 24th of June, when we reached the
Indian encampment at the mouth of Lockhart River, the
country was more hilly and better wooded, intersected by
numerous small and two middling sized streams having
their rise in the south-west. The Anderson also receives
the waters of a large lake lying in the Barren Grounds
on the left. Reindeer were pretty numerous and as many
were shot as we required. ‘Traces of moose were seen
for three days below the said encampment. There are
no musk oxen to be found on the west side of the Ander-

44 Canadian Record of Science.

son. These animals are however pretty numerous in the
country to the eastward which is said to be hilly and
destitute of wood. A few small lakes were passed on our
route. The composition of the hills, when exposed, was of a
reddish clay mixed with sand and smallstones. Our course
latterly lay along the beach where the walking was rather
better, and on the 22nd we met six Esquimaux who had
been hunting higher up. They expressed much regret on
learning what had occurred below, but trusted that it would
not be attributed to their tribe which, they stated, had nothing
in common with the others.

On reaching the encampment I procured a small Indian
canoe, an old ricketty affair, but the only one to be had,
with which I determined on examining the upper part of
the river (Anderson). With this view, as I could not take
them with me, I paid off most of the party, who proceeded
overland to Good Hope, and by whom I forwarded the
trading goods and furs. On the 25th I set out accompanied
by the Iroquois, Laporte and two Indians. One of the party
steered the canoe, the others tracking in their turn, but
always walked along the shore as the canoe was too small to
carry them. On the 29th, Laporte and one of the Indians
were sent home as I found that I could as well get on with-
out them, and the remainder of the voyage was performed
by the Iroquois and Brulez.

After leaving, we found that the river trended to the east-
ward, the banks were well wooded, low, and composed of
clay and alluvial mud, the current smooth, and the river
deep but not so broad as below. The country also differed in
appearance. On the 27th we encamped above a shallow
part of the river which the Indians dam up with willow, &c.,
in the fall of the year when the water is low, and by this
means take immense numbers of inconnues, white, jack and
other fish. The banks on the left (.) at this place are com-
posed of a blue slaty marl and stone probably resting on a
bed of limestone. About noon of the 28th we encountered
the first rapids, three in number and small. We had however
to make a portage. Several more rapids were thus met and

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 45

passed the same day. On the 28th another succession of
more formidable rapids flowing over a rocky bottom were
met, and next day we encountered several more, and at one
part also, where the banks were high and perpendicular, a
portage was rendered necessary. The breadth of the river
in the intervals between each succession of rapids varied
from a fifth to half a mile, but contracted considerably
where these rapids occurred, in some instances being less than
100 yards. The banks were now high and tolerably wooded,
and the country had a flat appearance, occasionally
diversified by low ridges of rising ground. The rapids
generally occurred where the course of the river assumed a
south-westerly tendency. Ice was still in large quantities
along the beach, rendering the tracking anything but good.
Our canoe also delayed us very much, it being so frail and
leaky as to require repairs several times a day.

In general, the banks of the river, where no rapids
occurred, were composed of clay mixed with sand and frag_
mentary rock; but along and in the vicinity of rapids the
formation was limestone containing fossils, frequently rest-
ing on a bedof harder rock, and often overlaid by a stratum
of blue slaty-marl or clay-slate and a species of pudding-stone
or soft sandstone. A few boulders were also passed as well
as a small sulphur spring.

On the Ist July we encamped at the foot of a long
succession of rapids, being the first seen since the afternoon
of the preceding day, where we shot a moose-deer. A
portage of two miles was made next morning and the mouth
of a small river coming from the south-east passed. Late in
the evening we encamped at the foot of a defile of high per-
pendicular rocks through which the water flows with great
velocity, forming numerous rapids, some of them rather
formidable. The river here is about 30 yards wide. A
portage of six miles had therefore to be made the following
morning (the 3rd). I have called this defile the Lower
Ramparts on account of its resemblance to the Ramparts
near Good Hope on the Mackenzie. Shortly afterwards we

46 Canadian Record of Science.

ascended a small rapid and made another portage, above
which we began to perceive indications of coal along the
beach. The banks were here of a dark blue clay in which
thin seams of coal were observed. A number of boulders
similar in size to mill stones, but rounded on one side
-were also met with. They had evidently tumbled from the
left bank, higher up, where the formation was clay and
gravel mixed with like stones. Continuing on, our course
being more southerly than before, we passed another sul-
phur spring flowing at the base ofa rock, and encamped a
short distance above the mouth of ariver having its rise in
the south-west, which will be described hereafter, and to
which I gave the name of Chief Trader Ross. The breadth
of the Anderson was now from 50 to 400 yards, and we had
many narrow escapes in the smaller rapids which were
mostly ascended with the line. The canoe had also become
so very leaky that it was only by constant baling and fre-
quent repairs that we could at all get forward.

Resuming our course next day (July 4th) by making
a series of portages equal to two miles, we then had some
fine water until the afternoon, when we encountered
another defile of rocks similar to, but lower than, that
lately passed. Several long portages had to be made, but
not before our canoe had become nearly useless. It was so
very frail and leaky that it was impossible to proceed
farther up the Anderson, it being rapid to its source.
Another such day as the last would have completely finished
our canoe. ‘The Indian Brulez informed me that the
Ross River had its rise in a ‘Great Fish Lake” lying to the
eastward of the La Porte, and that it flowed through a
chain of smaller lakes, and was broken but by a few
rapids. I therefore decided on proceeding by that route,
in order to examine the adjacent country, and be able to re-
port on any advantages that it might possess over the
others, as a means of communication with the Anderson.
Before leaving the latter, however, the Indian and I set out
next day to examine a portion of it beyond our encamp-

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 47

ment, which we did for several miles, finding the river
narrow and very rapid. We also perceived that it assumed
a south-easterly course, which he informed me it maintained
until near its head. Healso stated that the distance thither
overland was about three days’ march. I conceived also
that I was now on the nearest point of the river to.Good
Hope. A lop-stick marked with a cross was made, and we
returned to the camp, where we found that the Iroquois had
patched up the canoe. We then dined and retraced our
steps to Ross River, which was reached and ascended for
several miles. A few small rapids were passed near its
mouth, but there was abundance of water higher up—
breadth from twenty to fifty yards, with a smooth current,
the banks high, sloping and partially timbered.

The country along the Anderson was latterly very
well wooded, and some goodly pines were seen. We also
saw several rafts which had been used by Indians in cross-
ing last spring, but no Indians were met with. This
quarter is seldom hunted by them, their wintering grounds
being situated more to the westward. The tract of country
embraced by a line drawn west from the borders of the
woods on the Anderson to the Mackenzie, southward to the
Peau de Liévre River at Good Hope, is very well tim-
bered, and doubtless rich in martens and other fur-bearing
animals, as well as rabbits and moose, and reindeer in their
season—and this tract is but partially hunted by the
Loucheux and Hare Indians.

The Lower Ramparts are composed of a hard, compact
limestone, and the rocky banks seen below and above them,
not already described, as well as the Upper Ramparts, are
also of limestone, but of a less durable quality. Some blue
rock resembling granite was seen at one place, and also a
species of shale. No fossils were noticed in the rocks
passed after the 29th ult. A few deer and great numbers
of geese were seen daily, and moose- and bear-tracks were
not very scarce.

On the 6th July, Ross River was ascended to a lake

48 Canadian Record of Science.

about twelve miles in length by five in breadth, which we
skirted on the north side, on account of the ice that still
partly covered it. The banks were of sand, low, and but
thinly wooded, and the lake shallow near land. Some strata
of shale was observed on the Ross shortly before the
lake was reached. On the 7th we had to make several por-
tages over long necks of land to avoid the ice, and then
paddled to the side of the lake opposite the exit of the Ross,
when we made a portage of four miles through a swampy
country interspersed with morasses and small sheets of
water to the next lake, the river thither being too rapid for
our canoe. This lake we found almost entirely covered
with ice, a narrow lane of water only appearing in its
centre, which we followed and got safely through, though
at great risk, the ice having begun to close on us so that
we had to cut our way at one spot with the axe. We then
continued along the lake until we reached the Ross. It was
ascended next day to another and larger lake. From a
sandy knoll at its entrance, we had a view of a high and
rocky mountain of an angular form, at the base of which
the Anderson is said to takesit rise. It then lay N.H. 4
E. of us.

The afternoon of thatday and some portion of next was
occupied in proceeding along this lake, when we crossed
over and made a portage of five miles to another lake,
in the vicinity of which we expected to find some Indians,
We therefore halted and made a large fire, which was
shortly answered by a volume of smoke rising in the
east,in the direction of which Brulez and I set out, and
reached it in an hour and a half, when we found six lodges
of Hare Indians under the Chief, “ La Rocque.” They were
employed fishing on the banks of a small river, which
empties itself into the Anderson some distance above the
Upper Ramparts. All the rivers and lakes in this part of the
country abound with white, blue and jack fish, the former
of excellent quality. The summer is passed by the greater
portion of the Hare Indians in fishing among the rivers and

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 49

lakes in the tract alluded to, until the deer begin to
approach the woods, about the middle or end of August. A
few of the Batard Loucheux tribe hunt along the east
side of the Anderson below the mouth of the Lockhart.
Their lodges consist of poles placed nearly upright with a
partial covering of turf, and their dress and appearance was
extremely dirty, thus presenting a great contrast to the
Esquimaux, whom they affect to despise. The country in
this quarter was sandy and marshy, with several plains and
numerous small lakes and its general appearance flat. The
Anderson River Mountain was now much nearer and bore
E.N.E.

We left the Indians in the evening, reached the Ross,
and there encamped. We next day saw three more lodges
on another lake, and were supplicd with some half dried
fish. From this place we made a portage of two miles
to a smaller lake, which we crossed, and then reached a
larger, along which we continued until we came to a nar-
row strait dividing it from another lake. ‘These lakes were
less encumbered with ice than the others, and our progress,
therefore, was better. The country in the vicinity was
high and hilly. Small sandy hills or knolls of a conical
form were invariably observed near the entrance and out-
flow of the river, as well as along the banks of the several
lakes.

On the 10th we ascended the Ross to the largest lake
(named ‘Colville Lake’) yet seen, which was reached
about noon and found to be almost entirely covered with
ice. We, however, followed a narrow space of water on the
right shore, and by means of a few portages we succeeded
in getting to the other end of the lake about midnight. On
this occasion, while paddling along at a distance of 150
yards from land, the canoe sprung a leak which threatened
to sink us, and it was only by very hard paddling we man-
aged to save ourselves. The canoe, however, sunk in four
feet of water. It was taken onshore and again repaired. In
our course thither it required constant baling, but had at
length ‘become useless. The banks of Colville Lake are

4

50 Canadian Record of Science.

low, the soil moss and vegetable mould covering sand, the
beach stony, shingly and sandy at intervals. A large hill
or rocky mountain (several hundred feet high), destitute of
wood, lay at the end (S.H.) of the lake, beyond our encamp-
ment, and a chain of lower and well wooded hills encircle
the Lake. The river thence to the Great Fish Lake,
said to be the largest lake in the Hare Indian country
(and now named after Sir George Simpson), which then lay
to the west of us, at the distance of a few miles, could not
be ascended with the canoe. It was, therefore, determined
on proceeding overland to Fort Good Hope. These lakes
lie to the west and southwest of the Anderson. Rabbits
and partridges were pretty numerous, but very few geese,
and no deer were seen after leaving that river.

We set out early on the morning of the 11th July, and
had dinner on the summit of the ridge at this end (S.) of
the lake, to the right of the mountain alluded to, which
was now perceived to be the commencement, as well as
the highest, of a chain of similar hills stretching for a
considerable distance to the east and south-east. The walk-
ing hither was over a series of undulations, gradually
ascending as we advanced, the top of each ascent being flat,
the ground dry or swampy alternately, well wooded and
interspersed with small lakes. This ridge has alsoa simi-
lar descent on the other side. The country thence to an-
other ridge, which we reached next day, was flat and broken
by some small mounds and knolls, with lakes and marshes
as usual. Until we reached the Peau de Liévre River,
on the evening of the 13th, after three long days’ march,
the general appearance of the country did not differ very
materially. It comprised several valleys lying between ridges
resembling those described, and is bounded on the left by
the chain of rocky hills before mentioned, on the right,
occasionally, by lower ridges of wooded ground. One lake
several miles in extent, and numerous smaller ones, were
passed, such of them as lay in our path having to be
skirted. The soil consisted of moss, vegetable mould, turf
and Clay, the higher ground being sandy, mixed with clay

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 51

and rock. Before reaching the Peau de Liévre, the said
rocky chain disappeared behind us, and two others arose to
the south, viz : that at the Sansault Rapid, above Good
Hope, and the other on the east side higher up the Mac-
kenzie, The timber consists of pine, juniper, fir, willow,
and a few groves of poplar and birch. Some of the pines
were of a large size.

From the spot where we halted for dinner on the 11th,
we had a fine view of a large bay on Simpson Lake. The
ice thereon was still as white and firm asin mid-winter, and
the Indian informed me that it never broke up until late in
the season. The banks appeared high and well timbered.
He also informed me that its waters were deep and of a
bluish color, and its shores rocky. A great number of
families pass the severe months of the winter on this lake,
in which fish are obtainable all the year round.

Finding near our encampment a raft which had been used
by Indians in crossing the Peau de Liévre, last spring,
we launched it and continued the descent of that river until
noon, when we found an Indian canoe on the beach. This
we repaired, and going on much quicker with the paddle,
we arrived at Fort Good Hope late in the evening of the
14th July, after an absence of forty-one days—the Indians
sent home having preceded us by nine and Laporte by
seven days. Had we not lost our own canoes, this trip
would have been performed in less time, as most of the
rapids on Anderson River could have been ascended with
the line, and all of them—one only excepted—might be run
by a North canoe.

From the date of our departure until the 3rd of July we
had but a few hours of rain or snow, the weather being
always fine. After that date we had rain and cloudy
weather until we reached the Peau de Liévre, the descent
of which was effected under a severe thunderstorm, accom-
panied by torrents of rain. The prevailing winds were from
the north and northeast. It was also misty at night near
the coast. After leaving the Anderson, musquitoes were in

52 Canadian Record of Science.

myriads, and proved very annoying. Vegetation had made
considerable progress during our journey.

The natural history of the tract of country examined
resembles that of the Mackenzie. We observed moose and
reindeer, black bears, otters, wolves, wolverines, siffleurs,
beaver, musquash, marten, mink, squirrels, rabbits and
foxes; also frogs and mice; Canada, laughing, snow and
Esquimaux geese, stock, king, teal and long-tailed ducks,
divers, loons, swans, hawks, owls, swallows, gulls, plovers,
robins, snow buntings, willow grouse and white partridges,
or ptarmigan; white, jack and blue fish, grayling, inconnu,
carp and loche.

The Barren Grounds to the Hast of Anderson River.

The belt of timber which at Fort Anderson’ extends for
over thirty miles to the eastward, rapidly narrows and be-
comes a mere fringe along the Anderson River and dis-
appears to the northward of the 69th parallel of latitude.
The country is thickly interspersed with sheets of water
varying in size from mere ponds to small and fair-sized
lakes. In travelling north-eastward toward Franklin Bay,
on the Arctic coast, several dry, swampy, mossy and peaty
plains were passed before reaching the Barren Grounds
proper. ‘The country thence to the height-of-land between
the Anderson and the deep gorge-like valley through which
the Wilmot Horton River (MacFarlane River of Petitot’s
map) flows, as well as from the “crossing” of the latter to
the high plateau which forms the western sea-bank of
Franklin Bay, consists of vast plains or steppes of a flat or
undulating character, diversified by some small lakes and
gently sloping eminences, not dissimilar in appearance to
portions of the north-west prairies. In the region here
spoken of, however, the ridges occasionally assume a
mound-like, hilly character, while one or two intersecting

' Established on Anderson River in 1861 and abandoned 1866.
Approx. Lat. 68° 35/7. ae

An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 53

aftiuents of the Wilmot Horton flow through valleys in
which a few stunted spruce, birch and willows appear at
intervals. On the banks of one of these, near its mouth,
we observed a sheltered grove of spruce and willows of
larger growth, wherein moose and musk oxen had fre-
quently browsed. We met with no more spruce nor any
traces of the moose to the eastward, and I doubt if many
stragglers range beyond Lat. 69° North.

The greater part of the Barren Grounds is every season
covered with short grasses, mosses and small flowering
plants, while patches of sedgy or peaty soil occur at longer
or shorter distances. On these, as well as along the smaller
rivulets, river and lake banks, Labrador tea, crow-berries and
a few other kinds of berries, dwarf birch, willows, etc., grow.
Large flat spaces had the honey-combed appearance usually
presented in early spring by land which has been turned
over in theautumn. There were few signs of vegetation on
these, while some sandy and many other spots were virtu-
ally sterile. * * * ‘Traces of the dark bituminous
formation seen on the Lockhart, Anderson and Ross rivers,
of the 1857 report, no doubt exist along the Wilmot Horton
River and the greater part of Franklin Bay, especially to
the north of our camping point [near its southern extre-
mity.] The foregoing Barren Grounds are chiefly composed
of a peaty, sandy, clayey or gravelly soil, but stones are
rare, and rock in situ (limestone?) was encountered but
two or three times on the line of march from the woods to

the coast. e

54 Canadian Record of Science.

NorTes ON THE FLORA oF Cap-A-L’AIGLE,
By Ropert Camppsit, M.A., D.D.

The locality represented by the flora described in this
paper, is embraced in a stretch of six miles on the north
shore of the St. Lawrence, between the Murray and Loutre
Rivers, County of Charlevoix. The species noted are those
that are found in fiower or fruit during the months of July
and August. Those that come forth in spring and then dis-
appear, or that flower later than the end of August, are not
embraced in this catalogue, with one or two exceptions.

EXOGENS.
RANUNCULACES :

Clematis virginiana, L., very frequently met with in the
clumps of wood bordering on the St. Lawrence.

Thalictrum cornuti, L., on the borders of little streams.

Ranunculus flammula var. reptans, L., found by the writer
in one spot, which was somewhat under water.

Ranunculus recurvatus, Poir., abundant everywhere by the
roadside and in pasture fields.

Ranunculus acris, L., the stately bright buttercup, every-
where found.

Coptis trifolia, Salisb., on dry pine hills, growing under the
shade of evergreens.

Aguilegia canadensis, L., rather rare, but found on the high
rocks on the banks ef the St. Lawrence.

Acta spicata, L., abundant in the rich woods on the
sloping banks of the St. Lawrence.

Actwa alba, Michx, somewhat rarer, in similar situations.

CRUCIFERZ:

ee opicinale, Scop., seen occasionally on the road-

side.

Sinapis arvensis, L., too often seen in the grain fields,
where it is a nuisance.

Capsella bursa-pastoris, L., abounds in rich soil, especially
in gardens and potato fields.

Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle. 55

Cakile americana, Nutt, one of the characteristic plants of
the sea shore, to which it is confined, in this district.
VIOLACEA :
Viola cucullata, Ait., the only species found by the writer
in fruit so late as July.
CARYOPHYLLACEAE:
Silene inflata, Smith, its beautiful white starry blossom
abounds, and is one of the characteristics of the district.
Lychnis githago, liam., seen occasionally in grain fields.
Arenaria stricta, Michx., abounds in the sandy fields on
the mountain steppes.
Stellaria media, Smith, found everywhere in rich damp
soil.
Cerastium viscosum, L., abundant everywhere in pastures
and by the roadside.
Cerastium arvense, L., also abounds in cultivated fields.
MALVACE :
Malva rotundifolia, L., one specimen found outside a gar-
den fence.
LINACEs :

Linum usitatissimum, ., found near old abandoned houses
and barns.
GERANIACEZ:
Geranium robertianum, L., in the moist woods near the St.
Lawrence.
Ozxalis acetosella, L., abundant in shady ravines of the
brooks running into the St. Lawrence.
Oxalis stricta, L., not so often seen as the last, on higher
grounds. 4
Impatiens fulva, Nutt., in the clay slopes bordering on the
St. Lawrence.
Impatiens pallida, Nutt., abundant on the borders of the
brooks running into the St. Lawrence.
ANACARDIACEZ :

Rhus glabra, L., very abundant in old clearings that have
been neglected.

56 Canadian Record of Science.

SAPINDACEZ:

Acer pennsylvanicum, L., abundant in rich moist woods
near the banks of rivulets.

Acer spicatum, Liam., also abounds in the same description
of territory.

Acer saccharinum, Wang., this tree does not thrive in the
district, although oc ;casional serag goy specimens are seen.

Acer rubrum, l., this variety is very abundant in the low
grounds bordering on the St. Lawrence.

LEGUMINOS2 :

Trifolium arvense, L., seen occasionally on grass plots in
front of houses by the roadside.

Trifolium pratense, Li., everywhere in hay fields and pas-
tures.

Trifolium repens, Li., everywhere in hay fields and pastures,
with its sweet perfume scenting the air.

Medicago lupulina, L., abundant everywhere in pastures,
hayfields and by the roadside.

Melilotus officinalis, Willd., abundant in fields and by the
roadside.

Melilotus alba, iam., occasionaily seen, but much rarer
than the yellow.

Vicia sativa, L., in cultivated fields and waste grounds.

Vicia cracca, l., one of the characteristic species of the
district, in which it grows abundantly and luxuriantly
in all situations.

Vicia hirsuta, Koch, is also found, but is much rarer in
the locality.

Lathyrus maritimus, Bigelow, seen here and there on the
clayey banks of the St. Lawrence.

ROSACEZ::

Prunus pennsylvanica, L., very abundant on edges of
thickets and along fences.

Prunus serotina, Ehrhart, occasionally found of a consider-
able size in woods bordering on brooks.

Spirea salicifolia, L., very abundant in damp meadows
and beside roadside fences.

Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle. 54

Agrimonia eupatoria, L.,a very abundant and characteristic
plant of the district.

Potentilla norvegica, L., found everywhere in pastures and
fields, on high ground and low.

Potentilla anserina, L., abundant on the coast of the St.
Lawrence, and generally on damp grounds.

Potentilla tridentata, Ait., another characteristic’ plant
of this district, abundant in sandy fields.

Fragaria virgimana, Khrhart, this favorite fruit comes in
with the arrival of the first summer guests, and in
damp seasons lasts for four or five weeks.

Fragaria vesca, L., this delicious variety grows on up-
turned roots of trees, and in the shady patches of
sandy loam, and lasts right through the season.

Rubus triflorus, Richardson, seen occasionally, but rather
rare. |

Rubus strigosus, Michx., the summer visitors luxuriate on
this fruit, which the habitants’ children gather in im-
mense quantities in the evenings, and sell to the Eng-
lish residents on their way to school in the mornings.
It lasts till September.

Rosa blanda, Ait., is very abundant near dwellings and by
the roadside.

Pyrus americana, D.C., is very plentiful on the rich banks
of the St. Lawrence, especially near rivulets; one
specimen measured, girthed 46 inches.

Amelanchier canadensis, Torr. and Gray, is occasionally seen
but, of course, in fruit, its flowering season being June,

SAXIFRAGACES :

Ribes cynosbati, L., in all open woods and clearings.

Ribes hirtellum, Michx., less frequently met with on low
grounds near the St. Lawrence shore.

Ribes floridum, L., abounds in damp woods.

Ribes rubrum, L., less frequently met with on the edge of
bogs or wet woods.

ONAGRACEA ,

Circea alpina, L., this delicate little plant is a character-
istic of the district, carpeting the paths through the
woods in July.

58 Canadian Record of Science.

Epilobium angustifolium, L., everywhere seen in the woods
and new clearings.

Epilobium coloratum, Muhl., is another of the characteristic
plants of the district, being found everywhere in woods,
grain fields and pastures.

nothera biennis, L., is abundant-in the sandy fields and
edges of the woods.

UMBELLIFERE :

Heracleum lanatum, Michx., is occasionally found, but
abounds more in the Murray and Loutre river districts.

Pastinaca sativa, ., frequently met with on the road-
sides.

Conioselinum canadense, Torr. and Gray, abounds in the
swamps near the shore.

Thaspium aureum, Nutt., occasionally found in dry rich
woods.

Cicuta maculata, Nutt., seen sometimes on the banks of
small streams.

Ligusticum scoticum, ., this foreigner, evidently brought
by vessels from Europe, grows very luxuriantly on the
rocks by the Cap-a-L’Aigle wharf, and has strayed
downwards along the coast.

ARALIACES:

Aralia racemosa, ., rather rare, in rich soil on the bor-
der of ravines.

Aralia lispida, Michx, a characteristic plant of the district,
very abundant in recently burned land allowed after-
wards to lie waste.

Aralia nudicaulis, ., almost covers the ground in therich
dry woods

Aralia quinguefolia, Gray, occasionally met with in the
same localities.

CoRNACE#:

Cornus canadensis, L., vies with the Aralia nudicaulis for
possession of the ground around the larger trees and
plants of rich woods.

Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle. 59

Cornus circinata, 1 Wer., now and then met with in dry
rich woods.

Cornus stolonifera, Michx., abounds everywhere in damp
grounds along fences.

Cornus paniculata, L’Her., somewhat rare, in the thickets
on the sloping banks of the St. Lawrence.

CAPRIFOLIACEA :

Linnea borealis, Gronoy., this beautiful favorite is rarely
seen in flower so late as July, but its trailing vine in
fruit, is a characteristic of the Cap-a-l’Aigle woods
everywhere.

Lonicera ciliata, Muhl., is occasionally met with on the
wooded slope running down to the St. Lawrence.

Diervilla trifida, Mcench., is one of the characteristic
shrubs of the district, lining the roadside fences.

Sambucus canadensis, L., occasionally seen in clumps in
fields near streams.

Sambucus pubens, Michx., is more abundant, growing on
the edge of rocky woods.

Viburnum lentago, L., on the border of a marsh by the
roadside. .

Viburnum nudum, ., in thickets near the margin of the

~ river.

Viburnum opulus, L., one specimen seen near the Loutre.

RUBIACES::

Galium aparine, L., abounds in ditches by the roadside.

Galium triflorum, Michx., plentiful in the light woods,
away from the seashore.

Galium asprellum, Michx., abounds in the thickets border-
ing on the coast.

Galium boreale, L., to be found in the same regions as
the Galium triflorum.

Composit @ :
Cirsium lanceolatum, Scop., in the fields and roadsides
everywhere.

Cirsium muticum, Michx., somewhat rare, on the margins
of brooks.

60 Canadian Record of Science.

Cirsium arvense, Scop., this pest of the farmers has taken
firm hold in this district.

Lappa major, Gerth,, raises itself in very strong form
throughout the locality.

Tanacetum vulgare, ., to be found only in two spots on
the roadside, near dwellings, from the gardens of which
it probably has strayed.

Artemisia vulgaris, L., found near old dwellings and along
the roadside, having travelled with advancing civiliza-
tion, but clearly not a native.

Gnaphalium decurrens, lves, abounds on the hillsides.

Gnaphalium polycephalum, Michx., still more abundant
than the last, and found in every variety of soil and
situation.

Gnaphalium uliginosum, L. in all the fields, on the hilltops,
and in the cultivated grounds and gardens below as
well, proving rather a nuisance; one of the charac-
teristic plants of the district.

ELupatorium purpureum, ., grows very large in spots near
the Murray and Loutre rivers, but there is little of it in
the intervening territory.

Eupatorium perfoliatum, L., still rarer than the last and
found in the same localities.

Eupatorium ageratoides, L., grows high and strong in the
woods bordering on the brooks.

Senecio vulgaris, L., abounds in grounds near barns and
in the neighborhood of gardens especially.

Senecio aureus, L., occasionally met with in swamps and
damp ditches by the wayside.

Solidago squarrosa, Muhl., abounds everywhere in open
fields and borders of woods.

Solidago concolor, ., also abundant in the same localities
as the last.

Solidago latifolia, L., very abundant in cool thickets.

Solidago cesia, L., is occasionally met with near fences
and on the hillsides.

Solidago arguta, var. juncea, Ait., prevails largely in the
district in the fields and roadside.

Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle. 61

Solidago canadensis, L., this magnificent plant is the most,
common variety of the golden rod in the district, found
in all situations.

Solidago gigantea, Ait., also abounds.

Solidago lanceolata, this is a characteristic of the ditches
and other damp portions of the wayside ; it is the latest
in flowering of all the golden rods of the locality.

Aster macrophyllus, L., is one of the characteristic plants
of the district, contending for space throughout the
woods with the Aralia nudicaulis and the Cornus cana-
densis. Its large heart-shaped root-leaves completely
carpet the ground with green, and are fragrant when
crushed ; but few of them send up a stalk.

Aster undulatus, L., also abounds in the woods on the
higher ground.

Aster cordifolius, L., found along fences and on the edge of
woods.

Aster longifolius, Lam., frequently met with in moist
thickets along streams.

Aster multiflorus, Ait., often seen on dry soil, near
fences.

Aster tenuifolius, L., occasionally found in low thickets.

_Erigeron canadense, L., a characteristic plant of the dis-
trict, completely covering new ground lately burnt over,
and found on all the hillsides.

Erigeron bellidifolium, Muhl., in thick dry woods.

Erigeron strigosum, Muhl, abounds in the dry fields.

Leucanthemum volgare, Lam., is as plentiful as it is every-
where in Canada.

Rudbeckia hirta, L., is occasionally met with in dry
meadows.

Achillea millefolium, L., abounds everywhere in fields,
woods and waysides.

Cichorium intybus, L., is rather rare, but an occasional
specimen is seen on the roadside.

Hieracium canadense, Mich., this and tie

HMieracium scabrum, Mich., are characteristic plants of the
district, found in dry sandy fields and on the hillsides,

62 Canadian Record of Science.

Nabalus albus, Hook., is very abundant in the rich woods
near the banks of the St. Lawrence.

Nabalus altissimus, Hook, is occasionally found in the
woods higher up on the banks of streams.

Taraxacum dens-leonis, Desf., in the fields everywhere,
although its glory is past before July.

Mulgedium leucopheum, D.C., is here and there met with
alongside fences and ditches.

Sonchus oleraceus, L., is occasionally found near barn-
yards.

Sonchus arvensis, L., is found occasionally near ditches in
rank grass.

LOBELIACES :
Lobelia inflata, L., found on the high banks of the Murray
river.
CAMPANULACES:
Campanula rotundifolia, L., on the rocks bordering on the
St. Lawrence.

VACCINIACEA:
Vaccinium oxycoccus, L., on the top of rocks at Cap-a-
VY Aigle wharf.
Chiogenes hispidula, Torr. and Gray, found in St. Fidele
marsh,
Vaccinium pennsyivanicum, Lam., everywhere found on
high dry plains.

ERICACE:

Gaultheria procumbens, L., found on the high wooded slope
of the Murray river.

Andromeda polifolia, lu., in the St. Fidele marshes.

Kalmia glauca, Ait., in the St. Fidele marshes.

Kalmia angustifolia, L., in the same situations as the two
last named.

Ledum latifolium, Ait., also found in the St. Fidele
marshes.

Pyrola rotundifolia, L., in moist rich woods.

Pyrola elliptica, Nutt, more numerous than the last in the
the same localities.

Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L Aigle. 63

MoNOTROPES :

Monotropa uniflora, L., somewhat rare, in thick woods on
the Laurentian ridges.

PLANTAGINACE:

Plantago major, L., abounds everywhere on roads and
paths and around dwellings.

Plantago maritima, var. juncoides, L., grows all along the
sandy shore of the St. Lawrence.

SCROPHULARIACEZ :

Verbascum thapsus, L., occasionally seen in the high pas-
ture grounds.

Veronica serpyllifolia, L., somewhat rare on warm sandy
hillsides.

Linaria vulgaris, Mill., seen in only two spots, evidently
strayed from some garden.

Euphrasia officinalis, .: found only in two places, one on
the roadside at St. Fidele, the other on the face of one
of the Laurentian ridges.

Rhinanthus crista-galli, L., is very abundant, forming de-
cidedly one of the characteristic species of the district.

Melampyrum americanum, Mich., is also so numerous in

_ fields and woods as to be entitled to rank with the
Rhinanthus crista-galli.
LABIATE :

Mentha viridis, L., found in wet ditches.

Mentha piperita, L., is still more abundant than the last, in
the same situations.

Mentha canadensis, L., found plentifully on the shady
moist banks of the Murray river.

Nepeta cataria, L., somewhat rare, yet one specimen near
the top of one of the high Laurentian ridges.

Brunella vulgaris, L., seen everywhere in moist woods and
fields.

Scutellaria galericulata, L., rare, on the moist banks of
the Murray river.

Scutellaria lateriflora, L., seen occasionally in the same
situations as the last named.

64 Canadian Record of Science.

Guleopsis tetrahit, L., numerous in waste places and fields.

BORRAGINACES :

Lycopsis arvensis, L., numerous in potato fields and gar-
dens.

Echinospermum lappula, Lebm., so plentiful as to be a
nuisance to ladies and sheep, the nutlets clinging to
wool and garments.

Cynoglossum officinale, Li., common in pasture fields and by
the roadside.

Lithospermum arvense, ., abounds in all sandy loam soil,
among the grass.

Myosotis palustris, var. laxa, With., found in a few locali-
ties in ditches by the roadside and on the margin of
marshes.

SOLANACEZ :
Physalis viscosa, L., occasionally met with in sandy loam
soil in brush.
APOCYNACEE :
Apocynum androsemifolium, L., numerous on banks and
thickets, and here and there by the wayside.
CHENOPODIACEZ :

Chenopodium album, L., extremely common in cultivated
soil and by the roadside.

Chenopodium hybridum, l., in waste places, rarer than the
last.

Salsola kali, li, everywhere on the seashore.

POLYGONACEZ:
Polygonum aviculare, L., everywhere in yards and about
doors.
Polygonum persicaria, Lu., common near dwellings in moist
ground.

Polygonum acre, H. B. K., on muddy margin of streams.

Polygonum arifolium, L., common in low grounds.

Polygonum sagittatum, I, a characteristic plant of the
district in marshy ground.

Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L Aigle. 65

Polygonum convolvulus, L., abounds among grain in cul-
tivated fields.

Polygonum dumetorum, L., in moist thickets,

Rumex orbiculatus, Spotten, everywhere along the shore
of the St. Lawrence.

Rumex salicifolius, Weinmann, abounds in marshy places
near the coast.

Rumex crispus, L., numerous on roadsides and near
dwellings.

Rumex acetosella, Tourn., very common in poor sandy
fields and woods.

Fagopyrum esculentum, Mcench., in old fields, near deserted
dwellings, strayed from cultivation.

KUPHORBIACE#:

Euphorbia platyphylla, L., is so plentiful everywhere as to
be a characteristic plant of Cap-a-l’Aigle.
URTICACEZ :
Ulmus americana, L., Willd., grows near the Loutre and
Murray rivers.
Cannabis sativa, L., seen occasionally in waste places and
by the roadside.

CUPULIFERA :
Corylus americana, Walt., somewhat rare at borders of
woods.
Ostrya virginica, Willd., rare in rich woods on the slope
of the St. Lawrence.
Carpinus americana. I, occasionally near the banks of
streams.
BETULACE :
Betula lutea, Michx., in moist woods occasionally.
Betula papyracea, Ait., is with the poplar, the prevailing
wood of the district.
Alnus incana, Willd., grows up everywhere in fields and
pastures if not kept continually cut.
SALICACES :

Salix humilis. Marshall, indry and barren grounds,

66 Canadian Record of Sctence.

Saliz discolor, Muhl., abounds in low grounds near
streams.

Saliz livida, var. occidentalis, Spotten, grows plentifully
in moist situations,

Salix lucida, Muhl., also prevails largely in similar spots.

Populus tremuloides, Michx., grows very abundantly and
is the chief article of fuel.

Populus grandidentata, Michx., also abounds in the district.

Populus balsamifera, L., attains a great size on the clayey
banks of the St. Lawrence.

CONIFER :
Pinus resinosa, Ait., not numerous,yet well represented.
Pinus strobus, L., still rarer than the last, yet found.

roe Bal Marshall
Abies balsamea, Marsha i All very abundant in damp

J ni Poir : ;
Picea WAGED OW, situations near streams.

Picea alba, Link.,
Tsuga canadensis, Carr. is also met with in rocky and
sandy hillsides,
Lariz americana, Michx., seen on the banks of the Mur-
ray and Loutre rivers.
Thuja occidentalis, L., occasionally met with in swamps. -
Juniperus communis, L., a characteristic shrub of the
district, in sandy fields,
ENDOGENS.
TYPHACEZ :
Typha latifolia, L., in marshy places, not numerous.
ORCHIDACE:
Spiranthes romanzoviana, Spotten, very often seen in damp
pasture and hayfields.
IRIDACEZ :
Tris versicolor, L., abounds in wet situations.
Sisyrinchium bermudiana, L., met with in moist meadows.
LILIACEz :
Medeola virginica, L., occasionally in rich woods.

Zygadenus glaucus, Nutt., found in a few spots on the rocks
néar the St. Lawrence coast.

Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle. 67

Clintonia borealis, Raf., under evergreens in damp woods,
Streptopus roseus, Michx., numerous in thickets.
Smilacina trifolia, Desf., occasionally in bogs.

Smilacina bifolia, Ker., numerous in moist woods.

JUNCACES :
Luzula campestris, D. C., Both prevail in woods and
Lnuzula pilosa, Willd., shady banks.
Juncus bufonius, L., along damp paths, through hayfields.

CYPERACEZ :

Cyperus diandrus, Torr., frequently met with in low places.

Eleocharis obtusa, Schultes, often seen in muddy soils.

Scirpus pungens, Vahl., abounds in marshes,

Eriophorum polystachyon, L., very common in boggy situ-
ations.

Carex intumescens, Rudge, common everywhere in moist
soil.

GRAMINES :

Agrostis vulgaris, With., everywhere that grass grows.

Poa pratensis, L., in all moist meadows.

Bromus secalinus, L., a common pest in wheat fields and
on strong soils near the coast.

Panicum capillare, L.,everywhere in sandy cultivated soil.

Panicum crus-galli, L., grows wherever the ground is
enriched with barnyard manure.

Setaria glauca, Beam, very numerous in peafields and
among potatoes.

Glyceria nervata, Trin., on the loamy margins of the coast.

Arundinaria macrosperma, Michx., abounds on sandy mar-
gins of the salt water.

Spartina polystachia, Willd., Muhl., on the margin of the
St. Lawrence.

Phleum pratense, L., everywhere in cultivated hayfields.

Alopecurus aristatus, Pers., grows on the seashore.

Leptochloa fascicularis, Gray, also grows near the shore.

Danthonia spicata, Beauv., abounds in the same localities,

Gymnopogon racemosus, Beauv., on the banks of the St.
Lawrence,

68 Canadian Record of Science.

_ Festuca elatior, L., is also found in similar positions,
Leersia oryzoides, Schwartz, is found high up the banks.
Milium effusum, L., is also occasionally seen.

CRYPTOGAMS.
FIuicEs :

Polypodium vulgare, L., rare, on shady rocks.

Adiantum pedatum, L., common in rich woods on the

higher ground.

Pteris aquilina, L., is as characteristic of the district, as it
is of the highlands of Scotland, covering the entire
faces of many of the high hills.

Asplenium filix-femina, R. Brown, in rich woods.

Phegopteris dryopteris, Spotten, common in rich woods.

Struthiopteris germanica, Willd., in low wet grounds near
streams.

Onoclea sensibilis, L., in wet grounds near Loutre.

EQUuISETACEE :

Equisetum hyemale, L., is a characteristic plant, growing
everywhere on the high Laurentian ridges.

EHquisetum limosum, L., on dry banks of streams.

LyYcopoDIAE# :

Lycopodium dendroideum, Michx., in dry pine woods.
Selaginella rupestris, Spring, on exposed rocks in high
situations.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

The first regular monthly meeting of the Society was
held on the evening of October 28th, Sir Wm. Dawson pre-
siding.

The Curator reported the following donations :—
Collection of game birds, Mr. Henry Hogan.
Ant-eating bear and sponges, Mr. W. F. Darling.
Fossils from Lake St. John, Mr. E. T. Chambers.
Geological specimens, Mr. W. H. Rintoul.

Birds, Mr. G. Dunlop.
Beaver chips, Mr. H. T. Martin.

Proceedings of Natural History Society. 69

The thanks of the Society were tendered to the donors.

The Librarian reported the usual exchanges.

Mr. Beaudry read a letter stating that a number of
human bones had been found in an excavation on Maple
Avenue, Cote St. Louis, at a depth of thirteen feet below
the surface. Mr. Beaudry and Mr. McLachlan were asked
to investigate the matter and report upon the results of
their enquiries at a future meeting.

The following were elected to ordinary membership :—
Mr. HK. H. Botterell, Mr. A. 8S. McBean, Mr. Henry Mott,
Dr. F. D. Adams, Mr. D. Burke and Dr. Wyatt Johnston.

Mr. Shearer took the chair, and the President presented
a paper on fossil sponges, illustrating the same with draw-
ings and photographs, and specimens of indigenous and
exotic species. The author dealt with the subject on
general grounds, and traced the development of these
organisms from the earlier forms.

Sir Wm. Dawson also exhibited a maple leaf found by
Mr. J. Townsend in an excavation on the Don River,
Toronto, at a depth of fifty-five feet. Prof. Penhallow
stated that it resembled the leaf of the common sugar
maple in some respects, while in others it approached the
Norway maple. It might possibly be an intermediate
species.

Dr. Wesley Mills exhibited a remarkable specimen of the
plumage of a Langsham fowl, which presented the pecu-
liarities of hair more than of feathers.

Prof. Penhallow gave a few additional notes upon a
remarkable blaze found in the interior of a beech tree, as
reported to the Society some three years ago.

On motion of Mr. Shearer, seconded by Dr. Mills, the
following resolution was adopted :—

“‘ This Society records, with deep regret, the death of Mr. Thomas
Workman, one of its oldest life members, and wishes to express its
sincere sympathy with the relatives of its late member ; also, that
a copy of this resolution be forwarded to them.”

The regular monthly meeting of the Society was held on
Monday, the 25th of November, Sir Wm. Dawson presiding.

70 Canadian Record of Science.

In addition to the usual representation of members, there
were present a large number of citizens, who assembled to
participate in the presentation of a portrait of the President
to the Society.

After the usual routine business had been transacted, Mr.
J. S. Shearer was moved to the chair, upon taking which
he announced the special business of the evening, and
stated that the very fine portrait, executed by Harris, had
been presented to the Society by the following friends and
members: Messrs. John H. R. Molson, J. Stevenson Brown,
Charles Gibb, B. J. Harrington, Sir Donald A. Smith, Prof.
D. P. Penhallow, M ssrs. P. S. Ross, E. B. Greenshields, W.
Drysdale, Robert Mackay, Samuel Finley, John S. Shearer,
Albert Holden, George Sumner, E. T. Chambers, Hon.
Edward Murphy, Messrs. Jonathan Hodgson, J. H. Joseph,
Chas. Alexander, E. K. Greene, James Gardner, G. R.
Prowse, J. A. U. Beaudry, and Major Latour.

The Chairman then introduced the Hon. Senator Murphy,
who presented the following address to Sir Wm. Dawson :—

To Sir Wiliiam Dawson, LL.D., F-R.S., F.G.S., C.M.G.:

We, the Council and members of the Natural History Society of
Montreal, take advantage of the occasion of the uncovering of this
portrait of yourself, with which we seek to adorn our walls, to ac-
knowledge the obligations under which you have laid our society
in particular, as well as our appreciation of the distinguished ser-
vices which you have rendered to science in general.

It is now thirty-four years since your name was first enrolled as
a member of this society, and from that time until now you have
labored assiduously to promote its objects. No fewer than twenty
times have you, by the suffrages of the members, been elected to the
presidency, the highest office in their gift, although they have felt
that you have done greater honor to the society than the society
could confer upon you, in accepting this office at their hands, while
you have been no less active in working in the interests of the
society when not occupying the presidential chair.

We gratefully recognize the spirit of the true scientist in the
readiness which you have ever shown to devote time and energy
to furthering the aims of the society, when the pressing nature of
your important professional duties might well have been pleaded
as an excuse for declining to charge yourself with the responsi-
bilities in connection with our humble undertakings. We desire to

Proceedings of Natural History Society. 71

put on record also our sense of the geniality which has always
marked your intercourse with the members of the society, and of
the kindness and encouragement you have shown to young workers
in the domain of natural history. Then you have striven to foster
a taste for the study of nature in the community generally by your
numerous popular lectures on scientific subjects, while in the many
original papers which you have read before the society, and-which
have gone to enrich the columns of its journals, you have pointed
out the way by which the student of special branches of science
may become expert.

We recognize in you a foremost authority in the science of
geology, and rejoice in the appreciation of your scientific attain-
ments and achievements, evinced not less in your elevation by the
vote of brother scientists to the presidency successively of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science and of the
British Association for the same object, the highest position attain-
able by a man of science, than in your being enrolled by our be-
loved Sovereign Queen Victoria, in the distinguished order of
British knighthood. As members of the Natural History Society
of Montreal, we have felt as if we shared in the various well
deserved honors conferred upon you. We further congratulate you
upon the high position attained by the university of which you are
the eminent principal, among the educational institutions of the
world, and upon the growing evidence, afforded from time to time,
of the estimation in which it is held by prominent citizens who
have contributed to its endowment. Feeling that we were doing a
Service to future students of natural history who will wish to look
upon the features of one who had so much to do with laying its
foundations in Canada, we have resolved to hang in our hall this
portrait by Harris, subscribed for by members and friends of the
society, hoping that it may prove an inspiration to the generations
that shall come after us, to emulate the noble example which you
have set them.

In reply, Sir William said:—Hon. Mr. Murphy and
gentlemen, I need not say how much I appreciate the kind-
ness of the friends who have desired to give me in that
picture, a permanent place in the rooms of the society along
with those who have been its friends and ornaments in the
past, and to accompany this generous act with so kindly,
and I fear too complimentary, words to myself. I do not,
however, consider myself precisely one of the specimens of
the Natural History Society. I hope that the excellent

12 Canadian Record of Science.

portrait executed by Mr. Harris may, as you anticipate, do
its part in affording stimulus and encouragement to future
votaries of science who may pursue their studies under the
auspices of this society. In entering, thirty-four years ago,
onthe educational work in this city, which has been the main
business of my life, [reckoned on this society and on the
Geological survey, then under my friend Sir William Logan,
as guarantees for the elevation of the study of natural
science in this country and in connection with our univer-
sity. In this I have not been disappointed ; and if, as you
kindly say, I have been ready to further the aims of the
society, | have only done what gratitude prompted, as well
as the feeling that the popularization of science and the
promotion of original work for which this society is consti-
tuted, must furnish the most potent aids to scientific educa-
tion, as well as the best encouragement to those younger
workers in natural science whose interests have always been
near my heart. For myself, I have felt that the place given
to me has been that of an humble student in the school of
nature, and an expositor to others of what I have been able
to learn respecting the works of the All-Wise, of whose
mighty power only a faint whisper can be heard by us in
this lower sphere. This society, the earliest established in
Canada for the study of natural science, can take credit to
itself for the first suggestion of our now great geological
survey ; for the first invitation to meet on Canadian soil, ex-
tended to the great scientific associations of America and of
Great Britain ; for along and invaluable series of scientific
memoirs published in its proceedings, which now constitute
the most complete repertory of the progress of natural
science in Canada, and for the aid and encouragement which
it has afforded to many of our ablest workers in scientific
education and original research. During the time in which
I have had the privilege of being a member of this society,
it has passed through some perilous crises, but its course has
on the whole been onward; and as some of its old and tried
friends have passed away, others have arisen in their room.
It is now in a better and more secure position than ever be-

Proceedings of Natural History Society. 73

fore. It has many young and earnest men interested in
its prosperity, and has a hold on the esteem and liberality of
the public which must ensure it a still higher and more use-
ful career in the future. You have been so kind as to refer
to the university with which I am connected, and in which
education in science has made great progress in recent
years. I am happy to know that between it and this society
there have always been the most cordial relations, which
have been cemented by many mutual benefits. It is an ad-
ditional pleasure to me that the portrait now to be placed
on the walls of this society has been contributed to by so
many personal friends, long associated with me, all of them
in the work of this society. I may add that it is an ad-
ditional pleasure that the function of presenting it has been
placed in the hands of my friend the Hon. Mr. Murphy, who
has been for so long a valuable member of this society;
who has always been a zealous friend and patron of science
and who has been considered worthy of being one of the
lords in the Senate of Canada.

Mr. Stevenson Brown presented Lady Dawson with an ex-
tremely tasteful bouquet, after which, in a few judiciously
chosen terms, he accepted the picture on behalf of the
society, and as curator, promised to give it a prominent
place in the museum.

After adjournment, the audience passed two hours most
pleasantly, in an inspection of the collections and of micro-
scopical specimens which were kindly placed on exhibition
by members of the Microscopical Society.

74 Canadian Record of Science.

Book NOTICES.

Buiietixn U. S. GeotocicaL Survuy.'—In this interesting and
valuable bulletin Mr. Russell describes the great deposits of red
clays, &c., resulting from the decay of the surface rocks in the
Appalachian Region, south of the southern limit of the glaciated
area, and then considers their bearing on the much debated
question of the origin of the red coloring matter of sandstones
and shales.

Over large areas in Virginia and the Carolinas these residual
deposits are over 100 feet thick. The clayey material when washed
with water, leaves behind a residue composed of more or less
angular fragments of quartz and feldspar with scales of mica and
fragments of other minerals, each grain being coated with a thin
layer having a red or brown color, which is rich in ferric oxide
and alumina and may be described as a feruginous clay. This
coloring matter adheres firmly and is not removed by prolonged
washing, a fact which is illustrated by the red color of the sands
deposited by the streams of Virginia and the Carolinas in districts
underlain by crystalline rocks. Hot hydrochloric acid, however,
‘removes the coloring matter, leaving the grains with their normal
tints. The examination of a number of red sandstones showed
that their coloring matter was identical, both chemically and in
its mode of occurrence, with that in these residual deposits.

Mr. Russell believes that when crystalline rocks become
thoroughly decomposed, especially in hot and moist climates where
decomposition takes place not only more rapidly, but more
thoroughly than in colder or drier climates, where rocks are often
disintegrated without suffering marked decomposition, the residual
deposits will be of a red color on account of the oxidation of the
iron contained in the original rock, not only in the form of pyrites
and magnetite, but also in various silicates such as pyroxene, mica,
&c. Such deposits are by no means confined to the Appalachian
Region, the terra rossa of Europe, the Laterite of India, and the
red earth of Bermuda being similar in character and origin. If
these deposits be washed away and redeposited, without prolonged
friction such as that produced by ocean waves, the transportation
being carried on by water which does not contain organic matter
or other agents which would affect the reduction and solution of
the iron, red sandstones and shales will be produced.

1 Subaerial Decay of Rocks and Origin of the Red Color of Certain Formations.
Israel Cook Russell, Bulletin of the United States Geological Survey No. 52,
Washington, 1889. (pp. 65.)

Book Notices. — 75

If, however, rocks are merely disintegrated and carried away
without undergoing any profound decomposition, if the iron is re-
moved from red sediments by the agencies above mentioned or if
the original rock does not contain any considerable amount of
iron, the resulting rocks will not be red, but will have the subdued
tints more often presented by the same rocks. After a brief state-
ment of the views of some former writers as to the cause of the
red color in question, Mr. Russell coneludes his pamphlet with a
good bibliography of the subject which will be of much value to
any one wishing to continue his study of this most interesting
problem. °
F, D. A.

Meramorpxosis or Rocks.\—This book is a thesis written for the
Doctorate in Science in the University of London and is an attempt
to consider more fully tee Chemical and Physical side of Professor
Bonney’s Presidential address to the Geological Society of Iondon
in 1886.

The author considers that a greatly exaggerated importance has
been attributed to “ Regional Metamorphism” and endeavours to
show that the theory which occounts for the genesis of the Archeen
Rocks by the reactions which took place in a cooling globe, is the
only true and valid one.

After a few general and introductory remarks, the subject of
metamorphism is taken up and treated under the five following
heads:—Paramorphism, Metatropy, Metataxis, Hyperphoric
Change, and Contact-metamorphism, with the introduction of a
somewhat depressing number of new, terms. Two appendices con-
tain notes on various points connected with the subject.

The book contains little or nothing new being merely a redis-
cussion of facts already discussed, but the author has agood know-
ledge of the literature of his subject and the frequent references
which he gives to important papers, will make it of value to
students.

The book is unfortunately written in a very self-satisfied spirit,
and the frequent more or less contemptuous personal references
which it contains are, especially in a work of this kind, to be de-
plored.

In order to make any sound progress toward a final solution of
the problem of the origin of the Archzen Rocks and Crystalline
Schists, what is really needed is a great deal more good, careful and

1 Chemical and Physical Studies in the Metamorphism of Rocks. A. Irving, D.
Sc.,B.A., F.G.S. London, Longmans, Green and Co., 1889, (pp. 137.)

76 Canadian Record of Science.

laborious work in typical areas of these rocks—such work as has
been carried out by Lehmann, in Saxony ; Brogger, Tornebohm and
Reusch, in Scandinavia; Heim, in the Alps; Macpherson, in Spain,
and Lawson in part of Central Canada. When we have in this
way become possessed of the facts concerning these rocks, our
theoretical deductions will be much more valuable than they are at
present. In the meantime, the consideration of such questions as,
whether the water present on the primeval crust of the earth
existed as puddles or oceans, and whether the feeble foliation of the
fundamental gneisses may not be due to the solar tidal waves in the
original magma, while the more pronounced foliation and apparent
false bedding of the schists may be attributed to the action of the
lunar tides, can scarcely be considered to be especially profitable.
Ff, (Dy AG

NOTES.

A very interesting and somewhat unusual instance of
reversion was recently brought to my notice in a specimen
of Trillium erectum var album which appeared in the
student collection of Mr.S. W. Mack. The plant was eight
inches high and the three leaves much less than the normal
size. The ordinary sepals were enlarged to two-thirds the
size of the leaves, which they very closely resemble in all
respects. The three petals had become sepals, which were,
however, much broader and more leaf-like than in the
normal flowers. The six stamens were all connected into
fuliar organs, each about the size of a normal sepal. They
closely resembled the sepals in all respects except in the
tips, which were white and quite pitaloid. The pistil was
completely transformed, and each carpel replaced by two—
six in all—linear and small foliar structures resembling
abortive petals.

Monstrosities are common in this genus, but this particu-
lar case is one of more than passing interest.

DPagPe

Duration in hrs.. 131 I

Mean velocity...| 13.0 18

Greatest mileage in one hou
Greatest velocity in gusts 5
the 28th.

— | |

== =) | i |
R, 1889. :
Meteorologi?et. OC. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
Bg. } a
THES. 95 5 Ba a |
=a fees oT: yest Rae orm]
goS| ae | 38 | zs
DAY. poesia] £8 | es | 85 DAY.
— Ba al Bs Bg ag
Mean.| VS 44S fe ep tall ge
jae D faa
ee oe ees | es ee | Sr ed —_—__————
I} 56.93 4H C9] 0 42 . | O-qz2 | ox
2 46.03 of 00 0 07 Oo 07 2
3] 38.82 oF OF |) 0.39 25348) 3
4 40.37 TOWN} SO 0.24 0.24 4
5 | 38-93 Tie) | | ID es 5
SuNDAY........ Wil g, obs Bio] | eo eto arAe) 35 OWE | © conadeb asd SUNDAY
3 10 00 0.33 0 33 7
g es: 10 90 | 0.08 ° 08 8
9| 44.77 ° 80 | 0.04 0.04 | 9
IO | 40.45 oy 44 see 10
II 41.63 of 79 F It
12 | 39.47 of 54 12
SuNDaAY....... 3} |), os ode ff 95 = el acpealhe sia aen, 9 DEQ Winvtpatns 20g Sunpay
14 | 42.30 fe) 2g 30 sad6 maul es
15 44.32 OF 9 oon Hrsiane ree 15
16 | 43.95 of 97 sees 3000 -+e. | 16
17 48.13 gop 12 tees soibd Hoe Pe B5?
18 A320) 4) Sn) <2 Inapp- 0.00 | 18
19] 43.50] 4° 79 ao gg. Nr epoca 19
SunDay...., mats 20)"| Meee gs Pf 77] +e PAO) PASS EIigoleeheccuens SUNDAY,
21 3-47] 4 Om 7° ‘ : - | 22
5 22| 34.40| 4° : a vee 22
23 27.70 308 9 On 23
24 | 33-28] 4o§ 92 : : 24
25 | 39.02] 4|° i Silke 25
AB) || Pari}, | ZA) | fy. SAS 26
SUNDAV.s <4 414427) | 0.200 4° 00 | 0-47 E Owe? Pep -wahe eenne SunDay
28 | 38.13 4c f oO} 0.47 0.8 | 0.55 | 28
29 35-73 La | poe 0.04 vislafe 0.04 | 29
go || 35-12] 4/0 45] ---- so) SS)
Bia a5. 650 1) 4) Oia vee 30 soo. | Se
~ Le ee | ae senen S eee
Aah ona Means.| 40.15 | 4 36.6] 3.34 ORS Hu lesiea 2 SUMSiae ee ee eleter eels
—————|———__|_—_ jj —_—_— | | Chu ——
I5 yrs. means for & i 15 years means for and
‘ncluding this mo.} 45.00] 5|:: 141.2] 3.42 1.7 | 3.59 ‘including this month

ndgthe Ist. Coldest day was the 23rd. Highest baro-

Wmeter reading was 30.605 on the 23rd; lowest bar-
ometer was 29.393 on the Ist; giving a range of
1.212 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 99
on the lstand7th. Minimum relative humidity was
38 on the 24th.

Rain fell on 12 days.

Snow fell on | day.

Rain or snow fell on 12 days.
Aurora on | night.

Hoar frost on 12 days.

Fog on 2 days.

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF OCTOBER, 1889.

Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent,

"7 Sky Croupe Ee
THERMOMETER. BAROMETHR. WIND. In Tentus. [5 5 Sis - 2
=a roel 1 Mean Fenn 5 Sk 23 iy oa Fa a
pres- jrelative| Dew el] ES) a, =|
DAY. ‘ . Sure of | bumid-| point. | @ Mean a | # ca 5 Ba oe a5 DAY.
Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range] *Mean. | SMax. | §Min. | §Range.} vapour. | ity- General velocity! ¢ | & ou! 3 o= |.28
direction. jin miles S = a4 2 r= 3
perhour} a 2) Fa
1} 56.93] 61.1 53-0 8.1} 29.4642 | 29.543 29 393 150 4293 2.3 54-7 S.W. 15-5 8.5 | 10 00} 0 42 eel |} a
2 46.03 54-4 35-5 18.9 29.7908 30.042 29 479 563, 2482 79.8 39-0 W. 21.2 8.2 | 10 00 © 07 oO 07 2
3] 38.82] 42.4 32.0 10.4 29.9888 | 30-068 29-868 200 2132 go.o 35-8 S. 7-5 8.3 | 10 or 0.39 0.39 3
4] 40.37 | 42.8 37-7 5-1 39-0917 30.242 29.846 396 2322 2.5, 38.3 N. W. 8.2 10 9 | Io 00} 0.24 0.24 4
5 | 38.93] 41.9 36.5 5-4] 30 1415] 30.220 39 084 136 1888 79-7. 33.0 a 9-4 ] 10.0} 10 Cr) od 5
Sunpay........ 6) eee 4500 37-5 76 ah 4) Saiager een | lee tccal= = a oe N_E. 13.7 Sates 00 | 0.79 OW || © coeccescnc SuNnDAy
7 39.95 42.7 38 5 4-2 2 798 221 «2315 93-7 38.2 N..W, 15-7 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 0.33 © 33 7
8] 37.38] 40.0 35-5 4-5 29.788 052 1908 85-3 33-2 S.W. 20.3 | 100] 10 | 10 00 | 0.08 oo8 |} 8
9| 44:77 | 53.2 35.9 17.3 29 696 970 2115 17 35-7 S.W- 19.3 6.8 | 10 80 | 0.04 O-o4 | 9
TO} 40.45 45.0 35-1 9-9 29.768 150 1728 09 0 31.0 W.. Il.4 (77 || +O) 44 = 10
z} 41.63 | 47.7 36.4 11.3 29-909 085 1790 67.8 31-7 Wi. 8.1 8.0 | Io 79 It
12] 39-47 | 45.0 35-6 9.4 30.036 138, 1630 67.3 29-7 N-\W. 7:3 3.5 | 10 54 12
Sunpay....... 13] .-. 48.1 PA UKE) | | “oooubing! |! cebeou IP sebaco |} coca. || eopns . me N.E. 19-9 500 I, 95 TZ -.-000
14 | 42.30] 49.9 33-7 10.2 | 30.2042 | 30.285 30.135 150 -1915 71-5 33:3 N.E. 15-9 Oo] 0 97 14
15 | 44.32] 52.8 30.7 16.1] 30.1727 | 30-231 39 119 112 1787 61.2 31.5 N. 14.0 0.0] 0 98 15
16 | 43.95] 51.4 36.2 15.2] 30.1922] 30.265 30.116 149 1678 59-3 ae? | hoceoc. wo00 8.4 o.5) |) 2 97 16
17} 48.13] 55.6 39-6 16.0} 29.9413 | 30.063 29.857 206 2328 68.7 37-8 S.W. 16 4 5.5 | 10 12 17
18} 43.20] 48,2 38.6 9:6] 29.9857 | 30.044 29.888 156 1782 71-7 31.3 W. 12.4 7-3} 10 23 18
19] 43-50] 49.3 37-7. | 11.6} 29.9905 | 30.125 29.739 386 1942 69-3 | 33-7 S.l. 9-7 | 6.8 | 10 a 19
SUNDAWEP eine 20) | Meena 53.9 S| 2) Scsapas || 55600 9 ao Ban pe} || Suso 3 77 20 ++ 000ees+SUNDAY
21 | 33.47] 49-9 27.6 13.3] 30.2495 | 30.306 30.103 203 1215 65.0 22.5 4.3 3-8] 10] o Te os
22 | 34.40] 41.5 28.5 13.0] 30.3545 30. 463 30.309 154 1262 63.2 22.8 10.6 67]|10] o 7 22
23 | 27.70] 33-2 21.8 11-4] 30.5400 | 30.605 30.480 125 0988 65.3 17.8 9.6 0.0} 0} o 98 23
24 | 33:28] 42.9 22.8 20.1 | 30.2975 | 30 436 30.135 301 1053 57-5 19.3 8-7 0.5 | AO) a 24
25| 39.02] 46.3 30-7 15.6 | 29 9863] 30.075 29.929 146 1428 60.7 26.2 15.0 8.2] 10] 0 12 25
26] 41-13] 46.3 35.5| 10.8] 30.0037] 30.045 29.946 099 1678 64.8 300 4.2 | 100] 10] 10 00 26
SuNpay.. ...., Fy f|\ panna 43.8 38.1 Corel | “uosdaml icopcoo WilPemserde |! -odeo t || canon N.E. WE |} son 00} 0.47 ee 0.47 | 27 «++. -.0e, Sunpay
28) 38.13 | 42.1 33-2 8.9 29.990 29-744 246 -2152 93 3 36.3 N.E. 43-1 } 10.0 | 10 | 1c
29] 35-73] 38.3 329 5-4 30-177 30.017 160 1770 84 31 N.E. 31.1 9-5 | 10] 7
30 | 35-12] 4-1 30.6 10.5 30.228 30.171 057 1602 78.8 28.8 N.W. 83 35} 10] 0
31] 35-85 | 4r.1 29.7 11.4 30-193 30.093 100 1785 84.8 3I 5 E. 4.6 8.0] 10} o
tries c+eessMeans.| 40.15 | 46.06] 34 42 30.0384] ..... Bo jf- aeeau .182 1888 74-3 EO |} csoncs 13-75 | 6.31 | .
15 vis. means for & =| F | 15 years means for and
neluding this mo,| 4.00 | 52,02 shcyul ao || eereere || soesos Ml sapoas 212 2399 (cee, Naseer be seaian 6 45 41.2] 3.42 1 7_| 3-59 /includine this month
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD.
fies *Barometer readings reduced to sea-level andthe Ist. Coldest day was the 23rd. Highest baro-
‘eee 2 Pies f mlmeter reading was 30.605 on the 23rd; lowest bar-
irection.... N. N.E. | BE. | S.E. Ss. S.W. W. | N. W. | Calm. temperature of 32° Kahr. meter was 29-393 on the Ist; giving a range of
——— a 1.212 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 99
seees| 1703 3150 236 | 374 696 1739 1712 620 § Observed. be the eae le Minimum relative humidity was
SS eee ee ee as o 38 on the 24th.
RON f n inches of mercury. 0
Duration in hrs.. 131 170 38 36 59 112 131 62 5 f HACER 2 ane Roe ae iy 7 oe Rain fell on 12 days.
Mean velovity...|_ 13.0 | 281s 62 || aad |) el) Gag Vee || ew pp Humidityrelative, sptrahonsbatne LG: Snow fellonWdny.
I Hight years only. Rain or snow fell on 12 days.

—————

Greatest mileage in one hour was 48 on the 28th.
Greatest velocity in gusts 56 miles per hour on

the 28th.

Resultant mileage, 2,275
Resultant direction, N 17° W.
Total mileage, 10,230.

lest cold was 21.8 on the 28rd,
temperature of 39.3 degrees.

The greatest heat was 61.1 on the Ist; the great-
iving & range) of
Warmest day was

Aurora on I night.
Hoar frost on 12 days.
Tog on 2 days.

>

; Re, 1889.
Meteorologica C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
a THER} 38 | E
° 5 -_ a a I
Se al ee {Bie ae
Ros] so Sy | ee
DAY. Soa| FA | ad | ss DAY.
S27) & Ba | Se
a, 6 [aa] & =
2 & fe
1 31 eee see 0 I
2 09 0.07 aoe 0 07 2
SUNDAE EES Cry |] Od 28) cobn || Conch ewan aan . SUNDAY
4 7° | Inapp.| .... | 0.00} 4 :
5 58 0 2006 5
6 46 | Inapp.| Inapp.| 0 00 | 6
7 49 nOO0 misters nae 7
8 86 : 8
9 66ull. a 3 } 9
SunpDAy. .....-10 go aarere hie . TOfeietrarsveisueters SuNDAY
II co | Inapp. fo. || Oeetey | ro
12 tele) 000 nem see | 12
13 00 | 0.02 Sic 0.02 | 13
14 07 | 0.07 | Inapp.| 9.07 | 14
15 06 at 0.6 0.06 15
16 61 eras eis 16
SUNDAY........ 17 98 S000 1000 cocoon |] HG) ocagcsoodn SUNDAY
18 96 ae boo || aK)
19 00 O.O1 oe 90 Or 19
20 bore) 0.96 ae © 96 | 20 |
H 21 oo 0.13 0.13 | 21
22 oo 0.24 o 0.24 | 22
23 o3 0.02 0.02 | 23
SUNDAY fee 24 OL | 0.03 adits @s08 |) cabostboo SUNDAY
25 12|Inapp.| - - 0,00 | 25
26 36 oe so0o (Me
; 27 00. 6 7-5 | 0.75 | 27 |
28 00 . Goi 0.76 | 28
29 00 0.4 | 0,04 | 29
30 96 3 boo +++, | 30
sa tatennetave ..- Means 30.5 1.68 15.6 S),232) |SUTS Gasosooondcosune |
I5 yrs. means for & 15 years means for and
including this mo,) 32. 38.(129.0] 2.41 13.6 | 3.79 !including this month
|ometer was 29.315 on the 22nd; giving a range of
[ j (1.296 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100
Direction...... se N. N.E. on the 20th. and 2lst. Minimum relative humidity
= ==|—= —— was 49 on the 4th.
Miles.........+.-| 332 2412 Rain fell on 14 days.
Duration in hrs.. 28 122, Snow fell on 6 days.
= - ——|—_——_ Rain or snow fell on 18 days.
Mean velocity...] 11.9 19-8 Rain and snow fell on 2 days.
a Le ee ee aes An Aurora was observed on 1 night.
Greatest mileage in one hour v See frost on 6 days.
Greatest velocity in gusts 76 ; Lunar halo on | night.
z ay 3 Lunar corona on the 30th.
three miles on the 28th. Romontmdans
Resultant mileage, 4,410 ‘

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER, 1889.

Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory,

Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. The epee he} 5 Ba a 5
ia hie Guan] (a iz? rogsmits {Mean {Mean is wae ae | oe 2? =s = 3 |) he
} pres- relative) Dew 5 828 ec BS as
DAY. sure of | bumid-| point. Mean} ¢ | 4 alesse] 2+ ge | cs DAY.
Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range] Mean §Max. §Min. | SRange.} vapour. f ity- General |yelocity] & S652? a Sa aig
direction. in miles} S| = | A J¥¢ | 2
perhou: a
1 39.47 | 43.9 35-8 8.1 30.2202 | 30.264 30.151 ~113 2010 83.0 34-5 4.9 8.7 | 10 5 31 9060 ao AeD0 I
2| 46.58) 54-0 37.2 16.8} 29.9795 | 30.235 29.651 +584 2697 83.0 40.5 16.6 | 10.0] 10] 10 09 | 0.07 0 07
SUNDAY: :...++- 3 30006 55:0 44.6 10.4 : Sod 2 || co090 we Pte Bone bond 25.5 0000 || co |} 40 04) o 13 0.13 Bo .. SUNDAY
4] 42.37 | 48.7 37.2 11.5} 30-0207 | 30.074 29.963 111 1810 67.7 31.8 24-3 4.3] 10] 0 7° | Inapp. 0.00] 4
5 | 35.00} 38.7 31-7 7-9} 30 1023 | 30.153 30-044 109 1433 70.8 26.3 18.4 88/10} x 58 000 aoa || 4
6} 38.55] 43.2 32-8 | 10.4} 29.9530 | 30.037 29-856 +181 1573 67.5 | 28.5 25.8 | 8.8]10] of 46} Inapp. ooo] 6
7| 41.77) 48-3 32-9 15-4] 29 9347 | 30 113 29-840 +273 1835 68.5 32.3 24.3 5.2 | 10] o 40) || sovo dc 7
8] 32.52] 38.0 20.7 11.3] 39.1580] 30.258 30.030 228 1302 70.8 24.2 9.3 2.0 | 10] o 86 8
9} 39-32] 47-1 31-7 15-4] 29.9630] 30,017 29 918 -099 1948 81.7 33-8 9.6 5.3] 10 || o 66 9
GPYS%s sacacnt@ |} eo noe 2.6 29.8 12.8 5 70000 O06 800 0900 K. eu” || ocoo |< é G21] como eA | Nom isc ecenee SUNDAY
11] 39.73 | 43-0 33 7 9.3 30.107 30.042 065, 91-3 37-7 S.W. 10.6 | 10.0 | 10] 10 oo | Inapp. 0-00 | rr
12 43.68 46.6 4o1r Os 30.186 30.012 174 89.2 40.7 s. 7-5 10.0 | Io | 10 oo Soba wees | x2
13 | 41 55| 46.0 38.3 7-7 29.961 29.686 275 94:3 39-8 N.E. 10.5 | 10.0 | 10] 10 00 | 0.02 0.02 | 13
14 39 02 47.0 29.5 17-5 29-774 29-581 -193 87.0 35-2 W. 19.7 9.5 | 10 7 °7 0.07 0.07 | x4
15 | 21.82 || 30.1 18 g 11.2 30.437 29 960 477. 66.5 12.7 N. W 16.3 8.3 | 10 | 5 06 0.06 | 15
16 | 22.07 | 25.0 17.5 760} 30.011 30.495 116 70.2 14-2 W. 20.2 2.8]10] o 61 +. | 16
Sunpay. 7 31| Waser 400 23 9 16.1 Secreto ||Gesop aad nl eodaores aoa dso " abt WwW. 280 end 6 98 5000 WW] ooscosc00n SunpDAy
18 | 34.35] 40.4 27.7 12-7 | 30.2457 | 30.311 30.176 +135 1522 76.7 27-7 We 11-5 0.5 1] 0 96 nou 18
19 | 36.22 | 40.5 32.3 8.2 30.0462 30.130 29-952 178 1750 82.2 31.2 N.h. 12.6 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 | o.o1 19
20| 38.18] 40.0 35 6 4.4] 29-7005 | 29.882 29-599 -283 2238 96-8 37-2 N.E. 15.6 | 10,0} 10 | 10 09 | 0.96 20
21} 39-33| 42-9 36.6 6.3} 29.5740 | 29 605 29.503 102 2260 93.5 37-7 Ss. 7.2 g-2|10] 5 00 | 0.13 21
22] 37.07] 39.3 35.6 3-7] 39-3767 | 39.437 29-315 122 2110 95-3 35-8 N. 13.3 | t00| 10] 10 00} 0.24 22
23 | 38.62] 43.0 36 5 6.5] 20.7145 | 29-955 29.486 =469 2072 88.3 35.2 NW. 16.7 8.7] 10] 2 3 | 0.02 23
Sunpav.. .24 so00d 43-1 32.7 10.4 . 6\I|) Seqdo0 ceoonaxce 9000 008 oocd 2008 16.6 cave || 0 60 or o- so OG} |} 2X) ocaocooene SuNDAY
25 | 30.20] 41.0 22.8 18.2] 30 2738 | 30.441 30.109 +332 1192 70.9 21.8 16.4 6.3] 10] o 12 5 00 [OCS || B5
26} 26.08] 28.9 22.8 6.1 39-5553 | 30-597 30-494 103 1018 72.2 18.3 7.6 6.5] 10] o 36 . -... | 26
27 | 2357 | 27.0 20.8 6.2 3°. 4345 30.595 30.189 +406 1055 84.2 19 3 20.1 10 0 | 10] 10 00 7-5 | 0.75 | 27
28 | 22.08 | 25.0 x98 5.2 29.6868 30.029 29-473 -556 1103 93 5 20.5 37-6 10.0 | 10} 1c 00 7-1 0.76 | 28
29) 24.45 | 31.0 199 11.1 29-7177 29.856 29-611 +245 1158 87 5 21.2 15.6 10.0] 10] o oo 0.4 | 0,04 | 29
3°] 17.98] 21.5 137 7-8} 30-2017 | 30-369 29 956 413 0790 80.2 13.0 28 2 3.0] 10] o 96 oo cone || 20
++.+-Means.| 34.29 | 40.03 | 29.97] 10.06] 30.0118] ...... 244 1686 81.2 289 16.7 | 7.61] .. | .. J. 30.5] 1.68 15.6 | 3.29 |Sums ..
15 Reet means for & 15 years means for and
including this mo, 32.08 | 38.08 26.04! 12.04 1 30,0117 261 1551 Fee) 4 eco VY eno eos008 7-40 129.0] 2.41 13.6 3-79 lincludine this month

ANALYSIS OF

WIND RECORD.

Direction........ N. | NE) & | se | os. |siw. | w. |N.w.| Calm.

332 2412 379 Fag ma | 2192 3360 aecR |
Durationinhrs..|| 28 |/a22)/ 48/428 | 75 | 13a | 277 | 3a | 6
Mean velocity...| az.9 | 19-8 Aa | 10.7 ran | 16.5 te 19.9

Greatest mileage in one hour was 62 on the 28th.
Greatest velocity in gusts 76 miles per hour for
three miles on the 28th.

Resultant mileage, 4,410

Resultant direction, N 76°5 W.
Total mileage, 12,025.
Average velocity 16.7 m. p. h.

«Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and
temperature of 32° Fahr.

§ Observed.

+ Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury.

{ Humidity relative, saturation being 100-

| Hight years only.

The greatest heat was 55-1 on the 3rd; the great-
est cold was 13.7 on the 30th, giving a range of
temperature of 41.3 degrees. Warmest day was
the 3rd. Coldest day was the 30th. Highest baro-
meter reading was 30.611 on the 16th; lowest bar-

ometer was 29.315 on the 22nd; giving a range of
1.296 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100
on the 20th. and 2lst. Minimum relative humidity
was 49 on the 4th.

Rain fell on 14 days.

Snow fell on 6 days.

Rain or snow fell on 18 days.

Rain and snow fell on 2 days.

An Aurora was observed on 1 night.
Hoar frost On 6 days.

Lunar halo on 1 night.
Lunar corona on the 30th.

Fog on7 days.

1889.
Metecfeet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
OUDED] E
ONTHS. |°5 9 Ay g |
— pn .| ao om as
| S| Gls [ee ae
DAY. Ml dg |atea = Be pee DAY.
M: or On or om
BR) lS & &
SUD sasonoo = | Palh || 29 35] .. ago || S000 Il 3 ‘Goocpapdapsimeay.Gy
2] 3f0 | 1° og) vee o.r | 0.01] 2
3 {o ° 72 > 0.2 0.02 3
Pea eteniene 78 oey Aili miowaal ei
5 pace) ° 00 ono 1.0 0.07 5
6] 219] 0 32 coe 1-2 0.07 6
7 3/0 Io foJe) eye aye afals 7
SUNDAV...... fo 8 00 | 0.41 ghdo. |/@o4is' I posds cacao seimyny
9 4!o I 00 0.41 oid 0.41 9
10 | 3f0| © 78 | 0.02 : 0.02 | 10
11 | 3f0]| 10 | 0°] 0.55 | Inapp.| 0.55 | 1
12 2/0 | © 53 toe Oddo g |) 1&3
13] 1f9] O° 24 3900 0.5 | 0.03 | 13
14 fo ° 00 ecee oO.1 O.Or | 14
SUNDAY........15 | a: | SIL. 0000 1.4 | 0-05 | 15 eseeeeeeee SUNDAY
16 | 20] O}| 64] .e. Sl 56) |}
17 | 2/0 | 10 QD) |} ooc 0 2 | 0.02 | 17
18 | 3/9 | 1¢ 09 |} 0.12 000 0.12 | 18
19 | 3/0 | 10 00 | 0.58 0.58 | 19
20 | 3/2] to 00 | 0.64 se. | 0.64 | 20
21| 2/3| © 64 | 0.14 0.14 | 21
SUNDAV.-. cece: 22 ee 50 fee) 0.06 3.2 a Ee) eP) clodidacs ..» SUNDAY
23] 10} © 96) | see. ad06 Go | easy
24 | 3° | 10 31 D008 Ts FO ra) 24
25 jo | 10 04 | 0.01 soon) Ores. | 3
26 | 2| 9] C9} wees 3-4 | 0.34 | 26
27 lo | o qi lore Stan . | 27
28] 1°] © 44 | cone o.r | o.or | 28
SuNDAY. 4005-29] «+ | °= 00 | 0.25 0. | 0.26 | 29 ..........SUNDAY
30 | 110] © CEH ene gone Googull ee)
31 11 fo} 95 tee wee sooe | 31
2 iio te ...»Means.| 2). | -- | 30-1 | 3-19 BIA || Ziggy) WSUS soooogéocaq0s0nn ||
Ie yrs. means for & 15 years means for and
Peoeaine this mo,] 1] -- [126.7] 1-43 23.9 | 3 81 including this month
—________4] andjbarometer was 29.036 on the 26th, giving a range of)
2 : 1.853 inches. Maximum relative humidity was x1o¢|
Direction........| NN pe the ene Minimum relative humidity was 56 on|
See Te ae the 3rd.
Miles.....-.-+++-| 8 Rain fell on 11 days.
Durationin hrs..| Snow fell on 14 days.
a eT aaa] Rain or snow fell on 22 days.
Mean velocity...) 14| Rain and snow fell on 3 days.
— TTC An Aurora was observed on 2 night.
Greatest mileage in giving) Hoar frost on 3 days.
Greatest velocity inirmest) Lunar halo on one night.
; dghest) Hog on 5 days.
five miles on the 30th. jo oct g on 5 days
on our records.) | ib 2

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER, 1889.

Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

Sky CLouDED
THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. Ty Toxmas. (33 | a,|, | 8
| { Mean praca is Fis aa =a |os
| pres- |relative) Dew . ofA] & eS 2
DAY. , sure of |bumid-| point. | generar Mee,| & | el aloes] 22 | Fe | es DAY.
Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range} Mean. | SMax. §Min. | §Range. | vapour. | ity. dituston Ke wale iS § 5 |e8 fe oA B= i
. =|
aN [ iperhour| e 1) ea
|
RPS a cuo0nan 8] Goaa 35-9 17-7 18.2 ppnG0d || 000056 ova0a 0006 see p09 wae WwW. FEB. |) cone Bo 35 anos 0 a0 a
| 2| 34.72 | 38.2 22.0 16.2] 29.9258 | 29.990 29.895 +095, 1598 79.0 28.7 W. 25-7 | 10.0| 10] 10 00 On p +1. SUNDAY
| 3 8.63 22.0 “1.0 23.0 30-2937 30.507 30.064 +443 +0472 67 2 73.5 N. 17-8 3.7 | 10} 0° 72 0.2 3
| 4] -1.48) 4-2 -7-1 | 11.2] 30-5160 | 30.614 30-407 207 +0315 78.0 | -7.2 N.E. 6.3 | 4.8] 10] 0 78 S500 4
| 5 | 12.52 | 22.4 0.8] 21.6] 30 0587 | 30.354 29-825 +529 0742 92.3 10.5, S.E. 8.4 | 8.3] 10] o| 00 Tio) 5
| 6] 23-20] 28.9 15-8 | 13-1] 29.9488 | 30.052 29 829 +223 1010 78.0 17.5 W. 17-4 8.0] 10] o 32 1.2 6
| 7| 30.70| 36.9 16 7 20.2} 29 8682 | 29.994 29-770 224 1350 77.0 24.5 W. 15-3 | 100| 10] 10 Ce) ae wl 7
i}
|SUNDAvseeeeeeen S| Metietr iam | ea 253) |] 85-2]| coonace |] comencs ena Ill ao00e selon alle cts E. M3 |} ovoo |} I co} o.4r | ..,. | 0.41] 8 ..........SUNDAY
9] 41-40] 45-7 345 11.2} 29.9905 | 30.224 +450 +2053 78.2 34.8 W. 26.3 8.0] 30} x 00 . |o4r| 9
10 | 30.38 | 35-0 28.0 7-0] 39.3443 | 30.466 +330 +1238 73.3 | 23.2 W. 12.7 | 6.5|10| o| 78 . | 0.02 | 10
11] 35-98 | 42.0 27-8 14-2] 29.7423 | 29.866 +238 .1762 82.3 31.0 S.W. 26.5 | 100| 10] 10 te) Inapp.| 0.55 | 11
12] 24.43 | 31-8 20.0 11.8 | 30.1057 | 30.197 +233 . 1012 76.8 13.3 Ww. 20.9 4.3 | 10] 0 53 000 sees | 12
13] 19-42] 25.6 10.7 14.9 | 30.0098 | 30.349 +556 0855 79-3 14-2 W. 13-9 4.0] 10] 0 24 0.5 | 0.03} 13
14 4.60 | 10.7 1.3 9-4] 30.3402 | 30.410 +131 «0392 72.7 -2.3 . 10.6 5-0] 10] 0 oo} .... 0.1 | O.or | 14
|SUNDAY.......- 15 wees | 20.0 =1.0 PAO || aeorccos 60000 aa00 || goose 5 d000 E. 7-1 500 ¥5-{} 00 oo 1.4 | 9.05 | 15 eeeeeeseesSUNDAY.
| 16] 25.55] 29.0 18 6 10-4 | 30.1852 | 30.282 -218 1127 81.3 20-7 S.W. 12.4 8.0} 10] 0 64 none ssa |} ®
17 29.58 34-5 25-5 9-0} 30.2618 | 30.300 .094 1405 85.3 25.8 Ss. 11.3 10.0 | 10] 10 00 © 2 | 0.02} 17
18} 33-35 | 41.2 24.5 16.7 | 30.1420 | 30.258 311 1802 92.8 31-3 E. 15.2 | 10.0 | 10 | 1c 00 0.12 | 18
19 | 39.97 42.0 38-6 3-4] 29.8507 | 29.882 .053 2220 89.8 37-2 W. 20.5 | 10.0 | 10} 10 fo} 0.58 | 19
20) 35.23] 39.5 32.8 6.7 29-7427 | 29 909 +499, +1917 93 3 33-5 W. 12.5 10.0 | 10} 10 oo 0.64 | 20
2r| 25.78 | 34-3 17.1 17-2} 30.1555 | 30.361 +524 1167 8.7 20.7 N. W. 28.6 RO) || Bl] © 64 0,14 | 21
SUNDAY........ 22 Sere 36.0 14.9 21.1 op0c00 . aaa0 wer 000 N. 20.7 Go6o || co 00 3.2 O50) |22) 12. ».. SUNDAY
23 | 17.47 | 23-3 13-9 9-4] 30.3490 | 30.444 267 0770 80.3 12.3 N.W. 27.6 3.0] 10] o 96 ecao no
24 | 30.57 | 35-2 17-7. 17-5] 30-2290 | 30.340 363 1500 87.8 27.2 N. W. 14.1 | 10.0 | 10 | 10 31
25 | 36.38 | 41.3 30.7. 10.6 | 29.6667 | 29.761 +183 1782 83.0 31.3 Ww. 29-1 | 10.0 | 10] 10 o4
26] 25.88] 35.5 18.6 16.9} 30-3003 | 29.674 -638 1158 81.3 21.0 N.W. 23-7 9-8] 10] 9 00
27 8.32 | 18.6 5-5 13-1 | 29.7893 | 29.866 .210 0455, 42.0 o7 S.W.? 28.3 5-7] 10] © 7
28 | 13.58| 17.2 10.1 7-1 | 30.0457 | 30.231 +372 0695, 85.8 10.5 S.W. 6.2 6.3| 10] o 44
ISUNDAY...+++++29 | «1.5 42.0 5:0 Zye@)|| socaace HOO000 Jando 6000 Aoaoa anon N.E. ES} || oo00 || qo 00
30] 19.43] 45.7 9-7 36.0] 30.2502 | 30.636 29-684 +952 0807 68.7 11.0 N.W. 30.6 2.3] 10] o 93
31 | 13.02] 19.5 4:7 14.8} 30.8330 | 30.889 30.767 .122 0543 68.0 4-5 N.W. 11.2 0.2] 1} 0 95
-Means.| 23.79 | 31.49 16.13 | 15.36] 30.1133 80.2 18 5 18.19 | 6.88 | .. 30-1
\'5 yrs. means for & 15 years means for and
including this mo.|_19.03 |_25.94 | 11-61 |_14.33 | 30.0160 287 0990 82.5 «| 7-19 126.7 | 1-43 23.9 | 3 81 |including this month
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. Se
*Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and Jpartorelios was Loess on ee POLI ELLE e range of,
aS 1.853 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100
Direction........ N. N.E. | E. | §.E. S.W. W. | N. W.| Calm. temperature of 32° Fahr. ou the 20th. Minimum relative humidity was 56 on
Een Bare az7x ere7 § Observed. the 3rd.
SS SS eS SS + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on x1 days.
37 96 224 108 6 : j Snow fell on 14 days.
= =| eal aeeeaea ieaeal == { Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Rain or snow fell on 22 days.
es) » oo EAS {1 Hight years only. Rain and snow fell on 3 days.
= An Aurora was observed on 2 night.
P : F e oth and ; th
Greatest mileage in one hour was 70 on the 30th.| Resultant mileage, 5,630. etheler sate bes vias 45-7onl ne Sea Hea Hoar frost on 3 days.
Greatest velocity in gusts 150miles per hour for) Resultant direction, West. a range Gh Looe oe pas Sdeenece: eum eat Lunar halo on one night,
i . (This is the greatest velocit i b day was the 9th. Coldest day was the 4th. Highest) Jog on 5 days.
as Gee, Gn (ase, velba) “Huey ety see barometer reading was 30.889 on the 31st; lowest Doe Nea

H YHAR isso.

Observations made jitude N. 45° 30’ 17”. Longitude 4" 54™ 18°55 W.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

ip ma eT ae ie pre ee
LS Peas B | 62 Brae’

3 O's: is] ee wg Bo

hee AS ge ees O83 | aaa =

Tee ol se | See Cee ole

Montu. Sj tani | SS) S| ese oaenr eis = Monrs.

a | Fas Ba fel teet |) trey fe 9S, S

® 15 yes Aen 2 BES |HAT |) sds FI

= | meas oS ee A a eA ea ;
——— Se ——|————_ |} ——_—_|______ foo a ee eee
Jamuany sees ee 21.23 | + 91.88 7 40.5 TO | EEGs a2 22 |January.... «+
Pebruary asec 5 — 40.¢ 2 SYA) 16 BreD 0 18 |February.......

INTEC,” So dod onoos aL § 9 15.3 12 2a kG 15

AID Tilireseenceens + 0.1 2 2.15 0 13

Minivan eccrine + a x 2.97 | 16

Aisuetcen woe eer — Be 4.73 20

Tbby odassoovds ats 1 Be .- 7.16 20
ANEUIER soo 6n00 068 My od 2.73 UB WANE Keo Cooae
September ws j 4.63 14 |September.......
October ..... 0.8 1 3.42 1 Le Oetoberseasceeeere
November 15.6 6 8.29 2 18 |November.-......
December 13.2 14 AL Bei Bs 22 |December. ......
Sums for 1889...| ... ..p.37 | 149 Wot 70 45 58 | 16 203 \Sums for 1889 ...
Means for 1889 ..) 42.90 | +1... aaa “+++ | 38.80] .. | 16.9 |Means for 1889...
Means for 15 | Means for 15
years ending? | 41.67 +f TA 133 125 3 8t 40.05 15 202 years ending
Dee. 31, 1889. | Dec. 31, 1889.

for 10 years, inclusive of 1889. J anemometer and wind vane are on the summit of Mount Royal, 57 feet
above the ground, and 810 feet a

The greatest heat was 88.0patest range of the thermometer in one day was 39-8 on Jan. 30th; least
range was 3.4 on Jan 7th. Theeyature was 10.73 below zero. The highest barometer reading was 30.889
on December 31st, the lowest waitest mileage of wind recorded in one hour was 70 on December 30th, and
the greatest velocity in gusts walyas 131,829. The resultant direction of the wind for the year was S. 698 W-.
and the resultant mileage 47,950qlos on 8 nights. Lunar coronas on 5 nights. Solar halos on 8 days and
contact arc on one day. The sle, The first sleighing of the winter was on November 28th.

The yearly means, above a)

|
* Barometer readings bP anomomet has been higher; ““—” that it has been lower than the average

METHOROLOGICAL ABSTRACT FOR THE YHAR isss.

Observations made at McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. — Height above sea level 187 ft, Latitude N. 45° 30’ 17”. Longitude 4" 54™ 18°55 W.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
g me Q re | : BE
THERMOMETER. * Banonermr. Bt Winn. al] (Bl ents) s | 32 g
a he] ri e OR r=] a ons
al E eS] SE] Ba | Bes & PS | Sebg
in \T Deyia- BS =e Meo || 28/22/05 |Sea) ¢ |oe | See M
x y y 2 3 l ric 2 g one ‘| ra] rest NTH.
SNEED { 8 |tion from a S ERs) & ie] 4 Be Ss Resultant | velocity} © © 3a 3 Bak = a= | 2 Es g ONDE
6 | ldyear | & 5 oa s o a ou $2} direction. | in miles} BS] 2.2 3 Ae 2 BES | Rs
= | means. | = =| AGA | =| ete ee perhourf @™| SS) 4 3 Sines &
2123) + 9.64] 44.0)— 6.5! 11.9 | 29.9560 | 30.708 1664S. 70° W. 18.5 | 67.3 80.5 tl 40.5 19 4.67 4 22° |January .-..
10.59 | — 4.65 | 39.5 |— 22.6) 17.5 | 30 0410 | 30.885 5.6 4S. 65° W. 18.9 }605 | 43.6 2 32.2 16 3.33 0 18 |February..
28.70 | + 5.01 | 43.9 7.8; 12.2 } 29.8885 | 30.503 21-6 1S. 85° W. 17.4 63.2 40.0 9 15.3 12 2 6 15
| 43.34) + 3.76 | 73.6 23.8) 16.8 | 29 9554 | 380.499 3l yD 145 7 54.8 63.0, un} 0.1 2 2), 0 18
56.95 | + 2.17 | 88.0 35.3} 17.7 | 29.8539 | 30.216 46. 15.8 f/f 2 | P41 16 35 2.6 Ba 16
62.91 | —1.55 | 84.9 45.1) 16.1 9194 || 80.42. 5 13.8 | 711 45.5 20, . 4. 20
3 67.97 | — 1.05 | 87 5 52.3} 16.0 9286, B 12.5 | 63 6 50.3 20) . 7.1 20
August 64.97 | — 2.13} 81.1 50.1} 148 | 30.0049 12.4 | 59.6 59.0 13 r 2. 13
Septembe: 59:93 | + 1.37 | 82.1 37-7 | 15.6 | 29.9835 7 12.4 | 62-1 45.0 14 30 4.6; 14
October . 40.15 | — 4.85 | 61.1 21.8) 11.6 | 3.0384 | 30.605 | 26 6 13.7 § 63.1 35.6 2 0.8 1 5 12
November . | 3420) + 221) 55.0) 13.7! 10-1 } 30.0118 | 30.611 | 29.315 | “944 16.7 | 761 | 30.5 14 15.6 6 2 18 |November
December .......| 23.79 + 4.76 | 31.5 16 1} 15.4 | 30.1133 | 80.889 | 29.036 | .322 18.2 7688 30.1 ll 13.2 14 3 22 |December. .
Sums for 1889...|... piped |e |r| Geet || batscmsl| cheaal (es ae Seeee| een ean ; 149 117:7)| 70 16 203 [Sums for 1889
Means for 1889 | 42.90 | 4 1/92] 7.77 : 14-6] 29-9687] 2... ||... || 201 | 2601 | 76.1] 35:3] S. 69° w. | 15.39 | 650 | 48:9] 3. | 2 16.9 |Means for 1889
ee | BC BEBE sh (Ee BA NEA REE fierce | foe | SPORE | es
Means for 15 od Means for 15
years ending? | 41.67 pond poco! ooo0 ooo |] PANS |] case Bea Bape || ce: SY/ ere ee) ee rae S000 Sona 61.4 |§46.0) 27.74] 133 125 3 84 40.05 16 202 years ending
ec. 31, 1889. | li Dee, 31, 1889.
for] *B; meter readings reduced to 32° Fah., and to sea level. t Inches of mercury. Saturation, 100. § For8 years only. 1 “+” indicates that the temperature has been higher; “—” that it has been Zower than the ayerage
ae 5 years, inclusive of 1889. The monthly means are derived from readings taken every 4th hour, beginning with 3h. 0m, Hastern Standard time. The anemometer and wind yane are on the summit of Mount Royal, 57 feet
‘hove the ground, and 810 feet above sen level.
The greatest heat was §8.0 on May 18th i greatest cold 22.6 below zero on February 4th; extreme range of temperature was therefore 110°.6, Greatest range of the thermometer in one day was 39-8 on Jan. 30th; least

rd, when the mean temperature was 10.73 below zero. The highest barometer reading was 30.889

rate was 3.4 on Jan 7th. The warmest day was May 18th, when the mean temperature was 77 $2. ‘The coldest day was Feb. ¢

the wcetaber 81st, the lowest was 28.981 on March ith, giving wrange of 1.907 forthe year. ‘he lowest relative humidity was 15 on Apri litth. The greatest mileage of wind recorded in one hour was 70 on December 30th, and

ang gieatest velocity in gusts was at the rate of 150m. p. h. for 4 miles on Dec. 8Uth ; this is the greatest velocity on our records. The total mileage of wind was 131,829. The resultant direction of the wind for the year was 8. 69° W..

contnE Tesultant mileage 47,950), Auroras were observed on 16 nights. Fogs on 42 days. Hoar-frost on 80 days. Thunder storms on 17 days. Lunar halos on 8 nights. Lunar coronas on 5 nights. Solar halos on 8 days and
act are on one day. The sleighing of the winter closed, in the city, on March 26th, ‘The first appreciable snowfall of the autumn was on October 28th, The first sleighing of the winter was on Noyember 28th.

The yearly Tneans, above are the averages of the monthly means, except for the velocity of the wind.

s.

3

SS

———
———
oS ;

THE

CAN Pana a © OJR D
OF SCIENCE.

VOL. IV. APRIL, 1890. NO. 2.

SomME TEMPERATURES IN THE GREAT LAKES AND
St. LAWRENCE.

By A..T. Drummonp.

The equalizing influence exerted by great and deep bodies
of water upon the climate of the surrounding land is well
known. Apart from this general result, the temperature of
the water has also a direct effect. On the banks of the
Lower St. Lawrence these two effects are well illustrated.
Where the cold Labrador current, trending inward from the
Straits of Belle Isle, skirts the north shore of the estuary,
the little semi-arctic plants are more numerous than on the
south shore, where the same current returning outwards
carries with it the milder waters which have descended
from the Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence. Lake Superior,
around whose jutting headlands dwell semi-arctic and
northern plants, and west of whose coasts many of the
familiar forest trees of Ontario and Quebec do not range,
affords another illustration.

The vast area and depth of the St. Lawrence Great Lakes,
the different latitudes in which they lie, and their relations
to each other, taken in connection with the extremes of
heat and cold of the Canadian seasons, combine to give an
interest to the temperature of the waters of these inland

phat

ail [%
wg AU:

78 Canadian Record of Science.

seas. Lakes Superior and Michigan may be regarded as
two distinct reservoirs—the former of cold and the latter of
warmer water—which constitute the largest sources of sup-
ply for the lower Great Lakes. Hind found the surface of
Lake Superior on 30th July, at noon, as low as 39.50° at
fifty miles from land. The outlets of these two lakes into
Lake Huron are close to each other, the Michigan “waters
flowing directly into the main basin of Lake Huron, and
the colder waters from Superior, while joining them in part
through the detours between the Manitoulin Islands, appear-
ing in part also to find their way eventually to the Georgian
Bay by the channels north of the same islands. Now, Lake
Huron in its profound depths forms three great basins—
the Georgian Bay, the Central and the Southern Basins.
The Georgian Bay is separated from the Central?Basin, not
only by the Bruce Peninsula,j but by a continuous sub-
aqueous ridge which comes to the surface in islands at dif-
ferent points, whilst under water it presents on the one side
bold precipitous cliffs facing the Georgian Bay, and on the
other, shelves somewhat gradually towards the deeper
waters of the Central Basin. This ridge prevents the free
interchange of water between the deeper portions of the
Georgian Bay and Lake Huron proper, and makes the for-
mer a somewhat isolated basin of cold water without any
considerable free current of warmer water flowing into and
through it. This isolation aids in retaining in the Bay the
colder waters which have accumulated there during the
winter months. Thus, whilst the surface in July and
August may be as high as 65° F., the bottom temperature
at 31 fathoms and upwards,varies between 39.5° and 37.75° F,

The Central and Southern basins of Lake Huron, on the
other hand, are separated by {the} sub-aqueous corniferous
escarpment which diagonally crosses the lake in a south-
eastern direction from the outlet of Lake Michigan, and
which also appears to have its? effect on free circulation
between the deeper waters of these two basins. In the
Central basin, at the bottom in 65 fathoms the temperature in
July was 42° F., whilst in the Southern basin at the bottom

Temperatures of Great Lakes and St. Lawrence. 79

in 38 and 45 fathoms it was 52° F. The Southern basin not
only lies in a lower latitude, but is much shallower and has
a bottom largely composed of sand. Apart from these cir-
cumstances, the natural flow of the warm Michigan surface
waters is towards and into this basin before their final
entrance into the St. Clair River at Sarnia. On the other
hand, the tendency of the colder Superior waters constantly
flowing into the Central basin and modifying the warm sur-
face waters from Lake Michigan, is to maintain a somewhat
lower temperature in the depths of the Central than in the
lesser depths of the Southern basin.

In their main expanse, Lake Superior and the Georgian
Bay thus constitute in midsummer, great bodies of colder
water, whilst the Central basin of Lake Huron in its
greater depths also forms a reservoir of cold water, but
tempered by the warmer inflow from Lake Michigan.

Lakes Erie and Ontario are, on the other hand, warmer
lakes, consequent on their geographical position, their
affluent streams from the south and south-west, and the
necessarily higher temperature of the larger volume of
waters which have flowed over the great shallows of Lake
St. Clair before reaching Lake Hrie. .

Records of observations made by myself during this last
summer near the outlet of Lake Ontario, and in the St.

‘Lawrence and other rivers, and by Staff-Commander
Boulton, R.N., during last and previous seasons in the
Georgian Bay, appear to establish some interesting results
which are here appended. It is not assumed that these
results are new, but they exemplify some characteristics of
fresh water in the great masses in which it occurs in the
Canadian Great Lakes and rivers, and under the varying
conditions of climate which the geographical position of
these lakes and rivers presents.

The instruments used in my observations were :—for sur-
face readings, Negretti & Zambra’s Reference Thermometer
with Kew corrections, and, for deep water, the same
makers’ Patent Marine Thermometer, carefully compared
with standard instruments. Staff-Commander Boulton’s

80 Canadian Record of Science.

thermometers were previously tested at the Toronto
Observatory.

Motion as AFFECTING THE TEMPERATURE OF WATER.

Some tests made above and at the foot of the rapids in
the Richelieu River at Chambly, would seem to show that
the motion of the water during the one mile of continuous
rapid here, raises the temperature of the water at least per-
ceptibly. Above the rapids at 3 p.m. on 29th August, the
air at the surface indicated 80° F., and the water at a depth
of 1.5 feet, 73.75° to 74° F., whilst at 2.45 p.m., at the foot
of the rapids, with the air at the surface, 75° F., the water
in 1.5 feet in the rapids was, in different tests, 74° to 74.5°
F. In other words, the water showed an increase of about
one-half a degree in the face of the decreasing temperature
of the air, as the afternoon wore on. Again, on 7th Sep-
tember, at 4.20 p.m., above the rapids, with the air on the
bank registering 66.5° F., the water at 1.5 feet depth indi-
cated 69.75° F. in the sun, while at 5.30 p.m., at the foot of
the rapids, the water in the rapids was still 69.75° F., though
the sun was clouded and the air on the bank had fallen to
62.5° F.

Rapid currents have, however, the effect of equalizing
the temperature of the water. Thus, in June, at Rockport,
among the Thousand Islands in the St. Lawrence, where
there is a strong current, the water, at nearly 40 fathoms,
indicated only 0.5° lower temperature than at the surface.

AREAS OF WATER OF DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES.

Under conditions which appear to be the same, and at
points relatively near each other, the water on the surface
of the lakes and rivers is not uniform in temperature, but
seems to flow in areas of different temperatures—the varia-
tion being generally from 1° to 3°. At different depths
down to the bottom, there are equally marked variations.
In the tributary streams similar results appear. An inter-
esting illustration occurred in a shallow creek, fully

Temperatures of Great Lakes and St. Lawrence. 81

exposed for an eighth of a mile to the sun’s rays, and slowly
flowing over a succession of limestone ledges, where, in 1.5
inches of water, the mercury on a warm June afternoon
could be seen rising and falling between 81° and 83° F.
Here there were some exceptional causes, but in the line of
outfiow from Lake Ontario to the St. Lawrence, the fluctu-
ations are rather to be ascribed to the evaporation ‘at the
surface, and to the cooler waters beneath ascending to sup-
ply the place of the evaporated water. As the evaporation
would be irregular, varying with the passing clouds, the
gusts of wind, and the features of the land, the ascending
currents would also be irregular. These ascending waters
would give rise to a slight inflow at the bottom from deeper
and cooler parts of the lake to take their place, and both
these currents would be affected by the general onward
flow of the lake waters towards the entrance of the St.
Lawrence.

Bortrom CurRENTS IN GEORGIAN Bay.

On 20th August, 1886, Commander Boulton, in a series
of soundings diagonally across the centre of the Georgian
Bay, in a somewhat southerly direction, found the tempera-
ture of the water at the bottom at one point (31 fathoms
deep) 39.5° F., at another (47 fathoms) 38.25° F., and at a
third (42 fathoms) 37.75° F.—the distance between the
extreme points being about 40 miles. On LOth July, 1889,
nearer the Bruce peninsula, the readings in 70 fathoms
gave 38.75° F., and on 8th September following, at another
point in 63 fathoms, the reading was 39° F. In all these
different cases, the surface water varied from 59.75° to 68°—
the last being on 8th Sept., at 10.10 a.m. As the tempera-
ture of water at its maximum density is 39:2° F., and
below that, the density again diminishes, there would be a
tendency in these bottom strata of water to rise until they
intermingled with water of a higher temperature and
equivalent density. It is thus necessary to seek some
explanation of this singular fact that the bottom tempera-
tures in this extensive bay are in summer as low in places

82 Canadian Record of Science.

as 37.75° F. The probability is that there are strong bottom
currents which prevent what would be the natural course
upwards of the colder and lighter waters of the bottom.
Commander Boulton is also inclined to take this view. The
two leading physical features which characterize the bottom
of the bay, are, first, the somewhat shelving nature of the
bottom from east to west, the western side, along nearly its
whole length, being remarkably deep, and continuing so up
to the very cliffs which bound it, and, secondly, the appa-
rently complete severance of its deeper waters from those of
Lake Huron by the submerged escarpment between the
Bruce peninsula and the Manitoulin Islands. These two
features may be found to have some influence in this con-
nection.

Harsour TEMPERATURES.

The more land-locked a harbour is, the higher is the
temperature of its water as compared with that of the water
outside of the harbour. It may be equally predicated that,
up to a certain point, the more foul the harbour water is,
the higher, to a further extent, is the temperature likely to
be. At Kingston, this occasionally, in midsummer, is well
illustrated. On 10th July last, after two or three days of
comparatively calm weather, during which the upturned
sediment of the bottom. the floating harbour accumulations,
surface drainage, and the sewage appeared to be gathered
together in the harbour to an unusual extent, while the
mercury at 3000 feet off the wharves indicated 73.5° F. two
inches under the surface ; it, at 100 feet, rose to 78° F., at
the same depth three hours subsequently, though in the
meantime the sky had become overcast with clouds. These
accumulations contaminate the water for very considerable
distances outward in the harbour, and warn us how impor-
tant to the health of cities and towns, similarly situated, it
is to have the water, supplied for domestic uses, taken from
points beyond any possible line to which such accumula-
tions may extend. The higher temperature of the harbour

Temperatures of Great Lakes and St. Lawrence. 83

waters would form some objection to their use for household
purposes, though not so serious an objection as their
contamination.

TEMPERATURE IN RELATION TO DeEprTH.

It is impossible to lay down any general rule regarding
the changes of temperature with the increase of depth.
Apart from variations resulting at the different seasons,
surface readings are affected by sunlight and cloud, gusts of
wind, channel currents, the inflow of affluent streams, and
the physical features of the surrounding land. Readings
beneath the surface are affected by the depth of the water,
by ordinary currents resulting from changes of level, by
evaporation at the surface creating an upward flow of the
water underneath, by the contour of the bottom, and by
high winds which drive the surface waters before them,
creating return currents underneath to take their place.
Each case has to be judged by its own special circumstances.
Thus, in the Georgian Bay, between Cabot’s Head and Cape
Croker, Commander Boulton, on 27th July, 1888, at 8.30
a.m.; obtained the following record :

SUT FACE sie sueleyeieasrsies cis clausielisie.ocisieres 60°2° F
10fms....2.- 60000 656606 bOa0E0O05 45-7°
BS neadond goadea coo aisiasuetee ota eat 41-4°
iM ccibee tote lavente lolclomataveleicie tsveverarciet sree: 41°

66 “ (bottom))- 0.2. os 6.00 sesnee. 30°5:

On 14th June, 1889, at 11.25 a.m., one mile south-west of
Kingston, in the channel from the lake to the river, one of
the records was:

IASIIPSUMIMBULMsyoio aie lavereMelevereisial es c/sns cceve's 19° F

SuTlacewaterieers:shavcle\s'sic's cleisie-ieieie'e 58.5°.
Opleetisterrerctersteletelelecielsleisiel overerertielelolare 56.25°

13) Ovo sco sbb) suacooorpceooubioe 54°.

SOP teceileteletevelanctevers¥els) ole ters) <iteietcvectovte S00 ADC

60 “ (bottom) ..... ses dend ancocsys

On the 25th July following, at 4.15 p.m., at a point in
the same channel, two miles distant, the readings showed
not only a higher range, but a much nearer approach be-
tween the surface and bottom temperatures, thus:

84 Canadian Record of Science.

INIT ATI GOOR GODT AE Beal COG CROs 80° F
Surfaceswatete saci eee aes 69°

Fh ea ee RO ROR O Ree be S cloabads 68.75°
MD OR oe vate (suehella «ibe Neretels tar etlermemeelerers 67.75"
QR aE DEE clases, Vesa com ceeeereortae 67.66°
SOW es caterers clersic Hiren aaa 67.75°
72) € bottom) 0.5.9. eee ee 67°

Again, in a very shallow stream on Wolfe Island, lightly
flowing over exposed limestone rocks, the air on June 14th,
at 3.15 p.m., at three feet above the water, indicated 73° F.,
whilst the water at 1.5 inches registered 83° F., at 4 inches
varied between 79.5° and 825° F., and at 7 inches, on the
bottom, fell to 72.5° F,

JUNCTION OF AFFLUENT STREAMS.

An illustration of the effects of the warmer waters of the
affluent streams on the main body of the St. Lawrence
waters, was the case of the Gananoque River at its outlet.
The temperature of the bottom near the foot of the fall
was, on 10th June, 62.75° F.; a quarter of a mile down
stream, at the outlet to the St. Lawrence, it was 61.5° F.;
in the St. Lawrence, 150 yards off the outlet, 57° F.; 100
yards west of this, against the current of the St. Lawrence,
56.75° F., and 100 yards still further west 54.25° F. The sur-
face water at these different points varied only between
62.25° and 63° F. The Gananoque River current below the
falls is strong, and by a westward deflection of the sandstone
banks at the outlet, it is thrown against the much lighter
St. Lawrence current, but as above shown, the effect is
soon gradually lost at the bottom of the St. Lawrence, how-
ever much farther it might be traced at the surface.

GRADUAL ABSORPTION oF HxarT.

The general rise in the temperature of Lake Ontario
waters as the summer advances is, at first, slow, compared
with the general rise in the temperature of the air, but, as
midsummer is reached, the rise is more rapid both at the

Temperatures of Great Lakes and St. Lawrence. 85

surface and at the bottom. On June 14th, at noon, when
the air indicated 79.75° F., the surface water in the main
channel, two miles from Kingston, was still as low as 57.5°
F. or only 5° higher than on May 23rd. On July 5th, the
readings at the same place and hour had increased to 69.5°
F., with the air at 79°F., and on July 10th to 74.75° F., with
the air at 92.75°F., the thermometer being always in the
sun. The most marked change was between June 25th
and July 5th, when the advance registered was 9°. The
bottom temperatures indicated somewhat similar results.
On May 23, at 13 fathoms, the deep sea thermometer
registered 50.25° F.; on June 14, at 12 fathoms, 52°F., on
July 10, at 11 fathoms, 62.25° F., and in another spot in 17
fathoms, 53° F., and on July 25, at 12 fathoms, 67° F.

The absorption and retention of the sun’s heat is most
noticeable in the small streams and quiet pools. There we
find well illustrated the general proposition that in high
temperatures, the surface of comparatively still water,
where unaffected by under currents, absorbs and retains the
heat of the sun to a much greater degree than the immedi-
ately overlying air. A remarkable illustration has already
been given in the case of the lightly flowing but shallow
Wolfe Island stream, where the surface water was 7° higher
than the immediately overlying air, and 10° higher than
the air at 3 feet above, whilst on the bottom, at 7 inches in
depth, the temperature fell again to 10.5° below that of the
surface water. The records of other creeks did not indicate
such extremes, but showed that each stream in its bottom,
current and surroundings, may have circumstances which
vary the temperature. In very shallow, still pools, exposed
freely to the sun and breeze, but almost isolated from the
main stream, the difference between the temperature of the
surface of the water and of the immediately overlying
stratum of air, is, however, sometimes still more marked,
the water on sunny afternoons in June and July showing
over 11° higher range. In such pools, the water, though
indicating variation, is tolerably uniform even to the bottom.

86 Canadian Record of Science.

Nove ON A FossiIL FISH AND MARINE WORM FOUND
IN THE PLEISTOCENE NODULES OF GREEN’S
CREEK ON THE OTTAWA,

By Sir Wui1am Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S.

I. Corrus rasoratus. Reinhardt.

The Pleistocene clays of Green’s Creek on the Ottawa, are
celebrated for the nodules holding fossil fishes which they
contain. The most common of these is the Capelin (Mallo-
tus villosus, Cuvier) but the Lump-sucker (Cyclopterus lum-
pus, Lin.) also occurs, and I have also found a species of
Gasterosteus, possibly the two-spined stickleback of the St.
Lawrence, (G. aculeatus, Lin.,) and a skeleton which seems
to be that of the smelt (Osmerus mordax, Gill.)*

There have been in my collections for some time two spe-
cimens of these nodules, which appear to contain the skele-
tons of some species of Cottus or Sculpin. They are, however,
imperfectly preserved, so that I have been unable to identify
the species. Recently, Mr. J. Stewart of Ottawa has kind-
ly placed in my hands a better preserved specimen, show-
ing more especially the pre-opercular spines and pectoral
fins in comparatively good preservation, and with the help
of this I think I can identify the species, notwithstanding
the confusion which at present seems to reign as to our
North American cottoids.

The characters of the hooked spines and of the pectoral
fin seem to identify this specimen with Cottus (Centroder-
michthys) uncinatus of Gunther’s British Museum catalogue.
This is C. uncinatus of Reinhardt, and IJcelus uncinatus of
Kroyer and Gill. I feel convinced, also, that it must be the
Cottus gobio of Fabricius, though this is usually identified
with C. (Gymnacanthus) tricuspis of Reinhardt, a very dis-
tinct species. Cottus uncinatus, occurs in Greenland, and in

1 Notes on Pleistocene of Canada, Canadian Naturalist N. S. Vol.
VARS Tie

ERRATUM.

In the paper on a Fossil Fish from the Pleistocene, by Sir
William Dawson, (Vol. IV, No. 2, April 1890, p. 86) for “ Cottus
fasciatus,’ in the title of the paper, read “ Cottus uncinatus,” as in
the text.

Fossil Fish and Marine Worm. 87

deeper water as far south as New England, according to
Jordan, who creates for it a new genus (Artediellus). !

The total length of the specimen, without the caudal fin
which is absent, is 4 inches, of which the head measures
one inch. It belongs to the collection of Mr.Stewart. The
other and less perfect specimens, which I refer to the same
species, are in the Peter Redpath Museum.

Nerets, Sp.

Among the specimens submitted to me by Mr. Stewart are
two that represent remains of marine worms, but not suffi-
ciently perfect for determination. Their study has, however,
induced me to re-examine some specimens of this kind collect-
ed some years ago and now in the Peter Redpath Museum,
and one of these affords some characters which it may be
useful to describe.

It resembles at first sight a whitish stripe of calcareous
matter about four inches in length and scarcely two lines
in breadth. This strip of calcite is a longitudinal section
through the body of the worm, and shows nothing of its
external characters, and the somites of the body are indi-
cated only by the tufts of brown bristles or set at intervals
along the sides. In the specimen in question, these are in
the middle portion of the body from a tenth to a twelfth of
an inch apart. On the anterior segments they are closer
together, the body having apparently been contracted in
that part. Hach foot, as indicated by the setee—the soft
parts having entirely perished—seems to have had one
strong spine and several others very fine and hair-like in a
separate bundle. When disengaged from the matrix (which
can easily be done by treating a small portion with diluted
acid) and examined microscopically, they seem to be simple,
nearly straight and pointed. Near what seems to be the
anterior extremity, are obscure indications of one of the
horny mandibles, These characters, as far as they go, would
indicate a cheetopod worm or “ sea centipede,” and, of the

' Catalogue of Fishes, Fish Commission Reports.

88 Canadian Record of Science.

species known to me on our coasts, they resemble most nearly
those of Nereis pelagica, Lin., a common and widely distri-
buted animal, found in the Arctic seas and on the Northern
coasts both of Europe and America, and which therefore
would be a fitting associate of the species found with it
at Green’s Creek. It appears to be the WVereis ceca of Fa-
bricius.

I would not, however, be too positive as to the specific
identification of such material; but there can be no doubt
that it indicates a member of the group Polycheta, of the
family Nereide and probably of the genus Nereis.

A New BotanicaL LABORATORY.
By D. P. PanHaALLow.

The Chair of Botany in the McGill University was first
filled by Dr. Andrew F. Holmes, afterwards Dean of the
Faculty of Medicine, who was appointed in 1829. Dr.
Holmes was a zealous botanist who had studied in Kdin-
burgh, had collected in Great Britain and France while
pursuing his studies in medicine, and had formed a large
Canadian collection which he afterwards presented to the
University. When Dr. Holmes, owing to other engage-
ments, became unable to attend to these duties, the lectures
were delivered for a time by Dr. Papineau. After the re-
organization of the University, in 1852, a combined Pro-
fessorship in Art and Medicine was created in favor of Dr.
James Barnston, an able and accomplished botanist, trained
under Dr. Balfour, in Edinburgh, who lectured not only in
the University, but in connection with a botanical society,
which owed its origin to him, to create a taste for the
science. Dr. Barnston was appointed in 1857, but had only
been in office for two years when he was removed by death,
and in the then depressed condition of the finances of the
University, the Board of Governors found it necessary to
assign the duties of the chair to Dr. Dawson, as Professor

A New Botanical Laboratory.

89

BoranicaAL Lasoratory, McGiiu University.

90 Canadian Record of Science.

of Natural History, by whom they were performed without
remuneration till 1882. In 1883 the chair of Botany was
established by the appointment of Professor D. P. Pen-
hallow, B.Sc., under whom practical and additional courses
and laboratory work have been introduced, to which it is
desired more particularly to refer ia the present paper.

In 1886 an additional course in the third and fourth years,
embracing practical histology, was instituted for the benefit
of those students who evince a special taste for such work,
and desire to carry it on beyond the ordinary course of
the second year. Accommodations for this purpose were
secured in the Peter Redpath Museum, but within the past
two years the combined growth of the botanical collections
and of a greater desire for instruction in this branch,
resulted in the room then occupied being wholly inadequate
to meet the requirements of the work. The removal of
the Faculty of Applied Science to new quarters, left vacant
a suite of rooms in many respects well adapted to the pur-
pose of a laboratory, and which were granted by the Board
of Governors for this use. They are on the upper floor of
the main building, and thoroughly lighted, the aspect being
northern. The problem then was to convert these rooms
to the required purpose with a minimum of expense,
utilizing, as far as possible, such furnishings as were on
hand. This has been accomplished in such a way as to
meet present requirements in a very satisfactory manner,
although were a laboratory to be constructed de novo, various
changes from the present form and arrangements would be
made. By reference to the plan, the details will be made
clear. Room C originally consisted of twv apartments
which were thrown into one. Room A is used as a private
office and laboratory. It measures 11 X 15.5 feet. Room
B, 7 X 15.5 feet, contains two series of shelves, 1, 1, with
drawers and cupboards for the storage of apparatus,
reagents in bulk, general supplies and balances. Room C
is the general laboratury, measuring 15.5 X 56.5 feet, with
an ell room, 19 X 21 feet. Access to these rooms is gained
through the halls D, E, which open out from the main
hallway of the building.

A New Botanical Laboratory. 91

The windows are five feet wide and at just the height of
an ordinary table from the floor. They afford an abundance
of good light. Opposite each window are two tables,
43 X 24 feet, placed back to back. Accommodation is thus
afforded for ten students at one time. which answers all
present needs, though there is room for sixteen.

Affixed to each pair of tables, at the outer end, is a rack,
two shelves of which hold test tubes and specimen bottles,
while the two lower shelves hold narrow bottles containing
such reagents and stains as are in common use. For those
reagent which are required less frequently, the general
reagent stands 2, 2, are provided. ach table hasa plain
wood top dressed with hot boiled linseed oil, while in the
centre of the working side there is a black working square,
18 X 24 inches. The furnishings provided each student
include a supply of needles, forceps, rods, dipping tubes, a
razor, various covered dishes and watch-glasses for prepara-
tions ; slides and covers, wash bottles holding distilled
water and alcohol; drop bottles containing glycerine, car-
bolic acid and balsam: camera lucida, vegetation dishes,
Bunsen burner, and an albo-carbon drop light for illuminat-
ing purposes—an essential part of the outfit, on account of
the very early approach of darkness in winter. A row of
gas pipes, bearing T arms, extends the whole length of the
room. One end of each T—the outer—bears an ordinary
burner for illuminating purposes, while the other bears a
nozzle from which a rubber tube feeds the drop light of each
table. A wall bracket at each table supplies gas for the
Bunsen burner furnished to each student.

At 9, the entire wall space between the doors is occupied
by a blackboard, which can be seen reaching from each
end of the room. At 5,a large sink is provided with two
taps, supplying water at a pressure of 120 pound; 4, is a
short bench for section cutting and other work of a similar
nature. It is provided with two microtome—one King and
one Becker—and a paraftfine bath for imbedding ; 3 is a gen-
eral work bench, well supplied with gas, and also with a

92 Canadian Record of Science.

water blast and exhaust. Above is a wall case for speci-
mens in bulk. At 6 is a gas closet for macerations; 7 is a
table holding a sterilizer, vegetation oven and other
_apparatus. An effort has been made to so arrange all the
details that a student, when once seated at his table, may
continue work with a minimum of interruption arising from
the want of reagents or apparatus.

As now equipped, this laboratory affords ample facilities
and accommodation for select classes in the third and fourth
years, and for demonstrations to large classes in the second
year. The course of study embraces a thorough grounding
in vegetable histology. The work may be said to be
divided into four stages. In the first, the student is
instructed as to the construction and use of the microscope,
the defects common to such instruments, and the means
adopted to overcome them ; determination of amplifications,
and the measurement of objects. The second stage involves
the examination of the various histological elements of the
plant, which, for this purpose, are grouped as, Ist,
albuminoids ; 2nd, cellulose and its derivatives ; 3rd, amyloids
and sugars, 4th, glycosides; 5th, mineral products; 6th,
miscellaneous organic products. These are dealt with in
the order given, commencing with protoplasm. Hach is
fully considered with before proceeding to the next, and
the student is thus made thoroughly familiar with the
physical characteristics of every histological element, as well
as with its behaviour under the action of micro-chemical
tests.

This forms the basis for the third stage, which embraces
a study of tissues and their constituent elements, after which
the student proceeds to the fourth and last stage, for which
he is now well prepared, the complete histology and life
history of plants. In this part of the course, the higher
Angiosperms are dealt with first, lower groups following in
regular succession until the unicellular Thallophytes are
reached. This order would more properly be reversed,
were it not that some students cannot devote more than one
year to the work, and for them a good knowledge of the

Notes on Canadian Minerals. 93

higher plants is likely to be of the greatest value. I+ will
be seen, however, that the aim is to lead the student on
from the simple to the complex by natural stages, and in
such a way that each successive step depends upon and
is, to some extent a review of all the preceding.

Drawing constitutes an important feature of the course,
and each student is expected to make a complete series of
drawings of at least one plant in each of the groups studied.
This not only fixes the main facts securely, but leads to
greater accuracy of work, and a more critical judgment,
while it also promotes facility in drawing, a most essential
adjunct to all biological work.

NOTES ON GOTHITE, SERPENTINE, GARNET AND
OTHER CANADIAN MINERALS.’

By B. J. Harrieron, McGill College, Montreal.

1.—GO6THITE.

In a report on the Iron Ores of Canada, published in 1874,
the writer called attention to the occurrence of géthite in
Nova Scotia. It was found by him associated with the
hematite and limonite of Clifton (Old Barns), and also
with black oxide of manganese, calcite, barite, &c., in
veins cutting the Lower Carboniferous limestones of
Black Rock, near the mouth of the Shubenacadie River.
In some cases it appears as a velvety coating upon
hematite, calcite, or other minerals, but the finest specimens
obtained consisted of beautiful radiating needles with
adamantine lustre (nadel-eisenstein or needle iron-ore), the
needles occassionally being capped with rhombohedral
crystals of calcite. Minute single crystals of the géthite
were also observed.

1 Read before the Natural History Society, Jan. 27th, 1890.
8

94 Canadian Record of Science.

The mineral was recognized by its well-marked physical
characters, and a determination of the water gave 10.23 per
cent. Recently a specimen from the mouth of the Shuben-
acadie has been analysed by Mr. A. E. Shuttleworth, student
in applied science, with the following result :—

Ferric Oxid@....0. ceesce cece cee cceces cocsie ance cccess 88:92
Manganic Oxide.... ...... 2200. 4 dklo odie COCR DO O305C 0714
Wiiterreeoeeees BR OS AIGA CG AGUC Ondine SOC EORIOOPISEOD 10:20
SOUT T Coy areata reletle 3:2 ar'ele.eratele, feel arate hc clo riere OTM eT raion olaveleuoretstelerarete 0°32

99°58

The formula Fe,O, + H,O gives, ferric oxide 89:89 per
cent. The specific gravity of the specimen analysed was
found to be 4:217 and the hardness 5.

2.—SERPENTINE.

I am indebted to Dr. Ells of the Geological Survey for
specimens of an interesting variety of serpentine from
Coleraine in the Eastern Townships. The mineral was
obtained at Fenwick and Sclater’s asbestus mine, about a
mile and a-half from Coleraine station on the Quebec Central
Railway, and according to Dr. Ells, occurs in irregular
veins traversing the ordinary massive serpentine of the
region. The veins are said to be generally thin, and to
sometimes contain a little mica and asbestus. When first
found, the mineral was quite soft, and could be readily
squeezed between the fingers as in the case of saponite, but
on exposure to the air, it soon became harder, and when
examined by the writer, had a hardness of about 34. It is
sub-translucent and has a resinous lustre. The colour, in the
specimens which I have seen, ranges from white to pale
apple-green, but thin fragments often have an opalescent ap-
pearance, and show reddish reflections like some varieties of
opal. This is best seen by gas-light. The fracture is
distinctly conchoidal. The specific gravity as obtained
without exhaustation of air was only 2-402 ; but on suspend-
ing the mineral in water in a vacuum, until no further escape

Notes on Canadian Minerals. 95

of air bubbles took place, the true specific gravity proved to
be 2°514.

On drying in vacuo over sulphuric acid the mineral lost
1584 per cent. of its weight, but further drying in the
steam-bath gave an additional loss of only 0°08 per cent.
Under I is given the analysis of the undried material, and
under I]. the analysis calculated for the dried material :-—

I, II.
Silliainyetveccrelcters:stetovelove maar aye Ss oobo0dad GBM) 43:13
Magnesia ....+. sees bec tishel eva aicsiels c000 GUI 43:05
Weragours OkaGlcod600 00000 vonobe HoonO 0:36 0:37
Manganous Oxide.........-. Sond006 Od) Actes tre
Nickel Oxide!..... 00000 O8G000K000000 GB G
HEU et avoretrersioveiere erelelstioceiavcn alae Gielelaciess «ice e us
Wiaierticra saci els stoinelicrelereiaerc cles (eversieire o.¢ - 15:29 13-88

99:43 99°43

It will be seen that the substance has essentially the com-
position of serpentine, the figures for the dried material
coming very near to those required by the formula
Mg, Si,O,+2H,0 (Silica 43°48, Magnesia 43°48, water 13:04.)
The proportion of iron is much lower than that commonly
mét with in serpentine, and in fact of the 78 analyses given in
Dana, there are only two showing as small a quantity. As
a rule, the serpentine rocks of the Kastern Townships con-
tain a considerable proportion of iron, and this we should
expect if we regard them as alteration products of basic
eruptive rocks. In the veins under consideration, how-
ever, we have serpentine of later origin, deposited by
aqueous agencies, and presenting, as might be expected,
striking differences from the parent rock, both in appear-
ance and composition. Such differences of origin are too
frequently lost sight of in the study of serpentines.

The mineral described above resembles in some respects
such varieties of serpentine as retinalite and porcellophite.

1The presence of nickel was ascertained with the blowpipe, and
no attempt was made to estimate the quantity.

96 Canadian Record of Science.

3.—GARNET.

A number of varieties of this interesting species are ~
known to occur in Canada, but as yet few of them have been
made the subject of careful investigation. Dr. Hunt
analysed a specimen from Lake Simon on the River Rouge
which proved to be an iron-alumina garnet (almandine)
containing 8.85 per cent. of magnesia. He also showed
that a curious white rock associated with some of the ser-
pentines of the Hastern Townships had the composition of
lime-alumina garnet. The beautiful green garnet of Orford
in the Eastern Townships was also analysed by him and
found to contain 6.20 per cent. of chromic oxide.’ Another
green garnet from one of the apatite-bearing veins of Wake-
field was analysed by the writer, and contained 4.95 per
cent. of chromic oxide.” The garnet from lot 7, range 1 of
Wakefield, which varies from “colourless to yellow and
brown,” was found by C. Bullman to be a true lime-alumina
garnet.®

Spessartite occurs at the Villeneuve mica mine in this
province * and andradite (lime-iron garnet) at the Malaspina
copper mine on Texada Island, British Columbia.’ A black
isotropic mineral occurring in some of the nepheline-
syenites of Montreal is also probably an iron garnet. A
variety of the mineral having the colour of cinnamon-
stone has been met with at a number of localities, including
Orford, St. Jerome (in crystalline limestone) and Gren-
ville. Fine specimens have also been found in the apatite
region of Ottawa County (Wakefield, Range 1, lot 6 ?) and
the following description and analysis refer to a specimen
from this locality, obtained from the collection of the Peter

1 Geology of Canada, 1863, pp. 496, 497.

* Canadian Naturalist, N. Series, ix., p. 305.

3G. F. Kunz, Am. Jour. of Sci. Ser. iii., vol. xxvii., p. 206.

*Since this paper was read the Villeneuve garnet has been
analysed, and the analysis will be given in a future paper.

°G. M. Dawson, Report Geol. Survey, 1886, p. 34 B.

Notes on Canadian Minerals. 97

Redpath Museum. The garnet is peeeeiated with calcite,
quartz, vesuvianite, &c., crystals of the last-named mineral
often penetrating those of garnet. The latter occurs both
massive and crystallised in rhombic dodecahedrons, one of
which, in the Redpath Museum, is over 2} inches in
diameter. The specimen examined was of a cinnamon-
brown colour and had a specific gravity of 3°58. The
analysis was made by Mr. James C. Brown, a student in the
chemical laboratory, and gave the following results :—

SHIGA Gotten dooud Gogond Gots doodus Saedcuooda 36°22
PI (TVITMNTE hob sbalodOS Seater el teadneysretelsns cre aetele 18°23
IRamMO ONCE .Gooccoboddd dood qoddno bopotogoD he mitaye rl G7
Manganous Oxide......---- cece cer eee se cecoee 0°63
IDM S55b0 oooonuoD 6 dpoooN OpODDODOWaoO COGN 373
Magnesia ...... seoo0000 Peeters vicivete ister elaveiniete. 6 tr.
OSS OM MOUTON sto seelereiclsieceee see e+ eene | OO
100-34

Visitors to Murray Bay, below Quebec, are familiar with
the deep rose-red garnet which occurs abundantly in the
Laurentian gneiss of that region. A specimen with aspecifie
gravity of 4:047 has been analysed by Mr. R. H. Jamieson,
chemistry student, with the following result :

Silt Care chepaitonstarer semen eeeey eteeeren te pale fevereporecretisversiecel 37:97
INNING oad ooond Hobe EPA AE DiS Rn eee 22°44.
Ferric Oxide....... erontiete Bieia ears 2°39
INA aOR Opal b4 s44 sn sacdbamooode Geendn sooo 26:12
Mearerrous ObnG@soeosdcso000 5500666560 00006 1:18
TSITIVS Aare nator atetorase teraiainrcre stele rece RIA BO ar Lee Set.
WIRE, Boob coop 0vBd boop COON 0000 0000 00d AD LLO

100°80

The mineral is, therefore, almandine, and this is no doubt
the variety of garnet which commonly occurs in the
Laurentian gneisses.

4,—CHALCEDONY CONORETIONS.

The exact locality from which these curious concretions
were obtained is not known to the writer, but they are said

98 Canadian Record of Science.

to have been found embedded in clay in the region between
Irvine and the Cypress Hills in the North-West. They
consist of a greyish-white, opalescent chalcedony with hard-
ness of 7 and specific gravity 2592. The person who found
them supposed they were fossils, and some of them certainly
remind one of nummulites. In some cases they are flat on
both sides, in others fiat on one side and convex on the other.
The convex sides are mostly smooth, and in some cases
exhibit slight radial depressions or furrows. The flat sides,
however, show marked concentric furrows. When viewed
by transmitted light, the concretions are seen to have a
radiated as well as a concentric structure, and the radiated
structure is made much more apparent by grinding down

10 Oe aN s\

\ Seah

oe)

(

until the concretion has become transparent. This is
especially true if the section be examined in polarised light
when it is also seen to be doubly refracting. The concretions
are from a-quarter of an inch or less in diameter up to

Scolecite from a Canadian Locality. 99

nearly an inch, and mostly a sixteenth to an eighth of an
inch in thickness. They occur as single individuals (fig. 1),
or in pairs (figs. 2 and 3), or aggregated in groups (figs. 4
and5). Figure 4 is from a specimen 25 inches square and
less than {th of an inch in thickness. igure 6 gives the
outline of a transverse section of one of the convex concre-
tions. Some of the specimens are crusted over by a dull
white mineral whose composition has not been determined.

5.—DAWSONITE.
(Na,O+ Al,O,+2 CO,+-2 H,0 or Na,Al, C,0,+2 H,0).

It is worthy of record that this species has been found by
Mr. HE. T. Chambers at the Corporation quarry on the west
side of Montreal mountain. It there occurs in thin radiating
blades along the walls and in the joints of a grey trap dyke
which cuts the nepheline-syenite, and also in joints in the
nepheline-syenite itself. In appearance it closely resembles
the mineral from the original localities (McGill College
grounds and Montreal Reservoir), but as yet it has not been
analysed quantitatively.

6.—ITTNERITE.

‘A grey mineral occurring in the nepheline-syenite of the
Corporation quarry has the blow-pipe characters of ittnerite.
It contains both chlorine and sulphuric acid, but has not
yet been fully examined.

SCOLECITE FROM A CANADIAN LOCALITY.
By J.T. Donatzp, M.A.

This interesting mineral has recently been found at Black
Lake, Megantic Co., Que., in one of the granitic dykes which
are so abundant in the serpentine of that locality. The
writer’s attention was called to it by Mr. Matthew Penhale,
Superintendent of the Scottish-Canadian Asbestus Co. It
occurs in transparent, glassy needles filling minute veins, and

100 Canadian Record of Science.

in masses of gray, white, and colorless radiating fibres.

Before the blowpipe its conduct is highly characteristic,
the heated portion quickly curling up in worm-like forms.
A portion was analysed by the writer, and the results are
stated below, together with the analysis as given in Dana’s
Mineralogy of a specimen from Iceland and of one from
Chili, for comparison :—

Black Lake. Iceland. Chili.
SiliGatseimeeeeresecwe 46.24 46.76 46.30
Alumina ..... alate caves 26.03 26.22 26.90
ATM eee ee teelete 14.09 13.68 13.40
Water.....-.. AUR iGca ral laters 13.94 14.00

100.24 100.60 100.60

This Scolecite from Black Lake is of considerable interest,
being, it is believed, the first Zeolite found in the dykes
cutting the serpentine of the Hastern Townships, and also
because, so far as can be learned, it had not hitherto been
known to occur in Canada.

NotTEs ON ASBESTUS AND SOME ASSOCIATED
MINERALS.

By J. T. Donatp, M.A.

Asbestus mining operations which are now extensively
carried on at various points on the great serpentine belt,
which extends “ north-eastward from the Vermont boundary
for some distance beyond the Chaudiere river,” afford excel-
lent material for the study of the problems as to the origin
and nature of the serpentines and associated rocks.

On this subject much has been written, and the majority
of those who have studied the rocks of this region consider,
in most cases at least, the serpentine an alteration product
of some form of dioritic rock rich in olivine. The asbestus,
which is found throughout the serpentine in irregular veins

Notes on Webestas 101

varying greatly in width, appears to be astill later product
of alteration. In many places the serpentine contains mag-
netic iron disseminated in fine particles ; the associated
asbestus shows the same iron, not disseminated, but usually
concentrated toward the middle of the veins. It seems
evident that both the serpentine and iron oxide have been
dissolved by percolating water and redeposited in the
crevices of the rock, the less soluble silicate first and lastly
and in the middle of the vein, the more soluble iron.

Asbestus or chrysotile is commonly regarded as a fibrous
variety of serpentine, and undoubtedly the two are very simi-
lar incomposition. Dr.T. Sterry Hunt' has pointed out that
asbestus is distinguished from serpentine by its lower speci-
fic gravity. There are, however, other points in which it
appears that asbestus differs from ordinary serpentine. As
a rule the former contains a higher percentage of water.
The average water in five samples of Canadian serpentine
chosen at random was found to be 13.49 per cent., while for
four samples of chrysotile the water averaged 14.25 per cent.
Alumina appears to be more frequently present in asbestus
than in serpentine. In this respect, and in the degree of
hydration, Italian asbestus is similar to its Canadian rival,
but a greater number of analyses must be made before much
stress can be laid upon the presence of alumina in chryso-
tile.

A question of interest, and one of great practical im-
portance to those engaged in the asbestus industry, is, as to
the cause of the difference in texture of various veins of the
mineral. In some cases we find the fibres very soft and pos-
sessed of great flexibility ; in other cases they are extremely
harsh and brittle, the latter being of course much less valu-
able than the former. Analysis shows that harsh and brittle
asbestus contains less water than the softer kind. The
writer found 14.05 per cent. of water in very flexible fibre,
whilst in a harsh-fibred sample only 12.62 per cent. was
present. It is well known that if soft fibres be heated to a

' Mineral Physiology and Physiography, p. 324, 8. 59.

102 Canadian Record of Science.

temperature that will drive off a portion of the water of
combination, there results a substance so brittle that it may
be readily crumbled between the fingers. Wherever asbestus
is found in rock that is faulted and shattered, the fibre is
almost certain to be harsh at or near the surface, although
at greater depth softer fibre may be found.

If the aqueous orgin of asbestus be admitted, it seems
reasonable to suppose that all the fibre when first deposited
was soft and flexible, containing a maximum amount of
water, and that movements of the rock producing heat have
driven off a portion of the water of the contained asbestus
and thereby destroyed the softness of the original fibre.
Veins at considerable depths may have been subjected to
the heat produced by these movements and yet not deprived
of any portion of their original water, because of the resist-
ance of overlying rocks,

it is probable, too, that movements of the rocks and
resulting heat have been intimately connected with the
formation of picrolite,’ a “‘ columnar variety of serpentine,
with fibres or columns not easily separable.” In all the
asbestus mines picrolite is found along the lines of faulting,
and at one point near Broughton Station on the Quebec
Central Railway, where there is abundant evidence of faults,
picrolite abounds. Here mining was formerly carried on
and large quantities of rock have been removed. Hundreds
of tons of picrolite of most fantastic forms constitute one of
the dumps, the whole forming a remarkable sight.

Associated with the chrysotile are found some singular
forms of serpentine. At the Megantic mine, Coleraine, there
occur narrow seams of material so soft that it may be com-
pressed between thumb and finger, and varying in color
through white, blue, green and yellow ; when exposed to the
air it gradually becomes hard and assumes a waxy lustre.
Dr. B J. Harrington has already referred to the green
variety, and his analysis shews it to be simply a variety of
serpentine.

‘Dr. Hunt gives 12.45 as the percentage of water in a picrolite
from Bolton, Quebec. Geo. Survey Report, 1863, p. 499.

Notes on Asbestus. 103

At the Thetford mines, also, there are found veins of a soft
white mineral. On exposure to the air it hardens but does
not acquire a waxy lustre, but has much the appearance of
unglazed white earthenware, and absorbs water with avidity.
On analysis its composition was found to be :—

STG aaieiavey sesca levee naee les elute tone ales cal or vet tolieve ior aus 43.191
INR soo boc 6000 doc Binet ae ai 1.463
Ilsa Orcele)o000 b000 b060 naGKOOOObE 293
MIE OIG. cbboan. cojcno paocusodUn Goon 41.520
Watered saiive cheseretarsgbelicretetel siauaveterwmtorsinte 14.000

100.467

The Laurentian serpentine also contains seams of soft
silicates. A Montreal gentleman who determined to ascer-
tain the character of the Laurentian asbestus at some
distance from the surface, in blasting the rock at a point
some miles north of Lachute, met with a soft mineral,
in physical characters much resembling those already
described. The writer received a small sample which was
laid aside in a warm and dry room, and examined from
time to time. It gradually hardened, then crumbled to
powder. After two months of exposure to warm and very
dry air, it was found to lose no less than 6.05 per cent. mois-
ture at 100° C. In composition this mineral is closely
related to sepiolite or meerschaum, as the following analysis
shows :—

SiliGahe sevtele ccseen ares lomseares Mellsleaisiosiesis VOL OCO
Chmncnmie aenlodasduo000000060 000000 1.290
PAI UATEN LIT A teersne wets vite ssiaus tafser esielersiel steleis). nksletsis/a\e
IS TAIN stereo Me beter terete ASI a ANU Cin Sissi) eat 4.037
WIE ANEITEL oo gud dodn be0o ban DOUsODddE 25.980
Wiatorcrstceteia stiles ED HAP A EERO Nene 6.600

99.492

Fragments of light greenish-yellow serpentine were scat-
tered through this specimen, whilst particles of a darker
variety are disseminated through the Thetford mineral and
through some of the material from Coleraine.

Other minerals found associated with the asbestus are

104 Canadian Record of Science.

soapstone, magnetic iron, chromic iron, mica and enstatite.
The first mentioned occurs abundantly in veins and bedded
masses; whilst magnetite, as already stated, is found dis-
seminated through the serpentine, and forming veins in the
asbestus ; chromite is much less frequently met with,
although the asbestus miners persist in calling all the iron
found in their workings, chromic. Small particles of mica
are found in the serpentine at various points. It is fairly
abundant at Coleraine, and in Garthby township’ it occurs
in curious association with picrolite, plates of mica being
arranged in columns which alternate with the picrolite
columns.

Enstatite, conspicuous because of its bronze lustre, is
found in the serpentine at the Calvin-Carter mine, Black
Lake.

THE LOWER HELDERBERG FORMATION OF ST._
HELEN’S ISLAND.

By Wiuuiam Desks, B.A.

The existence of Upper Silurian fossils on St. Helen’s
Island was first discovered in the autumn of 1856 by Sir
William Dawson, on the occasion of a Geological excursion
to the Island with his class, when Atrypa reticularis, a
species of Favosites, and other fossils sufficient to establish
the age of the limestone were obtained. These fossils were
handed over to Sir William Logan and more extensive
collections subsequently made by Mr. Billings. Reference
was made to these in 1857, at the meeting of the American
Association, when its members visited the Island. This
was the first publication of the facts.

The structure of St. Helen’s Island was described in the
Geology of Canada (1863), and the following facts stated :—
“The outlier appears to repose on the Utica formation, the
shales of which, with some of their characteristic fossils, are

1 Lots 5 and 6, Range I, south.

Formation of St. Helen’s Island. 105

visible at the upper extremity of the Island. The deposit
consists principally of a conglomerate, the enclosed masses
of which are sometimes rounded, but chiefly angular. They
consist of fragments of Laurentian gneiss; of white
quartzose sandstone resembling that of the Potsdam forma-
tion ; of dark grey limestone in some cases holding Trenton
fossils ; of black shale resembling that of the Utica forma-
tion ; and of red sandstone and red shale similar to those of
the Medina. With these fragments are associated others of
igneous rocks. All of these, varying in size from a quarter
of an inch to five and six inches, are enclosed in a paste of
a light grey dolomite, which weathers to a reddish-yellow.”
ta “ About two-thirds of the distance down the east
side of the Island, there occur two masses of dark-grey
fossiliferous limestone, weathering to a light grey.
They have a breadth of scarcely more than ten feet, nial
appear to run under the dolomitic conglomerate.
The fossils observed in the limestone are Favosites Goth-
landica, Strophomena rhomboidalis, S. punctulifera, Orthis
oblata, an undetermined species of Rhynchonella with R.
Wilsoni, Athyris bella, Atrypa reticularis, and two undeter-
mined species of Spirifera.”

Exposures indicating the same kind of agglomerate were
discovered at Round Island, Isle Bizard, Riviére des Prairies,
and near Ste. Anne, but no limestone.

In addition to the localities mentioned a small patch of
similar agglomerate has been found on the McGill Grounds,
immediately behind the Medical building, and probably
many others may eventually be found on the Island of
Montreal.

Sir William Dawson has in papers, and addresses to the
Natural History Society of Montreal, stated reasons for
regarding the agglomerate as a portion of the fragmental
ejecta of the old Silurian volcano of Montreal, which con-
tinued active up to and beyond the time of the deposition of
the Lower Helderberg limestone. Some of these trappean
dykes are found cutting and altering the limestone. This
conclusion is supported by the angular character of the

106 Canadian Record of Science.

greater part of the fragments in the agglomerate, by the
irregularity of deposition and want of regular bedding, by the
fact that nearly all the material of the agglomerate belongs
to rocks known to include the locality, and by the character
of the paste, which may be regarded as volcanic ash and
debris cemented by dolomite. It is also to be observed that
Helderberg fossils occur not only in the limestone, but also
occasionally in the paste of the agglomerate itself.

In 1880 Mr. Donald, now Prof. Donald, who had collected
at St. Helen’s Island, and had access to the collection in
McGill College, determined and published a list of these
fossils, comprising sixteen genera and thirty-six species.’

Since that date annual Geological excursions have added
a few more species, and better specimens of others person-
ally known, to the McGill collection; and the object of the
present paper is to summarize all the work that has been
done in connection with this isolated patch of Silurian rock.

The following is a list of the fossils so far determined,
also for comparison, those which are common to the New
York, Gaspé and NovaScotia fauna. These are denoted by
asterisks :—

Gaspé

Lownr HELDERBERG LIMESTOND OF New and Now!
Sr. Hrtmn’s Istanp. York. |Bay des] Scotia.
Chalurs
Crimoidistempecr cei ce eee rieteicreeiaeice %* a snk
SUGMG)DOI+o00 Goccte dong boe0 Codaboanod * —
Chaetetes abruptus. 2... +--+. acove cove * a a
Callopora ANCTGSssUtd).\<<\- 06 600) +01 cs ce = = ae
Havosites Helderbergiz....+ 1202+. csr # * es
Favosites Sp. ?....+ saad suodosddod opoucC % = oes
ZGPNTENtts COTTCOLA «<---> 06 es 6 * te om
ZOPRTENHAS ROCMET: 00 a0 00000 ce viece * * =
APTOS (S03 Fadcn dqackaddaanortece. 5) * * *
TEGO IEBES SA OBO STD COO COC HOA COOK ae % % ps

‘Canadian Naturalist. Vol. [X., p. 302.

Formation of St. Helen’s Island.

Lowpr HeipprserG Limmsronp or
St. Hetmn’s Isuanp.

Fenestella (allied to) perangulata.....++ .

Ptilodictya acuta. +++ .eeeee stolaifeielsieyerat :
Atrypa reticularis....... doovdod UsONe ers
CHG ISOs Poon owia0bbe 40D oc00e0G000
Zeptaena Sp. 2.-.e+ecccrvses oeee- o00 5006
Tfingula perlata).<..0. sssccscce veescss °
Orthis deforms)... 260. +2205 cece score
OninistQisctisis levels talelelel=is\slealel tele stevens cls
Onrihis eminense- i. 0<0 2-1-5 +++ eles B'Sb
Orthis hippartonyG ee sccces seve occcee
Orthis ObIGLG. tw -)2 eel clelole cies «ne Dor obiNGd
Orthis tubulostriata..........++ elarelatel clove
Pentamerus galeatus...+..2222 vecees S066
Pentamerus pseudogaleatus...++ ..+0+ 50
Pentamerus bernewilli.... csscescece voce
Rhynchonella xquivulois....+. +020 ceseee
Rhynchonella formosa -- .-.-202 .ssces --
Rhynchonella mutabilis.......erceeseee

Rhynchonella (allied to) mutabilis. . ....
Rhynchonella. nucleolata ....++ +00 vereee
Rhynchonella vellicdta...esescrcvcce sees
Rhynchonella ventricosd..o+ +++. sere Nav
Spirifer (allied to) Sp. arenosus....++.-.-
Spirifer CONCINNUS. +2 +2004 vere sccerece
Spirifer cyclopterus..e++.2+ ssccreeevees
Sricklandinia Glaspensis....++-+....+20s
Streptorhynchus radiata ....++ seess--+65
Strophodonta profundd...+..sseseerveee
Strophodonta punctuliferd..+.+++.+- a0 08
Strophodonta varistriata...+++++ sssees .
Strophomena rhomboidalis...+ ess +.++++
Avicula Sp. ?.cccrcsseses Bret rateratatateleyarats
Platyostoma depress sssseesseeevee A AOC
Tentaculitis Helend...soeceveserceccoce

107
Gaspé
New and Nova
York. |Bay des} Scotia.
Chal’urs
% way a
aes % ANS
x ee a
x ave Bis!
* eee *
* a aes
* =e —
x* os wat
* — —
* ita Ho
— —_— *
* x al
* a} *
* oe —

* * Eee
* * *
— * *?

* a
ay ea *
x* pie *
x % x
* * *
*%
* x *

108 Canadian Record of Science.

Our present knowledge justifies us in drawing the follow-
ing conclusions, which embody those stated by Prof. Donald :

1st. The fossils determined belong to 24 genera, compris-
ing 44 species. Of these 33 are common to New York, 16
to Gaspé, and 19 to the Nova Scotia series.

2nd. Atrypa reticularis, Pentamerus pseudo-galeatus, Rhyn-
chonella formosa, Rhynchonella nucleolata, Spirifer concinnus,
Spirifer cyclopterus, Strophodonta varistriata and Strophodonta
punctulifera, from their abundance, may be called the most
characteristic fossils of the deposit.

3rd. They are closely related to the New York series,
and are probably the continuation of the same beds. This
is the more striking when we consider the small number
that has been collected from St. Helen’s Island, and yet
many of these are typical New York species.

4th. From the large number of St. Helen’s Island species
common to the Gaspé and Bay des Chaleurs series, and also
to the Nova Scotia series, it must be inferred that these are
closely related also, and particularly since five of the
characteristic species of St. Helen’s Island are characteristic
also of these formations.

5th. In Canada no sharp line of demarcation can be drawn
between the Lower Helderberg and Oriskany formations,
as a number of specimens of Spirifer allied to arenosus, and
Orthis hipparionyx have been found in the limestone.

6th. The species called Tentaculites Helena is different
from any published by Dr. Hall as occurring in the Lower
Helderberg, and as it has occurred only in loose fragments
may possibly be of foreign origin and of Hudson River age.
“Tube strong, somewhat rapidly enlarging from apex;
varies in length from ;% to { of an inch; annulated by sharp
elevated rings, extending to the apex, eight to nine in the
eighth of an inch. Spaces between the elevated rings from
two to three times the width of the rings. These spaces are
marked by numerous very fine vertical: striz.”

It closely resembles Tentaculites Sterlingensis which is
described in Worthen and Meeks’ reports on the Hudson

Notes on a New Bird. 109

River formation of Illinois, except that it is straight, the
raised rings are more angular, and it is a little less slender
in general form.

Thus we have the picture presented of the old Silurian
sea, in which flourished a very rich fauna, depositing lime-
stone over a broad belt south of the St. Lawrence, as far
west as the Adirondack Mountains, and east over Gaspé and
a part of Nova Scotia. Contemporaneous with this the
voleano, of which Mount Royal is the remains, poured lava
and fragmental debris into the waters, hardening the lime-
stone, and affording sufficient protection to preserve this
small outlying patch from the denuding agencies which
afterwards swept away all similar limestone between it and
the New York series on the South-west and the Gaspé series
on the Hast.

This outlier of Helderberg limestone constitutes an
interesting feature in the local geology of Montreal, being
the only example of Silurian strata with characteristic
fossils in a district so rich in fossiliferous strata of the older
Cambro-Silurian, or Ordovician age.

NoTES ON A BIRD NEW TO THE PROVINCE OF
QUEBEC.

By F. B. CauLriep.

I have much pleasure in recording the fact that this
winter has brought to us a very interesting addition to
our list of birds occurring within the Province of Quebec,
viz., the Evening Grosbeak, Cocothraustes vespertina, Coop.,
one of the most beautiful of a group, many of whose meme
bers, unite in a marked degree, brilliancy of tint, with bold
contrasts of color.

The Evening Grosbeak was first described by Wm. Cooper
in the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New
York, Audubon states that a few were observed by School-

9

110 Canadian Record of Science.

craft in April, near the Sault Ste. Marie in Michigan, from
which it was traced to the Rocky Mountains.

Dr. Richardson, in the Fauna Boreali Americana, states
that it is common in the maple groves of the Saskatchewan,
where it is known as the “sugar bird.”” Townsend found it
abundant in the pine groves of the Columbia River, and
from specimens obtained by him, Audubon re-described the
species and drew his beautiful plate, figures of the adult
male and female and young male. Townsend found that
they were of social habits, keeping together in large flocks ;
he also states that they are noisy during the day, from sun-
rise to sunset.

Mcllwraith, in his Birds of Ontario, 1886, gives the follow-
ing record of its occurrence in that Province :—The first
report of their appearance in Ontario was made by Dr. T.
J. Cottle, of Woodstock, who, in May, 1866, observed a flock
among the evergreens near his residence, and obtained one
or two of them. In 1871 they were noticed near London,
and several were obtained; and on March, 1883, Mr.
Mellwraith, when passing through a swamp in West Flam-
boro’, observed two in a bush by the roadside and secured
both. He further tells us that he has also heard of a female
having been obtained at Toronto by the Rev. Mr. Doel on
the 15th of December, 1854. He gives its habitat as Western
North America, east to Lake Superior, and casually to Ohio
and Ontario; from the fur countries south into Mexico. The
species is not mentioned in any of our Quebec lists, and the
honor of obtaining the first specimen falls to Mr. Dodd,
gardener to J. H. R. Molson, Esq., who on or about the 1st
of February of the current year, secured a male in this
neighbourhood ; and Dr. Harrington noticed several of the
birds in the McGill College Grounds on the 28th of January
last. On February 5th, four specimens were obtained by
Dr. Brousseau at Laprairie, one of which was brought
to me for identification; and Mr. E. B. Audette, of
the same place, secured one alive. I am indebted to the
kindness of Mr. E. D. Wintle for the following additional
records of its occurrence during the present season :—

»

Charles Frederick Hartt. i La ba

New Hampshire and Massachusetts, Wm. Brewster.

New York, A. K. Fisher.

Oswego, N. Y., J. Alden Loring.

Lockport, N. Y., J. L. Davidson.

All obtained between December 14th and February. I
have not yet seen any notice of its appearance in Ontario
during the present winter, but doubtless it has been there
also. At all events the foregoing records are sufficient to
prove that we have not been visited by a few stragglers
only, but that there has been a widespread migration,
extending much farther to the east than any point at which
it had been observed in former years. The specimen
examined was in excellent condition, plump and fat, the
stomach being filled with vegetable matter.

CHARLES FREDERICK HARrt. !
By G. F. Marrunw.?

It is now nearly twelve years since, to the surprise and
sorrow of his friends, news came from Brazil of the sudden
and untimely death of Prof. Charles Frederick Hartt; cut
off in the midst of his noble work of making known to the
world the Natural History and resources of the great Em-
pire of Brazil.

He died in middle age with all the enthusiasm of youth
upon him, with his life work giving promise of a glorious
future. When we think of what he might have accom-

1 Read before the Natural History Society of New Brunswick, 5th
Nov. 1889.

* In the preparation of this paper I have quoted freely and ver-
batim from a sketch of the life of Professor Hartt written by Mr.
G. V. Hay, and from the very excellent sketch prepared by Mr.
Richard Rathbun, one of Prof. Hartt’s assistants in Brazil. The
present sketch is fuller, for his early life and a few incidents that
have transpired since his death have been added.

112 Canadian Record of Science.

plished, had his life been spared, we cannot repress a feel-
ing of regret at the loss which science has sustained in the
death of this talented and devoted man.

Prof. Hartt was the eldest son of the late Jarvis William
and Prudence (Brown) Hartt and was born at Fredericton,
New Brunswick, August 23, 1840.

His father, Jarvis Hartt, on the completion of his educa-
tion was appointed Principal of the Baptist Kducational
Seminary in Fredericton. He was noted for his earnest
character and quiet devotion to educational work, and
these qualities no doubt helped to mould the character of
his son, and implant in him those habits of intense and
continous application which he possessed. And to the
fine temperament and high ideals of his mother we may
believe that Prof. Hartt was largely indebted for the
inspiration which carried him along in the study of
Nature. Mrs. Hartt was educated at Cambridge, Mass.,
and came to Fredericton to take charge of one of the de-
partments of the seminary where her future husband was
teaching. Her intellectual training enabled her to appre-
ciate her son’s tastes, and in her he found a sympathetic
and ready listener, when as school-boy and student he pro-
pounded to her his schemes for future study and work.
Through her friends he found himself at home in later years
in Cambridge, and frequently wrote to her of his plans and
prospects.

Hartt’s early education was carried on under the direct
supervision of his father, who, for a long time was identified
with the educational interests of Nova Scotia and New
Brunswick. He studied at Horton Academy in Wolfville
N.S. where his father was at the time professor, and after-
ward at Acadia College in the same town. In 1860 he gra-
duated from the college with honor, receiving the degree of
Bachelor of Arts, and later that of Master of Arts.

When still a boy, Hartt developed a strong taste for phi-
lology, and with the aid of transient people of the vil-
lage near his home, would make vocabularies of Gaelic and
Italian; and it was a day to be remembered by him when

Charles Frederick Hartt. 13

Mr. Rand, the Micmac missionary, on his round visited Wolf-
ville and taught him something of the Indian dialects.

Hartt’s passion for Nature Science was not a late growth,
for at the age of ten he showed a decided predeliction for
Natural History and as he grew up took great delight
in assisting Prof. Chipman of Acadia College in preparing
and arranging his specimens. With the professor’s aid and
encouragement he made great progress in acquiring a
knowledge of Mineralogy which, owing to the abundance
of trap-minerals (zeolites &c.) in the vicinity, was a favour-
ite study of the Professor of Acadia College and his pupils.
Fortunately Hartt was not with Prof. Chipman when the —
latter made the trip by boat to the trap-cliffs of Blomidon,
which cost him his life.

Hartt’s versatility was shown in his talent for drawing,
and for the acquisition of languages, and we are told that he
became instructor in drawing in Acadia College when quite
ayouth. While atcollege he learned the elements of Portu-
guese from a shoemaker of the village, and this acquisition
no doubt proved useful to him when he visited Brazil; he
attained afterward such proficiency in this language that
he lectured with great success to cultivated audiences in
Rio Janeiro. His skill as a draftsman and his command
of language always drew to his lectures interested hearers.

Already, while occupied with his college studies, he en-
tered with zeal into the work of geological investigation.
He explored the parts of Nova Scotia in the vicinity of the
Annapolis Valley and the Basin of Minas, traversing the
country on foot, and making large collections of specimens
whenever the opportunity was afforded him. It was his
intelligent eye and busy hands that selected in the Gaspe-
reaux Valley the material which enabled Sir Wm. Dawson
to establish the genus Aneamites on a remarkable fern of
the Lower Carboniferous period, which, before that had been
confounded with Cyclopteris. Many of the specimens of
minerals and fossils which Hartt collected in those days, are
to be found in the Museum of the Natural History Society
at St. John, in the Peter Redpath Museum of McGill Uni-

114 Canadian Record of Science.

versity in Montreal and at the Agassiz Museum in Cam-
bridge. While enguged in his college studies, he also made
a large collection of insects; and made meteorological ob-
servations for the Smithsonian Institution which have re-
ceived much commendation.

While yet at Acadia College pursuing his studies, Hartt
entered into correspondence with the author of this sketch,
and before he graduated, we made a visit together to the
mineral localities of Minas Basin and the adjacent shore of
the Bay of Fundy, where the rich harvest of zeolites and
showy varieties of quartz minerals, set free by the frost of
winter, still attract numerous summer visitors. This visit
was the beginning of a more intimate acquaintance, which
was continued when Mr. Hartt moved to St. John."

Later in this year (1860) Mr. Jarvis Hartt removed with
his family to St. John for the purpose of establishing a
Young Ladies High School, which he carried on successfully
for many years. For some time his son aided him in con-
ducting the school, but the son’s love for his favourite stu-
dies was such, that every spare moment which could be
snatched from the immediate duties of the school, was given
to explorations in the neighborhood of the city, and the
gathering of a rich harvest of fossils from the ballast of
vessels, arriving from the west coast of Ireland, the Medi-
terranean and elsewhere.

When Mr. Hartt came to St. John, but little was known
to the Scientific World of its geology. Some twenty years
previously the late Dr. Abraham Gesner, then employed on
the Geological Survey of New Brunswick, had traversed the
neighborhood of the city of St. John, and had referred the
rocks of that vicinity to the “Grauwacke Formation,” with
the reservation that certain portions near the city were “im-
perfect coal measures.” He made the latter part of this
statement in consequence of the discovery of a fossil tree
in the sandstones Hast of the city. Dr. Jas. Robb of King’s
College, Fredericton. the successor of Dr. Gesner in the
study of the geology of New Brunswick, pronounced the
same rocks some years later to be Upper Silurian. It re-

Charles Frederick Hartt. 115

mained for Mr. Hartt and his collaborateurs to amass the
materials which, in the hands of the sagacious Principal of
McGill University, were to show that these plant-bearing
sandstones contained a Devonian flora.

The writer had already found in these beds a sufficient
number and variety of species to enable Sir Wm. Dawson
to pronounce upon their Devonian age, but the rich harvest
of fossils—exquisitely preserved ferns, asterophyllites, and
psilophyta were not discovered until Mr. Hartt entered
the field. To the collection and observation of these
plants he gave the whole of his vacations during the years
1861, ’62 and ’63; and the result of this work has been of
the most enduring value to science. LHvery bed of the
unique section at the “Fern ledges” in Lancaster, West of
St. John, was carefully studied, its fossils collected and its
remains recorded. Such a work had not been done before
in the Maritime provinces of Canada. The thoroughness
of the work will be seen from the fact that while Hartt dis-
covered scores of species in these beds, no new species of
plants have been added to those which crowned his re-
searches, and remains of only two insects beside those he
found.

The discovery of insects of such great antiquity was per-
haps the most striking result of these investigations. A
few insects mostly related to the cockroaches had previous-
ly been found in the Coal Measures in several countries,
but Hartt’s discovery of insect wings in these older rocks
threw a new light upon the history of insect life in the first
geological ages. These insects were of five species, and
were placed in the hands of Dr. 8. H. Scudder of Boston for
study. He referred them all to the Neuroptera; in part to
new, in part, doubtfully, to old families, and suggested that
some of the forms were synthetic types. But their impor-
tant bearing on the history of insect-life was not then
fully reached by that sagacious and experienced student of
insects, for he has since referred them all to a great Palso-
zoic order, now quite extinct, the Palswodictyoptera of Gol-
denberg, from which he conceives that all the modern or-
ders of insects have arisen.

116 Canadian Record of Science.

Plant remains and insects, however, were not the only
organisms discovered by Mr. Hartt in these interesting beds,
for crustaceans also were found. These were of peculiar
types and others found since in the same beds are not less
remarkable.

Hartt’s restless energy would not allow him 10 be content
with field work alone, so in conjunction with several other
young men of kindred tastes, in the city of St. John, he
formed the ‘‘Steinhammer Club” an association devoted to
the study of Geology. Subsequently at the suggestion of
Sir Wm. Dawson of Montreal, this club was changed into
a public society under the name of the Natural History So-
ciety of New Brunswick, whose meetings have been the
means of sustaining an interest in the natural sciences in
St. John, and in whose publications are recorded much that
is of value relating to the Natural History of the Province
of New Brunswick.—In this society Mr. Hartt took the
warmest interest, attending its meetings, reading papers
germain to its object, and devoting much material and time
to the enlargement and arrangement of its museum.

Absorbed as he was in geological studies Mr. Hartt could
not long remain content with his work in the High School.
Accordingly he resolved to seek a larger field for study and
work. Prof. Louis Agassiz had then recently come to
America, and had already become widely known on this
continent, as a successful teacher and instructor in Natural
History. To his Zoological museum Mr. Hartt resolved to
go in order to complete his studies. He sold his Devonian
collections to the Natural History Society of New Bruns-
wick, and proceeded to Cambridge to avail himself of the
great stores of material for study in Agassiz Museum, and
to obtain instruction from that talented and most attractive
teacher of Natural History. Here, with such kindred spir-
its as Verrill, Morse, Putnam, Hyatt, Scudder and St. John,
he devoted himself for several years to the investigation of
Nature under the intelligent eye of Agassiz.

The writer of this sketch had meanwhile commenced the
study of the older slates at Saint John, whose age hitherto

Charles Frederick Hartt. 11 [r(

had not been determined, but which were supposed to be
a downward continuation of the measures which contained
the Devonian plants. At first only some badly preserved
trilobites were found, which, on account of their long thor-
aces were supposed to be of Lower Silurian age.'

Subsequently (1863) much better material of well pre-
served species of trilobites were found by the author in
Portland (St. John) and these, with the collections of the
Geological Survey of Southern New Brunswick, were placed
in Mr. Hartt’s hands for study. Taking advantage of the
opportunities which he possessed at Cambridge, he gave
these fossils a careful scrutiny, and was able to announce
that they were equivalent in age to those of Htagé C. of M.
Barrande and, therefore Primordial. After his first brief
notice in the report of the Geological Survey of New
Brunswick, announcing this discovery, Hartt continued
his study of these organisms with the aid of additional
material. Upon this material, together with what had
been previously obtained, was based his fuller descriptions
of the fossils, with many figures, which appeared in Dr.
(now Sir Wm.) Dawson’s Acadian Geology in 1868.

In 1864 Mr. Hartt and the author were invited by Profes-
sor L. W. Bailey, to take part with him in the Geological
Survey of Southern New Brunswick instituted by the Pro-
vincial Government. The results of this survey were pub-
lished in the following year, and were a very important ad-
dition to the knowledge of the geological structure of this
part of New Brunswick. The results embodied in this re-
port, formed the basis from which the Geological Survey of
Canada in this region, after the confederation of the Cana-
dian provinces, was carried on.

Beside his work on this survey in New Brunswick, Mr.
Hartt did independent geological work in Nova Scotia. In
1864 he obtained proof of the pre-carboniferous age of the
gold of Nova Scotia, His observations were made at Cor-

1 At that time the Cambrian had not by common consent, been
separated from the Lower Silurian.

118 Canadian Record of Science.

bitt Mills, where the well-known auriferous slates are im-
mediately overlaid, unconformably, by conglomerates, grits,
and sandstones of Lower Carboniferous age. The lower
portion of these rocks contains an abundance of gold, which
was undoubtedly extracted from the underlying slates,
while the former deposits were in process of formation, and
was mixed with the loose gravelly material, which subse-
quently became consolidated into the conglomerate and
sandstone.

We owe to Hartt also, the careful investigation of the rela-
tions of the different members of the carboniferous limestone
deposits in the neighborhood of Windsor, Stewiacke, &c. in
Nova Scotia. He collected and studied the fauna of each
separate set of beds with much pains, and in this way was
enabled to determine their sequence. ‘The fossils which are
marine, are very numerous, and some new species were des-
cribed by him in the “‘ Acadian Geology.” Much interest
attaches to the study of this formation at the above localities,
where, in the upper beds, occur many forms common to
both the Carboniferous and the Permian, and a great like-
ness is apparent to the upper members of the Carboniferous
system in the western United States, called Permo-Carboni-
ferous. Dr. Meek, who examined the fossils, suggested
that we might have here what Barrande would call an upper
Coal-Measure or even Permo-Carboniferous fauna, ‘colon-
ized’ far back in the Sub-carboniferous period. Dr. (Sir
Wm.) Dawson has enlarged on Hartt’s results, and shows
that the divisions made by him are of more general appli-
cation than Hartt had known them to be.

As early as this, Hartt developed a constitutional tendency
to asthma, which interfered with his field work in the
cold and humid climate of this region, and which, after he
entered on his professional work in the United States, pre-
vented him from revisiting his native land. This, probably,
was one of the causes which induced him to seek occupation
in the warmer climate of Brazil.

Upon the organization of the Thayer Expedition to Brazil,
by Prof. L. Agassiz, Mr. Hartt was appointed one of its

Charles Frederick Hartt. 119

two geologists, Mr. Orestes H. St. John being the other.
This expedition left New York in April 1865 and returned
in July 1866, having been absent a little more than a year.
This was the strong and final inducement that called Hartt
away from the geology of his own country. Although he
was not fortunate in finding a very rich geological territory
during his wanderings while connected with the Thayer
Expedition, he saw enough to thoroughly interest him in
returning again to Brazil, and in finally giving his whole
attention to Brazilian studies.

The primary object of the Thayer Expedition was to in-
vestigate the distribution of the fresh water fishes of Brazil,
but much time was also devoted to its geology. Prof. Agassiz
limited himself mostly, in his geological work, to the
examination of the superficial deposits at Rio de Janeiro
and on the river Amazon, which were studied in connection
with the question of glaciers. Hartt was retained near Rio
for some time, in making examinations of the many Rail
road cuttings around that city. After this work was com-
pleted, his field of exploration lay mostly between Rio and
Bahia, where he carefully studied the geological and other
features of the coast, and of the principal river basins lead-
ing to it. Large collections of the fresh water fishes of the
rivers, and of the marine animals of the coasts and reefs
were made. In consequence of the absence of fossils, no
results in systematic geology were obtained, but, neverthe-
less, Hartt’s studies of the geology of this monotonous tract
were of great interest.

In the neighborhood of Porto Seguro he explored the
coral and sandstone reefs, the latter of which is a promi-
nent feature of the Brazilian coast. He was the first to
carefully work out the structure and mode of formation of
these sandstone reefs.

After Hartt had returned to the United States from the
Thayer Expedition, he felt that he had left unfinished some
of the more important investigations he had made in Brazil.
He was unable to report as fully as he wished, on many
subjects of interest which he had partly studied. So in 1867

120 ‘Canadian Record of Science.

he returned to Bahia, to perfect his former work and to
continue his observations. He worked out the geology on
the line of the Bahia railroad in detail, and collected some
fossils from the Cretaceous terreins of that region. He also
studied the structure of the Abrolhos islands and reefs
which lie off the coast of Bahia. The islands are of strati-
fied deposits, capped with trap, while the reefs, which had
never been to any extent examined by a naturalist, are of
coral, generally assuming curious tower-like forms, and
often growing together to form a large connected expanse.

In addition to throwing new light on the formation of
certain kinds of coral reefs, he also discovered a large num-
ber of species of corals of which the majority were new, but
belonged to West Indian types. The absence of many pro-
minent West Indian genera such as Madrepora, Meandrina,
Diploria &c. was noted by him. The Cretaceous region of
Sergipe was visited and yielded many fossils, which have
been in part described by Prof. Alpheus Hyatt.

In the short interval which elapsed between his first and
second trip to Brazil, he was engaged in scientific teaching
and lecturing in and near New York city, at the Cooper
Institute, Pelham Priory, Adelphi Academy and other
places where he attained much success, and made many
warm friends who aided him in his second Brazilian expe-
dition. In 1868, soon after returning the second time, he
was appointed Professor of Natural History in Vassar Col-
lege; but he resigned this position in the autumn of the
same year to accept the chair of Geology in Cornell Uni-
versity, where he was retained at the head of the depart-
ment of Geology until the time of his death. In 1869 he
was elected General Secretary of the American Association
to serve at the meeting of 1870, but before that time he
had departed on his third trip to Brazil.

It was in the year 1869 also, that he was married to Miss
Lucy Lynde of Buffalo, N. Y., by whom he had two chil-
dren, a son and a daughter. Both his widow and children
are living. His son, now in his twenty-first year, is study-
ing at Williams College, Mass., and his daughter at the

Charles Frederick Hartt. IPA

Buffalo Seminary, Buffalo, N. Y., of which her mother,
for several years past, has been the principal.

While at Cornell University, when not occupied with
college duties, he was engaged in working up the results of
his Brazilian explorations, and in preparing his report as
geologist of the Thayer Expedition. This report, however,
grew to so great a size, and was so complete in itself, that
it was found advisable to publish it separately in 1870 as
“The Geology and Physical Geography of Brazil.” It
forms a large octavo volume of over six hundred pages, and
contains in addition to an account of his own researches, a
résumé of our previous knowledge of the natural history of
the country. It is thus not limited to a discussion of the
subject indicated by the title, but treats of the topograph-
ical and general features of the country, of its flora and
fauna, both marine and terrestrial, and of its mining, agri-
cultural, commercial and manufacturing interests. The
numerous maps and sketches which illustrate it, were drawn
by Professor Hartt himself, and the greater part of them
represent regions never before depicted. The volume closes
with a valuable appendix on the Botecudo Indians.

In the year 1870, the same in which his book was issued,
Professor Hartt organized the largest of his own expeditions
from the United States. It was composed, beside himself,
of Professor Prentice and eleven students of Cornell Uni-
versity. His object in taking so many young men was to
give them thorough practical training, and to stimulate
them to undertake original work. He says in his report
of this expedition, that he did not expect to make scientists
of them all, but hoped that some of them might thus be in-
duced to accept this calling. The means for defraying the
€xpenses of the trip were contributed by several parties,
the most prominent of whom was Mr. H. B. Morgan of Au-
rora, N. Y. whose name has been given to this and the sub-
sequent expedition.

Prof. Hartt determined on this occasion, to change his
field of research, and explore the Amazonas. Accordingly
he went with his party direct to Para, and in the neighbor-

122 Canadian Record of Science.

hood of this city, spent some time in training his inex-
perienced assistants. The tributary rivers Tocantins, Zinga
and Tapajos, were then examined throughout their lower
courses, and many valuable geological facts ascertained.
On the Tapajos were discovered highly fossiliferous carbon-
iferous deposits.

At the falls on each of the above named rivers were found
series of metamorphic rocks, which, from their position
and lithological characters, have been referred to the Silur-
ian system. Passing to the North side of the valley of the
Amazonas they minutely investigated the geology of the
vicinity of Monte Alegre and the Sierra Ereré. On the
plain cf Ereré were discovered sandstones and shales, with
characteristic Devonian fossils, corresponding more or less
with those of the Hamilton and Corniferous groups of New
York State. These were the first Devonian fossils found
East of the Andes in South America.

One of the party examined the ancient Indian mounds of
the island of Marajo at the mouth of the Amazonas, at that
time only imperfectly known, and discovered large quanti-
ties of richly ornamented pottery, mostly in fragments
These have since been made the subject of considerable
study by Prof. Hartt and others. The sea coast was ex-
amined at several points, from Para to Pernambuco, and
in the neighborhood of the latter city, the fossiliferous Cre-
taceous formations of the province of the same name, were
studied for the first time. At all the localities visited, they
made large collections in geology and zoology, which were
sent to the United States, and are now contained in the
museum of Cornell University.

Prof. Hartt’s researches on the Amazonas did not tend to
bring proof of the former existence of glaciers there. The
sierra of Ereré was found not to belong to the series of
table-topped hills, as Professor Agassiz had been led to
suppose, but to consist of inclined strata of very irregular
outline. The Devonian fossils of the plain were from a por-
tion of the supposed “drift” material of Agassiz.

Professor Hartt returned to Ithaca, N. Y., January 1872,

Charles Frederick Hartt. 123

where he remained two years and a half, giving all the
time he could spare from his college duties to working up
the results of his two Amazonian trips, with the aid of his
two assistants, Orville A. Derby and Richard Rathbun. Tis
reports were published as soon as finished, in the journals
of several scientific societies. During this time he also
gave popular lectures on Brazil in New York, Boston and
Syracuse.

But Professor Hartt was unable to continue long in this
state of comparative quietude. In bringing together the
result of his several trips to South America, with the object
of explaining the geology of all Brazil, he saw how meagre
were his data for this purpose, notwithstanding all that he
and others had recently done toward elucidating the struc-
ture of this vast region. He wished to extend his researches
and conceived the idea of organizing a survey of the whole
Brazilian Empire, which has an area scarcely less than that
of the United States. There was only one way of accom-
plishing such an undertaking; it must be supported by the
government, Hartt ventured to bring the matter before
some of his Brazilian friends, and his ideas met with such
favour that in 1874 he received an unofficial invitation from
the Brazilian minister of Agriculture, to submit a proposi-
tion for the systematic geological exploration of the Empire.
In August of the same year, he accordingly went to Rio de
Janeiro for the purpose of formally presenting his plans.
Upon arriving at that city he was received with almost as
much enthusiasm as was Prof. Agassiz nearly ten years
earlier. His thorough acquaintance with the language of
the country enabled him to communicate freely with the
people, and he soon tound himself encircled with friends,
who gladly gave their influence in advancing his plans.

A Geological Commission of the Empire of Brazil was or-
ganized on the Ist May 1875 with Prof. Hartt as chief, and
the following assistants H. F. de Jordao, Engineer, O. A.
Derby and Richard Rathbun, Assistant Geologists and F.
G. de Freitas, “Particante.” Mr. John Branner, now in
charge of the geological survey of Arkansas, was soon

124 Canadian Record of Science.

added to the staff, and a few other additions and changes
were made.

The active work of the Commission began in June 1875,
and the coast region North of Rio to Cape San Roque was
explored. Here extensive cretaceous deposits were found,
with remains of sharks, crocodiles and other reptiles; and
large collections of recent marine animals were made along
the coast.

In the next year, the work in the maritime provinces
North of Rio was continued and abundant remains of rep-
tiles, fishes, and other animals were found. The diamond-
bearing gravels near Bahia were also examined for the pur-
pose of discovering the source of these gems. In the pro-
vince of Sergipe was gathered a rich harvest of cretaceous
fossils for the museum at Rio.

In this and the following year (1877) explorations were
carried on in the provinces South of Rio, where Carboni-
ferous and Devonian or Silurian deposits were discovered,
rich in fossils, and the gold regions of this part of the em-
pire and of Minas Geraes were examined by Mr. J. HE. Mills.

While this work was in progress in the South, Mr. Derby
was arriving at important results on the Amazonas, where
he proved the existence of an immense basin of Paleozoic
rocks with carboniferous deposits occupying an extensive
area in the centre, surrounded by Devonian and Silurian
beds rich in fossils. Owing to the dense vegetation of the
lowlands of the valley of the Amazonas, they were unable
to discover whether these Carboniferous rocks held deposits
of coal or not. Immense collections of geological, zoo-
logical and ethnological specimens were sent to the capital
by the various exploring parties, and it was found necessary
to set apart a large house to contain them.

In June 1877, prompted by motives of economy, and un-
acquainted with the amount and value of the work being
done by the Commission, the Government gave orders for
the temporary suspension of the Commission on the Ist of
July. The Emperor, soon after returning to Rio, fresh
from the Museums of the Old World and North America,

Charles Frederick Hartt. 125

carefully inspected the building and work of the Commis-
sion. He showed a just appreciation of the value of the
new Museum of Geology, both to his own country and to
the world at large; he was generous in his words of praise
to the talented chief, who had so dearly earned them, and
declared that the work should go on.

In the beginning of the following year, an entire change
was made in the Ministry of Brazil, and before the several
departments had been entirely re-organized, and the appro-
priations determined upon, Professor Hartt died. There
was no one to succeed him, and his large collections were
placed in the care of the National Museum at Rio de Jan-
eiro. It is expected that steps will be taken by the Brazil-
ian Government at an early date, toward publishing the
many reports which were finished under the direction of
Prof. Hartt.

It would appear that before the researches of Professor
Hartt, the systematic geology of vast areas of Brazil, was
an utter blank. ‘The Carboniferous system was known to
exist in the South of Brazil, and some Paleozoic fossils had
been found on the Tapajos R. in the North of the Empire ;
the Cretaceous formation had been recognized on the eastern
coast, but it remained for Hartt to exhibit the general geo-
logic structure of extensive areas of the Empire, and to
recognize wide spread formations of Upper Silurian, Devo-
nian, Carboniferous and Triassic (?) age. He also divided
the vast areas of metamorphic rocks in Central Brazil into
Kozoic and Lower Silurian by their lithological aspect and
other characters.

Nor did he confine his studies to Geology alone, for in
addition to voluminous reports on this subject, he had the
following works nearly or quite ready for publication

I. Brazilian Antiquities,—about 500 pages, 4 to.
Il. Mythology of the Brazilian Indians,—about 300
pages 4 to.

Ill. Grammar, Dictionary &c. of the Tupé Language,

400 pages.
IV. An Album—of about 100 photographs, illustrating

the country, people &c. of the Lower Amazonas.
With about 100 pages of text.

10

126 Canadian Record of Science.

Prof. Hartt’s scientific career may be said to have cover-
ed a decade and a half, and one can only wonder at the mar-
vellous industry which crowded what might well be con-
sidered the work of an ordinary life-time into this short
period. Only those engaged in his enterprises knew the
variety and excellence of his scientific work, or could appre-
ciate the skill with which he directed the operations first
of his exploring parties in Brazil, and then of the Geological
Survey of that vast region. Judging from his brilliant be-
ginning, we may confidently assert that, had he not been
cut off in his prime, he would have accomplished a work
that would have placed him beside the greatest of the geo-
logical investigators of the present century.

None but the hardiest constitution could stand the great
strain which Hartt laid on his physical powers, and under
the exhausting heat of a tropical climate he finally suc-
cumbed. Having been on an exploring expedition inland,
he came out upon the coast at Rio de Janeiro tired and
worn out by physical toil and mental anxiety; the latter
due to the difficulties in which the Survey had been placed
by changes in the administration of the country. Here he
was attacked by that formidable scourge of the lowlands of
tropical America—yellow fever. His exhausted system
could not withstand the disease. His illness was of scarcely
more than two days duration, and he suddenly (and unex-
pectedly to those who were watching him) passed away in
the early morning of Monday 18th of March 1878.

Prof. Hartt was a man of winning manners, affectionate
disposition and generous nature, and was greatly esteemed
by his scientific associates. He was gifted with an original
and inventive mind, and indefatigable industry. The Christ-
tian training of his early home, and the stimulating influen-
ces of the educational institutions where he spent the first
years of his life, no doubt served largely to form his charac-
ter. His death terminated the Geological Survey of Brazil,
as no one was thought worthy of taking the mantle which
fell from him. His assistants remained to work up the
material which he had gathered; but the leading mind

Charles Frederick Hartt. 127

which had inaugurated the Survey was gone, and further
investigation of the physical structure of Brazil with
governmental aid is left to the enterprise of another
generation.

Since Professor Hartt’s death, two volumes of the
Archives of the National Museum of Brazil have been pub-
lished, which testify to the extent of his labors. The first
(No. VI.) contains an account of the Archeology and Eth-
nology of the tribes of the Amazonas, based on observations
mude by Prof. Hartt and his assistants on the shell-heaps,
the cemeteries and the artificial mounds of that region, and
contains descriptions and figures of the articles found in
these repositories of the relics of its pre-historic people. It
contains also an essay on the origin of art, and the evolu-
tion of ornamentation as exhibited by their pottery Xc.; as
well as an account of certain tribes of the region and their
mythology.

In the remainder of the volume the result of Prof. Hartt’s
work stands out on many a page, especially in the very in-
teresting memoir by Dr. Ladislaus Netto on the Archeology
of Brazil. The material collected under Prof. Hartt’s di-
rection at the island of Marajo and at Maraca, are largely
used by Dr. Netto in illustrating his memoir.

The succeeding volume of the Annals of the Museum
(No. VII.) is devoted to a description of the Cretaceous
Mollusea of Brazil by Dr. C. A. White of the geological sur-
vey of the United States. This voluminous memoir, pub-
lished in Portuguese and English, is also based on the ma-
terial collected under Prof. Hartt, when in charge of the
geological survey of Brazil.

Several years after his death, the remains of this devoted
man were removed from Brazil to Buffalo, N. Y., the home
of his widow, where they now lie in a cemetry on the shore
of Lake Hrie.

Since his death, a tablet to his memory has been placed
in the library of Acadia College (his ‘‘alma mater’). This
tablet was set up by his classmates in commemoration of
his great services to Science. On the unveiling of the monu-

128 Canadian Record of Science.

ment, June 1884, one of their number, Dr. Silas Alward,
paid a high tribute to the character and worth of their de-
ceased companion in an oration before the faculty and
friends of the college.

The following is a list of the scientific writings of Pro-
fessor C. F. Hartt as far as known to me :-—

1. The Gold of Nova Scotia of Pre-Carboniferous Age. Cana-
dian Naturalist, 1, No. 6, 459-461, 1864.

2. Observations on the Geology of Southern New Brunswick,
made principally during the Summer of 1864, by Prof. L. W. Bailey
and Messrs. George F. Mathew and C. F. Hartt; prepared and ar-
ranged, with a Geological Map, by L. W- Bailey, A.M. Contains
the three following reports by C. F. Hartt:—

(a) Preliminary Notice of a Fauna of the Primordial Period in
the vicinity of St. John, N. B., pp. 30-31. (Published also in Can.
Nat., VII, 318-320 1865; and in Dawson’s “ Acadian Geology,”
2nd Ed., 1868, 641-643.) .

(b) On the Devonian Plant Locality of the “ Fern Ledges,” Lan-
caster, New Brunswick, with a detailed Section, and Notes on the
Fossils, 131-141. (Includes report of 8. H. Scudder on the Devon-
ian insects. An abstract was published in “ Acadian Geology,”
1868, 513-523.)

(c) List of New Brunswick Fossils, 143-147.

3. The recent Bird-Tracks of the Basin of Minas, American
Naturalist, I, 169.176, 234.243, 1867.

4. Ona Sub-division of the Acadian Carboniferous Limestones,
with a desciption of a section across these Rocks at Windsor, N. 8.
Can. Nat., III, 212-224, 1867. (A summary of the results recorded
in this paper are given in “ Acadian Geology,” 1868, 279-280.)

5. [Descriptions and Notices of the Trilobites and other fossils
of the Acadian Group, at St. John, N. B.] “ Acadian Geology,”
1868, 643-657, with many figures. (Prepared by Dr. Dawson from
the MS. notes of Prof. Hartt.)

6. Résumé of a Lecture on the “Growth of the South American
Continent,” delivered before the Library Association, Ithaca, N. Y.,
Dec. 4.1868. Cornell Era, Dec. 12, 1868. (Pamphlet reprint con-
tains 8 pages.)

7. A Vacation Trip to Brazil. Amer. Nat., I, 642-651, 1868.

8. A Naturalist in Brazil. Amer. Nat., II, 1-13, with illustra-
tions, 1868.

9. The cruise of the “ Abrolhos.” Amer. Nat., II, 85-73, with
illustrations, 1868.

10. On the Botocudos of Brazil, (abstract). Proceed. Amer. Ass.
Ady. Sci., 18th meeting, Salem, 1869, 273-274.

Charles Frederick Hartt. 129

11. Thayer Expedition.—Scientific Results of a Journey in Bra-
zil, by Louis Agassiz and his Travelling Companions.—Geology
and Physical Geography of Brazil, by Charles Fred. Hartt, with
illustrations and maps, 8°, pp. 620. Boston, Fields, Osgood & Co.,
1870.

12. Discovery of Lower Carboniferous Fossils on the Rio Tapajos,
(A letter written near Monte Alegre, Rio Amazonas, Oct. 5, 1870.)
Amer, Nat. IV, 694-695, 1871.

13. Devonian Rocks in the Amazonian Valley. Amer. Nat., V.
121-122, 1871.

14.. Amazonian Drift. Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, I, April 1871,
294-296.

15. Braz. Rock Inscriptions. Amer. Nat., V, 189-147, with 9
plates, 1871.

16. The Ancient Indian Pottery of Marajé, Brazil. Amer. Nat.
V, 259-271, with numerous figures, 1871.

17. Recent Explorations in the Valley of the Amazonas, with
Map. Jour. Amer. Geogr. Soc., N. Y., III, 1872, 231-252, (read May
16, 1871).

18. [The Origin of the Basin of the Amazonas (abstract).] Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XV, 153-154, 1872.

19. On the Tertiary Basin of the Mararon. Amer. Jour. Sci.
and Arts, IV, July, 1872, 53-58.

20. On the Occurrence of Face-Urns in Brazil. Amer. Nat. VI,
607-610, with one large figure, 1872.

21. Notes on the Lingoa Geral or Modern Tupi of the Amazonas,
Trans. Amer. Philog. Ass., 1872, pp. 20. i

22. O Mytho do Curupira. Aurora Brazileira, Ithaca, N. Y.,
Oct. and Nov. 1873. (Also separate reprint, pp. 12.)

23. Morgan Expeditions 1870-71.—Contributions to the Geology
and Physical Geography of the Lower Amazonas. The Ereré-
Monte-Alegre District and the Table-Topped Hills. Bull. Buffalo
Soe. Nat. Sci., I, No. 4, 201-235, with maps and sketches. 1874.

24. Preliminary Reports of the Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71.—
Report of a Reconnoissance of the Lower Tapajos. Bull. Cornell
University Society (Science), No. 1, pp. 37, with map, 1874.

25. Evolution in Ornament. Popular Science Monthly, January,
1875, 266-275, with many figures.

26. Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71.—On the Devonian Trilobites
and Molusks of Ereré, Province of Para, Brazil; by Ch. Fred. Hartt,
and Richard Rathbun. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., XI, 110-127,
May, 1875.

27. The Indian Cemetery of the Gruta das Mumias, Southern
Minas Geraes, Brazil. Amer. Nat., 1X, 205-217 (illustrated), 1875.

130 Canadian Record of Science.

28. Amazonian Tortoise Myths. Rio de Janeiro, Wm. Scully.
Publisher. 1875, pp. 40.

29. Notes on the Manufacture of Pottery among Savage Races.
Published at the office of the “South American Mail,” Rio de Jan-
eiro, 1875, pp. 70.

30. Exploragoes Scientificas,— I. Commissao Geologica do Brazil.
Catalogo da Exposicio de Obras Publicas do Ministerio da Agricul-
tura, Rio de Janeiro, 1876, 96-106.

31. Nota sobre Algumas Tangas de Barro Cosido dos Antigos
Indigenas da Ilha de Marajo. Archivos do Museu Nacional do Rio
de Janeiro, I. Trimestre T°, 21-25, Estampas III, 1V & V, 1876.

32. Descripgao dos Objectos de Pedra de Origem Indigena Con-
servados no Museu Nacional. Arch. do Mus. Nac. do Rio de
Janeiro, I, Trim. 2° & 3°, 45-53, Estampas VII & VIII, & 2 figu-
ras, 1876.

33. The Geological Survey of Brazil. First Preliminary Report
made to the Counselor Thomaz José Coelho de Almeida, Minister
and Secretary of State for Agriculture, etc.; by Ch. Fred. Hartt.
Chief of the Geological Commission of the Empire of Brazil, Rio
de Janeiro, 1876. Translated and abridged by Prof. T. B. Com-
stock. Amer. Jour. Se. and Arts, XI, June, 1877, 466-473.

(Posthumous).

34. Contribuicies para a ethnologia do valle do Amazonas, par
C. F. Hartt. In Archivos do Museu Nacional do Rio de Janeiro,
Vol. VI, 1885.

Book NotIcks.

Frrn Frora..—This little book, issued as an appendix to the
School Fern-Flora of Canada, is a useful contribution to Canadian
Botany. The first seven pages are devoted to the structural charac-
ters of ferns, and taxonomic considerations. The remainder is
occupied by a description of the various genera and species, together
with an account of their geographical range, and special localities
for the rarer species. The descriptions are clear and direct. The
principal genera are illustrated by a plate of well-executed figures.
The book is of a convenient size to be used in the field, but its
usefulness for the ordinary student would be enhanced, had an
analytical key been provided.—D. P. P.

1The Fern Flora of Canada; descriptions of all the native ferns of the

Dominion, with the localities where they grow. By George Lawson, Ph. D., &e.
Halifax, A. & N. MacKinlay, 1889, (pp. 29.)

Proceedings of the Naturai History Society. 131

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

The regular monthly meeting was held on Monday even-
ing, January 27th, Sir Wm. Dawson presiding.

The minutes of the previous meeting having been read
and confirmed, Dr. Harrington reported that the Lecture
Committee had arranged for the usual Sommerville course
of seven lectures upon Food Supply and Food Adultera-
tions.

The Curator reported the following donations :—

Chinese New Testament, Mr. C. Griffen.
Quartz Crystals from Mount Stephen, Mr. A. B. Chaffee, jr.

Olive-sided Fly Catcher and Black Crowned Night Heron,
Mr. F. B. Caulfield.

Various papers relating to the Society, Mr. J. Ostell.

A New York newspaper under date of 1800, giving an
account of the death of General Washington; also a portion
of log, supposed to be Norway spruce, from an excavation
on Commissioners street, on or near the site of Maison-
neuve’s fort, and supposed to have formed part of the same,
Mr. I’. W. Henshaw.

Some discussion followed respecting the last donation and
its relation to the fort, and Messrs. J. A. U. Beaudry, J. S.
Brown, Prof. Penhailow and J. McLachlan were appointed
a committee to collect all available evidence bearing upon
the character of the specimen, and present the same at a
future meeting of the Suciety.

The balloting for new members resulted in the election
of Messrs. EH. P. Hannaford, G. H. McHenry, Thos. E.
Hodgson, Edwd. H. Hamilton and M. H. Hersey.

The Curator drew the attention of the Society to the need
of putting the Museum in a more attractive shape, and sug-
gested that a sub-division into departments, each under an
assistant curator, would greatly promote the usefulness of
the collections.

The following papers were then presented and ordered to
be printed in the REcorD or ScIENCE :—

“Fossil fish from the Pleistocene of Green’s Creek,
Ottawa,” Sir Wm. Dawson.

“Mineralogical notes on some Canadian Minerals from
new Localities,” Dr. B. J. Harrington.

132 Canadian Record of Science.

“ Notes on the flora of Cap a L’Aigle, Quebec,” Rev. Dr.
Campbell.

After the usual vote of thanks to the authors of papers,
the meeting adjourned.

The regular monthly meeting was held on Monday, Feb-
ruary 24th, Sir Wm. Dawson in the chair.

The Curator suggested the adoption of a by-law providing
for the acceptance of specimens and the disposal of dupli-
cate material. He also announced the following donations :—

Head of Maskinonge, Mr. C. HE. Dawson.

Blue Heron, Hon. Edward Murphy.

Evening Grosbeak, Mr. F. B. Caulfield.

The thanks of the Society were tendered to the donors.

The following papers were read and accepted for publi-
cation in the REcoRD oF ScrENCcE :—

‘‘ Helderberg Fossils from St. Helen’s Island,” by W. E.
Deeks, B.A.

“ Notes on Asbestus and Some Associated Minerals,” by
Prof. J. P. Donald.

““ Notes on a Bird New to the Province of Quebec,” Mr.
F. B. Caulfield.

After the usual discussions, the thanks of the Society were
tendered to the authors for their valuable contributions.

Sir Wm. Dawson introduced Mr. J. Stevenson, who pre-
sented some statements bearing upon the past and present
distribution of eider ducks in the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
He showed that under the present system of egg gathering,
the birds had greatly diminished in numbers of late years,
and there was great danger of ultimate extermination. He
urged the desirability of having the Government take some
steps looking to the protection of the birds, and to the en-
couragement of the settlers along the shores of the Gulf, to
engage in the industry of gathering their feathers. He
mace an earnest plea for the better protection of the birds
against wanton destruction, and asked if the Society felt
disposed to use its influence in the matter. After some dis-
cussion the following committee was appointed to take the
matter into consideration and co-operate with Mr. Steven-
son :—Messrs. J. A. U. Beaudry, J. S. Brown, Dr. Wesley
Mills, F. B. Caulfield, J. S. Shearer and Aiex. Henderson.

The ballot for new members resulted in the election of
Messrs. A. P. Winn and W. A. Scott.

890.
M
i Olt, C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
EDy rE
Lae Ge Aa A q
223) 34 | oe | os
DAY a2a| go Ee a2
Sel BE) SS ic DAY.
aise" 3 Ba | 448
Ee ES) q eI
Tl oo tole) 0.28 He 0.28 I
210 00 | 0.17 So Opel)
3 |O 93 oe . . 3
4} 0 Oo) 500 0.2 | 0.027 4
SUNDAY..... 40% 5 I, ©) | 5600 6.6 | 0.774 5 .....+....SUNDAY
9 00} o.4t | Inapp.| 0.41] 6
Z i) 87 ao'o Inapp.| 9.90 7
iz 90 wee 2.3 O.Ir 8
9 2 95 o how o 9 { |
2) Ts 12 ... | Inapp.| 0.00 # 10
mas) | V8) oo 30 6.4 | 0.82] 11
STINT eee OO | sees 0.2 | 0.02} 72 ..........SUNDAY |
Seay Pape ners -» | 0055 | 13
t47 pf roo] .... so0, {| sooo || 22
To} o 00 | 0.04 2.5 | 0.25] 15
16} CQ saad 6.7. | 0.39 | 16
ws Pp 81 an 0.3 | 0.01 | 17
Boy |) 64 ete 0.3 | 0.02 | 18 |
SUNDAY....+. se) 1 fels) tale 960 soe IQ seceeeeeee SUNDAY |
201) 00 | 0.18 1.0 | 0.28 | 20
217» 37 S06 2.0 | 0.07 | 21
2 |") 87 -»- | Inapp.| 0.00 } 22
237 5 90 ve 1-5 0.09 | 23
7415 gt .. | Inapp.| 0.00 } 24
| 2545 oo . 1.0 | 0,10 } 25
| |SUNDAY.-..... | Sian Mees eee Nah ok e so SonpaAy Ill
> 54 vee O.1 0.01 | 27
| D 43 O.1 0.01 | 28
| 5 42 oe noon siele 29
| P) 900 . sane soe 30
a > 07 | 0.01 0.I | 0.02 } 34
pe snouor i Cela |i 313269 || zo@A Bo2) | || Anz | FEES Se ocodqooddes 060
— |, | —_—
||t6 yrs. means for & a
inckudinge tus mol | ["3%5] o-8+ | 90:9 | 2:68 6 years mane et
| id barometer was 29.201 on the !3th, giving a range of |
Direotion........ 1.516 inches. Maximum relative humidity was toc
——|/— jon 7days. Minimum relative humidity was 44 on
Miles........+--- 2 |the 28th.
Ear emt | Rain fell on 7 days.
| uration in ATs.-/ | | Snow fell on 21 days.
Mean velocity...| 1 | Rain or snow fell on 24 days.
Rain and snow fell on 4 days.
~~) | Hoar frost on 2 days.
Greatest mileage ie :
Greatest velocity ilg Lunar halo on one night.
on thelsth. | st} Fog on 3 days.
Resultant mileagest

Resultant directiost

to the Mountain Anemometer.

t ind
ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF JANUARY, 1890.
Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
7 = “ Sky CLOUDED LE
THERMOMETER. WIND. In Tenras. 38 Ba a | &
nets —<—— ——_ | ——__—__—__—_ ——_- = { Mean pean . ze ap AG 3 aa a4 ag
. pres-_ |relative ew C x on! Ge Sig ax
DAY. st hh mr au aN sure of |bumid-| point. | general pMceny el oad ae Ee 2 e DAY.
Max. in. nge ean. ax. in. | SRange. | vapour. | ity- Aitaotionelnamnilen & s Ke a fi or E i
perhour] re
38.7 1663 22.4] 30-4448 | 30.679 30.209 +479 «1563 84.8 27.8 s. 21.8 8.3 | 10] o 00 | 0.28 a6 0.287 x
52.3 36.4 15-9] 30.0345 | 30.207 29.893 314 -2477 88.5 39-7 S.W- 32.3 6.8] 10] 0 00 | 0.17 5000 o.17] 2
37-0 14-5 22.5} 30.5820 | 30.695 30-394 or 0792 63 2 12.3 N. W. 20.0 0.3] 6] 0 93 oo eas 900 3 |
18.8 8.9 9-9} 30-5453 | 30.679 30.343 «330 0617 71-3 6.8 WwW. 10.5 8.3 | 10] o oo . 0.2 | 0.02} 4
||Sunpay 22.0 | 17.6 Le04|| sooqa06 20009 vee anon nod dnd N.E. 4% |} oang|} ao |] BI] © 5 cssarseasSUNDAY |
35-0 19.6 15.4] 29-6543 29-446 +382 . 1303 gI-3 24.0 i. 9.9 9.8] 10} 9 00 6 |
29.0 8.0 21.0} 30.0228 29.931 160 - 0608 78.0 7-3 W. 12.4 3.5] 10| 0 87 7 |
29.2 13-9 15.3] 29-5015 29.226 607 - 1023 89.0 18.2 S.W. 17.0 8.5 | 10] 1 oo 8 |
14.6 | —13.3 27-9} 29-9925 29.804 334 -0237 78.2 |—12.8 W. 22.3 2.3 | 10] o 95 9 | |
i—11-0 | —21.6 10.6] 30.2417 30.161 250 .0205 96.7 |—16.0 N.E. 26.3 5.3 | 10] 0 12 10
7-0 | —14.5 21.5 | 30.2015 29.922 547 +0345 96.5 | —5-7 N 24.3 8.3 | 10} o 00 IL |
| |
Sunpay. 10.5 6.5 Ais@|| cecececass |] sooooe Bon agaod 5000 000 i733 |} c000 |} 5o.|} ob 00 000 0.2 | 0.02] 12 ..........SUNDAY |
See 9.0 Bed BOS EHT 30 aay 938 743 74.7 23-3 40.5 5-5 10] 0 ir} 0.55 apoa J} Goes |} 83 |
19. 7.0 r2u 30.5822 30.67: +30! .053) 05.3 4.5 19-4 2. Io} 0 100 Petal 6000 seen | 14 |
22.5 18.2 4.3 30.1458 30.438 +530 . 1037 93-2 | 19:0 6.1 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 | 0.04 2-5 0.25] 15 |
24-9 Sos 26.4 | 29.9030 | 30.286 } 587 +0907 88.8 13.3 20.5 7.8 | 10] c 00 us 6.7 | 0.39 | 16 |
fare |] Soo 19.6} 30-5000 | 30-553 30.435 118 +0328 76.7 | —6.8 17.6 5.0] 10] o 81 0.3 | o.or | 17
8.9 Sn 10-0 f 30.4675 | 30.490 30-439 O51 -0442 85.0 0.5 6.5 6.3 | 10] o 64 0.3 | 0.02 | 18
SUNDAY........ 14.1 —4.9 19.0 se |] saa000 |} soabed e900 aod no 60100 N. THA |) cone || cs. |] 0 00 F 00 5G) 00000 «SUNDAY
38.0 13.3 24-2] 29.6297 | 30.010 29.356 654 -1150 84.8 21.2 N. 33.6 98]10] 9 00 so) 20 |
24.3 9-4 14.9] 29.8850 | 29.962 29.750 +212 -0670 78.8 9-3 Ww. 25.9 5:3] 10| o 97 .o 21 |
16.0 1.0 15.0) 30 3747 | 30-622 29.954 674 0365 64.8 | 4,2 N.W. 24.9 1.3 | 9 || 0° 87 22
6.8 250 8.8 | 30.3090 | 30.620 30.012 608 0380 79:5 | —3.0 N.W. 11-3 8.3] 10] o ) 23
Ir. 1.0 Io.1} 30.2268 | 30.324 30.069 255 0457 75-5 1,0 Ww. 16.4 17) |(1x0))|) 10) gr 24
33.0 5.0 28.0 29.7867 30.165 29.605 560 1060 81.7 18.0 Ss. 23-9 8.3 | 10] o oo 25
SuNDay......., 33-0 23.8 O3|| doooane Wi 5) || coo |} Se Ile 84 ao 26. ++.SUNDAY
24.0 8.7 15.3] 30-1415 -B. 6 is ro | o 54 :
11.9 4.4 16.3 30.5852 .W. -4 -7 | 10 ) 43 |
38.0 11-5 26.5 30.0913 ie) 9-8] 10] 6 42 |
29.9 9-9 20.0} 30 3357 8 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 wee
38.5 13.9 24 G | 30.0303 8 7-5) 10} o 07} 0.o1
23.76 6.42 | 17.34 30.1399 6.46 33-8 1.64 \|
— = ead pete pose |
16 yrs. meansfor &} 11-7 20.42 z 16.88 10. 06: 90nd aqn0 Py So. Ba . 6. 1133. 0.8, 30. .68 [16 years means for and
aclnatia this mo. 2 4 e588 2 oy 388 es ae 22 ul 33 | i L 3 i linet this month _
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. eee :
*Barometer readings reduced to sea-leyel and|barometer was 29-201 on the |3th, giving a range of}
Nirection N. N.E E | S.E S. s.W WwW N.W. Cal @ r1.516inches. Maximum relative humidity was 109)
HON. -.....- : B b BOB b ee | 0 . W. | Calm. temperature of 32° Fahr. on T days. Minimum relative humidity was 44 on)
Miles...... a 2473 1698 288 313 1757 2679 3144 2205 = s)Observed: , me Zin
Daan Rania ey = + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. AM fell on 7 days.
uration in hrs..| 170 89 26 13 78 119 149 93 1 a Snow fell on 21 days.
re same | = -——= Humidity relative, saturation being roo. Rai fell on 24 days
Mean velocity...) 14. 19-1 11.1 24.1 22 22. Ti . u 4 PON Ase te eed |
ee) 2 i) 5 3 eae 2357) 1 Nine years only. Rain and snow fell on 4 days.
SGiniLS aS a eee Seon = Hoar frost on 2 days.
¢ i i . The greatest heat was 52.3 on the 2nd ; the 5
Ceeutee poreaee in Ga HORS ee Cn HAO Heit, Total mileage, 14,557. greatest cold was 21.6 below zero on the 10th, giving) Lunar halo on one night.
on the 13th eee) 4 ay Ban Nore.—The wind directions and velocities inja range of an ere of 73-9degrees. Warmest} Fog on 3 days.
Regultantimilengays(o7o - jheavy faced type are from the City Hall record.|day was the 2nd. Coldest day was the 10th. Highest
Resultant Gta, N, 75° W. The mileage has been multiplied by 1.5 to reduce it/barometer reading was 30.717 on the 28th; lowest!

390.
Meteora C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. |
Fee E |
i ie
aI Gell ee Snes al 8 |
i = 5 = cs
Ro 5 as =6 Zo 1]
DAY. oa's| Sf | os | 85 Davee
Mea |22"| 2 5.8 | aq |
a pa qt a |
oo} a |
eal a cane ——_—____|
I 15.g 96 os saee on I
Sunpay..... make alte ae i 46] .. ade Beall 2ivelaenisiele sp Sunpay ||
3 33-9 oo 0.12 Pees 0.12 g} |
4| 16.4 33 | 0.28 0.3 | 0.31 4 |
Bil 2ie 5Su|proser ann 0.2] 5 |
6] (s: TOO) Ge Seay Nita ||
7 10. yf see Ti 7 i OOO Min
8 35-4 fete) wees 9°5 0.50 8 |
| |
SDN aN ame rin! onl ee | 89M cece Petsete leer |e) ake cee alee Sunpay ||
Io | —2.d gt an A060 sapio || wf)
II 3.1 80 : : IL ||
12 24. 5t os ZrOMn|sOnLON| eT? }
| Tape szeg 5° S60 30 13
| 14 | 34.7 00 | 1.08 0 1.08 | 14
mis |} F@).G) 76 | 0.20 erie | Onzonlurs
|
|\SUNDAY....,...16 hears i/o choc 1.6 0.05 | 16 ....0+2+«sSUNDAY
17 6.9 41 oon6 I.0 | 010] 17 |
18 8g tele) . 4.3 | 0.42 | 18 1 |
19 a go 0.3 | 0.02 | 19
|| 20) nie 00 -3 | 0.23] 20
|| 21 | —3.7 61 Ae 21
| 22 0.9 | 100 .. | Inapp.| 0.00 | 22
|| SUNDAY.-...... 23 soo 47 sig00 Re? Il @o@y Il) Beha gasauoncc SuNDay
{aye 24 | 33.1 14 | Inapp.| 0.4 | 0.03 | 24 ||
| 25 34.3 fofe) o.1II . O-1I! 25
| AG |) Bac 00 | 0.06 0.06 | 26 |
| 27a \aB WA 00 | oor + ,On0X 127, ||
| 28 37.3 00 0.78 oe o 78 | 28 |
eee seeee-Means.| 19-¢] 44-9] 2.85 Fish | CoA SHINS Sooooadaopeaonas||l\
'6 yrs. Meansfor &| 15.4 141.7] 0.90 22.6 | 3.07 |16 years means for and
including this mo, ‘including this month
A |

lon 5 days. Minimum relative humidity was 42 on.

Direction........| N. | |the Ast-
- ——|———| Rain fell on 10 days. ||
Milessreenace *+++:| 453) | Snow fell on 12 days.

— | —__—_—_.

Duratiooin hre. 22/| Rain or snow fell on 20days. |
- - —-|——-— Rain and snow fell on 2 days. ||
Mean velocity...) 20.6.) Hoar frost on 2 days. | |
Se eee? | LOLS On 7 days: ||

5 __' Parhelic ares on the 11th.
Greatest mileage in ort f ; be F
Greatest velocity in gt} The rainfall of this month (2.85 inches) is the
12 miles on the 5th. t/greatest for February in 16 years, the next highest |
Resultant mileage, 4,4¢/being 2.18 in 1884.

t
ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY, 1890.
Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
s SKY CLOUDED) 1 E
THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. In Tenrus. |S 9 Ay =) iF
iy = eal REN Le {Mean | Mean ee seg ae | Ea fee
= * 25| So i) o
pay. shroot |iumide| pot. | genera (eae 2 | el alezal 22 | ee |2s| Day.
Gj i i > eneral |yelocity & |. 152 A] 8g
Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range} Mean. | SMax. §Min. | SRange.} vapour. | ity- direction. |intmiles|’ ss) |) [ay 3 a 2} 3
iperhour| 1)
| 1] 15.93 | 36-2 76 28.6} 20.4885 | 30.676 30.087 +589 0598 60.2 4.2 21.9 07 | 2] © 96 Sat oooo || x
Sunnay... Pe, 320 —6.0 38.0 Ae eb é00qc0 cog oes 9008 agon 17-0 S000 |. G0.|| cel 46 00 on As . SUNDAY
| 33-98 | 39.0 23 0 16.0} 29.9530 | 30.220 29.831 389 -1785 88.3 31-0 28.3 8.3 | 10] o (-} - jor] 3
|| 16.43 34 5 8.8 25-7 29-9848 30.345 29.315 1.030 -0775 75 3 10.0 14.8 6.7 | 10 () 33 0.3 0.31 4
27.95 45.0 100 35.0 29.5477 30.081 29.092 .989. 1377 75-5 213 36.8 4.8 | 10 ° 53 Boon 0.20 5
5.03 I1.0 oo 11.0} 30.3887 | 30.567 30.205 - 362 -0358 66-3 | —43 10.7 0.0] 0} of 100 5s0 eee 6
|| 10.62 19.8 1.5 18.3 30.5090 30 683 30.142 +540 0572 73-2 4.8 Q.1 6.7 | 10 ° 57 1.7 0,09 7
45-23 30.0 18.7 11.3 29 7170 29.854 29.599 ~255 +1237 90.5 23:0 16.3 g.8 | 10 3 oo 9.5 0.50 8
i}
||Sunpay. G|| n- 5 |) Bees oo PME | sonccnr || .odoe Aamltr sseadan 2200 aatits S805 960d W. >< ye) || 5000 |} 5 |! od 99 C)idoasnadees Sunpay
|| 10 | —2.03 2.3 —7.0 9-39 30.6583 | 30.702 30.603 +099 .0305 78.2 | —7-5 N.E. 10.5 1.8 | 10] © gL 10
|] II 3.18 10.4 —6 4 16.8 30-4357 | 30.614 30.136 478 0412 $2.0 | —1.7 E. 5-3 4.7 | 10] 0 80 IL
12] 24.57 | 30.1 69 23.2] 29.8862 | 30.011 29 747 -264 -ITI3 81.2 19-5 S.W. 27.6 7.0) 10| ¢ 51 12
| 13 | 32.80| 36.9 258 Ii.t |} 29.9638 | 30.045 29-896 .149 -1247 67.7 23.2 S.W. 27 8 6.8 }10] o 50 13 ~
\| 14] 34.75 | 29-9 26.8 13.1 | 29 6350] 29.883 29.207 676 +1695 82.3 29-5 1 14-7 8.3] 10] 0 CI} 14
|| 15| 19-55] 39 2 5:5 33-7] 29.8002] 30 180 29-277. 903 .0873 68.7 11.2 W. 35-6 2.8 | 10] © 76 15
| SUN OAV ements Gl | eee 13.2 —2.0 55311 o-00000-|) bodes |) abn ano soos 2 0 ves waa S.W. m8) || oo00 |] oc |} od 71 FG aoap0cc0s «SUNDAY
| 17 6.82 | 14-2 2.7 Ir.5 | 39-2070] 30.332 30.051 +281 +0452 76.2 0.7 N.E. 19-4 7-2 | 10] o 4 17
| 18 8 92| 11.0 7-2 4-0} 29.8520] 29.932 29.750 182 -0587 gI.o 6.7 N.i. 29.8 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 18
| 19 | 10.02 | 12.8 7.0 5-8} 30.1517 | 30.284 29 922 362 0520 76.3 3.8 N. W. 7-3 ep || .2|) G go 19
| 20] 13.13 | 26.7 0-5 27-2] 29 5957 | 29.835 29.299 +536 -0733 85.8 9-7 W. 27.8 3.0] 10] o 00 20
21 || 3.12 30 —9.1 12.1} 29.9742 | 30.017 29 913 - 104 0272 73.0 |—10.2 WwW. 33-1 3-5] 10] 0 61 21
22 2.80 6.8 —8.0 14.8 | 30.0602 | 30.123 39-976 146 .0300 66.8 | —8.5 5.W. 21.7 1-7 | 10] Of 100 22
SUNDAY. AEA) oes 27-6 3-0 AAG!) cnconcecos || sacous <8 00a as 608 8. THe || dace |} oo |] od 47 Pe pnadengasos Sunpay
24 | 33.15 40.2 13.9 20.3 | 29 8807 | 29.944 +145 86.3 29-5 S. 12.4 | 10.0 | 10] 10 14 24
25 | 34-52] 38-0 33-2 4.8 | 29.9060 | 29.985 : .192 *| 98.0 33.8 10.4 10 0} 10 | 10 00 25
26 | 34.93 | 37-0 32.7 4-3 29-8643 30.139 29 715 +424 96.8 34.0 7-5 10.0] 10] 10 00 26
27 | 33-48 | 35-0 31.3 3-7} 30-1620 | 30.226 30.096 130 93-8 32.2 8.3 | 100] 10} Io 00 27
| 28 | 37.20] 39.0 34.2 4-8] 29.8195 | 30.044 29.672 +372 90.3 34-5 S.E. 23.1 | 10.0] 10 | 10 00 28
\ | a
|
}}
+ sees seuee+Means,| 19.08 )\26,26 9 31 | 16.95] 30-0184 ace oo 6.35 -. |] 44.9 | 2.85 27.4 | 4-45 |Sums .. teeneee
\16 Ep Means for &| 15.48 | 23.95 6.79) 17.16} 30.0414] ...... Sonne 323 .0821 78-6 9 é 5-84 41.7 | 0.90 22.6 | 3.07 |16 years means for and
lincluding this mo,) | be ‘including this month
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD.
*Barometer readings reduced to sea-level andjon 5days. Minimum relative humidity was 42 on
Direction........ N. N.E. E. S.B 5. S.W. W. | N. W.| Calm. temperature of 32° Fahr. the Ist.
ss Ss SS ee eS Se SS SE ES 5 Rain fell on 10 days.
Miles : 8 : = § Observed. =
22 125 = teks Ee Berk BS |_| a + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Snow fell on 12 days.
Duration in hrs.. 22 g2 69 74 78 146 144 20 27 t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Rain or snow fell on 20 days.
ENCES | —=||———— | Nine years only. Rain and snow fell on 2 days.
ean velocit; r : J i :
j m cares ecm |neee eT Ea SO RCL Hs The greatest heat was 450 on the 5th; the| Hoar frost on2 days.
=> ee —_____}zreatest cold was 9.1 below zero oH the ats giving) Fogs on 7 days.
P fs ja range of temperature of s4.rdegrees. Warmest} Parhelic ares on the llth.
Greatest mileage in one hour was 60 on the 5th.| Resultant direction, S. 52° W. day was the 28th. Coldest day was the 2ist. Highest eee 3 eA F
Greatest velocity in gusts 72 miles per hour for| ‘otal mileage, 12,521. barometer reading was 30.702 on the 10th; lowest] The rainfall of this month (2.85 inches) is the)
12 miles on the 5th. Ayerage mileage per hour 18.63. barometer was 29.092 on the Sth, giving arange of\greatest for February in 16 years, the next highest
Resultant mileage, 4,435 1.610inches. Maximum relative humidity was 10c|being 2.18 in 1884.

890.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

\ Ee
—=5 peat So
8 a3 3 Blo
a 2 = as 2 etre,
s2s| 22 | 32 | 23
Byes Eien) hes

> ht) jaa]

23 fe

97

95

64 i eet

84 Inupp.) 9 0°

18

99 o

98 d00¢6

109 wees oa

85 ado

00 | 0 07 | 0 07

{ele} 0.20 0.20

00 | 0.03 0 03

23 Sain

17 Inapp.| 2-00

40 Inapp.| 0.00

51 dane ache ets

83 o (3). o 00

57 afc

52 a Inapp.) 0-00

03 | 0.17 ©.) || oe

[eje) Ba

51 sles

85 bs

bole) Nine 0.7 0.07

3I 0.01 o 4 | 0.06

G25 eens Inipp.| 0.90

00 4-5 | © 45

Co | 0 4.0 | 0.33

29 | do fete) |) GY Fe

73) “ba00 =e

|ecsteebee ers [penne Oe al Dcoacee ee?
45-9 | 0.48 Hey | Be
——— "|
145.5 | 0.86 Aes) |) 70:
& |

DAY.

SUNDAY

SUNDAY

SUNDAY

SUNDAY

» SUNDAY

Sums .

16 years means for anc
linciudine this month

Me
DED
'THS.
DAY. ie
=
|
i] o
SUNDAY.......- 4]...
‘| ©
4 OF
ri Sy
é °
b| oO
é} of
SUNDAV. - qi. fi
Iq| of
ti] 10
14| rc |
Ii] 10 ¥
Iz 2 |
If] of
SUNDavy.... ¢] 2. |
bl Co)
1% fo)
(| 0 |
24; Oo
|| ©
2 °
|
SuNDAV....... All sc |
2i| 0}
2|| 10 ¥
2) 44
2|| of
2|| of
2\| 10
SUNDAY..... dousil oo |
3|| ©
fete sees Wlean
—_-——_
16 yrs. means for
including this m
|
and
Direction.......|
WIE Gonos abeol
Duration in hrs.
— =
Mean velocity...
; tue
Ce Ivins
mest

Greatest mileazh esi
Greatest veloc}wes!
the 29th.

Resultant mil

ge of

WS LOC

onthe 12th.
on the Yth.

Rain fell on 5 days.

Minimum relative humidity was

Snow fell on 12 days.
Rain or snow fell on 15 days.
Auroras were observed on 4 nights.
Lloar frost on 5 days.
Lunar halo on 4 nights.

Lunar corona on one night.

Fogs on | days.

35)
|

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH, 1890.

Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet,

OC. H. MeLEOD, Superintendent.

Sky CLOUDED

Greatest mileage in one hour was 46 on thy 1:1
Teatest velocity in gusts48 miles per hour +1

the 29th.

Resultant mileage, 6,735

Resultant direction
Cotal mileage, -
Average mileage per hour 16.94.

ic
1

The greatest heat was 43.0 on the 12th; tue
sreatest cold was 4.0 below zero on the 9th, giving
| range o! temperature of 47.0 degrees. Warmest
lay was the |2th. Coldest day was the tth. Hizhesi
yarometer reading was 30.961 on the lowes!
yarometer was 29 on the 17th, giving «range of
/20B inches. Maximum relative humidity was roc

THERMOMETER. “BAROMETER. WIND Ty TRNTHS 3
s Wz fo . N oF = ij
i Mean |{Mean femaer San eee ; ie
DAY. DEGEEE polbtaks Dew Moan se gS DAY
= sure 0 -| poi 3 = a) e
Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range} Mean. | SMuax. §Min. | §Range. | vapour. vail polit. General |yelocity} = as
direction. |in miles} = | ee
SS we eed [| perhoury ~ | &
1] 25.05| 408 7:0 | 33-8] 29.8788 | 30.089 29-751 -338 T100 73-9 a | 3U.5 5:5 [ 10 | 0 Bd
SuNDAY...... +22 +e 141 2.0 12.1 ° pr acnG i 8.5 | .
|| wen) 0 40] 16.0} 30.0885 | 30 137 30 013 124 0412 yey area 5 |) aol] Silo 2 3 a tea SUNDAY
4 23-93 at 8 19-9 ao 9] 32 0280] 30.159 29 854 305 0795 61.3 12.5 14.2 68! 10] 0 64 oo || es
5 e E 31.2 = g 2.5, 30:1693)}/ 30 243 29.918 -325 0643 68.3 72 20.0 4-7 | 10} © 84 Inupp.| 9 °° | 5
ates ee = 10-9} 30-3550 30.410 30.299 tI 0272 55-0 |—10.2 g.0 6.0] 10} © 18 pee 6
Z cies oe 4 20.0] 30.3387 | 30 412 30 280 132 0368 59-5 |— 4.5 22.0 0.0] oO] o 99 7
7-9 9 7- 19 I} 30 3498 | 30.432 3° 307 125 0658 65-3 8.7 19-4 0.2] tr} 0 98 8
SUNDAY. ... 9 "5 + 28.0 129 Tose | sepeseo lt eaadee ie oe & ae 11.5 6 100 9 SuNnDAY
mol] Sa] ee aa ee so a | om | 88 |) iy so | a2)m/ of & ea |
12] 40.12 | 43.0 36 7 63 eee 319 1672 79-3 | 29.8 12.4 f/10.0|10| 10] 00] 0 o7 0 07 | 11
13] 36.90) 41-0 35 5 5.5 poaca IE 2437 97-8 39-3 10.0 | 10.0] 10'| 1¢ | 00] 0 20 | 0.20 | 12
14] 35.48 | 40.2 a $2 391200 122 2083 94-7 35-3 12.4 | 10.0] 10)| 10f 00] 0.03 0 03 | 13
asl] sase|| Sao | av Al) fa eee ae 1840) 1) 189:2) |) 3217 9-0 | 97} 10] 24 23 ven |f
“fe 29 913 233 1098 62.3 19-5 11-8 8.0 | 10}] © 17 Tnapp.} 2-00 | 15
Sunpay.... ...16 ao 8. :
17] 23.33 Sai rote ae Aa HAG oe o 2909 24.9 f.. : 40 Inapp.| 0.00 | 16 ....------Sunpay
All as eol| Bon : 2 |) EegMiOS | 2) BG) 190 0860 66.0 13-8 32.7 4.8 | 10|| © 5r 0 6 ‘ 17
29) feeB| B30 BOS SERS, TEAC Es 397 0895 627 | 15.0 19-8 | 2.2] 10\| of 83 or 18
Pal| suagl| doe || wall all Besl Bex 122 | -0643 | 60.8 | 8.2 79 | 50] 710] of 57 Jecee | 29
21] 37.62 42.9 32.5 ae a BAB) aoe 125 1310 73-5 23.8 16.9 6.5 | 10)| o 52 : TInapp.| 0-00 | 20
call 2g .c es sears 5 3 29.5202 | 29.683 2 1905 84.3 33.2 22-7 8.3 | 10)| © 03 | 0.17 0.2 | 0.21 | 21
EE | ac ete 33: “BY 28-7815 | 29.84r 112 1518 72-2 | 27.7 11.8 }| 83! 10| of 00 22
Sunpav.-..... 23 47 19-5] 15.2 Baee ||" gba son) aH leeneeee 3 em Pes 18.9 Weal} S: | 23 - SuNDAY
a P| 30.505 | 30.288 217 o762 60.7 | 12-3 8.3 | 28] 9| o| 85 : 24
rr 735 ae 30.496 29-843 653 1252 73-2 | 22.7 16.3 | 10 0 | 10\| 10 00 0.7 | 0.07 | 25
HG Boia ge 29-711 29 509 202 1830 85.8 32.2 237 30.0 | 10] 4 3t | o.or 0 4 | 0.06 | 26
28 8 PBA 68 24-971 29.553 418 1307 69.3 23.8 28.6 68]10] 0 62 . | Inapp.| 0.00 } 27
wo 25.8 2 29-975 29.482 “493 1093 82.3 20.0 25.2 8.3 | 10}] © re) 4-5 | 0 45 | 28
fs i 7- 29:775 29.475 300 1445 89.7 26.7 23.5 || 10.0] 101] 10 co | 4.0 | 0.33 | 2
| |
33.0 25.8 GeE|| seospes 9 J | ) 8
996009. ||| = Aoneas a oo00 sone N. 7-3 \| © Be 29 1.8 | 0 rt | 30 » »SUNDAY
33-9 16 4 | 77-5} 30-2370 | 30.301 30 194 107 0930 65.0 16.3 Sow. 9:5 5-3) 19] ° 75\| sone | 3t
Ses] SAS 7 || oes 243 58 | 77.9 | 185 16.94 | 6.28 | 45.9 | 0.43 | 11.7 | 1 53 [Sums . ....-
16 yrs. means for &| : i pal (ees =| | reread = =
Heating Gwe sal LY) Bark) | Ebr || GH) BI CGB] oo000n |} anoenn 265 TOESiL P7556. |) sem ese Lemeees i iT43.3| 0.86 | 25.6 | 3 4r \r6 years means for aud
6.17 includine this month
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD.
t A «Barometer readings reduced to sea-level andjon the 12th. Minimuim relative humidity was 3a)
Direction........ N. N.E. | &£. S.E. Ss. | s.W. | W. |N.W.| Calm emperature of 32° Fahr. on the Yth-
; SS SS 5 Rain fell on 5 days.
Miles. .. 659 6497 1756 $29 = SnseRveHL aah Snow fell on 12 days
Dac onnieel ee —— ——= + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercucy. TSU EM WO UG CE Nb
nae 45 4 | 65 56 | 3r1 107 66 20 t Humidity relative, saturation being 1co Rain or snow fell on eae ;
Mean velocity = rz tea —|——_—_ J Nine years onl Auroras were observed on 4 nights.
on -9 | 20.3 9-7 15 6 1.8 Nine years only. ‘
z 29:9, Hea 12.6 Hoar frost on 5 days.

Lunar halo on 4 nights.
Lunar corona on one night.
Fogs on | days.

THE

CaN pana bo COR
OF SCIENCE.

VOL. IV. JULY, 1890. NO. 3.

THE QUEBEC GROUP oF LOGAN.
By Sir Wiriram Dawson, F.R.S.

The discussion of questions of names in Geology is
usually unprofitable and often invidious, and is useful only
where justice to the claims of original discovery or the
right understanding of natural facts is affected by such
questions. I have, as a rule, avoided controversies of this
kind, and in my geological work, extended over fifty years,
Ihave refrained as far as possible from any reclamations as
to my own rights, being disposed rather to allow others to
take what I might have regarded as my own, than to make
any objection, except where some important truth was en-
dangered. I have, however, been less reticent as to the
claims of my friends, and especially of those who have
passed away.

In the Presidential address delivered before this Society
in 1879, I entered at considerable length into the questions
then raised as to the validity and importance of those great
and important discoveries of the late Sir William Logan,
which led to the establishment of the Quebec Group ; and in
a later address to the Royal Society of Canada,’ I took

1 Presidential address in Section IV. Points on which American
Geology is indebted to Canada. 1886.
11

134 Canadian Record of Science.

occasion to return to this subject, and to remark also on
the attempts which had been made to depreciate Logan’s
great work in the Laurentian and Huronian systems. Ina
still more recent paper on the ‘‘ Older Rocks of Hastern
Canada in comparison with those of Modern Hurope,’’’ I
have incidentally referred to the same questions, and in the
new edition of my “ Handbook of Canadian Geology ”
(1889), have upheld the Laurentian and Huronian and the
Quebec Group in all their integrity.

It would seem, however, from some recent discussions,
especially on the other side of the international boundary,
that there is still need to vindicate, not so much the repu-
tation of our great Canadian geologist as some important
facts of Canadian geology connected with his work, and
which are not appreciated by some as they deserve.’ I
shall here refer mainly to the reasons which seem to me
good and sufficient for retaining the term ‘‘ Quebec Group”
for that peculiar and important development of the lower
member of the Siluro-Cambrian, Cambro-Silurian or Ordo-
vician, which is so widely distributed in the eastern part of
the Province of Quebec, constituting indeed the dominant
feature, as the name itself would import, in the paleeozoic
geology of this portion of Canada.

The “Quebec Group” of the great Canadian geologist
should be understood in the sense in which he proposed it
thirty years ago,* viz., as designating ‘‘a great develop-
ment of strata about the horizon of the Chazy and Calciferous,”

1 Journal Geological Society of London, Nov. 1888.

* American Journal of Science and Ainerican Geologist, April
1890.

3 The first publication of Logan’s name known to me was in
1861; and it is true that before this time Amos Eaton had desig-
nated similar rocks as “First Graywacke,” and Emmons had called
them “ Upper Taconic,” but there were good reasons why Logan,
while frankly admitting the credit due to Emmons for maintain-
ing the true age of these rocks, should not think it expedient to
adopt either of the above names, one of which had been discredited
by the progress of science, and the other by errors and controver-
sies, the evil effects of which continue even until now.

Quebec Group of Logan. 135

as these exist further to the west; but to this should be
added his expositions in the Geology of Canada, 1863, and
in his note appended to Murray’s Report on Newfoundland
in 1865, in which he explains the peculiar character of the
series as a sub-marginal or marginal group, distinct in
structure because of its special conditions of deposit from
the equivalent formations of the interior plateau. This
distinction has been subsequently elaborated and enforced
by the writer,' and lies at the foundation of any scientific
conception of the general geology of Hastern America and
Western Kurope. Hence one important element in the
value of the name as well as of the thing designated.

As Logan’s summary of this subject in the Newfoundland
Report is comparatively little known, it may be useful to
quote a few sentences of it here, bearing in mind that it
was written twenty-five years ago, when many of our pre-
sent geologists were in their school-boy days.

“The sediments, which in the first part of the Silurian
period were deposited in the ocean surrounding the Lautr-
entian and Huronian nucleus of the present American
continent, appear to have differed considerably in different
areas. Oscillations in this ancient land permitted to be
spread over its surface, when at times submerged, that
series of apparently conformable deposits which constitute
the New York system, ranging from the Potsdam to the
Hudson River formation. But between the Potsdam and
Chazy periods, a sudden continental elevation, and subse-
quent gradual subsidenee, allowed the accumulation of a
great series of intermediate deposits, which are displayed
in the Green Mountains, on one side of the ancient nucleus,
and in the metalliferous rocks of Lake Superior on the
other, but which are necessarily absent in the intermediate
region of New York and central Canada.

‘At an early date in the Silurian period, a great disloca-

1 The Quebec Group, Canad. Naturalist, 1879. Address to
British Association, 1886. Palzeozoic Rocks of Eastern America,
Journ. Geol. Soc., 1888.

136 Canadian Record of Science.

tion commenced along the south-eastern line of the ancient
gneissic continent, which gave rise to the division that now
forms the western and eastern basins. The western basin
includes those strata which extended over the surface of
the submerged continent, together with the Pre-chazy
rocks of Lake Superior, while the Lower Silurian rocks of
the eastern basin present only the Pre-chazy formations,
unconformably overlaid in parts by Upper Silurian and
Devonian rocks. In the western basin the measures are
comparatively flat and undisturbed, while in the eastern
they are thrown into innumerable undulations, a vast ma-
jority of which present anticlinal forms overturned on the
north-western side. The general sinuous north-east and
south-west axis of these undulations is parallel with the
great dislocation of the St. Lawrence, and the undulations
themselves are a part of those belonging to the Apalachian
chain of mountains. It is in the western basin that we
must look for the more regular succession of the Silurian
rocks, from the time of the Chazy, and in the eastern, in-
cluding Newfoundland, for that of those anterior to it.”

The last sentence may, in the light of recent discoveries,
be regarded as little less than a prophetic anticipation of
the work of Hartt, Matthew, Walcott and others.

It may be asked, however, why, if these rocks are of
Chazy-calciferous age, give them a distinct name. The
answer is that there is in such cases a real value in local
names. They designate the special development of par-
ticular groups in distinct localities; and it would be well if
geologists, instead of wrangling about these names, would
recognize each in its several sphere. Old Red, Devonian,
Esfelian and Erian, may all be names for one set of rocks,
but they designate entirely distinct developments, and are
therefore useful, though it is no doubt more desirable to
have uniform names for systems of formations than for series
under these. More especially names of this kind, which
distinguish the older rocks of the Atlantic basin from their
contemporaries on the submerged continental plateaus, are
eminently useful in the present state of science. Let it be

Quebec Group of Logan. 137

borne in mind here, that the sediments which were de-
posited and the animals which lived in the comparatively
cold and deep waters of the Atlantic basin, were always
different from those which existed on the submerged por-
tions of the continental plateaus, and that while in some
cases, as in the Siluro-Cambrian and Silurian, we know both
kinds of deposit and life, in others, as in the lower and
middle Cambrian, we know only the oceanic forms, and in
others again, as the Devonian and Carboniferous, we are as
yet entirely ignorant of these latter conditions. I have not
space here to illustrate this significant fact, but may refer
to my British Association Address of 1886.

It has been further objected to the name Quebec Group,
that it has been used to designate other rocks, both older
and newer than those included in it by Logan. As to
newer rocks, I can testify that neither Logan nor Billings
ever knowingly included any rocks or fossils newer than
Chazy in this group; and in the case of certain beds at
Quebec, to which reference has been made, they knew of
the existence of these, but supposed them to be there
faulted against the Quebec series, or as Hunt has suggested,
resting unconformably on it, a view which I have my-
self been inclined to adopt.

With respect to Cambrian and other rocks, said to be in-
eluded in the Quebec Group, I can state from my own ob-
servations, that fossils older than the Quebec Group are
imbedded in large boulders in the lime conglomerates, in
such a manner, that unless where the exposures are very
good it is difficult to separate them. I have seen such
travelled slabs, as much as nine feet in length, full of fossils,
and lying flat in the conglomerate. In point of fact, the
Quebec Group is in part, as I have on many occasions
affirmed, a great paleozoic boulder formation, and in this
respect as well as others, very distinct from its equivalents
further to the west.

Again, in districts so disturbed as many of those in
Eastern Canada, it is inevitable that rocks of differeat ages
must be folded up together, and may be difficult to separate.

138 Canadian Record of Science.

We all know howthe Silurian in similar disturbed districts
was originally made to include the Cambrian, and the latter
the rocks since separated as Pebidian, and how Logan’s
Huronian has been made to include great masses of rock
he would not have admitted as members of it. Such mis-
takes are inevitable, and shou d not invalidate good names.

With reference to the proposal to substitute the term
“ Levis” for Quebec, all the objections to the latter name
would apply to the former. Besides this, the rocks exposed
at Levis are known by all who have studied the geology of
the Lower St. Lawrence, to be only a part of the Quebec
Group. The latter name is also the more appropriate to a
series so eminently characteristic of a large portion of the
Province of Quebec, and so well exposed and easily studied
in the vicinity of that city. It is besides to be observed, that
the Quebec Group represents that development of the lower
member of the Cambro-Silurian or Ordovician system, which
is characteristic of all the Hastern part of Canada, and
which connects this best, both as to rocks and fossils, with
the development in Western Hurope, as for instance, the
Arenig and Skiddaw groups of England.

I may say here also, that this is entirely independent of
the questions which have been raised as to the relative
position of the Sillery sandstone and Levis shales. Ad-
mitting with Hunt and Ells, that the Sillery sandstone near
Quebec is older than the Levis, this Sillery is only one
group of sandstones out of several, which elsewhere underlie
and overlie the Levis, and the Levis itself is only one of at
least three (possibly four) bands of shale holding different
groups of fossils, which belong to the great Calciferous-
chazy formation of the Quebec group. This is established
by Lapworth’s studies of the Graptolites, and I well know
the facts, from my own observations in the Lower St.
Lawrenee, where I have passed the summer vacations of
many years, and have occupied some of my leisure in
studying these puzzling deposits; mainly, however, as a
lesson in the intricacies of disturbed and originally irreg-
ular strata for the benefit of my students.

Quebec Group of Logan. 139

In this connection it may be proper to adduce even the
commonplace consideration of personal convenience in
favour of the use of the term Quebec series. In collecting
fossils or observing physical phenomena on the Lower St.
Lawrence, it may often be impossible to assign a particular
band of shale or boulder conglomerate to any special
horizon in the chazy or calciferous, yet it can be referred
safely to Logan’s series. For example, the shale at Metis,
containing the remarkable sponges lately described,’ may
be an equivalent of the Levis shale, or a little lower, and
may be contemporaneous with Upper Calciferous or Lower
Chazy ; but all that can be positively affirmed at present is,
that it is in the Quebec series.

For such reasons as the above, I have retained the name
“Quebec Series,” in my recently published handbook, as
the name for the Atlantic type of the lower member of the
Ordovician, and as equivalent to Upper Calciferous and
Chazy of the interior region of America, I would com-
mend this view of the matter to other geologists, in con-
nection with the principle stated above, of the utility of
local names for local developments of particular series,
while the great systems of formations should have general
names.

It may be said that the same arguments would necessi-
tate the retention of the Taconic system of Emmons. ‘To
this I have not the slightest objection, provided that the
same rule be applied to it; namely, that it be taken on
Emmons’ own definition, and without including rocks or
fossils referred by mistake, either by him or by others, to
the horizon so defined.

In his American Geology, 1855, Emmons says (part II.
p- 6) that in 1836 he had regarded the Potsdam sandstone
as “the base of the Silurian system,” but that he had since
found “the same base resting on sediments still older.”
These he called the Taconic system, and defines this as a
fossiliferous group under the Potsdam, and itself “ found to

1 Trans. Roy al Soc. of Canada, 1889.

140 Canadian Record of Science.

rest upon primary (that is crystalline) rocks.” Thus his
Taconic of 1855 is clearly the Middle and Lower Cambrian
of modern geologists, and the fossils which he attributes to
the Taconic, are in great part of this age. That in the
subsequent pages of his book, in tracing the Taconic
through the complex structure of the districts in which it
occurs, and enumerating its fossils, he mixes other forma-
tions with it is most true. But fair critics of Emmons
would do well to eliminate these errors, and leave him the
credit of his discoveries in those pre-Potsdam rocks, which,
though different in age from the Quebec group, are like it,
in the main a marginal Atlantic series, not represented in
the central plateau.

I do not wish, however, to enter into the “ Taconic con-
troversy,” or to discuss the utility of now reviving Emmons’
name, but merely to mention the points in which it re-
sembles and differs from that of Logan, which belongs to a
different series, and to which it has in many respects
inferior claims.

I may sum up the matter by quoting a few sentences
from one of the papers above referred to:—“ The researches
of Sir William, with those of Dr. Sterry Hunt and Professor
Hall and Mr. Billings, have sufficed to demonstrate—1.
The general diversity of mineral character in the Paleozoic
sediments on the Atlantic slope as compared with the in-
ternal plateau of Canada. In these results Bailey, Matthew
and Hartt in New Brunswick, and the writer in Nova
Scotia, have also borne some part. 2. The establishment
of the Quebec group of rocks as a series equivalent in age
to the Calciferous-chazy of America, west of the Apala-
chian mountains, and to the Arenig and Skiddaw of
England, and the elucidation of its special fauna. 3. The
tracing out and definition of the peculiar faulted junction
of the coastal series with that of the interior plateau, exten-
ding from Quebec to Lake Champlain. 4. The definition
in connection with the rocks of the Quebec group, by fossils
and stratigraphy, of formations extending in age from the
Potsdam sandstone to the Upper Silurian, as in contact with

Quebec Group of Logan. 141

this group, in various relations, along its range from the
United States frontier to Gaspé; but the complexities in
connection with these various points of contact, and the
doubts attending the ages of the several formations, have
never yet been fully solved in their details. 5. The identi-
fication of the members of the Quebec group and associated
formations with their geological equivalents in districts
where these had assumed different mineral conditions, either
from the association of contemporaneous igneous beds and
masses, or from subsequent alteration, or both. It is with
reference to the results under this head the most difficult
of all, that the greater part of the objections to Sir Wil-
liam’s views, taken by Hunt, Selwyn and others, have ari-
sen, and that recent discussions and observations have
somewhat modified his conclusions.”

Into the question of the age or ages of the crystalline
rocks identified by Logan with those of the Quebec group,
I do not now propose to enter. Facts in my possession
with reference to the fossils contained in some of these
rocks, cause me to hesitate as to the more pronounced views
on the subject. This question is, however, independent of
those relating to the position and character of the unaltered
fossiliferous sediments, though very interesting in itself.’

‘I had intended to refer here to what can scarcely be
characterized as other than a very injudicious attempt of a
recent writer in the ‘‘ American Geologist,’ to revive
Desor’s name “ Laurencian” for the Pleistocene beds of
the St. Lawrence valley, to the exclusion of Logan’s
name Laurentian for the rocks of the old Laurentide hills.
This attempt has, however, been so ably and temperately
rebuked by Professor Hitchcock, in the last number of the
same journal, that any further argument is quite unneces-
sary, especially in Canada, where it is probable that no one
would countenance such a heresy. Hitchcock says:

“Tt does not concern us now whether it was judicious for

1 See a paper by Dr. Sterry Hunt, American Geologist, April,
1890, p. 212.

142 Canadian Record of Science.

Logan to suggest a name of (nearly) the same sound (with
Desor’s) for the fundamental group, but it is clear that he
took pains to derive the name from the Laurentide moun-
tains.”

“He says (Report of Progress, 1852-53, p. 8) ‘ it has been
considered expedient to apply to them for the future, the
more distinctive appellation of the Laurentian series, a
name founded upon that given by Mr. Garneau to the chain
of hills which they compose.’ From his standpoint Lauren-
tian was the proper term for the great system, and any use
of a homophonous word for an insignificant terrane should
not stand in its way. The geological public has thoroughly
endorsed him.”

It is fortunate that when the more aggressive spirits of
the great Republic try to wrest from us the few geological
laurels which we can fairly claim, we find friends and
allies among the more just and liberally minded of their
compatriots.

Note.

Since writing the above, I have seen the interesting paper
by Dr. Ells on the Stratigraphy of the Quebec Group, in the
Bulletin of the Geological Society of America for 1889. This,
when read in the light of general geology and palseogeo-
graphy, I think completely bears out the views above stated.

Dr. Ells, in his concluding summary, divides the Quebec
group, a8 previously held, into five portions. The first of
these includes older crystalline rocks, and the second con-
tains beds which may in part be considerably older than the _
Calciferous. The third includes the lower part of the Quebec
group proper, representing the Calciferous of the interior
region. The fourth is the central part of the Quebec group,
approximatly equivalent to Chazy. The fifth is, in part at
least, Upper Quebec group, though I have doubts as to its
being all of one age. Under the head of “ Paleontological
Succession,” the same facts appear. The Cape Rosier or
Matane (Dictyonema sociale) zone of Lapworth, as I had pre-

Our Winter Birds. 143

viously pointed out in 1883,' is paleontologically Calciferous
or Tremadoc. The Phyllograptus zone of the same author is
the typical Levis, and the Caenogroptus zone is the same with
Dr. Ells’ fifth group above. Besides these, however, there is
on the lower St. Lawrence, probably between the Dictymema
and Phyllograptus zones, another fossiliferous band of black
shales which may be called the Retiolites or Protospongia zone,
referred to in my paper on Fossil Sponges from the Quebec
group (Trans R. 8. C., 1889), and probably also another
between the Phyllograptus and Cenograptus zones. Paleon-
tologically as well as stratigraphically, all these zones are
very distinct from their chronological equivalents on the
American plateau to the west, and more or less akin to
those of western Europe. Thus the whole Quebec group is
a peculiar Atlantic development of the Calciferous-chazy
horizons, as originally defined by Logan.
1 Report of Peter Redpath Museum.

Our WintTeER Birps.
By F. B Caunrier.

In the second volume of the Canadian Naturalist (1857,
p. 138) there is a paper by W. 8S. D’Urban on ‘Some Land
-Birds Wintering in the Neighbourhood of Montreal,” and
in the fifth volume of the same journal (1860, p. 425) there
is a paper by H. G. Vennor on “ Birds Observed at Mont-
real During the Winters of 1856-57-58-59-60.” These con-
tributions are of great value, being records of observations
made at a season when field work has to be prosecuted
under many disadvantages, as by the time the snow is
drifting through the leafless trees, very few birds remain to
represent the multitude that find a home with us during
the summer months. As a number of years have elapsed
since the publicatiou of these papers, it may, perhaps, be
well to give some additional notes, as a few species have
been added to the list, and our knowledge respecting some
others has been slightly increased. Our winter birds may
be classed under three heads—loiterers, stragglers and resi-

144 Canadian Record of Science.

dents; although in some instances it is difficult to draw the
line sharply. Under the first may be placed a few species
that linger with us until late in November, or the begin-
ning of December. The second includes the gulls and hawks
that occasionally visit us during the winter, while to the
third belong the majority of our winter birds, consisting of
species that are resident throughout the year, with the
addition of those that come to us from regions still farther
to the north at the setting in of cold weather.

The insectivorous species that stay with us during the
winter, such as the nuthatches and titmice, generally keep
in the woods, being fond of sheltered hollows with a thick
growth of evergreens, finding in such localities an abundant
supply of food and protection from the bitter winds that
sweep across the open country. During mild weather they
occasionally venture out, and may sometimes be seen pass-
ing through the trees in our streets and gardens, generally
in small companies, each individual seemingly entirely
occupied with its own affairs, yet taking good care to keep
within call of its companions.

Our winter visitants, the grosbeaks and waxwings, which
at this season live almost altogether upon berries and seeds,
do not appear to be very much affected by cold, and may be
seen in exposed situations during the most severe weather.

* Rissa tridactyla—Kittiwake.

* Larus glaucus—Glaucous gull.

* Larus marinus—Great black-backed gull.
* Larus Delawarensis—Ring-billed gull.

* Larus atricilla—Laughing gull.

All these gulls are rare in the vicinity of Montreal, but
occasionally visit the open water at Lachine.

Larus atricilla may possibly be merely a loiterer, the
latest date of its occurrence, known to me, being

October 22nd, 1885, when an immature specimen
was shot at Lachine by Mr. Charles Ralph.

* Denotes birds not given in D’Urban’s or Vennor’s lists.

Our Winter Birds. 145

Bonasa umbellus togata—Canadian ruffed grouse. Re-
corded by D’Urban as common ; is now very rare in
the vicinity of Montreal. A few pairs nest on the
western mountain, and in the wooded parts of Mount
Royal cemetery.

* Accipiter veloc—Sharp-shinned hawk. I only know two
winter records for this species. In February, 1880,
a male was shot in a garden on Berthelet street,
while eating a sparrow that it had captured. The
second specimen, also a male, was shot on the west-
ern mountain, December 29th, 1889.

Accipiter atricapillus—American goshawk. Occasional
during the autumn and winter months. The earliest
date upon which I received it is October 27th, 1887,
an immature specimen shot at the Back River.

Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis—American roughlegged
hawk. ‘This can hardly be called a winter bird with

us. The latest date of its occurrence known to me
is November 1st, 1889, when a specimen was shot at
Cote des Neiges. Chamberlain states that it occurs
in the Maritime Provinces in winter only. With us
it is an autumn visitant, occaionally sloitering until
November.

Asio Wilsonianus—American long-eared owl. A few speci-
mens during November. I do not think it remains
during the winter.

Asio acciptrinus—Short-eared owl. Same record as last
species.

* Syrnium Nebulosum—Barred owl. Occasional during
winter.

Ulula cinerea—Great gray owl. This fine owl, generally
exceedingly rare with us, has been quite common
along our southern border during the past winter.
At least fifty specimens have been mounted in Mont-
real, and it is also reported in unusual numbers from
Quebec and Toronto. I have received examples from
Three Rivers, Sorel, Sherbrooke, Valleyfield and
other places—the earliest on October 28th, 1889,

146 Canadian Record of Science.

from Grenville, P.Q.; the latest on March 28th, 1890,
from Lachine. A specimen shot on the western
mountain, on the 27th of November, had a freshly
killed field mouse in its stomach, but they do not
always confine themselves to such small game. Mr.
P. W. Redpath told me that in January last, while
crossing Lac Pisagouke, St. Maurice County, he saw
a large gray owl attacking some animal on the ice,
which, on closer investigation, proved to be a mink.
Vennor, in his work on “The Hawks and Owls of
Canada,” states that in 1876 the unusual number of
six specimens were exposed in the markets, all of
which were obtained on, or in, the immediate prox-
imity of the island of Montreal. It is worthy of
notice that the winter of 1876 was mild and open.

* Nyctala tengmalmi Richardsoni—Richardson’s owl. Occa-
sional during the winter months. November 9th, 1888,
Mount Royal Vale, one example. February, 1890, La-
chine, one example. Petite Cote, March 2nd, 1890,
two specimens. I have also seen it exposed in the
market.

Nyctala Acadica—Saw-whet owl. Resident throughout
the year.

Bubo Virginianus—Great horned owl. Apparently not
common in the neighborhood of Montreal, but this
may be owing to its wariness, and to its habit of
keeping within the cover of the woods.

Nyctea nyctea—Snowy owl. Common during some win-
ters; some years very scarce. Quite common during
the past winter.

Surnia ulula caparoch—American hawk owl. Generally
rare ; some winters rather common, usually occur-
ring in November, after which it is, I think, seldom
observed in the vicinity of Montreal. D’Urban gives
the following dates of its occurrence: November
19th, December, February 27th.

Dryobates villosus leucomelas—Northern hairy woodpecker.
Occasional during the winter; more abundant dur-

Our Winter Birds. 147

ing the migrations. In 1879 a balsam poplar on
Cadieux street, badly infested by the larvee of Xyleutes
robinia and Sapera moesta, was frequently visited by
one of these birds, who would hammer away busily
for quite a length of time, the scattered chips and
fragments of bark at the foot of the tree bearing wit-
ness to the energy with which he worked. —

Dryobates pubescens—Downy woodpecker. Jesident
throughout the year; generally keeps in the shelter
of the woods in winter.

* Picoides Arcticus—Arctic three-toed woodpecker.

* Picoides Americanus—American three-toed woodpecker.
A few examples of both these species occur here in
November, but, I think, do not remain during the
winter.

* Otocoris alpestris—Horned lark. This species arrives
from the north in the fall, and examples may perhaps
winter with us, as it is found very late in autumn
and early in spring, but the greater number pass
farther to the south. Their breeding grounds are
about the shores of Hudson’s Bay, Labrador and
Newfoundland. The horned lark that breeds here is
the prairie form (Otocoris alpestris praticola), a west-
ern race that has extended its range eastward,
occurring now from the western edge of the plains to
Montreal. Mclllwraith believes that it first appeared
at Hamilton about the year 1868. I cannot ascertain
the date of its first appearance at Montreal, but it
appears not to have been noticed until recent years.
It loiters with us until late in the fall, and individuals
may winter, as it occurs in February, nesting as soon
as the ground is bare of snow.

Cyanocitta cristata—Blue jay. Common until late in the
fall, and a few remain during the winter. Mr. Gor-
don, of St. Jerome, told me that a small flock of
these birds frequented his farmyard during the
winter of 1887-88, and, not being disturbed, became
quite tame, feeding along with the poultry.

148 Canadian Record of Science.

* Perisoreus Canadensis—Canada jay. A specimen shot
at Lachine, November, 1889.

* Corvus corax sinuatus—American raven. Occasionally
visits the river dump.

Corvus Americanus—American crow. Specimens remain
during the winter, generally keeping in the shelter
of woods near farm houses; becomes numerous in
March, when large flocks assemble on the river
dump.

* Coccothraustes vespertina—Hvening grosbeak. An acci-
dental straggler in winter from the west. Not
recorded from the Province of Quebec previous to
1890. Since my former note on this species,’ I have
received a pair shot at Lachine on March 9th, 1889,
by Mr. J. H. Harris, who told me that he saw a flock
of about thirty individuals upon that occasion.

Pinacola enucleator—Pine grosbeak. A regular winter
visitant, arriving from the north by the end of
October or the beginning of November ; leaving at
end of March or early in April.

* Loxia curvirostra minor—American crossbill. An irre-
gular visitant, sometimes appearing in large flocks.

* Loxia leucoptera—W hite-winged crossbill. Also of very
erratic habits, sometimes appearing unexpectedly in
considerable numbers. Both species may at times be
seen feeding in company, and are generally very
tame and unsuspicious.

Ficanthus linaria—Redpoll. Generally common, some-
times appearing in immense flocks. They are busy
little birds, ever on the move, roving about from
place to place, and appear to be of*a most affection-
ate disposition. In former years numbers of these
birds were captured and exposed for sale at the Bon-
secours market. On one occasion I saw a specimen
escape from a cage where a number were confined,
and upon its taking flight, its companions com-

' Record of Science, Vol. IV, p. 109.

Our Winter Birds. 149

menced calling loudly, when it at once returned and
alighted near the cage. This was repeated until it
Was again captured and recaged. While anxious to
escape, it appeared to be quite unable to resist the
calls of its companions.

Spinus pinus—Pine siskin, An irregular visitant, gener-
ally appearing in November. I do not think it
remains during the winter.

Passer domesticus—Huropean house sparrow. Now thor-
oughly naturalized. Withdraws in winter into the
towns and villages.

Plectrophenax nivalis—Snow bunting. A regular winter
visitant, not so abuidant as in former years. Some
linger until May or beginning of June.

* Calcarius laponicus—Lapland longspur. A rare winter
visitant. I have obtained specimens in the market.

Ampelis garrulus—Bohemian waxwing. An _ irregular
winter visitant—some winters rather common, other
years entirely absent.

* Ampelis cedrorum—Cedar waxwing. Occasional during
winter. Abundant summer resident.

Lanius borealis—Northern shrike. Regular winter visit-
ant, arriving from the north in October or beginning

: of November, leaving us in March or beginning of
April. The earliest arrival known to me is October
12th, 1889, on which date a young male was shot on
the western mountain. The latest date of its occur-
rence in spring that I can be certain of is April 11th,
1890, when an adult male was shot at St. Armands.
Both D’Urban and Vennor considered it to be a
loiterer, but I am satisfied that many remain with us
during the winter, as I have received it at different
times between October and March. The specimen
on the table was shot at Lachine on the 20th of
January, 1890. D’Urban gives the date of its spring
arrival from the south as April 13th, but neither he
nor Vennor appear to have been aware of the fact
that we have along our southern border two shrikes,

12

*

150 Canadian Record of Science.

one a winter, the other a summer resident, the
latter being the white-rumped shrike (Lanius ludo-
vicianus excubitorides). 'This species arrives from the
south just as the other is leaving for the north, so that
they sometimes overlap, and as many of the north-
ern form winter far south of Canada, both species no
doubt sometimes arrive at the same time, but UL.
borealis passes on to its breeding grounds in the fur
countries, while L. excubitorides stops with us and
nests, having reached the northern limit of its range.
It may be possible that the white-rumped shrike
did not occur here during D’Urban’s or Vennor’s
time, as it has come to us from the west, having been
first noticed in Ontario about 1860, according to
Mclllwraith.
Certhia familiaris Americana—Brown creeper. D’Urban
- records it as common on Nun’s Island in winter. I
have seen it in Phillips’ square in February, 1885.

Sitta Carolinensis—W hite-breasted nuthatch.

Sitta Canadensis—Red-breasted nuthatch. Both of these
species are recorded by D’Urban as common on
Nun’s Island in winter. Specimens may occasionally
be seen on the mountain

Parus atricapillus—Chickadee. Abundant winter resi-
dent.

* Parus Hudsonicus—Hudsonian chickadee. Rare winter
visitant; generally seen in November.

Regulus satrapa—Golden crowned kinglet. Occasional
during winter.

Vennor gives the following winter records for the Ameri-
can robin (Merula migratoria), January 1857, and February
19th, 1869, but they can only be regarded as accidental.
He also states that a specimen of the pileated woodpecker
(Ceophleus pileatus) was shot below the city. This, too,
must be considered accidental, as it isa bird that is at home
only amidst the solitude of the deep woods.

These are all the birds, so far as known to me, that have
been observed in the neighbourhood of Montreal during the

McGill College Observatory. 151

winter months. Continued research may add a few species
to the list, and will enable us to speak more definitely with
regard to the time of arrival and departure of several
whose winter history has not yet been clearly worked out.

SUNSPOTS OBSERVED AT McGinu CoLLEGE OBSER-
VATORY DURING THE YEARS 1888-89.

By C. H. McLeop.

The accompanying table gives a summary of the obser-
vations of Sunspots made at McGill College Observatory
during the years 1888 and 1889. The spots were observed
by projection on a screen attached to a telescope of 6 in.
aperture ; the diameter of the sun’s image being enlarged
to 8 inches. The heliographic latitude and longitude of
each spot at the time of observation, have been determined
with approximate accuracy. The dates given in the first
column, except January Ist, 1888, correspond with the coin-
cidence of the assumed prime meridian of the sun, with the
central meridian as defined in the “Observatory” ephemeris.
The numbers in the sixth column are obtained by
dividing the total number of single spot observations in a
rotation, by the number of days on which observations
were made during the rotation.

A large spot, which was first observed near the eastern
limb on June 17th, 1889, (whole area about ;,4¢fpp and
umbra 7574550 Of the sun’s hemisphere) made one complete
revolution and was observed on its second rotation until it
disappeared beyond the western limb on July 24th. It did
not greatly alter in form or area while visible. A large
group, first seen on August 2nd, 1889, was observed in the
two following rotations and disappeared about the end of
September, having been last seen in longitude E 12° on
September 28th. On their re-appearance these groups have
been counted as “new.” A small spot (area about 5 units)
was observed in the very high latitude S 40° on June 30th,
The observations were for the greater part made by Mr. E.
H. Hamilton, B.A.Sc., and the remainder by myself.

Canadian Record of Science.

152

sIL ce! &°6 Gg 6% GIL 18 106 LL see eees Aggy ICO X
cig 03T 49 1g VG 6S 6L LST OST BE ETSI OA
0°33 ial 0°06 6 tS 616 g &% 6 POO BD UDO SODODIG Fo: | Caley at
—= 0 0:0 0 0°0 = 0 0 IL trees essere) TOQULAAO NT
== 0 9°61 Or 9°0 9 6 I OL ST SLO ete CFO)
0°13 OL == 0 BG 0°13 Zz OL 8 ee toque} doq
6'ST G = 0) 9°0 681 I z &% “o-JT ysnsny
9°SI §g ts PL 0°01 8 SI 8 L9 61 De OLeGresU
VL 6 =a 0 87 GL § 61 SI Ses Rete ELIE
07 06 = 0 LG OF Z f ar veer eenne 89892 ROTAT
Ly or = 0 PL LP T OL IL vse eee “EG KOT
= =0°8 b oe g 8°0 vs g L st tree °T'§ [dy
Pg) OL Gs ¢ IG cd G ST I 6589 UOC TA
TIL OL ae 0 . TZ Ti 6 or oT res age), STBNAGQO
— 0 QP ia Vad eT } ial ne Mies ler mgielsieltyy = aT, AIVNU
“6881
Q'S g ie 0 oT 0g g g 9 “8° 7T tequie0e
0'8 b — 0 G0 08 8 v 8 eee ley ee Lo ONT
9° 91 VG Pb a4 OF ial 0% OL 2G NG AED,
9°g & POL I G0 89 § ¥ 6 veesnen'6:€% Tequiey dos
Ov SI Vs § ov 6s IL 9 IL renee L2G (ans NY
T's G 9°8 9 8°0 ¥8 9 11 eT See 70 se
0'6 6 69 I GT 8'8 8 0 LT eS ONS ALAIE
Ls 8 gL ial cs 09 g a6 GL ee Od eau
97 a (ans I 13 oP L ST II Bec ge de
L's 8 9°0 I val ah 9 6 I iad oredr gO A ELV
9°9 G oP ¢ ome 0g a7 L 6 ie) es I
OF SI 9's g 6'S PS 4 0% 6 "6 ST AlenIqoy
LY IL — 0 OL LY ¢ Il eg teres sore ATVNUG f?
0°g G 0 61 eG ? G OT "9°3S “UBL OF T ArenURe
° ° 9 “S88T
cee eee ee ae Lt oat SS 0 SG:
‘opnjzriye opngqye
pre Teasoroy ‘ON oryeasotiog ‘ON ‘AUp ‘toyeN DT *POATOSqO | *opBUT OLEAL “potted jo
OSvIOAY OSVIOAY dod sjods oq} Wory *sdnoOy sjods SMOT}CALOSGO “yO MED UOTITIOD
—— ———_- ~ + ‘ON 9DUBzSIP *JO ON jo tequinu yor uo jo oye
“TOPUND “ToVeNdT OSvIOAY OdRIOAY e407, SABP JO “ON
oy} JO YINoG syodg 9} JO TILON 8}00g

eee ee

Milk. 153
MILK.

A LECTURE DELIVERED BEFORE THE MONTREAL NATURAL
HISTORY SOQCIETY.

By W. Honcson Enuris, M.A., M.D.

Milk is the food which Nature has provided for the
nourishment of the young of all the higher animals in the
first helpless days of their life, before they have learned to
forage for themselves. It is to this wonderful fluid—the
meat and drink of infancy, a draught of which will satisfy
the cravings of the already imperious appetite and still it
to a sweet satiety, which a few years later it will seek in
vain in a dinner of a dozen courses—to this true elixir vitae
by means of which all higher forms of life are perpetuated
from generation to generation, that I have the honour of
inviting your attention this evening.

Average cow’s milk has a composition about as follows :—

WA Hs00G0G coeDON DOGG Seleratetore LORE act tneed ORCaS 3°8
ANloupTTMAVOTGCE|s coo oo0b00 GO00.0006 5650 060000 4°0
Milk sugar........ 5000 0000 0000800= pono: =e)
CaliSe eae enemies mitenon sweden O87,
Wiateneretece er ACE BAG WU Te ane SeShOhS ea mers sal 87°5

100°0

The fat constitutes butter.

The greater part of the albuminoids are separated from
the milk by the addition of a little acid, either purposely
added or formed in the milk itself when it “curdles.” The
curd carries the fat with it and a portion of the salts. The
sugar and the rest of the albuminoids and salts remain in
solution in the “whey.” On boiling the whey, dissolved
albuminoids are coagulated and may be filtered off, and on
evaporating the filtrate the sugar crystallizes out.

That portion of the albuminoids which is coagulated by
acid is usually known as casein. ‘The portion not so
coagulated is called albumen, and is held by some to be
identical with serum albumen.

If adrop of milk be examined under the microscope it
is seen to consist of u clear colourless fluid, in which float

154 Canadian Record of Science.

innumerable minuie globules which refract light strongly.
These are the globules of fat, which is not dissolved in the
mills, but held in suspension in it, forming what is known
as an emulsion. The nature of these globules and the cause
of their remaining suspended in the milk have given rise
to much controversy, and have been very carefully studied.
Fat is soluble in ether. But you may shake milk with
ether and the globules will not dissolve in it, unless you
add some potash or some acetic acid, and then shake with
ether, when they readily dissolve. So, too, if you mix
acetic acid with a drop of milk under the microscope, you
may watch the globules melt together and form larger
globules and irregular masses of fat.

These globules of fat are lighter than the rest of the
milk, and hence on standing they rise to the surface and
form a layer of cream. This separation is never complete.
That is, the cream contains some of the other constituents
of the milk, and the skim milk still retains a little fat—
about 0°5 per cent. By violently agitating the cream, as
in churning, the fat separates in the form of butter. This
separation takes place more readily if the milk has become
just faintly acid.

Now all these things go to show that there is some kind
of envelope surrounding the fat globules which protects
them from the action of solvents until it is itself either
dissolved by acid or alkali, or broken up as in the violent
agitation of churning.

If the milk is heated for several hours in a little dish of
metal or porcelain or glass, at the temperature of boiling
water, the water is all driven off and the solids—the fat,
casein, albumen, sugar and salts—are left behind as a solid
residue. From this solid residue ether and other solvents
will readily extract the fat, so that the envelope must be
broken up by this process of drying also.

Formerly it was thought that this envelope was a solid
skin of casein, and this idea was supported by the fact that
casein is soluble in acid and inalkalies. The circumstances
that after breaking up the globules no traces of this
membrane can be detected under the microscope, and that

Mitk. 155

mill dried in thin layers at low temperatures leaves a
residue from which ether readily dissolves the fat, have
thrown the gravest doubt on this hypothesis. One recent
French writer, indeed, M. Béchamp, has endeavoured to
show that the milk globules are true physiological indivi-
duals, like blood corpuscles. By appropriate treatment he
has succeeded in separating them by filtration from the
rest of the milk. He states that when thus isolated and
dried they dissolve in ether, leaving about 1°3 per cent. of
a residue insoluble in ether, which he asserts is not casein,
but of the nature of a cell-wall. These views of the French
savant are, I think, opposed to the general current of
modern opinion on this matter, and his facts can probably
be explained without accepting his hypothesis. It seems
most likely that each globule of fat is surrounded by a thin
pellicle of fluid casein. It is a fact well known to chemists,
that when a complex organic fluid is shaken with ether or
chloroform for the purpose of separating some constituent
soluble in these liquids, it is not uncommon for each globule
of ether or chloroform to become encased in just such a
liquid pellicle, which most obstinately resists our efforts
to break it up and bring about the union of the globules,
Milk itself very easily causes this condition of things when
shaken with ether. I have had, to my great annoyance,
frequent experience of this phenomenon, and have had
samples of this emulsion which remained intact for weeks
and even months, the ether refusing to separate as I wished
it to do.

As to the chemical composition of butter fat a few words
will suffice. Fats are combination of certain organic acids
—‘‘ fatty acids” as they are called—with glycerine. Besides
stearic, palmitic and oleic acids, which are present in most
animal fats, butter is peculiar in containing more than
6 per cent. of butyric acid, which differs from those just
named by being soluble in water and volatile. This fact is
of great importance in enabling us to detect adulteration
of butter by admixture with foreign oils and fats.

The quantity of fat in healthy cow’s milk varies from
2-5 per cent. to 5:5 per cent., the average being a little

156 Canadian Record of Science.

under 4 per cent. The milk of the ass only contains a little
over 1 per cent. of fat. That of the porpoise contains 45-8
per cent. fat.

The casein and albumen belong to the class of organic
bodies called albuminoids. They differ from the other
constituents of the milk in containing nitrogen, and are
of great nutritive value.

In composition they very closely resemble one another,
but they differ in some of their properties. The casein is
coagulated by the addition of acetic acid. The albumen is
not. The casein may also. be separated from the albumen
by filtration through porous earthenware. If a porous
earthenware cell, such as is used in many forms of galvanic
batteries, be closed by an indiarubber cork, perforated to
admit of a glass tube which is connected with an apparatus
for exhausting the air, and then plunged into a vessel of
milk, the water, the sugar and the albumen will pass into
the cell, while the casein and the fat will remain outside.
A portion of the salts will pass into the cylinder; another
and larger portion will remain in combination with the
casein.

The casein can be freed from the fat by treatment with
ether, which dissolves the fat and leaves the case in
behind.

Magnesium sulphate also precipitates casein from cow’s
milk.'| The albumen can be precipitated from the filtrate
by the addition of acetic acid and boiling.

Our knowledge of the albuminoids of milk is not very
exact. Some authors think that the different forms are
only modifications of casein ; others believe that there are
several albuminous substances, and that casein itself is not
a simple body. For our purposes it will be sufficient to
class them under the common name of albuminoids, includ-
ing in this term both casein and albumen.

The quantity of albuminoids contained in the average

1 Not from human milk. Biedert & Schréter, Jahresber f.
Thier-Chem, 1888, p. 103.

Milk. 157

cow’s milk is about 4 per cent, Thealbumen is usually about
7 per cent.

The milk sugar is a body similar in composition to cane
sugar, but differing in many of its properties. It is not so
soluble as cane sugar, and consequently not so sweet. It
may be obtained from whey by evaporating it to a thin
syrup, and allowing it to stand for a long time ina cool
place, when it crystallizes out. It forms hard colourless
transparent four-sided prisms. When milk is kept, after
a variable time depending on temperature and other con-
ditions, the milk sugar begins to undergo a change, by
which it is converted into a peculiar acid—lactic acid. One
molecule of milk sugar and one molecule of water form
four molecules of lactic acid.

[C,,H,,0,, + H,O = 4 C,H,0,. |

The lactic acid so formed causes the coagulation of the
casein (‘“curdling’’), and is the cause of the sour taste of
spoiled milk. This change is caused by a peculiar ferment
present in the milk. The activity of this ferment is
destroyed for a time by boiling. Hence the peculiar effect
of boiling milk.

Milk sugar, like cane sugar, belongs to that class of
‘saccharine bodies which are not directly susceptible of
alcoholic fermentation. When a solution of cane sugar is
mixed with yeast, it takes up a molecule of water and is
converted into a fermentable sugar or glucose, which in
its turn splits up into alcohol and carbon dioxide.

CEO, ae H,0 = 2 C,H,.0,
CAE O12 C,H,O + 2 CO.. |

Similarly milk sugar, under the influence of yeast, is
changed first into a fermentable sugar galactose and then
into alcohol and carbon dioxide. These changes are utilized
in the preparation of koumiss, an aerated alcoholic beverage
obtained by fermenting milk. The alcohol which koumiss
contains and the carbon dioxide which gives it its sparkling
effervescent character are both derived from the sugar of
milk.

158 Canadian Record of Science.

This drink has from time immemorial been prepared
by the wandering tribes of the Steppes of Russia and
Central Asia. These people live in tents for nine months
in the year. During the winter they bury themselves in
pits dug in the ground and covered by a rounded roof of
thick felt. Their only wealth consists of herds of small
hardy horses. From the milk of their mares they prepare
a drink by fermenting it in bags made of smoked horse-
hide, the hair being turned outwards. In spring they use
as a ferment either the dried casein from strong koumiss,
prepared during the preceding autumn and preserved
through the winter for the purpose, or a mixture of flour
and honey, or a piece of fresh horse skin, or even an old
copper coin covered with verdigris.

During fermentation the milk is frequently agitated, and
this agitation is absolutely necessary to the process however
carried on. After once a supply of koumiss has been
obtained. a fresh supply can be got by adding some of it to
fresh milk, in which it at once sets up the alcoholic fermen-
tation.

William de Rubruquis, who wrote a book of travels in
Tartary as long ago as 1253, describes this beverage, and
tells us that he found it very savoury. “It biteth,” says
he, “ like wine of raspes when it isdrunk. Aftera man has
taken a draught thereof it leaveth behind it a taste like that
of almond milk and maketh one’s inside feel very comfort-
able; and it also intoxicateth weak heads.”

Marco Polo also tells us that the Tartars drink ‘“ mare’s
milk prepared in such a way that you would take it for a
white wine; and aright good drink it is.”

The first to employ koumiss as a therapeutical agent was
Dr. John Greive, a Scotch surgeon in the Russian army,
who gave an account of it in a communication to the Royal
Society of Edinburgh in 1784, and who employed it with
success in wasting diseases. There are now in the Steppes
several koumiss establishments where a large number of
patients are treated annually. *

1 Koumiss, G. L. Carrick, M.D.

Milk. 159

The natives of the highest part of the Caucasian Moun-
tains prepare a similar drink from the milk of cows and
goats which they call “kephir.” They make it by adding
to fresh milk in goatskin bottles a peculiar ferment which is
also called kephir. This substance is described as consist-
ing of white or yellow balls of different sizes with an irre-
gularly furrowed surface. They look lilse little cauliflowers
and are often as big as waluuts. As to the origin of this
ferment we know nothing. The mountaineers themselves
have only various legends concerning it.

The balls after setting up fermentation in fresh milk grow
and are removed, when the preparation of the kephir is
complete, dried in the sun and used again for a fresh lot.
The method of preparation and character of kephir are
entirely similar to those of koumiss. '

ANALYSIS OF KOUMISS AND KEPHIR.
Wencki & Fabian (Polish Chemists. )

Koumiss. Kephir.
Days OLD. 1. Y. Bs IL 2 3}.
Specific gravity......... 1-041 1:037 .... 1:082 1.026 ....
AN amas ooooopnodse §=—ABILE = HE = 27) SBS ois BEY)
= JNeO VO! 6GGc00 coco ododdd O56 else lO: OS eles
Lactic acid ...........es- 045 056 O78 O51 0438 0°83
Carbon dioxide-.........- 010 O12 O85 0038 0038 £0.16
WELW Gooaba aistavensintinis ieaareee Aq =| Orie oes ME IISA 1ICSH7/
ACS Tater crera ts evelest sere Sera tovs Signe 052 050 O48 O61 O68 0°68

The salts of milk are chiefly phosphates, chlorides and
stlphates of potash, soda, lime and magnesia with a trace
of iron. Lactic acid is generally present in milk, though it
is doubtful whether it is contained in perfectly fresh milk.
The quantity increases quickly on keeping from the fer-
mentation of the sugar. It is an interesting discovery of
quite recent date that cow’s milk contains about 1 gramme
per litre of citric acid, the acid of lemons. A good milk cow
will afford daily as much citric acid as is contained in two
or three lemons.

1 Kaunhals, Jahrsber, f. Thier Chem., 1884, p. 191.

160 Canadian Record of Science.

When the residue left by evaporation of milk is burnt ata
low red heat, the inorganic constituents ofthe milk remain
behind as ash. The quantity of ash contained in cow’s milk
usually amounts to about ‘7 per cent.

MEAN COMPOSITION OF THE ASH OF COW'S MILK.
(Schrodt and Hansen.)

Teytarseiimn Oxdlocs55 concn acon 9000 snoude 25-98
Soda Oxideses Oo ee et a es 10°75
Chileiimn Oa@scoosasessdsadacoc aialetiiate eva: - 20°87
Winenvasipinmn Ora6leooc00 0000 s650 500000 0000 2°76
TT OMM ORIG ES 02 so eyeisre aoe laragcteteta eroae ree arolere 2713}
Salphurie Anny diid eteciys-eeientree eee ag)
Phosphoric Anhydride........--ss..sseee 23°63
@hlOrineis vids acceso ele eee ees 15-08

The following Table compiled from various sources will
enable us to compare the milk of different animals :—
ANALYSIS OF THE MILK OF DIFFERENT ANIMALS,

Albu-
Water. Solids. Fat. min- Sugar. Salts.

oids.
etiam Wik ss (5 stereps ee B77800 BZ SRObG 225) 1525) 053
Oe AA Gan wh ce Ae SOC pete s 8749 a 1235.5 3585.450 — 4:0. 5) ON7%
Shee pyecincietaes cess acess Chops SAUCE GPS) ORR masyel hm a1 (0)
ISTHE Coo donebebdbedoaosc SI lors ono 0) 425s Oss
Gaaammeenasiecie tne cist eareicer 86°4 13:6) Ara, 425 | 4-0 1 07
Camel...... Lc hrwetatarets ek REE Sloe) LiCl lie Par) Aha Mey Mee
WVIeUTTe efafatainis -t3. at elolaets slele}a/ ates 90°1 Bee Iheit wee = B18 Oe
BNISSiwlalanete ope els iays'= dalanveye slot 90°5 Oehudivon 2710 1557) Owe
SION Ecicie SHA Rh Ge ACM en in 82°45 TAG 6AiGr4e Gili: 4°70) Teal
En ppopotamusy. es. cease 91-0 Dey aici) 7 cea a 0-1
IBUGGWeretelaeieiel sacs ss ass (ORO) oem oROMO LD | 132 maim
Calne secs--- Foran celee)-F2-'oj-5) Ol) aM OaamEamOZ 6 4-Oin a(EG
IRORPOISEr eects k ees At O89 Gogo bie? ~ 1-35 0°6

In order to form a judgment of the value of milk as a food,
a few words as to the composition of the various substances
which constitute the food of man and animals will be
useful.

Nutritive substances may be classed as follows :—

1. Albuminoids.

2. Fats.

3. Carbohydrates.

Mitk. 161

Under this name are included sugar, starch and similar
bodies.

4, Salts, chiefly phosphates, sulphates and chlorides of
potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium and iron.

5. Water.

The following table gives the average composition of the
principal kinds of food :— :

Albu- Car-

Water. Solids. min- Fat. bohy- Salts.
oids. drates.
Meat....- Sahat et Auch FAR IEA 75 25 ie 8 1
Howilleaecteronee Baie areiatersaterers 75 25 Ol 1
TALS haihste eveucetavecen sre vetay obi ejerevenseleterenn Le 22 18) & sys 1
Bread....... ee aie aieiatersiescieeie 40 60 8 3 Ag 1
IPOtAtTOOS issseier semis oe le erorieevie 75 25 Dh tata 99 il
IMT epee ahatialehevese a uiveverovenaive ears 87 3) 4 4 il

Meat is rich in albuminoids, poor in carbohydrates. Bread
and potatoes are rich in carbohydrates and poor in albu-
minoids. It follows from the table given above that a pint
and a half of milk is about equal in nutritive value to half a
pound of meat and half a pound of potatoes—not quite so
rich in albuminoids, but a good deal richer in fat. In milk,
too, the food constituents are in aliquid form, which renders
them particularly easy of digestion and assimilation, a point
- of vital importance in the case of the infant and the invalid

This brings us to the subject of milk adulteration. There
is no article of food which it is more essential to the public
welfare to obtain pure than milk; none which is more
easily adulterated, none which has been adulterated more
extensively and more shamelessly.

When the public analysts of Canada published their first
report in 1876, two-thirds of the samples analysed were
reported as adulterated. In 1882, this number was 1educed
to less than one-fifth. This is gratifying, but it is bad
enough still.

Strange stories used to be told of the substances employed
to adulterate milk. It was popularly believed, for example,
that calves’ brains were largely used for this purpose.
Chalk, also, was popularly credited with being a common
adulterant. All these stories are fables. Milk is adulterated

162 Canadian Record of Science.

in two ways: by the addition of water and by the abstrac-
tion of cream.

The detection of adulteration depends upon our ability
to determine whether cream has been abstracted or water
added. Pure milk contains 87 per cent. water, and unless
the added water introduces some impurity which we can
detect by analysis, there is no way of distinguishing it
qualitatively from that of the natural milk. Certain tests
have been proposed for this purpose. Thus it has been
suggested that added water may be detected by the nitrates
it contains, but our public supplies from the great lakes
and river are practically free from nitrates. The presence
of sulphates has also been regarded as proving the addition
of water, the old analysis of milk ash showing either
the merest traces of sulphates or none at all. But the
recent analyses of Schrodt and Hansen, aiready quoted,
demonstrate that milk ash contains nearly + per cent. of
its weight of sulphuric acid as sulphates, so that in nearly
every case we are obliged to form an estimate of the purity
of the milk by determining the amount of solids and fat it
contains, and comparing our results with the composition
of genuine milk.

The methods used for’ milk analysis have had much
attention bestowed upon them. We owe a deep debt of
gratitude to Mr. Wanklyn for shewing us how a milk
analysis can be simply and accurately effected. His book
was published in 1873, and his method was to dry the milk
on a water bath in a little flat-bottomed platinum dish and
weigh the residue, and to extract the fat from such a
residue with ether, evaporate the ether and weigh the
residual fat. In this way he obtained the total solids and
the fat. By subtracting the fat from the total solids he
obtained the solids not fat, and he was the first to show the
great value of this determination. He pointed out that of
all the constituents of the milk, the fat was the only one
which varied very much in quantity, the percentage of the
other solids only differing within comparatively narrow
limits in genuine milk, whether rich or poor.

Wanklyn maintained that the solids not fat in genuine

Milk. 163

milk never fell below 9°3 per cent., and that the fat never
falls below 3 per cent. The English Society of Public
Analysts adopted limits rather more favorable to the milk-
man, namely, 9 for the solids not fat and 2-5 for the fat.
If a milk contained less than 9 per cent. solids not fat, it
was considered watered, and if less than 2-5 per cent. fat
without a corresponding decrease of solids uot fat,
skimmed.

The English Public Analysts almost universally adopted
Wanklyn’s method of milk analysis. The German
chemists, on the other hand, usually mixed the milk with
some insoluble powder, like sand or plaster of Paris, during
the drying, for the purpose of obtaining the residue in a
fine state of division, in which condition the fat is more
easily removed by ether. Of late years, too, various appli
ances for continuous extraction, such as Soxhlet’s, came
into use. These methods are found to extract the fat from
a milk residue more completely than Wanklyn’s process ;
for milk drying up in a dish forms a horny mass, only
penetrated with difficulty by solvents. Chemists using
these processes got higher percentages of fat than those
who used Wanklyn’s. He, for example, gave 3°2 as the
average percentage of fat, but Vieth, as the average of 1,300
‘analyses made in 1887, gives 3°82 as the average, and we
found in Canada the average 3°86 per cent. of fat. Now
this increase in fat lowers the solids not fat, and it gradually
became evident that 9 per cent. of solids not fat was too
high a limit.

In 1883, there was a famous milk case tried in Man-
chester, in which a milkman appealed from a conviction of
selling adulterated milk. The public analyst found 8°62
per cent. solids not fat by Wanklyn’s method. and reported
the milk adulterated. A great number of analysts were
called on both sides, and a good deal of evidence of a very
conflicting character was given, the result being that the
conviction was dismissed.

This contradiction of testimony drew great attention to
the subject of milk analysis and milk limits. A committee
of the Society of Public Analysts was appointed to investi-

164 Canadian Record of Science.

gate the matter, and the result of their labours and dis-
cussions was to show clearly that Wanklyn’s method did
not extract all the fat, and therefore should be discarded for
one of those processes which did so, but that in that case
the limit of 9 per cent. solids not fat was too high. While
the committee were deliberating, one of their number, Mr.
Adams, brought forward a new process which commended
itself to them as the best hitherto proposed, and which they
accordingly adopted.

It consisted in absorbing the milk in a paper coil, dry-

ing it and extracting the fat from the dried coil with
ether in a Soxhlct’s extraction apparatus. The very fine
division of the milk solids enables the other to get at every
particle of fat and remove it completely from them, The
Society adopted the process and reduced their limit to
8°5 per cent. solids not fat.
' Our chief analyst, Mr. Thos. Macfarlane, has introduced
a method in which he absorbs the milk by asbestos in a
special apparatus, dries and extracts with ether. This
method is beautifully simple and extremely accurate, and
enables a great number of samples to be analysed with a
very little expenditure of time. .

The public analysts of Canada had followed with deep
interest this discussion, and they felt that before they could
intelligently adopt this or any other limit, they ought to
make a thorough trial of the new methods upon the milk
of Canadian cattle. Upon representing these views to the
Department of Inland Revenue, they were favourably
received, and the plan was put into execution during the
summer of 1887. One hundred and sixty-two samples of
milk were taken by the collectors of Halifax, St. John,
Quebec, Montreal and Toronto. Hach sample represented
the whole mixed milk of a herd of cows milked in the
presence of the collector and the public analyst of the
district. Altogether the samples represented the milk of
about 1,600 cows. The samples were analysed in duplicate
by the public analyst and (also in duplicate) by the chief
analyst at Ottawa. The chief analyst used the asbestos

Milk. 165

method, and the average of this large number of analyses
was as follows :—

AoE SolhiKac50d60 5000r aaskatet oisesTavciehevsineoiniiee 12°48
Bl eaGieretetetotitceone one clensretevel asciercheehele oe chelates eraee 3°86
SOlidSpno usta tierra crevetreiecieisiesiesie cae cat 8-62

Those of us who used the method of the Society of Public
Analysts obtained results almost identical with those of
the chief analyst.

The following table summarises our results in the various
districts :—

Solids
Fat. Total Solids. not Fat.

oe — ——— --

Highest. Lowest. Average. Average. Average.

lgielitiebeoooade oGds 5°40 3°00 4-24 Wa 7 8°48
tip di@lavstgooqan coor 4°62 3°43 3°91 12°45 8°54
Quebec........... 4°18 3°02 3°54 12°39 8-85
Montreal......... 5°17 2°80 3°82 12°29 8°47
Ottawa....e..---- 5°29 3°62 4-26 12-93 8°67
Toronfo.......+e0. 4-50 2°52 3°38 12-08 8°70
All Canada. ...... 5°40 2°52 3°86 12°48 38°67

These results demand the most serious consideration.
It will be seen that in two out of the six districts the
average of the solids not fat is less than 8°5. As a matter
of fact, in 55 samples out of the 162 they fell below this
number. In two samples from Halifax they even fell
below 8 per cent., and in one sample from Toronto,
which I[ took myself from the mixed milk of a herd of ten
cows, the solids not fat were only just barely 8 per cent.

Nor are these results by any means unique. So long ago
as 1863. Professor Voelcker published an analysis of the
milk of a herd of fifteen cows, which gave 7-5 per cent. of
solids not fat. Only the other day Mr. Lloyd read a paper
before the Chemical Society of London, giving the analysis
of the milk of two cows, in which the solids not fat varied
for two months between, in one case, 8°63 and 7-5, and in
the other case between 8°52 and 8:1.

Looking these facts fairly in the face, Ido not see how we
can come to any other conclusion than this: that if the

13

166 Canadian Record of Science.

solids not fat of a milk are over 8 per cent., we cannot
certify that the milk is not genuine. Indeed in the case of
the milk of individual cows the solids not fat may be even
lower than this. But the average of the milk of our 1,600
cows was 8°62 per cent. solids not fat, and many of the
samples gave over 9 per cent. of solids not fat. If, then,
we pass all milks in which the non-fatty solids are over
8 per cent., we give dishonest dealers the opportunity to
let their milks down to this standard. Indeed we invite
adulteration if done with judgment and in moderation.

With good rich milk a gallon of water may be added to
every nine gallons of milk, and still analysis will not prove,
‘except as a matter of probability, that the milk is not
genuine. Similarly half the cream may be removed from
a milk like some of the Halifax samples without lower-
ing the percentage of fat below that found in some of the
samples of mixed cow’s milk that we obtained ourselves.

Except then in very flagrant cases, the penalties of the
Adulteration Act, as it stands at present, are but empty
threats. What then, I repeat, can we do? I answer,
there are two ways in which we can check this evil.

The first is publicity. If A is only judicious in his
adulteration and not too much of a glutton in his use of
the tap, we cannot certify that his milk is not genuine,
but we can say that it is wretched stuff, and very much
inferior to the average, and in particular to that of his
rival B. And A doesn’t like this. He fears, and with
good reason, that his customers will forsake him for the
man who gives better milk, and the chances are he will
mend his ways.

This is what we have been doing. So far there has been
very little prosecution under the Act, and what there has
has not been very successful. The influence we have exert-
ed has been almost exclusively that which comes from pub-
lishing our results. In 1876, when the Act came into
operation, we found two-thirds of the samples of milk
which we analyzed adulterated. In 1882 there were only
one-fifth. Is it too much to ascribe this improvement to

Milk. 167

the moral effect of the publicity given to the work of the
public analysts ?

The other method which might be adopted is to fix by
legislation a standard—a reasonable, fair standard—for milk,
which must be reached by all milk offered for sale. The
chief analyst has proposed such a standard as follows :—

RotaliSolidisencsae coves ster eree a areiee 12:0 per cent.
Butter! Waticc sacs oe dates aerlamtnatbetas Boy ue WB
Solids other than fat....--«ce..ee- St “

Milk falling below these limits should not be permitted to
be sold.

If this scheme were adopted and vigorously carried out,
I think we should soon see a marked improvement. Not
only would the addition of water and the removal of cream
be checked, but the quality of the cows used for milk
purposes would be improved. For if a cow did not give
milk up to the standard she would be better fed and better
housed ; aud if she still did not give standard milk she
would be sold to the butcher and replaced by a good milker.
Quality as well as quantity would be sought for in dairy
cows ; and we know enough of what can be done by cattle-
breeders to be quite sure that within reasonable limits we
can get what we want.

Hitherto we have been considering milk as a food, and as
the most perfect food imaginable for the purpose for which
nature provides it. We have now tosee how, under certain
circumstances, it may become a poison, or may become the
vehicle of a poison, as deadly as that of the rattlesnake.

It has long been known that every now and then severe
illness has been caused by eating cheese. Now, in its
normal state cheese is a most wholesome and nutritive
article of diet ; but from time to time cases of poisoning
have occurred, and often cases of wholesale poisoning, which
have been traced without any shadow of a doubt to cheese.
It was formerly supposed that these cases were due to some
mineral matter introduced into the cheese. But in many
cases the poisonous cheese has been submitted to analysis
and no trace of any mineral matter found. These cases of

168 Canadian Record of Science.

cheese poisoning, indeed, were a puzzle to both physicians
and chemists. About six years ago, however, Dr. Victor C.
Vaughan, of the University of Michigan, succeeded in
isolating from some cheese of this character a poison which
he called tyrotoxicon. This cheese had produced most
alarming symptoms somewhat resembling cholera in more
than 300 persons in the State of Michigan. This poison he
referred to a very remarkable class of bodies, the so-called
ptomaines, which have come greatly into notice of late years.
These ptomaines are substances similar in constitution and
properties to the alkaloids which are found in plants, and,
like these, while many of them are quite harmless others are
as deadly poisons as strychnine itself. They are found in
decomposing animal matter of all kinds. It is from this
circumstance that they have received the names of pto-
maines, from zT@ji a, acorpse. From their resemblance to
vegetable alkaloids they are also called cadaveric alkaloids,
or the alkaloids of putrefaction.. They are many of them
crystalline bodies which form definite salts with acids and
give well marked reactions with various chemical reagents.
They appear to arise under certain conditions as products of
the decomposition of albumen and allied bodies. This
tyrotoxicon is derived from a peculiar decomposition of the
casein of cheese.

Tyrotoxicon is a crystalline body which, when eaten in
very minute quantities, produces in an aggravated form
symptoms precisely similar to those of cheese poisoning.
Since it is produced in cheese by the decomposition of
casein, it would appear a priori probable that it might some-
times be formed in decomposing milk. This turned out to
be the case. Soon after his discovery of this poison in
cheese, Dr. Vaughan was able to detect it in a sample of
milk which had been kept in a stoppered bottle for about
six months, and subsequently in other samples of miik
allowed to stand for three months in closed bottles.

In June, 1886, in the village of Lawton, Michigan,
eighteen people were seized with most alarming symptoms
after eating ice cream flavored with vanilla. A sample of the
cream was sent to Dr. Vaughan, together with some of the

Milk. 169

vanilla which had been used in flavoring, which it was
supposed contained the poison, since some lemon ice
cream, from the same maker, had not affected those who
ate it. To decide if the vanilla was poisonous or not Dr.
Vaughan and his assistant applied a very practical test by
swallowing three drops each of it. No ill effects following,
the assistant took two teaspoonfuls more. As he remained
unaffected, Dr. Vaughan decided that the poison was not
in the vanilla, and proceeded to analyse the ice cream.
From it he isolated tyrotoxicon, with which he next
experimented. This time he did notuse hisassistant, buta
cat. The cat was affected exactly like the Lawton patients.
Dr. Vaughan then found that by taking a small portion
of the poisonous ice cream, he could, as it were, sow the
infection in perfectly fresh milk, and cause the develop-
ment of tyrotoxicon init. To a quart of perfectly fresh
milk he added a small piece of the Lawton ice cream and
set it in his cellar. Next morning he added another quart
of milk and then mixed with eggs and sugar, so as to make
a custard. On the following morning Dr, Vaughan tasted
the custard and was taken very ill; not so ill, however, as
to prevent him isolating tyrotoxicon and poisoning a
kitten with it. At 2 p.m. he took a teaspoonful himself,
and was seized with violent vomiting and purging and
intense headache. Delighted with the success of his
experiment, and feeling a little better at 3 p.m., he took
another teaspoonful, with equally satisfactory results.
Since then other workers have confirmed Dr. Vaughan’s
conclusions, and there is no doubt that under certain circum-
stances a very dangerous poison is formed in milk. It is
not a product of the ordinary decomposition of milk, but is
evidently caused by a peculiar ferment, which fortunately
is only rarely present. In all probability it will be found
that this peculiar fermentation is due to some micro-
organism, It is very unstable: standing in an open vessel
‘will often cause all trace of it to disappear from a milk in
which its presence had previously been shown. It appears
to be developed most readily in bottles closely stoppered.
And these facts are uot without their practical bearing.

170 Canadian Record of Science.

Milk is sometimes supplied to dealers in glass bottles.
Now unless these bottles are most scrupulously cleaned
after using, before being refilled,we have all the conditions,
so faras we know them, most favorable to the develop-
ment of this poison.

From what has been said already it will be evident that
the decomposition of milk may take place in several
different ways. The usual way is what is called the
‘“‘lactic fermentation.” In this form the decomposition
appears to start in the milk sugar, part of which becomes
converted into lactic acid and the milk turns sour. The
formation of this lactic acid, coagulates the casein and the
milk curdles. Then the casein and albumen molecules
break up into simpler molecules. Carbon dioxide, ammonia
and other bodies are formed. Carbon dioxide is con-
tinuously evolved from milk during decomposition, but
only in a very moderate quantity.

This form of decomposition has been shown to be due to
a micro-organism—the Bacterium lactis—minute bodies in
the form of beads strung together or in that of threads.
They grow and increase in number by a process of fission—
that is one of the minute cells, divides, so as to form two
individuals, and these in their turn divide again. The
bacteria feed upon the sugar and albuminoids of the milk,
and thus in some way bring about that peculiar form of
decomposition which is known as the lactic fermentation.

The presence of acid checks the lactic fermentation, so
that under natural conditions only part of the sugar is
converted into lactic acid. But if chalk is added to
neutralize the acid as it is formed, the whole of the sugar
may be changed into lactic acid.

The alcoholic fermentation which takes place in koumiss
and kephir is also due to minute fungus, the Saccharomyces
cerevisi, or ordinary beer yeast—the same plant which
causes the fermentation of beer, wine and the wort from
which spirits are distilled. Itis a plant similar somewhat ©
in appearance to the B. lactis, but much larger.

Sometimes another kind of fermentation occurs—the
butyric.. The product in this case is butyric acid, and it

Nature as an Educator. cl all

is attended by a most abominable stench. This kind of
decomposition is due to another microbe—the Bacillus
subtilis, or, according to others, an allied form, Clostridium
butyricum.

There is no doubt that the peculiar fermentation which
leads to the formation of tyrotoxicon is due to another of
these microbes, but the particular microbe is not known.

NATURE AS AN EpucAToR.'

By Sir Wiri1am Dawson.

In the winter of 1856-7 I had the honor of delivering the
introductory lecture of our Sommerville course, and took
as my subject “ Natural History in its Educational Aspects.”’
Now, after the lapse of thirty-three years, and after the
great changes which have occurred since that time, I desire
to recur to the subject, and to ask what is the present
aspect of nature as an educator relatively to education in
general and to a society like this.

Let us consider in the first place how early, continuous
and persistent are the operations of nature as an educator,
regarding nature as a general name for all those objects
which come under the cognizance of our senses, and from
_ which we derive sensations and perceptions. It is scarcely
necessary here to make any exception in regard to things
artificial, for in reality these are all merely adaptations and
imitations of nature. Nor need we inquire as to the reality
or the origin of these objects, but may take them as the
environment surrounding us on every side, and at all times
more or less presenting itself to us.

From the moment when we first open our eyes on the
outer world we are receiving impressions from external
nature, which go on extending and multiplying at least
until our attention is called away by pursuits and studies
relating to the artificial life of man, and even then we recur
when we can to nature as our most grateful teacher, nay,
the friend and companion whose teaching has no hard tasks
but is all pleasure. The weary schoolboy gladly turns

1 Annual Presidential Address before the Natural History Society
of Montreal.

172 Canadian Record of Science.

away from dry text-books to ramble in the fields and woods.
The child whose worldly horizon is limited by a dirty street
or dull backyard rejoices to see grass and flowers and trees,
and drinks in inspiration from them. Sitting one Sunday
afternoon at the open window looking out on the college
grounds, I saw a working-man walk past with a little girl
at his side. Coming opposite the bit of old-fashioned,
poorly kept garden, which thirty years ago I had managed.
to carve out of the unwholesome swamp which then lay in
front of our college terrace, the child stopped to look at it,
and said, ‘‘ Papa, is that the Garden of Eden?’ The poor
little thing, who had perhaps never seen anything of a
garden but the outside of its fence, had heard that once
there had been a garden of the Lord—a free and happy abode
of man. Some years ago I knew of a boy dying of con-
sumption in a poor home, to whom a kind lady sent a bunch
of rich purple grapes. He gazed at them, fondled them,
could scarcely be persuaded to taste them, and said, “ How
pretty! I have heard of grapes, but I never had any before.”
Coming home some time ago from a little excursion in
which [ had: secured some deer’s antlers, I happened to
drive up from the station at the early morning hour when
our streets are swarming with factory hands going to their
work, and I noticed how everyone turned and stopped to
look at my prize, and how the faces of many lighted up as
they saw in imagination a view of wild woods and bounding
deer, which perhaps remained with them as a pleasant
thought through the day. How is it that our boasted
civilization shuts out so many from contact with nature?
The God who long ago led Israel out of bondage provided
that every Hebrew family should have for its very own
some strip or patch of the green sward of the promised
land, and the Great Teacher who came long after, drew His
favorite texts from the trees, the flowers, the grass, the birds
and the beasts. It is not the will of God that we should
imprison ourselves between four dingy walls in the midst of
His beautiful world.

But it may be said that the rustic who dwells in field
and forest has as little of the real companionship of nature

Nature as an Educator. 178

as the dweller in towns. Idoubt this, except in cases where
mental or moral degradation has reduced the countryman
to a mere machine. I have found much genuine love of
nature and appreciation of natural things in the country,
especially in those parts in which good education has been
provided for the young. ven in city life this love requires
but to be ever so little encouraged and it will come to the
front with a bound.

If we ask how this is to be done, why should we not have
teaching as to nature in homes and schools: little museums
in schools, greater and really popular ones for our cities,
botanical gardens open to all, zoological gardens where
means permit? Why should not excursions into parks or
the country, or visits to museums be made a necessary part
of school instruction ? The answer is simply because we are
not sufficiently civilized to understand these things. Un-
fortunately also we make mistakes in our mode of
introducing them. The mistakes in education here as in
most other subjects are portentous. Mere book-learning
or cramming of hard names for an examination is not study
of nature, nor is mere laboratory work. Educators and the
public are apt in these matters to rush from one extreme to
the other. Seeing the folly of mere book tasks, it was
decreed that there should be practical teaching. ‘Teachers
must dissect frogs and other creatures and teach their
pupils to do the same. The result has been failure and
damage to the knowledge of nature. It is one thing 10 see
an animal alive and carrying out its natural instincts; quite
another to cut up its dead carcase and learn hard names for
its parts. A boy learns ten times more of nature by watch-
ing the frogs swimming and diving in a pond than by
cutting them up ever so cleverly. I do not say that the
laboratory teaching is useless when managed by a skilful
and sympathetic teacher who can point out the meaning
and uses of structures and their homologies with those of
other animals. It has a real scientific use, but ordinarily it
degenerates into a mere task and cram, and has as much
relation to true science as the trade of a butcher has to that
of an artist. A curious illustration of this was presented

174 Canadian Record of Science.

some years ago, when it was decreed in England that
Hygiene should be taught in the schools. The subject was
a popular one, and would have been taken up with
enthusiasm. But unfortunately it had been represented to
the Committee of the Privy Council that it was necessary
that the pupils should have learned Physiology before
entering on Hygiene. Here was a difficulty which the
teachers at once felt. Physiology was an unpopular subject.
The trained teacher had learned to take his pupils through
the anatomy of a few common animals; but to him a frog
or a crayfish was no more than a sum in arithmetic, some-
thing to be learned as a matter of dissection and dry
anatomy. The subject consequently was repulsive both to
pupils and parents, and if this ordeal had to be first gone
through there was an end of hygiene. Thus by a strange
inversion of education and science, one of the most
attractive and useful subjects had become a bugbear. It is
to be hoped that just as English educators have got over
many other follies they have also surmounted this.

One would fancy, however, that there is still need for
reform, from the following terse and pungent summary of
the matter in a recent address before the Royal Micro-
scopical Society by its president, Dr. Hudson :—

“ Which, then, is the more scientific treatment of a group
of animals—that which classifies, catalogues, measures,
weighs, counts and dissects, or that which simply observes
and relates; or, to put it in another way, which is the better
thing to do, to treat the animal as a dead specimen ora
living one ?—

“Merely to state the question is to answer it. It is the
living animal that is so intensely interesting, and the main
use of the indexing, classifying, measuring and counting
is to enable us to recognize it when alive and to help us to
understand its actions.”

He goes on to contrast the position of the mere learner
of structures and hard names with that of the country lad
who has studied nature in her own haunts :—

‘““He has watched the cunning flycatcher leaving her
obvious, and yet invisible young, ina hole in an old wall,

Nature as an Educator. 175

while it carried off the pellets that might have betrayed
their presence; and has stood so still to see the male red-
start that a field mouse has curled itself up on his warm
foot and gone to sleep. He gathers the delicate buds of the
wild rose, happily ignorant of the forty odd names under
which that luckless plant has been smothered; and if, per-
chance, his last birthday has been made memorable by the
gift of a microscope, before long he will be glorying in the
transparent beauties of Asplanchna, unaware that he ought
to crush his living prize in order to find out which of some
half-dozen equally barbarous names he ought to give it.”

Practically, to give young people in cities the benefit of
all this, it is necessary to have museums and public
gardens. A very small collection, representing any definite
series of objects, properly named and associated with those
relations that give them interest, is of the greatest value.
Larger public muscums have wider uses. I have been
struck with this in visiting the Liverpool Free Museum,
where every object is so labelled as to tell something of its
story, and where crowds of learners are constantly .receiv-
ing instruction from well-prepared specimens.

Our little museum is capable of similar uses, but it
_requires much better display and labelling of its treasures,
and funds to enable the Society from time to time to add to
its attractions by introducing new objects. Public gardens,
whether botanical or zoological, are also of the greatest use.
I know of nothing which any of our patriotic citizens
could do of greater utility than the opening of such a place
where the useful and ornamental plants and the various
animals of our own Dominion and of other countries could
be seen and studied. Lastly, means should be provided for
taking children under competent guidance on field excur-
sions and to visit places of note and interest.

All this may be said to be desultory and unscientific, but
it will lead to more precise knowledge, and will serve to
develope the tastes and powers of those who are capable
of doing better and higher work.

My own early training in this matter was when there
were in most parts of this country neither public museums

176 Canadian Record of Science.

nor laboratories nor systematic teaching, and it had for
stimulus and guidance merely the encouragement given at
home by parents who saw that the pursuit of natural
history was an elevating one, and of one or two teachers
who themselves cultivated some branches of natural
science. As a boy I collected indiscriminately fossils,
minerals, plants, insects, and later added to these birds,
which I had learned to prepare, and the shells and other
organisms of the sea. When I became the happy possessor
of a microscope, such as could be had in those early days,
I went largely into the minute forms of aquatic life and
sketched their structures and noted their habits, becoming
familiar thus with some curious animals and embryonic
forms, which only long afterwards were rediscovered as
described by naturalists, though most of those I met with
were already known and described, but not in works
then accessible to me. I had no idea of studying merely
the forms and structures of these creatures and knowing
their names. ‘To me they were living things, having
strange ways and modes of thinking and acting of their
own. They were truly acquaintances and friends, with
whom I communed in private and who were my most
pleasant teachers. It was for this reason that eventually
I gave up all the others for the fossil relics of former life,
because these, in addition to the living interest of the
modern forms, possessed that fascination which arises from
antiquity and from the stimulus to imagination given by
their varied and often obscure relations to the past and
present.

Judging from such experiences, I believe that it is best
for young people to expatiate over a wide field of natural
learning and afterwards to select any special field. On the
other hand young people destitute of any developed taste
for general knowledge, and introduced to special studies at
first, will very likely beeome the crudest and narrowest
of thinkers and at once the readiest recipients of fanciful
hypotheses and the most stubborn sticklers for mere details
and names.

In order to bring these desultory thoughts to some more

Nature as an Educator. ilyerg

practical issue, let us think for a little on the uses of the
study of nature, whether we regard these in relation to the
forming of the character and promoting the happiness
of the student or to business utilities to which knowledge
of nature may be applied. At present we hear much of
applied and technical science, and these are daily showing
their inestimable value, but it must be borne in mind that
the science that enables us to smelt an ore, to construct a
machine or a bridge is useful only in so far as it promotes
the welfare and happiness of humanity. Apart from these
it would be wholly unpractical and useless. That teaching
of science, on the other hand, which exalts and ennobles
the man and developes his higher nature, even if it have
no technical applications, is that which is directly practical
in the highest sense. 1 do not say that these are neces-
sarily two distinct kinds of teaching. They may be and
should be combined, and while we seek principally to pro-
mote by the study of nature the well-being of the man
himself, we must never forget the multiform uses of science
in promoting human welfare through technical applications.
We may return to this thought, but in the meantime I
desire to speak of nature as an educator of the man himself,
_ and. especially of those powess which make him dis-
tinctively a man and the very image of God.

The president then referred in detail to the educational
uses of nature in training the observing powers and those
of comparison and causaiion, to its bearing on the culture
of true and high art, and to the large views to which it
leads of the universe as an ordered and regulated cosmos.
He then proceeded as follows :—

I may be pardoned here for directing your attention for
a few minutes to the testimony of a writer eminent as an
authority in art and full of true feeling for nature, both in
reference to its direct ability to the thinking mind and its
indirect utility as a means of furthering material interest.
Ruskin thus discourses on these points :—

“That is to everything created, something pre-eminently
useful, which enables it rightly and fully to perform the
functions appointed to it by its Creator. Therefore, that we

178 Canadian Record of Science.

may determine what is chiefly useful to man, it is necessary
first to determine the use of man himself. Man’s use and
functions (and let him who will not grant me this follow me
no farther, for this I purpose always to assume) is to be the
witness of the glory of God, and to advance that glory by
his reasonable obedience and resultant happiness.

“Whatever enables us to fulfil this function, is in the
pure and first sense of the word useful tous. Pre-eminently,
therefore, whatever sets the glory of God more brightly
before us. But things that only help us to exist are, in a
secondary and mean sense, useful, or rather, if they be
looked for alone, they are useless and worse, for it would be
better that we should not exist than that we should guiltily
disappoint the purposes of existence.

“And yet people speak in this working age, when they
speak from their hearts, as if houses and lands and food and
raiment were alone useful, and as if Light, Thought and
Admiration were all profitless, so that men insolently call
themselves Utilitarians, who would turn, if they had their
way, themselves and their race into vegetables; men who
think, as far as such can be said to think, that the meat is
more than the life, and the raiment than the body, who look
to the earth as a stable, and to its fruit as fodder; vine-
dressers and husbandmen who love the corn they grind,
and the grapes they crush, better than the gardens of the
angels upon the slopes of Eden; hewers of wood and drawers
of water, who think that the wood they hew and the water
they draw are better than the pine-forests that cover the
mountains like the shadow of God, and than the great rivers
that move like His eternity. Andso comes upon us that
woe of the preacher, that though God “hath made every-
thing beautiful in his time, also He hath set the world in
their heart so that no man can find out the work that God
maketh from the beginning to the end.”

_ “But the common consent of men proves and accepts the
proposition, that whatever part of any pursuit ministers to
the bodily comforts and admits of material uses is ignoble,
and whatsoever part is addressed to the mind only is noble ;
and that Geology does better in re-clothing dry bones and

Nature as an Educator. 179

revealing lost creations than in tracing veins of lead and
beds of iron; Astronomy better in opening to us the houses
of heaven than in teaching navigation; Botany better in
displaying structure than in expressing juices; Surgery
better in investigating organization than in setting limbs;
only that it is ordained that, for our encouragement, every
step we make in the more exalted range of science adds
something also to its practical applicabilities: that all the
great phenomena of nature, the knowledge of which is
desired by the angels only, by us partly, as it reveals to
farther vision the being and the glory of Him in whom
they rejoice and we live, dispense yet such kind influences
and so much of material blessing as to be joyfully felt by all
inferior creatures, and to be desired by them with such
single desire as the imperfection of their nature may admit;
that the strong torrents which, in their own gladness, till
the hills with hollow thunder and the vales with winding
light, have yet their bounden charge of field to feed and
barge to bear; that the fierce flames to which the Alp owes
its upheaval and the volcano its terror temper for us the
metal vein and quickening spring, and that for our incite-
ment—I say not our reward, for knowledge is its own
_reward—herbs have their healing, stones their preciousness,
and stars their times.”

But in that time of confused and bewildering philoso-
phies in which we live it may be asked, Is this really the
case ? Does not the study of nature rather lead to positivism
and agnosticism. That it may do so is, I fear, too vbvious.
That this is its legitimate tendency may be emphatically
denied. The case stands thus. Nature is to any rational
man of science an exhibition of superhuman force, energy,
power. It is in like manner an exhibition of regulated
and determined power, of power under law and working to
definite ends, and this with so complete and intricate
machinery that it is beyond human comprehension. That
this should be a result of mere chance without will or
design is infinitely improbable. That it results from the
operation of an all-powerful will and intellect is a con-
clusion based on all we know of ourselves.

180 Canadian Record of Science.

The matter has been well summarized by a former pupil
of my own, now a missionary in India, Rev. A. R. Mac-
Duff, B.A. He says in effect :-—

1. The apparent universe is phenomenal. A reality
must be behind it, The things which are seen (the phe-
nomenal) are necessarily temporal, the unseen is the eternal.

2. This reality must be persistent, not temporary. God
only hath immortality.

3. This Divine reality must be incomprehensible in its
essence and in the extent of its working. ‘ Canst thou by
searching find out God ?”

4. But this incomprehensible reality is everywhere pre-
sent in the most minute as well as in the grandest pheno-
mena, in the fall of a sparrow as in the creation of a
planetarysystem. ‘‘ Whither shall I go from thy presence ?
In Him we live and move and have our being.”

5. This infinite reality is more nearly akin to the spiritual
nature of man himself than to any other energy known to
us. It is, therefore, living, personal and free. “ He that
made the eye shall He not see ?”

So far the teaching of nature may carry any man willing
to be guided by his own senses and reason. Beyond this
lies the sphere of revelation, or that of direct communication
of the Divinity with man.* With revelation nature has
nothing directly to do, except that it can see its possibility
—for just as the Divine mind can reveal itself in the
instincts of an animal, so it must be able to influence and
inform the higher nature of man.

Here, however, we can reach an easy and plain possible
solution of all the difficulties which half-informed men
heap up around the relations of science and revelation.
Given the admission that the phenomena of nature are not
merely imaginary but based on a reality, and given the
admission that the Divine reality has revealed Him-
self to inspired men or through a Divine Man, and suppos-
ing that scientific study on the one hand and Divine revela-
tion on the other may deal with the same phenomena,
certain conclusions as to their relations at once become

Nature as an Educator. 181

obvious. (1) Scientific inquiry being inductive must pro-
ceed from individual facts by slow and gradual steps to
general laws, while revelation may state the laws at once
without descending to particulars. (2) It follows that these
two lines of thought approach phenomena from different
sides. One takes them in detail and then generalizes. The
other regards them as emanations of a Divine mind. (3) At
first the results reached may be far apart and may seem
contradictory, but as they become more perfect they must
approach and eventually coalesce.

The case is as if we imagine some great mill or machine-
shop to be studied by two different persons in different
ways. The first may be a skilful machinist and may enter
the factory, note-book in hand, and examine each machine
and process, and so arrive at last at a knowledge of the
whole which may enable him accurately to describe all its
machinery, and to form conclusions as to its uses and rela-
tions. The second may be no machinist, but an educated
and intelligent man. He is introduced to the superinten-
dent of the factory as his guest, and learns from him its
general nature and uses, the history of its inception and
growth and his plans for its future improvement and
development. All this he may learn without any stady of
the machinery; and he also may write an account of what
he has seen and heard. But how different will be the two
productions, and how difficult might it be for a third person
to combine the two accounts, so as to make plain their
mutual coherence. This could only be done by some one
enjoying the double advantage of the friendship of the
superintendent and the technical knowledge of the machin-
ery. So it must ever be with science and revelation; and
until men equally appreciate both, we cannot have the best
results either in Science or in Theology.

Revelation itself has been defined on the best authority as
relating on its practical side to three great graces, Faith,
Hope and Love, the greatest and most enduring of which is
the last, for God Himself is Love. In regard to love or
kindly affection as a motive and practice, science cannot
doubt that however little of this may be seen in the lower

14.

182 . Canadian Record of Science.

strata of nature, it is and must be the soul of its higher
forms. Hope as to this is apparent in all even of the
speculations of rational science, for pessimism is not
scientific. With reference to faith as a scientific grace
there may be more doubt, but this is dispelled by the con-
sideration already referred to, that nature itself teaches of
the unseen, and that the foundation of science is a belief in
our own intuitions, in the evidence of our senses and in the
reality underlying phenomena. Without faith, therefore,
science could not exist any more than religion. This being
the case, it becomes plain that however faith or religion
may for a time be dissociated from experiment, observation
and induction, they must ultimately be resolved into a
rational unity. Science must admit that she is the hand-
maid of religion, and religion must say to science that she
is no more a servant but a friend. If we are true students
of nature we shall all more and more approach to this con-
clusion as we rise from one step of knowledge to another,
and obtain broader views of nature and a better com-
prehension of the superlative littleness and infinite great-
ness of man himself as a part of nature and as the image of
God.

In conclusion, the address referred to the work of the
Society in the past sessions. It appeared from the records
that fifteen original papers were read at the monthly
meetings, the greater part of which have been published in
the journal of the Society — The Canadian Record of
Science. Of these papers seven were on Geological and
Mineralogical subjects, and contained many new and
important facts in Canadian Geology and with reference to
the mineral resources of our country. The authors were
Dr. Harrington, Prof. Donald, Mr. Deeks and the President.
The remainder were on new facts in Biological Science, both
Zoological and Botanical. ‘The authors were Prof.
Penhallow, Prof. Wesley Mills, Rev. Dr. Campbell, Mr.
Caulfield and Mr. Stevenson. Two papers of great interest
in Canadian Science, as well as in relation to eminent ;
Canadians, were that in the career of the late Prof. C. F.
Hartt by Mr.G. F. Matthew and the Biographical Sketch of
the late Mr. Charles Gibb by Prof. Penhallow.

Charles Gibb. 183

CHARLES GiBB, B. A.

Mr. Charles Gibb, son of the late James Duncan Gibb,
was born in Montreal on the 29th of July, 1845. His early
education was received at the Bishop’s College Grammar
School, from which he proceeded to McGill University,
where he graduated in 1865. The hard work of a college
course told somewhat severely upon a not very rugged
constitution, with the result of impaired eyesight. For
the purpose of recovering his health he then visited
Kurope, where he spent six months, returning very much
benefited by the change. Natural weakness of the lungs,
however, induced him to seek some active occupation which
would give the benefit of open-air employment. This led
to his spending several years with some of the more pro-
minent fruit culturists of New York and New Jersey, from
whom he gained a practical insight into the most approved
methods of fruit culture. It was this experience which
soon aroused a decided taste for horticulture, and eventually
led to his adoption of that pursuit into which he threw
so much energy and enthusiasm. Fortunately for himself
and for the country whose good he sought to promote, Mr.
Gibb was possessed of means sufficient to enable him to
execute his plans withont undue restriction, and future
generations will have reason to hold in respect the name of
one who, in so unselfish a spirit, endeavored to promote
the welfare of his country in one of the most useful direc-
tions possible.

On his return from the States in 1872, he sought for a
locality where he might pursue special studies in fruit cul-
ture and arboriculture, and eventually selected the warm,
western slope of Yamaska mountain at Abbotsford, as fully
meeting his requirements. In 1873 he purchased a large
tract of land there, planted extensive orchards, established
testing grounds for exotic trees and shrubs which might
prove of value in Canada, and stimulated a local interest in
his chosen pursuit, hitherto unknown in that part of Quebec.
Here he established a delightful home, the door of which

184 Canadian Record of Science.

was constantly open to his many friends, all of whom have,
on more than one occasion, experienced the full measure of
his most generous hospitality. This Society has special
reason for holding Mr. Gibb’s charming retreat and his
warm hospitality in remembrance. Two of their most
profitable and enjoyable Field Days were those held at
Abbotsford.

Of a somewhat retiring iisneeeon strangers were not
drawn to him as quickly as they might be to many others,
but even a brief acquaintance was sufficient to reveal quali-
ties which were certain to cement a warm and enduring
friendship, while to those who knew him best, his greatest
fault lay in a modesty which permitted him to sacrifice a
just appreciation of his own merits. Possessed of a warm
heart, it was his first desire to see others about him happy,
and had this idea not been carried out rather too unselfishly,
doubtless his home would have known the blessing of a
partner in his useful work. Though not a man of large
means, he conscientiously endeavored to make the best use
of what he possessed, and while his modesty forbade any
ostentatious display, he accomplished a large amount of
good in many directions. He was an active supporter of
the Art Association of Montreal, a contributor to most of
our public charitable institutions, and a warm supporter
‘of those societies whose work lay in the promotion of sci-
ence and horticulture. He contributed in many ways to
the work undertaken by McGill College in promoting the
study of science, his various donations at different times
being most judiciously applied. Among other gifts of a
similar nature, he, on more than one occasion, made valu-
able donations of trees and shrubs, which are now growing
in the College grounds, and constitute an important element
in the foundation of the Botanic Garden now in process of
development.

As a pomologist Mr. Gibb was justly accorded a high
position, and his writings on this subject will have a lasting
value. Whatever he undertook to do was executed with
a degree of intelligent interest and thoroughness which

Charles Gibb. 185

left little to be desired, and it was his most conscientious
scrutiny of facts which has given character to his various
writings, as being thoroughly reliable statements. The
same thoughtful care and attention to details was evident
in the expressions contained in his last letter, indited only
two days before his death, of the near approach of which
he was conscious.

Mr. Gibb died of pneumonia at Cairo, Kgypt, on the
- 8th March, 1890. To all who knew him his death is a per-
sonal loss; to his more intimate friends, it is the loss of a
brother; to his country, for whose walfare he nobly and
generously toiled, and in whose interest he was making a
prolonged tour of foreign lands when death overtook him, it
is the removal of one who filled an important place in our
material progress, one who could not well be spared.

Although not a scientific man, he had given such close
and accurate attention to fruit culture as to make him
eminent among the pomolvgists of this continent, while his
name was well and favorably known throughout Hurope,
It is therefore desirable that his work in the interests of
improved horticulture should receive consideration.

Mr. Gibb was a life member, and in 1879-81, vice-presi-
dent for Quebec of the American Pomological Society ;
corresponding member of the Mississippi Valley Horticul-
tural Society; corresponding member of the Massachusetts
Horticultural Society; honorary member of the Nova
Scotia Fruit Growers’ Association; member of the Natural
History Society of Montreal, and a member and, at the time
of his death and for several years previous, vice-president
of the Montreal Horticultural Society and Fruit Growers’
Association of the Province of Quebec. He founded the
Abbotsford Fruit Growers’ Association, was its leading
spirit to the day of his death, and at various times held
most of its leading offices. He took a most active part in the
recent efforts to establish a Botanic Garden in the city of
Montreal, and was at all times one of the leading and most
useful members of the Montreal Horticultural Society, to
whom his loss comes as a most serious one. At the time

186 Canadian Record of Science.

of the Indian and Colonial Exhibition at London, he was
one of the principal promoters of the important fruit ex-
hibit then made.

In 1882, acting upon a suggestion made by Prof. Wm.
Saunders, while president of the Ontario Fruit Growers’
Association, and impressed with the need of a better ac-
quaintance with the fruits of the old world, in order to de-
termine how far improvements in our own fruits could be
made through the importation of and crossing with those
from similar and colder climates, Mr. Gibb, in company
with Prof. J. L. Budd of Ames, Iowa, visited various parts
of Russia and Northeru Europe, and brought back informa-
tion of great value. The expenses of this journey were
wholly met by the private means of these two gentlemen
The knowledge gained was subsequently embodied in
several valuable articles published in the reports of the
Montreal Horticultural Society and elsewhere. In 1888,
Mr. Gibb visited California in the interests of fruit culture,
and in June, 1889, he started on a journey through the east,
for the purpose of more closely examining their various
fruit products. Proceeding to Japan by way of Vancouver,
he traversed the “Island Empire” from one end to the other,
and was particularly interested in examining the resources
of the northern Island of Yeso, which, on account of its high
latitude, he felt sure was likely to yield many plants which
would prove of great value in Canada. There he met with
every attention from various officials to whom he had letters
of introduction, and through whose courtesy he was enabled
to carefully examine many localities of interest. The notes
he took during this part of his travels undoubtedly contain
a large amount of material of special value, and it is to be
hoped that it may be possible to publish them at some
future time. From Japan he proceeded to Hong Kong, Cey-
lon, Calcutta, Bombay, and thence to Cairo, where his fatal
i]Iness overtook him.

The work undertaken by Mr. Gibb, in the line of practi-
cal horticnlture, was of the greatest importance to Canada,
and more especially to Quebec, where the kinds of fruit

Charles Gibb. 1847

which can be successfully grown are necessarily limited.
At Abbotsford he had established extensive orchards of
Russian fruits, which he was testing not only for quality,
but for climatic adaptation and their value for purposes of
hybridizing with native and less hardy kinds. Most of
these trees are yet very young, but some of them have at-
tained that age at which they are in a condition to yield
important results. An extensive plantation of fruit and
ornamental trees was also an important feature of his
work, and had he been spared for another decade, valuable
results would have been secured from a work wisely con-
ceived and intelligently prosecuted. Though not known as
an originator, one fruit will serve to transmit his name to
future generations of pomologists. The Gibb Crab, a most
delightful fruit of its class; was discovered by Mr. Gibb in
the orchard of Mr. Peffer of Pewaukee, Wisconsin, by whom
it had been overlooked, but who promptly named it in
honor of him who had rescued it from oblivion.

Mr. Gibb’s writings upon horticulture are somewhat
numerous and of very considerable value. Almost his first
contribution was the publication of “ A Fruit List for the
Province of Quebec.” This little pamphlet was published

-in 1875, by the newly organized Fruit Growers’ Association
of Abbotsford, and led to the issue, in the following year, of
a“ Report of the Fruit Committee of the Montreal Horticul-
tural Society for 1876.” The publication of this report was se-
cured by Mr. Gibb in the face of great obstacles, but its impor-
tance demonstrated the need of an annual publication of the
work of the Society. [t thus came to be the first of a series of
annual reports to which Mr. Gibb contributed largely, and
which, through the valuable character of the material they
contain, have gained a high reputation both at home and
abroad. Perhaps Mr. Gibb’s most important publication is
his contribution to ‘The Nomenclature of our Russian
Fruits.” This paper was prepared at the request of the
American Pomological Society, and offers at once a most
careful, exact and authoritative revision of the names of
Russian fruits imported into America, extant. It is a

188 Canadian Record of Science.

monument to the zealous and painstaking care of one who
verified his statements in every possible way before giving
utterance to them. The following list of publications will
best serve to express the character and extent of his work :

1.
2.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

“Report on Quebec Fruits,” Rept. Amer. Pom. Soc., 1874, p. 33.

“A Fruit List for the Province of Quebec,” published by the
Abbotsford Fruit Growers’ Association, 1875.

. “Report of the Fruit Committee of the Montreal Horticuitural

Society,” first An. Rept. M. Hort. Soc., 1876.

. “Propagated Seedlings and Other Undescribed Fruits,” Rept.

Mont. Hort. Soc., 1876, p. 19.

. “Report on the Fruit Growers’ Asseciation of Abbotsford,”

Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1876, p. 67.

. “Notes on Outdoor Grapes,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1879, p. 54.
. “Ornamental and Timber Trees,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1881,

p. 58.

- “The Work of the State Agricultural College at Ames, Iowa,”

Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1881, p. 151.

. “ Russian Fruits,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1882, p. 17.
10.

“Hasty Notes on Trees and Shrubs of Northern Europe and
Asia,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1882, p. 99; Rept. Ont. Fruit
Growers’ Association, 1883, p. 302.

“Catalogue of Russian Fruits Imported by the U.S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture in 1870,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1883,
p- 52.

“ Report on Russian Apples Imported by the U.S. Department
of Agriculture in 1870,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1883, p. 58.

“Report on Russian Fruits with Notes on Russian Apples Im-
ported in 1870 by the U.S. Department of Agriculture,”
Rept. Ont. Fruit Growers’ Association, 1883, p. 192.

“Siberian Apples and Their Hybrids,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc.,
1884, p. 33.

“Hardy Fruits in Wurtemburg,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1884,
p- 19.

“ Ornamental Trees,” Rept. Mont. Hort, Soc., 1884, p. 50.

Proceedings of the Society. 189

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NOCIETY.

The regular monthly meeting was held on Monday the
21st of April, Sir Wm. Dawson presiding.

Mr. Shearer, on behalf of the Excursion Committee,
reported that Lachute had been selected for the annual
field day, and that Saturday the 7th of June had been
decided upon.

The following donation to the museum was reported by
the Curator :—

Prairie horned lark, by Mr. F. B. Caulfield, for which
the thanks of the Society were tendered the donor.

It was moved by Mr. Sumner, seconded by Mr. Beaudry,
“that proposals for membership may be submitted to the
Council at their monthly meetings and balloted for at the
first meeting of the Society following.” Carried. Balloting
for new members resulted in the election of James Paton,
Dr. F. J. Shepherd and George Boulter.

The Corresponding Secretary was instructed to invite the
Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club and other societies from
that city to participate in the field day excursion of this
Society.

Sir William Dawson offered a paper “On the name
Quebec Group as applied to certain Canadian Rocks.”

Mr, H. T. Martin submitted a few notes on the beaver,
and Mr. F. B. Caulfield read a contribution on the subject
of “ Our Winter Birds.”

The annual meeting of the Society was held on Monday
the 26th of May, when the following reports were read and
adopted’ and ordered to be printed in the Record of Science.

Mr. PRESIDENT, GENTLEMEN,

On behalf of your Council I have the honor to report.

The work of the Society for the year has been successful
and attended with much interest.

The Society has had six general meetings, the Council
ten meetings, three of which were special ones.

1 The Presidential address will be found printed in full on p. 171.

190 Canadian Record of Science.

Twenty-three new members were added to the list, five
less than last year against twelve the year previous.

It is my painful duty to record the removal by death of
the following of our members:—Chas. Gibb, Andrew
Robertson, Jas. Hutton, Thos. Workman, Hon. Thos. Ryan
and Dr, Barnes.

All the departments have received due care. The
library has received more attention than any other year,
and special thanks are due to the honorary librarian, who
has attended regularly every week arranging the books
and the catalogue.

Thanks are also due to the honorary curator for the time
he has devoted to the museum. An important change has
been made by the appointment of a Museum Committee,
with the object of dividing the work, which had become very
onerous.

We are also indebted to the Editing Committee and its
chairman for the success of our journal.

The Sommerville course of lectures—seven in number—
attracted more interest than previously. They were as
follows :—

February 20—Food without and within the body, Dr.
Wesley Mills, M.A.

February 27—Tea and coffee, Dr.J.P. Girdwood, F.R.S.C.

March 6—Flour, Prof. J. T. Donald, M.A.

March 13—Drinking water, Dr. R. F. Ruttan, B.A.

March 20—Food diseases, Dr. W. G. Johnston.

March 27—Jewish dietary law, Rev. Meldola de Sola.

April 3—Milk, Prof. W. H. Ellis, M.A., M.D.

Mr. P.S. Ross, our late treasurer, is entitled to our grati-
tude for a donation of $25 for the special purpose of illus-
trating The Record.

But Messrs. J. S. Brown and J. S. Shearer deserve more
than a passing notice of the successful efforts and zeal dis-
played in finding the funds and improving the interior of the
building.

The members and friends who have contributed to present
to the Society the portrait of our worthy and respected
president are also deserving your thanks.

Proceedings of the Society. 191

The Government grant of $400 has been received and
used for the publication of our journal.

The Council has passed a new by-law, so that proposals
for membership to the Society are submitted to the Council
and balloted for at the following general meeting, thus
avoiding delays and yet leaving the names of candidates
posted a sufficient length of time.

Our delegate to the Royal Society of Canada has been
instructed to ask that Society to holdits meeting of 1891 in
Montreal. It isto be hoped that there will be no serious
objection to that project.

The field day was held on the 8th of June, at St. Hustache,
and was enjoyed by a large number of members and their
friends. There was only one collection entered for prizes
—a collection of 34 specimens of named plants by Dr.
Blackader.

In closing I may mention the attentive assistance your
superintendent cheerfully renders to all the officers of the
Society.

The whole respectfully submitted,

J. A. U. BEAauprRY,
Pres. of Council.

CURATOR’S REPORT, 1889-90.

The past year has been one of marked activity in the
museum, owing chiefly to the extra work required in carry-
ing out the alterations and reforms referred to in the last
annual report.

It was found necessary to repaint the wall-cases on the
main floor, and in consequence the animals and birds had
all to be removed while that was being done. Specimens
could not be displayed to advantage in the upper portions
of these cases; it was, therefore, deemed advisable to frost
the top row of glass and shelve off that part, thus affording
space for duplicate specimens.

New cases have been ordered for the centre of this floor.
They are now being made, and within the next month it is
expected they will be placed in position, and the objects
intended to occupy them arranged.

192 Canadian Record of Science.

An important change has been made in regard to the
management of the museum. It was generally acknow-
ledged that a better arrangement and more scientific classi-
fication of specimens were necessary ; and, as the carrying
out of such a scheme would occupy more time than was at
the disposal of your curator, at his suggestion a committee
was formed and the museum divided into different depart-
ments, each member taking charge of one, according to
natural inclination, as follows :—

Mammalogy—Mr. Horace T. Martin.

Ornithology—Mr. F. B. Caulfield.

Ichthyology—

Conchology—Mr. EH. T. Chambers.

Geology and Mineraloyy—Dr. Harrington and Mr. EK. H.
Hamilton.

Anthropology—

Should a botanical department be formed, Prof. Penhallow
has signified his willingness to take charge of it.

At the first meeting of this committee a general plan of
conformation was adopted, whereby all zoological specimens
will occupy the main floor, the gallery being reserved for
geological, anthropological and other specimens.

For obvious reasons the work of re-arranging could not
be commenced simultaneously, but as one department is
finished another is begun, and unnecessary confusion thus
avoided.

Considering the late season at which these measures were
introduced, it is pleasing to note the splendid progress
made amongst the mammalsand birds by Messrs. Martin
and Caulfield respectively, whilst the re classification and
labelling of the entomological collection by Mr. Winn and
his friend Mr. Dawson have been almost completed.

There were 2,094 visitors admitted to the museum during
this year, as against 1,192 last year. Considering that we
had no carnival this year and that the museum was prac-
tically closed for two months during repairs, this result is
very gratifying.

The admission fees for the year amount to $50.15, or
about $20 less than last year, which may be accounted for

Proceedings of the Society. 193

in admitting the schools and colleges free, and which con-
cession has been largely taken advantage of by the scholars
and students attending the various schools and colleges of
the city.

The thanks of the Society are due to the gentlemen of the
Museum Committee, whose names have already been men-
tioned, for their valuable assistance in re-arranging speci-
mens, as Well as to the superintendent, Mr. Griffin, for. his
attention to visitors, and for the admirable manner in which
the museum has been kept clean and free from dust.

The oil painting of our worthy president, Sir William
Dawson (by Harris), which was presented to the Society
by a number of members and friends, has been hung in an
appropriate part of the museum.

The following specimens have been added to the museum
during the year :—

DONATIONS.

A various collection of birds.

Small ant-eating bear.

Specimen of sponge.

Beaver wood and chips.

A collection of game birds.

Specimen of quartz rich from Mount Stephen.

Piece of (Norway?) pine taken from foot of St. Francois
Xavier street, supposed to be part of Maisonneuve’s fort.

Ulster County Gazette, N.Y., of January 4th, 1800, con-
taining account of death and entombment of General Wash-
ington.

Chinese Testament.

Olive-sided fly-catcher, ‘‘ Contopus borealis.”

Black-crowned night heron (spring) ‘‘ Nycticorax
nevius.” —

Head of Maskinonge.

Great blue heron.

Evening grosbeak.

Brown rat (young male).

Pine grosbeak (young male).

194 Canadian Record of Science.

Alligator.
Peregrine falcon or duck hawk.
Indian war club found at Guelph, Ont

PURCHASED.
Evening grosbeak (female).
BY EXCHANGE.
Northern shrike.
Respectfully submitted,

J. STEVENSON Brown,
Hon. Curator.

To the President and Council of the Natural History Society.

GENTLEMEN,

The Library Committee beg to report that during the
past year the work of sorting and arranging the parts and
numbers of exchanges and periodicals belonging to the
Society has been completed. One hundred and eleven
volumes are now ready for the binder, and efforts are being
made to obtain the parts required to complete about twenty
other volumes, of which parts are missing.

Progress has been made in locating and noting in the
catalogue the books on the south side of the library, but
this work cannot well be finished till the books waiting to
be bound be returned from the binder.

It was arranged at the special meeting of the Council,
held on May 27th, 1889, that the periodicals and other
works received in exchange for the Record of Science should
be received and acknowledged by the Librarian. This has
been done, and the works received immediately placed in
the case for the use of members.

The Committee beg to acknowledge the following dona-
tions, for which, in the name of the Society, they desire to
thank the donors :—

‘“Winchell’s Pre-Adomites,” from Mrs. E. P. Hannaford.

““ New Species of Fossil Sponges,” from Sir J. W. Dawson.

“Cretaceous Rocks of the North west,” from Dr. G.M.
Dawson,

Proceedings of the Society. 195

“On the Ore Deposits of Treadwell Mine,” from Dr.
G. M. Dawson.

— “Glaciation of British Columbia,” from Dr.G.M. Dawson,

Seven papers on mathematical subjects, from Professor
Hennesey.

“Tertiary Deposits of Manitoba,” from J. B. Tyrrel.

“Stratigraphy of the Quebec Group,” from Dr. Ells.

‘“Catalogue of Canadian Minerals at Philadelphia,” from
F. Emberson.

“Report on North Shore of Lake Huron Exhibition,”
from F. Emberson.

“Report on Geology of Newfoundland,” from F. Ember-
SOM,

“Report of Geological Survey for 1844 and 1849-50, from
F. Emberson.

Bulletins of the Agricultural Departmer t, Washington.

Bulletins of Inland Revenue Department, Ottawa.

Bulletins of Smithsonian Museum.

“Catalogue of Sponges in Australian Museum,” from
the Trustees of the Australian Museum.

Geology, Zoology, ete., of Lord Howe Island.

Your Committee are glad to report that more use has
_been made of the library by members during the past year,
and believe that its usefulness will be greatly enhanced
when a more simple catalogue is made out. This, it is
hoped, will be taken in hand at once, now that the whole
library has been looked over and in a great measure ar-
ranged.

Respectfully submitted on behalf of the Library Com-
mittee.

K. T. CHAMBERS,
Chairman.

MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE—REPORT 1889-90.

A meeting of this Committee was held on March 17th,
1889, when the treasurer, Mr. Gardner, reported that there
were only 181 ordinary members, and as these from time
to time were dropping out, it was highly important that
the list of life members should be increased,

196 Canadian Record of Science.

A list of those who had lately resigned was read over,
those present noting snch as they wished to call upon with
the view to having them continue their subscriptions.

It is the opinion of this Committee that, by the individual
efforts of the members of the Society, the membership roll
could be greatly increased, and the members are, therefore,
specially appealed to to assist in this matter.

Respectfully submitted.

J. STEVENSON Brown,
Chairman.

The Treasurer's statement for the year shows the follow-
ing gratifying position of the Society :—

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREAL IN ACCOUNT
WITH JAS. GARDNER, TREASURER.

RECEIPTS.

To Balance from last years... .-225-e25---+- cosscod 16580
CRO S dcice ciel cisinis tales eitabaoereto es SE ERR ey tans “eo oes 1202.00
“ Annual Subscriptions ....+. «+++ +++ eee weie > 010,017 51 OLSEIN
"Government Grante> cose. csececeen cote ccc ces 400.00
“ ‘Mintrance Hees; ‘Museunt.-.2. cs see icici cise + ds 50.15
“ Wield! Day SUrplisirest ee ssa !-t--r pees ole olnie oe 8.72
INPCKESE = anieia oelaietno, ceeteekee eaters “5 BACCO 4.36
“ Special Donation P. 8. Ross, Esq., towards illustra-

ting Record........ A OU HCO Ace 50 CaOaOe Meee 25 .00

“

Special Subscriptions collected by Messrs. J. S.
Shearer and J. S. Brown for Improvements and
Alerations)<. senses ree pee ies os 588.75

$2940.78

Proceedings of the Society. 197

DiIsBURSEMENTS.

By Salary Superintendent and Commissions........-. $ 453.80
) SuUndny EX PCMSESitts were's cla1c\elai<16 6 aloverey Not eversyetteteieiete 306.98
SSS AG 1a litewtas teveastelers eteleleterrsteveNotereve reves siatele) es haieraere ote 207.95
Uy 18h be) We icholo 10 CIS OOOO AiG Ia. HicesToscL DCCA CSIR aa Ane eA a 136.70
COTS UGATLC Oki cretetevelelenelaictenevele 5 SG0000 DO000G 0 000bNe 200KC 69.60
DAS CSnyaeioia seins wrote maleate NP are oh ctaw exons ebysicl skeen haes tore 32.64
© ILSCIWIES cco66 d'660000 00 Db icrele eualoretsbesiorelerora ciate) @ictorate 114.86
SE MIVINTS CUI D rerraster ovine oleitereteVeterch teke tal evotart shetevahelal (eis alate mn kei e-ereuecg 48 .+Q)
Se SOU Me MOE ral LURGS pe etaleeiatte mai sreuaterlarclel eteveieinielisiclele\eie/ ai 13.75
DG IREYeaGl Gi SOIT 506 boooGddoe Gouaue GoUddOGoed ape 766.40
“ Improvements and Alterations in Building....... 101.50
a ef from Special Fund

Expended by Messrs. J. 8. Shearer and J. 8.
STOW ai neisersretatte barenere ois! ete eieie aie se) acl ereneiele 586.74
& ismlleroees Om Inaiclocoons coo 0000 000000 gououn000de 101.53
$2940.78

Examined and found correct.

GEO. SUMNER,
JOHN 8. SHEARER,
Monrreat, 26th May, 1890.

Sir Wm. Dawson having signified his desire to be relieved
from the presidential office, he was, on motion of Hon,
Senator Murphy, seconded by Mr. J. S, Shearer, (ohare to
-the position of Honorary President.

The following officers were then elected for the ensuing
year :—

Honorary President—Sir J. Wm. Dawson.

President—Dr. B. J. Harrington.

Vice-Presidents—J.S. Shearer, Hon. E. Murphy, Prof. D.
P. Penhallow, Rev. Robt.'Campbell, Sir Donald A. Smith, J.
H. R. Molson, George Sumner, H. J. Joseph, Very Rev,
Dean Carmichael.

Recording Secretary—Albert Holden.

Corresponding Secretary—Horace T. Martin.

Curator—J. Stevenson Brown.

Members of Council—J. 8. Shearer (Chairman), J. A. U.
Beaudry, Dr. R. F. Ruttan, S. Finley, Dr. J. W. Stirling, R.
W. Mclachlan, Dr. J. C. Cameron, Major Latour, Rev.
Canon Empson.

15

198 Canadian Record of Science.

Editing Committee—Prof. D. P. Penhallow, Dy. B. J. Har-
rington, Dr. T. Wesley Mills, G. F. Matthew, J. F.
Whiteaves.

LInbrary Committee— HK. T. Chambers (Chairman), J. A.
U. Beaudry, F. B. Caulfield, R. W. McLachlan, Joseph
Fortier.

Lecture Committee—Dr. Harrington (Chaiiman), Rev.
Robt. Campbell, P. S. Ross.

House Committee—J. S. Shearer (Chairman), J. Stevenson
Brown, Albert Holden.

Membership Committee—J. S. Brown (Chairman), 8.
Finley, P. S. Ross, Dr. Stirling, Geo. Sumner, Dr. Birkett,
J. A. U. Beaudry, R. W. McLachlan, Henry Hamilton, A.
F. Winn, Dr. J. C. Cameron.

Taxidermist—F. B, Caulfield.

NOTE.

The Duck Hawk at Abbotsford, P.Q.—A pair of this spe-
cies (Falco peregrinus anatum) were recently presented to
the Society by Mr. N. E. Fisk. They were shot at Abbots-
ford, P.Q., on May 7th, 1890, by his son Charles Albert.
Fisk. Mr. Fisk states that they had a nest in a recess in
the western side of the mountain (Yamaska) and that one
or two pairs of these birds have been observed there for the
past forty-five years. This information is very interesting
as this species although occurring throughout the entire
Dominion is one of our rarest hawks and the records of its
nesting in the southern parts of its range are very few

indeed.
F, B. CAULFIELD.

The Field Day. 199

FIELD Day.

The annual field day of the Society was held on Saturday,
June 7th. At ten o’clock about one hundred and fifty
ladies and gentlemen assembled at the Windsor -street
station, where, through the courtesy of the Canadian Pacific
Railway, four fine drawing-room cars were placed at their
disposal. In addition to members of the Natural History
Society, there were strong representations of the Camera
Club, the Entomological Society and the Agassiz Association.
On arriving at their destination the party met a delegation
from Ottawa, consisting of the Ottawa Field Naturalists’
Club and their friends, in all about fifty.

The objective point, Lachute, was reached in season for
an early lunch. On disembarking, the excursionists
were cordially welcomed by the mayor, Dr. Smith. In
the absence of the president, Dr. Harrington, and of
the honorary president, Sir Wm. Dawson, Prof. Pen-
hallow, as vice-president, replied to the mayor on behalf of
the Society, welcomed the Ottawa delegation and an-
nounced the programme for the day. Immediately after
lunch the various parties dispersed in different directions
under their respective leaders. Many visited the Lachute
paper mills, to which an invitation had been extended by
Mr. J.C. Wilson. Another large party visited the cart-
ridge factory, where they received many courtesies at the
hands of the manager, Capt. Howard. The entomologists
under Mr. Jas. Fletcher and Mr. Caulfield; the geologists
under Dr, Ells, Mr. Whitman and Mr. McOuat; the botan-
ists under Prof. Penhallow, and the Camera Club under
Mr. Henderson, all found, in their respective fields, oppor-
tunities for profitable employment.

At four o’clock the party assembled at the Post Office,
where the various collections were examined and prizes
announced. Mr. Whitman made some remarks upon the
geology of the district, pointing out that in the immediate
vicinity were localities which had gained great repute
among geologists on account of the special work of Sir Wm.
Logan in connection with them. Remarks on the insects

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF APRIL, 1890.

(eae ealenue in one hour was 41 on the 10th.’
rentest velocity in gusts4) miles r

raoatent g! es per hour on
Resultant mileage, 5,760.

Direction..... N.E. | E. §.E. 5. 5.W- W- | N. W.| Calm
Milegieseaunte 664 287 ees | ee | 5517. 1628 1534 [=
Duration in hrs.. 89 50 losee | a 52 236 95 99 mo
Mean velovityanl| 14.4 13.3 las | econ 16.8 23.4 lap | 15.5 | i 7

Resultant direction, S. 61°5 W.
Total mileage, 12,90i.
Average mileage per hour 16.94.

temperature of 32° Fahr

§ Observed.

+ Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury.

t Humidity relative, saturation being 100.

1 Nine years only.

The greatest heat was 66-9 on the 23rd ; the
greatest cold was 21.1 on the 4nd, giving 4
range of temperature of 45.8 degrees. Warmest
day was the 23rd. Coldest day was the 18th. Highest
barometer reading was 34.456 on the 26th; lowest
barometer was 20 on the 9th, giving a range of

236 inches- num relative humidity was 95

on the 25th.

Rain fell on 12 days.
Snow fell on 5 days,

Rain or snow fell on 13days.
Auroras were observed on 3 nights.
Lunar halo on 1 night.

Togs on 2 days.

. * sey y e o 5 -
Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Heizht above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
ISKy CLOUDED f
_ THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. In Trenvas. E £9 S| 5
ea a ee ce =a en es Lal con, | Men = —— 2a aS | 25 | Ss
DAY pres- |relative| Dew M a ach 3 a3 Bs
: ) Min. |B M 5M Mi GIG | MNEH| DOGS] Gem (put | El Se Se ee DAN
lax. 5 aD ean. #X. § b . | vapour. : 2 x 4 = s} d=) || asl
Mean. | Max in ge Mix §Min §Range. | vapour. | ity Ainectioae lacie g S e 3 I a
perhour, ~~ a a=)
1} 27.99 | 32.5 23.8 8.7} 30-3103 | 30.398 30-194 204 0902 59-7 15.8 22.1 1.8 | 10 ‘ z
21 30.97| 37.0 Tir 15-9] 30.3263 | 30.454 30.214 240 1167 67.2 21.3 32.0 6.7 | 10 i 2
34 40-50} 48-1 32-5 15.6] 30-0885 | 30.211 29.905 +306 1480 53.7 27.2 25.0 4.2 | 10 SA050 3
4] 40.40) 48.0 32.6] 15-4] 29.6580) 29.781 29.507 +274 2297 89.5 37 5 21.3 || 10.0] 10 5 A
5 29.88 36.0 24.8 11.2 30.1103 30.243 29.923 320 0928 56.0 16.7 21.3 2.2] 10 Tnapp. 5
Sunpay... -6 Hote 45-5 278 17-7 é & || eseono . - g00n onnn 20.9 poo nye 0.02 (SicreoceenaS
7 40.95 | 47.0 35-2 11.8 29.934 29.836 098 1693 67.0 29.7 13.0 5.0 | 10 ae de Fi +. SUNDAY
8] 33.80] 41.3 28.8 12.5 30.047 29.729 .318 1265 64-7 23.0 (8500 6.7 | 10 0.2 8
9} 40-52] 44.9 35 7. 8.2 29.665 29 220 “445 2145 84.8 36-5 19.9 || 10.0} 10 Gade 9
10} 36.02 | 43.7 31-7 12.0 29-833 29.249 584 1573 73-5 28.5 25.6 || 10.0 | 10 Tnapp. 10
Ir 32.87 40.8 25.8 15.0 30.120 29 957 163 1173 62.8 20.7 12.1 4.0 | 10 sees It
12 46.17 58.2 30.8 27-4 30-191 30.003 188 1723 550 30.2 18.6 1-0 4 .. | 12
SUNDAV......--I9 ] --++- 62.8 7@5} || 2Eb3}| | onnas 0 |) oonde0 “Ih seonos tee toe Badd S000 Wa Mi PO) |} coco || 5 eee tees 13 ++-++++-+SUNDAY
14] 46.05| 57.0 37-6 19.4} 29 9110| 30.055 29-773 282 «2080 66.3 350 N. 12.4 8.2 | 10 14
15 39.20 AqnA 31-7 15.7 30.2778 30.375 30.165 210 .0858 37-7 13.8 N.W. 19-2 0.0 ° 15
16} 40.87 52.0 30.7 21.3 30.2328 30.367 30.103 264 1363 535 25.2 S. W 17.4 2.0} 10 16
17 37-30] 46.8 30.7 16.1} 29 9652| 30.009 29 929 080 -1138 51-3 20.7 N.W 17.0 7.2 | 10 on) 17
18] 27.27 | 31.6 21.6 10.0 ff 29.9883 | 30.067 29-945 122 -0738 49-3 11.3 N.W 16.7 67] 10 Inapp. 18
19} 39.05] 49-1 27-7. 21.4} 3c 2027 | 30.301 30-120 18 .1208 50.7, 22.3 W. 12.3 1.8 | 10 seve 19
SIRDYSfos-0 sce} cons 54-4 33-7 Fbe| | easccezoo |] aogode |!) adoon Be eucas 058 S000 N.W. 14.8 5 oo |} 6d eee 500 PEM potas ....SUNDAYV
21} 44.47) 53.8 36.0 17-2 30.333 30 227 106 1855 62.7 2.0 S.W. 23.8 3.2]10] 0 0.12 21
224 48.77) 58.3 36.2 22.1 30.409 30-178 231 1538 44-2 27.5 Ss 12.2 3-8| 10| 0 46 | Inapp. 22
23] 55.57 | 66.9 44-6 22.3 30.203 29-874 +329 = 2683 61.3 4U-5 S.Wi 24.2 6.0} 10] o 34 | Inapp. 23
24) 40.80) 54.1 33.5 2053 30.294 30-158 +136 +1258 48.7 22.7 N. 15-5 25| 8] o 95 24
254 32.02] 49.9 29.7 20.2 30.422 30. 284 +138 «1065 47-0 19.3 N 17.9 1.7|10] 0 76 25
26 41-75] 53.0 29.6 23 4 30.456 30.123 333 -1277 49-8 23.0 S.H. 13-8 65]|10] o 73 26
Sunpay....... PAL Snaoe 40-5 32.7 7.8 os = 2000 see N.E. 12.3 ar 00 | 0.13 27 weeereeaee Sunpay
54.0 35.7| 28.3 1054 71548 s2.0 | 28.2 W. 15-3 | o.5| 2] of o8| -... 28
59.6 38.6 21.0} 29.8660 12325 66.8 37.3 s. 16.8 7-8| 10] 9 4t | 0.31 29
49-7 41.7 8.0 29.7198 +2595 82.0 | 41.0 5S.W.. 21.8 | 10.0| 10] 10 co] 0.32 30
nee 48.80] 3213] 16.66] 38 o4rs ed: aa 1534 60.1, | 26.5 f...... 17.9
16 yrs. meansfor &} 39-60] 47.68 | 31.73] 15-94 29-9425] ...... | cress 0 2or 1683 (Gh || onda |} aes cobacn 5-84 153.2 | 1.59 6.5 | 2.24 |16 years means for and
including this mo, including this month
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD.
*Barometer readings reduced to sea-level angjon the 4th. Minimum relative humidity was 15

Sd
=] =
THs -| &y =
“—= © “om aR =| |
54) Sa 5 | Sis |
DAY. Os = S a5 as
Sal Be 5 Cir) DAY.
Mean.| fa 5] 3& Eq ag
ml OS Seah yl a |
Hg, n fe |
es 20 | Inapp. .. | 0.00] x |
33 7t eres 2 |
57 | 0.46 ° 46 3
SUNDAY.......- Peels
wae || (EE) Sos Heat Oe SSN WN orci cis 15 .. SUNDAY
gg | 00 | 9-13 codon. || Os8B |] B
- foe) 0.98 rs 0.98 6
°3'| 06 | 0.18 0.18 9
77 | 32 | 0.09 5a 1 CCL) | a)
SUNDAVEE eee Din Ain ctr
ee pa {oo 6000 || $82 doonoqnonoSthy,y) |
55 06 oe “0 5000) || 2
33 [ere) 0.13 He 0-13 | 13
G \16 9.09 Ne 0.09 | 14
o, | Sz | Inapp.| .... | 0-00 | x5
30 60 an 900 s00 ||
28 0.21 ns 0.21 | 17
SUNDAY PAROS .18 tee Geille liao Aico REHM NS Sea
oo | 2 0.18 Hee 0.18 | 19
ss 00 T-3E | caneee 1.31 | 20
2| 9t etelnie oclse oo 21
Z 22 500 kes 50 || 22
eB 45 | 0.02 56 || G68 |) Be
47 ee 000 .. | 24
SUNDAY..... 5865 56 S000 obO0 atereiel | 2 Siletersiet letsletel SUNDA
36.23 16 | 0.05 0.05 | 26
33 49 0.44 tee 0.44 | 27
78 54 | 0.20 000 0.20 | 28
9.63 | 37 i odo || 28)
62.88 | 39 p00 ils age |) #@
0 Bono me 31
basins Rial wie Means} 51t.59| |_.
_|3 | 4-85 Ztatei4 |W Sa gonoceoc Waisieta
ee epee re 54-58 \3| 2.98 H306 2 99 |16 years means for and
2 ‘including this month,
AN,
Directionce eee Ne she 5th and 6th. Minimum relative humidity
Se Aon oS Hahei
Ieee pedeoduacos 1099 rhin fell on 18 days.

\)

ain Rae MEN NENSTan mee LAT aLosioniaidayss
Duration in hrs.. 81 | i
sa inar halo on 1 night.
Mean velocity...| 12.5 1/g on 3 days.
junder on 2 days.
e month was eharacterized by being unusually

(rreatest inileage in one hownd cold.
Greatest velocity in gusts

|| the !7th.

Li
ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF MAY, 1890.
Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. CO. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
[SKY CLOUDED J. 3 E
THERMOMETER, *BAROMETER. WIND. In Tenras. |S g| la 3
ee ee Pa ak eh nT itMleans it Mean, 35.8) S38 = | ahs
E Aes! @ = oS
pres-_ |relative| Dew God] SS ao | qs
DEN Mi sure of |/bumid-| point. General welst ge 3 Ee ee 3 DEN
Lb i B ity: c i ¥ 2 oa re Ast
Max. in. |Range.} Mean. | SMax. | SMin. | SRange.| vapour. | ity Aivectiond aimilee 222 a S 5
perhou a a
—_- _— — -. |_— — ————_— =
I 48.4 32-5 15-9] 29.8543 | 30.089 29-668 +421 1778 65.3 29.8 W. 17.5 20 I
2 50.9 28.3 22.6] 30.0842 | 30.143 30.014 .129 +1235 46.8 22.8 S.W- 14-5 71 2
3 71-5 39.7 | 31-8} 29.8427 | 29-925 29.739 +186 +2533 63.2 40.0 S: 21.0 57 3
SUNDAY.......- 4 47.0 36.2 HOL31! os50500 || ovo000 |] oco000e on sens sees | eee N.E. AAG) || s00 . . Cy b ZbG
5 47.3 38.1 9.2] 29.6063 | 29.707 29.558 +149 2665 96.3 | 41.8 N.E. 18.6 ] 10.0] 10 | 10 i) b 5
| 6 49.0 42.1 6.9} 29.6558 | 29.739 29.585 154 2775 90.0 42.8 S.W. 16 5 g-8| 10] 9 00 y 6
7 49-4 37-8 11.6 | 30.0070 | 30.234 29.828 +406 1777 61.0 31-5 S.-W. 15 2 4.8] 10] 0 4 ae 7
| 8 53.0 35-7 17.3] 30-1140 | 30.191 jO-042 +149 1560 54.0 28.3 00 98 1-8] 4] 0 8 an 8
| 9 58.0 38.4 19.6 29.8825 30.015 29.703 .252 2472 77-7 39-2 SOW: 19.6 8.3 | 10 c 06 ki 9
10 51.8 39 6 12.2]} 29.9253 | 29.961 29 876 -085 1862 60.5 32-5 Wis 7.3 7.2|10] 0 32 | 0.09 0.09 | 10
SUNDAV.......- rt | oosu8 59:0 35.8 FE} 21) conn onll-asocacem || aopeoct |) Soc amt | nosts | coos N.W. 13:33 J... ++ f} 100 Ir. «»SUNDAY
12 57-5 35-7 21.8 30.0107 30.220 29.862 358 1802 52.5 31.5 S.W- 10.4 g.2 | 10 5 06 12 |
13 54.8 44-5 10-3 29.7057 | 29.851 29.605 246 3120 84.3. | 457 S.W. 7-6 9-8] 10] 9 [) 13
14 62.0 50.3 11.7} 29-6742 | 29.718 29.610 108 3147 74.2 | 46.2 5.W. 12.4 8.3 | 10] 0 16 14
| 15 67.0 46.4 20.6] 29-7558 | 29.808 29.720 088 3182 67.8 46.5 S.W. 14.3 8.2] 10] 0 5I 15
16 60.5 45-6) 14.9] 29 8980) 29.962 29.800 162 2348 63.2 38.7 S.W. 17-4 7-5 |10| 0 60 16
17 55-5 39-6 | 15.9] 29-7943 | 30.022 29.635 387 2218 69.3 | 37.0 S.W. 24.1 J 6.0] 10) off 28 17
Sunpay.... 55-5 37.6 | 7.9 W. TSI Poses | oe | we 66 18 eee Sunpay |
640 51-3 12.7 Ss. 16.2 g.2]/10] 5 00 19
55.9 40-7 15.2 Ww. 18.8 8.7] 10] 2 00 20
59° 38 3 20.7 SW. 10.3 4-7 | 10] 0 gr 0 21
67-9 48-2 19.7 S.E. 8. 5.9 | 10] o 22 ° 22 |
| 63.2 46.5 16.7 S.E. 14.2 7-8] 10] 0 45 0 23
| 65.7 51.4 14.3 N.E. 8.0 7-3 | 10] 2 47 600 24
\
Sunpay....... coona || ZEW 53-4 H)} cooooee || ascane |] co0090 S.E. 292 || ca00 || oo |} 20 56] sss 25. »»» SUNDAY
| 65.0 55-3 -7 | 29.9808 | 30.062 29.890 3.E. 16.2 | 10.0] 10 | 10 16 | 0.05
| 66.6 50.9 -7 | 29.8517 | 29.890 29.811 nae 30 95 8.5] 10} 2 49 | 2-44
67.9 50-5 -4] 29.9053] 30 o22 29.840 N. 10.5 5.8] 10] 0 54 | 0.20
66.0 455 +5 | 30.0390 30.112 29.972 N.E, 49 15] 3] 0 7
68.6 49.5 -I} 29.9033 | 29.999 29.804 N-E 66 | 08] 4] o 9
74x 43-4 7] 29.7927 : = Sal AO] eet S| One
ea | eee | ae |
59:84) | 43/03 || 16.81 ]| 29,8991 || ...... || -«+:+- | -195 || -2664 | 6817 || 40:7 | ....-- 14.0 |
16 yrs. means for &| 63.70 Tan neat essence 51. 2.98 16 years means for and
|| including this mo, OT e Deeg ibrerade)| or sill dese 3 including this month,
5 ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD.

SS ee ee 1 _ : lon the 5th and 6th. Minimum relative humidity |
|| Direction........ N. | NE] & | se. | os. |s.w. | w. |N.w.| Calm pte ROS GE OSU > ESAT tl cleronae) TN |
|| Mil | (pesreuilicsccou lececcm lee 5 x Rain fell on 18 days.

Mileainene-seterl 1099 | 1486 238 1352 | 1140 | 3560 | 1155 454 $ Observed. 3 Solar halos on 2 days. |
|| Duration: | cere + Pressure of yapour in inches of mercury. jolar : joes |
|| Duration in hrs.. 81 108 24 92 92 222 82 4l 2 {t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. ae eee night. ||
|| Mean velocity 12 Jan nlc ae T Ni s only. 06 0!

oe “5 13.8 a) 14. I2. 16.0 14. Tes ine years y.

| ye : a a The greatest heat was 74.1 on the dist; the ‘Thunder on 2 days. z 5
|| -~—_— an ——_—______lireatest cold was 28.3 on dite 2nd, giving a The none was eharacterized by being unusually
\ lores ‘ . ee ature of 45.8 degrees. armest|wet and cold.

| areuiteat mnilenge in one hour was42on the 17th.| Resultant mileage, 2,842. rangelot nea ate Coldest day was the Ist. Highest

ane Rhos velocity in gusts66 miles per hour on Resultant direction, 5. 38° W. barometer reading was 30.311 on the 22nd; lowest }

My Total mileage, 10,394. barometer was 29.598 on the 5th, giving a range of |

(0.753 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100)

Resultant di
Total milea

e
}. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
———
inate E
| a!
| Ss a=| ai A 5 :
fac-s| Se | 32 | os
>, Nes Ss eq | de
DAY. WWPog) .6= : ° BS DAY.
fom = eo Bes} ag
Joa 2” q a
i} & nN fy
SUNDAY.-.....|J 10°] *-re wee i agpogas . .<SUNDAY
| 84 ets 2
56) .... 3
00 | 0.89 4
00 0.22 even 5
(eo) 0.05 oNhh 6
2s 0.05 600 7
SuNDav...... |] 67 | Inapp.| .. . BirtieNactes assists Sunpay
741s oie 9
60 2000 Io
76| Inapp.| ---- IL
00 | 0.25 12
00 | 0.25 ee Go 13
02] 0.08 n0d0 14
SUNDay....... | 63 . (5 Wekelsbetetaletatsts Sunpay
| 55 . 16
(ete) |] Globee Renann 17
82 . 18
48 : 19
Too 20
97 0 21
Sunpay....... i] «3 | Inapp. Prone aasnas SUNDAY
74 | 0.32 ac 23
33 | 9-49 : 24
97 | 9-08 Wiel 25
88 a 5 26
56 . 27
100 28
Sungay.....,.) 88 20 Wate eeitale SunDax
i 100 30
onions eM 57-2 | 2.72 SUMS Heneetsle a ctertorstateyers
16 yrs. ae 155.2] 3.16 n0O6 16 ys. means for and
solalins this| including this month
0.638 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100
jou the the 4th. Minimum relative humidity was
Direction..... 29 on the Ist.
Milcsiee. Rain fell on 14 days.
Deranioounine Lunar halo on 1 night.
Mean velocity Hog on.S'days,
a Thunder on 6 days.
Greatest mil
Resultant m

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF JUNE, 1890.

Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

§Range.

vapour:

THERMOMETER.
DAY.
Mean.| Max. | Min. |Range.
SuNDAY........ 1 77.9 58.3 18,7
2] 5718] 67.0 49-4 17.6
3| 58.93] 65.9 47-4 18.5
4| 55-77 | 60.0 52-4 7-6
5| 60.38} 66.7 55-1 11.6
6| 64.95 | 72.5 61.2 11.3
7| 58.65 | 67.8 46.8 21.0
SunDay...... -8 jbo 6 59-4 40.8 18.6
g| 58.78 | 66.2 54-4 11.8
Io | 62.47 71.0 50.3 20.7
11 69.98 $1.0 57-3 23.7
12 57 93 | 64.2 52-4 21.8
13 55.02 | 60.2 50-3 9-9
14} 50.80] 63.0 52-4 10.6
SuNpay.......- 15 Son 74-0 53-7 20.3
16 | 68.35 | 79.0 55-1 23.9
17 71.32 | 79.9 64.8 15-1
18 | 70.58! 80.0 65.0 15.0
19 | 61.35 | 69.0 53-4 15.6
20] 6368] 725 48.6 23-9
21 | 68.03 | 79-4 57-6 21.8
Sunvay....... az | ...- 79.0 58.7 11.3
23 | 69.35 | 82.3 58.3 24.0
24 | 69.22) 80.4 62.3 18.1
25] 72.65) 82.0 62.8 19.2
26} 68.92) 79.0 59-2 19.8
a7 66.60 | 75-7 58.3 17-4
28| 68.75 | 77.8 | 60.1 17-7
16 yrs. means for d&| 64.46 | 73.10 | 55.92] 17.17
jncluding this mo,

*BAROMETER.
§Max. §Min.
30.092 29-974
30.172 30.026
29.991 29.870
29-931 29.869
29.916 29-640
30.070 29.632
30.257 30.033
30.270 29-951
29.924 29.767
29.880 29-818
29.874 29-850
30-040 29-881

40,1245 30.196 | 30.060
yy 30.081 29-741
29-779 29-692
30.105 29 802

go. 165, 30.010
30.002 29.824

of 20.868
29.686

29.683

29-750

29.815

29.746

29-855

Sky CLOUDED [| 3 E
WIND. In TENTHS. Se Ba =
{ Mean ate S58) Ss a3
relative) Dew Mean Soe & 2 ES DAN,
apse e yom General |yelocity et) Iie} ca ag
direction. |in miles Ale a
see 900 N.W. 19.9 + 100) «++ D0 Son » .SUNDAY
46.2 | 36a | N.wW. | 17.8 8| of 84 as A -
43-5 36.3 RE. 4.0 ° 56| .- 3
96.0 | 54.5 BR. 7-2 10] 00] 0.89 A
94.7 58.8 N.E. 50 10 00 | 0.22 5
go.2 61.8 S.E. 4.4 10 o: 0.05 6
71-5 49-2 S.W. 20.2 ° ms 0.05 7
6900 wee W. 18.6 67 | Inapp. 8 ........,.Sunpay
48-8 39.2 W. 18.3 74) vee 9
60.3 | 48.2 S.W. 8.4 60 10
72.8 60.7 S.W.- 13.4
86.7 | 53-7 Lr. 14.0
92.3 53-0 E. 7-7
86.2 52.5 N-E. 16.2
5 009 N.E. 5.0 63 RE cooeao0a00 Sunpay
73-7 | 592 S.W. 6.5
77-7 63.3 S.W. 15 4
69-8 | 59-7 SW 20.6
61.7 47-7 N. 12.8
56.5 47-2 S.Ww. 11.7
61-5 | 53-5 5.W. 15.2
Sexe 060 N.E. 11.2 13| Inapp.| -... Boat. | FEE Mobsacsnos Sunpay
77-2 61-5 S.W. 7-9 74 | 2-32 23
82.3 63-5 S.W. 13-5 33 | 0-49 24
63.2 60.8 Ww. 21.2 8 97 | 9-01 a5
55-7 51-8 N.W. 16.7
62.3 53.0 N.W. 11.0
57-2 523 N.E. 6.2
806 ave E. 6.5 88 E) nonqaucaun Sunpax
54.5 | 57-5 8.W. 9.0
69-7 : 57.2] 2.72
(35) |} one |) 906 oeseon 55.2] 3-16 dood 16 yrs. means for and
including this month

Direction... . N. N.E. E. S.E. 3. | S.W. W. |N. W.
Miles Danax | aa7 | 404 | 4a | 2889 | agr7
Duration in hrs. 49 126 49 49 a | 194 8r

Mean velocity... 8.4 8.9 6.9 8.2 94 | 14.9 17.5 16.0

Greatest mileage in one hour was 29 on the oth
Resultant mileage, 3,315

Resultant direction, S. 85° W.

Total mileage, 8,770.

month is for the greatest
Hall record, which has b
to reduce if to the mountain anemometer record.

Norr.—The mileage for the first 11 days of the
art taken from the City
een multiplied by 1.25

*Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and
temperature of 32° Fahr.

3 Observed.

+ Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury.

t Humidity relative, saturation being 100.

1 Nine years only.

The greatest heat was 85.3 on the 30th; the
greatest cold was 40.8 on the 8th, giving a
range of temperature of 44.5 degrees. Warmest
day was the 30th. Coldestday was the8th. Highest
barometer reading was 30.270 on the 10th; lowest
barometer was 29.632 on the 7th, giving a range of

0.638 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100
on the the 4th. Minimum relative humidity was
29 on the Ist.

Rain fell on 14 days.

Lunar halo on 1 night.

Fog on 8 days,

‘Thunder on 6 days.

THE

Cee peso ANG EH COR DD

OF SCIENCE.

WOE: SEV: OCTOBER, 1890. NO. 4.

THrk RELATIONS oF MEN OF SCIENCE TO THE
GENERAL PUBLIC.'

By T. C. MapnprEnHALL.

Just fifty years have passed away since a small body of
eithusiastic students of Geology and Natural History or-
ganized themselves into an Association which was, for the
first time in the history of this country, not local in its
membership or its purpose. As the “Association of Ameri-
can Geologists and Naturalists,” it was intended to include
any and all persons, from any and all parts of the country,
who were actively engaged in the promotion of Natural
History studies, and who were willing to re-inforce and
strengthen each other by this union. So gratifying was the
success of this undertaking, that after a few years of in-
creasing prosperity under its first name, the Association
wisely determined to widen the fields of its operations, by
resolving itself into the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, thus assuming to be in title what it
had really been in fact, from the beginning of its existence.
One of the articles of its first constitution, adopted at its first
meeting, provided that it should be the duty of its president
to present an address at a General Session following that

1 Address by the retiring President of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science. Indianapolis, August, 1890.
16

202 Canadian Record of Science.

over which he presided. The performance of this duty can.
not, therefore, be easily avoided by one who has been hon-
ored by his fellow members, in being called upon to preside
over the deliberations of this Association ; nor can it be
lightly disposed of, when one realizes the importance of the
occasion, and recalls the long list of his distinguished prede-
cessors, each of whom in his turn has brought to this hour
at least a small measure of the work of a lifetime devoted
to the interests of science.

The occasion is one that offers an opportunity and imposes
an obligation. The opportunity is in many ways unique
and the obligation is correspondingly great. In the delivery
of this address, the retiring president usually finds himself
in the presence of a goodly number of intelligent people,
representatives of the general public, who, knowing some-
thing of the results of scientific investigation, have little
idea of its methods, and whose interest in our proceedings,
while entirely cordial and friendly, is often born of curios-
ity rather than a full appreciation of their value and impor-
tance. Mingled with them are the Members and Fellows of
the Association, who have come to the annual gathering
laden with the products of many fields, which they have in-
dustriously cultivated during the year; each ready to submit
his contribution to the inspection and criticism of his com-
rades, and all hoping to add in some degree to the sum total
of human knowledge.

The united presence of these two classes, intensifies the
interest which naturally attaches to an occasion like this,
and not unnaturally suggests, that a brief consideration of
the relations which do exist and which should exist between
them, may afford a profitable occupation for us this evening.

In the beginning it may be truthfully affirmed, that no
other single agency has done as much to establish these re-
lations on a proper basis, as the American Association for
the Advancement of Science. In the first article of its con-
stitution the objects of the Association are defined as follows:
—‘by periodical and migratory meetings, te promote inter-
course between those who are cultivating science in different

Men of Science and the General Public. 203

parts of the United States, to give a stronger and more gen-
erous impulse and a more systematic direction to scientific
research in our country, and to procure for the labors of
scientific men, increased facilities and a wider usefulness.” So
perfectly do these words embody the spirit of the Associa-
tion, that when more than thirty years later the constitu-
tion was thoroughly revised, none better could be found to
give it expression. That it has been successful in promoting
intercourse between those who are cultivating science in
different parts of the United States, may be proved by the
testimony of thousands who have come to know each other
through attendance at its meetings. In a country whose
geographical limits are so extensive as ours, and whose
scientific men are so widely scattered, it is difficult to over-
estimate its value in this particular,

In giving a stronger and more general impulse and a
more systematic direction to scientific research in our coun-
try, it has been singularly fortunate. Its meetings have
been the means of disseminating proper methods of investi.
gation and study throughout the land; hundreds of young
students, enthusiastic but often not well trained, have found
themselves welcome (sometimes to their own astonishment),
and by its influence and encouragement, have been moulded

and guided in the utilization of their endowments, occasion-
ally exceptional, to the end that they have finally won a
fame and renown which must always be treasured by the
Association as among its richest possessions. Wherever its
migratory meetings have been held, the pulse of intelligence
has been quickened, institutions have been encouraged and
strengthened, or created where they did not before exist,
and men of science have been brought into closer relations
with an intelligent people.

But it isin relation to the last of the three great objects,
to accomplish which the Association was organized, namely,
“to procure for the labors of scientific men, increased facil-
ities and a wider usefulness ” that it has been, on the whole,
less successful. It is true that when we look at the history
of science in America during the past fifty years; when we

204 Canadian Record of Science.

see at every point evidences of public appreciation, or at
least appropriation of scientific discovery ; and most of all,
when we observe the enlargement of older institutions of
learning to make room for instruction in science, and the
generous donations to found new technical and scientific
schools, together with an occasional endowment of research,
pure and simple; in view of all these, I say, we are almost
constrained to believe that scientific men have only to ask,
that their facilities may be increased, and that their labors
could hardly have a wider usefulness.

Unfortunately, this pleasing picture is not a true reflection
of the actual condition of things. The attentive observer can-
not fail to discover that the relation between men of science
and the general public, is not what it should be in the best
interests of either or both. In assemblages of the former,
it is common to hear complaints of a lack of appreciation,
and proper support on the part of the latter, from whom, in
turn, occasionally comes an expression of indifference, now
and then tinctured with contempt for men who devote their
lives and energies to study and research, the results of which
cannot always be readily converted into real estate or other
forms of taxable property. It cannot be denied that the man
of science is at some disadvantage as compared with his
neighbor, the successful lawyer or physician, when it comes
to that distribution of confidence with responsibility which
usually exists in any well ordered community, although the
latter may possess but a fraction of the intellectual power
and sound judgment which he can command. To his credit
it may be said that he is usually considered to be a harmless
creature, and to render him assistance and encouragement
is generally regarded as a virtue. The fact of his knowing
much about things which do not greatly concern the gen-
eral public, is accepted as proof that he knows little of mat-
ters which seriously affect the public welfare.

It is true, that when the public is driven to extremities it
sometimes voluntarily calls upon the man of science, and in
this emergency it is often unpleasantly confronted with the
fact that it does not know where to find him. The scientific

Men of Science and the General Public. 205

dilettante, or worse, the charlatan, is often much nearer the
public than the genuine man of science, and the inability
to discriminate, sometimes results in disaster in which both
science and the public suffer.

In venturing to suggest some possible remedies for this
condition of things, it will be logical, if not important, to
roughly define the two classes under consideration, the sci-
entific and the non-scientific. One is the great majority, the
general public, including in the United States over sixty
millions of people in all conditions, cultured and uncultured,
educated and uneducated, but in average intelligence, we
are proud to say, superior to the people of any nation in the
world. Out of these it is not easy to sift by definition, the
smali minority properly known as men of science. Only a
rough approximation may be reached by an examination of
the membership of scientific societies.

The American Association for the Advancement of Sci-
ence, includes in its membership about two thousand per-
sons. It is well known, however, that many of these are
not actually engaged in scientific pursuits, either profession-
ally or otherwise; indeed it is one of the important functions
of the society to gather into its fold as many of this class as
_ possible. The fellowship of the association is limited how-
ever, by its constitution, to such members as are profession-
ally engaged in science, or have by their labors aided in ad-
vancing science. They number about seven hundred, but
in this case it is equally well known that the list falls far
short of including all Americans, who by their labors in
science, are justly entitled to a place in any roll of scientific
men. On the whole, it would not, perhaps, be a gross ex-
aggeration to say, that not more than one in fifty thousand
of our population could be properly placed upon the list,
even with a liberal interpretation of terms.

In this estimate it is not intended, of course, to include
that large class of active workers whose energies are devoted
to the advancement of applied science. Although their
methods are often the result of scientific training, and while
the solution of their problems requires much knowledge of

206 Canadian Record of Science.

science, the real advancement of science at their hands is
rather incidental than otherwise. In certain particulars
they may be likened to the class known as “middle men”
in commercial transactions, the connecting link between
producer and consumer. It is in no way to their discredit
that they usually excel both of these, in vigilance and cir-
cumspection and in their quick perception of utility. By
them the discoveries of science are prepared for and placed
upon the market, and it is difficult to overestimate their
usefulness in this capacity. It is true that the lion’s share
of the profit in the transaction is generally theirs, and that
they are often negligent in the matter of giving the phil
osopher the credit to which he is entitled, but for the lat-
ter, at least, it is believed that the philosopher is himself
often responsible.

If this statement of the relative numbers of the scientific
and the non-scientific is reasonably correct, the scientific
man may at least congratulate himself on wielding an in-
fluence in affairs vastly greater than the census, alone,
would justify, and this fact encourages the belief that if there
is anything “out of joint” in his relations with the general
public, the remedy is in his own hands. Let our first in-
quiry be, then, in what particulars does he fail in the full
discharge of his duties as a man of science, and especially
as an exponent of science among his fellows ?

Without attempting to arrange the answers which suggest
themselves in logical order, or, indeed, to select those of the
first importance, [ submit, to begin with, his inability or un-
willingness, common but by no means universal, to present
the results of his labors in a form intelligible to intelligent
people. When inability, itis a misfortune, often the out-
growth, however, of negligence or indifference; when un-
willingness, it becomes at least an offence, and not one in-
dicative of the true scientific spirit. Unfortunately, we are
not yet entirely out of the shadow of the middle ages, when
learning was a mystery to all except a select few, or of the
centuries a little later, when a scientific treatise must be
entombed in a dead language, or a scientific discovery em-
balmed in a cipher.

Men of Science and the General Public. 207

Many svientific men of excellent reputation, are to-day
guilty of the crime of unnecessary and often premeditated
and deliberately planned mystification ; in fact almost by
common consent, this fault is overlooked in men of distin-
guished ability, if, indeed, it does not add a lustre to the
brilliancy of their attainments. It is usually regarded as a
high compliment to say of A that when he read his paper
in the mathematical section, no one present was able to un-
derstand what it was about; or of B and his book that there
are only three men in the world who can read it. We
greatly, though silently, admire A and 8B, while C the un-
known, who has not yet won areputation and who ventures
to discuss something we do understand, (after his clear and
logical presentation of the subject) must go content with
the patronizing admonition that there is really nothing new
about this, and that if he will consult the pages of a certain
journal of a few years ago, he will find the same idea, not
developed, it is true, but hinted at and put aside for future
consideration, or, that he will find that Newton or Darwin
declared what is essentially the same principle, many years
before. No one can deny that there is great reason and
good judgment displayed in all this, but the ordinary lay-
man is likely to inquire whether it is distributed and appor-
tioned with nice discrimination; and it is the standpoint of
the layman which we are occupying at the present moment.

All will admit that there are many men whose power in
original thinking and profound research is far greater than
their facility of expression, just as on the other hand, there
are many more men whose linguistic fluency is unembar-
rassed by intellectual activity, and representatives of both
classes may be found among those usually counted as men
of science. It is with the first only, that we are concerned
at the present moment, and it is sufficient to remark, that
their fault is relatively unimportant and easily overlooked.
Among them is often found that highly prized but imper-
fectly defined individual known as the ‘“ genius,” for whose
existence we are always thankful, even though his inter-
pretation is difficult and laborious,

208 Canadian Record of Science.

Concerning those who, although able, are unwilling to
take the trouble to write for their readers or speak for their
hearers, a somewhat more extended comment may be de-
sirable. It is always difficult to make a just analysis of
motives, but there can be little doubt, that some of these are
influenced by a desire to imitate the rare genius, whose in-
tellectual advances are so rapid and so powerful, as to for-
bid all efforts to secure a clear and simple presentation of
results. The king is lame and the courtier must limp. With
others there is a strange and unwholesome prejudice against
making science intelligible for fear that science may become
popular. It is forgotten, that clear and accurate thinking
is generally accompanied by the power of clear, concise and
accurate expression, and that as a matter of fact the two
are almost inseparable. The apparent success before the
people of the dilettante and the charlatan, has resulted, in
the case of many good and able men, in a positive aversion
to popular approval. It should never be forgotten that the
judgment and taste of the public in matters relating to
science, are just as susceptible of cultivation as in music and
the fine arts, and that scientific men owe it to themselves to
see that opportunity for this culture is not withheld. A
just appreciation by the people of real merit in art has re-
sulted in the production of great painters, sculptors, musi-
cians and composers, and there is every reason to believe
that the best interests of science would be fostered by sim-
ilar treatment. Hven the great masters in science, then,
can well afford to do what is in their power to popularize
their work and that of their colleagues, so that through
closer relations with a more appreciative public their oppor-
tunities may be enlarged and their numbers increased.

Another error into which the man of science is liable to
fall, is that of assuming superior wisdom as regards subjects
outside of his own specialty. It may seem a little hard to
accuse him of this, but nevertheless, it is a mistake into
which he is easily and often unconsciously led. That this is
the day of specialization and specialists, every student of
science learns at the very threshold of his career; but that

Men of Science and the General Public. 209

one man can be expected to be good authority on not more
than one or two subjects, is not generally understood by the
public. It thus frequently happens that the man of science
is consulted on all matters of a scientific nature, and he is
induced to give opinions on subjects only remotely, if at all,
related to that branch of science in which he is justly recog-
nized as an authority. Although going well for a time,
these opinions often prove to be erroneous in the end, re-
sulting in a diminution of that confidence which the public
is, on the whole, inclined to place in the dictum of science.
Examples of this condition of things are by no means
wanting, and they are not confined, as might at first be as-
sumed, to the lower ranks of science. A distinguished bot-
anist is consulted, and advises concerning the location of the
natural gas field; a mathematician advises a company in
which he is a stockholder in regard to the best locality for
boring for oil, and a celebrated biologist examines and makes
public report upon a much-talked-of invention in which the
principles of physics and engineering are alone involved.
In these and many other instances which might be re-
lated, the motives of those concerned, at least on one side
of the transaction, cannot be questioned, but certainly their
judgment is open to criticism, and the outcome of it all, is
that the confidence of the people in scientific methods and
results is weakened, Fifty years ago, or a hundred years
ago, there was good reason for much of this sort of thing.
Specialization was neither as possible nor as necessary as
now ; the sparseness of the population of the country, the
absence of centres of learning and scientific research, the
obstacles in the way of easy and rapid communication be-
tween different parts of the country, all these and other
circumstances contributed to the possibility of a Franklin,
who wrote and wrote well upon nearly all subjects of human
thought ; whose advice was sought and given in matters re-
lating to all departments of science, literature and art. Com-
bining in an extraordinary degree the power of profound
research with a singularly simple and clear style in compo-
sition, together with a modesty which is nearly always

210 Canadian Record of Science.

characteristic of the genuine student of nature, he wisely
ventured further than most men would dare to-day, in the
range of topics concerning which he spuke with authority.

But at the present time and under existing conditions
there is little excuse for unsupported assumption of know-
ledge by men of science, and, fortunately, the danger of hu-
miliating exposure is correspondingly great. The specialist
is everywhere within eary reach, and the expression of
opinions concerning things of which one knows but little,
is equally prejudicial to the interests of science and society.

The scientilic man should also be at least reasonably free
from egotism in matters relating to his own specialty, and
particularly in reference to his own authority and attain-
ments therein. In controversy he has the advantage over
most disputants in that he can usually call to his support an
unerring aad incontrovertible witness. A well conducted
experiment or an exhaustive investigation, carried out with
scrupulous honesty, deservedly carries great weight, but it
must not be forgotten that it does not, in a very great degree,
depend upon the personality of him who directs the experi-
ment or plans the investigation. One must not confound
himself and his work, to the extent of assuming that upon
him ought to be bestowed the praise and admiration to
which his work is, perhaps, justly entitled. This blunder is
analogous to that of the mechanic in whom the first symp-
tom of insanity appeared as a conviction that he was as
strong as the engine which he had built, evidence of which
he unpleasantly thrust upon any who might deny the truth
of his assertion. “ By your works shall ye be judged” may
be especially affirmed of men of science, not only as regards
the judgment of the public, but particularly that of their
colleagues and fellow-workers. Least of all should title, de-
gree, membership in learned societies or the possession of
medals or other awards of distinction and honor, be paraded
unduly, or offered by himself, in evidence of his own fitness.
In general these are honorable rewards which are justly
prized by scientific men, but some of them have been so in-
discriminately bestowed and, in some instances, falsely as-

Men of Science and the General Public. 211

sumed that the general public, not yet properly educated in
this direction, does not attach great value to them as an in-
dex of real scientific merit. Where ral merit actually
exists, nothing is usually gained, and much is likely to be
lost by boastful announcements of high standing or of ac-
cumulated honor. A distinguished man of science at the
end of a controversy into which he had been called as such,
complained that he had not been recognized as a Fellow of
the Royal Society. ‘‘ You gave us no reason to suspect your
membership,” quietly, but severely, replied a man of the
world.

As another element of weakness in the scientific man I
venture to suggest that he is often less of a utilitarian than
he should be. This is a sin, if it be such, which seems es-
pecially attached to those who, unconsciously or otherwise,
are imitators of men of science of the highest type. The
latter are so entirely absorbed in profound investigation and
their horizon is necessarily so limited by the very nature
of the operations in which they are engaged, that they are
altogether unlikely to consider questions of utility nor, in-
deed, is it desirable that they should. The evolution of pro-
cesses and methods by means of which the complex existence
of the present day is maintained, is largely the result of
specialization or the division of labor. In such a scheme
there is room for those who never demand more of a fact
than that it be a fact; of truth that it be truth. But even
among scientific men the number of such is small and as a
class they can never be very closely in touch with the
people.

Strong to imitate, even in those characteristics which are
akin to weakness, many persons of lesser note affect a con-
tempt for the useful and practical which does not tend to
exalt the scientific man in the opinion of the public. Hven
the great leaders in science have been misrepresented in
this matter. Because they wisely determined in many in-
stances to leave to others the task of developing the practi-
eal applications of their discoveries, it has often been repre-

sented that they held such applications as unworthy a true

212 Canadian Record of Science.

man of science. As illustrating the injustice of such an
opinion one may cite the case of the most brilliant philoso-
pher of his time, Michael Faraday, who in the matter of his
connection with the Trinity House alone, gave many of the
best years of his life to the service of his fellow-men. The
intensely ‘‘ practical” nature of this service is shown by the
fact that it included the ventilation of light-houses, the
arrangement of their lightning conductors, reports upon
various propositions regarding lights, the examination of
their optical apparatus and testing samples of cotton, oils
and paints. <A precisely similar illustration is to be found
in the life of our own great physicist, Joseph Henry, who
sacrificed a career as a scientific man, already of exceptional
brilliancy, yet promising a future of still greater splendor,
for a life of unselfish usefulness to science and to his country-
men as Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, as a mem-
ber of the Light House Board, and in other capacities for
which he was especially fitted by nature as well as by his
scientific training.

There is an unfortunate, and perhaps a growing tendency
among scientific men to despise the useful and the practical
in science, and it finds expression in the by no means un-
common feeling of offended dignity when an innocent lay-
man asks what is the use of some new discovery ?

Referring to the theoretically extremely interesting spar
prism of Bertrand, which under certain conditions may be
used to detect traces of polarization of light, a recent writer
remarks, “ But for this application the prism would possess,
in the eyes of the true votary of science, the inestimable
value of being of no practical utility whatever.”

Much is said, everywhere and at all times, about the pur-
suit of science for the sake of science, and on every hand it
is sought to convey the impression that no one who has any
other object in view in interrogating Nature than the mere
pleasure of listening to her replies, is unworthy of a high
place among men of science. So old, so universally accepted,
so orthodox, is this proposition, that it is with much hesita-
tion that its truth is questioned in this presence. In so far as

Men of Science and the General Public. 213

it means that one cannot do anything well unless it is done
con amore, that pecuniary reward alone will never develop
genius, that no great philosopher, or poet, or artist will ever
be other than unselfishly devoted to and in love with his
work, just so far it is true, although it does not, as is often
assumed, furnish a motive of the highest order. It is a trite
saying, but perhaps it cannot be too often repeated, that he
who lives and labors in the interest of his fellows, that their
lives may be brightened, that their burdens may be lessened,
is above all others worthy of the highest praise. By this
standard, the value of a discovery must at last be fixed,
bearing in mind, of course, that the physical comfort of man
is not alone to be considered. Judged by this standard, the
work of Newton, of Watt, of Franklin, Rumford, Faraday,
Henry and a host of others, is truly great. There should be,
and there usually is, no controversy as to relative merit be-
tween the discoverer of a gem and the artist who polishes
and sets it. In science, the genius of the former is unques-
tionably rarer and of a higher order, but his work will al-
ways be incomplete and in a great degree useless until oun
plemented by that of the latter.

Another demand which the public may justly make upon
the man of science is that his interest in public affairs
should not be less than that of other men. Through his
failure in this particular, science has long suifered, and is
suffering in an increasing degree. This criticism is espe-
cially applicable in this country, where in theory every
man is supposed to bear his share of the public burden, and
to take his part in the performance of public duties. Un-
fortunately, the attitude of the scientific man is too often
one of criticism and complaint concerning matters in the
disposition of which he persistently declines to interfere,
It cannot be denied, I think, that men well trained in the
logic and methods of scientific research, ought to be excep-
tionally well equipped for the performance of certain pub-
lic duties constantly arising out of local, state or national
legislation ; yet the impression is well-nigh universal, that
the scientific man has no genius for “affairs.” Indeed it has

214 Canadian Record of Science.

been more than once affirmed that he is utterly devoid of
administrative or executive ability, and even that he cannot
be trusted with the direction of operations which are al-
most wholly scientific in their nature. That there are many
examples which seem to justify this belief is too true, but
that there are other instances in which administrative and
scientific ability have been combined is also true. Little
search is required to reveal cases in which men of science
have so ignored all ordinary rules and maxims of business
procedure as to merit severe criticism, in which, unfortun-
ately, the public does not discriminate between the individ-
ual and the class which he represents. It seems astonishing
that one who is capable of successfully planning and execu-
ting an elaborate research, in which all contingencies are
provided for, the unexpected anticipated and, all weak points
guarded and protected may utterly break down in the man-
agement of some much less complicated business affair,
such as the erection of a laboratory, or the planning of an
expedition, and I am unwilling to believe that such failures
are due to anything other than culpable negligence on the
part of the individual.

It is generally recognized that, aside from all questions
of a partisan, political nature, this country is to-day con-
fronted by several problems of the utmost importance to its
welfare. to the proper solution of which the highest intel-
lectual powers of the nation should be given. The compu-
tation of the trajectory of a planet is a far easier task than
forecasting the true policy of a great republic, but those
quatities of the human intellect which have made the first
possible, should not be allowed to remain idle while an in-
telligent public is striving to attain the last. That men of
science have not, thus far, made their full contribution to
the solution of some of these great problems, is due to the
fact that many have exhibited an inexcusable apathy toward
everything relating to the public welfare, while others have
not approached the subject with that breadth of preparation
in the close study of human affairs which is necessary to
establish the authenticity of their equations of condition.

Men of Science and the General Public. 215

As already intimated, we do not seem to be getting on in
this direction. Our own early history and the history of
other nations is full of examples of eminent scientific men
who were no less distinguished as publicists and statesmen.
The name of Franklin is imperishable alike in the history
of science and of politics. On many questions relating to
exact science, the Adamses spoke with confidence ; Thomas
Jefferson was a philosopher, and on assuming the duties of
the highest office in the gift of the people, counted his op-
portunities for association with men of science as one of its
chiefest rewards. Other illustrations might be selected from
the pages of the history of our own country, while in Hu-
rope, where science has long been cultivated and under more
favorable conditions, they are much more common. This
is notably so in France, whose roll of scientitie men, who
have distinguished themselves and their country during the
past century, includes many names prominent alike for the
importance of their performance in her various crises of
peace and war. The present president of the French Repub-
lic, himself an. engineer, bears a name made famous in the
history of science by the rich contributions of his ancestors,
one of whom voted for the execution of Louis XVI, and
was a member of the committee of Public Safety. [t would
be difficult to overestimate the value to science as well as
to the public, of the presence in the halls of legislation of
even a very small number of men who might stand as ex-
ponents of the methods of science and as competent author-
ities on the results of their application. Our national con-
gress, especially, is almost constantly dealing with questions
of great moment to the people, which can only be thorough-
ly understood and wisely dealt with by scientific men, and
the presence of one or two such in each branch of that body
would be of decided advantage to the whole country. In
the nature of things, opportunities for such representation
will be rare, but when they occur they must not be suffered
to escape.

Finally, if the conclusions reached in the foregoing should
be thought wise, and should any young man at the threshold

216 Canadian Record of Science.

of his scientific career determine to be guided by them in
establishing his relations with the general public, he will
find splendid examples among the distinguished leaders of
all departments of science. Should he desire to present the
results of his labors in such a way that they may be undcr-
stood by intelligent people, he may imitate Franklin, whose
literary style, as to simplicity and clearness, commanded
the highest praise from literary men ; or Faraday, who was
able to give expression to the most involved conceptions in
simple English ; or Tyndall, the appearance of whose “ Heat
considered as a Mode of Motion,” was an epoch in the his-
tory of Physical Science, in its relation to an intelligent con-
stituency, without which it cannot thrive. He will learn
that there is no discredit in “ popularizing ” science; that
popularizing what is not science is the thing that is to be
shunned and prevented. The arrogance of genius is not less
disagreeable than that of riches, although it is less common.

Should he wish to cultivate modesty in estimating his
own attainments, he need only follow Newton, Darwin, and,
in fact, the whole list of distinguished men of science down
to the present time, with a few rare and unexplainable ex-
ceptions, the existence of which serves, like a whistling
buoy, to point out what should be avoided.

Should he aspire to be of some use to the world and to
leave it better because of his life, he will be encouraged by
the fact, already considered, that in the long run those dis-
coveries are most highly esteemed, and justly so, which are
the most potent in their influence upon civilization and so-
ciety by ameliorating the condition of the people, or by en-
larging their opportunities, and that all really great men of
science have not lost sight of this fact: that “‘ science for
the sake of science” does not represent the highest ideal,
nor can the “almighty dollar” ever be bartered for the
“ Divine Afflatus.”

All of these questions will serve to enlarge his interest in
public affairs, because he will come to recognize that he is
himself but a part of the public. He will remember the de-
light of Faraday, when near the end of his life he saw a

Men of Science and the General Public. 217

huge dynamo illuminating the tower of a light-house. That
which he had given to the world as an infant, in his splen-
did discovery of induction, had, through the fostering care
of others, grown to a brilliant manhood, and he experienced
exquisite pleasure in the reflection that it might be the
means of saving the lives of his fellow-men. The ideal of
duty which ought to be present in the mind of every man
of science may well be higher than that growing out of mere
selfish pleasure in the acquisition and possession of know-
lenge.

Perhaps it is hardly becoming in me, at this time and in
some sense representing this large body of scientific men,
to make even a simple remark in criticism of the general
public, the party of the second part of the question which
we have considered to-night. 1 venture to suggest, how-
ever, that whenever the public is disposed to consider its
obligations to science and her yotaries, there are some
things which must not be forgotten ;—things so important
and so numerous, indeed, that many volumes would be in-
adequate to their enumeration. Prove this by comparing
the world with science with the world without science. Take
as an illustration that which less than two hundred years
ago was but a spark, a faint spark, exhibited on rare occa-
sions by the scientific man of the time. With this spark,
thanks to science, the whole world is now aflame. Time
and space are practically annihilated; night is turned into
day ; socia! life is almost revolutionized, and scores of things
which only a few years ago would have been pronounced
impossible, are being accomplished daily. Many millions of
dollars of capital, and many thousands of men, are engaged
in the development of this agent, so purely a creation of
science, that the Supreme Court of the land has already de-
cided that it has no material existence. Surely science,
which has brought us all these blessings, together with thou-
sands besides, is worthy of every care and consideration at
the hands of a generous and appreciative public.

yl

918 Canadian Record of Science.

THE BLOOD AND BLooD-VESSELS IN HEALTH AND
DISEASE.’

By Wusitey Muius, M.A., M.D.
Professor of Physiology in McGill University, Montreal.

Our knowledge of any subject may perhaps be regarded
as a perception of relations. As these, however, are innu-
merable, the great question becomes, What relations are of
the most importance? From what point of view shall we
look ata subject? Necessarily, this must vary with the
progress of all knowledge and with that of the department
under consideration.

When the period of derision and skepticism that followed
at once the announcement of the discovery of the circu-
lation of the blood by Harvey had passed away, and a body
of practitioners, less prejudiced than the great man’s own
contemporaries, considered the subject, a reaction took
place. Undue attention was given the blood in all discus-
sion on the etiology of disease.

In comparatively recent times the investigations of
blood-pressure and kindred problems by Ludwig and his
school, diverted attention unduly to that subject, and the
influence of this is evident in almost every text-book on
physiology at present extant. Believing, myself, that
physiology has been confined within extremely narrow
limits, that it must in consequence suffer from the intellec-
tual myopia of its cultivators, ] have within the past year
endeavoured to present to the student of this science a work”
on a new plan; and it is my purpose this evening to ask
your consideration to its advantages, which I shall endea-
vour to present in so far as they apply to the subject of this

1 An address delivered before the Ottawa Medical Society, May
1890. Reprinted from the New York Medical Journal for Sep-
tember 13. 1890.

? A Text-book of Animal Physiology. D. Appleton & Co., New
York, October, 1890.

Blood and Blood Vessels. 219

address, and leave you to judge for yourselves whether this
method of viewing the subject gives a wider and truer view
of physiological truths than the older plan or not.

We all recognize the fact that any individual can be but
indifferently understood apart from his antecedents ; hence
the importance we attach to biographical sketches of those
persons that interest us. It is really an acknowledgment
of the influence of the environment on the organism, both
during its own life-time and that of its ancestors.

Why, then, is not the consideration of every function of
the body preceded by an account of the development of the
structures involved, as well as by ordinary anatomical or
histological details ?

No advanced morphologist hopes to clear up the relations
of any animal group without taking its embryology into
consideration. Up to the present, this method has been
almost wholly ignored by physiologists. Allow me to sug-
gest in this connection a few considerations which seem to
put the student in the possession of a clew to otherwise
very obscure relations.

All are agreed that the blood-cells, whatever their later
history, arise in the embryonie mesoblast at the same
time as the heart and _ blood-vessels themselves. To
consider, therefore, the heart, blood-vessels, and blood
wholly separately, or without a perception of their unity, is
a mistake that has practical as well as theoretical conse-
quences. When we bear this relation in mind, it is possible
to understand that there may be cases in which the whole
vascular system, including the contained blood, may be
imperfectly developed, and with ail the consequences of
recurrent anemia, There can be no doubt that any crop
of blood-cells must bear relations to the preceding one, and
if the original ancestors are defective, their descendants are
likely to be similarly weak, apart from any unfavorable
circumstances in the environment.

Until recently, the functions of the white corpuscles, if
considered at all in works on physiology, were dismissed
in a very few lines. When we remember that the leuco-

220 Canadian Record of Science.

cytes of the blood correspond to the original undifferenti-
ated embryonic cells, which alone have made up the entire
embryo, and are preserved as floating organisms with a
latent capacity for further development, much light is
thrown upon both physiological and pathological processes.
Whatever the view that finally prevails as to their relations
to invading micro-organisms, there can be no doubt that as
scavengers, porters, or phagocytes their function is of great
importance; yet, apart from a consideration of their origin,
this can be but indifferently understood. It is well known
that the undiiferentiated cells of the embryo are more or less
amceboid organisms; hence, it is perfectly natural that
their descendants should, under suitable circumstances, ex-
hibit those qualities which recent investigators are showing
more and more that they possess. The great part they
play in inflammation is also more readily comprehended.
In this condition there is a profound alteration in the
environment, as will be shown later.

At present our positive and clear knowledge of the red
cells of the blood is confined to their oxygen-carrying func-
tion; but I feel satisfied that this does not include all their
work and that we must look for a very considerable en-
largement of our knowledge of the range of their duties.
Indeed, it would seem that we are in great danger now of
going to an extreme the opposite of that of our ancestors,
and attributing too little to the blood, especially its cells.
It is not to be forgotten that the blood as a whole is to be
regarded as a tissue, and there is no more reason why this
tissue should be devoid of functions than any other.

Most of our works on physiology so present the subject
to the student that he has no clear ideas as to how the blood
does minister to the tissues, though everyone is ready to
say at once that the function of the blood is “ to nourish
the tissues.” In truth, some very remarkable doctrines
have been taught in regard to the relations of the blood
and blood:vessels. As a rule, students have the most misty
notions of the relations and importance of the lymph. They
know that it flows in “the lymphatics,” that it gets into

Blood and Blood Vessels. Ah

the blood-stream finally, that it is in some way derived
from the blood, ete. But there is no clear perception of
these relations, and it is impossible that there should be
with the teachings that are prevalent.

The books represent the lymph as passing through the
capillaries ; but, if any explanation of this process is given
at all, it is represented as a filtration—very much of the
character of that “filtration” of urine through the capil-
laries of the Malpighian capsules, which has been so com-
monly taught up to the present as dependent almost solely
on blood pressure.

This doctrine has seemed to me so utterly at variance
with all sound biological laws, that for three or four years
I have been accustomed to teach in my lectures, and have
recently published in my text-book, a theory which I must
present to you with brevity, but which I am sure you will
see places the physiologist, the pathologist, and the prac-
titioner of medicine on an eminence from which they can
view the events of the body in an entirely new light. It is
simply this: Zhe capillaries of the body are glands. They
are glands not only in the glomeruli of the kidney, but
everywhere else. So far as I know, I have been the first
to teach this doctrine; I must therefore give you, at least
in a general way, the reasons for my conviction.

In the first place, I should be prejudiced against any bio-
logical doctrine that would represent a living structure as
acting as a mere filter, or as teaching that osmosis played
any considerable part or, in the strict sense, any part at all
when living structures, “ membranes” or other, were con-
cerned. There seem to be no facts that can not be better
explained without such an assumption; and, even if this
were not the case, it is better not to construct a theory at
all, but simply confess ignorance and wait, than one which
like this is radically opposed to all sound conceptions of
living structure.

To believe that the lymph which bathes the various tis-
sues is everywhere identical in composition, is to overlook
the relations of the blood and blood-vessels to the tissues

222 Canadian Record of Science.

among which they have been developed. But the lesson
Nature everywhere teaches is that things do work in
relation to each other.

What a crude conception of life processes to suppose that
the capillaries pour out a fluid around the cells of the
tissues whose composition is not specially related to the
needs or peculiarities of each one!

But the facts we do know are opposed to such a view.

All exudations or transudations are not alike in chemical
composition; nor are passive exudations identical with
inflammatory ones. Can osmosis explain this? Can it
explain why an inflammatory exudation does not corres-
pond with the normal tissue-lymph? Can it give a reason
why there are coagulable proteids in lymph, or any of the
fluids that are derived from the blood at all? While the
facts cannot be explained by osmosis, they are all simple
enough when we view the capillaries as glands—.e., as
passing from the blood to the tissues, and the reverse, an
elaborated fluid which varies with the condition of the cells
composing the capillary and the tissue-cells that surround
it. That the condition of the blood can modify the capil-
laries, the latter the blood and the tissues both, is to my
mind clear enough. ‘To put it otherwise: The tissue-cells
around a capillary, the capillary cells themselves, and the
blood are always in a sort of balanced relation. They
understand each other, so to speak, and act in harmony.
One cannot be disturbed without affecting the other.

When a great derangement occurs, what we call inflam-
mation arises, and, sooner or later, all the parts of this
inseparable trio become involved. In inflammation we
have changes in the blood-cells, changes in the vessel-walls,
and changes in the surrounding tissue-cells. The embryo-
logical history should have led us to expect all this.

When this relation of the capillaries as secreting mechan-
isms is understood, many of the difficulties that surround
“digestion” and “absorption” will be removed. Time
will not allow of my developing this part of the subject at
length now. In my opinion, there is no sharp line to be

Blood and Blood Vessels. 223

drawn between digestion and absorption. They are parts
of one great series of processes. Not only so, but the term
absorption is misleading, as it suggests purely physical
processes, which latter must always be dealt with very
cautiously by physiologists.

If, for example, we regard the capillaries of the alimen-
tary tract as glands, it will no longer be impossible to
understand that the peptones of digestion are not repre-
sented by peptones in the blood, the great stumbling-block
of physiologists for long enough.

Intracellular digestion is not confined to invertebrates.
The cells of the digestive tract, those of the capillaries
included, have not wholly forgotten the amceboid habits of
their embryonic ancestors. They are specialized, it is true,
but not wholly altered. To suppose that digestion, or the
physical and chemical alteration of food ends within the
cavity of the alimentary tract, is to overlook a large part of
the truth. Food is changed there by virtue of the digestive
secretions, but all is not thus done. In fact, what is com-
monly termed digestion is only the beginning of a long
series of processes which go on in the cells of the structures
of the tract, the capillaries included, in the blood itself to
some extent, and which continue under the name of meta-
bolism in the tissues themselves. But it is the separation
and isolation in the mental conception of the student, of
what must be linked in one long chain, that is to be especi-
ally dreaded in the modern teaching of physiology.

A student may throw a great part of the facts of his
physiology overboard after his examination, but the influ-
ence of his teaching must last for good or evil in all his
thinkings as a practitioner. That a sounder view of the
processes of digestion, etc., would greatly modify practice,
and especially would explain present failures and successes,
is clear to myself. Any attempt, however, to make this
evident to others must be left for another occasion.

It may, without exaggeration, be said that the applica-
tion of the principles of evolution to morphology has revo-
lutionized the teaching of that subject. But, strangely

224 Canadian Record of Science.

enough, its great doctrines have thus far made very little
impression on physiology, especially the teaching of the
subject; and my own text-book is the first and only one in
which an attempt has been made to light up the student’s
path with this theory; and you will be glad to hear that
this effort has been rewarded by increased interest in phy-
siology on the part of my own classes during the four years
of trial of the new methods of presenting the subject.

But if this is good for students that are undergraduates,
may it not also prove helpful to practitioners to regard
disease in the light of evolution ?

Physicians have given but little attention to the subject.
To this statement, however, there are at least two notable
exceptions: the late brilliant Milner Fothergill, and that
profound thinker, of whom we are so proud the world over,
Hughlings Jackson.

Turning to the vascular system in the wider sense (the
blood and blood-vessels), by the help of evolution and em-
bryology not only are many anomalies of vessels under-
stood, but also of the blood itself.

Does not a case of extreme multiplication of leucocytes
in the blood indicate a condition at once embryonic and
ancestral? In other words, is not this an example of
physiological or pathological reversion? In the early em-
bryo, leucocytes are very abundant everywhere, and in
invertebrates, almost without exception, they or their equi-
valents, are alone found, while in the lower vertebrates they
are both numerous and of very much more pronounced
amceboid character than in the higher. Is not this ten-
dency, then, on the part of the higher mammals and man,
under certain circumstances, to an excess of leucocytes in
the blood better understood than without the explanation
of evolution? Why this particular form of derangement,
and not some other, if higher forms are not related by
descent to the lower ?

Again, in the various forms of anemia we find red cells
that are nucleated, cells smaller or larger than normal,
distorted cells, corpuscles resembling the genetic marrow-
cells, ete.

Blood and Blood Vessels. 225

All these forms occur in the embryo, apparently nor-
mally ; some of them are certainly transition forms. They
also bear a resemblance to the red cells of lower verte-
brates. Are these not clear cases of reversion to an earlier
condition, both embryonic and ancestral? Even that form
of anemia in which the cells are fairly normal, excepting
a deficiency in hemoglobin, points to the lower vertebrate
and invertebrate blood, which is, relatively to the higher
groups of animals, poor in hemoglobin.

Inflammation itself, both as regards the vascular system
and the tissues, becomes clearer from the standpoint of
evolution. The increased ameeboid activity of the leuco-
cytes, the alterations in the latter and the vessel walls per-
mitting of the ready ‘ wandering ’”’ of the colorless blood-
cells, point to a condition of things common in lower verte-
brates. Inflammation is clearly a reversion.

Reference might be made to the resemblance between
the condition of things in the young mammal—in which,
after birth the usual changes that fit it to its altered en-
vironment do not take place—and the permanent state of
the heart and vessels in lower vertebrates, as reptiles.
However, the illustrations employed may suffice to show
that evolution does concern the physiologist, the patholo-
gist, and the physician; and, did time permit, I think I
could demonstrate that such views may be made to have a
bearing on the treatment of disease by the most enlightened
methods. The subject has been dealt with further in its
relations to medicine elsewhere." .

I shall not pursue this line of thought further at present,
but leave you to judge for yourselves whether the time has
come when students and practitioners should be provided
with text-books of physiology in which attention is paid to
general biology, comparative embryology, and evolution,
with a view of giving a wider and truer grasp of the
functions of those organisms with which the great art of
medicine is concerned,

1 Physiological and Pathological Reversion. _ Canada Med. and
Surg. Journal, April, 1888.

226 Canadian Record of Science.

On CANADIAN SPESSARTITE AND MouNTAIN CoRK

By B. J. Harrineton, McGill College.
Read before the Natural History Society, March 31st, 1890.
1.—-SPESSARTITE.

The Villeneuve Mica Mine, on the thirtieth lot of Range
1, Villeneuve, Ottawa County, P.Q., is already known to
many on account of the interesting minerals which it has
afforded. The vein, which was at one time worked for
mica, is a coarse granite, traversing grey garnetiferous
gneiss, and consisting of quartz, muscovite, orthoclase
and albite, with occasionally black tourmaline and garnet
It has also yielded the rare minerals uraninite and mo-
nazite.. The garnet occurs imbedded in both the feldspar
and the muscovite, and crystals of that found in the latter
have recently been analysed by the writer. The crystals
are much distorted and more or less flattened in the direc-
tion of the cleavage planes of the mica. They range, in the
few specimens examined, from one up to about ten mm. in
greatest diameter, and are of a beautiful red colour. They
are rather brittle, but possibly some might be obtained which
would stand being cut as gems. The specific gravity was
found to be 4:117 and analysis of carefully selected material
gave the following percentage composition :—

Silica ete.6 A Pee ae Seeds 36°30
Alumina ..... peste avers apatents Satis otetete sieiiclererotete es 19-20
Ferrous Oxide:... << -< 95 =< Ls deie nineemiccle ss - 10°66
Manganous Oxide ....-. BE ae 35 DOC COREE 30°06
INIT) neoe boo Heo ose Ooesd 65200070 490000 Be 3°07
Magnesia ...... S655, 55005 acapleh eeiccuseiees, be - 0°48
Ibrsei eta niaty Ny omepsShedosd aa4b both odes ee O-51

100.03

1G. C. Hoffmann, Ann. Rep. Geol. Can. 1886, p.11 T., and F. A.
Genth, Am. Jour. Sci., 1889, p. 203.

Canadian Spessartite and Mountain Cork. 227

The atomic and quantivalent ratios deduced from the
above figures are :—

Atomic. Quantivalent.
Si 605 x 4 = 2420 2420 2420 1
Al 378 x 3 = 1134 1134 7}
Ee 148 x 2 = 296 2408 1
n.. 423 x 2 = £846 i
Ca.. Box 2) = 110 | ra
Mg.. ll x2 = 22 |

The analysis shows that the mineral is a manganese
garnet, approaching very nearly in composition to the
original spessartite, but containing more lime. The iron
was proved to be all in the ferrous state. The figures given
as logs on ignition indicate the loss on heating for about
fifteen minutes. Further heating caused a gain in weight,
owing to oxidation of the iron.

2.—MountTAIN Cork.

In 1877, the writer found on the dump at the “Grant
Phosphate Mine,” in the township of Buckingham (south 4
of lot 18, Range 12), specimens consisting of mountain
cork and mountain leather. Under the latter name they
were referred to in his “ Report on the Minerals of some of
the Apatite-bearing Veins of Ottawa County,” but were not
then analysed quantitatively. During the past few years,
in the Emerald Mine, on the same lot as the above, similar
material has been obtained in masses of considerable size,
one specimen presented to the Peter Redpath Museum by
Mr. F. W. Warwick, containing about half a cubic foot.

It consists mainly of mountain cork, though on the
surface it isin places slightly foliated or leather like. Some
portions contain irregular grains of quartz and minute
crystals of copper pyrites'; but fragments were selected for

1 The crystals are mostly 1 to 2 mm. in diameter and many of
them black superficially. When freshly fractured they have the
colour of copper pyrites, with which they also agree in blowpipe
characters. To the eye the crystals look like regular octahedrons
but may be tetragonal. They require further examination.

228 Canadian Record of Science.

examination which were apparently free from intermixed
impurities. They were creamy-white in colour, and were
found to have a specific gravity of 3°05. An analysis made
in the college laboratory by Mr. Sidney Calvert, gave the
following results :—

SILICA ya ictere sislare sawelefetare sotieretre enerareveleer serene [aie 9 oe 53°99
INT Good ceaooc asl Sele sees LRM eie bes a ORS S
Herric Oxide: sdiece tists ewoceeotsmetaacecss | L200
Ferrous Oxide.......... AeA oo SIA aOR 10-99
iyinnngrropls Ob-4 (Gy adios ontone Gon Jeo5e Shonse 2-19
ATTN Mase hiss sawise Rai eee oe ee Ree 560. IME
WRESESIEY op Pagcteo a5ce46 508 wloinlata/sioateiejays ol=%6 16°25
beh MabaMAMONAbo5 Gadde s60000 sc00KK 06606 =. E2206

100-06

The atomic and quantivalent ratios deduced from the
above analysis are given below, and it will be seen that the
mineral is a true bisilicate.

Atomic. Quantivalent.
Si sense 899 x 4 = 8596 3596 2
Ales 2 MO 40a) 30 }
Fe/” 1 xa3e 36 |
Fe // 15202) ==) 30451
Mae 31% 2 ‘dev gp 1692
Gains: 224 x 2 = 448 |
Mg. on 40GRXe 2 —— oL2)}

It is interesting on account of the large proportion of
ferrous and manganous oxides which it contains, and differs
considerably in composition from the mountain cork of
Zillerthal, examined by Scheerer. His analysis gave :—

TICE OEE REC OAC EIS GODT OUpE oe eso oun GoEmae 57-20
HerroussOxtder as seco ceieci eee. 4°37
lights GAS OE OOO OOD0 Gob disialisvectote cee terse 6 13°39
Magnesia -.......+.. SPOR LOMbHRS 23.0 300 Ga088 - 22 85
Loss OW IgMItION 2.2. 6c. cece BS eos SCOTS 2°43

100-24

. 1 Dry fragments float upon water for a time, owing to the air
which they contain. In determining the specific gravity, the air
was got rid of by soaking under water in vacuo.

Canadian Spessartite and Mountain Cork. 229

Pyroxene crystals converted into asbestus have been
found at the same locality as the mountain cork in Buck-
ingham, and this suggests that the latter may also be a
secondary mineral derived from pyroxene, one of the most
constant constituents of the apatite-bearing veins.

Sorin TEMPERATURES.
By C. H. McLnop, Ma. E., anp D. P. Pennattow, B. Sc.

During the past two years, observations of soil tempera-
ture have been taken daily, at the McGill College Observa-
tory; the primary object being to establish somewhat more
definitely, the relation of such temperatures to vegetation.
An important part of this work relates to the changes at-
tending the penetration of frost in autumn; the influence
of snow as a protective covering; and the changes incident
to the opening of the ground in spring. For this reason
the period of observation embraces the entire year, instead
of covering only the spring and summer months as is cus-
tomary. It may alse be stated in this connection, that
observations are being made on root penetration and the
‘movement of sap in trees, in order to complete the neces-
sary data. These will be published as soon as circum-
stances will permit.

This work, which it is expected will be carried on con-
tinuously for some years, is conducted under the auspices
of the Natural History Society of Montreal. The expense
attending the construction of the necessary instruments,
was met by a grant from the Elizabeth Thompson Science
Fund. Reference may be made to the Annual Reports of
the University, for further information concerning the
inauguration of this work. ‘The following is a brief descrip-
tion of the instrument used :—Couples of copper and iron
are placed in the ground at the required depths. A wire
passes from each couple to a switch-board in the observing
room, and there is a return wire common to all the couples,
which, in the observing room passes through a delicate

230 Canadian Record of Science.

galvanometer and a couple similar to those in the ground,
to make counection with the other wires at the switch-
board. The galvanometer is made to read zero on the circle
when the circuit is open, If now the cireuit be closed at
the switch-board the needle will be found to deflect, but may
be brought back by bringing the inside couple to the same
temperature as that in the ground. For this purpose the
inside couple is immersed in water, or in winter, in a
mixture of snow and water. When the balance is
established, the temperature of the water is the same as that
of the ground «ut the depth of the outside couple.

In this the first report upon the work of the committee,
it is proposed simply to place on record the results thus far
obtained, leaving to the future, such deductions as it may
be possible to draw. Tue temperatures in degrees centi-
grade—as given—are averages of ten-day periods, while
the figures for snow and rainfall express the total precipi-
tation for the same periods. The accompanying chart of
curves will exhibit the relations thus far established.

The soil terminals of the thermometer are located at a
distance of about fifty feet from the air terminal, and about
twenty feet from the observatory. The depths thus far
Operated upon are one, two, three and four feet from the
surface, a limitation imposed by the formation of the local-
ity—which is at present.the only one available within work-
ing limits of tho instrument.

The soil in which the instrument is placed, is a well-
drained and rather gravelly loam for a depth of four feet
three inches, at which point the bed rock is reached. It
will, therefore, be observed that the lowest point of obser-
vation is only about three inches from the rock. Grass
has been allowed to grow freely about the instrument,
though kept rather short, thus establishing the conditions
of land in sod.

The observations recorded below have been taken by Mr.
KE. H. Hamilton, B.A.Sc., assistant in the McGill College
Observatory.

231

Soil Temperatures.

punois oy} uo SWAG Nyon SIomeroe) G60 6 676 6 O90 0 0-5 GS OOo oo Oo Osc ooo
ous Jo uydap bt ENESCO, ST AGA HSS TSS CO TTC Gl keh aigsas ieatevame | cott otesicls aso atelas) cepa evel stewie) eal acd/ey ee 6 O10
poyeulysy =} OX e) GESMESION Dae I eR oe cHiCh =O SBicreisioctee siglo aah tence CaO
=A : So SOLOS OS SOO SS eee Ts NCC ETC AS eo ee oD OOO
By | & Peels SVS mIe OSE) IS HS INST lic (ir Dal tt OS CEOS Ge SORE OO ae ences tees
ao q SEMA SIG COME SIOGMRIGO IS 0 0 OO 56-0 oO 9 Bb OG Oe oo *-=N@
ao oD) a NN oa atl Ot at ae Ome lee te see ve pwe! Serie, ens ie aie te: seme jee or
aé ; MAOMMID ADMMOSOOHHOS MHHAHOGONEAGEASOARBHOARHBDBBSRAW
ete fe DAtreowor OASSHSWOAS HOG iS 9 AHO ID A IDA 1 OH Hr NO O69 10

Ses AA ey ig cecee het Sia Caley ptet vps rey —Wepite, Seon nie wa Merete Wek eget a ms, lens 10 ute TU Ge nae 10 Meg) eiern epee mere ee ka ae bee Le
8 | S MOSCSOOSO HOSDSOCSOSOSSOSCONOCHHN OHARA HHAHSCOHNANOOCHONHONnA
3 SODD NA DE AMDOMMINHADNDRADHDODMDABDOHRHNADMOADHAMOKHNREH On
de ONAHNOCD GY 19> HCO GY 1 1 11100 00 H&S tt BS 60/4 Gh C2 Ce 6 00.03 Oa = Dino tANAh~ood
B < — re Der he OOK ee PR re Oe ree BS es OO Be oe Pe |
a iL th I tela tee 1 Leas
8 +5 COF1IDD1ND OMKOCHMOMMNMNDKOHMMEARDHODDONTHIOEY HDHit-DNNHOD1I9
A FH DOOrro Did HOMO OONNONHMAHNKRODOGDHAAMHHHHHOANHODADNS
4 <H =| SRA RRNA
2A Z
ara +3 COHKRODS KPDSCODANANHHO HAN HOOMOOHRADAHONDNABOHHRHMDNOAN
Re aa) DoOortt DAMAANNANSEHOHORDAHMDHRONRRDOONNOHONDENROOHH
Aes a) Ss ON es en Os Os ce Oc Oc re Or On Fe Fe
Bg
BO s DAH OH ATHRMRORBAHNCOINAOTIDAD® Hin Orn MNHAHMEHHOnN
a SGHANAH ANHOCCOSCSCOSCHEAADNOOANAAE ONE AHANDOMIONHOAN
q AN Ss SO rn Fc Pe Di cn Oc Oe Oe Be |
Ay
a + CD COWH ADH IDOAAH HOA IDIDI HN AM WHAT HOA AOHOOMHONMONOR
ial PA SCNOOCOSD SCOCSCSSSSCOOMONMHNHDABDHADHHHODRBHMNAYMOTHMOHAAO
— of oa eer Ra BRD NNN AN SANA
F | By tans Ge eae Se oe tae Se G BeGaae ee Rb Be Gy ce) a Oo eae 8 8
& Sse POCO DOnNAds > DRAMDMOODOMOMMMrLhODMDOOSO
=| Loam No BNC BH ANMANMARND BAN FN AN FAN FAN FAN Sin
CO: AQ 0) 5 : 5 rl o 5 : my
ig et Br Ce eee ee eer eee ee
os) A 5 o
Ze) 5 oa | < = 5 as = nD o) Z Q

Canadian Record of Science.

232

MRA ANNNNAN RA Ae

In Oat) OO UE DOP Ga. IOP wO mT GE tn le SO an OR One Dano sCa DENCE GE IU Oil ond
Om OSNTRO’ SO Me) ear mre ROE (0,2 Oh aca YOenthe TL Ole) Ob mM Ome mA Ue Oe aat)
Dpenmme as, Meee cue, Mut Merk e: Cabh ore ete. Marnie Marner er ei wel” jSimeimeie RGM steered ar cin CTE Ne

AQQGeCGCGQO -- 2 bo oo oe oo bo oe O64 6 6 OS
Mit AMO | SQISoooos ~so6 RATE Gam aGaa teen Gr omd, Sere cacr
SREP ARSE CARTY | EE OSTA STIR Sea aes Ce SC anaes en nc ies eis D ie Fie taste Gane ian ANS eflter fei nate ss
ANOUIREE OSG NOUS) 0),|) Sey Spe Os Cn oi Cee, Te IS ae ne ee ate man ma ae Si ce Os Ge Se
Pe}¥UaIysoy il ali} X62 EN) ia) Sah ateeesl Seat eMC Loe ne re, MG Rechte seme eae Secor
; = SeoOGoOoOOoOoOoOoOoOoo om so0G00 00000 G 5000050 0
ere 5 Slee) CoRR CNS) ate Of 0 9 G6 G6 46 6 6 06 466 6 6 6 6 G6 OB
AE a Sait ce See OED Since cele at Sistecar tee meh backs? ater
Site) | MHI SMeOSGrOGS 15655555565 650660 604
esl DM rir rer cont Ope 28 BUA CU eae Oe FOP A Os Oe Ono 6 Oe Oh a Bl) 0 fate Oe EO ad w,
Bs : SSOHAHBODON HONDO NDONDOALDANADOSOHS
ee | RSA FAAS BACAGE TE GAA SHOSBHNSNARZOM
2 | e SH OCOnHOSCOOCC OOH HA HHOOCSCORHHNMNOOCOHS
3 HARDOREHOOHRKMENDOHAMHRHAGDOOERIDNSMHAREO
—& @S) Hira] SECO Te OV OU SUS) stl Ho) CO) Sp Mig ig) Op Seni) (OR SG NSS SH Ny EIS
m Ye) rd Mrs NNR ANN SAA eS
a | I i licadhagel eedlicncleeslfesal
a «
cs a CO SHO IS DOH 1D OOD D1 NH 1D HAI 69 1919 D4 C19 69
ee OID Gig HH OANHHANDHDNDOAANSMHAHOHOONH
Axa sH Se Ee
y
ae ce SH D> I 6D ICD SL 69 69 C2 O 1D DA OM HO 19 0 0 OS HH 1d 1
ir HOC. AOANANONHDOSHAHSOOSOONNM DD IDMNOD
SE ioe) a
A,
5 ry
ae) i MOD ODIDOMNRBANDAHOHNEDMMORDNMr-OSCHOSO
a ANA AA AH HOH OCNMOKRONMHRODDAMMMAHANHOM
gq ON a ee |
S|
H e CO DH 00 0 SI HID OOD HAE OID OAH AM IODADIA OW
=, BHR HOCH OOOO MN ON DDN HOSOHHDONHHODS

Dan.

ers
4
a

Cr Asien att

i Mens dc ata Nes Ppa ef Sac Me Mia ere — =
ee

AE Git tt il ee Hat Hb CS TSE 25 En
SPeR SS GF 1 a 04 WO ei I 20 08 Oy
. . = ye Fe 4h aes ie Wer ae

. =i 58

ie eee el
BY ES Oe roo a Gah I 5 Oo tik
AED Sos CRY EI

aces
CE Se

DS BS Se

Canadian Record of Science.

Peculiar Growth in Black Walnut. 233

NoTE ON A PECULIAR GROWTH IN BLACK WALNUT.
By D. P. Payyatiow.

The specimen herewith described, was handed to me by
the Hon. Senator Murphy, it having been sent to him by
the Huntingdon Organ Company, who purchased the lum-
ber from which it was cut, in the United States. The block
is one-half inch thick by three by four inches. As the
board to which it originally belonged was being cut up, a
portion, occupying the space D' (Fig. 3), fell out, disclos-
ing a cleft made by an axe, evidently the result of an aban-
doned effort to cut the tree down many years before that
event actually occurred.

Upon examination it appears that the block occupying
the space D' was originally continuous with the shaded
areas H, E', from which it became separated by the action
of the saw—the line of fracture appearing as shown in the
figure. This block also completely filled the space D1, and
evidently extended—in the entire tree—much above and
below the limits of thickness in the specimen. The entire
surface of the intruded mass, where brought in contact with
the surfaces of the cleft, is covered with a thin layer of
carbonized material, showing the effects of decay in the
first formed tissues, under exclusion of air—a result always
to be observed in similar cases; while the grain is found to
run at various angles—chiefly right angles—to that of the
surrounding parts.

The intruded mass is the result of growth following in-
jury, and an effort on the part of the plant to repair it—a
result commonly observed, as in the obliteration of sur-
veyors blazes, and as illustrated in the case of a remarkable
blaze described a few years since.’ This case offers nothing
new, but presents some features of interest as showing the
extent to which an injury may be repaired under the ordin-
ary conditions of growth. This will be more obvious from

l Science, iii, 354.

234 Canadian Record of Science.

an examination of the relation between the specimen and
the original tree.

From the curvature of the growth rings it would appear
that the tree— at the time of injury—had a diameter of
about eighteen inches. The relationship of parts is shown
in figure 1, where C represents an end view of the specimen
(Fig. 3 C*), in relation to the growth rings of the tree: D
shows the intruded mass as exposed on a line of sec-
tion passing through the center of D' (Fig. 3). The slope
of the cleft shows the line of incision to have had the direc-
tion given by the line in figure 1, from which it is evident
that the incision was a somewhat deep one, and that our
specimen came from one end of it. It is also obvious that
this injury must have been inflicted in the winter, or at
least before the growth for the season began, since the in-
truded mass is part of the ring formed at A (Fig. 1), and
B, B' (Figs. 2 and3). In Fig. 3, the left-hand side of the in-
cision represents the basal portion of the cut. Whether
the original cleft was filled throughout by the new growth,
or whether this was only partial, cannot be determined
from the specimen before us.

“On BURROWS AND TRACKS OF INVERTEBRATE ANT-
MALS AND OTHER MARKINGS IN PALZozoic Rocks.,”’!

By Sm J. Wit11am Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.

This paper, which is illustrated by photographs and
drawings, indicates some new facts in connection with the
markings produced by the burrows and tracks of animals,
and other causes. Rusichnites and Cruziana are regarded,
like Climactichnites and Protichnites, as representing probable
burrows or tracts of Crustaceans and Chetopod worms,
Scolithus canadensis is shown to be a cylindrical burrow,
with accumulations of earthy castings at its mouth. The
relation of these burrows to the forms known as Scotolithus,

' From Proceedings of London Geological Society.

Peculiar Growth in Black Walnut. 235

Asterophycus, Monocraterion and Astrapolithon is pointed out.

Under the new generic name of Sabellarites, the Author
describes certain tubes, composed of shelly and other frag-
ments cemented by organic matter, found in the Trenton
Black-river Limestone. They resemble the burrows or tubes
formerly described by the Author from the Hastings and
Quebec Groups, and appear to be the tubes of worms allied
to the recent Sabellarie ; but they are liable to be mistaken
for Algz of the genera Paleophycus and Buthotrephis.

Some large cylindrical bodies from the Potsdam Sand-
stone, are described as having been supposed to be trunks
of trees; but the Author regards them as probably concre-
tions formed around slender stems, like some now forming
in the alluvial mud of the St. Lawrence, (and described in a
recent number of this Journal.)

Some curious combinations of worm-tracks with ripple-
marks and shrinkage-tracks, are described ; as also branch-
ing or radiating worm-trails which present some resem-
blance to branching Fucoids. Finally, the Author describes
the formation of rill-marks on the mud-banks of the tidal
estuaries of the Bay of Fundy, and indicates their identity
with some impressions in slabs of rock, which have been
described as Fucoids under several generic names.

The paper will probably be published in full, with illus-
trations, in the November number of the Journal of the Ge-
ological Society.

A New CANADIAN PLATYNUS.
By J. T. Hausen.

PLATYNUS HORNII sp. nov.

Piceus, subviridizneus, non nitidus, subtus fuscus vel rufo-
fuscus, elytris obscure vividibus, satis strialis, striis
impunctatis, interstitiis paullum complanatis, rugulose
punctulatis, costa tertia quinque foveolata ; capite viridi,
bisulcato; antennis nigris, scapo, palpis, mandibulis,
pedisbusque rufes centibus. prothorace latitudine paullo

236 Canadian Record of Science.

longiori, subcordato, eanaliculato, valde basi foveis
oblongis impressis, margine laterali postice reflexo.
Long. .375in.

Dark with a greenish tint, not shining, beneath reddish
brown passing into dirty yellow on the prosternum and
gula; first joint of antenne, mouth-parts and legs testaceo-
rufous; prothorax obcordate, scarcely sinuate in front of
posterior angles, which are obliquely cut off and slightly
rounded, finely channelied at middle, with the anterior
angular impression almost obsolete. Head dark bronzy
green, sometimes with a small punchform impression at the
middle above the frontal impressions. Hlytra moderately
convex, furrows well-marked, not punctate, interspaces
punctulate.

Var. a. Prothorax brown, lighter than head and wing
covers.

Var. £. Head and thorax black, underside dark brown.

On being shown a specimen. Dr. Horn declared he
doubted the American origin of this species, but as I have
individuals from Ste. Rose and Ile Perrot, P.Q., both
rather out-of-the-way places and somewhat distant from
each other, I venture to describe it as new.

I wish to dedicate it to Geo. H. Horn, M.D., of Phila., the
distinguished American coleopterist, who well deserves
such an honor.

Toe)

co
|

== een See SS ea SS Se oe

gous fo sayour pum ap .thizwaD svatbap fO 27028

vo

lpatees por Mean lamperative of the ocr

Ze

ve

fecter a Suc

et
besecereret

==

Scale of degrees Centig) cite

22

iR, 1890.

| feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
CLoupED J = | E
oO
TENTHS. ao f5| of = =
ra SA Sie) |[ Sere ces
De 5Oo| f° a2 | a2
Hl afege| BF | oe ze DAY.
si | fen 3 Heh Ws
a/A sks) x I 3
— - 5 ae 20) a
Io] o 99 |\theiaste 0 I
10 [ 03 . 2
3 Oo 97 eere 3
Io} 3 47 Mare sere 4
10| o 50 |] 0.02 5 5
10 ° 22 A , cee 6
SuNDAY
a0 47 ah ; . J see+ereeeeSUNDAV
10 fo) 5I 0.26 " 8
10 fo} 59 ese . ate 9
10 5 9 a0 5 Io
| Io | Io 00 -27 oo co} | ai
| to | Io oo 1.74 . 12
10 2 27 0.62 13
Ba aca le: gor see DAW avs iwists severe SunDay
Io 3 32 AOD ate 15
1o | 10 foJe) 0.26 ate 16
be) fo) 35 ol oee |b aeeee 17
o}] o 99 Sere . 18
2 I 96 oo ; 19
Io ° 35 0.10 20
SUITE B6) (vec 98 2200 9 Ziisevicsisclot SOUND AS
Io} 4 48 | Inapp. : 22 ’
10 2 39 0.03 4 23
10 (o} 81 eee : 24
I fo) 99 900 0600 25
10] o 07 | 0.19 26
Io ° 00 0.08 27
SUNDA 85 7 ; Ty Gaoad0o » -SUNDAY
2 fo) 97 60 5 29
I fe} 96 3 30
| 50.6 || 3.57 50 SIEHNS aooc6ooocedconnC
16 yrs ae Rares Ulla An | ee fi d
5.41 3-34 16 yrs. means for an
includ including this month
4] and | giving a range of 0.784 inches. Maximum relative -
humidity was i0U on the 12th and 13th. Minimum’®
Direc relative humidity was 48 on the 24th.
Miles” Rain fell on 11 days.
Aurora were observed on four nights.
Dura Hoar frost on four days.
Mean; the Fog on four days. :
ing a Slight earthquake at three minutes past three
on the morning of the 26th.

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER, 1890.

Meteorological Observations, MeGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

Sky CLOUDED

=)
E
THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. Ty Tents. | 2 Hel Bt B 2
— Spall rp fioniel by) -— =n { Mean eae D a’ sa ae Gee] g on =3 ei 38
pres-_ frolative ew f 2 506| @o a2 ne
DAY. ‘ ; sure of | bumid-| point. | gonoral pion a | 4) ¢j/ese TE as ae DAY.
Mean. | Max. | Min. | Range.’ Mean. | SMax. §Min. Range. } vapour: } ity- Ainectiontl liatmnilen g Ss |S [eas g or | 8
iperhour hes a) 3
1} 61.82 | 68.7 53-3 14°9 30.1640 | 30.198 30.120 .078 3807 69.5 51 15-3 37 Io] o 99 Bric 1
2] 59-90] 65.9 55-4 10.5 30.1853 | 30.211 30.160 +051 4380 84.7. 55- .W. 15.2 I] |} oo 03 ? 2
3] 57-07 | 66.0 48.0 18.0 30-242! 30.293 30.211 -082 3120 68.0 46. .B. 7-8 0.5].3] 0 o7 ere 3
4] 61.72 | 72.9 48-4 24.5 30.1040 | 30.215 29.978 +237 4402 79-0 54- On 9-2 7-2|10| 3 47 90 4
5] 70.10| 77.0 | 63.0 14.0 | 29.9870 | 30.012 29.962 +050 5458 74-3 | 61. i 15.0 | 6.3| 10] o 50] 0.02 5
6] 64.02 | 71.0 58.3 12.7 30.0402 | 30.075 30 o12 064 4737 79-3 57- 5-1 6.3| 10] o 22 oe 6
SunDAy 07) A icistere 77-7 56.5 21.2 Sanoa || vecoop || sogca0 onoo ||) Sena 50 6.8 p000 |! pp 47 000 J + +e+e+0+esSUNDAY
8] 69.37 | 80.0 61.3 18.7 r 30.124 29.93, +189 6080 83.8 64 13.6 7-2| 10] 0 51 | 0.26 8
g] 60.12] 67.0 54-4 12.6 ) 30.292 go. 164. .128 3595 70.0 49- 9-9 8.2] 10] o 59 000 9
10 58-57 64.5 54-5 10.0 30-3445 30.367 30.313 054 3795 17-3 51. 6.0 9-2) 10 5 9 10
11} 56.18 | 60.7 52-6 8.1 30.3118 | 30.381 30.220 - 161 3783 83.7 51. 10.1 10.0 | to | 10 00 127 Ir
12] 61.65 | 67.2 55-0 12.2 30.0050 | 30.153 29.871 -282 5435 98.0 61 10.8 | 10.0} x0 | Io oo} 1.74 12
13] 67.95} 76.8 58.4 18.4 29.7580 | 29.885 29.666 +219 5975 85-3 63 15.7 7.5|10| 2 27 62 13
Sunpay. .... .14 ecb 62.8 48.3 Mee |} cee-s0 ao Spaced Boos 0b aa08 a0 11.5 aad |b eo || 90 (obs 00 SY oenos6000 SunpDay
15} 57.80} 65.9 49-7 16.2 30.0518 . 29.978 +128 3937 82.8 52. 5-3 8.0} 10] 3 2 15
16} 58.07 | 62.1 54-3 7-8 29.9637 | 29.982 29-929 +053 +4633 95.8 50. 5-3 | 10.0| 10 | 10 00 16
17] 38.70 | 64.6 54-3 10.3 | 29.9842 | 30.047 29 942 +105 +4008, 81.7 52+ 19-7 4-7 | 10| 0 35 17
18] 61.60 | 69.9 53-0 16.3 29.9723 | 30.002 29.953 -049 3683 67.8 50. 12.5 0.0} o}] o 99 18
19 2.42 | 71-1 52.1 19.0 29.9217 | 30.020 29.792 +228 4002 71.8 52. 14.6 Coif el 96 19
20] 54.87| 63.1 44.8 12.3 29.98:2 | 30.183 29.819 364 3238 73-3 40. 17.3 5-5| lo] o 35 20
Sunpav 2TH estas 53-8 39-5 14.3 S0onae D0 eee wane see GG) |} ooo = gS “ne ZI wveeeeees + SUNDAY
22] 52.95] 59:6 | 44.0 15-6 | 29.9422 ' -286 79-5 | 46. 7-5 | 9-0] 10) 4 48 | Inapp. 22
23] 52-33] 59-6 40.0 13-6 29.8165 -228 79-3 45- 10.3 g-2| 10) 2 39 | 0.03 23
24] 45-97] 51-8 40.6 It 2 30.2100 1 +237 62.2 33- 13.5 2.3 || 10 | o 81 sass 24
25] 49-27| 56.9 40.8 16.1 30.1422 h -308 69.0 38. 19.1 @be} ||! ° 99 coon 25
26} 50.57) 58.0 43 6 14-9 29.9518 | 30.004 -078 86.3 46. 10.4 8.3| 10] o 07 | 0.19 26
27] 45-42| 51-8 41-5 10.3 30.1408 | 30.280 +2go 2405 79-2 39- 10.0 6.7 | 10] o 00 | 0.08 27
38.6 13-4 090 Boo we Shap 5-8 dood 85 28 ......++ «SUNDAY
38.1 16.9 3 B +171 2348 73-3 38. 6.2 0.3] 2] 0 97 29
46.0 19-3 30.2083 30.230 39-179 .O51 33! 71-3 47° 19.0 0.2 I ° 96 3°
S8O05 Means] 57-79 | 64 62] 49.83) 14-79] 30-0786] ...... | «+++ 160 3846 77-9 6B | | cooq0e5 Peace} |) SOTA |I fen |} 0 51.6] 3.57 60 .... [Sums
16 yes means for &| 58.51 | 66.47] 50.77 | 15-71 J 30.o110| . .... ABOOS 178 3807 75> Ble 5-69 5.4 | 3.34 -+s. |... [16 yrs. means for and
including this mo, including this month
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. *Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | giving a range of 0.784 inches. Maximum relative -
temperature of 32° Fahr. humidity was i0U on the 12th and 13th. Minimum®
Direction N. N.E. a0) S.B. Ss | Siw. § Observed. relative humidity was 48 on the 24th.
= - —— |— — t Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 11 days.
Miles. .... 792 602 150 799 po7e 3202 t Humidity relative, saturation being 100 Aurora were observed on four nights.
Duration in hrs.. 7 65 27 83 99 231 1’ Nine years only. Hoar frost on four days.
M =te | ientevern| ema aera The greatest heat was 80.0 on the 8th; the Fog on four days. ,
ean velocity...| 12.9 9.3 5:6 5 10. 14.1 greatest cold was 38.1 on the 29th, giying a | Slight earthquake at three minutes past three

Greatest mileage in one hour was 38 on the 30th.

Greatest velocity in gusts, 42 miles per hour on
the 30th.

Resultant mileage, 3410.

Resultant direction, 5. 49° W.

Total mileage, 8,122-
Average mileage, 11.3.

range of temperature of 41.9degrees. Warmest
day was the 5th. Coldest day was the 28th.
Highest barometer reading was 30.450 on the
29th; lowest barometer was 29-666 on the 13th,

on the morning of the 26th.

feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

|
jUDED § 2
Sea E
INTHS. ss ae A= Bi = 5
a Sy ef, asl,
Ss =a =| — mn os
5Oeo|} 89 BSW ERS
i| seg8| 22 | os | ss DAY.
Sispo| & ‘See! |} Sl
rl i) a, [ae f=] 3
| ars mM [ae
Nh a ESN eee Were Wat
Db fo} 100 Sp00 de setate I
7 ° 98 :
Suni, | . 60] 0.16 eee . .SUNDAY
P92 59 0.37 OD 4
2) 3 5° 0.60 5
5] 0 88 0.30 6
2) OF 66 2 7;
21 Ol PE loons : 8
D 2 | 79 0.28 0 9
Suny | .. ff 63] o.or IO 2...2+++++SUNDAY
off 70]Inapp.| --- soo || an
°F 97 sachets doo || 2
of 84 leds 13
off 46! 0.02 BiG 14
5 Of go see . 15
) fo} : 84 0 Saree 16
Sunt | ..f/ oo] o.42 | ..... ated (hy ee ReE .. SUNDAY
D| of t00o S000 sie 18
dD 2 f Or 0.57 19
3 oO) Sal Oren 20
D of 39 0.32 miele 21
P| og 82 O00 ano aa || 22
D| 10 00 1.34 eee 23
Sune |. } 00] 0.83 Apa ealroatn onan GUND AN
DI @)| Gay obon c00 25 :
>| of 69 | Inapp. 26
D| Toff 13 1.61 27
DIO} Alen.) |) olzo 28
>| off 36) Inapp. 29
Wi} 3) © Sy 0 30
So at oo | 0.14 a BTN nies cheverenie SUNDAY
wees 58.1} 8.08 SWWEAS onocan 0000 eesysiers
SS ees SS
16 yri W60.r | 3.15 a000 .... (16 yrs. means for and
inclu including this month,
| and|range of 0.728 inches. Maximum relative humidity
was 99 on the 27th and 3lst. Minimum relative
Dire humidity was 34 on the 12th.
Mil Rain fell on 20 days.
Ee An aurora was observed on one night.
Dura Solar halos on two days.
Scot Fog on two days.
Mea} the} ; 08 f : |
ga Thunderstorms on five days.
mest 3 i 5 5 : =
Gre... Norr.—The wind directions in broad-faced type
Grete. are from the City Hall record.
re ,
the 2 tee
Res}

—————

t int
ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF AUGUST, 1890.
Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
Sky CLoupED § E
THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. In Tentas.] 219) 8, a S
_—. $$ — ] — — — ——_— —___ —__ _ —_.. mot —@ =“. a
E=o| =a =2 og
DAY. | cencrar mem.) 2 || efesel 22 | Se | ee DAY.
§ eneral |yelocity 34] 45 Pens cet gS ja
Mean. | Max. | Min. | Range. Max. Min. direction. |in mile] $ | 3 |S Eas a SF |e EI
perhour oe i) a
1} 71.90! 80.3 60.3 20.0 30.061 W. 6.8 0.0/ o| o 100 6 I
2] 75-15 | 84.9 | 61.5 | 23.4 30.135 5 8.4 [| 2.5] 7] 0 98 0 2
SUN DAW cette fiers 86.8 66.3 20.5 AQODG0 HOE] |/Gong | op || op 60] 0.16 Shnciceyite .SUNDAY
44 75-85 | 88.8 71-5 17-3 29.969 MOS) 7-2| 19] 0 59 | 0.37 4
5] 75-05 | 85.0 | 69.1 15.9 29-974 12-7 | 8.3) 10) 3 50 | 0.60 5
64 68.18] 75.0 62.0 13.0 ff 30.011 18.7 4-7] 9] 0 88 | 0.30 6
74 68.55 | 79-0 61.6 17-4 } 30.110 10.4 2.53/10] o 66 7
8] 69.40 | 79.0 60.2 18.5 § 30.114 6.6 1.7] 10] o 71 5 8
9] 72-75 | 82-7 64.1 18.6 { 29.905 13.8 6.2] 10] 2 79 | 0.28 on 6 9
Sunpay........10} -.... | 72.8 56.2 16.6 E0000 G5 |] aoo0 }} o RY 63 | o.or IO «s++0+2+2.SUNDAY
11] 64.23 | 75.1 55-1 20.0 | 30.051 14.5 2.2} 10] o 7° | Inapp. Ir
12} 66.17} 75-9 56.0 19-9 30.183 10.3 0.0] o}] o 97 Boe 12
13} 70-25 | 81.1 57-2 23.9 ff 30.198 2.5 4.7 | 10] 0 BY cos 13
14] 70-13 | 79-8 61.3 18.5 | 29.954 8.8 7-0} 10] o 46 | 0.02 14
15} 62.32| 68.8 54-4 14.4 Jf 30.167 15.0 Al] Gil © go wate 15
16] 59-18] 67.0 48.3 18.7 30. 261 N.W. 7-0 4.0] 10] 0 84 Q 00 16
Sunpay........ Uhl eonaue 69.9 57-7 12.2 jt aeoose: Jb <dapede Ww. 4.9 9 .... || ee 00 | 0.42 59) Onosobodon SuNnDAy
18] 58.90] 67.8 51.4 16.4 |f 30.200 30.098 N.W. 8.2 0.0] o}] o 100 d000 18
19] 57:53 | 64.7 52-4 12.3 } bs i. 8.7 8.7] 10] 2 or | 0.57 19
20} 60.10] 68.9 53-0 15-9 7-2 35/70 |e | RO) 84 | 0.04 20
21 | 62.22] 72.5 5t-5 21.0 Wj 18.6 6.7 | 10] o 39 | 0.32 21
22] 59.92} 68.1 53-4 14.7 | 15.8 6.2]10}] o S20 lence 22
23) 48.57] 53-5 47-4 6.1 17-6 $10.0} 10} 10 (fs) 1.34 23
SUNDAY......,.24] ..... | 55.9 48.3 76 ‘e 11.2 0.83 EY} soocape +» SUNDAX
25} 58.95] 68.5 | 49.3 | 19.2 | S.W. 14.3 hae 25
26] 65.17} 73-5 29 20.6 jl $. 9.7 Inapp. 26
27} 61.98 | 66.1 58.4 7-7 NW +2 1.61 27
28] 63.42] 70.9 58.3 12.6 Ww. “2 0 20 28
b 50.9 15.9 PL. 7 Inapp. 29
55.4 12.5 S.W. BS) o 87 30
Sunpay........ 53-3 7.9 # N.W. 6 0.14 SF coudoondoe Sunpay
bo0ve aOs000 Means 55.73 16.11 4 8.08 .
16 seb means for &| 66.96 75.22] 58.82 oO] | 2RLEYER | s conn || asco | ota |! oe leew |b a00 | beoo-asonon 3.15 16 yrs. means for and
including this mo,| including this month,
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. *Barometer readings reduced to sea-leve] and|range of ().728 inches. Maximum relative humidity
temperature of 32° Pahr. was 99 on the 27th and 3lst. Minimum relative
NE. OB. S.E. Ss. |S.w. w. |N.W.| Catm. § Observed. A humidity was 34 on the 12th.
. ey | ee | cee | | | cee + Pressure of yapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 20 days.
Ks 380 182 367 1171 1964 1839 1169 t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. An aurora was observed on one night.
Duration in hrs..| 119 45 28 ie an 137 7B) ae 6 I Nine years only. Solar halos on two days.
NCEAROLR MG Ge | ay el Se ———|—_—_ The greatest heat was 83.8 on the 4th ; the| og on two days.
Yow 1.0 “4 5 78 10.5 14.3 13.2 10.4 greatest cold was 47.4 on the 28rd, giving a Thunderstorms on fiye days.
= - = <= —= —— -———_|range of temperature of 41.4 degrees. Warmest - 4 Fels iM
Greatest mileage in one hour was 330n the 2lst.| Resultant direction, S. 88° W. day was the 4th. Coldest day was the y3rd,| Nove.—The wind directions in broad-faced type
Greatest velocity in gusts, 60 miles per houron| Total mileage, 8,380. Highest barometer reading was 30.261 on the 16th;|27@ *rom the City Hall record.
the 21st. ’ Average mileage, 11.26. lowest barometer was 29.533 on the 2lst, giving a
Resultant mileage, 3,370.

e———__

OOWOrRO

SunpDay.

CHOOOW:

CoO ONA:

Sunpay,.,

16 yrs. mea | -
including t] !
eed

Sei E

nho a. iS}

es ST) arte a q
SoS) sts sc) |) are!

I s SOO cs a5 a2
DAN a | g Ise] ae oS | 85
Co “= ——-. On| i=} q

° os : B=-|

AlA PSRs) x a” |‘
oS & Pe

51.6 | 3.57

3-34 sepals tees

5.41

see- er cces SUNDAY

vee SUNDAY

«» «SUNDAY

Sumswesamictctectermckias

16 yrs. means for and
including this month

evel and

Direction. .
<== jury.
Milesheeeiroc

Duration in

th ; the
giving a
—_—_— Warmest
Greatest ithe 28th.
Greatest 0 on the

Mean velo(

giving a range of 0.784 inches. Maximum relative —

humidity was i0U on the 12th and 13th. Minimum®
relative humidity was 48 on the 24th.

Rain fell on 11 days.

Aurora were observed on four nights.

Hoar frost on four days.
Fog on four days.

Slight earthquake at three minutes past three

on the morning of the 26th,

the 30th. the 13th,
Resultant

=
ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER, 1890.
Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. (. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
Sky CLoupep J 3 E
THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. In Tentus. | 2 pO ee A |
Pa Pan bk ae LL oes can oo aiciMean sic 0 (ot ene Frees =H = g oe
pres- frelative) ew : “ 300) & ao ES
DAY. : sure of | bumid-) point. } General rea a | 4] eee ie se | & 3 DAY.
Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range.J Mean. | §Max. §Min Range. || vapour. || ity- directions lintmiles! 3 S/S ]eee| s ee |
‘perhour| mast n
1} 61.82 | 68.7 53-8 14°9 30.1640 | 30.198 30.120 .078 -3807 69.5 51.7 15-3 By || HOH @ 99 a 1
2 59-90 | 65.9 55-4 10.5 30-1853 30.211 30.160 .O51 -4380 84.7 55-3 15.2 8.5 | 10 L 03 é 2
3] 57-07 | 66.0 48.0 18.0 30.2427 | 30.293 30.211 082 3120 68.0 46.0 7:8 Ch |) || 97 virie 3
4] 61.72] 72.9 48.4 24.5 30.1040 | 30.215 29.975 +237 4402 99.0 54-5 9.2 7.2) 10) 3 47 O60 4
5 70.10 | 77.0 63.0 14-0 29-9870 30-012 29.962 +050 5458 74-3 61.0 15.0 6.3) 10} o 5° 0.02 5
6] 64.02 71.0 58.3 12.7 30.0402 30.075 30 o12 -064 4737 79-3 57-3 5-1 6.3} 10] o 22 Sorts 6
SuNDAY.. ..... || occan | gee 56.5 21.2 pad ecng || onooon |} oecnon sooo || opneo sees 6.8 coo || oo |} és 47 600 WY aoana +ee+sSUNDAY
8] 69.37 | 80.0 61.3 18.7 30.0107 | 30.124 29-935 - 189 6080 83.8 64 2 13.6 7-2| 10] 0 51 | 0.26 8
9] 60.12] 67.0 54-4 12.6 30.2457 | 30.292 30.164 -128 3595 jo.o ) 498 9-9 8.2] 10 | © 59 O00 9
To} 58.57 | 64.5 54-5 10.0 39-3445 | 30.367 30.313 +054 3795 77°3 51.3 6.0 g-2/ 10] 5 9 : 10
tr} 56.18 | 60.7 52-6 8.1 30.3118 | 30.381 30.220 -161 3783 83.7 51-3 10.1 10.0} to | 10 00 | 0.27 Ir
12 61.65 67.2 55-0 12.2 30.0050 30.153 29.871 -282 5435 98.0 61.0 10.8 10.0} 10 | Io (ore) 1.74 . 12
13} 67.95 | 76.8 58.4 18.4 29.7580 | 29.885 29.666 +219 5975 85.3 63.0 15-7 735) \)10) |e 2: 27 | 0,62 13
Sunpay. 14 20050 62.8 48.3 V1) ao0rae: | es00c6 |} osabdo so06 |.) seaos 2008 11.5 cade “. gr TAU nleeeieies Sunpay
15} 57-80} 65.9 49-7 16,2 30.0518 | 30.106 29.978 -128 3937 $2.8 5-3 8.0)] 10] 3 2) 15
16} 58.07 | 62.1 54-3 7-8 29.9637 | 29.982 29-92! -053 4633 95-8 5-3 | 10.0| 10 | 10 00 16
17] 58.70 | 64.6 54:3 10.3 29.9842 | 30.047 29 942 105 4008, 81.7 19-7 4.7] 10] o 35 0 17
18] 61.60 | 69.90 53-0 16.3 29.9723 | 30.002 29.953 .049 3683 67.8 WV. 12.5 0.0} o|] o 99 5 18
19} 62.42 71-1 52.1 19-0 29.9217 30.020 29-792 228 4002 71.8 8. 14.6 0.5 2 I 96 we 19
20} 54.87| 63.1 44.8 | 18.3 29.98:2 | 30.183 29.819 «364 3238 73-3 S.W. 17-8 5-5| 10] o 35 | 0.10 20
Sunpay 52811 So000 53.8 39:5 14.3 Boacuce ||) Socdua. |} scoakod anos, || pooge 2000 Soue SW. 6) || count} as || ao 98 309 2 Gooeno +s.» SUNDAY
22} 52.95 | 59.6 44.0 15.6 29-9422 | 30.094 29-808 286 3187 79-5 46.3 5.W. 7-5 9-0} 10} 4 48 | Inapp. 22
23] 52.33] 59-6 40.0 13.6 29.8165 | 29.971 29-743 -228 3137 79-3 45-7 Ww. 160.3 9-2] 10] 2 39 | 0.03 23
24] 45-97] 51.8 40.6 112 30.2100 | 30.295 30.058 +237 1920 62.2 | 33.2 N.W. 13.5 2.3| 10] o 81 000 24
25] 49-27| 56.9 40.8 16.4 30.1422 | 30.314 30.006 308 2360 69.0 38.7 S.W.. 19.1 0.2) 1 ° 99 25
26] 50.57] 58.0 430 14.9 29.9518 | 30.004 29.926 -078 3200, 86.3 46.5 5S.W. 10.4 8.3 | 10] 0 07 26
27 45-42 51.8 41-5 10.3 30.1408 30.280 29.990 2go 2405 79.2 39.2 N 10.0 6.7 | to () 00 27
Sunnay...,....28] ..... 52.0 38.6 Pet! || coondver:'||\ Aoouee || cookoa 9000 . S000 fs N. BIB || ced on $5 £3 cooonce » «SUNDAY
29} 47.00] 55.0 38.1 16.9 30.3598 | 30.450 30.279 +171 2348 73-3 38. S.W. 6.2 el} 21) © 97 29
30} 57-10] 65.3 46.0 19.3 30.2083 | 30.230 30.179 -O51 3300 71-3 47-7 S.W. 19.0 CA Fl) & 96 30
»»Means} 57.79 | 64 62 49.83 | 14-79] 30.0786| ...... | «++. 160 3846 77-9 COG |} sosoe0 soo] 286} |) Sry
16 yrs. means for &| 58.51} 66.47 | 50.77 | 15-71 | 30.0110 -178 3807 Yess || 280 |) oro-acaooo 5.69 Ts.41 | 3.34 Stele x6 yrs. means for and
including this mo, os J J including this month
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. *Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | giving a range of 0.784 inches. Maximum relative —
temperature of 32° Fahr. humidity was i0U on the 12th and 18th. Minimum?
x 2 § Observed. relative humidity was 48 on the 24th.
ish | SEW W. |N.W.! Calm. p Bas i
—— : |—. —. + Pressure of yapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 11 days.
1079 3262 O17 620 sees | Humidity relative, saturation being 100 Aurora were observed on four nights.
Duration in hrs.. 7 65 27 83 99 231 2 61 5 T Nine years only. Hoar frost on four days.
Mi = —— =| al ae — =a The greatest heat was 80.0 on the’ 8th ; the Pog on four days. J
Mean velocity...| 12.9 9-3 5-6 8.5 | 10.8 | 14.1 | 12.7 | 10.2 greatest cold was 38.1 on the 29th, giving a | Slight earthquake at three minutes past three
= ~ a —————— —| range of temperature of 41.9 degrees. Warmest | 00 the morning of the 26th,
Greatest mileage in one hour was 38 on the 30th.| Resultant direetion, 8. 49° W. day was the 5th. Coldest day was the 8th.
Greatest velocity in gusts, 42 miles per houron| ‘Total mileage, 8,122. Highest barometer reading was 30.450 on the
the 30th. Average mileage, 11.3. 29th; lowest barometer was 29.666 on the 13th,
Resultant mileage, 3410.

THE

EIN JE DUI le GRO eal B,

OF SCIENCE.

oe

ae
>

VOL. IV. JANUARY, 1891. NO. 5.

CLAY CONCRETIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT RIVER.
By Miss J. M. Arms.

pe
7 r

mr . We |
mas

r

The concretions with which I am most familiar are found
between Brattleboro, Vt., and Sunderland, Mass., a distance
of about thirty miles. Between the two towns named, few
clay beds occur on the right bank, it being either green
with vegetation, sandy or rocky, but on the left shore the
beds are numerous.

You are first attracted by the deep blue color of the clay,
which can be seen a distance from the shore. In some
places, as between the two ferries known as Rice’s and
Whitemore’s, this clay occurs interstratified with sand; in
others, as at Sunderland bridge, it forms projecting shelves
into the stream which are often thickly strewn with con-
cretions washed from the beds above.

Again, as at the mouth of Saw Mill River, a little stream
that empties into the Connecticut, the clay forms a high
cliff rising perpendicularly from the water's edge, It is
one of the finest exposures to be seen. Stratification planes
cut it horizontally, and joint planes obliquely, while the
peculiar blue color presents a striking contrast to the green
vegetation above, and the sparkling waters below. I have

1 Abstract of a paper on “‘ Concretions of the Connecticut River,” now in course
of preparation.

238 Canadian Record of Science.

never seen concretions exposed from this wall of apparently
pure clay excepting close to the water’s edge, where there
is no possible way of getting them but to stand in the river
and dig, a trowel or stout carving-knife being the best im-
plement for the work.

In collecting claystones it is better to row up the stream
than down, for in the latter case the dislodged clay renders
the water so turbid it is impossible to see the claystones
which have been washed into it, and which often have a
story to tell. The concretions of each clay bed should be
kept separate, and when this is done the fact is proved that
each bed has a form of concretion peculiar toitself. You would
never find, for instance, a circular disk and a cylindrical
claystone imbedded together, or a botyoidal mass and an
animal form; these are four typical concretions of as many
separate beds.

While each bed has its characteristic form, this is not at-
tained with an unvarying degree of perfection. There
seems to be an ideal and a struggle to attain it; the result-
ing concretion being more or less perfect as the conditions
are favorable or adverse. When the conditions are favorable
and constant, the typical form is repeated many times. One
of the most striking examples of this fact we found in a bed
nearly opposite Whitemore’s ferry. Out of twenty-six
concretions, twenty-four had the same peculiar markings.
One of the two exceptions, I have little doubt, was the
incipient form of the others, and would have developed like
them had we let it remain. The other was not found
imbedded, and therefore, I presume to say, came from some
bed up the river. I have seen ina private collection, forty-
eight specimens from one bed so similar one could not tell
them apart.

Occasionally the typical form is doubled or trebled in the
same specimen, as shown in those from Saw Mill River.

Very long concretions are seldom found, although we
have one in our collection measuring twenty-two and a half
inches, Imitative forms areabundant. We have spectacles,

Clay Concretions of the Connecticut River. 239

a money bag, boot, arrow-head, geometrical figures, a seal
goose, fish, rooster, elephant, pl and a baby.

Prof. Hitchcock speaks of receiving a concretion from an
able English geologist labeled, “ Kimmeridge Coal Money
(use and age unknown), found abundant in the Kimmeridge
clay, Dorset coast---supposed turned in a lathe, and ancient-
ly used as money.”

Three questions must be asked: How does the com-
position of a claystone differ from that of the surrounding
clay, and is this composition definite ?

What first determines the formation of a concretion ?

What are the favorable and adverse conditions of which
I have spoken ?

Chemical analyses answer the first question by the
following results :

Deerfield claystone (opposite Whitemore’s ferry), con-
tains, beside clay and iron, 42 p.c. carbonate of lime
(Ca CO,). Clay immediately surrounding claystone, 2-3
p.c. carbonate of lime. Claystone from south of Sunderland
bridge, west shore, 43 p.c. CaCO,; surrounding clay, 2 p.c.
Brattleboro claystone, 42 p.c. CaCO,. Hartford claystone,
47 p.c. Ca CO,”

The essential difference, therefore, between the clay and
claystone, is the almost entire absence in the former of
calcium carbonate. These figures show that the composi-
tion of concretions is not definite, although it does not vary
greatly. We may say that nearly half a claystone is car-
bonate of lime, and as this is the active agent in the process
of formation, we can appreciate Le Conte’s appellation of
“lime balls” in place of the popular name of “ claystones.”’

The second question is much more difficult to answer.
Tt requires the proof of the existence or non-existence of a
nucleus. It has been generally believed that these nuclei
exist. Prof. Hall, in the Geological Report of New York,
speaks of concretions having for a nucleus either a gravel

1 Prof. Hitchcock gives four analyses thus: 42, 48, 49 p.c. Ca CO;, and one from
Hadley which seems to be the exception to the rule, 56 p.c. Ca COs.

240 Canadian Record of Science.

stone, a bit of iron pyrites, a shell or a crystal of carbonate
of lime. Negative evidence, however, is strong. I think
it safe to say, that many concretions have no nucleus of
foreign matter. If one exist, it is in the form of sucha
minute grain of calcium carbonate, it cannot be detected
with the eye.

Under the direction of Prof. W. O. Crosby, a concretion
was sawed in two and polished. Lines of stratification were
distinctly seen, but with this exception the mass was per-
fectly homogeneous. There was not the slightest evidence
of a nucleus or of concentric structure. One half was
sawed in two again, giving a sharp angle, which proved the
extreme fineness of the material. A quarter was etched in
chlorhydric acid, and while this rendered evident a concen-
tric structure, it did not reveal a nucleus. Little spherical
cavities were seen, as if the tendency to concretionary
structure was so great that the concreting material was not
satisfied with forming one large concretion, and so made
smaller ones within the larger. I also dissolved one clay-
stone in acid, and examined the insoluble residue upon a
filter. It was impalpably fine clay, and no foreign particle
of any appreciable size was visible.

Prof. Hitchcock says : “In no case in Massachusetts have
I seen an organic relic as a nucleus.” In 1859 Mr. Charles
Stodder exhibited, at a meeting of the Boston Society of
Natural History, two specimens cut open, one showing a
nucleus less than 1-16 of an inch in diameter, the other not.
At the same meeting ex-President Bouvé remarked while
showing some concretions: “These bodies do not always
have a nucleus; on the contrary, those from many localities
very seldom have any. These seem by no means necessary
for their production.” I have looked through the Proceed-
ings of the Society since 1859, but find nothing that throws
additional light upon the subject.

The third question involves the history of a claystone.
We first have the clay arranged in layers by the mechanical
action of water. That the formation of the concretions is
subsequent to the deposition of-the clay is proved by the

Clay Concretions of the Connecticut River. 241

lines of stratification running with unbroken continuity
through them. The plastic clay is charged with water con-
taining carbonate of lime in solution. We may suppose
some slight change in the conditions causes a precipitation
of a portion of the lime, or that certain foreign bodies
attract it. In either case we should have centres towards
which other molecules of calcium carbonate would be drawn.
By the law which governs the diffusion of liquids new
material would be brought, and so the concretion would
grow. The process is one of segregation—a flocking toge-
ther of the molecules. Except in taking on a crystalline
form, there is little difference between the building up of a
crystal and concretion. The .molecules segregate, and in
the case of the crystal crowd back the other material, while
in that of the concretion a part of this material enters into
the new form.

If the concreting material comes from all directions with
equal facility, as in a porous rock, the concretions are in the
form of spheres, but in clay, which is more or less imper-
vious, it spreads laterally most freely. The tendency is,
therefore, to lengthen the horizontal diameter, and shorten
the vertical, giving the circular disk which is the normal
form of clay concretions. I have never seen a clay sphere
larger than a pea, and never found one larger than a pin’s
head.

When a concretion passes from one layer into another
poorer in carbonate of lime, the form is contracted ; thus a
variation in the amount of calcium carbonate results in a
variation in the form of the concretion.

What the exact conditions are which cause one bed to pro-
duce animal forms, another lenticular, and a third cylindri-
cal, it would be interesting to know. Many observations
must yet be made upon these concretions in situ.

242 Canadian Record of Science.

NoTE ON SPECIMENS OF Fossin Woop FROM THE
ERIAN (DEVONIAN) OF NEw YORK
AND KENTUCKY.

By Sim Wm. Dawson and Pror. D. P. PpNHALLOW.

(Plate I.)

The specimens referred to in this note were sent by Prof.
J. M. Clarke, of Albany, to Sir Wm. Dawson, and additional
specimens of one of them were subsequently obtained
through Prof. Clarke from Mr. C. E. Beecher, of Yale Uni-
versity Museum. The greater number of the specimens
proved on examination to be of species previously described
by Sir Wm. Dawson, as will appear by the following notes
contributed by him. One of the specimens, however, be-
longing to the genus Kalymma of Unger, a form not pre-
viously recognized in America, and imperfectly known, was
placed in the hands of Prof. Penhallow for more detailed
study, and the report thereon is appended.

DabDoxyYLON (CoRDAIOXYLON) CLARKI, ' Dawson.

To this species belong a number of slender stems imbedded
in the Styliola limestone ot the Genessee shale, and one
similar specimen from the Naples series, collected by Prof.
Clarke. They present the following characters :—

Stem about 1.5 cm. in diameter, with pith 3 m.m. in
diameter, surrounded with woody tissue, but destitute of
bark. Woody cylinder in transverse section showing radiat-
ing rows of square fibres, converging into distinct wedges
toward the pith, which is composed of parenchyma. The
terminations of the wedges are about 8 in number.

The radial section shows woody fibres, with two or three
rows of bordered pores and medullary rays of various
lengths. There are a few scalariform and reticulated vessels
in the points of the wedges next the pith.

* Report on Erian Plants of Canada, pt. 2, 1882, p. 124. Paleozoic
Gymnosperms, Memoirs of Peter Redpath Museum, 1890.

Specimens of Fossil Wood. 243

The tangential section shows numerous medullary rays,
simple or with one series of cells superimposed, and very
variable in length, from one cell to many in each.

This structure is as near to that of Dadoxylon Clarkii
as could be expected in the more slender stems or branches
represented by these specimens. ‘The cortical tissues are
absent. The pith does not show Sternbergia structure, ex-
cept very faintly in parts.

The specimens from the Naples beds are imperfectly pre-
sented, but in so far as can be determined, may belong to
the same species.

I have already pointed out, in the publications above re-
ferred to, that the characters of this species approximate to
those of the stems of Cordaites, so that it may be referred to
Cordaioxylon rather than to Dadoxylon proper. I may now
add that the species is very near to Araucarites Ungeri, of
Goeppert, from the Cypridina shales of Thuringia. This
species appears to be the same with that originally
described by Unger as Aporoxylon primigenium. The original
description and figures of Unger did not permit an exact
comparison, but as now figured by Stenzel ' in his revision
of Goeppert’s species, it approaches so near to D. Clarkii as
to suggest the suspicion that it may be the same, or at least
a very closely allied species. The state of preservation,
however, is so different that it is scarcely possible to be sure
as to this.

With reference to the generic names, there has been great
misconception among palobotanists as to the distinction
between stems of Cordaioxylon and Dadoxylon. This does
not at all depend on the occurrence of an Artisia or Stern-
bergia pith, which may be present in Sigillarie, Cordaites
or Conifers, as it is indeed in young shoots of modern firs,
as well as in angiospermous exogens of different genera.
The real distinction is in the character of the inner vessels
or fibres of the wedges, the peculiar nature of the medullary
rays, and the thinness of the woody cylinder in Cordaites. |
have no hesitation on these grounds in referring D. Clarkii

' Royal Academy of Berlin, 1888.

244 Canadian Record of Science.

and probably D. Ungeri to Cordaioxylon, while I am equally
certain that the other Devonian species, D. Ouangondianum,
D. Halli and D. Newberryi should be referred to Dadoxylon,
a name which is properly applied to the woods of Palaeozoic
Conifers, as Walchia, dc. The name Araucarites, used by
Stenzel after Goeppert and Presl, leads to a mistaken view
of affinities.

Before leaving this species, it is interesting to observe
that the association of this type of gymnospermous wood,
with the very different type of plant of the genus Kalymma
described in Prof. Penhallow’s note, applies both to the
Cypridina shales of Kurope and to the corresponding beds in
America.

Dapoxyton NEwsBeErRRy!I, Dawson. !

With the above specimens of Prof. Clarke’s collections
from the Styliola beds, are fragments of much larger stems
with thicker-walled woody fibres, having three rows of con-
tiguous bordered pores, and long medullary rays, with for
the most part, two rows of narrow cells side by side. On
comparison with the specimens collected by Dr. Newberry
in the Devonian of Ohio, from which my description of 1871
was taken, I find no difference other than what may depend
on difference of preservation. I therefore refer Prof.
Clarke’s specimens to the above species, which is a true
Dadozylon and nearly allied to D. Ouangondianum of the
Devonian of New Brunswick, and to D. Acadianum of the
Lower coal formation of Nova Scotia. All three species oc-
cupy an intermediate position between the species with
more composite medullary rays separated by Brongniart to
form the genus Palewoxylon, and the ordinary species with
medullary rays having only one row of cells like D. ma-
teriarium, of the Upper coal formation.

KALyMMA GRANDIS, Unger.
By D. P. PayHALiow.

Specimens of a fossil plant from the Genessee or Black

Shale (Devonian) of Moreland, Kentucky, collected by Mr.

‘Report on Erian Plants of Canada, 1871. Page 14. Plate I.
Figures 7 and 8.

Specimens of Fossil Wood. 245

Charles EK. Beecher of the Yale University Museum, and
placed in my hands by Sir Wm. Dawson, to whom the speci-
mens were sent in the first instance by Prof. J. M. Clarke of
Albany, and by Mr. Beecher, embrace a portion of a stem
and several mounted sections. ‘To these there were subse-
quently added other transverse and longitudinal sections.
The derivation of the specimen from the formation referred
to is vouched for by Mr. Charles EH. Beecher, who collect-
ed it. (Plate I, fig. 4.)

The principal specimen, apparently a fragment of a stem,
has an elliptical transverse section measuring 2.3x3.8 cm.
No cortical structure is represented, although it is evident
that certain parts corresponding to a cortex were at one
time present. The surface shows numerous closely aggre-
gated bundles traversing the stem longitudinally. With
a hand lens of very moderate power each of these bundles
presents a distinctly fibrous structure. In the transverse
section these bundles are found to be so arranged as to con-
stitute a narrow marginal zone. They are separated by
parenchyma tissue, which forms radial bands usually much
less in width than the bundles lying on either side.

Internal to this is a somewhat broad zone of parenchyma
tissue, followed by an inner vascular zone. In this lat-
ter the bundles are somewhat widely separated by paren-
chyma tissue. They are all small, usually measuring 1.5
mm.in diameter. In transverse section they are round,
elliptical, triangular or even crescent sHaped, this latter
being, in one specimen, somewhat uncommon and ap-
parently resulting from the partial fusion of two bundles.
It is also to be observed that all the bundles do not lie
strictly within a zone of uniform width, as occasionally a
bundle will be found isolated and situated more towards the
centre of the stem, This is apparently a normal situation,
as no evidence of displacement appears. Central of this
inner vascular zone is a large pith composed of large and
thick walled cells, in all respects the same as the more ex-
ternal parenchyma tissue.

The entire parenchyma structure of the stem is remark-

246 Canadian Record of Science.

ably well preserved. A very marked peculiarity of the
specimen is to be found in the extreme lightness and the
porous nature of the greater part of the structure. This
latter feature is so conspicuous as to render the coarse cel-
lular tissue readily distinguishable without the aid of a glass.
As determined by Sir Wm. Dawson, the infiltrated material
is wholly calcite, and it is probable that the deposition was
limited, being developed first in the cell walls and later ex-
tending to some ofthe cell cavities which in small tracts are
completely filled up.

The various sections examined show the entire structure
to be in a fine state of preservation. From them we gather
the following facts :—

The parenchyma tissue is very coarse and thick walled.
It abounds in intercellular spaces which are, for the most
part, small. The primary cell is usually well defined, but
no structural markings have been observed. (Plate I, fig.3.)

The bundles of the marginal zone are radially elongated,
usually two or three times larger than broad and narrower
at the inner extremity. Occasionally they are double as
shown in fig. 1, from which it will also be seen that the cell
walls are very thick, and there is an apparent absence of
vessels. The outer face of tt‘- figure also shows a portion
of the bundle removed. This is a common feature, although
in some cases the same space is occupied by cells which
appear isolated—separated by somewhat wide structureless
areas, a result evidently due to the decay of the primary
cell membranes and a wide separation of the liberated
parts. We may, therefore, refer the disappearance of the
cortical structure and the outer portions of the marginal
bundles to the action of decay, rather than to the operation
of mechanical action on the stem. Viewed longitudinally
these bundles also show a complete absence of vessels, while
the cells are found to be very long with tapering extremi-
ties, similar in many respects to the cells of bast tissue. No
markings have been detected.

The bundles of the inner vascular zone exhibit consider-
able variety of form, and most of them show interior tracts

PLATE I.

RECORD OF SCIENCE.

KALYMMA GRANDIS, UNG,

dbish t i

aes tice ere
A get apie fi

OO dc) es itt hy!

RL Pear inv Ve
| Lair. iste say Saudia be

7 ay) of PAPERS ‘on te ae At a
nth ch

f
% A

A od
Fei a or | ’ beet vitee wer! fi i

3 ~
( rin’ d ae d ae
f ) F pi iy Ps ~ r “d Bet, ie? pets
= ie coal] ' j ae Boise cae
q ‘ WAKE ok ; b '
4 y > 5
Mane By, bia 4 ‘ a AY digii.o3 +d ita fi
on A -
7 SHOR iy taney dt Vues
SL9i (a0) Oe RT rr TD | A eee
i " Zn : By / j ee i: of
beet ol § file haa 4 t -! ~ 1 ; aS t cs oe | 1
; rae reds OMB hey 1 Dittey. WOES Aye a iy,
a p oh ee ne : ‘ ' =
. ’ ‘ te wee ‘ F, i? a, ,
mo sPaei.) i afk FULT SPEER eee Dh eerie ris 1 Re ep

ee ee | py: bebe} inte Le 4 Ail. 8
~
mB ; ~ is ‘ 4 aad a
‘, a veay,
‘i ire ees |
a [ sida iwi

1 ; ps ae ae . ‘ats Paths ine

Pr Rane spiye? dpi t rei ¥ Ad a) f avi Sel
i” un, op we. oo |

u ae t , 7
| _ “o eieas tie va ie ) mes!
Par put Pe ‘

Specimens of Fossil Wood. 247

devoid of structure, as if a more delicate tissue like combi-
um had been removed. Other and complete bundles, on
the other hand, show no such open tracts, nor do they, as
appears in figure 2, show more than one kind of tissue, so
that we are left somewhat in doubt as to their precise com-
position. The cross section shows an apparent absence of
vessels, and with one exception the same may be said of the
longitudinal sections. In one case a single cell shows five
transverse bars, possibly the remains of a spiral, annular
or scalariform structure. In other respects the cell is the
same as the other members of the bundle. Hach bundle is
surrounded by a layer of sclerenchymatous tissue composed
of rather thick walled cells of very unusual dimensions
and form.

The specimen is apparently identical with Unger’s Kal-

ymma grandis,’ which he considers to be related to the
Kquisetacee—a view correctly based upon the general
structure, though the presence of an outer zone of vascular
structure must be regarded as exceptional, and, so far as I
am aware, it has no parallel in existing types. Uncertainty
as to the exact structural characteristics of the vascular
bundles renders a more decided opinion as to the affinities
of this plant undesirable at the present time.
_ Additional interest is given to this specimen from the
fact that it is the first of the kind from the formation and
locality from which it was obtained, and that as already
stated by Sir W. Dawson, it aids in connecting the middle
Devonian flora of America with that of Europe.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Kalymma grandis. Ung.

Fic. 1.—Transverse section of a double vascular bundle from the
outer portion of the stem. W.—woodcells ; Pr.—parenchy-
ma. The large cells forming a line nearly across the
figure, show the parenchyma separating the two bundles.

x 40.

! Richer and Unger, Devonian of Thuringia, p. 71.

248 Canadian Record of Science.

Fic. 2.—Transverse section of vascular bundle from the inner vas-
cular zone. W.—woodcells; Sc.—sclerenchyma cells sur-

rounding the wood tissue. x 40.
Fic. 3.—Transverse section of the parenchyma tissue showing thick
walls, intercellular spaces and primary cell-walls. x 40:

Fic. 4.—Transverse section of stem. Natural size.

THE COMPOSITION OF THE ORE USED AND OF THE
Pia [RON PRODUCED AT THE RADNOR FORGES.

' By J. T. Donatp.

The St. Maurice and the Radnor Forges, situated in the
vicinity of Three Rivers, are of interest to those interested
in the development of the iron industry in Canada, as well
as to the student of the history of the early colonists of the
Province of Quebec

These forges are at present the property of the Canada
Tron Furnace Company, Ld., and the managing director
of this company, Mr. Geo. E. Drummond, has kindly fur-
nished the following historical note: ‘The value of the Three
Rivers ores has been known since a very early period in the
history of Canada. Official examinations were made by order
of the Government of France as far back as 1668; tests of
the ore were made before the year 1700, and finally in 1737
a company was formed to erect a furnace and commence the
manufacture of pig iron. The Government of France
seems later on to have obtained control of the work, for in
1752 the St. Maurice furnace (erected and operated by the
Government) was blown in and the old stone stack bearing
date 1752 and the Government insignia, the Fleur de Lis,
still remains to dispute with that of Principio in Mary-
land, the right to be considered the oldest in America. At
that early period upwards of 300 men were employed under
directors who had obtained their skill in Sweden. Accord-
ing to the reports of Colonial Secretary Tranquet, the
works were carried on with much success. In addition to
pig iron, wrought iron of high quality was manufactured
from the product of the bog ore; shot and shell were cast,

Composition of the Ore. 249

and pigs and bars were even exported to Irance. After
the conquest the works were leased to private parties, and
since then have passed through many hands.”

“Many samples of the articles —notably stoves—manufac-
tured from the pig iron made in those early days, still re-
main to attest the high quality of the iron,”

The furnace at Radnor, though similar in construction to
that at St. Maurice, from which it is only four miles dis-
tant, was erected at a much later date, and in some respects
it may be considered the successor of the old St. Maurice
furnace. At present the latter is idle, but that at Radnor
is in blast. Recently, the ore used and the pig iron produced
in this furnace have been analysed. The ore isa mixture of
equal parts of the bog ore of the neighborhood and of the
curious ‘‘lake ore” from Lac la Tortue. An average
sample of each was submitted to analysis, and the results
are given below :—No. 1 is the bog ore, No. 2 the lake ore,
No. 3 isa lake ore from the same locality, analysed by Mr.
W. A. Carlyle, B. A.Sc., some three years ago.'

CoMPosITION OF [RON ORR.

I | JU IHU

Ferric oxide....... n0600;D00006 60.74 70.04 69.64
HEEROUS| OXUGC yelled) -\cie) «oe elele 9000 sac 0.72
Manganic oxide).....--..-- ara 1.18 1S | 2.99
JAMO 600 6000 nb oGoDOOHOODD 2.59 2.20 2.43
ILIA gocccdddooogos onnecgUObe 3.47 0.32 | tees
WEAN) conoo 000 0000 Bondo OOd| Oar | 0.27. | 0.60
Phosphoric anhydride......... 0.69 0.76 0.47
Sulphuric anhydride.......... 0.19 0.23 | 0.09
Silica. deseaee.de 2 08 Aaa LBGea eee an e817
Loss on ignition.............. 16.49 | 1684 | 15.00

| 100.22 | 100.28 100.11
Metallichirontseeccer. ce. ves | 42.52 | 49.03 | 49.31
BOS PMOTUBpeslseiiey sii se «is sels | 0.302 | 0.33 0.205
Swi MES aoc Gedo an Sone A aSSpoo | 0.078 | 0.093 0.036

‘Canadian Record of Science, Vol. III., No. I, p. 48.

250 Canadian Record of Science.

The close correspondence between Mr. Carlyle’s analysis
and that of the writer would seem to indicate that this
Lac la Tortue ore is of fairly uniform composition over a
considerable area.

The Radnor furnace charge consists of 840 lbs. of the
_ mixed ore, 84 lbs. of limestone and 32 bushels of charcoal ;
the blast used has a pressure of three-fourths of a pound,
and ranges in temperature from 300° F. to 450° F. The
yield of iron is on an average 42-43 per cent. of the weight
of ore used.

Theiron sent for analysis consisted of sections of two pigs
of different degrees of hardness and produced at different
times. Nos. I. and II. are the Radnor irons, No. II]. is Dr. T.
Sterry Hunt’s analysis of a specimen of gray pig made at
St. Maurice in 1868."

CoMPoOsITION or Pig Iron.

if Il. IIl.

ATOM esc nie yas Sockets = =e iol TAOS 96.302 | Undet'd.

WarpOnid-ssecn were cena eth -378 336 1.100
Graphite..... Lig sear e 1.904 1.796 2.820
SiliGbiisoss\ssoaee eee soles see 1.379 485 860
SHIM a6 sos G5cn sebsos canses | -062 049 025
Pas) ans ocs ced goJoud yobs 464 430 450
Mantanose ieee ete air 1.145 -895 1.240

eS

90.707 100.293

CANADIAN ARGOL,
By J. T. Donatp.

Argol, as is well known, is the commercial name for the
crude cream of tartar, which, owing to the diminished
solubility of the tartrates, in alcohol is deposited on the ves-
sels in which grape juice is fermented. The principal pro-
ducers of this material are, of course, the grape-growing

' Report Geol, Survey, 1873-74.

Canadian Argol. 251

countries of Hurope. The sample before us however, is
the produce of Canada.

In the year 1886, while investigating a process for the
separation of tartrate of lime from commercial cream of
tartar, the writer desired to obtain argo] direct from the fer-
mentation vat. With this end in view he wrote to the
Ontario Grape Growing and Wine Manufacturing Company
of St. Catharines, Ont., asking if they could supply
a quantity. They replied they had none, as they re-
moved all incrustation and sediment from their vats each
season and threw it away as refuse. Here the matter
dropped at the time.

In June, 1890, the same company wrote informing the
writer they had taken a hint from his letter of 1886, had
allowed the argol to accumulate, and now had about one
ton, represented by a sample sent with the letter. On
examination this sample was found to be a good one,
containing 79.75 per cent of bitartrate of potash. Later
on it was found that whilst a large portion of the quantity
mentioned was of this high grade the value of the whole
had been lowered considerably by an ignorant workman
mixing with it a quantity of muddy sediment which contain-
ed only a small portion of tartar.

A fair sample of the whole was submitted to an American
refiner of cream of tartar, and he purchased the lot at a
price which was satisfactory to the producers. This
sample is of interest, not because of any peculiarity of com-
position, but because it represents, so far as can be learned,
the first parcel of Canadian argol that has found its way
into commerce.

AIDs To THE StTuDY OF CANADIAN COLEOPTERA.
By J. F. Hauspn, Montreal.

(Plate IT.)
A New Variety oF Hlaphrus pallipes, Horn (Fig. I.)

In looking over some unnamed material in the collection
of the Natural History Society of Montreal, my attention

252 Canadian Record ‘of Science.

was drawn to asmall Hlaphrus I had not seen before, and
which I thought at first might possibly be new. On investi-
gation, however, I find it has been described by Dr. Horn!
and I cannot do better than extract here his excellent de-
scription of the typical form :—

“ Form rather slender, surface dark bronze as in ruscarius.
Head densely punctured, eyes large and prominent. Thorax
narrower than the head, slightly longer than wide, base
narrower than apex, sides moderately arcuate, posteriorly
sinuate, hind angles rectangular; disc convex, with apical
impression moderately deep, median impression moderate
and with a short smooth line more deeply impressed at its
middle, within the hind angles a broad impression; surface
densely punctured, and with a vague impression on each
side of middle ; beneath sparsely, but not deeply, punctured.
Elytra oboval truncate at base, widest behind the middle,
sides slightly sinuate behind the humeri, disc densely and
finely punctured with usual three discal and a marginal
series of ocellate foveee and with polished, more elevated
spaces between the fovee of each series, those of the sutural
row larger and the outer two quite small. Body beneath
bronzed, shining, sparsely punctured at the sides. Legs
testaceous, with zneous surface lustre, tips of tibie and
femora darker. Length, -24inch; 6mm. Male.—Anterior
tarsi, with three joints dilated.

This species takes its place with riparius and ruscarius,
from which it differs in its generally longer form, narrower.
and less accurate thorax and its entirely pale legs. The
sculpture of the underside of the thorax is somewhat more
dense and less deeply impressed, and the interval less
shining than in ruscarius, and more sparse than in riparius,
and with intervals distinct, occurs in Oregon and British
Columbia.”

While of the two individuals before me one is quite of the
normal color, the other differs from the typical form by
being suffused with beautiful purplish bronze, and by having

? Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. VII (1878), p. 51.

€

fa 9)
29

bS

Canadian Coleoptera. ,

the front part of the femora of a dark greenish color. The
form is also somewhat more elongate and less compact. If
deserving of a distinct name it might appropriately be called
purpurans.

Both specimens were collected by Mr. Selwyn, of the
Geological Survey, in British Columbia.

Prerosticuus (DysipiIus) STENOPUS, SP. Nov. (Fig. 2.)

Ater nitidus, angustius elongatus; prochorax latitudine
longior, tenuter marginatus, lateribus modice rotundatus, postice
angustatus et punctulatus, dorso canaliculatus, impressionibus
basalibus simplicibus et rugose punctatis, elytra vix latiora,
striata, tripunctata, interstiis convexis evidenter punctulatis,
apice sinuata, stria scutellari longa, marginali simplici, para-
pleuree latitudine longiores, punctulate ; subtus piceo-niger niti-
dus ; trophi, antenne (articulis tribus basalibus exceptis) pedi-
busque piceis ; abdominis segmenta lateribus subimpressa, basi
cerebro subtiliter punctulata, tibie maris posteriores introrsus
villose, articulis tribus extus sulleatis. Long. °46 poll. =11°7
mm.

Simillius P. luctuoso forma, at notis aliis exceptis prothoracis
foveis simplicitus facile distinguendus, ab affinibus forma
augustivri sat distinctus.

In shape not unlike P. luctuosus, Dej., but may be at once
separated by its single thoracic impressions, which are
punctured almost to the dorsal line. The abdominal segments
are very shining, with a slight pitchy tint posteriorly, and
the femora are darker than the tibiz.

This species would seem to take its place more properly
in the Dysidius group than in any other. I have but a
single example, a male, collected at St. Rose, P.Q.

The group of which P. mutus, Say, may be taken as a
sample, and which corresponds, in part, to the sub-genus
Dysidius of Chaudoir may be defined by the following
characters :—

The thorax is finely margined, but little narrower behind,
scarcely sinuate on the sides, with the posterior angles
generally obtuse, rarely slightly prominent, and the euueren

~

254 Canadian Record of Science.

transverse angular impression more or less obliterated ; the
basilar impressions ‘are single, deep and more or less
punctured. The grooves on the outer edge of the hind tarsi
are usually well marked; metathoracic espisterna longer
than broad, elongate, and the palpi cylindrical truncate,
elytra with three dorsal impressions, sinuate at tip and with
the scutellar stria long. The species may be separated as
follows :—
Male, with inner side of hind tibize clothed with hair; three
points of the tarsi grooved.
Color purplish.
Basal prothoracic impressions not punctured ; hind
angles rather obtuse. 1. purpuratus.
_ Color black.
Form stouter, basal impressions more or less punc-
tured.

Black, with piceous lustre, angles of prothorax
small, subrectangular. 2. mutus.

Black, without piceous tint, hind angles slightly
more prominent, abdominal segments at base
more freely punctured. 3. pulvinatus, n. sp.

Form more slender.
Prothorax longer and strongly punctured at base.
4. stenopus, D. sp-
Male, with hind tibiz not villose on the inner side; tarsal
grooves less deep, not reaching to third jot; prothorax
feebly sinuate on sides behind, hind angles rectangular,
basal impressions feebly punctured. 5. lustrans.

For more detailed descriptions the student may be re-
ferred to the following papers and memoirs :—

1. P. purpuratus, Lec. Jour. Acad. Nat. Se. Phila., 1853,
vol. II, p. 242. Ohio, Ills. Pa. Length 14°3 mm. ; ‘55 in.

2. P.mutus, Say (Feronia) Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., v. LU,
p. 44. Fer. morosa, Dej. spec. III, p. 283 (Omaseus) picicornis,
Kirby Faun. Bor. Am. IV, p. 33. Atlantic States and Can.
10-13 mm.; -47-50 in.

3. P. pulvinatus,n. sp. le Naturaliste Canadien, v. XX
(1891) No, 2,

RECORD OF SCIENCE PLATE Il.

HAUSEN ON CANADIAN COLEOPTERA.

Canadian Coleoptera. 255

5. P. lustrans, Lec. Ann. Lyc., v. V, p. 181, Cal. -12 mm.
‘468 in,

HXPLANATION oF PLats II.

Fig.

4

. Elaphrus pallipes, Horn, var. purpurans, n. var. ?
. Pterostichus stenopus, n. sp.

se pulvinatus, n. sp. “

a mutus, Say

(vs

mob

ce

On Some Causes WuHicH May Have INFLUENCED
THE SPREAD OF THE CAMBRIAN FAUNAS.

By G. F. Marruew, M.A., F.R.S.C.

The attention given of late years to the succession and
the regional variation of the Cambrian faunas, and the dis-
covery of these faunas in different parts of the earth where
they were previously unknown, has enabled us to form a
judgment, imperfect though it may be, of the causes which
have effected the development of these faunas.!

Prof. Jules Marcou has given much attention to this sub-
ject, and has stated his opinions in a series of articles pub-
lished in the American Geologist.’ In these articles he at-
tributes the peculiarities of the Cambrian faunas in various

‘regions of what is now Europe and North America to the
peculiar distribution of the land and sea in those early
times. He supposes a land connection between the north
of HKurope and North America as giving the means of
transit, along shore lines, for the resembling faunas of
Seandinavia and Acadia, and conceives of a land-barrier
along the line of the Appalachian ranges as an obstacle to
the migration of the Olenellus fauna eastward. A land-
barrier such as Barrande has described in his great work
on the Silurian system in Bohemia, is supposed by Marcou

'The remarks which I make in the following pages are rather
suggestions than positive opinions, as to the causes which have
produced changes in the Cambrian faunas, or have led to their
annihilation. ’

? The lower and middle Taconic of Europe and North America.

256 Canadian Record of Science.

to have separated the Welsh-Scandinavian fauna from the
Cambrian faunas of the south of Europe.

Such land bridges and barriers, no doubt, had an import-
ant influence in assisting or retarding the diffusion of lit-
toral species in former times, as they have at the present
day, but in connection with their influence, it may be
well to consider what effect ocean currents of different tem-
peratures may have had on the dispersion of marine forms in
the Cambrian age.

- Marcou is one of the geologists who still upholds the com-
paratively recent origin of the Olenellus fauna, making it
more recent than the Paradoxides fauna ; but then he separ-
ates from Olenellus the Olenelloid forms found in Sweden
and Russia, considering them to be of a more ancient type,
and anterior to the Paradoxides genus.

On the other hand, we find Mr. C. D. Walcott, since his
visit to Newfoundland, expressing the opinion that the
Olenellus fauna is anterior to the Paradoxides fauna. This
is on the assumption that all the Olenelloid forms are of
nearly the same age, and anterior to the Paradoxidean
forms. In this view he has the support of many European
paleontologists, and especially of specialists in the Cambrian
and Ordovician faunas.

Between these two extremes are several paleontologists,
chiefly in America, who are not prepared yet to accept the
view that the Olenelloid forms are always and everywhere
older than the Paradoxidean. The actual infra-position has
been shown, so far as America is concerned, only in New-
foundland.

In Acadia, though the remains of Olenellus and its allies
have not been found, those of other species of animals
occur, analogous to forms of the Holmia beds in the north
of Europe, and so it may be inferred that genera of the
Olenellus group will in time be found here. But the entire
priority of all the Olenelloid trilobites to the Paradoxides
in every part of the globe, may be considered an open
question, or, to say the least, not fully established.

A review of the Cambrian faunas of Europe and North

Cambrian Faunas. 957

America appears to the writer to show that the cotempor-
ary existence of species of Olenelloid and of Paradoxidean
trilobites in contiguous areas is possible, although this is not
necessarily an inference from the peculiar distribution of
these trilobites.

As a basis for the comparison of faunas, no better stand-
ard is available than the indisputable succession of zones in
the Paradoxides beds of Scandinavia, where the following
succession of Cambrian beds has been shown to exist :—

1. The Holmia (Olenellus Kjerulfi) beds.
2. The Paradoxides beds (proper).
P, @landicus zone.
P. Tessini zone.
P. Davidis zone.
P. Forchammeri zone.
Agnostus lavigatus zone.
3. Olenus beds.
4, Peltura beds (including the Dictyonema slates.)
5. Ceratopyge (Dicellocephalus) beds.

The last division is considered by the Swedish palzontolo-
gists not to be Cambrian but to belong to the next system
(Ordovician or Lower Silurian.)

In dealing with the subject from a more general point of
view it is necessary to insert another zone of Paradoxides
beds which is only imperfectly represented in Scandinavia
in the ‘‘ Exsulens Kalk” at the base of the Tessini zone;
this is the group of strata with P. rugulosus, which species
is well represented in all the Southern faunas, and in the
Acadian regions comes between the Gilandicus and Tessini
ZONES.

The complete series of Paradoxides beds proper, would
thus stand as follows :—

a, P. Gilandicus (—lamellatus) zone.
b. P. rugulosus (—Eteminicus) zone.
ec. P. Tessini (—Abenacus) zone.

d. P. Davidis zone.

258 Canadian Record of Science.

e. P. Forchammeri zone.
f. P. Agnostus levigatus zone.

For comparison I would first refer to the interesting
fauna of Cambrian age, described by M. Jules Bergeron,
and occurring at the Montaigne Noire, Dept. Herault, in
the south of France.

Until of late years the fauna of Sabero in Spain, studied
by De Verneuil and Barrande many years ago’ has been
the only one in the south of Kurope giving an exact hori-
zon in the Cambrian system. Now, however, that-we have
Cambrian faunas from other districts in that part of the
continent, there is a broader basis on which to build our
comparisons. In two of these districts we find varietal
forms of species known elsewhere, and in one of them a
peculiar combination of types, which it is difficult to
parallel in other Cambrian areas, and especially in Scandi-
navia. ‘To the fauna from the south of France one can
easily find a parallel; but that of Sardinia, though in a
country so near at hand, is perplexing, and difficult to place,
owing to the novel forms which it contains.

M. Jules Bergeron has given a full account of the fauna
observed by him in the shales of Montaigne Noire, and il-
lustrated the forms with excellent plates representing the
species which occur there. This fauna consists of about
ten forms, (seven described species) nine trilobites and one
cystidian. It is referred by M. Bergeron to the Menevian,
but it is rather to be compared to that part of the Menevian
which has been set off by Dr. Hicks as the Solva group. It
agrees very closely with the sub-section 1 c¢. 2 of the St.
John group, and has species equivalent to those of the “ Ex-
sulens Kalk” of Scandinavia.’

The talented author of the publication describing this
fauna, found it to extend through twelve metres in thick-

' Faune primordeale dans la chaine cantabrique.

* Etude geologique du Massif ancien situé au sud du plateau
central, J. Bergeron, Paris.

Cambrian Faunas. 259

ness of slates, and to contain only one species of Para-
doxides (P. rugulosus, Corda. var.) The species here attains
an unusually great size, and, as M. Bergeron remarixs, com-
pares for size (being about a foot in length) with the great
Paradoxides of other countries. Being so large and occu-
pying the field for so long a period, we may believe that
the conditions which surrounded it were highly favour-
able to its growth and development, and that the south of
Kurope may have been one of its principal centres of dis-
persion,’

The variety of P. rugulosus, found at Montaigne Noire, is
remarkable for the prolonged points of the side lobes of the
pygidium. In this respect it departs from the type of the
species found in Bohemia, and from. P. Hteminicus found in
Acadia,’

That this fauna is parallel to that of Division 1 c.2 of
the St. John group is clear from the following comparison
of species :-—

' Although the writer has stated in a previous publication that
P. rugulosus in Scandinavia was preceded by P. tessint, an exami-
nation of the characters of one of the forms which Dr. Brogger
has referred to this species (as a variety) seems to show that it is
a distinct species. Dr. Brogger speaks of two varieties occurring
at Krekling, Norway; a large form with smooth shield: and a
smaller one with finely granulated shield ; neither variety of surface
is that of P. rugulosus, and the large form differs also from the
type of this species in the shape of the glabella, as well as in the
form of the hypostome (to which the doubleur is attached): and
in these respects also from P. Eteminicus, the Acadian represen-
tative of this species. The small form approaches much closer
to the type P. rugulosus, and may be of that species.

> It approaches in this respect, as well as in its long eyelobe, the
genus Centropleura of Angelin, of which genus Angelin made P.
Loveni, found at a higher horizon, the type, and in which he in-
cluded C. decrxurus (Ang.) and C. serratus (S. & B.) of a still higher
horizon ; but Centropleura Loveni has four points to the pygidium,
and belongs to the same group of Paradoxidean forms as the Welsh
Anopoleni. The two other species of Centropleura named above
are referred by the latter Swedish geologists to Dicellocephalus.

260 Canadian Record of Science.

Paradoxides rugulosus, var......c. f. P. Eteminicus.
Conocoryphe coronata, var......¢. f. Ctenocephalus Matthewi.

ie I DENAVSSageduosode a c. f. Conocoryphe Baileyi.

i Heberti..... .....¢. f. Conocoryphe Walcotti.

is Rouayrouxi. ....-..c. f. Solenopleura Robbii.
NONOSTUSISALIESI «a: cin cle eelele< ots c. f. Agnostus vir.
Trochocystites Barrandei.......c. f. Eocystites primevus.

Of Conocoryphe Heberti it is said that the dorsal suture is
not visible, but it probably has a suture similar to the other
Conocoryphes, and not to Ctenocephalus as the figures would
lead one to suppose.

Conocoryphe Rouayrouxi is a Solenopleura by its dorsal
suture, inflated fixed cheek and punctate surface; the eye-
lobe is more posterior than in S. Robbii, but otherwise it re-
sembles this species.

Agnostus Sallesi is a species of the section ‘“Limbati” of
Tullberg. In the Acadian region this section predominates
very decidedly over the section “Longifrontes” at this
horizon (Div. 1 ¢, 2) there being of this latter section in the
St. John group, only the rare A. partitus. This seems also
to be the case in Sweden, for although Dr. Brogger and
others have referred <A. gibbus to the “ Exsulens Kalk” and
A. atavus' (both Longifrontes) to the Holmia beds; they
are apparently scarce in these lower beds. A. Sallesi differs
from all the Scandinavian and Acadian “Limbati” in its
pecular first lobe of the pygidium ; but it is Limbatus, and
therefore of the section most common at this horizon.

In the preceding table I have compared a Trochocystites
found by M. Bergeron with Hocystites primaevus of Acadia ;
for although we have not yet found examples of the latter
species sufficiently complete to determine its genus, the
plates which have so far been recovered are of such a
form as to make it probable that it will prove to bea
Trochocystites.

The shales of Montaigne Noire containing this Para-
doxides fauna, are succeeded by a group of sandstones and
shales of no great thickness, at the top of which the Arenig .

‘In Lindstrém’s catalogue of the fossil faunas of Sweden the
infra position of this species is recorded as doubtful. (See page 2.)

Cambrian Faunas. 2961

fauna appears. Thus the only Cambrian fauna which this
region shows is that of the Acadian sub-section, Div. 1 ¢. 2.

This also is the case in the north of Spain, whence Bar-
rande and DeVerneuil described a primordeal fauna in 1860
of the following genera: Parodoxides, Conocephalites [in-
cluding the genera Ptychoparia, Conocoryphe and Ctenou-
phalus] Arionellus [Agraulos], Orthisini [Protorthis, Hall],
Orthis, Capulus [Parmophorella], Discina and Trochocys-
tites; an assemblage referable to the Acadian Division le.

An older fauna than those of France and Spain described
above, or, at least, one having types that are more archaic,
is that described by Professor G. Meneghini, from the
Cambrian beds of Sardinia.’

This writer has published a memoir on the Cambrian
trilobites of Iglesiente in that island which shows that there
are there some novel and peculiar types of trilobites.

The writer of the memoir on these trilobites recognizes
_two horizons or zones in the Cambrian rocks of this island,
each containing its special types. The lower of these he
compared to the Menevian group and the Lingula Flags of
Britain, and the upper to the Tremadoc slates.

The fauna of the lower horizon is of great interest, partly
as combining two faunal facies which are distinct elsewhere,
and partly on account of two peculiar types of trilobites
which existed there. The most notable of these types is
that of the Oleni figured and described in this work. These
are remarkable for their stout rachides and for their general
olenelloid aspect. They differ from the Oleni of the north
of Europe in the fact that their eyes are placed opposite
the glabella instead of being nearly in front of that part,
as is the case with all the northern forms; and the eyelobes
also are unusually long. In one species (O. Zoppii) the
eyelobes are decidedly drawn in at the posterior end, espe-
cially in the young individuals.” Now, if we follow the

1 Paleeontologia dell’ Iglesiente in Sardegna, Fauna cambriana
trilobiti, memoria del Prof. Guiseppe Meneghini, Firenze 1885.
2 See Tav. I., fig. 10, and for a more mature individual Tay. III.,

fig. 13.

262 Canadian Record of Science.

development of the trilobites of the genera Olenellus and
Paradoxides (related genera) it will be observed that a long
or continuous eyelobe, and one drawn in at the posterior
angle of the dorsal suture, is a character of the early forms,
both as larval individuals and as these gerera exhibit them-
selves in successive strata. So well does O. Zoppii represent
an Olenellus or a Paradoxides that if the glabella were con-
cealed the rest of the body would meet the requirements of
a form combining these two genera.’ Prof. Meneghini
also compares his species to O. micrurus, one of the oldest
species of Olenus of the north of Europe, and the one which
there best preserves the Paradoidean type.

In Olenus armatus, the second species of this genus des-
cribed by Meneghini, other primordeal features of the Para-
doxides family appear, but chiefly as they show themselves
in the genus Olenellus*—the glabella strongly lobed and
nearly reaching the front of the head shield, and the pro-

minent and large rachis, armed with spines, bring it intore- |

lation with Holmia ; but the pygidium is more distinctly,
than in O. Zoppii, that of an Olenus.

The remains of species of Paradoxides which have been
recovered in Sardinia are too defective for comparison, but
so far as can be judged they are those of the Lower Para-
doxides beds, rather than those of the Upper. It is some-
what strange that no hypostomes of Paradoxides are figured
or described by Meneghini.

A remarkable group of trilobites in this fauna is the
Conucephalites with a tubercle in front of the glabella. Of
these there are three species, or perhaps one might say four,
if C. Bornemanni be included, in which the tubercle is con-
fluent with the front of the glabella. Prof. Meneghini com-
pares one of these species with C. typus, Dames, of the Cam-

1In Holmia (Olenellus) Kjervifi the front of the glabella is small
compared with the Paradoxides. See de Undre Paradoxideslagren,
Linnarsson, Stockholm, Tafi. III., figs. 12 and 14; also Om Skur-
ingsmerker, Kjerulf, Christiania, p. 83, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Compare Tay. II., figs. 6 and 7, with figures referred to in the
last foot note.

ee

ee

ae eo Mee

Cambrian Faunas. 263

brian beds of China, but the resemblance is a distant one;
the Chinese species is much nearer (. tucer of Billings, from
tbe Olenellus beds in Vermont.

The four species of Concephalites found in Sardinia, ap-
pear rather to form a special group, distinguished from
others by the possession of a frontal tubercle. A parallel
case among the Conocoryphine is Ctenocephalus which is
distinguished from Conocoryphe proper by a tubercle simi-
lar to that of these Conocephalites. No Conocoryphes are
known in this fauna, though they are so common in the
Cambrian rocks of the opposite coast region of France.

A still more remarkable deficiency in this fauna is the
absence of the genus Agnostus.. We know of no para-
doxides fauna and scarcely any Cambrian fauna of trilo-
bites in which this genus does not make its appearance.
The tests of this genus are usually found in the greatest
abundance in fine dark shales, and especially in the Tessini,
Davidis and Forchammeri sub-zones of the North of Europe.
The Sardinian deposits are described as of a coarse texture,
this would account for the scarcity, but not for the en-
tire absence of the genus.

A fifth species of Conocephalites is described by Prof.
Meneghini, (C. inops) which is of a different type from those
with pre-glabellar tubercle. It is a Huloma rather than a
Conocephalites, and it is rightly compared to C. Geinitzi of
the fauna of Hof in Bavaria. But this fauna by its facies is as
modern as the Tremadoc slate. Some imperfect examples of
Anomocare also are figured, a genus which in the North of
Europe, appears first in the Upper Paradoxides beds.

This fauna of the lower zone in Sardinia appears to be
composed of forms descended from ancestral types of the
Parodoxidean family, mingled with precursors of the

»

numerous forms of Conocephalites *° which showed them-

‘In these remarks I have assumed that the memoir describes
all the trilobites found; and also that the fossils of the lower zone
are all of one faunal group, asI see no intimation to the contrary.

* The name Conocephalites is here used for such forms as (.
Bavaricus and C. Wirthi of the fauna of Hof.

264 Canadian Record of Science.

selves elsewhere mostly in the Upper Cambrian. The
Oleni are of a more primitive type than those of the North
of Europe, and notwithstanding the presence of so many
Upper Cambrian forms the whole assemblage appears to be
Lower Cambrian.

It is to be noticed that nowhere in the South of Kurope
have we recovered the representatives of the later Paradox-
ides of the north of Europe, or even of P. Tessini, except
in Bohemia, the Bohemian representative species being
P. Bohemicus. A similar gradation can be traced on the
western side of the Atlantic where the equivalent of the
Tessini fauna appears in Acadia, but is not known in Mas-
sachusetts ; while in Newfoundland the later. Davidis sub-
fauna is present in addition to the earlier Paradoxides. Can
this deficiency of the later species of Paradoxides in the
more southerly district be due to conditions of temperature
of the sea, and would a sufficiently high temperature exclude
the genus entirely? Ifso the Paradoxides of the northern
seas may have been cotemporary with the Olenelli, Cono-
cephalites and Anomocara of the warmer oceans, and it
would be necessary with this landmark gone to reconstruct
for the southern areas, the succession of Cambrian faunas
from the earliest Olenelloid types to Dicellocephalus and its
cotemporaries.

The Utica slate of a later age contains a faunain many
respects analogous to that of the Paradoxides beds of the
Atlantic coast of America, but spread over an area on that
continent further to the west, and extending to more south-
ern latitudes. It is spread from Labrador to Virginia and
as far west as Michigan and Ohio. The Tvriarthri of the
Utica slate represented the Paradoxides of the earlier time,
and the black bituminous slates of the Utica, the similar
alum bearing slates of the Cambrian. The Arctic current
which now flows southward along the Atlantic coast has a
course corresponding to that of the belt of country along
which at the present day the outcrops of the Paradoxides
beds and the Utica shale arefound.

A diagrammatic view of the distribution and succession

Cambrian Faunas. 265

of the various phases of the Paradoxides fauna, as at pre-
sent known, will bring more clearly before the reader the
apparent thinning out of the types of this genus in going
south from the higher latitudes.

Adopting the symbols for the different phases of this
fauna used on a preceding page it may be presented as fol-
lows :—

a b Cc d e f
wR , |
5 =I : A =| 5
4 mM -— a1 e 3
Ss S a Feiler cg) (ime 00
a)/8/ 2/2 | 58] §
ie ges eyo earens
as a4 a4 (as) |) feu (as

Sardinia (Italy).......... om soles

Montagne Noire (France)..| ms

TOMEI no HO 0006 Gouge Ob ‘ s i :

IWialleSiiccis evra eciacuecni ees ans * e i :

Sweden and Norway...... us f * * %

Newfoundland............ 4 *

Acadia (N. Brunswick)..| ~ *

Massachusetts ......-0.. *

_ The genera of the upper horizon or zone in the Cambrian
rocks of Sardinia, the trilobites of which are described by
Prof. Meneghini, are of no less interest than those of the
lower, as they show a mingling of the genera of
the Paradoxides Zone with those of the summit of the
Cambrian system. Thus we find Anomocare which in
Sweden is a characteristic genus of the Upper Paradoxides
beds, in association in these beds with two Asaphus-like
forms which Meneghini compares to Platypeltis and Psilo-
cepalus, genera which in the North of Europe belong to the
upper part of the Upper Cambrian.

If we give Anomocare the full range accorded to it by
Angelin, Dames and Meneghini, it will include, beside the
forms of the Upper Parodoxides, many species found in
different countries in the lower part of the Upper Cam-
brian. Itis in this way that Dr. Dames has treated the

266 Canadian Record of Science.

genus in describing the fauna of Liau-tung in China, and
Prof. Meneghini has followed his example. Anomocare is
a genus full of interest in connection with the question
of the point at which the limit of the Cambrian system
shall be drawn. It is a genus which foreshadows the swarm
of Asaphoid trilobites which appeared in the Ordovician -
seas. This is apparent when (taking A. nomocare limba-
tum as the type) we observe in the head shield the
narrow cylindrical glabella, the sinuous suture, and the
sharp posterior angles of the checks; in the thorax the few
compact segments; in the pygidium the prominent narrow
many-jointed rachis and the flattened border.! Many trilo-
bites of the Upper Cambrian beds have been referred to
Anomocare, mostly from the head shields, so that it is at
present difficult to draw the line between it and Ptychoparia
when only these imperfect remains are to be had. Still the
presence of these numerous species with flattened borders
is a distinctive mark of the Upper Cambrian.

Neither of the two asaphoid forms of Sardinia, described
by Meneghini, agre altogether with the definition of the
genera (Platypeltis and Psilocephalus) to which they are pro-
visionally referred. In the possession of extended genal
points to the movable cheeks they differ from the types of
the genera above named and approach more closely to Asa-
phus, proper.” Asaphus (Platypeltis?) Meneghinii also has
a pygidium with several distinct lateral costa and with
three marginal points, thus differing from the type. These

1 Tt may be thought by some that the presence in Anomocare of
a long eyelobe, is an objection to a comparison of this genus with
Asaphus-like trilobites, all of which have short eyelobes ; but there
is as great variety between the species of Paradoxides in this re-
spect as between the two genera named above. In Paradoxides
the shortening of the eyelobe is progressive with age both as re-
gards the individuals of a species, and as the species appeared suc-
cessively in time, and the same may hold good for Anomocare and
Asaphus.

* Meneghini refers these cheeks doubtfully to the heads of the
species described, but the reference to Platypeltis Meneghinii is pro-
bably correct.

Cambrian Faunas. 267

differences if they mean anything, are more primitive fea-
tures than those of the types of Platypeltis and Psyloce-
phalus.

Prof. Meneghini compares the species of these two Asa-
phus-like genera described by him, to species of the fauna of
Hof in Bavaria, of the Lower Tremadoc (Dolgelly) beds in
Wales and of the Upper Cambrian (Dictyonema) shales of
Shropshire.

A type of Cambrian trilobites which one might expect to
find in Sardinia in association with genera of Dolgelly and
Tremadoe age, and which is represented in Wales and
Sweden, as well as in the western part of America, is
Dicellocephalus. This genus, which by the large size of
some of its species, by its general form, and its mobile
pleura, represented at the close of the Cambrian age the
genus Paradoxides of its earlier time, is apparently un-
known in the Sardinian rocks.

But Dicellocephalus had its precursor in a species of the
Paradoxides beds (Tessini sub-zone) in Conocephalites ornatus
described by Dr. Brogger from Krekling it Norway.

So many of the Tremadoc genera have their roots far
down in the Cambrian zones, that it seems impossible to
separate them from their relatives in the older beds.
Whether we look to the north of Kurope, to Sardinia or to
the western United States of America, these links in the
chain of life seem too strong to be severed, and the Trema-
doc group should therefore be included in the Cambrian
system.

If we desire a well defined line to separate the Cambrian
system from its successor this is afforded by the beds in
which the typical Arenig or Levis graptolites make their
appearance.

One phase of the upper Cambrian fauna which we. find
notably absent from the more southerly regions where
Cambrian rocks are found, is the Peltura fauna. In Sweden
and Norway this presents quite a variety of small and
smooth or spinose forms related to Olenus, as it does also
in Wales, and to a lesser degree in Acadia, but from other

268 Canadian Record of Science.

regions it seems to be absent. Its geographical distribution is
in fact toa great extent parallel with that of the middle and
upper Paradoxides zone ; and if these latter owe their pre-
sence to cold arctic waters, we may attribute to the same
cause the distribution of the Peltura fauna along the coast
of Americain Cambrian times. The Cambrian fauna of the
Liau-tung has not a sufficiently wide range to make it cer-
tain that Peltura sub-fauna may not overlay it. But if the
succession of Cambrian trilobites, as established in
Europe, is to be relied upon for other countries, this fauna
is absent from Minnesota, and probably from the Rocky
Mountain region of the United States. Neither in Bohemia,
nor at any point in the south of Europe has this phase of
the Upper Cambrian fauna been met with.

In the absence of the Peltura fauna the lines dividing the
different parts of the Upper Cambrian are but obscurely de-
fined, and for the southern countries we have not yet dis-
cerned the land marks by which this division may be
effected. Only in the western United States is there known
a full representation of the southern types of the Upper
Cambrian faunas, and here we may hope that these dividing
lines will soon be drawn. Prof. Jas. Hall many years ago,
described the Cambrian trilobites of the Mississippi Valley.
He divided them into three faunal groups of which the upper
by its facies, appears to be equivalent to the Tremadoc fauna.
Various considerations render it probable that the middle
fauna, which Prof. Hal! intimates might hereafter be sub-
divided, includes all the lower part of the Upper Cambrian,
so that the Peltura fauna would be excluded. In the middle
fauna of the Mississippi Valley a peculiar type of Agnostus
which in Sweden is represented by A. cyclopyge of the
Oienus beds, is here present in A. Josepha, and in China by
A. Chinensis. These Agnosti are associated with species of
other genera which are particularly prevalent at the hori-
zons of the Olenus and Dolgelly beds, and thus carry the
series of forms down to the Lower Cambrian division with-
out the presence of Peltura.

As a result of the comparisons attempted in this paper it

Cambrian Faunas. 269

may be said that the hypothesis of the circulation of ocean
currents between the poles and the equator will explain some
of the peculiar features, which may be observed in the distri-
bution and succession of the faunas of the Cambrian age.
There are three Northern faunas of Cambrian and Ordo-
vician times, which successively extended themselves to the
southward—these are the Paradoxides fauna, the Peltura
Fauna, of which the Olenus fauna was an earlier phase, and
the fauna of the Utica Slate. ‘To these as intermediate be-
tween the two latter, might’ be added the Arenig fauna;
but this I have not attempted to discuss.

THE AUSTRALASIAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE.

The Australasian Association for the Advancement of
Science held its annual meeting at Christchurch, New Zea-
land, on January 15, 1891. It will be remembered that this
Association was organized only a few years since, taking
the British Association as its model. Like this and the
American Association, it has no permanent place of meet-
ing, but moves from place to place each year. The last
session was held at Canterbury College, Christchurch, New
Zealand, with the retiring president Baron Ferd. von
Mueller, the distinguished Australian naturalist, in the
chair.

The holding of this session of the Association in New
Zealand, originated inf an invitation given by Sir James
Hector in 1888, when in Melbourne representing New Zea-
land at the Exhibition. The request to hold the meeting
in New Zealand was agreed to, and subsequently Christ-
church was selected as the locale of the session. Imme-
diately upon this being settled, Professor Hutton, the local
Secretary, took steps to get together a local committee, and
at once proceeded to work out the programme for the ses-
sion. How successfully this was achieved may be gathered
from the high expressions of approval which have proceed:

vo

270 Canadian Record of Science.

ed from several of the professors, and the President, Baron
von Mueller, and Christchurch is to be congratulated on
having been selected as the city in which the meeting of
the Association was held.

The various sections were organized under their respect-
ive vice-presidents, who addressed them on the subjects
given below:

Section A.—Professor Lyle.

Section B.—Professor O. Masson.

Section C.—Mr. R. A. Murray, ‘“‘ The Past and Future of
Mining in Victoria.”

Section D.—Professor Haswell, “ Recent Biological Theo-
ries.”

Section E.—Mr. G. 8. Griffiths, “ Antarctic Exploration.”

Section F.—Hon. G. W. Cotten, “A State Bank of Issue.”

Section G.—Mr. A. W. Hewitt, “‘ Ceremonies of Initiation
in the Australian Tribes,”

Section H.—Hon,. Dr. Campbell, “The Advancement of
Sanitation among the People.”

Section I.—Mr. R. H. Roe, “‘ Literature in Education.”

Section J—Mr. John Sulman, “The Architecture of
Towns.”

A presidential reception in the afternoon of the second
day, by Sir James and Lady Hector, was very largely at-
tended. In the evening the president-elect, Sir James
Hector, was installed. The retiring president, Baron von
Mueller, in addressing the meeting said that:

“We owe to the British Association that great advance
of science, and especially of applied knowledge, which has
been made throughout the world.

In introducing the president to you, let me say that he is
one who took part in the expedition to the Rocky
Mountains. Some thirty years ago he was selected
for the position he now holds under the Govern-
ment, which he has so worthily filled to this time, and dur-

a

The Australasian Association. oh
ing this period he has exercised a great, an enormous influ-
ence upon the development of his adopted country. Sir
James Hector stands high in the scientifie world by the uni-
versality of his knowledge. It is remarkable in how many
directions he has been useful, and of the application of his
knowledge there are many testimonies existing. If any
testimony were wanting, it is to be found in the series of
volumes of the Institute of New Zealand. They show in a
remarkable manner the power of his administrative abilities
and the great amount of his own research, which resulted
in this long series of volumes, for although in all the colo-
nies there has been an honorable and noble competition in
science, New Zealand carries the palm by ths long series of
publications through the Institute. I beg with pleasure to
induct Sir James Hector into the presidential chair, and I
trust, Sir, that your term will be, as I feel sure it will be, a
glorious success.”

Upon the President-elect taking the chair, His Excellency
the Governor of New Zealand addressed the Association at
some length, congratulating the members upon the occa-
sion of their meeting, and passing in review the i impor tant
work which lay before them in Australasia.

Among the guests of the meeting was Dr. G. L. Goodale,
of Harvard University, who was on a tour of the world in
search of botanical specimens and information. The Pre-
sident called upon him as representing the American Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science, of which he is the
President. As his remarks are of some interest as showing
the common bonds between the three kindred Associations,
we reproduce them infull. He said :—“ My first duty this
this evening is to thank you very heartily Sir James, and
you, my ‘len Baron, for the very warm welcome you have
extended to me. Be assured that these cordial expressions
are most sincerely appreciated. My second duty is to bring
to you greetings from the American Association for the
Advancement of Science. When, a few years ago, we
learned that one of you: most energetic professors had
taken in hand the formation of an Australasian Association,

272 Canadian Record of Science.

somewhat on the lines of the British Association and our
own, we took the deepest interest in the plans, for we hoped
that you would realize what we have secured. In these
days of extreme specialism there is need of a broad general
association, so that specialists might confer together; that
they can widen the outlook and that those who are cultivat-
ing small portions of the field can see that the ground near
to the fence is not neglected. Now, under a general asso-
ciation like this, specialists can meet and confer together,
and they can preserve that which they certainly hope to
preserve. Then again we have found, and I have no doubt
you will find, that general meetings of associations like
this diminish, if they do not fully prevent or remove, per-
sonal misunderstandings. Sometimes these misunderstand-
ings are allowed to grow until at last they become intensi-
fied. In associations like the British Association and our
own we find the tendency to anything like personal differ-
ences to diminish and disappear, and I hope you will find
thesame. We have found that the British Association and
our own have always done good, by their visits, to the com-
munity where the meetings were held. A good many have
criticised unfavorably this migratory tendency, holding that
it is better to have the meetings in some central place. But
it seems that in this the old fable comes back, that ‘strength
seems to be restored every time we touch new ground.’
This migratory tendency is the survival of the migratory
tendency inherited from our ancestors. I feel very sure if
you were to put it to the votein the British Association you
would not receive a single positive vote in favor of subtitut-
ing for these missions, as we may call them, one resident
place. Now, when we heard that an Australasian Associa-
tion was to be formed in this manner, our hopes and best
wishes went out to you, and when the opportunity came to

present felicitations on your success it was most eagerly

accepted; so that I have now great pleasure in presenting,

on behalf of the Association I represent, our congratula-
tions upon the pronounced success of the Association. The

American Association is not limited to the United States.

The Australasian Association. 273

As his Excellency the Governor has told you, the British
Association met on Canadian soil. Some of our meetings
are also held in the large centres of the Dominion of Can-
ada, and the meeting of the British Association was really
a joint meeting of the two Associations. We sometimes
read disturbing cablegrams, but I love to think that blood
is thicker than water. Now, my honored colleagues, through
me, extend to you an invitation to visit our Association.
Do not regard it as one of those general invitations which
means just drop in as you pass by; but if you find you can
be present at any of our meetings just inform our General
Secretary, and when you did meet, then the general invita-
tion, you would find, would be converted into a most spe-
cific one. I again thank you for your cordial welcome, and
congratulating the Association upon its past and present
success, I have only now to express on behalf of our Asso-
ciation, and on my own behalf, our best wishes for Austra-
lasia and the Australasian Association.”

The address of the President, Sir James Hector, present-
ed a valuable review of the advance of Scientific knowledge
and research in New Zealand. It possesses 80 much of
general interest that we venture to reproduce the greater
part of it.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

«ck ck & k Presidents of similar Associations in
the Old World, who are in constant contact with actual
progress in scientific thought, feel that a mere recital of
the achievements during their previous term is sufficient
to command interest ; but in the colonies most of us are cut
off from personal converse with the leading minds by whom
the scientific afflatus is communicated ; and in our suspense
for tardy arrival of the official publications of the societies,
we have to feed our minds with science from periodical
literature. But even in this respect my own current edu-
cation is very defective, as I reside in the capital city of
New Zealand, which has no college with professional staff,
whose duty, pleasure and interest it is to maintain them-

274 Canadian Record of Science.

selves on a level with the different branches of knowledge
they represent. I therefore decided that instead of en-
deavouring to review what had been done in the way of
scientific progress, even in Australasia, it would be bétter
to confine my remarks to New Zealand—the more so that
this is the first occasion that there has been a gathering of
what must, to some extent, be considered to be an outside
audience for the colony.

To endeavour to describe, even briefly, the progress
made in the science of a new country is, however,
almost like writing its minute history. Every step
in its reclamation from a wild state of nature has de-
pended on the application of scientific knowledge, and the
reason for the rapid advance made in these colonies is
chiefly to be attributed to their having had the advantage
of all modern resources ready at hand. As in most other
matters in New Zealand there is a sharp line dividing the
progress into two distinct periods, the first before and the
second after the formation of the colony in 1840. With
reference to the former period it is not requisite that much
should be said on this occasion. From the time of Captain
Cook’s voyages, owing to his attractive narrative, New
Zealand acquired intense interest for naturalists. His de-
scriptions of the country and its!productions, seeing that
he only gathered them froma few places where he landed
on the coast, are singularly accurate. But I think rather
too much issometimes endeavored to be proved from the
negative evidence of his not having observed certain objects.
As an instance, it has been asserted that if any of the many
forms of the moa still survived, Captain Cook must have
been informed of the fact. Yet we find that he lay for
weeks in Queen Charlotte Sound and in Dusky Sound,
where all night long the cry of the kiwi must have been
heard just as now, and that he also obtained and took home
mats and other articles of pative manufacture, trimmed
with kiwis’ skins; and that most likely the mouse-colored
quadruped which was seen at Dusky Sound by his men
when clearing the bush was only a gray kiwi; and yet the

The Australasian Association. 975

discovery of this interesting bird was not made till forty
years after Cook’s visit. Asa scientific geographer Cap-
tain Cook stands unrivalled, considering the appliances at
his disposal. His longitudes of New Zealand are wonder-
fully accurate, especially those computed from what he
called his “‘rated watches,” the first type of the modern
marine chronometer, which he was almost the first navi-
gator to use. The result of a recent measurement of the
meridian difference from Greenwich by magnetic signals is
only two geographical miles east of Captain Cook’s longi-
tude. He also observed the variation and dip of the mag-
netic needle, and from his record it would appear that dur-
ing the hundred years which elapsed up to the time of the
Challenger’s visit, the south-seeking end of the needle has
changed its position 24 deg. westward, and inclines 13 deg.
more towards the south magnetic pole. Captain Cook also
recorded an interesting fact, which, so far as I am aware,
has not been since repeated or verified in New Zealand.
He found that the pendulum of his astronomical clock, the
length of which had been adjusted to swing true seconds at
Greenwich, lost at the rate of 40 sec. daily at Ship Cove in
Queen Charlotte Sound. This is, I believe, an indication of
a greater loss of the attraction of gravity than would occur
in a corresponding North latitude.

The additions to our scientific knowledge of New Zealand,
acquired through the visits of the other exploring ships of
early navigators, the settlement ofsealers and whalers on the
coast, and of pakeha Maoris in the interior were all useful, but
of too slight a character to require special mention. The great-
est additions to science were made by the missionaries, who in
the work of spreading Christianity among the natives, had
the services of able and zealous men, who mastered the
native dialects, reduced them to written language, collected
and placed on record the traditional knowledge of the in
teresting Maori, and had among their numbers some in
dustrious naturalists who never lost an opportunity of col-
lecting natural objects. The history of how the country,
under the mixed influence for good and for evil which pre-

276 -Canadian Record of Science.

vailed almost without Government control until 1840, gradu-
ally was ripened for the colonist, is familiar to all. The
new era may be said to have begun with Dieffenbach, a
naturalist, who was employed by the New Zealand Com-
pany. He travelled and obtained much information, but
did not collect to any great extent, and, in fact, appears
not to have anticipated that much remained to be discovered.
For his conclusion is that the smallness of the number of
the species of animals and plants then known—about one-
tenth of our present lists—was not due to want of acquaint-
ance with the country, but to paucity of life forms. The
chief scientific value of his published work is in the ap-
pendix, giving the first systematic list of the fauna and
flora of the country, the former being compiled by the late
Dr. Gray, of the British Museum.

The next great scientific work done for New Zea-
land was the Admiralty survey of the coast line, which
is a perfect marvel of accurate topography, and one
of the greatest boons the colony has received from
the Mother Country. The enormous labor and expense
which was incurred on this survey at an early date
in the history of the colony is a substantial evidence of the
confidence in its future development and commercial re-
quirements which animated the Home Government. On
the visit of the Austrian exploring ship Novara to Auckland
in 1859, Von Hochstetter was left behind, at the request of
the Government, to make a prolonged excursion to the North
Island and in Nelson; and he it was who laid the foundation
of our knowledge of the stratigraphical geology of New
Zealand. Since then the work of scientific research has
been chiefly the result of State surveys, aided materially
by the zeal of members of the New Zealand Institute, and
of late years by an increasing band of young students, who
are fast coming to the front under the careful science train-
ing that is afforded by our University Colleges.

In the epoch of their development the Australasian colo-
nies have been singularly fortunate. The period that applies
to New Zealand is contemporaneous with the reign of Her

The Australasian Association. ar

Majesty, which has been signalized by enormous strides in
Science. It has been a period of gathering into working form
immense stores of previously-acquired observation and ex-
periment and ofan escape of the scientific mind from the tram-
mels of superstition and hazy speculation regarding what
may be termed common things. Laborious work had been
done and many grand generalizations had been formerly
arrived at in physical science; but still, in the work of
bringing things to the test of actual experience, investi-
gators were still bound by imperfect and feeble hypotheses
and supposed natural barriers among the sciences. But
science is one and indivisible, and its sub-divisions, such as
physics, chemistry, biology, are only matters of conveni-
ence for study. The methods are the same in all, and their
common object is the discovery of the great laws of order
under which this universe has been evoked by the great
Supreme Power.

The great fundamental advance during the last fifty
years has been the achievement of far reaching gen-
eralizations, which have provided the scientific worker
with powerful weapons of research. Thus the modern
“atomic theory,” with its new and clearer concep-
tions of the intimate nature of the elements and their
compounds that constitute the earth and all that it sup-
ports, has given rise to a new chemistry, in which the syn-
thetical or building-up method of proof is already working
marvels in its application to manufactures. It is, moreover,
creating a growing belief that all matter is one, and reviv-
ing the old idea that the inorganic elementary units are
merely centres of motion specialized in a homogeneous
medium, and that these units have been continued on
through time, but with such individual variations as give
rise to derivative groups, just as we find has been the case
in the field of organic creations. The idea embodied in
this speculation likens the molecule to the vortex rings
which Helmholtz found must continue to exist for ever, if
in a perfect fluid free from all friction they are once gene-
rated, as a result of impacting motion. ‘There is something

278 Canadian Record of Science.

very attractive in the simplicity of this theory of the con-
stitution of matter which has been advocated by Sir Wil-
liam Thomson. He illustrates it by likening the form of
atoms to smoke rings in the atmosphere, which were they
only formed under circumstances such as above described,
such vortex atoms must continue to move without chang-
ing form, distinguished only from the surrounding me-
dium by their motion. As long as the original conditions
of the liquid exist they must continue to revolve. Nothing
can separate, divide or destroy them, and no new units can
be formed in the liquid without a fresh application of crea-
tive impact. The doctrine of the conservation of energy
is a second powerful instrument of research that has de-
veloped within our own times. How it has cleared away
all the old cobwebs that formerly encrusted our ideas about
the simplest agencies that are at work around us. How it
has so simplified the teaching of the laws that order the
conversion of internal motions of bodies into phases which
represent light, heat, electricity, is abundantly proved by
the facility with which the mechanicians are every day
snatching the protean forms of energy for the service of
man with increasing economy.

These great strides which have been made in physical
science have not as yet incited much original work in this
colony. But now that physical laboratories are established
in some degree at the various college centres, we will be
expected, ere long, to contribute our mite to the vast store.
In practical works of physical research we miss in New
Zealand the stimulus the sister colonies receive from their
first-class observatories, supplied with a]l the most modern
instruments of research, wielded by such distinguished as-
tronomers as Ellery, Russell and Todd, whose discoveries
secure renown for their separate colonies. I am quite pre-
pared to admit that the reduplication of observatories in
about the same latitude, merely for the study of the hea-
venly bodies, would be rather a matter of scientific luxury.
The few degrees of additional elevation of the South Polar
region which would be gained by an observatory situated

The Australasian Association. 279

even in the extreme South of New Zealand could hardly be
expected to disclose phenomena that would escape the vigi-
lance of the Melbourne observatory. But star gazing is
only one branch of the routine work of an observatory. It
is true that we have a moderate but efficient observatory
establishment in New Zealand sufficient for distributing
correct mean time, and that our meridian distance from
Greenwich has been satisfactorily determined by telegraph,
also thanks to the energy and skill of the Survey Depart-
ment, despite most formidable natural obstructions, the
major triangulation and meridian circuits have established
the basis of our land survey maps on a satisfactory footing,
so that sub-divisions of the land for settlement and the
adoption and blending of the excellent work done by the
Provincial Governments of the colony is being rapidly over-
taken.

Further, I have already recalled how much the co-
lony is indebted to the Mother Country for the complete-
ness and detail of the coastal and harbor charts. But there
is much work that should be controlled by a physical ob-
servatory that is really urgently required. I may give a
few illustrations. The tidal movements round the coast
are still imperfectly ascertained, and the cause of their irre-
gular variations can never be understood until we have a
synchronous system of tide meters, and a more widely ex-
tended series of deep-sea soundings. Excepting the Chal-
lenger soundings on the line of the Sydney cable, and a few
casts taken by the United States ship Enterprise, the depth
of the ocean surrounding New Zealand has not been ascer-
tained with that accuracy which many interesting prob-
lems in physical geography and geology demand. It is

‘supposed to be the culmination of a great submarine pla-
teau; but how far that plateau extends, connecting the
southern islands towards the great Antarctic land, and how
far to the eastward, is still an unsolved question. Then,
again, the direction and intensity of the magnetic currents
in and around New Zealand require further close investiga-
tion, which can only be controlled from an observatory,

280 Canadian Record of Science.

Even in the matter of secular changes in the variation of
the compass we find that the marine charts instruct that
an allowance of increased easterly variation of 2min. per
annum must be made, and as this has now accumulated
since 1850 it involves a very sensible correction to be
adopted by a shipmaster in making the land or standing
along the coast; but we find from the recently published
work of the Challenger that this tendency to change has
for some time back ceased to affect the New Zealand area,
and as the deduction appears only to have been founded on
a single triplet observation of the dip taken at Wellington
and one azimuth observation taken off Cape Palliser, it
would be well to have this fact verified. With regard to
the local variation in the magnetic currents on land and
close in shore, the requirement for exact survey is even
more imperative. Captain Creak, in his splendid essay,
quotes the observations made by the late Surveyor-General,
Mr. J.T. Thomson, at the Bluff Hill, which indicate that a
compass on the north side was deflected more than 9deg to
the west, while on the east side of the hill the deflection is
46deg. to the east of the average deviation in Foveaux
Strait. He adds that if a similar island-like hill happened
to occur on the coast, but submerged beneath the sea to a
sufficient depth for navigation, serious accidents might take
place, and he instances a case near Cossack, on the north
coast of Australia, when H.M.S. Medea, sailing on a straight
course in eight fathoms of water, experienced a compass
deflection of 30deg. for the distance of a mile. A glance at
the variation entered on the meridian circuit maps of New
Zealand shows that on land we have extraordinary differ-
ences between different trig. stations at short distances
apart. For instance, in our close vicinity, at Mount Plea-
sant, behind Godley Head lighthouse, at the entrance to
Lyttelton harbor, the variation is only 9deg. 3min. east, or
6deg. less than the normal; while at Rolleston it is 15deg.
33min., and at Lake Coleridge 14deg. 2min. In Otago we
have still greater differences recorded, for we find on Flag-
staff Hill, which is an igneous formation, 14deg. 34min.,

The Australasian Association 281

while at Nenthorn, thirty miles to the North, in a schist
formation, we find an entry of 35deg. 41min. In view of
the fact that attention has been recently directed to the
marked effects on the direction and intensity of the terres-
trial magnetic currents of great lines of fault along which
movements have taken place, such as those which bring
widely different geological formations into discordant con-
tact, with the probable production of mineral veins, this
subject of special magnetic surveys is deserving of being
undertaken in New Zealand. In Japan and in the United
States of America the results have already proved highly
suggestive. A comparison between this country and Japan
by such observations, especially if combined with systema-
tic and synchronous records by modern seismographic in-
struments, would be of great service to the physical geolo-
gist. There are many features in common, and many quite
reversed in the orographic and other physical features of
these two countries. Both are formed by the crests of great
earth waves lying north-east and south-west, and parallel
to, but distant from, continental areas, and both are tra-
versed by great longitudinal faults and fissures, and each
by one great transverse fault. Dr. Nauman, in a recent
paper, alludes to this in Japan as the Fossa Magna, and it
corresponds in position in relation to Japan with Cook
Strait in relation to New Zealand. But the Fossa Magna of
Japan has been filled up with volcanic products, and is the
seat of the loftiest active volcano in Japan. In Cook Strait
and its vicinity, as you are aware, there are no volcanic
rocks, but there and southward, through the Kaikouras,
evidence of fault movements on a larger scale is apparent,
and it would be most interesting to ascertain if the remark-
able deviation from the normal in direction and force of the
magnetic currents, which are experienced in Japan, are
also found in New Zealand. For it is evident that if they are
in any way related to the strain of cross fractures in the earth’s
crust, the observation would tend to eliminate the local influ-
ence of the volcanic rocks which are present in one case and
absent in the other. With reference to earthquakes also, few,

282 Canadian Record of Science.

if any, but very local shocks experienced in New Zealand have
originated from any volcanic focus we are acquainted with,
while a westerly propagation of the ordinary vibrations
rarely passes the great fault that marks the line of active
disturbance. In Japan, also, out of about 480 shocks which
are felt each year in that country, each of which, on an
average, shakes about one thousand square miles, there are
many that cannot be ascribed to volcanic origin. There are
many other problems of practical importance that can only
be studied from the base line of a properly equipped obser-_
vatory. These will readily occur to physical students, who
are better acquainted with the subject thanIlam. I can
only express the hope that the improved circumstances of
the colony will permit some steps to be taken. Already in
this city, I understand, some funds have been subscribed.
As an educational institution, to give practical application
to our students in physical science, geodesy and navigation,
it would clearly have a specific value that would greatly
benefit the colony. Another great branch of physical
science, chemistry, should be of intense interest to colo-
nistsin a new country. Much useful work has been done,
though not by many workers. The chief application of
this science has been naturally to promote the development
of mineral wealth, to assist agriculture, and for the regu-
lation of mercantile contracts. I cannot refrain from men-
tioning the name of William Skey, analyist to the Geolo-
gical Survey, as the chemist whose researches during the
last twenty-eight years have far surpassed any other in New
Zealand. Outside his laborious official duties he has found
time to make about sixty original contributions to chemical
science, such as into the electrical properties of metallic
sulphides—the discovery of the ferro-nickel alloy awaruite
in the ultra-basi rocks of West Otago, which is highly in-
teresting, as it is the first recognition of this meteoric-like
iron as native to our planet—the discovery that the hydro-
carbon in torbasic and the gas shales is chemically and not
merely mechanically combined with the clay base—of a
remarkable color test for the presence of magnesia and the

The Australasian Association. 283

isolation of the poisonous principle in many of our native
shrubs. His recent discovery, that the fatty oils treated
with analine form alkaloids, also’ hints at an important new
departure in organic chemistry. His suggestion of the
hot-air blow pipe, and of the application of cyanide of pot-
assium to the saving of gold, and many other practical ap-
plications of his chemical knowledge, are distinguished
services to science, of which New Zealand should be proud,
In connection with the subject of chemistry, there is a point
of vast importance to the futur e of the pastoral and agri-
cultural interests of New Zealand, to which attention was
directed some years ago by Mr. Pond, of Auckland. That
is the rapid deterioration which the soil must be undergo-
ing by the steady export of the constituents on which plant
and animal life must depend for nourishment. He c¢aleu-
lated that in 1883 the intrinsic value of the fixed nitrogen
and phosphoric acid and potash sent out annually was
£592,000, taking into account the wool and wheat alone.
Now that we have to add to that the exported carcases
of beef and mutton, bones and all, the annual loss must be
immensely greater. The proper cure would, of course, be
to bring back return cargoes of artificial manure, but even
then its application to most of our pastoral lands would be
out of the question. I sincerely hope that the problem will
be taken in hand by the Agricultural College at Lincoln
as a matter deserving of practical study and investigation.
I have already referred to several great generalisations
which have exercised a powerful influence in advancing
science during the period I marked out for review, but so
far as influencing the general current of thought, and al-
most entirely revolutionising the prevalent notions of scien-
tific workers in every department of knowledge, the most
potent factor of the period has been termed the doctrine of
evolution. The simple conception of the relation of all
created things by the bond of continuous inheritance has
given life to the dead bones of an accumulated mass of ob-
served facts, each valuable in itself, but, as a whole, break-
ing down by its own weight. Before this master-key was

284 Canadian Record of Science.

provided by the lucid instruction of Darwin and Wallace, it
was beyond the power of the human mind to grasp and use
as biological research the great wealth of minute anatomical
and physiological details. The previous idea of the inde-
pendent creation of each species of animal and plant to a
little Garden of Eden of its own must appear puerile and ab-
surd to the young naturalists of the presentday ; but inmy
own Collegedays to have expressed any doubt on the subject,
would have involved a sure ard certain pluck from the ex-
aminer. J remember well that I first obtained a copy of
Darwin's ‘‘ Origin of Species” in San Francisco when on my
way home from a three years’ sojourn among the red In-
dians in the Rocky Mountains. Having heard nothing of
the controversies, I received the teaching with enthusiasm,
and felt very much surprised on returning to my alma mater
to find that I was treated as a heretic and a backslider.
Nowadays it is difficult to realise what all the fuss and fierce
controversy was about, and the rising school of naturalists
have much cause for congratulation that they can start fair
on a well assured logical basis of thought, and steer clear of
the many complicated and purely ideal systems which were
formerly in vogue for explaining the intentions of the
Creator and for torturing the unfortunate students. The
doctrine of evolution was the simple-minded acceptance of
the invariability of cause and effect in the organic world as
in the inorganic; and to understand his subject in any
branch of natural science, the learner has now only to apply
himself to trace in minutest detail the successive steps in
the development of the phenomena he desires to study.
With energetic leaders educated in such views, and who,
after their arrival in the colony, felt less controversial re-
straint, it is not wonderful that natural history, and espe-
cially biology, should have attracted so many ardent work-
ers, and that the results should have been so good. A rough
test may be applied by comparing the number of species of
animals and plants which had been described before the
foundation of the colony and those up to the present time.
In 1840, Dr. Gray’s list in Deiffenbach’s work gives the

The Australasian Association. IS 5

number of described species of animals as 5498. The num-
ber of mammalia has been doubled through the more
accurate study of our seals, whales and dolphins. Then
the list of birds has been increased from eighty-four
to one hundred and ninety-five, chiefly through the exer-
tions of Sir Walter Buller, whose great standard work on
our avifauna has gained credit and renown for the whole
colony. The number of fishes and moluzca has been more
than trebled, almost wholly by the indefatigable work of
our Secretary, Professor Hutton. But the greatest increase
is in the group which Dr. Gray placed as annulosa, which,
chiefly through the discovery of new forms of insect life,
has risen from 156 in 1840 to 4,295, of which over 2,000 are
new beetles described by Captain Broun, of Auckland.
When we turn to botany we find that Deiffenbach, who ap-
pears to have carefully collected all the references to date in
1840, states the flora to comprise 632 plants of all kinds, and,
as I have already mentioned, did not expect that many more
would be found. But by the time of the publication of
Hooker's “ Flora of New Zealand” (1863), a work which
has been of inestimable value to our colonists, we find the
number of indigenous plants described had been increased
to 2,451. Armed with the invaluable guidance afforded by
Hooker’s “ Handbook,” our colonial botanists have renew-
ed the search, and have since then discovered 1,460 new
species, so that our plant census at the present date gives
a total of 3,355 species. It would be impossible to make
mention of all who have contributed to this result as col-
lectors, and hardly even to indicate more than a few of
those to whom science is indebted for the description of the
plants. The literature of our post Hookerian botany is
scattered about in scientific periodical literature, and as
Hooker’s “ Handbook”’ is now quite out of print, it is obvi-
ous that, as the new discoveries constitute more than one
third of the total flora, it is most important that our young
botanists should be fully equipped with all that has been
ascertained by those who have preceded them. [am glad

to be able to announce that such a work in the form of
4.

286 Canadian Record of Science.

new edition of the “‘ Handbook of the Flora of New Zea-
land,” approved by Sir Joseph Hooker, is now in an ad-
vanced state of preparation by Professor Thomas Kirk,
who has already distinguished himself as the author of
“ Forest Flora.” Mr. Kirk’s long experience as a systematic
botanist, and his personal knowledge of the flora of every
part of the colony, acquired during the exercise of his.
duties at Conservator of Forests, point to him as the fit-
ting man to undertake the task. But quite apart from the
work of increasing the local collections which bear on _ bio-
logical studies, New Zealand stands out prominently in all
discussions on the subject of geographical biology. It stands
as a lone zoological area, minute in area, but on equal
terms as far as.regards the antiquity and peculiar features
of its fauna, with nearly all the larger continents in the ag-
gregate. In consequence of this, many philosophical essays
—such, for instance, as Hooker’s introductory essay to the
early folio edition of the ‘“ Flora,” the essays by Hutton,
Travers and others, and also the New Zealand references
in Wallace’s works, have all contributed essentially to the
vital question of the causes which have brought about the
distribution and geographical affinities of plants and ani-
mals, and have thus been of use in hastening the adoption
of the doctrine of evolution. But much still remains to be
done. Both as regards its fauna and its flora, New Zealand
has always been treated too much as a whole quantity, and
in consequence percentage schedules prepared for compar-
ing with the fauna and flora of other areas fail from this
cause. Itis absolutely necessary to discriminate not only
localities, but also to study more carefully the relative
abundance of individuals as well as of species before insti-
tuting comparisons. The facility and rapidity with which
change is effected at the present time should put us against
rashly accepting species which may have been accidental
intruders, though wafted by natural causes, as belonging
to the original endemic fauna. Further close and extended
study, especially of our marine fauna, is urgently required.
We have little knowledge beyond the littoral zone, except
when a great storm heaves up a gathering of nondescript

The Australasian Association. 287

or rare treasure from the deep. Of dredging we have had
but little done, and only in shallow waters, with the excep-
tion of a few casts of the deep sea trawl from the Challenger.
When funds permit a zoological station for the study of the
habits of our sea fishes and for the propagation of such in-
troductions as the lobster and crab would be advantageous.
I observe that lately such an establishment has been placed
on the Island of Mull, Scotland, at a cost of £400, and that
it is expected to be nearly self-supporting. With respect
to food fishes, and still more with respect to some terrestrial
forms of life, we, in common with all the Australasian Colo-
nies, require a more scientific and a less casual system of
acclimatization than we have had in the past. One must
talk with bated breath of the injuries that have been in-
flicted on these colonies by the rash disturbance of the
balance of nature. Had our enthusiasm been properly
controlled by foresight, our settlers would probably not have
to grieve over the losses they now suffer through many in-
sect pests, through smali birds and rabbits, and which they
will in the future suffer through the vermin that are now
being spread in all directions.

BOOK NOTICES.

ELEMENTS OF CryYsTALLOGRAPHY.!—This admirable little book
will, it is believed, fill a want which has long been felt by
teachers and students of mineralogy and chemistry, and for
the first time affords to the English-speaking student a clear
and readable statement of the elementary principles of crys-
tallography. Hitherto, chemists have too frequently ignored
the subject, and failed to recognize its very important bearing upon
their work. For this no doubt the crystallographer has been
largely to blame ; for as arule he has presented the subject in such
a way asto terrify rather than attract the student. Prof. Williams’
book is not of this kind, and while he only claims for it a place
among elementery works, we are sure that any one who studies
it with care will have learned a great deal of crystallography.

Questions relating to the mode of molecular arrangement in

1 The elements of Crystallozraphy for students of Chemistry, Physics and Min-

eralogy. By G. H. Williams, Ph. D., Associate Professor in the Johns Hopkins
University. Pp. viii + 250, with 383 Figs. New York: Henry Holt & Co-, 1890.

288 Canadian Record of Science.

crystals and the general principles of crystallography are first
taken up, and then follows a detailed discussion of the crystallo-
graphic systems based mainly upon the symmetry of crystal forms.
A chapter is devoted to crystal aggregates, another to imperfections
of crystals, and an appendix to the discussion of zones, projection,
and the construction of crystal figures. Ths symbols of Weiss are
taken as a Starting point, those of Naumann, however, being
generally employed, and the index symbols of Miller written beside
them. A somewhat fuller explanation and illustration of Miller’s
index system than that found on pages 30 and 31, would probably
add to the usefulness of the volume.

The book is well printed and well illustrated, and evidently the
proofs have been read with great care.

B. J. H.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

The first regular meeting of the Society was held on
Monday, Oct. 27th, the President Dr. Harrington in the
chair.

The Curator presented a report from Mr. H. T. Martin on
the mammals, and from Mr. F. B. Caulfield on the ornitho-
logical collections in the Society’s Museum. He also referred
to the rearrangement of the other specimens.

On motion of Hon. Senator Murphy, seconded by Mr. J.
A. U. Beaudry, the thanks of the Society were tendered to
Mr. Brown, Mr. Martin and Mr. Caulfield for their efforts
in the rearrangement of the collections.

The Curator reported the following donations, received
since the last monthly meeting :—

Fossils from the Trenton Formation, Mr. EK. T. Chambers.

Bobolink, Mr. Tedford.

One pair American Pipits.

Olive-back Thrush.

Varied Woodpecker.

Cedar Waxwing, Mr. G. Dunlop.

Semipalmated Plover.

Buff breasted Sandpiper.

Rose breasted Grosbeak (young).

Cedar Waxwing.

Varied Woodpecker, Mr. F. B. Caulfield.

Proceedings of the Society. 289

Cape May Warbler, Mr. KE. D. Wintle.

Lake Trout, Mr. J.S. Brown,

Concretions from the Connecticut River, Miss C. Alice
Baker.

Apatite from Renfrew, Ont.
ae lempletona Ea)

Titanite “ Renfrew, Ont.

Phlogopite “Templeton, P.Q.

Dawsonite ‘ ae a Dr. Harrington.

Copper ore and boulder from the conglomerate vein of
the Calumet and Hecla Mines, Lake Superior,
Michigan.

Nickel ore and nickel matte from the Blizzard Mines,
Sudbury, Ont.

Specular ore from the Republic Mine, Michigan,

Magnetic specular ore from the Champion Mine, Michi-
gan, Mr. Geo. Sumner.

The usual vote of thanks was tendered the donors for

the above.

Notice of motion was given by Mr. Shearer to open the
Museum to the public, free, on one day of each week.

On motion of Mr. Brown, seconded by Hon. Senator
Murphy, it was decided to leave the question of lending the
Elephantine remains to Mr. Whiteaves of the Geological
Survey, in the hands of Sir Wm. Dawson.

On motion of Mr. Shearer, seconded by Mr. Chambers,
it was decided to invite the British Iron & Steel Institute to
visit the museum during their visit to the city.

On suspension of the rules, the following members were
elected.

Miss Laing, Dr. Arch. Campbell, Mrs. Lewis, Harry Mc-
Laren and F. W. Radford.

Sir Wm. Dawson then presented a paper from Miss
Arms of Deerfield, Massachusetts, on “The Clay Concre-
tions of the Connecticut River,” to which he added many
valuable observations. In the subsequent discussion it was
shown that similar concretions occur abundantly in some
Canadian localities, notably at Green’s Creek, Ottawa, where

290 Canadian Record of Science.

each nodule is found to contain a fossil, either of fish,
plant or other organic remains, while those from the Con-
necticut River often show no distinguishable nucleus, or if
present, it consists of ashell or small pebble.

Prof. Penhallow then followed with some notes on “A
Peculiar Growth in a Black Walnut.”

After the usual vote of thanks to the authors of papers
the meeting adjourned.

The regular monthly meeting of the Society was held on
Monday. Nov. 24th. the President, Dr. Harrington pre-
siding.

The Librarian reported the usual exchanges. The follow-
ing donations of the museum were also reported.

Antlers of Virginian Deer, Mr. Alfred Griffin.
Virginian Horned Owl, Mr. F. B. Caulfield.
The usual vote of thanks was tendered the donors.

On motion of Mr. Shearer, seconded by Mr. Brown, it
was decided to open the museum to the public, free, one day
in each week.

Prof. Penhallow then presented a very interesting descrip-
tion of a caterpillar fungus (Sphaeria Robertsii) from New
Zealand. He showed its relation to other fungus pests in
various parts of the world, and also pointed out the fact that
insects of various kinds are infested by related species. The
discussion was an animated and important one, and devel-
oped many interesting laws relative to the parasitic action of
plants and their relation to disease. He presented one of
the specimens to the museum.

Prof. Penhallow also gave the results of observation on
soil temperatures carried on by a committee of the Society,
under a grant from the Elizabeth Thompson Science Fund.
His remarks were illustrated by instruments and drawings.
He pointed out the various changes of temperature effected
in thesoil by atmospheric temperature and solar radiation,

Proceedings of the Society. 291

and showed that the present line of enquiry has an im-
portant bearing upon the growth of vegetation.

The usual vote of thanks was tendered for these papers,
and also to Prof. Penhallow and his associates for their work
on coil temperatures.

It was decided not to hold the usual monthly meeting in
December.

The regular monthly meeting was held on Monday, Jan.
26th, Dr. Harrington presiding.

In the absence of the Secretary, Mr. J. A. U. Beaudry was
requested to act.

The Curator reported the followin g donations :—

Three cases exotic insects, Mr. J. H. Tiffin.

Geological specimens, Miss Laing.

Surf Duck, shot on Lake St. Louis, Mr. Wm. Byrd.

Woven wire tray from Tokyo, Mr. Alfred Griffin.

A vote of thanks was tendered to donors.

The Librarian reported the usual exchanges. Prof. J. T.
Donald then presented a paper on “Canadian Argol” and
also one on “The Composition of the Ore used, and of the
Pig Iron Produced at the Radnor Forges.” In the subse-
quent discussion the President referred to the good quality
of the Three Rivers iron and mentioned a stove cast from it
which has been in use for the last twenty years.

Sir William Dawson in his remarks stated that in
Sweden, the iron contained a quantity of organic matter,
and asked if there was any in the Three Rivers iron.

Dr. Harrington exhibited a specimen “ bear” blasted
from the smelting furnace in Londonderry, N. 8., showing
a deposit of titanium nitrocyanide.

The meeting adjourned after the usual vote of thanks to
the authors of papers.

292 Canadian Record of Science.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MONTREAL MICROSCOPICAL
SociETy.

This Society has been holding its regular monthly meet-
ings during the winter, in the library of the Natural History
Society.

The first meeting in October was devoted entirely to re-
ceiving the statements of the Secretary-Treasurer and the
election of officers for the coming year.

The President J. Stevenson Brown was re-elected and
Leslie J. Skelton was elected Hon. Secretary-Treasurer.

Papers on the following subjects have been read.

Nov. 10th, [lumination as Applied to the Microscope. J.
Stevenson Brown.

Dec. 8th, Facts Connected with Keeping an Aquarium,
Very Rev. Dean Carmichael.

Jan. 12th, Practical Hints about Microtomes, Wyatt G.
Johnson M.D.

There has been a large attendance at the meetings, a con-
siderable influx of new members and avery general interest
shown in extending the usefulness and objects of the
society.

Papers have been promised for the remainder of the
season by

J. W. Stirling, M.D.
G. P. Girdwood, M.D.
Wyatt G. Johnson, M.D.

At the last meeting His Excellency Lord Stanley, was
elected an honorary member.

A committee has been appointed on infusoria,and members
or others interested in this branch of microscopical study
can have their specimens classified by sending drawings and
descriptions to the secretary before any of the monthly
meetings.

Mean \eiving a
——_W armest
Greajhe 31st.
Resu5 on the

Hoar frost on 6 days.
Lunar halos on 8 nights.
Fog on 4 days.

horn
aR, 1890.
87 feet. C.H. McLEOD, Superintendent,
CLoupED f E
: eB Ae S)
| TentHs. FS og) 74 ieee
| 208 Sa | =2 | 33
WO Ne Joao] 22 ao | go
Do | 4a] sos) aa SS | Sa DAY.
[2/3542] 3 BS | 9a
= ij a
| i A |e
_—}—|— |__| — —|—-— Ss
3 Io | o 76 eee ; 50 I
Io of 85 Het ea 2
7 | Io} « 69 | 0.07 3 OXO7A 3
D{ Io} 4] co} 0.08 0.08 | 4
Sunpay | -: | °° 7° sere eee ere 5 cee ee reese SUNDAY
D}| IO} OF 52 S000 50 sleds 6
3 | Io Of oo 0.13 Ae 0.13 7
> | Io | Io 00 | 0.29 Pees 29) 10 18
2 | Io o f 06 co6 nae late 9
2 | Io 5 & ole) 0.23 St 0.23 | Io
PP 2) 16 | Inapp. Ay LOnoo}l|xr
SuNDAY | °° po | 77 oe ivolile Koo || ees coddeag age SUNDAY
2{10| Off gz ote . ooo || 2}
3 | 10| Off oo} 0.80 0.80 | 14 |
>|I0}/ Of 89 O06 ves oe | 15
3/10] Of 76 ele tee | 16
>| 10 | Toff oo} 0.79 0.79 | 17
>| IO | Io ff oo} O.0o2 ae 0.02 | 18
Sunpay | ** | ** COR Os see | 0,03 | 19 ....-++02+ SUNDAY
} | Io Of ot tae oe see | 20
@ i ©ll . I cece vie 21
elt aKey 1) @s[-) Che) vee 006 22
>|} 10 | off 58 ; : Sa |] 23
» | ro | Io 00 Oe cod s |] |
»)| to | 10 ff o2 oe a +. | 25
Sunpa)|-: |-- 9} 37 000 ys seed PLOW eaislee ee eS UN DAY.
)| to | 10 ff oo | Inapp, +. | 0.00 | 27 |
)| 10 | 10 ff 07 Inapp, Bee 0.00 | 28
Io off 25 0.08 Sse 0.038 | 29 |
Io fo) t 00 | 0.07 siete 0.07 | 30 }
| | Io of 43 0.10 3 0.10 | 31 |
ROE af W 33.8 2.69 2.69 Sumst Seca eet |
ae ib N]40-4| 3-38 1.57 | 3-54 |16 yrs. means for and |
includi | lincluding this month. ||
‘level and| giving a range of 1.049 inches. Maximum relative)
——— humidity was i0U on the 14th. Minimum relative) |
| e430 a |
Directi humidity was 47 on the 28rd. |
Ii Rain fell on 15 days.
Miles. jo0, A few flakes of snow feJl on the 28th,and soft hail |
Duratil on the dlst.
kali thd » the | Auroras were observed on 4 nights. 1|
’ j

| Reswhe 28th,

Meteorological Observations McGill College Observatory, Montreal. Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet.

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF OCTOBER, 1890.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent,

THERMOMETER.
SS
DAY.

Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range.)

I} 59.52] 69.9 48.3 21.6

2) 61 72] 71.7 51.6 20.1

3| 59.63] 63.6 56.7 69

4| 58-92 | 642 55-2 9.0

SUNDAY......6. 5 | «+++. + | 59.2 41.6 17-6
40 45 | 47-4 36.0 11.4

7 | 409.37 | 46.3 33-6 12.7

8] 43.75 | 46.0 42.1 3.9

9] 45.00] 50.9 | 4r-0 9.9

to} 46.90} 53.6 40.5 13.1

zr} 46.98 | 53.8 42.0 11.8

SUNDAY. ...... 49-9 36.5 13-4
52.0 36 2 15.8

49-2 | 36.7 | 12.5

54-2 41.3 12.9

60.5 48.3 12.2

54-0 | 44.2 9.9

47-8 41.9 5-9

SUNDAY... 50.0 43.6 6.4
499 38 0 11.9

46.7 34.0 12.7

49.0 32.2 16 8

52.8 33-1 19.7

46.4 | 39.7 6.7

48.0 37.6 10.4

Sunpay... 49.8 37-6 12.2
44-3 37-6 6.7

43-9 36.0 79

46.0 30.7 15-3

42.5 35.6 6.9

°

51.84 | 40.10 | 11.75

16 yrs, meansfor &| 45.06 | 52.00 | 38.36
including this mo,

43-7 | 33-7 | 10.

13.65 | 30,0023

*BAROMETER.

Sky CLoupED E
WIND. Iy Tentus. Blog & Fs a EI
H paian S25) Ss | s2 /33
relative) EI S a gs
bumid-} ; Mean} 3 /y//222| 22 | os | 2s DAY.
ity- General |velocityy § | = | = fsas| a Fe | sq
direction. jin miles] 3 | =| 4S al 2 I a
perhour} a
81.0 S.W 4.8 4.3 | 10] 0 ail) coco * I
77-3 S.W. 7-2 5:0 | 10} 0 85 . : 2
88.5 8.B. 9.0 7-7 | tO] 1 69 | 0.07 o Or] B
92.8 S.-W. II.t J 10.0| 10] 4 00 | 0,08 Oe 0.08 | 4
Bode N.W. 13.4 seeds] 79 5 -+e2++e+eeSUNDAY
71.2 N. 7-6 4.0] 10] 0 51 6
85.2 E, 12.4 8.3 | 10] oO ie) 7
94.0 Ww. 5:5 10.0 | 10 | Io 00 8
88.0 S.W. 2.4 7.2 | Io ° 06 9
gI.3 Ss. 7.2 g.2 | Io 5 00 Io
78.2 Ww. 15.6 6.7] 10] o 16 Ir
9000 N.W. 7-2 Pusee | ee | ae 17 TH) Soancecasd Sunpay
78.5 N.B. 7-5 | 3.2] 10] off or 3
93-3 S.E. 10.7 8.3] 10] © 00 14
75.5 S.W. 15.2 3.0| 10] 0 89 15
7.7 S.W. gx f 8.3]10] of 76 16
93-3 S.E. 7-5 | t0.0| 10] 10 00 17
97-3 N. I.5 {| 10.0 | 10 | to 00 18
Anode N.E. 14.8 oboe {loa 00 19. .» SUNDAY
80.7 NE 19-4 33) 10| off or 5
75.2 N.E. 3-5 3) OI] © 88 ar
74-5 E. 2.2 | 2.2|10| of 80 A
72-2 S.E. 5-3 7.0} 10] 0 58 23
70.8 N.E. 7:3 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 Gnod O sees | 24
63.7 N.E. 14 6 | 10,0} 10 | 10 02 noe nono sees | 25
anoe N.E. 12 YW \) sons + | 26. .. «SUNDAY
79-5 N. 16. oo | Inapp,
67.2 W. 16 o7 | Inapp,
84.3 KE. 6. 25 | 0,08
83.0 N.W. Io 00 | 0.07
82.8 S.W. 9 43 | 0.10
80.7 # me 18.85 33-8 | 2.69
78.3 ( 740-4] 3-38 1.57 | 3-54 [16 yrs. means for and
including this month.

ANALYSIS OF

WIND RECORD.

Resultant mileage, 1038.
Resultant direction, N. 36°.5 W.

Direction. . N. NE. i. 8.H.

Miles. | eo | am | ae | ao.
Duration in hres. [ee 891 eco issn [ nepe
Toman Tololl| a lp ga lee a

Greatest mileage in one hour was 30 on the20th.

Ss. | 5.W- W-

333 1200 1376 525
47 122 TIL 55 37
7-1 9.8 12-4 9-5

Total mileage, 7,050
Average mileage, 9.5.

N. W.| Calm.

«Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and
temperature of 32° Fahr.

§ Observed.

+ Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury.

t Humidity relative, saturation being 100.

1 Nine years only.

The greatest heat was 71-7 on the 2nd; the
greatest cold was 30.7 on the 29th, giving a
range of temperature of 41.0 degrees. Warmest
day was the 2nd. Coldest day was the 3lst.
Highest barometer reading was 30,395 on the
22nd; lowest barometer was 29.347 on the 25th,

giving a range of 1.049 inches. Maximum relative
humidity was i0U on the 14th. Minimum relative
humidity was 47 on the 23rd.

Rain fell on 15 days.

A few flakes of snow fell on the 28th,and soft hail
on the dlst.

Auroras were observed on 4 nights.
Hoar frost on 6 days.

Lunar halos on 3 nights.

Fog on 4 days.

eee

|
|

_ 'BER,1890.

187 feet. ©. H.McLEOD, Superintendent.
~ + CLoupEp = E %
N TENTHS. So Bl = Ps Ep Ae
» j= =
|.) (see 22 | 22 | 22 |
t a1 gqe ge an E 9 aS DAY.
S| 5 [53 a om | 2a
oa = =|
; Oy a Pe
,0 | Io | Io 30 | 0.05 : oo5/ 1
hat
Safle Hoe |] oc or | 0.42 ae verchek | Ona ei Mitall wy Ae sels -.- SUNDAY
}0 | 10 | 10 06 | .... | Inapp.| 0.00} 3
13 | Io | o 27 nek StH pao itl 24
{jo | Io | o 88 cere cid 600 5
}5 | ro I 00 500 . S000 6
KO) |] exey |} 41 | 0.05 ; 0.05 | 7
| jo | Io} oO 61 0.31 : 0.31 8
| lSub- oe five 00} 0.99 0.1? Mel I) Clo cbecae boc SunpDay| |
} |3 | Io fe) CY coeds a see. | TO
| |5 || z0 | o BO'll ooo bd son |) 2s
13) to: ° 02 sans sae 66q |] 4
| 8 | 10] 9 06 | Inapp. 30 0.00 | 13
iin 5% [exon | O 98 | Inapp.} .... | 0.00] 14
|| |3'| x0} © C® |! ooo t.0 | 0.16] 15
||
Shape ocr (ioe 50 Aaah : 00 16 ....-++++» SUNDAY] |
| 3} |} ue. || ©) foJe) Oo8¥/ I ono 0.37 | 17
}| Jo | x0 | ro 03 | 0.05 5.0 | 0.55 | 18
In Fz |ezON | LG 20 | 0.05 | Inapp. | 0.05 | 19
i Ne ee 32 gs aa oom || 2
8 | 10 | oO 83 coe | 9 eee | 22
@ || xe) |} 6) 40 | Inapp. 5 0.00 | 22
| |
Sos: Made gi 3 eo @aGi |} O0O8 GF coon .. .SUNDAY| |
yi ZON | oo . | Inapp. | 0.00 | 24
o |} to | 10 oo | 0.07 | Inapp. | 0.07 | 25
2} r0 | o 96 . pete ... | 26
Eh II IG) go A ie) 'D Sisco |) EY
fn Salexon|. 10 87 45 || | @say |) @oew |] /F3
| © | Io | Io fete) RE ON Om t28 | 20
isu: sonadloood | — iy |] @aiw) GHG) |! 'EOorq50000 .. SUNDAY
{joes es | es | —— | ————
| .i4 -. 36.5 | 2.46 | 8.8 | 3.32 |Sums Dalslatisiiels aie
\6l 729.8] 2.41 13.3 | 3-76 |16 yrs. means for and
hcg including this month. |

i-level and

|| Mi giving a
__ Warmest
| the 27th.

(a the 8th .
th) and 30th.

———

giving a range of 0.927 inches.
humidity was i0U on the 9th.
humidity was 44 on the 14th.

Rain fell on 18 days.

Snow fell on 10 days.

Rain or snow fell on 19 days

Rain and snow fell on 4 days.
Aurora was observed on 1 night.

Hoar frost on 2 days.
Lunar halo on 1 night.
Fog on 2 days.

Maximum relative
Minimum relative

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER, 1890. ;

Meteorological Observations McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet,

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

SKy CLOUDED E
|| THERMOMETER. =D *BAROMETER. i WIND. In Trntus. ft . Els EB °
{ Mean EMean - a a5 a] = =a | 3%
4 pres-_ frelative ew H ‘mol 22 a a2
DAY. 7 : sure of } bumid-] point. Mean Bl dg oe a) ae iG) a" DAY.
Mean. | Max. | Min. | Range.J Mean. | Max. Min. | Range. | vapour. || ity. General jyelocity] § | =| 2 ysas| ‘a on | aia
direction. jin miles} S |S] fa, 2| & q a
| = [ perhour| a
| 1] 37-48) 42.0 | 33.8 8.2 | 29-8580 | 29.903 29.805 +098 1722 76.8 }} 30.8 S.W. 11.4 | 10.0] 10] 10 30] 0.05 .. |oos| x
1] |
SuNDAY........ 2 do00 47-7 36.0 mir || occoaca || ocance || noos Q nod Baca o000 =i Se 9-5 Bon bo |]-o0 or] 0.42 H soos |POYE ||) 4
| 3| 32°40 | 40.8 | 29.0 1x.8 | 29.6947 | 29.779 29.528 251 1487 80.5 27.2 W. 16.3 J 10.0/ 10/10 06] . ¢ Inapp. e 3
4| 30.32 35 0 25-7 9-3 29.8527 29.980 29.784 -196 1240 73-5 23.2 S.W. 9.0 5.3| 10] 0 27 3 A
5 | 39-72 | 48.9 29.1 19-8 29-9528 | 30.016 29.864 152 1678 68.7 30.0 S.W. 21.0 2,0] 10] 0 88 20 5
6} 36.82 43-4 30-7 12.7 39.2000 | 30.292 30.023 269 1585 71.3 28.2 i. 23.2 85 |10] x 00 6
| 7| 45-90] 55.0 29.7 25.3 | 29-9850 | 30.201 29-793 -408 2457 77-2 38.7 8: 18.3 8.0] 10] 3 40 7
\| 8 | 38.60} 55.0 24.5 30. 5 30.3272 | 30.443 29.752 +691 1087 65.2 27.7 WwW. 235 4.0] 10] 0 6r 8
SUNDANISE REET MO) | Rerteritt 48.7 22.9 ABA3 || 40 cae || \oaasea ||) Sadocoo 5000 p009 6000 adod 1D}, 20.1 ud40q) 00 |} os 00 ... SUNDAY
10 30.52 47.0 | 25.4 21.6 30.2733 30.423 29.929 +494 1255 71-7 22.5 N. Il.1 2.3 | 10 o 94
11 26.2 30.7 21.9 8.8 30.3887 30.401 30.371 +030 1147 81.2 21.3 N.E. 4.2 3.5 | 10] 0 50
12] 31.07] 35.7 | 21.8 13-9 30-2745 | 30.399 30.141 -258 1345 77-7 24.8 S.W. 9.2 8.3] 10] 0 02
| 13 39.63 44.8 34.2 10.6 29.9652 30.122 29.810 312 1808 -0 32.6 S.W. 14.2 g.8}10] 9 06
| 14 40.98 47-7 32. 15.2 30.0788 go.292 29.851 441 1588 7) 28.7 S.W. 19.2 3.5 | 10] 0 98
15 | 30.82] 33.9 28.5 5.4 30.2327 | 30.346 30.119 227 1410 2 25.8 N.E. 10.0 8.3 | 10] o 00
ks
||SUNDAY. .... 02. Gl} oxoaed 35-7 28.7 Wa || oosa00n |} scoosa ||} sooo 300 Bede~ "| boaas 90 20 5.W. v7 || coda |L-ac || 00 50 + +.+»SUNDAY)
| 17 | 34.60) 37.5 30.7 6.8 | 29.8195 | 30.137 29-439 +698 1853 +0 32.5 S. 10.0 | 8.3|10| of oo
| 18} 34.58 37-3 31.8 5-5 29.6885 29.776 29.528 -248 .1797 ie) 31-7 S.W. 14.1 10.0 | 10 | 10 03
I 19 | 37-20] 43-7 30-5 13.2 29.5362 | 29.647 29.515 132 1878 a2 32.7 S.W. 22.0 8.7|10] 6 20
\) 20] 27.52 | 31 6 23.5 8.1 29.8450 | 30.034 29.686 348 1122 .0 20.8 Ww. 22.5 6.7] 10] o 32
21 | 27.2 33-5 18.8 14.7 29.9665 | 30.131 29.746 385 1182 .0 21.7 sv 13.4 3.8 | 10] © 83
H 22| 30.80) 35-4 26.0 | 9.4 29.7928 | 29.832 29.708 124 f.1232 2 22.7 W 16.4 7.0 | 10] 0 40
ISUNDAY,.......23 ono || yor 16.8 153) |} 000000 || cosopa || cooose |] oa00 | boood on 000 Ww. HA |) code 0 gi . -SUNDAY
24 | 21.98 | 32-0 13-9 18.1 } 29.9522 0927 6.2 15.8 S.W. 12.5 9.3 | 10] 6 oo
25 | 36.08) 40.0 30.7 9-3 29.6487 1798 0 31.7 S.W. 19-2 } 10.0 | 10 | 10 00
26| 21.90] 31-3 16.8 14 5 30.1320 0865 +0 15.0 W. 16 6 4.2] 10] 0 96
| 27) 15.42 | 18.8 10.3 8.5, 32.1703 0648 3 8.7 N. 8.5 212|| 5|| 0 go “a
| 28 | 16.48] 21.0 9.0 12.0 30.0762 0703 2 10.2 W. 9-7 4.8 | 10 | 0 87
| 29 | 28.50] 33.6 | 20.0 13.6 29.7957 1.1332 2 24.5 W. 12.4 ] 10,0 | 10 | 10 00
|Sunpay. 13.8 PELE! 11 noosa |] eavo0 || aoom0 1 oon | loocno 18.6 ood 00 | 0.10 seas | 0,10 || 30..--5- on00
Js. 24.90 | 13.49 | 29.9734 1430 8 14.92 | 6.74] .. 36.5 | 2.46 8.8 | 3.32 |Sums
j16 yrs. meansfor &| 32.05 | 38.10 | 25.97 | 12.12 | 30.0093 1543 7 ‘ 7-36 729-8] 2.41 13.3 | 3-76 |16 yrs. means for and
including this mo, | i ee including this month.
| ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. «Barometer readings reduced to sea-level andj giving a range of 0.927 inches. Maximum relative
temperature of 32° Fahr. humidity was i0U on the 9th. Minimum relative
Direction.-...... N. N.E. E. W. | N. W. § Observed. ; humidity was 44 on the 14th.
- — _————— _—— + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 18 days.
|Miles. |_ 2: MEA 267 gai 533 | Humidity relative, saturation being 100 Snow fell on 10 days.
|Duration in hrs 36 6x 21 186 44 7 1 Nine years only. Rain or snow fell on 19 days.
| - - ——- |. |—_—__— —|——_— The greatest heat was 55.0 on the7th; the Rain and snow fell on 4 days.
| Mean velocity .. 8.4 15.8 12.7, 17.6 12.1 greatest cold was 9.0 on the 28th, giving a Aurora was observed on 1 night.
Warmest Hoar frost on 2 days.

Greatest velocity in gusts, 44 miles per houron
the 7th.

| Greatest mileage in one hour was 39o0n the 8th.

Resultant mileage, 5,720,
Resultant direction, 8. 58° W.
Total mileage, 10,752.

range of temperature of 46.0 degrees,
day was the 7th. Coldest day was the 27th.
Highest barometer reading was 30.443 on the 8th .
lowest barometer was 29.516 on the 15th and 30th.”

Lunar halo on 1 night.
Fog on 2 days.

Sorte SED 2 ee
BER, 1890.
|
1, 187 feet. OC. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
==) Solem E =
EN - i= : a. iS)
[semana 15.0 OHS eh ihe aEige MI
[ Hes| So | F8 | UB
im Oo (nal ~~
AB |xwl]/efes2) aa oo 85 DAY.
© S 3 ong s on | 248
= i=] s
=} a a
.8 | Io fo) 9000 areas Hood I
HOP SS S100 2
De) {} aKey Ie) . 10.8 | 0 go 3
9) || He) I] . Zdin| ROs2405 |e
k.7 | Io fo) Inapp. 0.00 5
te) |} axey, |) 1.8 | 0.16] 6
B50 Ill oot] fra Sado ; tees | 7 eeccevecee SUNDAY
Sun-5 | 10 | © Inapp.| 9.00 | 8 |
.0 | ro | Io 1.2 | 0.05] 9
Me Io | 9 2.5 | 0.25 | 10
! 8} 10} 9 , oe 0.00 | 11
ft) 5) |) Zo)| 0 cee 0.7 0.05 | 12
3.3 i) |, © se @pr |] Ckfowe |] aie)
|
Ite we Mae 342 || CLO I} 871 cooosnenooslunbyn
Sun-3 | 19} © : Cie || Ce |) sax
.8 | Io I a0 O06 «+» | 16
Be TO}| ez .. | Inapp. | 0.00 } 17
5-5 | 10] © ae 18
ao 4 9° ee 19
Sof || Aue) |) 1X) 20
Jver | oe 0.05 a) 0.29 | 21 .....+++e+ SUNDAY
Sun7-8 | Io a0] We Umatsy- bd al ee cnoo || ae ;
agp |) Aiey |} 81 PING) NI cdaeen 2.6 | 0.14 | 23
Decnln7n|) Oo vs sect |) EZ
0.2 I fo) ve Neie soni || Bs
Begiieron |) 0 0 1.6 | 0.15 | 26
p.0 | Io | Io te 1.8 | 0.17 | 27
Bool ‘eee ae Ge || Goer | Co cadhaer «SUNDAY
Sur-5 | 10 | 2 2.0 | 0.09 | 29
bat ||, 2x9) OVE, PUSH Meecess Aco |) 2!
2.7 Io Oo 31
13-7) || oe 0.05 BEce} || BFC) SHES ae nascbesnooaone
eR piper ies 1.34 24.5 | 3.75 |16 yrs. means for and
Aout ‘including this month.
. t —= -—= — = ———-. rrr
inc) rae, ; - :
—sea-level and| giving a range of 1.351 inches. Maximum relative
humidity was i0U on 4 days. Minimum relative
| humidity was 54 on the 24th.
Dirpercury. Rain fell on 1 day.
Wale 100. Snow feJl on 19 days.
pear) Rain or snow fell on 19 days.
Dule 22nd; the Rain and snow fell on 1 day.
Meo" the 3lst, Hoar frost on 2 days.
0.4 degrees. Fog on 8 days.
ee was the
( =
€
con® 30.677 on

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER, 1890.
Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. ©. H.McLEOD, Superintendent.
Sky CLOUDED E
THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. In Teyrus. }5 ag £8 q }
———— | { Mean sits 7 i s5s a8 = a ee!
pres- }rolative} Dew 2a) £3 a, =P
DAY. : sure of | bumid-} point. General piesa gq 4 = ee 3 a4 ae aa DAY.
Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range.! Mean. | Max. Min. Range. | vapour. } ity- Areca tire mnie & S/S 8a iB 38 3
) perhour} a
I 0.00 14.3 | —8.6 || 22.9 29.8803 29.962 29.805 -157 +0307 68.7 —8.0 Ww. 15.1 1.8] 10] o or Oey 000 I
2 |—10.45 | —6.2 |—14.6 8.4 go.2240 30.450 30.077 -373 -o185 72-3 |—17-5 W. 14.3 1.0 5 fo) O4 9000 2
3 | —1.68 9-4 |—11.8 21.2 30.0982 30.492 29.531 -961 0353 83.2 —5-7 Ww. 14.6 8.3 | 10] o 00 3
4 10.03 12.2 7-5 4.7. 29.7835 30.106 29.471 -635 0562 82.3 5-7 Ww. go.2 3.7 | 10] o 80 4
5 9-35 14.0 1.6 I2.4 30-3407 30.437 30.272 165 0497 75-3 2.8 W. 4.1 3-7 | 10] © 53 5
6 4-20 14.9 | —5-8 20.7 30.1392 30.437 29.902 -535 0482 89.7 I.7 Ww. 9-9 9.0] 10] o (cle 6
SuNDAY....... a @}) ope009 16.5 9.9 G5 || scagaca || “soado0 |) aos00e 609 . dap W. PRG) |} obin 00 || 66 92 a 3 veces | 7 eeneeseeee SUNDAY
8 5 02 10.5 0.8 7 30.2710 | 30, 409 30.076 -333 0465 85.7 1.7 W. 5.0 3-5 | Io || o 49 Inapp. | 0.00
9 12.78 Bs) |) 0) 2 29.7788 30.032 29.642 -39° 0768 Or.5 10.7 Ww. 10.8 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 15073 0.05 9
Io | 27.22 | 20.6 24.5 I 29.4425 | 2 622 29.326 +296 1407 94.8 26.0 S: 12.3 9-8 | 10} 9 00 2.5 | 0.25] 10
Ir 25-73 | 29.6 22.8 8 29 5897 | 29.634 29.533 -101 1167 84 2 21.7 Ww. 8.2 9-8} 10} 9 00 0. | 0.00 | rr
12 5.28 24.0 | —3.5 5 29.9123 30.129 29.653 -476 +0457 73-8 |! —1.5 W. 20.4 45] 10] 0 60 0.7 | 0.05 | 12
13 1.95 7-8 | —4.4 2 30.1355 | 30.205 30-018 -187 0368 77-5 | —3-8 Ww. 165 8.3] 10] of 4x o.r | 0.01 | 13
Sunpay ....... X40) cereisies8 30.0 50 BE) || sc0008¢ epcdot' [I Sa0q00 6900 400 see S.W. 14-7, offs 36 00 0.27 | 14 ..........SUNDAY
15 | 18.38 | 30.6 7-6 23.0 || 39.3017 | 30.524 29.955 0895 85.5 14.5 S.W. 8.1 3.3 | 10] © 00 o.or | 15
16 2.27 g-0 | —5.9 14.9 30.4992 30.602 30. 404. 0438 go.5 =O.2 Bh. 9-9 5.5 | I0 I 05 «+. | 16
17} 15.15 || 21.8 55 16,3 | 30-2455 | 30-395 29.993 0763 85.8 11.7 NE. 15.6 9.5 |10| x 00 0.00 | 17
18 | 22.08] 279 11.7 16 2 29.7733 | 29-926 29 676 0903 74-3 15.3 W. 26.3 5-5 | 10] o 49 cos |] 3
19 2.58 12.0 |—1I5 13.5 30.3262 | 30.523 gO. 141 0300 61.0 || —8.0 W. 27-4 hy) || chi) © 85 19
20 5-22 14-0 |/—-5.9 | 19.9 30.3832 30.573 30.144 0370 65.3 —4.2 ish Ir.9 1.7 | 10 | 0 84 20
SunDay....... .21 35 I 13.2 Bes) || oo oos0 coacod |I| conoas |} o680- || adgoo tele on Ss. 21,0 ber | oe ]ee 00 | 0.05 I.3 | 0.29 | 21 .,....-..»- SUNDAY
22 35-4 2.9 22.5 # 29-9478 | 30.072 29.775 0793 78.3 11.5 W. 24.2 7-8 | 10} x 84 see | 22
23 2k) 2 12.8 20.3 29.5765 | 29.666 29.503 1073 83.7 19.0 S.W. he G7) 7.7 \\I0\|| x 39 2.6 | 0.14 | 23
24 21.1 2.8 18.3 go 0682 30.270 29.839, 0358 62.2 —4.3 W.. 24 0 0.8 7 } 93 se. | 24
25 3:9 | —5-5 9.4 30 5742 30.677 30.425 0270 2.3 Io 2 W.. 18.0 0.2 I ° 95 00 25
26 4.7 |—13.0 17.7, 30.3682 | 30.672 29.925 0315 88.5 | —7-3 N.E 12.8 8.3] 10] 0 00 1.6 | 0.15 | 26
27 17.5 4.2 13.3 29.4890 | 29 712 29.368 0675 85.0 9-7 W. 21.7 | 10.0} 10 | Io 00 ap led |] Oey I Ey
Sunpay,... Fy3 || ouao0 15.6 | —7.9 2B} 1) oooagne'|| canono |i oanano one O00 Rite Ww. 26.9 ba 34 95 9000 0.r | o.or | 28 ........ «SUNDAY
29 3-27 10.8 —4.6 15.4 29.8855 29.657 593 0385 75-2 —3.2 Ss. 14.5 8.5 | 10] 2 00 2.0 | 0.09 | 29
30 | —9-47 | —4.6 |—14 0 9.4 30 4930 30-419 107 0213 77-8 |—r4.7 N.E. 78 7-7 | 10 || © I5 ooo || 82
31 | —g.02z2 | —5.8 |—15.0 9.2 30.4103 30.251 267 0213 77-0 14.8 N.E 17.1 2.7| 10 | o gr 31
nado <o66.00 Means 7-34 OG | 0.66 15.91 3020738 0555 719-3 D380) i) se ..s--2..| 16635) 915827 |. |) -- | 41-9) || (0.05 32.3 | 2.79 |Sums .. Ao
16 yrs. meansfor &| 18.29 | 25.35 | 10.92 14.42 | 30.0195 0963 ERC HAI tesa =| | Goce pees coca || ome |} oe |] so | Aectl] moe Ke 24.5 | 3.75 \16 yrs. means for and
including this mo, BR boat > including this month.
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and| giving a range of 1.35linches. Maximum relative
el temperature of 32° Fahr. humidity was 10U on 4 days. Minimum relative
Direction.. .....| N. N.E. E. 8.E. S: | S.W. W. | N. W.| Calm. § Observed. humidity was 54 on the 24th.
5 ieee oar =e al | S| ini 7 in fell on 1 day.
elon. VE a a ee 768r 6862 & + Pressure of yapour in inches of mercury. Rain
- soma ul es) ae eS or, a { Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Snow fell on 19 days.
Duration in hrs.. 26 95 15 28 76 80 374 19 31 TT Nine years only. Rain or snow fell on 19 days.
— ——|———-|- a === 4 s 35.4 on the 22nd; the Rain and snow fell on 1 day.
Mean velocit: 17-3 15.2 4 ; 14.8 19.8 38, 16. The greatest heat was ; >
y 7 79 97 * 9 3 a greatest cold was 15.0 below zero on the 3lst,| Hoar frost on 2 days.
Boe ea RES ET Rare ———_— ————————_ —- —— | Ziving a range of temperature of 50.4 degrees. Fog on 8 days.
Greatest mileage in one hour was 44 for four| Resultant mileage, 6,915. Warmest day was the 10th. Coldest day was the
consecutive hours on the 4th. Resultant direction, S. 84° W. ORY es es Byes
Greatest velocity in gusts,52 miles per houron Tee iB ct b C 2nd. Highest barometer reading was 30.677 on
the 4th. (IEICE) SoBe the 25th; lowest barometer was 29.326 on thel0th,

Observade N. 45° 30' 17”.

STEN AUISS, ALSISIOL
Longitude 4" 54™ 18°55 W.

wees

November
December .....

Sums for 1890 |
Means for 1890

Means for 1

years endin
Dee. 31, 189

es E BE E Bes as

ee S as iS) S oS

Og: g TH GS eh n.a

Sth esses diieyeei [Ciera susie | evel

ee SO) ae eS | Awl See

gqo.g 2 | 34 | Sao | Sa | woe Monta.

B48 ails || & OSE! oo

Zar ss Has | eae sae SEs
eS rts| z Ou Ss - Ea ea n

mel = | fe a | (eee rn eee d

Uf 31.3 21 4.40 | 4 24 |January......--
10 27.4 12 4.45 2 20 |February.........
5 oz 12 133 | 2 IBY Wier tteqqncanban-
12 3.0 5 Ql) 2 sy arora bacooso noe sc
18 Re a 4.85 ne NSW allMervaacesy eevee
14 ne iy 2.72 50 I its @ecodooncococe
17 on de 2.78 BS Ii WWiaibyssqooenoads 50
20 510 8.08 28 PH) WANE Ree Sosde
11 ci fe 3.57 . Jl |September.......
15 fe ete a) - 15e3|October-sc-ueeee
13 8.8 10 3.32 4 19 |November......

1 32.3 19 2.79 | 1 19 |December. .....
143 114.5 79 43 29 15 207 |Sums for 1890 ..-
i a paaS Hate 5.61 ; 17 |Means for 189%...

d Means for 16
134 124.6 84 40.25 15 202 years ending
0. Dee. 31, 1890.

* Baromet(ndicates that the temperature has been higher;
lower than the avandard time.

of Mount Royal,

The greate
range was 3.7 on
on January 28th
the greatest velo
nights. Hogs on
the city, on Apr

The yearly

‘

! ‘—” that it has been
The anemometerand wind vane are on the summit

kt range of the thermometer in one day was 41.8 on Jan. 13th; least
ture was 15.73 below zero. ‘he highest barometer reading was 30.717
It mileage of wind recorded in one hour was 67 on January 13th, and
W., and the resultant mileage 50,720, Auroras were observed on 18
s and contact are on one day. The sleighing of the winter closed, in

| a slight earthquake on September 26th, at 5h. 3 m.

METROROLDOGICAT ABSTRACT POR THE YRAR isso.

Latitude N. 45° 30'17”. Longitude 4" 54™ 18°55 W.
C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

Observations made at McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. — Height above sea level 187 ft.

= =
x 2 Bs S P| : BE as &
THERMOMETER. * BAROMBPTER. 5 = Winp. = aa | BR | ae 5 33 5 = § 3s
oo | Se]. Sef Se 2 Wess] 2 eae | Ele || eto || ele
4 Devia Fe | 25/3 M Be] 22] S iisae| S | ee | see leas | sts
1 o tl - 5 4s S Mean a = w os na oS aS5 | ea rs
Monta. & jtion from) 5 x 5mm ae 3 5 | 3 | Resultant | velocity} © =| 34 3 q ne s ges | 8 Ss | Cee SEE Monta.
5 | l6 year S =| 3 3 | ons Ss S 2 | S| direction. | in miles} 2S Se 2 EAeial S £a5|48 oes | SEs
= | means.| a | a a a a [asa ec (ase perhour.| & Ss| 4 3 Bf ee A) plea eee
January. + 3.07 | 52.3 | —21.6 30.1399 400 || .0824'] 7916 || 9.5) N. 75° W.| 19.6 J64.6 | 33.8/ 1.64] 7 | 31.3] 21 | 440] 4 24 |January...
February « + 8.60 | 45.0 /— 9.1 30 0184 400 | 1025 | 80.4] 13.8)S. 52° w.| 18.6 [635 19/1) 2:85]! 10) |) e7eai|l 1p) I) avail) 9 20 |Rebrua
March . 4 2.64 | 43.0|— 4.0 29.9563 U3 | 1158 | 7.9 | 185} 8! 16.9 #6218 | 45.9] 0.48] 5 | ty] 12 || 153] 2 15
April + 0.41 | 66.9 21.1 30 0415 236 | .1534 | 6.1 | 26.5 17.9 | 49.8 5.8 1.80 12 3.0 5 2.11 | 2 15
May — 2.99 | 74.1 25.3 29.899 L 195, -2664 | 68.7 J4.0 9 65.4 3 4.85 18 6 0 e851 ee 18
June — 0.01 | 85.3 40.8 29.9105 160 | -4252 | 69.7 12.2 | 60.7 22, 2.72 V4 2.72 . 14
July — 0.42 | 88 6 49.4 29.9253 143 .4915 | 69 9 12.6 } 59.4 4 2.78 17 2.78 17
August — 2.14 | 88-8 47.4 29.9595 178} .4409 | 70.8 11.3 } 60.8 cit 8.08 20, 8.08 on 20
September — 0.72 | 80.0 33.1 30.0786 160 | -3846 | 77.9 11.3 | 57-5 6 3.57 i 3.07 5 11
October .., + U.79 | 71.7 30.7 29.4003 179 } -2583 | 80.7 9.§ 72.5 38 2.69, 15 2.69 on 15
November . — 0.34 | 55.0 9.0) 20.9734 283 - 1430 | 76.8 14.9 | 67.4 1.6 2.46 13 3.32 4 19 5
December . . —11.15 | 35.4 | —15.0 30.0718 72 -0555 | 79.3 J 16.4 9 58.9 41.9 0.05 i 2079) 1 19 |December. .....
Sums for 1890...) ... ape aena ||) code pete 0 eon apes see f 9056 epee «| 33.97 | 143 43.29) 15 207 |Sums for 1890 ...
Means for 1890 ..| 11.03 | — 0.60 | .... 6n00 29.9904 F -246 | .2433 | 73.8 | 32-74 S. 66° W. 14.60 } 61.1 0D Bano 5.61 26 17 {Means for 1894.
Means for 16 bw Means for 16
years ending? | 41.63 6900 Oued 29.9765 |... a0 badd -2493 | 74.4] .... 000 *15 34} 61.4 124.6 84 40.25 15 202 years ending
Dee, 31, 1890. | Dec. 31, 1890.

* Barometer readings reduced to 32° Fah., and to sea level. + Inches of mercury. + Saturation, 100. § For 9 years only. *For4 years only. {1 ‘+’? indicates that the temperature has been h igher; “—” that it has been
lower than the average for 16 years, inclusive of 1890. The monthly means are derived from readings taken every 4th hour, beginning with 3h. 0m, Hastern Standard time. ‘The anemometerand wind vane are on the summit
of Mount Royal, 57 feet above the ground, and 810 feet above sea level.

The greatest heat was 88.8 on August 4th; greatest cold 21.6 below zero on January 10th; extreme range of temperature was therefore 110°.4. Greatest range of the thermometer in one day was 41.8 on Jan. 18th; least
Tange was 3.7 on Feb. 27th. The warmest day was July lst, when the mean temperature was 76.45. ‘Che coldest day was Jan. 10t h, when the mean temperature was 15.73 below zero. ‘The highest barometer reading was 30.717
on January 28th the lowest was 29.092 on February Sth, giving arange of 1.625 forthe year. he lowest relative humidity was 150n April 15th. The greatest mileage of wind recorded in one hour was 67 on January 13th, and
the greatest velocity in gusts was at the rate of 10im. p.h. ‘The total mileage of wind was 127,618. The resultant direction of the wind for the year was 8. 66° W., and the resultant mileage 50,720, Auroras were observed on 18
nights. Fogs on 42 days. Hoar-frost on 23 days. Thunder storms on 20 days. Lunar halos on 13 nights. Lunar coronas on 1 night. Solar halos on 4 days and contact are on one day. The sleighing of the winter closed, in
the city, on April Ist. The first appreciable snowfall of the autumn was on November 9th. The first sleighing of the winter was on December 3rd. There was a slight earthquake on September 26th, at 3h. 3 m.

The yearly means above, are the averages of the monthly means, except for the velocity of the wind.

THE

CaN 2D LAN abikniGOkR D

OR > Cali NiCik:

VOL. IV. APRIL, 1891. NO. 6.

DESCRIPTIONS OF FouR NEW SPECIES OF FOSssILs
FROM THE SILURIAN Rocks oF THE SoutTH
EASTERN PORTION OF THE DISTRICT

oF SASKATCHEWAN.! ¢

By J. F. Wurrpaves.
(With Plate IIT.)

While engaved in explorations on behalf of the Geological
Survey of Canada in 1889 and 1890, Mr. J. B. Tyrrell dis-
covered an area of Silurian (Upper Silurian) rocks on the
north east side of Lake Winnipegosis, on Cedar Lake, and on
the Saskatchewan River below Cedar Lake. From these
rocks an interesting series of fossils was obtained, some of
which are apparently new to science, and of these latter,
four of the most characteristic or important species will be
described and illustrated in the present paper. On strati-
graphical and other grounds, Mr. Tyrrell has found it de-
sirable to divide the Silurian of this district into two local
subdivisions. The fossils here described will be considered
in the order of their geological relations, but it may be well
to state that the Pentamerus and Gomphoceras are from the

1QGommunicated by permission of the Director of the Geological Survey of
Canada.

294 Canadian Record of Science.

lower of these two subdivisions, and the Strophomena and
Acidaspis from the upper.

BRACHIOPODA.
Strophomena acanthoptera. (Sp. nov.)
Plate iii, figs. 1 and 2.

Shell varying in outline from broadly semicircular or
semioval and regularly rounded in front, to subtrigonal
with the front margin produced and somewhat pointed in
the centre,—but always broadest at the cardinal margin,
which is produced on each side into a long, very slender,
and slightly curved spine ; length of each cardinal spine a
little more than one half of the greatest breadth of either
valve without the spines. Ventral valve regularly convex
from beak to front, though the nasute forms are most pro-
minent anteriorly along the median line ; umbonal region
compressed ; beak small and raised very little above the
general level of the hinge line; area transversely elongated
and very narrow in the direction of its height, withasmall
equilateral foramen in the centre. Dorsal valve concave,
with a perfectly straight cardinal margin, an extremely
minute beak and a hinge area much narrower than that of
the ventral.

Surface marked by numerous, but comparatively distant
and, for the most part simple, radiating raised lines, which
increase by intercalation and alternate at unequal distan-
ces with from one to five (or perhaps more) shorter and
much smaller ones, the whole being crossed by extremely
minute and close set concentric striations, and by a few
more or less distant lines of growth. Characters of the in-
terior unknown.

Collected at several localities on the northern portion of
the east shore of Lake Winnipegosis, in the district of Saskat-
chewan and in the adjacent part of the Province of Mani-
toba by Mr. J. B, Tyrrell in 1889, (but previously found

New Species of Fossils. 295

loose in this vicinity by Mr. D. B. Dowling in 1888,)
also on the shores and islands of Cedar Lake and on the
Saskatchewan below Cedar Lake by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell in
1890. At each of these localities it is apparently abundant
and often associated with /sochilina grandis, Jones.

The specimens consist either of natural moulds of the
exterior of the shell or of casts of the interior, in a
compuct fine grained dolomite, and in no case is there any
vestige of the actual test remaining. In several of these
natural moulds, however, the minutest details of the sur-
face ornamentation are well preserved, and it is from wax
impressions made from two of these moulds that the figures
on Plate III. were drawn.

The species is apparently most nearly related to the
Strophomena Ledt of Billings,’ from division 3 of the Anti-
costi group of the Island of Anticosti, (which Mr. Billings
correlates with the Llandovery of England and with the
Clinton of the State of New York), but seems to differ
therefrom in its much larger size, and in the greater pro-
portionate length of its cardinal spines. Both it and S.
Leda are evidently what Professor H. L. Williams» would
call “geological mutations ” of the “race which began in
Strophomena alternata in the Trenton stage,” but they form
a marked exception to his statement that in the American
race of the S. alternata type the slender mucronate points
at the terminations of the hinge line “ first appear in the
Tully limestone.”

Pentamerus decussatus. (Sp. nov.)
Plate iii, figs. 8 and 4.

Shell large, usually longitudinally and rather narrowly
subovate, about one third longer than broad, and broadest
a little in advance of the midlength, but sometimes nearly

1 Geol. Surv. Can., Palaeoz. Foss., vol. 1, 1865, p. 120, figs. 98 and 99.

2See his paper on ‘‘ The Cuboides Zone and its Fauna,’’ in Bull, Geol. Soc.
America, published May, 1890.

296 Canadian Record of Science.

as broad as long ; front margin regularly rounded in most
specimens, but somewhat pointed in the centre in others:
Ventral valve strongly convex, very tumid, prominent, and
rounded or obtusely angulated along the median line, and
narrowing rapidly to the margin on both sides, but devoid
of a distinctly defined mesial fold, its umbo prominent and
rather broad, and its beak so strongly recurved as almost to
touch that of the opposite valve. Fissure rather large,
triangular, a little higher than broad, completely covered
by the recurved beak and visible only when the beak is
broken off. Dorsal valve much fiatter than the ventral,
gently and uniformly convex, or flattened with a faint longi-
tudinal depression in the centre, its beak small, rather nar-
row and slightly incurved.

Surface marked by very numerous, closely disposed,
rounded and but slightly elevated radiating raised lines,
which are crossed by smaller, more close set and irregularly
disposed concentric raised lines, as well as by a few distant
and more or less imbricating lines of growth. The radiating
raised lines, which are rather irregular in their arrangement
and unequal in size, increase so rapidly by division that as
many as from sixty to one hundred or more of them can be
counted around the front margin of an adult specimen,
though, on account of its greater convexity, there is always
a larger number on the ventral valve than on the dorsal.

Septum of the ventral valve well developed, compara-
tively thick but very short, occupying less than one fourth
of the entire length in some specimens, but a little longer
in others, though rarely or never exceeding one third of the
total length. Septa of the dorsal valve thin, feebly devel-
oped and almost rudimentary, very slightly divergent and
much shorter than the ventral septum. Muscular and vas-
cular impressions unknown. Interior of the valves rather
minutely papillose.

Dimensions of the specimen figured; maximum length,
eighty seven millimetres, greatest breadth, fifty nine mm. ;
maximum height or depth through the closed valves, fifty

New Species of Fossils. 297

two mm.; amount of recurvature of beak of ventral valve,
sixteen mm.

The only locality at which this species is known to the
writer to have been certainly found in place, is in a light
brownish yellow dolomitic limestone at the foot of the
Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan, where a number of fine
specimens were collected by Mr. Tyrrell in 1890. Boulders
containing it have been found at several localities in Mani-
toba and elsewhere in the central portion of the Dominion.
It is almost certainly the shell referred to by Sir John
Richardson as a “‘ Pentamerus, very like P. Knightii,” which
was gathered by Dr. Bigsby “in 1823” on the Lake of the
Woods and presented by him to the British Museum,’ as
specimens of the shell which I here call P. decussatus have
since been collected from boulders on the south west
shores of that lake by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1873 and
by Dr. A. C. Lawson in 1884. Other localities at which
the species has been obtained from boulders are as fol-
lows :—Nelson River, about sixty miles above its mouth,
Dr. R. Bell, 1879 ; Lower Fort Garry, Dr. R. Bell, 1880 ;
Kenogami River, six miles above the mouth of the Bagut-
chewan, Dr. R. Bell, 1886. Mouth of the Fairford River
and Steep Rock Island, Lake Manitoba, J. F. Whiteaves,
1888. North east side of Lake Winnipegosis and Red
Deer River near its mouth, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889 ; Virden,
Manitoba, C. N. Bell, 1889.

In Appendix No. 1 to Franklin’s “ Narrative of a Second
Expedition to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in the years
1825, 1826 and 1827,” Sir John Richardson says that “ Mr.
Sowerby determined a shell, occurring in great abundance
in the strata at Cumberland House” . . . “to be the
Pentamerus Aylesfordii,” which is regarded by Dr. Davidson
as asynonym of P. Knightii. Although Cumberland House
is 135 miles farther up the Saskatchewan than the locality
at which Mr. Tyrrell obtained P. decussatus in place, it is
by no means improbable that the specimens which Mr.

1 Journal of a Boat Voyage through Rupert’s Land and the Arctic Sea, vol, 1,
foot note to page 62, See also Ib., vol. ii, p- 197.

998 Cunadian Record of Science.

Sowerby determined as P. Knightii are really referable to
the present species. However this may be, it seems to the
writer that P. decussatus differs materially from the true
P. Knightii, especially in the following particulars. The
umbo of the ventral valve of the former is narrower and
less prominent, while its beak is much less strongly curved ;
the coarser surface markings of both valves do not consist
of comparatively distant and regular radiating ribs, as in
P. Knightii, but of close set, irregularly disposed, unequal
and not much elevated radiating raised lines; and the
mesial septa of both valves of P. decussatus are not more
than half the comparative length of those of P. Knightit.

CEPHALOPODA.
Gomphoceras parvulum. (Sp. nov.)
Plate iii, figs. 5, 5 a, b.

Shell small, straight, slender, rather more than three
times as long as broad, and broadest a little in advance of
the midlength: sides slightly compressed, the outline of a
transverse section near and at the commencement of the
body chamber being ovate: venter narrower than the dor-
sum and especially so at both ends: lateral outline conical,
with the ventral border not much more convex than the
dorsal. Septate portion occupying a little more than one-
half the entire length, narrowly conical in lateral aspect,
pointed posteriorly and about twice as long as it is broad
anteriorly. Body chamber crenulated around the base, its
outer margins at first nearly straight and almost parallel
on both sides as viewed laterally, its anterior termination
rounded but much more broadly so on the ventral side than
on the dorsal: ventral region at the summit laterally com-
pressed on each side of the aperture. Aperture, as viewed
from above, extremely contracted, Y shaped, with the stem
ubout twice as long as either of the two branches, which
diverge from it at an angle of about 115°, The stem is a

New Species of Fossils. 299

narrow slit which expands at its outer termination into a
narrow and longitudinally elliptical orifice, exactly in a line
with the siphuncle, and the branches are similarly narrow
divergent slits, each of which widens into a smaller and cir-
cular orifice externally.

Surface markings consisting only, so far as known, of
extremely fine transverse striations, which are too minute
to be shewn in the figure.

Sutures slightly concave at the sides, closely approxi-
mated but rather nearer together posteriorly than ante-
riorly: siphuncle exogastric, marginal and placed in the
median line of the venter.

Approximate dimensions of an average specimen (the one
figured): entire length, thirty eight millimetres; length of
the septate portion, twenty one mm.; greatest breadth,
twelve mm.

Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan below Old Portage, J.
B. Tyrrell, 1890: a number of casts of the interior of the
shell, in a pale brownish yellow or nearly white dolomitic
limestone. .

A singular little species, apparently well characterized
by its diminutive size, ovately conical, slender and nearly
equilateral contour, as viewed laterally, and by its narrowly
contracted and widely divergent Y shaped aperture. It is
not at all likely to be mistaken for any American species,
and is perhaps most nearly related to the G. clava of Bar-
rande,' young specimens of which have a very similar mar-
ginal outline. The aperture of G. clava, however, is regu-
larly T shaped at all stages of growth, and in the adult
stage it seems to differ very widely from the present species,
both in its dimensions and in its general contour.

1 Systéme Silurién du Centre de la Bohéme, Prague and Paris, vol. ii, 1865
pl. 77, figs. 6-22, and pl. 92, figs. 10-13.

G. clava is from Etage E of Bohemia, which is said to be the equivalent of the
Lower Ludlow cf England.

300 Canadian Record of Science.
TRILOBITA.
Acidaspis perarmata. (Sp. nov.)
Plate iii, fig. 6.

Body depressed, very slightly convex, its general outline,
apart from the marginal spines, longitudinally subelliptical
and a little longer than broad.

Head about twice as broad as long, occupying one third
of the total length, exclusive of the spines on the pygidium :
its front margin broadly subtruncate, nearly straight but
faintly sinuous and very obscurely three lobed, with a slight
indentation on each side of the glabella immediately in front
of the anterior termination of each of the ocular ridges: its
posterior margin much more distinctly flexuous and curved
backward in the centre with a moderately convex curve,
and forward with a shallowly concave curve, on each side.
Eyes small, placed very near the posterior margin of the
head and opposite the most contracted portion of each of
the free cheeks: ocular ridges moderately prominent,
slightly curved and converging obliquely forward from the
eyes to their terminations near the frontal margin, where
they are about twice as close together as at their commence-
ment anteriorly. Characters of the glabella unknown.
Outer margin of each of the free cheeks somewhat ex-
panded anteriorly and forming a not very prominent
rounded lobe, which is armed with eight very short pointed
spines—slightly contracted behind the midlength and ter-
minating posteriorly in a straight and pointed genal spine,
which is a little shorter than that of the pleura of the first
abdominal segment, and diverges outward and backward at
an angle of 40° to a line drawn at a right angle to the
longitudinal axis.

Thorax arched upon the axis, depressed and flattened on
the pleure: composed of nine segments: axis occupying
more than one third of the entire breadth without the
spines, and narrowing very gradually to the posterior end:

New Species of Fossils. 301

its annulations horizontal, subparallel and nearly straight,
but faintly sinuous at their margins, both in front and
behind. Pleure also decreasing very gradually in breadth
to the posterior end of the thorax, nearly straight and ter-
minating externally on each side in a long and very slender
spine, which is bent backward and outward at an angle of
about 57°. The spines increase gradually in length pos-
teriorly, the two spines on the anterior thoracic segment
being shorter than the pleuree from which they proceed,
and nearly equal in length to the genal spines immediately
in front of them, whereas in the posterior thoracic segment
the pleural spines are nearly three times as long as the
pleurze and as the spines on the Pee of the anterior
thoracic segment.

Pygidium broad and short, its outer margin broadly
rounded and fringed with spines, its inner or anterior mar-
gin almost straight and nearly three times as broad as the
length of the non spinose portion along the median line;
its axis moderately convex and its pleure flat. Axis nar-
rowly rounded posteriorly and terminating just within the.
margin of the pygidium, apparently bearing two transverse
annulations, the posterior unarmed and the anterior bear-
ing a long and very slender primary spine on each of its
rounded postero-lateral angles. These primary spines,
whose length considerably exceeds that of the united pygi-
dium and thorax, diverge for the greater part of their
length at an angle of about 48°, but curve slightly inward
at their outer ends. Outer margin of the pygidium armed
with four secondary internal spines between the two prim-
aries and with five secondary external spines on each side
of the latter. The four secondary internal spines are mo-
derately close together, nearly equal in length and about
one fourth as long as the primaries. The five outer secon-
dary spines on each side are much closer together than the
four inner ones and not more than one half as long.

Surface markings unknown.

Long Point, at the northeast angle of Lake Winnipegosis,

309 Canadian Record of Science.

just outside of the northern boundary of Manitoba, J. B.
Tyrrell, 1890; a single and not very well preserved cast of
the interior of the dorsal or upper side, in a compact and
slightly vesicular dolomite. Although the surface markings
are not even faintly indicated, and the characters of the
glabella and some of those of the central portion of the tho-
rax are unknown, the whole of the marginal outline of the
specimen can be ascertained with considerable accuracy.

In the elucidation of its characters the writer has been
materially assisted by Mr. L. M. Lambe.

The species appears to be of the type of the A. Prévostii
of Barrande,! from the Upper Silurian Rocks (Ktage E.) of
Bohemia, but it has a smaller num ber of short spines on the
lateral margins of the two free cheeks, a proportionately
broader axis to the thorax, much longer primary spines on
the pygidium, and differs from that species in several other
particulars.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

STROPHOMENA ACANTHOPTHRA.

Fig. 1.—Dorsal view of a specimen, showing the whole of the dorsal
valve and the cardinal areas of both valves.

Fig. 2.— Ventral view of another specimen.
5
.PENTAMBERUS DECUSSATUS.

Fig. 3.—Dorsal view of a specimen, showing the whole of the dorsal
valve and the prominent umbo and recurved beak of the
ventral.

Fig. 4.— Outline of the posterior end of a cast of the interior of the
shell of this species, to show the relative convexity of
the two valves, the length and other characters of the
mesial septum of the ventral valve and the nature of the
two short septa in the dorsal.

GOMPHOCERAS PARVULUM.
Fig. 5.—Lateral outline of a cast of the interior of the shell.

1 Systéme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme, Prague and Paris, vol. i, 1852, p.
739, pl. 39, figa. 33-41.

RECORD OF SCIENCE. PLATE Ill,

SILURIAN FOSSILS FROM SASKATCHEWAN.

‘

MD 5.2) SEAM coawael va

Jeoorwal Je seo a aa breton. sein f
bates gorge. 2 fai AG eotlggue. ae

hese Fe gpoiayetrs asia grees xo oe

ee Tb hiKe BK isso! ah Guess Lianne ay
re ings bis oi USS # a i: ait akt Andiledt out a

a he ae ‘beth: nicioa oahi'ts

© bias & pablety “i i.

PEP Gene

ot8 ee
0 Ce tae rons

te

ae

J wenunsiqse. Gti: 20 ee ad Cr 2
Woe feo NEARED eitgRE Rae
(Bree 3 iis ayia, Cateltos avheniipecgen! ee. Bskk we
(asia bata ont 46 te eos ANY

Bet VATS: cast aaa F rig

fi a A, Bs bt Beas ay ee bers

VI mart i

set sabigite: 496 add 2mLege Sas Been f : :
peor WO Fe8y: pe tombe Fu

i y hie dekeoma sousles ie alias

laabusey Sees Dame Ge | tca ectiih Bis Via

‘

oid iiecetes ees

otis

by ede ty ae

are elit
amonest ee Tie
69. 3 soot * ys! den).
) halnisonten: axe aaago! Pe
ie ‘Hore ae: ven ING died: Suey

ef

Sone mS

ait paatyiat 1 a.

Age

a0 oi Eat

; ned aitst}
nee Wad tradi ui Are
poipraatita tend oso cue +h e

*
j

Note on a Shark ind Ray. 303

Fig. 5a.—Outline of anterior end of another specimen, to show the
shape of the aperture.

Fig. 5b.—Outline of one of the septa near the body chamber, to
show the relative position of the siphuncle.

ACIDASPIS PERARMATA.
Fig. 6.—Outline of the only specimen collected, slightly restored.
(All the figures are of the natural size.)

NOTE ON A SHARK AND RAY OBTAINED AT LITTLE
METIS, ON THE LOWER ST. LAWRENCE.

By Sir Wittram Dawsoy, F.R.S.
(With Plate IV.)

Some of the summer resorts on the Lower St. Lawrence
are not destitute of supplies of fish. In addition to the
delicious trout of the lakes and streams, the sea affords, at
certain seasons, an abundant harvest of various kinds. At
Little Metis, for example, salmon are taken in the St. Law-
rence in early summer. A little later, mackerel, herring,
and the delicate sardine make their appearance, and floun-
ders, loche or tom-cod, and smelts are taken by juvenile
anglers. Now and then the brush wears erected on the
shore capture a specimen of the great Albecore or horse
mackerel, an excellent fish, and the striped bass is some-
times taken in the same way. Formerly the cod was taken
in considerable quantity, but it seems to have deserted the
locality, except that a few “rock cod” and young cod,
scarcely larger than the loche, are sometimes caught. Of
late years, however, the halibut has appeared in sufficient
numbers to make a profitable fishery for local use, and it is
in connection with the halibut fishery that the animal to
which this note refers has made its appearance,

The halibut fishers, using herring or sardine for bait, oc-
casionally hook a large shark, and find little difficulty in
capturing it. Five or six specimens, some of them ten feet
in length, were thus taken and towed ashore last summer.
They are not valued for food, but the liver yields a consid-

304 Canadian Record of Science.

erable quantity of oil, and the skin is used as a rasp for
dressing wood. I examined and measured one specimen
about ten feet in length, and secured, with the aid of Mr.
Sim, of Lighthouse Point, the skin of another, which is now
admirably mounted by Bailly in the Peter Redpath
Museum. [I also obtained the jaws and teeth of a third spe-
cimen, now in the same museum.

The creature is known to the fishermen at Little Metis
as the * Dog Fish,” a name not altogetier inappropriate,
since it belongs to the same family of sharks with the
ordinary dog-tish, though much larger than they, and desti-
tute of the bony spines with which they are armed. It
seems to haunt the bottom rather than the surface of the
sea, and to feed on all sorts of smaller fish and crustaceans.
It is apparently sluggish, though muscular and powerful,
and is said, when hooked, to make little resistance.

It belongs to a species or group of closely-allied species
haunting all the northern seas, and known by a great
variety ofnames. Gunther appears to think that the fishes
designated by all the following names belong to one widely
distributed species, to which he assigns the name

LAEMARGUS BOREALIS,

With the following synonyms :—

Squalus carcharias, Linneeus, Muller and Otho Fabricius.

Squalus microcephalus, Bl. Sehn.

Somniosus brevipinna, Leseur_and Storer, Fishes of Massa-
chusetts.

Scymnus brevipinna, Dekay, Fishes of New York.

Squalus borealis, Scoresby.

Scymnus borealis, Fleming.

Laemargus borealis, Muller and Henle.

Somniosus micracephalus, Goode, Fish Commission, United
States.

In Eagland it is usually known as the Greenland Shark,
and on the American coast bears the names * Nurse,”
“Sleeper,” “ Ground Shark,” and “ Dog Fish.”

Note on a Shark and Ray. 305

Tts distinctive characters are thus given by Gunther and
Day :—

All the fins small and spineless; two dorsal and a pair of
ventral fins ; skin uniformly covered with minute tubercles ;
nostrils near the extremity of the snout; no nictitating
membrane to the eye; mouth with a deep oblique groove
at the angle; the upper teeth small, narrow, conical, and
in several rows (44 to 52 in a row); the lower teeth more
numerous, also in several rows, flat, and each tooth having
its front so much turned aside, that the inner margin forms
the cutting edge, which is not serrated; spiracles of mod-
erate width. The skeleton is wholly cartilaginous.

The colour is either very variable or changes easily under
different circumstances. It is usually represented as gray
or dusky above and lighter below; and Calderwood states
that of two recent specimens which he examined, one, a
young individual, was of a dull, slate colour, with a number
of small white spots distributed irregularly over the surface
of the skin. The other, of larger size, was ofa more bluish
tint and without white spots. One specimen which I saw
at Metis seemed of a general gray or dull brown colour
above, with slightly lighter bands on the sides. Another,
which had been some time dead, was of a rich deep brown-
ish colour above, with distinct zebra-like stripes of brown
on the sides, and creamy white below. The colours prob-
ably differ under different circumstances, even during life ;
and preserved and dried skins usually fade into a uniform
gray hue.

The measurements of my Little Metis specimen are as

follows :—
‘ Feet. Inches.

MPotal length... .0++ +20. --mcew serees scores 9 6
Girth behind pectorals..... ....-...sseeee 4 5
Nostrils behind point of snout.....+..+.++. 0 2
Snout to centre of Cye.-..++.ceseee sere eee 4 5

Do. to first gill opening....+..+-ssee-e- ] 5
Width of mouth . BOING RS BBO eT AD) 8
Length of series ef five gill sponte Seravole 0 7

306 Canadian Record of Science.

Last gill opening to base of pectoral....... 0 2
Length of pectoral....-.-.02 -scseeeeeeeee 0 11
Breadth of do. ..cscecccees ce slelslebe/=/s\s/s1- 0 61
Snout to’base of pectoral.-..+. sees cesses 2 4
Dye, (kn) ish GME) oGoda6 co00D5 oe550h c00c 4 0
Breadth of first dorsal.-..2. .-.....0.0.-<- 0 9
First to second dorsal. .-..22 seecve seve cose 2 1
Length of second dorsal ....-. bye rlohielsie cies 0 5s
Second dorsal to origin of caudal.......... 0 jal
Length of caudal....-- +--s+2 ee. sooo 250009 1 Uf
Depth of do. about .......-..... se see. 2 0
Pectorals to origin of ventrals.....0.. ...+. 3 6
Breadth base of ventral .......-..00 .sse00 0 6
Base to points of ventrals....+..ess.ssse0e 0) 103
Ventral totcaudal: ice. heen enereeheen cers 1 6

The Greenland shark seems to have its headquarters in
the seas of that country and Spitzbergen, in which consider-
able numbers are taken annually for their oil. It ranges
southward to Newfoundland and the New England coast, is
found also on the west coast of America, and occasionally
strays to the coast of Europe. Though a powerful creature,
and said sometimes to attain to the length of 25 feet, it
seems slow and sluggish in its habits, and haunts the bot-
tom rather than the surface of the water. In addition to
feeding onsmall fish and crabs, it is said to have the habit
of devouring cod and other fish when caught in set lines,
and is therefore not loved by the fishermen. In the arctic
seas it is often seen to feed on the floating carcases of dead
whales, around which these sharks are said to collect in
great numbers. Scoresby states * that they areable to bite
out large pieces of the flesh with their sharp cutting teeth.
On the coast of the United States, it is said by the Amer-
ican naturalists cited above, to devour fish offal at the fish-
eries, and on this account has acquired locally the name of
“gurry shark.” Its flesh is not eaten on our coasts, but is
said to be used as food by the Esquimaux, The liver of a

1 Arctic Voyages.

Note on a Shark and a Ray, 307

large individual will yield as much as five or six gallons of
oil.

Tt does not appear to be dreaded by man on our coasts,
but in Greenland and on the Labrador coast the larger indi-
viduals seem sometimes to attack boats and canoes. Fab-
ricius ' states it is much dreaded by the Greenlanders, as it
can bite through the skin bottoms of their kayaks and
seize the legs of the occupants. Hence, when a solitary
Greenlander in his kayak sees one of these animals, he
generally takes to flight. They are believed to be attracted
by the smell of putrid carcases, and also by any sound or
noise; and as their presence scares away the fish, the
fishermen keep silence in order not to bring them near.
He remarks that it shows little fear of man, and states that
when the Greenlanders are flensing the floating carcase of
a whale. the sharks are often as diligently employed in feed-
ing on it below the water. The Greenlanders’ occasionally
take if with hook and line or with the harpoon.

Ballantyne, in his work on Hudson’s Bay, tells a frightful
story of an Indian who, when voyaging with his family in
a canoe, was pursued by a large shark which attempted to
upset the canoe, and failing in this, to break it up. The
canoe beginning to give way, the terrified Indian seized his
youngest child and threw it to the ferocious monster to se-
cure his own safety. It is not, however, quite certain that
this story refers to the present species; but if so, it would
confirm the impression of the Greenlanders that large in-
dividuals impelled by hunger and, perhaps, accustomed to
feed on the carcases of whales, may become dangerous to
man. It is not likely, however, that they ever venture so
near the shore as to attack bathers.

Calderwood thus describes two specimens taken on the
Coast of Scotland and studied by him ?:—

“The Greenland shark is described by the various ichthy-

1 Fauna Greenlandica.
* Appendix to Fourth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for
Scotland.

308 Canadian Record of Science.

ologists as a fish rarely straying to the British shores. Its
natural home is doubtless in the colder waters of the Arctic
Circle, where it is said to occur in considerable abundance;
but when its occurrence is compared with that of the more
truly British sharks, it would appear to be at least as com-
mon in our waters as any other. Since 1803 there are re-
cords of i+s capture which go to prove that scarcely a year
passes without one or more specimens being obtained, and
it is worthy of note that nearly all these specimens were
captured on the East Coast. The most southerly point
from which this shark is recorded is the Seine, where one
was taken in 1832. Three were caught off the Bell Rock
in 1873, and two at Scarborough in 1878. Three specimens
ave recorded from Aberdeen, and two from the Dogger
Bank, besides a number of single ones from different parts
of the coast.

“The two which I dissected were caught, within a few
days of each other, in January of this year. The first was
a fine specimen 11 feet long, which was brought up by one
of the trawlers of the General Steam Fishing Company 8
miles S.E. of the May Island. When it was slung up clear
of the water, a cod and three baited hooks with snoods
attached fell out of its mouth, and I afterwards found a large
cod hook fixed in the gullet. Its stomach contained one
herring, five cod, one conger eel, and a considerable quan-
tity of partly digested fish.

“The second shark was only 5 feet long, and was caught
by line fishermen. The stomach of this one contained
three herrings and about a score of cuttle fish beaks.”

The figure (Plate IV.) is an accurate outline of the spe-
cimen now in the Peter Redpath Museum.

RAIAEBINACEA, Mitchell.

Along with the shark above described, I obtained a
specimen of a ray, or skate, which appears to be the species
above named. Mitchell’s species is referred by Gunther to
R. eglanteria of Lacepede. My specimen is, however, so

“HLNAD

‘SI1W4ayO9

SNOYVNAVI

“Al ALVW1d

“AON3SIOS 40 GYOOS3Y

en

>
Aj 5 oa) y/

og shai s jasc

- i ia has foe: tf oF.

ed Z ot auld» TAO, a6 o

)

44/0 a a ag ee
) ore Bee ete

A aged hCE Ie see |
MN rs 9.00 0 an

“vik = get

EL) I bi stent) Pa. ee (oie eae ei

| po mand eh ome Ls "ewe BS ee ticiak
ade le The gb is Snort Sats “gin on des
= O'6 ae py ston. Thome, anh a
t a aes ‘gaitton ha ith BAY : 2 doipigesition pa
F /aobwory pws ie," Leno. paltry AY OT oh
way, Aras sin ol ke yt aed, sre" OF be sthaaee
“ hat wei} 46 Bink Ha? esc) ninode 2 Up besigoc tiny Hee
| . ‘eeqge Stas ie outs DOREY TaGe Se ied a Vee air: ore

- new biog iy deiniod “say qinpa
Shale dan igwboos. 1c) look tent ttt win
te Ys ata sp ivert a PB 5 palette rey BES) Sap? me
AS i hbient aa ed “in LAE se Hastiteg pees vey seeito i
eisaas! aigaidndlé 28, wit sta
f ZeieT OG ash dpia’ ino aE

golianse | i baa \Gitlotiaes ete ¥e Barras ar wie

as co
* jun

es

on,

a

.
oun event Pyyicivod off abe nessice £ vitals

s ye 3 anni ioed, fit, hosted ig “oat Oe ees a aT

ts re witee: test Salt ox soa ysis 8 pede! Oe

et as | Diwal death fbeyit by sie?

oh sate be cna ne fata Hei

if
i . Bare let rigid
i Heit 6 AGP +i

i powers Bisse tot yiMATE af) way ve
475

PS ssgee7e una bath ie I¥ ‘bea
= i your I tad
oo x pede §

oe

< BFE)

“ss in: ppt

i qj i

a +i nia ;

rm _ yin!

Note on a Shark and a Ray. 309

different from the typical &. eglanteria that | am inelined
to think it may be distinct. It is found at Little Metis, and
is sometimes taken in the wears, or in fishing for halibut.

SPECIMENS OF BRITISH WILD FLOWERS IN JULY
AND AUGUST.

By Rev. Ropprr Campseii, M.A., D.D.

My holiday in 1890 was spent in Great Britain. I was
accompanied by two lady members of my family, to whom
I was to act as guide to the most noteworthy scenes of the
mother country, with which I was already familiar from
having gone over the ground thoroughly on two previous
oceasions. It occurred to me that it would impart new
interest to even old scenes if I should note the flora of the
several districts visited ; and I provided the simple appara-
tus which is sufficient to equip the botanist for field work,
having first learned that the best book for general use, as
applicable to the entire island, was Bentham & Hooker’s
British Flora. On subsequently visiting the herbarium of
the Botanic Gardens of Kdinburgh, under the guidance of
Prof. Balfour, | found that the specimens in that fine col-
lection are determined by this authority, and in arranging
the collection which I present to the Society, I have num-
bered the specimens as they are named in Bentham &
Hooker, so as to facilitate a reference to that text-book.
This hint I obtained from Prof. Balfour.

During my eleven weeks’ tour in Hngland, Wales and
Scotland [ succeeted in collecting 481 of the 1,310 British
species recognized by the best authorities, more than one-
third of the whole. Of course, my botanical pursuits were
subordinated to sight-seeing and visiting friends. Hxcept
an afternoon spent in Kpping Forest, [ may say that I never
went out of my way to look for specimens. Making a col-
lection was only an indirect object of my movements, so
that I have no idea of claiming completeness for this one,

310 Canadian Record of Science.

for which my friend, Mr. Brown, has promised to find a
place in the Society’s Museum. But the considerable num-
ber of plants on which I stumbled shows how rich the grand
old island is in flowers, as well as in men,money and merchan-
dise, and how one may make his ordinary holiday serviceable
in enhancing his knowledge, especially of this department
of natural history, by keeping his eyes open. It may entail
some inconvenience on the collector’s companions if they
are not animated with his enthusiasm, and large demands
have to be made upon the forbearance of the friends whom
he may chance to be visiting, as he spreads about his room
each evening the spoils of the day’s pursuit of specimens.
But with all the drawbacks involved, and the labour and
perseverance required in prosecuting the work successfully,
it adds immensely to the enjoyment of a tour in Great Brit-
ain to pick up every new flower which one comes across
and to which one can get legitimate access. You may
excite the suspicion of foresters and gamekeepers, and you
will certainly draw down upon you the wonder and pity of
people everywhere that you should consider it worth while
to be carrying away armsfull of what they call weeds; but
all these little incidents will be gladly met, and whatever
risks are run are more than repaid by the delight that is
experienced in finding new specimens. There is no earthly
joy comparable to that which flows from discovering at last
some new plant for which you may have been on the look-
out. Even an amateur botanist can in some measure enter
into the feelings which are said to have moved the great
Linnzus when he at last found a specimen of furze, Ulex
Europeus, and kneeled down and thanked God for giving
him this favour. On my former visits to Great Britain [
paid no particular attention to its flora. Of course, no one
could spend nearly two years tramping through that coun-
try without taking notice of the more showy of its plants.
The foxglove, the broom, the whin, the heather, the hare-
bell, the daisy, could nct fail to attract the attention of the
most unpractised eye, especially of a Canadian, to whom

Specimens of British Wild Flowers. 311

they were not familiar objects. But those plants which
have to be looked for in the quiet recesses of the woods, or
which modestly hide themselves by the brooksides, I knew
nothing about practically. Great Britain was, therefore, to
mean unexplored territory so far as its botany was con-
cerned. Nine out of every ten species were new to me,
You can; therefore, see what splendid field practice I had in
gathering and determining this collection; as you can con-
ceive, the elevation of spirits I felt when first I set my eyes
on flower after flower of which I had often read, and which
have entered so largely into the poetry and song of the
mother country.

Landing at Liverpool on July 4th, that afternoon our
company proceeded to Chester, and in walking round the
walls of that venerable episcopal city I first broke ground,
and succeeded in capturing a number of specimens: Epilo-
bium parviflorum and Sagina procumbens, growing in large
numbers out of the old wall; Rubus fruticosus, Heracleum
sphondylium, Ranunculus acris, Urtica urens and Bellis peren-
nis, that modest crimson-tipped flower which is the glory of
every grass plot in Britain from March to November, and
well earns its title perenne by lasting right through the
year in well-sheltered nooks—these being among the rest.
During the fortnight of our stay in London I succeeded in
finding a number of plants in the neighbourhood of Crouch
Hill; Salvia pratensis, Tragopogon pratensis, Stellaria media,
Hrysimum cheiranthoides and Myosorus minimus among them,
I gathered a few plants in the park at Richmond, on the
banks of the river at Hampton and Kew—the alluvial basin
of the Thames, formed in the course of ages, being rich in
vegetable productions. But the first really important addi-
tion made to my growing stock of British wild flowers was
obtained in that part of Epping Forest which is nearest the
metropolis, where [ spent anafternoon. The heavy London
clay soil yielded a large crop of Crucifera, Ranunculacee and
Caryophyllacee in particular. Epping Forest is credited
with twenty of these specimens,

312 Canadian Record of Science.

My next stopping place was at Bridport, Dorsetshire, on
the English Channel, where I spent a delightful week. This
is a very paradise for the botanist. Had I been in search
of one of the best hunting grounds in England for wild fiow-
ers, I could not have found a more fruitful county than
Dorsetshire. From the lias of the coast, up through the
green-sand and tertiaries, the geological formation gave
promise of abundance of vegetable life. The sands, the
chalks and the clays amply fulfilled this promise. Within
a few miles a very great variety of specimens was found in
profusion. So remarkably mild is the air on the coast, that
in some of the sunnier spots even tropical plants are found
to flourish in the open air. I made incursions into the
neighbouring parishes of Allington, Charmouth and Whit-
church Canonicorum, and to the top of Golden Cap and
Hardown Hill, crowned with terraces of flint. A lad belong-
ing to the parish of Whitchurch has just succeeded in carry-
ing off the Bishop of Salisbury’s prize for the best collection
of wild flowers made by the youth of his diocese. His
Lordship suggested, a couple of years ago, that a varied
and useful recreation might be found for the youth con-
nected with the Church Sunday-schools in collecting and
arranging under their several orders, and giving the local
nomenclature of the immense variety of wild flowers with
which the diocese abounds. The successful collection em-
braced 611 species, and I suppose I may congratulate myself
upon gathering 75 new species in the same district in the
course of four or five days.

A day’s journey brought us next to the old Manor House
of Tregwynt, Parish of St Nicholas, Pembrokeshire, South
Wales, situated near the west coast, about half way between
St. David’s and Fishguard. This coast is swept by the
Atlantic storms and is thus denuded of forests, but it is rich
in botanical specimens. The soil prevailing is adark grey
loam, resting on carboniferous limestone and old red sand-
stone, with a buttress of Igneous rocks around St. David’s
Head. Here were Senecios, Scabiosas, Hypericums, Scillas,

Specimens of British Wild Flowers. 313
YT
Saponarias, Lychnises and Epilobiums in great profusion. It

was a difficult matter harvesting the fruits of the field here
and at Bridport. It was embarras de richesse. Old news-
papers were at a premium in both places, and it generally
took the late evening hours and the early hours of morning
to arrange the specimens and change the drying papers.
Altogether, sixty-five new species of plants were gathered in
this district.

The Braes 0’ Gleniffer, rendered classic ground by the
sweet music of Tannahill, the glen lying at its base, made
famous by the wit of its late laird, and the clay loam of the
adjoining country of Ayr have also contributed their quota
to this collection. Seamill is a small watering place on the
Ayrshire coast, and the banks ofthe little stream that drives
its “mill” I found one of my richest hunting grounds, Here
and at Prestwick, Mauchline, and Mossgiel, where Burns
ploughed down the daisies, sixty-two specimens were
obtained, But the field that yielded the largest amount of
results with the least toil and trouble was the island of
Arran, or rather the district of Corrie on that island. The
geology of Arran is an epitome of that of the whole of
Scotland, From the granite on the top of Goatfell, flanked
by micaceous and argillaceous slates, and on their edges red
sandstones, with conglomerate and limestone intercalated,
every variety of soil may be looked for within a radius of
three or four miles, and as the coast is never visited by frost,
Laurine and other tropical species grow luxuriantly at the
highland village of Corrie. In this quarter I was able to add
fifty-six new species to my collection.

Of course, the finding of new plants was now becoming
more difficult. All those most frequently met with I had
already secured. The flowers “ born to blush unseen,” had
to be wooed and won from their retirement, or further
progress was to be slow. Besides, July in England corre-
sponds with August in Scotland, and so I was only coming
in contact with the same general plants which I had
previously seen in the south. When I visited the north a

314 Canadian Reéord of Science.

month later, I had no thought at first of touching either
grasses or ferns, as [ concluded [ should have more than
enough to do in harvesting the phanerogamous plants; but
before [ left Seamill and Corrie, I concluded that I had
better divide my attention for the remainder of my holiday
between the flowering plants and the Graminee and Filices.

This was a fortunate conclusion, because the banks of
Loch Etive, a frith of the sea running far into the heart of
Argyllshire, founded on igneous rocks, are very rich in
grasses, while flowering plants are comparatively rare ; and
Glen Etive, with Inverliver and Glennoe, rich glens leading
down to Loch Etive from the south, are credited with
twenty-nine specimens.

The band of limestone bounding the north side of Loch
Tay, in Perthshire, plunging under Ben Lawers, and rising
in Glenlyon, with the granite and porphyry of the Ben, the
King of Perthshire Hills, with its top 4,000 feet high,
usually in the clouds, gave a few new specimens, as did also
Balyukan near Pitlochrie. But my work was virtually done
now. My search afterwards in the neighborhood of Eskbank,
Dryburgh, Abbotsford and Melrose, added indeed a few more
to my now somewhat unwieldy bundle of plants; but the
summer flowers were over, and the autumn ones had not yet
to any considerable extent begun tobloom. Theseason was
in the main a favourable one for my undertaking, The spring
and early summer were cold and wet, and this retarded the
progress of vegetation, so that I got a good chance to make
myself acquainted with some of the later spring flowers as
well as the whole of the summer ones, and they were very
fine. I was disappointed, however, with the September
bloom; for it was the 19th of that month before I sailed
from Liverpool. So far, nothing had appeared that would
vie with our golden-rods and asters, the glory of our early
Canadian autumn.

I could have wished to be able to compare my British
collection with Canadian catalogues and note what species
are common to both countries; but time did not allow of

Specimens of British Wild Flowers. 815

my doing this ; but a few came under my notice. One general
observation, however, I make, that the species is modified
by the climatic and other conditions of the two countries,
in Canada the same plant being usually sturdier than in
Britain. This is true, for instance, of Solidago virgo aurea
of the Silene inflata, called the Silene cucubalus in England,
of the Verbascum thapsus, of the Arctium lappa, and of the
Epilobium Angustifolium, among others that occur to me.

I have made a catalogue of the collection, but I wish to
copy it for the duplicate specimens which I have retained
for my private Herbarium. As soon as I have a little leisure
to do this piece of clerical work, I shall have great pleasure
in putting the catalogue in the hands of the curator of the
museum.

ON THE GEOLOGY OF QUEBEC CiTY, CANADA.

By Henry M. Amt, M.A., F.G.S.
(Of the Geological Survey of Canada.)

The researches of Sir William Logan, Mr. Billings, Dr.
Sterry Hunt, Dr. Selwyn, Sir William Dawson, Prof. James
Hall, Prof. Emmons, Prof. Walcott, Prof. Marcou, Dr. Hlls,
Prof, Lapworth, and many others on the geology of Quebec
and its environs have made that region classic ground to the
student of North American Geology. The famous Quebec
group controversy, as well as its closely related friend, the
Taconic question in geology, and the Lorraine-Hudson
River problem, are all involved in the geologic history of
Quebec. Much diversity of opinion has existed as to the
exact geological position of some of the terranes at and
about Quebec City, as also along the whole line of the great
Appalachian or St. Lawrence-Champlain. Nor is this
at all astonishing, seeing that profound dislocations
exist, intricate foldings of strata occur, and several terranes
are met within very narrow belts, faulted and folded to-
gether in anything but a simple manner, which requires

316 Canadian Reco#d of Science.

exceedingly detailed and careful examination before satis-
factory conclusions are arrived at.

The rocks forming the Citadel Hill or promontory of
Quebec (Cape Diamond) have been assigned to different
positions in the geological scale by different writers at
different times. An elaborate review of these views is given
in Dr. Ells’ last report to Dr. Selwyn (1888) published by
the Geological Survey of Canada, which includes from Dr.
Bigsby’s paper published in 1827, down to Prof. Lapworth’s
Report, etc., published in the Transactions of the Royal
Society of Canada for 1887.

The rocks of Quebec have been referred by some of the
geologists above named to the age of the Quebec Group
(Levis Division) whilst others, and the majority at present
regard them as newer than the Trenton limestone, viz. :
being of “Trenton-Utica,” “Utica- Hudson,” or “ Lorraine”
age. But before assigning a definite position to the rocks
of Quebec City in the scale of terranes in America, it is
necessary for the writer to state that, so far, he has been
unable to find any evidence in the field, either stratigraphical
or paleontological, whereby the ‘ Hudson River” rocks
and ‘‘Lorraine ” shales, as originally understood by Emmons,
could be correlated, or referred to the same or immediately
following geologic terrane.

The fauna of the Norman’s Kiln shales, that of the
Marsouin, of the Tartigo River, Griffin Cove and Gagnon’s
Beach Rocks, as well as that from Crane Island, N. W. or
False Point of the Island of Orleans, Quebec City, Ktchemin
River, between St. Henry and St. Anselme, Drummondville,
and other localities in Maine, Vermont, and New York
States constitutes one large assemblage of forms peculiar to
one terrane.

The faura of the Lorraine shales, (Cincinnati era in part)
on the other hand, as it is characterized at Montmorency
Falls, Cote Sauvageau, in the St. Charles Valley near Quebec,
at Charlesbourg (near the Church), two miles above St.
Nicholas, Yamaska River, Riviére des Hurons, and in the

Geology of Quebec City. 317

undisturbed regions in Ontario at Ottawa, Toronto, Weston,
Oakville, Collingwood, etc., intermediate between the Utica
terrane and the base of the Silurian Epoch marks another
terrane.

These two faunas, I hold, are very distinct both in their
paleontological and stratigraphical relations. The Lor-
raine terrane, according to Dr. Selwyn’s classification of
formations (“Index to the Colours and Signs used by the
Geological Survey of Canada,”) has a definite position, viz.,
at the summit of the Cambro-Silurian or Ordovician system,
The strata at Quebec, either on physical or paleontological
grounds, cannot be referred to the Lorraine nor to the
Utica, nor yet to the Trenton nor to the Black River for-
mation.

Sir William Logan referred the Quebec city rocks to the
Levis division of Quebec group. From examinations re-
cently made, the fauna which Mr. Weston, Mr. Giroux,
V Abbé Laflamme and the writer have been able to obtain
from the rocks of that locality, presents some fifty species
of fossils, including graptolites, brachiopods, ostracods and
trilobites, different from Levis forms and yet capable of
being correlated with forms from a portion of the Quebec
group of Logan, as described in his Newfoundland section,
as also with Cambro-Silurian strata in the Beccaguimic val-
ley of New Brunswick.

To state the precise geological horizon to which the
strata at Quebec city belong, I hold, is perhaps premature.
These rocks appear, however, to occupy a position in the
Ordovician system higher than the Levis formation being -
akin to it, but lower than the Trenton, and probably an
upward extension of that peculiar series of sedimentary
strata occurring along the present valley of the St. Law-
rence, which, owing to the peculiar conditions of deposition
of the specialized fauna entombed, Sir William Logan ad-
visedly classed under the term “Quebec Group.” This
would make the rocks at Quebec about equivalent to the
Chazy formation of the New York and Ontario divisions.

318 Canadian Record of Sctence.

As to the propriety of retaining the term “ Hudson River ”
group, or terrane in geologic nomenclature, at present, there
may be some doubt. Much confusion exists as to its use.
It would very naturally follow, however, that some such
designation as the “Quebec terrane” or “‘ Quebec forma-
tion” would be most acceptable at this particular juncture
in order to designate the horizon of the Quebec city rocks,
and include those which constitute the citadel and main
portion of Quebec city and other synchronous strata.

The term “Hudson River” is very extensively used
throughout North American geological nomenclature to
designate the highest series of strata in the Ordovician or
Cambro-Silurian epoch. Its use is far more general than
the equivalent term, *‘ Lorraine,” as defined and very care-
fully used by Emmons. One of the two terms requires to
be dropped, and whilst neither term is objectionable and
both have been used by various authors at different times
to designate precisely the same horizon, it appears most
practical now to retain the term which has been most
extensively used and adopted in North American geology,
viz., the term Hudson. River or Hudson Terrane, whilst it
is decidedly regrettable te drop Emmons’ well-defined and
clearly marked Lorraine. The adoption of the term Hud-
son River, in preference to the term Lorraine, would entail
much less confusion, and would thus serve the ends of
geological science more effectively.

Amongt the most characteristic and better known species
of graptolites peculiar to the Quebec terrane may be men-
tioned the following :—Cenograptus gracilis, Hall; Dicello-
eraptus sextans, Hall; D. divaricatus, Hall; Dicranograptus
ramosus, Hall; Diplograptus foliaceus, Murchison; D. Whit-
fieldi, Hall; D, marcidus, Hall; Climacograptus bicornis,
Hall; C. bicornis, var. tricorms, Lapworth ; Corynoides caly-
cularis, Nicholson.

In a paper which the writer is now preparing for the
Royal Society of Canada, the various forms characterizing
the Sillery, Levis and Quebec divisions of the Quebec Group

Geology of Quebec City. 819

im Canada as’ now understood, and constituting the natural
series of sedimentary strata to which Sir William Logan
had given ‘that: very appropriato term, will be tabulated and
the paleontological grounds for the separation of these will
then be very apparent and evident.

AIDs TO THE STUDY OF THE COLEOPTERA OF

CanapDa.—No. 2.
On Some Lirttn Known CANApIAN CoLnoprEeraA, with DascriptTions

or Two Nw SPECIES.
By J. F. Hausen.

(With Plate V.)
ZiLtoRA, Muls.

The genus Zilora may be distinguished from the other
genera of the melandryini of our fauna by the following
characters :—

The antenne are slender, not suddenly enlarged; frontal
suture indistinct; maxillary palpi have the last joint wider
than the preceding joints and securiform. The front coxe,
which are contiguous, are without trochantin, and the acet-
abula have on the outer side a distinct fissure ; the middle
cox are separated, and the body clothed with erect hairs.

Only two species are known to me as occurring in the
northern parts of America, one of which has been described
from Canada. They appear to be rare.

Z. canadensis, n. sp. (Plate v, figs. 1 and 2).—Fusco-cas-
tanea, elongata, sub-convexa, undique breviter haud dense
pube suberecta vestita et punctulata ; subtus, antennis trophis
pedibusque dilutioribus ; elytris haud striatis sulculo suturam
versus a medio ad apicem extendente excepto; prothorace lati-
tudine breviore, antice angustato, lateribus rotundatis et sub-
tiliter marginatis, anguils posticis subrectis, basi utrinque
foveolato, medio sublobato et late rotundato, Long. 23 unc. ;
6 mm.

390 Canadian Record of Science.

The head and thorax are somewhat darker and more
densely and finely punctured than the wing-covers. The
elytra are not very finely punctured, and with no trace of
strie except an impressed line along the suture extending
from before the middle backwards, but interrupted before
reaching the apex.

The pygidium extends slightly beyond the elytra, and in
my specimen, which seems to be a male, the penis is pro-
truded and bilobed at the extremity. The eyes are disengaged
from the thorax, prominent and scarcely transverse. The
front is indistinctly impressed between the eyes. Posterior
tibie are slightly longer than their tarsi, of which the first
joint is about equal to the three following. Taken at Mont-
real.

IT have not had an opportunity of comparing this with
the species described from New Hampshire by Leconte’ as
hispida, which is said to have the forex of the thorax “ pro-
funde et late impresso,”’ and the elytra ‘‘ obsolete sulcatis.”

It also seems to come near the Kuropean ferruginea figured
by Duval,’ but specimens will have to be carefully com-
pared before they can be pronounced identical.

It is evidently distinct from nuda described from our ter-
ritory by Abbé Provancher,’ which is stated to be black,
the thorax with a transverse impression at the base, which
does not reach the angles, and the elytra without pube-
scence, while no mention is made of their being grooved at
all.

I owe the privilege of describing this interesting little
species to my friend, Mr. A. F. Winn, who has kindly
placed the only specimen in his collection in my hands for
this purpose.

1 New Species of Coleoptera, pt. i, p. 148.

2 Gen. Coleopt., Europe, iii, pl. 87, f. 432.

3 Additions et Corrections 4 la Faune Coléoptérologique Province
Québec, 1877.

Coleoptera of Canada. 321

PHILONTHUS STICTUS, n. sp. (Plate V, fig. 3.)

Crassiusculus subdepressus, subnitens piceo-niger, antennis
pedibusque concoloribus ; capite subovato, basi subtruncato an-
gulis posticis rotundatis, pubescenti et punctato, spatio medio
levi ; thorace vix latiore convexo, latitudine longiore, basi late
saunraneti lateribus paullum rotundatis atque antice convergenti-
bus, disco creberrime punctato linea dorsal levi ; elytris thorace
longioribus, postice paullo latioribus, convexiusculis, confertim
non subtellissime punctulatis pubescentibus, stria suturali con-
spicua, sutura subimbricata ; abdomine thoracem elytra que con-
juncta cequanti, valde marginato, confertim Pupoiuiate pube-
scenti. Long. °31 unc. ; 79 mm.

Head a little longer than broad, parallel behind the eyes,
with the hind angles rounded, punctured and pubescent, and
furnished in addition with a few longer hairs. Antenne
rather stout, reaching the base of the thorax, first joint
equalling joints two and three taken together, fourth to
seventh subequal, remainder obconical, a little longer than
broad, the last obliquely emarginate at the end, subacumin-
ate. Thorax with the surface closely and rather coarsely
uniformly punctured, except a smooth medean line, which
has, however, a longitudinal impression before the base;
somewhat pubescent, shining, with a few longer hairs, two
of which (one on each side), a little before the middle, are
conspicuous by their length. There are also one or two
shorter ones at the front angles, which are rectangular.
The elytra are somewhat wider behind, densely, ‘confluently,
but not finely punctured ; the strie of the left wing is more
remote from the junction than the other, so that the suture
appears imbricated, abdomen strongly margined, slightly
iridescent, margins of fourth and fifth (apparent) dorsal
segments piceous, pubescent, villose at the sides and be-
hind ; abdominal segments gradually increasing in length
behind, convex, not finely punctured, fourth and fifth seg-
ments truncate at apex. Hind tarsi scarcely shorter than

322 Canadian Record of Science.

their tibiz, first joint about equalling the three following
joints.

This species, which is remarkable for the close punctua-
tion of the thorax, bears considerable superficial resemblance
to Philonthus viridanus, but differs from it in several import-
ant particulars.

It is broader and stouter, the sides of the thorax slightly
rounded and converging in front, not almost parallel as in
the latter species, and the punctuation of the thorax is also
different. In viridanus the legs are also more or less testa-
ceous. It is, perhaps, more of the form of P. confertus, but
quite different in color.

Described from a single specimen (? ?) in my collection,
captured at Lachine, Montreal Island.

Hypnopius Lonauus, Lec. (Plate V, figs. 4 and 5.)

Piceo-castaneous, elongate, convex, elytra finely and
rather inconspicuously striate, the sutural stria deeper, inter-
spaces flat, somewhat densely punctulate. Thorax trans-
verse, much less deeply and densely punctured than the
wingcases and more shining, finely margined at the sides,
apex truncate and with rounded hind angles. Labrum deeply
emarginate and villose. Male femora provided near the end
with a large tooth, which is obliquely truncate at the apex
Length 12 in.; 3°55 mm.

Collected by Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn, Director of the Geolog-
ical Survey, in British Columbia, and by him presented,
with other coleoptera from the same locality, to the Society.

Limontus stigma, Herbst. (Plate V, fig. 6.)

Elater stigma, Herbst, 10, 86, tab. 166, f. 1.

later armus, Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 6, p. 171.

Gambrinus armus, Lec., Revision Elateride U. S., Trans.
Am. Phil. Soc., 1853, p. 435.

Black, shining, tinted with zneous, more especially the
thorax, with short grey pubescence, rather convex, punc-

Coleoptera of Canada. 323

tured. Prothorax convex; the surface rather distantly
punctured, slightly channelled at the middle behind; the
sides behind the middle are parallel, then at the middle
somewhat suddenly obliquely narrowed to the front. The
sides are obtusely angulated before the anterior angles,
which are dentiform. Elytra with rather strongly punc-
tured furrows, the intervals also densely punctured, the
sides parallel and obtusely rounded at the tip, third and
fourth striz confluent before reaching the extremity. The
humeri are covered with a conspicuous red spot; larsi
piceous. Variable in size, ‘25-37 in.

CoRYMBITES HAMATUS, Say. » (Plate V, fig. 7.)

Elater hamatus, Say, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., 6, 170.

Corymbites hamatus, Lec., loc. cit.

Robust, head and thorax black, rather finely densely
punctured, the punctures almost concealed by the short
yellow pubescence. Thorax convex, with the sides rounded,
the hind angles moderately divergent, disk channelled at the
middle near the base; sides, hind angles and inflexed por-
tion of the thorax, as well as the anterior lobe of the pros-
ternum rufo-testaceous. Elytra pale yellow, with a brown-
ish curved spot near the extremity, and the suture also
infuscate behind. The elytral striz are well marked, with
the intervals convex and densely punctured; antenne
brown, second and third joints nearly equal; legs brown
testaceous.

Length -43; 11 mm.

New Jersey (Geux), Ontario, Montreal.

Gnorimus MAcuLosus, Kn. (Plate V, fig. 8.)

Cetonia maculosa, Knoch.

Trichius maculosus, Schénherr.

Trichius bigsbii, Kirby, Zool. Journ., iii, 155, t. v., f. 7;
Fauna Bor. Am., Pt. IV, p. 136,

Gnorimus dissimilis, Gory.

324 Canadian Record of Science.

Black, ovate, variously spotted and villose with yellow-
ish hairs; head quadrangular, front margin reflexed and
emarginate, antenne and legs black, sometimes more or
less luteous, vertex occasionally with a yellow-white longi-
tudinal spot. Thorax narrowed in front, sub-angulated at
the sides, broadly lobed at the base, which is sinuate on
each side of the middle, densely but not finely punctured,
and villose with yellow hairs, the surface not or variably
maculate with numerous yellow spots. Hlytra luteous, with
a slight bloom, and usually with nine black spots arranged
transversely, two in front, three at the middle and two
behind the middle, the humerus and apical gibbosity also
black and shining. Tarsi piceous. The pygidium is often
covered with dense yellow-white scales. Very variable in
color, another individual in my collection being almost
entirely black, the elytra alone having four rufous spots in
the middle and two indistinct ones near the scutel.

Length ‘53 in.; 13-5 mm,

Lake St. Clair (Bigsby), Ontario (Kilman), Montreal
(Cushing).

Mr. Cushing tells me he took it on thorn blossoms in
spring. Uncommon.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

ZILORA CANADENSIS, 0. Sp.
“ seen from beneath to show details.
PHILONTHUS STICTUS, N. sp.
Hypwnosius Loneutus, Lec., ¢.
The underside of the same to show structure.
Limontus strgMA, Herbst.
CoRYMBITES HAMATUS, Say.
GNORIMUS MACULOSUS, Knoch.

DATS OU oo bo

ERRATA.
The following errors, partly clerical, partly typographical, occur
in my paper in the last number of this magazine :—
Page ape, Nb %/ from top, instead of stenopus read STENOPs.

252, 1. 28 sullcatis read SULCATIS.
SOO L le cob, eo f simplictus read SIMPLICIBUS.
<f 253, Is P40) A a? a points read JOINTS.
sis Dow lepes apa ss Whine ‘ freely read FHEBLY.

CONES cal kara wi ahaa i stenopus read STENOPS.

eta fe Bd Ded | piel t stenopus read STHNOPS,

PLATE V.

RECORD OF SCIENCE.

J, F- HAUSEN, DEL.

HAUSEN ON CANADIAN COLEOPTERA.

OGRE ROY: etiet cd AC's

oie) ert d vay

San @ eet -
: I

Pel :

Paro: . Vee Cet eas
qe PS Gale, SUN Be
oe Pv RRS Re "

ee eee

vi ieee

fee =
i eames a 3.

de me a he
et: ; at Vv Lae ule sath aie ae
7 we o) “con wed My idle gua eres Bei en Ore te
“ ; i’ } ae. >
mens eee m Ve pase eee eA gee ,
& + hat : : Peery bd ky 2 ty
i PLUMIA) pete cee ee rope icp) Teena ae at iy Rie
fa] nie ‘ ' z Sa cal ee
re bape Th t oe L ae abate LP op
ve at vel ari Baie - ee ere Ey 4 f ri .e91 5) Vel i: otal Me
| vy | 4 ‘ r Si ae m
bi 5 ‘ a | see pa) Sh ah.
ieee is -“ A as, \ < iw
© ei mk Me iey ive w: Aes aes | Pa by ba s aip,
VI hie shhh ay Nee | ’ ’ ; Ral Ss
Rie erm ei Ll Si tobe om oad ae ee IR:
Reap 2h i ty So AS eT ata symm hy § bar tiae, sued
x tad \t had we Cree x CRMs Ls

. » 7 Me We al
4 v4 : oe : hs ed eos, 5 sey yank AE ay "
, = a. y La)

ay Vo -
ry Ue se ee ak aa Shs tothe AL at

igh ge
ne
a ee:
=f
. is
a a
¥
S
a
©

Le

oe
.

e a> : ae

> eee ee
ol , >» r s

-
-

se eee Pt

ihe. i"
AN ay dys
; & Abe fe +e iy . ! us ‘
et ok) aes %
3 an ‘ ¥ 4 -
Ae ETT ealrar a, (5 Sea tans
Pl, rj

Royal Society of Canada. 325
THE Royan SociETY oF CANADA.

By Jonn Rape, A.M.

The Royal Society of Canada owes its existence to the
thoughtful interest of Lord Lorne in the intellectual pro-
gress of Canada. The movement out of which its organiza-
tion arose was inaugurated in 1881. Already its enlight-
ened founder had established a Canadian Academy of Arts,
for the encouragement of design as applied tu painting,
sculpture, architecture, engraving and the industrial arts,
and the promotion and support of art education. The suc-
cess which had attended the formation and early proceed-
ings of the institution led his Lordship to believe that a
national organization which would be to science and litera-
ture what the Academy was to art would be of real service
to the cause of the higher intellectual culture in the Domi-
nion. After consulting with the leading men of science
and letters, both French and English, his Lordship invited
the gentlemen whom he had designated as provisional offi-
cers of the proposed organization to meet in Montreal. The
meeting accordingly took place on the 29th and 30th of
December, 1881, and thereat a memorandum from Lord
Lorne on the subject was read and considered.

A provision:l basis was then agreed upon for the consti-
tution of the new socicty, the first meeting of which took
place at Ottawa on the 25th of May, 1882. The Governor
General (Lord Lorne) had invited the members of the pro-
visional council to Government House for the settlement of
the procedure, and the arrangements proved entirely satis-
factory. The Oouncil consisted of Principal (now Sir) J.
W. Dawson, ©.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., President; the Hon.
P. J. O. Chauveau, LL.D., Docteur des Lettres, Vice-Pre-
sident; and the Presidents and Vice-Presidents of sections:
J. M. LeMoine, Esq., and Faucher de St. Maurice, Esq., first
section; Dr. (now Sir) Daniel Wilson, F.R.S.E., and Gold-
win is Esq., D.C.L., second section; Dr, T. Sterry

326 Canadian Record of Science.

Hunt, F.R.S., and Charles Carpmael, Esq., third section,
and Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn, F.R.S.,, and Dr. George Lawson,
Ph.D., fourth section; J. G. Bourinot, Esq., F.S.S., Honor-
ary Secretary. All these members of Council were present
except Dr. Goldwin Smith, then absent in England.

At the general business meeting, held in the railway
committee room, Parliament Building, Ottawa, on the
morning of the 25th of May, the Honorary Secretary read
the Council report, the recommendations of which were
afterwards embodied in the charter and constitution of the
Society. The formal public inauguration of the Society
took place in the Senate Chamber, at 4 o’clock in the after-
noon. Members of the Society having been presented to
the noble Founder, His Excellency set forth the aims of the
Society, and expressed the hope that its formation would
promote the intellectual development of the Dominion in
the higher ranges of thought, letters and research. ‘Im-
perfections,” said his Lordship, “‘ there must necessarily be
at first in its constitution—omissions in its membership and
organization there may be. Such faults may be hereafter
avoided. Our countrymen will recognize that in a body of
gentlemen drawn from all our provinces and conspicuous
for their ability there will be a centre around which to
rally. They will see that the welfare and strength of
growth of this association shall be impeded by no small
jealousies, no carping spirit of detraction, but shall be nou-
rished by a noble motive common to the citizens of the
republic of letters and to the students of the free world of
nature, namely, the desire to prove that,their land is not
insensible to the glory which springs from numbering
among its sons those whose success will become the heritage
of mankind.

The President, in his address, mentioned some of the
reasons which, in his opinion, justified the institution of
such a body in Canada. Ifthe idea had been broached in
the past, it had been abandoned owing to obvious difficul-

Royal Sociely of Canada. 327

ties. But it had at last presented itself under happier con-
ditions which gave fair hopes of success. It was fitting that
the representative of a Sovereign, whose rule had been so
favorable to culture and research in the United Kingdom,
would show himself the patron of letters and science in the
new world. ‘The time, moreover, was auspicious. Political
consolidation had been drawing nearer to each other the
once scattered and isolated scientific workers of the North
American provinces. Such a society would be to them a
bond of union and sympathy, and by the interchange of
ideas would supply a needed stimulus to men of kindred
pursuits. It would, by the publication of its Transactions,
be of incalculable benefit to Canadian naturalists, hitherto
so largely dependent on foreign aid for placing the results
of their labors, in a worthy form, before the world. As a
centre of literary and scientific effort, it would, without
interfering with the claims of older local societies, be of
very real help to them. Comparing Canada with other
countries, the President thought it was rather matter. for
surprise that so many persons amongst us had won distinc-
tion in the paths of research and of letters than that there
were not more. Finally he spoke of the great responsibi-
lity of the members, and he hoped that by earnest and
united effort they would prove themselves deserving of the
name to which they aspired. The Vice-President set forth
in French, with his customary grace’ of style, the intellect-
ual progress that Canada had already achieved, dwelling
especially on its literary, as Dr. Dawson had dwelt on its
scientific aspects. He trusted that the Royal Society would
prove a common meeting ground not only for scientific and
literary workers, but also for the culture of the two great
races whose lot was cast together in this broad Dominion,

The Society then separated into sections. Fifty-six
papers, embracing nearly all the departments of research,
were either read or presented at the first meeting, and of
these thirty-three were published in the Transactions, Re-

328 Canadian Record of Science.

ferring a year later to the general results of the meeting
Sir William Dawson was able to express a high degree of
satisfaction at what had so far been accomplished. “ We
have occasion,” he said, “to congratulate ourselves on the
reception which our inaugural meeting met with at the
hands of the public and the newspaper press. Everywhere
the institution of the Society was recognized as wise and
beneficial, and if any doubts were expressed with reference
to it, they were based not on hostility to the Society, but on
avery natural diffidence as to the capacity of Canada, in
its present state of development, to sustain a body compa-
rable with the great national societies of other countries,
The amount of original work produced at our first meeting
was evidently an agreeable surprise to many; aud whiie
there was some friendly criticism by which we may hope
to profit, on the whole our debut was regarded with that
feeling at once kindly, considerate and patriotic which be-
comes all true Canadians in witnessing any effort, how-
ever feeble, to sustain and exalt the greatness of our coun-
try.”

Meanwhile the Society had obtained the recognition of
the Queen and of the Canadian Parliament. A letter from
Lord Kimberley, Secretary of State for the Colonies, dated
the 22nd of August, 1882, to the Marquis of Lorne, gave the
pleasing information that Her Majesty had graciously per-
mitted the Society to be styled ‘The Royal Society of
Canada.” On the Ist of March, 1883, a Bill to incorporate
the Society was introduced in the House of Commons by
Mr. Tassé. It was read a second time on the 19th of the
same month, and on the 6th of April it was considered in
committee, read a third time and passed. It received the
royal assent on the 25th of May.

Rule 11, regarding the affiliation of local literary and
scientific societies throughout the Dominion, has proved
most fruitful in concentrating and developing the intel-
lectual efforts of all the provinces of the Dominion. In

Royal Society of Canada: 329

1883 twelve societies responded to the Hon. Secretary’s
invitation by sending delegates. This number has increased
from year to year, until now there are altogether twenty-
four literary, scientific, philosophical and historical socie-
ties represented in the Transactions. The full reports of
their proceedings submitted by these organizations of kin-
dred aim are extremely valuable, as indicating the work
that Canada is doing in the various fields of scientific
research, historical investigation and literary creation or
criticism. Some of the delegates have contributed records
covering the whole period of their society’s existence—
records of undoubted interest and value to the future his-
torian of our intellectual progress. The following is a list,
in the order of their seniority, of these
AFFILIATED SOCIETIES.

Literary and Historical Society of Quebec ....+.-..0. weceee 1824
Natural History Society of Montreal............-. A ocd ne eee LOZ

(Incorporated, 1832.)

Institut Canadien, Quebec ........... petele(eiai ele l S46

Canadian Institute, Toronto.......- s-++02 «1. Sop g0eene mood elSht
Institut Canadien, Ottawa...... Baststeye elves Ware eos ectetairepereic - 1852
Hamilton Association, Hamilton...... aiisteterete S000 000000 coco. Iki
Société Historique, Montreal...... HOSS NGEA HOR) DCEO OUT IORC 1858
Nova Scotia Inst. Natural Science......... Maccad wteeee o---- 1862
Natural History Society, New Brunswick..... bo son0bo,00b0de 1862
Numismatic and Antiquarian Society, Montreal............ . 1862
Entomological Society of Ontario.......... noes adGoe OOO Odo 1863
Ottawa Literary and Scientific Society ...... ....6. ceeeee eee . 1869
Murchison Scientific Society, Belleville....... .....e+e+e0ee% 1873
Nova Scotia Historical Society ..........+. eeeeee vous Ae SOOO 1878
Ottawa Field and Naturalists’? Club....... 2.2.02 wseeos<s sees L879
Geographical Society of Quebec........-....+- S88 DOUG OUBOOC 1879
Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba.......... s..+ - 1879
Society for Historical Studies, Montreal....+.....+2 .2+seeseee 1885
Cercle Littéraire Francais, Montreal... .......--.+. sees eees 1885
Cercle A. B. C. (Philosophical),,Ottawa...... So) Gowtiase sides kts
Canadian Society of Civil Engineers ...... .e.e0. ceeeee coeeee 1888
Wentworth Historical Society, Hamilton...... sacsaoocioodas 1888
Society of Canadian Literature............+0 900 6obodD HEROS 1889

Natural History Society of British Columbia, Victoria..... os) L889

330 Canadian Record of Science.

Though the work the sections can hardly be said to
have been fairly divided, some members contributing much
more than others, while of a certain number the names
have been conspicuous by their absence from the yearly
programmes; it may, on the whole, be said that the pro-
mise of the opening session has been fulfilled in the succes-
sive meetings of the last eight years. In their chosen
branches of study and research, all the four sections have
added not a little to the sum of the world’s knowledge, and
if this total be enlarged by the aggregate of work done by
the affiliated societies, the whole makes an intellectual pro-
duct of which the Dominion has no reason to be ashamed.

The points most criticized in the constitution of the
Society were the combination of science and literature and
its bi-lingual character. As to the former, the first Presi-
dent took occasion, in the address already quoted from, to
show that, instead of being a drawback, it was an advantage.
Afier indicating the close relations between the two depart-
ments of intellectual effort, he thus expressed his satisfac-
tion at the Society’s comprehensiveness :—‘‘ For these rea-
sons I rejoice that our Society embraces both science and
letters, and | am profoundly convinced that it is for the
highest interest of Canada that her scientific men shall be
men of culture, and that her literary men shall be thoroughly
imbued with scientific knowledge and scientific habits of
thought.”” Ina paper read before the Society on the’ rela-
tion of such bodies to the State, the late Dr. Todd showed
that New South Wales had anticipated Canada by forming
a Royal Society on the like broad basis, its avowed object
being ‘‘ the encouragement of studies and investigations in
science, art, literature and philosophy.” Lord Lansdowne
also expressed his satisfaction at its twofold division, which,
he said, greatly enhanced the intcrest and value of the
Transactions.

As to the other point which was the subject of discus-
sion—the union of French and English-speaking members—

Royal Society of Canada. 331

so far from proving an obstacle to the Society’s usefulness,
it has been one of its most fruitful features. The French and
English sections have, by their harmony and good-will, set
an example which the whole Dominion might follow with
advantage. Differences of race and creed have been revealed
only by mutual courtesy and willing co-operation in the
grand aims of the Society. From the rule of kindliness
and deference there has been, from the opening of the first
to the closing of the last meeting, no instance of departure.
It is also noteworthy that the Society has been the means
of renewing relations between the two branches of the
French race in the new world—that of Canada and Acadia,
and that of Louisiana—the Athenée Louisianais of New
Orleans, being one of the first of foreign organizations to
respond to the invitation of the Honorary Secretary.
In the list of the corresponding members, moreover, emin-
ent sons of the French race have their places along with
illustrious Anglo-Saxons of both hemispheres. Had the
Society effected nothing else than these exchanges of cor-
dial sympathy, it would not have lived altogether in vain.

The letters from eminent foreign societies which greeted
the entrance of Canada into their illustrious sisterhood were
most gratifying. M. Camille Doucet, perpetual secretary of
the French Academy, in acknowledging the Hon. Secre-
tary’s invitation to the Institute of France to send a dele-
gate to the meeting at Ottawa, said that Dr. Bourinot’s
letter had been received with the most cordial sympathy by
each of the five Academies that constitute that great centre
of universal learning.

The circulation of the Transactions has done much to
make Canada better known at the chief seats of enlighten-
ment in the Old World. ‘Not a week passes, says the re-
port of the Council for 1887, ‘without some evidence being
furnished of the attention that the papers are receiving in
cultivated circles abroad, and requests for the volumes are
constantly at hand from various centres of intelligence to

332 Canadian Record of Science.

which they have not hitherto been sent. Only a fortnight
ago, for instance, the Hon. Secretary received some very in-
teresting volumes from the Imperial University of Japan,
at Tokio, with an expression of the wish that the Transac-
tions should be regularly sent to that institution.” More
than six hundred copies are thus distributed every year,
and that they do not lie unread on dusty shelves is shown
by the best of evidence—the extent to which they are quoted
in works dealing with the themes of which they treat.

Apart from its relations to the centres of learning and re-
search in other lands, and its attractive potency on the
scattered circles of local intellectual effort in the Dominion,
the Royal Society plays a not unimportant réle in connec-
tion with the State. This phase of its usefulness (which has
hardly yet, perhaps, been allotted due significance) was
very clearly illustrated in a paper read by the late Dr.
Alpheus Todd, C.M.G., before the Society not long before
his death. Citing the example of New South Wales, which
was the first of the British Colonies to establish a Royal
Society, he commended the statesmen of that great country
for availing themselves of the co-operation of learned and
capable advisers to advance the public welfare in matters
that lay distinctly apart from the domain of party politics.
In so doing, however, they were simply following the pre-
cedent of the motherland, which had long assigned to the
Royal Society of London certain duties of a scientific nature
which it was peculiarly qualified to discharge. The appli-
cation of the same principle in Canada was a logical sequel
of the formation of such a body. The same subject was
very appositely though indirectly treated by the first Pre-
sident in his second address (1883), wherein he outlined the
progress already achieved mainly through the Geological
and Natural History Survey and the provisions for science
teaching in the Universities. A perceptible stimulus was
given to the scientific movement in Canada, both in its
practical and scientific aspect, by the departure of the Bri-

Royal Society of Canada. 333

tish Association from its narrower early traditions in con-
senting to hold a meeting in Montreal. In that meeting
(1884) members of Canada’s Royal Society took an active
part, and among the subjects which they chose for their
papers there were several which had a distinct relation to
the State—such as those on Standard Time, on Tidal Ob-
servations on Canadian Waters, on our Mineral Resources,
on various branches and details of economic science, and on
questions pertaining to our native races.

But, in reality, it is not occasionally but always that the
Royal Society is, in sympathy, aspiration and the sphere of
its labors, in close relation to the State and the needs of the
country at large. Such relation arises necessarily from the
fact that the membership of the scientific sections is so
largely composed of officers of the scientific departments of
the Government. The head of the Geological Survey and
the principal members of his staff, the Surveyor-General,
the director of the Experimental Farms, the chief Analyst,
the head of the Meteorol»gical Service, the director of State
Telegraphs, the Government Entomologist, more than one
emeritus official of high standing, and the several members
of corresponding services in the provinces—these, with re-
presentatives of the Universities occasionally employed in
public functions, form a sort of State Council on the whole
range of important questions in which scientific knowledge
and experience are essential to the general welfare. An
examination of the contents of the Transactions for any and
every year will, in fine, furnish convincing proof of the alli-
ance between the Royal Society and the State, and of the
benefits which the former renders to the latter.

$34 Canadian Record of Science.
BOOK NOTICES.

Tun Birps or GREpNLAND.'—This work, edited by Montague
Chamberlain, consists of two parts—the first, an annotated list of
the birds of Ivigtut, by A. T. Hagerup, is based upon observations
made at that place during a residence of fifteen months, published
in the Auk, Vol. VI, Nos. 3 and 4. An additional fifteen months’
residence at the same locality has enabled the author to “add con-
siderably ” to his former notes and to correct a few errors that had
crept in.

Much interesting information is given respecting the habits of.
many species, particularly with regard to nesting and migration.
Considerable attention appears to have been given to the vexed
question of the Gyrfalcons, with the result that “as Holboll
and Fencker repeatedly observed mated pairs, one of which was
white (&. islandicus) and the other dark (f-. rusticolus), and as Hol-
boll also fuund light and dark young in the same nest, I conclude
that there is only one species of Gyrfalcon found in Greenland.”
This certainly is strong evidence, but it is weakened by the state-
ment that the light-colored birds breed chiefly in North Greenland,
while the dark birds are chiefly restricted to South Greenland ;
perhaps further observations may show that they are now equally
distributed. The second part, a Catalogue of the Birds of Green-
land, “is based on the works of Holboll, Reinhardt, Alfred Newton *
Ludwig Kumlien and others. Use has also been made of the late
Alfred Bewgon’s collection of birdskins and eggs,” and the author’s
own observations add much to its value. “The Catalogue com-
prises all the birds discovered up to date in that part of Western
Greenland which is settled by the Danes, namely, the country
lying south of 73° N. lat. This is divided at 68° N. lat. into North
Greenland and South Greenland. Of the one hundred and thirty-
nine species here enumerated, one is extinct, and fifty-three are
merely accidental stragglers, while twenty-four others are so rare
that they might be classed with the accidentals, leaving but sixty-one
species that should be recognized as regular inhabitants of Green-
land, and of these several are of quite uncommon occurrence. M.C.”

The whole work forms a convenient handbook, its value being
much enhanced by Mr. Chamberlain’s critical notes, his know-
ledge of our northern forms pre-eminently fitting him for the task.
It will be welcomed by all interested in the avifauna of Greenland.

¥F. B.C.

1The Birds of Greenland. By Andreas T. Hagerup. Translated from the
Danish by Frimann B. Arngrimson. Edited by Montague Chamberlain. Bos-
ton: Little, Brown & Co., 1891.

Proceedings of the Society. 335

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

The fourth monthly meeting was held on Monday evening,
Feb. 23rd, 1891, the President, Dr. Harrington, presiding.

On behalf of the Lecture Committee, Dr. Harrington re-
ported that arrangements for the Somerville course had
been completed, and that the first lecture would be delivered
on the 17th of March, by Mr. J. M. Lemoine of Quebec.

The Curator reported the donation of a female Goshawk
by Mr. E. D. Wurtele, to whom a vote of thanks was
tendered.

The librarian reported the usual exchanges.

The following were elected ordinary members of the
Society :—Mr. James Oxley, Prof. Charles Carus-Wilson
and Prof. John Cox.

Dr. Archibald Campbell, who was about leaving for
Colorado on account of ill health, was elected corresponding
member. .

Sir William Dawson then presented a paper on ‘Some
Interesting Fishes from the Lower St. Lawrence.” This
paper was of a most interesting and instructive nature, and
will be found in full in the present number of the Lecord
It was illustrated by finely prepared specimens, and called
forth many remarks from those present.

Dr. Ruttan also read a paper on “ A form of Apparatus
for Collecting Traces of Suspended Matter in Drinking
Water.” The author exhibited a simple but most efficient
form of apparatus for collecting sediment from drinking
water in process of analysis. The usual vote of thanks was
tendered the authors of these papers.

336 Canadian Record of Science.

The fifth monthly meeting of the Society was held on
Monday, March 30th, 1891, Dr. Harrington presiding.

The routine business having been disposed of, Rev.
Dr. Campbell presented a most interesting paper on “ Wild
Flowers of Great Britain in July and August.” The paper
was illustrated by a large collection of British wild flowers,
which Dr. Campbell presented to the Society as the nucleus
ofa New Herbarium. A hearty vote of thanks was tendered
the author for his paper and his valuable donation.

The sixth monthly meeting of the Society was held on
Monday evening, April 27th, 1891. In the absence of the
President, Mr. J. S. Shearer took the Chair.

The Field Day Committee reported that they recom-
mended Calumet as the place of holding the next annual
excursion in connection with the visit of the Royal Society
of Canada. The report was adopted.

The Curator reported the following donation :—

Golden Wyandotte from Mr. Ulley.

The Librarian reported the usual donations of books,
also fine photographs of Carboniferous Batrachians from the
coal formation of Nova Scotia, and several authors’ reprints
from Sir William Dawson.

Dr. J. M. Stirling then presented a paper on “ Our present
knowledge of the projection of sound in space by the human
ear,” illustrating the same with beautiful diagrams. The
paper culled forth a very valuable and interesting discussion
by the various members.

On suspension of the rules, Mr. R. W. McDougall was
elected an ordinary-member, and Mr. J. F. Hausen a junior

member,

Notes B87

NoTEs.

At a meeting of the Biological Society of Washington, on
February 7, Mr. Charles D. Walcott, of the U.S. Geological
Survey, announced the discovery of vertebrate life in the
Lower Silurian (Ordovician) strata. He stated that “ the
remains were found in a sandstone resting on the pre-
Paleozoic rocks of the eastern front of the Rocky Mountains,
near Canon City, Colorado. They consist of an immense
number of separate plates of placoganoid fishes, and many
fragments of the calcified covering of the notochord of a
form provisionally referred to the Hlasmobranchii. The
accompanying invertebrate fauna has the facies of the
Trenton fauna of New York and the Mississippi valley. It
extends into the superjacent limestone, and at a horizon 180
feet above the fish beds, seventeen out of thirty-three species
that have been distinguished are identical with species
occurring in the Trenton limestone of Wisconsin and New
York. Great interest centres about this discovery from the
fact that we now have some of the ancestors of the great
group of placoderm fishes which appear so suddenly at the
close of the Upper Silurian and the lower portion of the
Devonian groups. It also carries the vertebrate fauna far
back into the Silurian, and indicates that the differentiation
between the invertebrate and vertebrate types probably
occurred in Cambrian time.” Mr. Walcott is preparing a
full description of the stratigraphic section, mode of occur-
rence and character of the invertebrate and vertebrate
faunas, for presentation at the meeting of the Geological
Society of America, in August next.

At the annual general meeting of the Geological Society
of London, held on Feb. 20th last, the Bigsby medal was
awarded to Dr. G. M. Dawson of the Geological Survey of
Canada, Thisis a well deserved honour which Canadians
will fully appreciate.

538 Canadian Record of Science.

Following closely upon the award of the Bigsby medal,
McGill University, through the initiative of its Graduates
Society, has added one more to the list of honorary degrees
worthily bestowed, by conferring upon Dr. G. M. Dawson,
at its last convocation, the degree of Doctor of Laws.

We have just received from Mr, F. J. Hanbury a portrait
sketch, reprinted from the Journal of Botany for December,
1890, of the late James Backhouse. Mr. Backhouse was
chiefly known for his monograph on the British Hieracia,
though his explorations in various parts of Great Britain
and his close and accurate knowledge of the British flora,
gave him great pre-eminence, especially in connection with
the work instituted by his father, James Backhouse sr. Mr.
Backhouse died at West Bank, York, England, on the 31st
August, 1890.

An interesting little pamphlet has recently been placed |
in our hands by Mr. Henry Mott. It is the “ Objects and
Constitution of the Botanical Society of Montreal.” This
Society was organized March 28th, 1855, under the direct
inspiration of Dr. James Barnston. Its officers for the year
1856, embraced such names as those of Sir Wm. Dawson,
Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, J.G. Barnston, Dr. James Barnston and
Rev. Alex. F. Kemp. The Society was short lived, and it
is a matter of regret that it could not have been perpetuated.

The local committee have just issued a little pamphlet
in connection with the forthcoming meeting of the Royal
Society of Canada, which contains much useful and interest-
ing information. The larger part of the publication is de-
voted to the Royal Society itself, its organization and work
up to the present time. There are also articles dealing
with the Zoology and Botany of the immediate vicinity, as
well as information more directly applicable to the imme-
diate requirements of visitors during their sojourn in the
city.

=)
)

H. i E
HS. 159] 8 | | 2
ee - s
| fs s| on fos | ars
Saz| ce | ef | zs :
JN . foes) Se Bo | oe DAY.
S| || SS & q
= PEA) ao Sa | af
aT Gas end lS ——— eee Ek | ——————
Io (ele) 0.04 Tnapp. 0.04 I
10 00 | 0.2 Inapp |0 29) 2
fo} 96 ae weleke 3
SuNDAY. .. 60 | 4 seecereees SUNDAY
7 56 | 5
10 00 Bale || Oyu) 6
Ot 278 S00 Peay Mane 7
| o 93 see rt Say: 8
of oo Boo ae ala 9
eee
| Io o4 SEAR Inapp. | 0.00 | to
|
Sunpbav).. oo ie SOM MOGO)INLL vetlel Aen SUNDAY
OF oO 0.09 0.2 o.1I1 I2
fo) 97 S Deo 13
Ch A ancs 2.7 | 0.20), || 14
| 0 (ero) 2.4 On2in | nS
| o 82 0.2 0.02 | 16
of 32 Inapp.} 0.00 | 17
SUUNIDAW? een fle Oon|in ease Inappe ls O.Ool | x8 aces tient SUNDAY
3 oy | arenecea Inapp. | 0.00 | 19
I 54 te Inapp. | 0.00 | 20
Io Lolo) mere T.4 o.1Ir 21
| 0 oo | 0.81 On2 yy RONg2 122
16 | Inapp. | Inapp. | 0.00 | 23
aie) 00 b0 0.5 0.03 | 24
|
SUNDAY, ..f 16 SoG ihmeyo}9}; |) ©x@i) |) BRZ-cenaneso SUNDAY
facade) 0.2 | 0.02} 26
| Io @p) |) ates 0.2 | 0.02 | 27
| 9 33 Inapp. | 0.00 | 28
aie) 15 i I.0 | 0 29 | 29
6 28 0.06 | 0.06 | 30
4 36 Sc 1.3 | 9.06 | 32
Meee tid | .. | 29-0 1.29 THOME Gor |Sumsineome eee
17 yrs. m{ .. [33.0] 0.87 29.8 | 3.66 \17 years means for and
including, \ including this month.
ee Meee Jee
ind | giving a range of 1.845 inches. Maximum relative
as | humidity was i0U ou 7 days. Minimum relative
Direction! | humidity was 52 on the 26th.
Ml | | Rain fell on 6 days.
aniles +: | Snow fell on 23 days.
Duran eae or nd fern 24 daya:
ain and snow fell on 5 days.
M que | Hoar frost on | day.
UNA Lunar halo 1 night.
Sf Fog on 3 days.
Greatesy, , | _ Norn.—Figures and letters, under wind, in bold
Greates!~ | face type, are from the City Hall record, the mile-
the 28rd. ON | age of which has been multiplied by 1.25 in order

Resultath, to reduce it to the mountain anemometer.

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF JANUARY,1891.

Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
Sky CLoupep E = yan
THERMOMETER. * BAROMBTER. WIND. In TrentHs. 753) € FI S
I Se = — + Mean }{ Means _—______ —_.. — os tere ey ae | arg
pres-_ frelative] Dew Me: { meets 33 =o | oS
DAY. sure of | humid-} point. | General Lata a i) S| See se Ee | 8s DAY.
Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range.J Mean. |§ Max. | § Min. | Range. | V°P°U™ ity. direction. jin miles] 8 | & | & |S” 37 ge | 88
perhour} = | = | = J Fa n | 3
eS ee es is aaee [Eee = = eRe ny te Red heels ae ial
]
I 10-43 | 34.0 | —6.9 40.9 29.9117 | 30.197 29.547 650 .0642 78.6 5.2 S.W.. 13.1 || 10.0 | 10} 10 oo |) 0.04 | Inapp,| 0.04} 1
2 31-37 | 38.5 18.5 20.0 29.4538 | 29.725 29.315 - 410 1638 87.0 27.8 IN. 16.9 | 10.0 | 10 | 10 co | 0.29 Inapp, | 0 29 2
3 6.48 | 19.1 2.0 | 17.1 30.1722 | 30.32 29.940 -389 oO410 2 || =a) SHanoo oc 0.0} 0 ° 96 wanes pee | elle 3
SunDAyY.... a Ch) ac0800 8.0 —4.0 12) |} soccoce || 4sadaod aces || oapos S006 ane bo 60 | ‘A eejsneisins ole Sunpay
5 ¥1.58 | 15.9 6.0 9-9 30.217 - 101 0607 81.8 2 g.0| 10] 7 56 ee 5
6 | 16.37 || 20:2 12.8 7.4 30.154 =I00 0785 85.7 12.8 Ic.0 | 10 || Io 00 | 6
7 | 20.2 25.4 | 15.6 9.8 30.329 +219 0752 69.0 12.0 6 3-7 | 101|| © 78 | 7
8 14 18 BoA || (a) 12.0 30 5738 -160 o602 72.7 72 ey 0.0} of o CEE | wand tt -cods. Mf Go00 8
9 14.27 | 20.0 3-7 16.3 30.572 <319 0713 84.3 10.5 7] 6.7 | 10] o 00 Soo. 1]\sq 9
to | 21.20} 24.9 16.8 8.1 30.272 144 1013 89.7 18.5 -9 || 10.0 | Io } 10 O4 Inapp. | 0.00 | 10
SPY Looe sat&) || oanuen 24.1 14.0 10.1 oon8 hoa 9090 do 13.8 Boe ai6 Ce} 6 Rover |} Ceigtitey I} 9" Gone oon Sunpay
2225725 | egorn 10.6 19.5 -588, T102 84.7 13.8 14.7 8.3] 10] 0 00 0.2) | o.11 || 12
13 | —1.85 It.3 —8.3 19 6 -319 0313 75-3 —8.0 15-5 2,0 | 10} 0 97 scoc || 73}
14 | —2.78 3-7 |—10.5 14.2 +359 0345 go;7 | —5-2 17.9 8.5 | 10 | o 05 2.7 | 0.2 14
15 4-50 17-0 | —4.7 21.7 230 0465 84.0 0.5 19.6 6.7 | 10 || o 00, 2.4 | 0.21 | 15
16 | —6.68 | 10.5 |—-11.9 22.4 +194 0242 75 8 |—12.8 12 4 Oy2))|) xa) 0) 82 0.2 | 0.02 | 16
17 | —1.18 | 13.8 |—15 0 28,8 +383 0372 83.3 J —5.3 4.3 o} 10} 0 3r Inapp. | 0.00 | 17
GURY Fon onoetd || ooonad 20 7 13-4 PR || 02 v000 4 pana 000 Ne N. 27.3 @we) |} 24) s spaoccuns SUNDAY
19 | 13.82] 16.3 11.9 | 4.4 | 30.2300 | 30, 124 84.2 10 N. 14.3 1-7 0.00 | 19
20 | 14.12 | 16.7 10.9, 5.8 30.0992 | 30.195 163 0673 81.8 8 N.E. 8.5 8.5 0.00 | 20
20 19.15 | 22.2 15.8 6.4 29.9555 | 30.029 118 0973 93.5 77] E. 9.8 10.0 0,14 | 21
22 | 30.22 | 35.4 21.7 13.7 } 29.5047 | 29.916 1739 1615 95-5 8 N.E. 15.5 || 10.0 0 92 | 22
23] 3087] 34.9 27.0 7-9 | 29-7532 | 29.999 +543 1288 17-3 7 S.W. 32.6 7:8 9-00) | (23
24 2-13 | 35-1 20.7 5.4 | 30.0220 | 30.052 059 1520 83.5 8 S.W. 16.3 || 10.0 0.03 | 24
SUNDAY..... paces || oonon 32.0 22.8 9.2 sbon || -weore 3000 WV. Tw) |] o000 0.00 | 25 . .SUNDAY
26 6.93 | 26.5 3.0 23.5 116 0398 63.0 N.E. 18.5 8.8 me)
27 (o7Et || te | Fe) 10.5 046 0485 81.5 N.E. 14 4 | 10.0 | 0.
28] 16.88] 23.0 10.7 12.3 -088 0777 83.0 S.W. 7 6 9-8 oO.
29 | 22.62 | 30.1 15.5 14.6 +750 1137 92.3 N.E. 9.0 } 10.0 o
30 || 32.90] 37.0 28.7 8.3 =501 1537 81.2 Wo 27.6 9-3 Oo.
3 | 27.87) 32.1 20.8 11.3 377 1218 79-3 S.W. 14-5 g.0 °.
Means] 15.38 | 22.94 9.06 13.88 307 sooo iq dB | 3-
17 yrs. means for &| 12.00 | 20.57 3.85 16.70 .34r 6.42 3.66 \17 years means for and
including this mo. including this month.

_ 2S NIAVE NGS TONE
|

WIND RECORD.

$.2. &, S.W. N.W. | Calm

Direction....-.- | N.E. BH. W.

Miles 1912 | 2u40 eo Daa 288 ligoorall ccm exe |
Duration in hrs. ellen i al el else | =| eis
Mean velocity....| 16.8 | 13.8 Oy | 13 6 ae | 19.1 [35 Tas | aac,

18.5 |

Greatest mileage in one hour was 53 on the 28rd.| Resultant direction for 28 days, N43? W.
Pas el velocity in gusts, 66 miles per hour on
e 23rd.

b b
Resultant mileage for 28 days, 2140. pwholenmonth

Average mileage, 15.62.

‘Lotal mileage for 28 days, 10,499—equal 11,624 for

* Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | giving a range of 1.845 inches. Maximum relative
temperature of 32° Far. humidity was i0U on 7 days. Minimum relative
| @ Observed. humidity was 52 on the 26th.

+ Pressure of yapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 6 days.

t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Snows te Non ald ays dave:
{| Ten years only.

|
|
| Rain and snow fell on 5 days.
The greatest heat was 38.5 on the 2nd; the }
|
|

Hoar frost on | day.
| greatest cold was 15.0 below zero on the 17th, TRUE Se AEA
giving a vange of temperature of 53.5 degrees. i im Eee ERC TGA OR

F ve 7 Wwe | Norn.—igures and letters, . old
Warmest day was the 24th. Coldest day was the | faee type, are from the City Hall record, the mile-
16th. Highest barometer reading was 30.719 on | age of which has been multiplied by 1.25 in order
| the loth ; iowest barometer was 28.874 on the 12th, | to reduce it to the mountain anemometer.

RY, 1891.

bet. OC. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

L A E
a qi
NTHS. S » 2 a 2 5
eei| =f Sa Zz
| A oy ais ao ao
Dk | 2 fas] ss | ga | ss DAY.
= PRA) a 3.8 A
i] S fo = =| iS
x | = pa mS D | “a
(ee fs
—— TARE (aT || BIG
|
Sunpay: | -- 00 Seal LOu44al|eaxareeiecene res SUNDAY
; by x) 74 I.0 | 0,04 2 |
p fe) 00 0.02 I.4 0.25 3 |
hj oO 96 3 ab 4
| © (ele) Sjots) |) @o sie 5
>| Io (ele) rere 1.8 0.09 6 |
> I 60 O.1 0.01 7
SUNDAY OO} 6. I.7 | 0.17 | 8 «seeseeeee SUNDAY
) | Io 00 | 0.18 53) |] @ashe 9
de vas 5I | 0.07 0.I | 0.08} 10
} ° 95 sh OG oo |) Sm
, fo) 60 oa oo || te
t | 0 36 OO SOO. || eke}
i © g2 wee soon |) 27!
|
Sunpay| | -- Olt Kuigexses aierers ereieiel | sLiS vereiale'slesie(e lor UND ASW:
) | Io fele) 0.08 162 0.22 | 16
) 7 18 agpo O29) |hO. 05) |) £7,
i © 79 | 0.31 0.1 | 0.32 | 18
fo) 100 tes sees seee | 19 |
| | Io 00 es 0.5 | 0.08 | 20 |
} | xo 00 | 0.38 asoo. || @ag3 |) ai |
Sad oe 53 eyelsts Inappe|_O.CoN|p2zueeriite +. sSUNDAY
|| © 47 nae aie 23 :
| | | to 20 | «c.06 sno. || @xels) |) 2%
|| o 00] ©.52 Pee ROn5 Zales
° 85 aie - + | 26
° SE} || Sosbean -+. ) 27
° fefe) ciG00 O.1 0.0r | 28
} |
| = SS SSS SS |
rey : 38.7 | 1.62 nog |) Bat |S Canodosdoocsouc
17 yrs. Hl .» h4t-4] 0.904 224 || 3.07, x7 years means for and
includin | including this month.

— == — — — = — = = = —= |
and | giving a range of 1.500 inches. Maximum relative |
humidity was i0U on the 4th. Minimum relative |

Directio | humidity was 48 on the 14th,
ape, | Rain fell on 8 days.
Miles .- a ; pa
i Snow fell on 15 days.

Duratior Rain or snow fell on 18 days.
ean the Auroras were observed on 3 nights. |

RING etey | Lunar halo on one night.
——_— ees. Lunar corona on one night,

Great(the | Foe on4 days.

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY, 1891.
Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
‘ Sky CLoupepd e
THERMOMETER. * BAROMETER. In Tentas. [S39] 2 q 6
pate = —————— j Mean Jt Mean —— Seal ag Su a3
| pres- jrelativel Dew Eirinl as as |g
DAY. sure of }humid-} point. Goncrm ¥] 2/22 | = 2 BS Ein DAY.
Mean.|} Max. | Min. | Range.J Mean. | § Max. § Min. | Range. | V2POUT- ity. direction. jin miles} S S BAA) (am a7 | 8 EI
perhour| =) | FI ma n &
|
SUNDAV ARIE ll ooono0 32.0 17-2 ¥it3 {| adeoooa |} aasen || osodao |} ocoa0 || coos S00 ana N. 5.1 oo || 5 do 00. 50 | 0.44 I seeees eee SUNDAY
2 2.07 | 18.0 | —2.0 20.0 30.2757 | 30.387 30.107 280 0393 76.5 || —3.0 S.W. 14.2 .o | 10] o 74 bo 0.04] 2
| 3| 20.68) 34.1 I. 33 0 29.5108 | 29.830 29.332 498 1007 80.2 15.8 S.W. 21 8 -7| 10] 0 00 | 0.02 0.25| 3
| 4] —4.50 | 13.2 |—10.5 23.7 30.0775 | 30.446 29.681 765 0285, 79-7 | —9-3 W. 24.6 0] 6| 0 96 0 coca || 2
| 5 | —.62 Ir.9 |—13.0 24.0 30.3972 | 30.495 30.103 392 0353 88.3 7 —5.5 S.E. 12.5 +3 | 20 |/ 0 00 0.11 5
| 6 17.92 | 29.7 | —1.0 30-7 29.9940.) 30.075 29 924 I51I 0957 Ql.7 15.0 S. 11.2 -o | 10 } 10 00 0.09} 6
| 7 | 18.68 | 26.0 14.0 12.0 30.0835 | 30.151 30.018 133 0867 84.8 15.0 N.E. 22.4 7 en | 60 o.or| 7
i)
| SONDAYEARE EEE Biliieeosee 16.5 It.4 Gore | |, adondcollllu'siconca "Ilo Sood ao an ae N. 27.1 A esl lea 00 0.17 | 8 «esesseees SUNDAY
| g| 17-78] 33-5 8.6 24.9 30.0545 | 30.421 20.545 876 0935 88.2 14.8 N.E. 15.0 .0 | 10 | 10 00 0.31] 9
| 10 | 26.32] 36.0 12.4 23.6 29.6790 | 29.972 29.485 487 1142 73-8 19.5 S.W. 28.9 47 | 10) x 51 0.08 | 10
| 11 9.32 | 34.4 3.5 10.9 30.2455 | 30.297 30.153 I44 0463 79.5 1.7 S.W. 17-7. o| 10] 0 95 Pale
12 | 21.78] 30.6 8.4 22.2 30 ITI5 30.257 g0-oxr 246 0878 74.0 15.0 S. 12.5 .0 | 10} o 60 12
13| 12.97] 26.5 1.7 24.8 30 1945 | 39.362 30.061 gor 0577 7o.o 5.0 N. 15.3 .0 | 10] o 36 13
14 | —0.48 4.0 | —6.9 10.9 30.6132 | 30.725 30-445 280 0248 60.0 J—11.7 W. 8.2 aa || 3 |} © g2 900 ago 14
| SUNDAY........ GB || coon . | 24.5 | —7.9 Px! || 06 oco0 |] coven S000 200 6400 S.E. 13.3 66 @2]) — oxce o000 «sense eee eSUNDAY,
| 16 | 35-52 | 40.0 23.9 16.1 29.6102 | 29.673 118 -1927 92.3 33-3 S.W. 15.5 -0 | Io | 10 00 | 0.08 1.2
| 17 | 17-55] 32-7 14.9 16,8 29.7448 | 29.815 268 .0748 77-2 II.5 N.E. 15.0 -5 | 10] 7 18 0.3
18 22.50| 34.5 14.5 20.0 29.7327 | 30-174 816 0863 69.5 13.8 S.W. 28.2 || ll © 719 O.r
| re) || SHO || ot 7-0 8.1 30.4972 | 30.569 261 0432 60.7 | —o.2 S.W. 12.5 -0} 0] Of 100 pong
20 | 11.47 | 22.6 0.0 22.6 30.2583 | 30.553 576 .0672 85.3 ET K. 10.9 .0 | Io | Io 09 0.5
21 | 34.00] 378 21.8 16.0 29.6088 | 29.768 237, -1768 89.8 31.2 Ss. 15.0 -0 | Io | 10 00 | 0.38 Bone
SPS non cock || opose 34.8 8.9 AXde) || encoaca scoode. ||P sobdo0. iI) "-aano ul \naenad Se ooo S.W. 25.2 od || oo 53 teseeees sSUNDAY
23| 12.05 | 20.3 2.1 18.2 } 30.4112 | 30.557 363 10542 70.3 3-7 S.E. 6.4 to] o 47
| 24 | 30 43| 390 11.8 27.2 29.9843 | 30.197 Epes 1477 84.2 25.7 5. 21'9 Io | 10 20
25 41.43 45-2 37-5 27 29.3513 29.571 347 +2382 90.5 38.8 8: 27 7. Io} 0 00
26 25.80 37-5 22.5 15.0 29 5092 29.668 172 .0948 67.3 16.5 S.W. 20.5 10 ° 85
27 | 16.85 | 23.0 12.5 10.5 29.8388 | 30.139 506 0588 62.8 6.5 W. 18.5 io] 0 53 oe
28 18.20 26.2 8.2 18.0 30.1485 30.260 227 .0808 78.0 12.7) 5s. 17-5 10 ° 00 oO.1
|
|
Means 19-11} 29.9984 77- II. 4 38.7 | 1.62 18.7 | 3.14
17 yrs. means for & 17.27} 30.0389 73.5 T4r-4] 0.94 22.4 | 3.07 |17 years means for and
including this mo. ee of Nacsa APC ISL Dee Bye a all including this month.
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. | * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | giving a range of 1.500 inches. Maximum relative
| +r Titae aaah | (MDNR REICSENAT | RNa ENG | ESSN IGT emt | Comperature of 322)\Nar: humidity was i0U on the 4th. Minimum relative
Direction. ...--- N. N.E. E. $8.0. Ss. S.W. Ww. N.W. | Calm § Observed. humidity was 48 on the 14th,
Sa |e lease aaa essay | Ine + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 8 days.
iles. 8 68 8 aa : . YS.
Miles pereee 2 Fs) Eas Bee pers 2e oes eal | {Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Snow fell on 15 days.
Durationinhrs..| 50 66 4r 77. 122 186 97 20 13 | Ten years only. Rain or snow fell on 18 days.
eye aT eS al ee eet ee ae ' Pala | The greatest heat was 45.2 on the 25th; the Auroras were observed on 3 night!
5 : ; : 3 | g ft ghts.
Mean velocity....| 20.4 12.3 17.4 14.2 27-9 are | 17.4 9-4 | greatest cold was 13.0 below zero on the 5th, iinaahalotontonepai iis
—_——_—_—_—— == — = ——_—-—— -—_—__ giving a range of temperature of 58.2 degrees. Lunar corona on one night,
Greatest mileage in one hour was 45 on the 18th. een Ne, W. | Warmest day was the 25th. Coldest day was the! og on4 days.
Greatest velocity in gusts, 58 miles per hour on ‘Totallmileage, 11,636, 2 | 4th. Highest barometer reading was 30.725 on
the 18th. Y Average mileage, in miles per hour, 17.3. the 14th ; lowest barometer was 29.225 on the 25th,

, 1891. |
. |
et. C.H. McLEOD, Superintendent. |
YUDED S
ae — q
THS. 2 © z i A zs
Sig) 29 =
Pay Gc ao ao ue |
DAY | 2 (225! Be $3 aS DAY.
= PERO) “a7 cn | s A
= |, iam io) 3
[aa
SUNDAY. -|- -- eB oa0 I seeeeeesee SUNDAY
fo) 7 ake 2
for} ed) fe G5) O00 3
o | 10 J oo Orr | Os670 10 4
lo | 10 (ole) 0.2 | 0.03 5
io} of 89 S06 6
©) of} 89 7
SuNDav “4 72 so 8 .eee.ve0se SUNDAY
Bae) tele} I.41 | x 41 9
C ° 5? 0.20 I.9 | 0.39] Io
fo} 81 00 ee It
pC Oo 00 0.30 oe 0.30 12
Io J 00 0.29 96 |i) Qoeseye| 5}
p | Io 03 za 0.8 | 0.04 | 14
SUNDAY..J: | -- 93 | acess 5860 § |) doos |) 35 cocconpcod spy ny
: b fo) 52 Ne 0.8 | 0.08 | 16 |
p | of 98 ts os soll?
pb | 10 | oo A 3-5 | 0.26 | 18 |
of 96 ee ne salle |
P fe) 13 | Inapp. steiste 0.00 | 20 |
8} 05 0.19 | Inapp.| 0.19 | 21
SuUNDAY,.|- | -- 3L 0.12 soho |.Cb2'l| £2) cunooo .. »SUNDAY
9 31 Inapp. on 0.00 | 23
of 31 0.14 venposray P24
fo) 95 tee 25
fo) Oy) 9) dosace 26
of 97 Ba 27
of 57 Inapp. | 0.00 | 28
| |
SuNDAY..|- 2 ai le2Oieaiereterels +» SUNDAY
o sou eh Ee |
of 86 oe soon |) a
hee SM sol (sviae) |v hs 16.3 | 3.92 SUMS eqageAcsosagace
17 yrs. meq: 46.5 0.96 25.0 | 3.44 x2 years means for and
including { including this month.
and | giving a range of 1.541 inches. Maximum relative
humidity was 99 on the 4th. Minimum relative
Direction | humidity was 36 on the 29th.
| Rain fell on 9 days.
| Snow fell on 8 days.
Rain or snow fell on 15 days.
;, the Auroras were observed on 2 nights.
2nd, | Hoar frost on 2 days.
| Solar halo on 1 day,
Lunar halo on 3 night.
Fog on 2 days.

Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada.

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH, 1891.

Height above sea level, 187 feet.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

Sky O.oupEpD

THERMOMETER. * BAROMETER. WIND. In Teytus. [3.35] 8 q E
————— ———_— J ——— + Mean }f Mean — Po Svell a fa || EES
pres-_ jrelativ ai a3 ag as
ive K u b e c=
pay vapour, [ay [pone | General |relocity 4/ close] BE | EE | as paxs
Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range.| Mean. | § Max. § Min. Range. : y- direction. |in miles & S 5a) a ao gal
a Ty x an ia
A all G
SuNDAY........ bl ons 14.4 2.0 12.4 suncae6 |] —seeoe oc ovo || coors 99 Bones &% ooacoo0 --»So)
2 5-53 | 10.8 | —2.r 12.9 30.5788 | 30.659 30.478 «181 io] of 78 5 2 Soy
3 16.33 | 25.0 4.0 | 210 30.3410 | 30.481 30.137 344 to| of 45 biaoe 3
4 19.42 24.3 14.8 9.5 29.9103 | 30.080 29.820 260 1o | 10 oo 9.1 4
5 19.32 | 26.5 13.0 13.5 30.0188 | 30.155 29 905 250 to | 10 00 0.2 5
6 18.30 | 22.5 10.9 11.6 go 1712 30.256 30.102 154 io] o 89 9000 6
7 20.75 | 26.9 15.1 11.8 30.2003 | 30.229 30.182 +047 to | of 89 7
SUNDAY ....... 8 |] sooone || Adae) 13.0 746) || oonccon'|| oosesa |) oogaar ars 10.7 se |. 72 600 . aes | 8 .000..0...SUNDAY
9| 33 67] 39.9 | 20-8 | 19.1 | 29.9150] 30.092 29.743 349 S.E. 13.1 to | x0} oo | x.4r +) | a4r | 9
10 30.60 36.0 26.9 g.1 30.0573 30.245 29.794 ~451 Wie 24.7 Io} o 52 .20 dl 0.39 | 10
II 35.32 | 42.2 25.7 16.5 jo 1988 | 39.282 30.145 +137 ) 21.0 io| of 84 nee 0G aon || 768
12 37-02 39.9 35-7 353 30.0598 go.158 30.027 131 Ss. 20.2 10 o 00 0.30 a 0.30 | 12
13 | 37-40 | 40.9 32-5 8.4 } 29.5005 | 29.988 29.118 870 RE. 19 4 10 | 10} 00 | 0.29 ss | 0.29 | 13
14 | 24.05 | 33-1 17-5 15.6 29.5273 | 29-916 29.251 - 665, S.W. 39-7 Io | 10 f 03 @.8 | 0.04 | 14
SUNDAY........15 | «sees + | 29.0 10.6 TELA || a0 G000 || veasaa |] cone F ooo || oa000 S.W. 20.3 |... 2p |) © 93 TS cesaeee +. SUNDAY
16 | 23.13 | 33.0 8.5 24.5 29.9210 | 30.187 29-755 432 W. 26.0 4-7 | 10] of 52 16
17 14.10 | 22.0 3.8 18,2 30.2278 | 30.324 30.126 -198 S.W. 18.7 ae to | of o8 17
18 22.90 27.6 17.8 9.8 29.9730 30.064 29.894 170 S.E. 8.5 10. Io | 10 J oo 18
1g | 19.28) 25.1 5.0 20.1 30.3767 | 30.446 30.246 200 N. 16.5 o. o| of 96 19
20] 19.42] 320 3.0 | 29.0 | 30.2923 | 30.363 30-243 120 N.E. 8.5 | 6.7} 10] of 18 20
2x | 31-05 | 35.0 22.8 12.2 30.0778 | 30.247 29.883 364 N.E. 16.3 ] 10.0| 10] 8] 05 21
STURDY spanonds || osouo 42.0 33-7 834) || cosooon |] oo0008 enon c00a =|] dans. N.E. 771) || cavo |} ob 3r ZB so00000 . -SUNDaY
23 | 41.02 | 47.8 34.6 13.2 30.0455 | 30.069 30.024 045 N.E. 12.2 9-7| 10] of 3r 23
24 | 37 43 | 42-9 31.9 11,0 30.1768 | 30.218 30.128 090 S.W. 17.8 7-8] 10] of 32 24
25 | 26.90] 33.0 21.8 1.2 30.3057 | 30.368 30.262 106 W. 16.1 1.3] 8] of 95 25
26| 21.30| 270 13-9 13.1 30.4588 | 30.516 30. 420 087 S.W. 8.4 1.8] 10] of 98 26
27 | 27-63 | 36.0 17.8 18.2 30.3030 | 30.451 30-147 +304 N.E. 5-7 0.0/ 0} of 97 27
28 35-45 38.5 29.6 8.9 30.0285 : N- “4 5.3 ° 57 28
34.8 I4.2 Gagoss| |) angopoml|| octal h dongs | Waumccate N. AQ Mer fetrktOUND ASG
27.6 12.4 30.1968 N.
23-7 16.3 } 30-1155 N.E.
18.41 14.18} 30.1157 16.3 3-92
17 yrs. means for &) 23.99 | 31.22 | 16.30 14.92] 29.9671 25.0 | 3-44 |17 years means for and
including this mo. | including this month.
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | giving a range of 1.541 inches. Maximum relative
) | temperature of 32° Far. humidity was 99 on the 4th. Minimum relative
Direction... N. | N.-E. B.* | SE. Ss. SW. | W. | N.W. | Calm § Observed. humidity was 36 on the 29th.
Sale ane rapeesaeaet |e pveeoae Bae + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 9 days
1412 2142 6 67 108, 2546 2. aan rs rt : Mab
MES EE EZEAE ea u stl fae aE y See t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Snow fell on 8 days.
97 179 53 52 57 119 120 36 3r 1 Ten years only. Rain or snow fell on 15 days.
———— ee | ee | eee _—— a | 7 3
Mean velocity....} 14.6 12.0 13.1 12.9 19.1 21.4 21.3 13.7 The greatest heat was 49.0 on the 29th; the Auroras were observed on 2 nights.

the 14th.

Greatest mileage in one hour was 52 on the 14th.
Greatest velocity in gusts, 66 miles per hour on

Resultant mileage, 2020."
Resultant direction, S. 87°.5 W.
Total mileage, 11,602.

greatest cold was 2.1 below zero on the 2nd,
giving a range of temperature of 51.1 degrees.
Warmest day was the 29th. Coldest day was the
2nd. Highest barometer reading was 30.659 on

the 2nd ; lowest barometer was 29.118 on the 13th,

Hoar frost on 2 days.
Solar halo on 1 day,
Lunar halo on 3 night.

Fog on 2 days.

THE

Cee DEAN aid Oils.)

OF SCIENCE.

VOL. IV. JULY, 1891. NO. 7.

On a NEw HORIZON IN THE St. JOHN GROUP.
By G. F. Marruew, M.A., F.R.S.C.

Read at Meeting of the Natural History Society of New Brunswick, 5th
October, 1891.

Among fossils which are considered to be of special im-
portance in determining the age of Cambrian strata, none
are thought to be of greater value than that curious net-
like organism called Dictyonema flabelliforme.

Most of the continental geologists regard the beds which
contain this fossil as the highest which should come under
the name of Cambrian, as distinguished from Ordovician or
Lower Silurian, because at these beds there is an important
palceontological break which we now know to be only local
for the Atlantic region, but which seems in Europe to be of
unusual importance.’

In Great Britain, however, another set of beds, the
Tremadoc slates are included in the Cambrian rocks. This
group contains many Cambrian types, occurs in the original
Cambrian area, and for these reasons is attached to the
Cambrian system. The next system begins with the Arenig
group in which the true graptolites come in in strength and
variety.

1 Prof. G Lindstrém asserts that in Sweden not a single species passes this
limit.

8

340 Canadian Record of Science.

Dictyonema flabelliforme bad been sought for in the black
shales of Division 3 (Bretonian) unsuccessfully until this
year. Films, probably due to this fossil had been met with,
but they were too much distorted and obscured by slaty
cleavage to be with safety referred to it. Now, however,
the presence of this fossil is undoubted, and serves to add
another to the known paleontological horizons of the St.
John group.

Mr. G. Stead, whom the writer had sent to search for the
Tremadoc fauna on Navy Island, in St. John harbour, found
Dictyonemain the ledges at the west end of the island.
Subsequent examinations resulted in the discovery of fine
examples of the fossil, and showed that it occurs at intervals
through a considerable thickness of beds. Judging from the
position at which Dictyonema was found, it is probable that
the Tremadoc fauna is not on the island, but to the north of
it in the channel of the river St. John.

The history of this Dictyonema is interesting, as showing
through how many successive phases of increasing aceuracy
the knowledge of an extinct organism may pass. The
original describer of the species evidently thought it
related to the sea-fans as he called it a Gorgonia. The
rising, branching and spreading hydrosome, with its sub-
parallel, occasionally forking branches, would seem to
favour this reference of the species. The branches too, are
covered with mirute pores, or what appear to be such, and
thus in another respect the species resembles the sea-fans.

But EHichwald could not have discovered that he was
dealing with a hollow cup or bell, and not a fan-like ex-
panded organism, or he would scarcely have applied the
specific name by which he designated the fossil.

Still further from a correct understanding of the nature
of this fossil, were Goeppert and Unger, who thought it to
be a plant of some kind. These men were palcobotanists,
and so less prepared to look for analogies to the fossil in the
animal kingdom.

It is now generally admitted that the fossil described by
the late J. W. Salter as Dictyonema sociale is identical with

New Horizon in St. John Group. 341

D. flabelliforme. Mr. Salter fully understood the cup-like
form of the species which he described and its relation to
the graptolites, and his name well expresses the multitudes
of these delicate organisms which are exposed in breaking
open layers of the Dictyonema shale.

For along time the idea prevailed that this organism was
rooted in the mud and grew on the sea bottom. One author
speaks of the lower part of the hydrosome as a kind of cage
buried in the mud, which supported the cup in an upright
position, but it does not seem at all clear that Dictyonema
was in any way thus attached. The sicula or initial point
is altogether too small and slight to give support to the
structure growing from it, and the living cells begin im-
mediately above the sicula, and therefore, it is improbable
that the lower part of the hydrosome was buried in the
mud. Dictyonema seems rather to have been a free
organism, floating in the ocean, and perhaps capable of
moving by means of ciliz or fleshy appendages which have
not been preserved.

Dictyonema began life as a Bryograptus, if we may judge
by the appearance ofthe hydrosome, which did not develop
connecting threads on the primary branches, and usually
not until the growth of the secondary branches was com-
pleted. Then gradually and more numerously as ans
hydrosome grew, the cross threads appeared.

It isin keeping with this that Dictyonema was not the
first form of the Graptolite family that appeared. Beside a
few poorly preserved forms of the Lower Cambrian rocks,
there were in Sweden and Acadia two genera of graptolites
which either preceded it or appeared with it; these are
Trichograptus or Clonograptus, and Bryograptus.

G. Linnarsson discovered a graptolite in West Gotland,
which he referred to Dichograptus. It is a small, slender
form with distant cells, which, by H. A. Nicholson, has
peen referred to Trichograptus, and by O. Hermann to
Clonograptus. The species was found with the trilobite
Spherophthalmus alatus, and therefore, should be older than
the Dictyonema schists.

342 Canadian Record of Science.

Charles Lapworth in many places in his “ Geological
distribution of the Rhabdopora,” recognized Bryograptus as
older than the Dictyonema shale,’ but Dr. W. C. Brégger
disputes this, and says that in Scandinavia that genus
appeared above the Dictyonema beds. He cites threespecies
which appeared very soon after Dictyonema, and one of
these is referred by Hermann to Trichograptus.

Our observations in the St. John basin favour Lap-
worth’s views, as we find a Bryograptus mingled with the
earliest examples of Dictyonema, and below the proper
Dictyonema beds.

Dictyonema flabelliforme ranges through a greater thick-
ness of beds in Acadia than it does in Sweden or Norway,
and perhaps for this reason, has a greater variety af
Brachiopods and Trilobites associated with it than are
found in these countries, or indeed any where else. In-
cluded in the beds where Dictyonema is found, there are
trilobites belonging to Angelin’s genus Leptoplastus and
to Agnostus. Parabolina cf heres Brigg, and Protopetura cf
acanthura, Ang., also occur, and as the fossil is found about
fifty feet lower down than the bed where these trilobites
occur, it may even reach the zone of Parabolina spinulosa,
Wahl. But the Dictyonema of these lower layers is a bushy
form like var. confertum of Sweden.

Only one trilobite is mentioned as occurring in Sweden
in the Dictyonema beds. This is Angelin’s species Acerocorne
ecorné, a species resembling Peltura scarabeoides, but posses-
sing a pygidium devoid of spines. J. C. Moberg has thrown
doubt on the occurrence of even this one trilobite in the
Dictyonema beds. He mentions that it is said to have been
found at Sandby in Scania where Protopeltura acanthura
occurs, and it is thus possibly with fossils somewhat older
than the true Dictyonema beds. Further, it may be added
that Linnarsson says the Dictyonema beds in Scania contain
(beside their characteristic fossil) a species of Dichograptus
in great numbers, and that in that province a “ transition

1 Dic. Silurischen Etagen 2 und 3, p. 37.

New Horizon in St. John Group. 343

might occur between the Olenus schists and the Dictyonema
schists.” The conditions in Scania appear to correspond
with those in Acadia, as the trilobites of the “‘ Upper Olenus
Beds,” (Div. 3a. and b. of the St. John Group), are mingled
with Dictyonema. But on the other hand, the upper or
typical Dictyonema beds (Div. 3c.) at St. John, have so far
yielded no trilobite

Dictyonema also has associated with it at St. John,
several species of Brachiopods,—an Obolus somewhat like
O. Apollonis, Hichw, also an Obolella, a Linnarssonia like L.
misera, Bill; and a Lingula or Linguella.

Dictyonema lived long enough in the St. John basin to
develop considerable differences in the appearance and
structure of the hydrosome. We recognize two varieties
which are probably the same with those mentioned by Dr.
Brégger as existing in Scandinavia, and we also observe
that the variety most common in Acadia differs from the
type in’ having more numerous, because more closely
set hydrothece. The variety Norvegicum characterised by
heavy cross-bars has changed from the type in the direction
of D. quadrangularis Hall, of the Levis shales, and the
special Acadian variety in the direction of Sir J. W.
Dawson’s species D. delicatulum of the same shales. The
former variety is known to occur in the St. John basin at
the Arenig horizon (Div. 3d.), but the latter though known
at Quebec, has not been found here.

Including the Dictyonema beds we now have in the
third or Bretonian division of the St. John group the fol-
lowing well characterized horizons :—

a. Zone of Parabolina spinulosa (formerly described as
Zone of Leptoplastus stenotoides).

b. Zone of Peltura scarabeoides, contains also Dictyonema
flabelliforme.

c. Zone of Dictyonema flabelliforme, typical development
of the species.

?. Several hundred feet, fauna unknown.

d. Lone of Dichograptus Logani and Tetr agraptus, 4
branchiatus, &c.

344 Canadian Record of Science.

On SomE GRANITES FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA AND
THE ADJACENT Parts oF ALASKA AND
THE YUKON DISTRICT.

By Frank D. Apams, Lecturer in Geology, McGill University.

Some three yearsago, when on the staff of the Geological
Survey of Canada, the writer was requested by Dr. G. M,
Dawson, to examine a series of rock specimens collected by
that gentleman and his assistants, Messrs. McConnell and
Ogilvy, during their explorations in the Yukon Districts
and Northern British Columbia in 1887. The results of
this examination were published as an appendix to Dr.
Dawson’s Report on the Yukon District.!

The rocks examined were, for the most part granites,
but included also, diabase porphyrites, diabase tuffs and
other rocks, which, however, were normal in character,
and possessed of no features which here deserve especial
mention or further description.

Among the granites, however, there were three which
were rather remarkable and seemed to be worthy of a
more extended study than it was at that time possible to
make. I have accordingly, through the kindness of Dr.
Dawson, re-examined the hand specimens, and with the aid
of additional thin sections have made a more detailed study
of the rocks in question.

Granite from Wrangell Island, Alaska.—The first of these
rocks is a rather fine grained grey granite from Wrangell
Island, Alaska. In Dr. Dawson’s Report it is referred to as
follows: ‘The rocks along the west shore of Wrangell
Island, in the vicinity of the town and harbor, are chiefly
black flaggy argillites, remarkably uniform and regular
in their bedding and with a westward dip. ‘They are con-
siderably indurated and contain small staurolite crystals
in some layers, while on the surface of others crystals

1 Appendix V. Notes on the Lithological Character of some rocks collected in

the Yukon District and adjacent Northern parts of British Columbia, by Frank
D. Adams. Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Canada 1887.

Granites from British Columbia, ete. 345

of mica have been developed. Similar rocks are found
on other parts of the coast, both in the north and south,
and from a lithological point of view, they much resem-
ble the Triassic argillites of the Queen Charlotte Islands,
though no fossils are found at this place. The ridge
behind the town of Wrangell is chiefly composed of rather
fine grained grey granite, which is probably intrusive and
may have been the cause of the incipient crystallization
observed in the argillites. The north part of the island is
formed of a similar granite, probably a continuation of the
same mass.” Dr. Dawson informs me that the granites all
through this district seem to be more recent than the slates
and that he regards the mass in question as almost certainly
of eruptive origin.

The hand specimen when examined seems to show a
very indistinct tendency towards parallelism of mica
individuals, and when thin sections are examined there is
evidence in the somewhat uneven extinction of the quartz
grains as well as in the twisting of the biotite, that the
rock has been submitted to pressure. It is composed essen-
tially of quartz, orthoclase, plagioclase and biotite, with
epidote, allanite, garnet, sphene, zircon and apatite, as
accessory constituents. The essential constituents show
nothing especially deserving of mention. The feldspars
are generally fresh and frequently show a beautiful zonal
structure due to growth-rings. Occasionally a distinct bor-
der with well marked granophyre structure is seen about
a portion of a feldspar individual. The garnet, of which a
few grains are present in most of the sections, is light
brown in colour. The interest of the rock centres in the
epidote with its associated allanite.

The epidote is present in considerable amount and is
generally associated with the biotite. It is colourless and
has rather a high index of refraction, occurring in prisms
elongated, parallel to the } axis with a perfect cleavage
parallel to the length. Hxamined in convergent light
between crossed nicols it is seen to be biaxial, the plane of
the optic axes in all cases being at right angles to the

346 Canadian Record of Science.

length of the prism. In some instances the double refraction
is sufficiently strong to give-rise to the greenish-yellow,
yellow and pink colours usually seen in thin sections ofthis
mineral, but in others, and almost invariably in very thin
sections the mineral shows the deep blue interference
colours characteristic of Zoisite. It was thought at first
that both minerals were present, but a more careful study
of the slides showed that the blue colour was given by
thinner parts of individuals which elsewhere polarize in
yellow tints, the blue colour appearing as border around the
little bays or cavities in the crystals to be described further
on, and where, therefore, the epidote was thinner than else-
where. Since, however, normal epidote has a sufficiently
strong double refraction to give brilliant yellow interference
colours even in the thinnest sections ordinarily attainable,
it is probable that this is a variety poor in iron, and thus
approaching Zoisite in composition, these two minerals
being dimorphic, their formula being identical, except
that in epidote a portion of the alumina is generally replaced
by ferric oxide. The absence of the usual pleochroism in
the mineral points to the same conclusion.

Associated with some but by no means with all of these
crystals of epidote are little individuals of allanite. These
are sometimes very small and of a more or less irregular
shape, but frequently have a good crystalline form consisting
of a prism elongated in the direction of the 6 axis and gen-
erally having what are probably pyramidal terminations at
one extremity. The plane of the optic axis is at right
angles to the longer axis of these crystals. It has a high
index of refraction, possesses a distinct zonal structure and
is pleochroic, the colours being as follows :—

a—Light yellowish brown.
b—Purplish brown.
r—Pale yellowish brown.
The light passing through the crystals parallel to g is of
nearly the same colour as that passing through parallel to
gr. The colour is not so intense as is usual in allanite, al-

Granites from British Columbia, etc. 347

though this may be due in part to the fact that these
crystals are very small.

In two or three cases twin crystals of allanite were found.
the twinning line probably being «Po, in one case extine-
tions of 23° and 27° respectively on either side of the
twinning line were observed, but none of the crystals were
cut quite parallel to the clinopinacoid. The epidote, when
associated with these allanites, has crystallized around
them, sometimes enveloping them completely, but at other
times only partially, forming what is generally a very
irrevular border. The allanite and epidote are probably
intergrown in parallel position, but no section was found
so cut that this could be actually proved. The mode of
occurrence of these two minerals is seen in the accompany-
ing cut (Fig. 1) in the upper left hand division, the epidote
being represented .in outline, while the allanite is black.
This association of epidote and allanite has already been
described from a number of localities.’

The epidote is remarkable, not only as occurring in very
considerable amount in the granite, but also from its mode
of occurrence. It is evident at the first glance that it does
not result from the decomposition of the plagioclase or
other constituents of the rock, as is frequently the case in
much decomposed igneous rocks, since it occurs in large
well defined crystals, these however seldom have a
perfect form but possess a very peculiar eaten or corroded
appearance, being traversed by little irregular canals and
arms of another colourless mineral with much lower index of
refraction. These arms are in many cases, too small to enable
their character to be determined, but on careful examina-

1 Becker, Ewald.—‘‘ Ueber das Mineralvorkommen im Granit von Striegau,
insbesondere fiber den Orthorlas und dunkelgriinen Epidote.’’—Breslau.

Hobbs, W- H.—‘*‘ Ueber die Verwachsung von Allanite (Orthit) und Epidote in
Gesteinen.’’—Tschermak’s Min. and Pet. Mitt., 1889, i., also Johns Hopkins
Universi ty Circular, April, 1888.

Lacroix, A. —‘‘ Contributions 4 l’etude des Gneiss A Pyroxene et des roches 3
Wernerite.’’ Bull. Soc. Min., France, April, 1889.

Tornebohm, A. E.—*‘ Mikroskopiska Bergartstudier XII.,Epidot gneiss,’’ Geol.
For. i., Stock Forh. No. 75, 1882.

348 Canadian Record of Science.

tion it is found that they are for the most part quartz, in
fact arms of quartz can in many places be seen running
into the epidote crystals from adjacent quartz grains, the
arm and the external portion of the grain belonging to the
same individual. In other places, however, these little arms
were found to consist of plagioclase and to be continuous
with the plagioclase associated with the epidote in the same
manner as in the case of the quartz described above, prob-
ably some of them may also be orthoclase. Three of these
epidote crystals are represented in outline in Fig. 1, (Nos.
i, li, ii). They were drawn with theaid ofa camera lucida
from epidote crystals occurring in the sections of the
Wrangell Island granite. In the second one (No. ii), how-
ever, it was found to be impossible to show all the inclusions
and little arms, only the largest and best defined being
represented, while a number of smaller ones are omitted.

FicuRb 1.

i.—Epidote, enclosing Allanite in Granite from Wrangell Island.
iv, v, vi.—Single individuals of Muscovite in Granite from Pelly
River.

Granites from British Columbia, etc. 349

The mode of occurrence is exactly the same as that des-
cribed by Dr. Geo. H. Williams in the case of the epidote oc-
curring in the Mica Diorite from Stony Point on the Hud-
son River (American Journal of Science, June, 1888). The
nearest analogy to it observed in other rocks, is the struc-
ture of the garnets.in many garnetiferous gneisses. In
the garnetiferous gneisses of the Laurentian System which
I have had an opportunity of examining in thin sections,
the garnets, although sometimes forming compact indi-
viduals, in other specimens have a structure closely
resembling, and often apparently identical with that above
described. This structure in gneisses and in the granite
under consideration, does not seem to be due to the eating
away or partial solution of crystals which originally had
a perfect form, as in the quartz phenocrysts of quartz
porphyries, where fragments of what were evidently once
quartz crystals which have been eaten apart, can often be
found lying near each other having lost their common
orientation, nor are the bays which run into the epidote
always or generally large and well defined like the arms of
the groundmass in the quartz phenocrysts in question, but
on the contrary, they are generally long, slender curving
arms and little irregular canals, and are frequently found
closed at the outer end, forming cavities which then appar-
ently become filled up, leaving finally one or more minute
inclusions or little points of the quartz or feldspar com-
pletely isolated in the epidote individual. In other grains
these have apparently also disappeared, and a crystal free
from all inclusions is the result. The epidote, like the
garnets in the gneiss, presents the appearance rather of
having grown into the surrounding minerals by first send-
ing out little arm like extensions of its substance which
subsequently meet one another, in this way including some
of the foreign mineral which may or may not finally dis-
appear. The few grains of garnet which as above men-
tioned, occur in sections of the Wrangell. Island granite
have this same structure.

Where an allanite crystal is enclosed in the epidote this

350 Canadian Record of Science.

irregularity in structure does not extend to the allanite.
The latter has the appearance of a primary mineral, around
which the epidote would naturally tend to crystalize, if any
were developed in the rock, the two minerals being
isomorphous.

As it was necessary to carry as little weight as possible
over the long stretches of country traversed by the Yukon
expedition, only single hand specimens of each rock were
collected, and the description given above is that of the
single specimen of this Wrangell granite collected by the
party. The only other specimen which I could obtain
from Fort Wrangell was one kindly given to me by Mr. R.
G. McConnell of the Geological Survey of Canada, which was
collected by him from the slopes of the hill behind Fort
Wrangell some years previously, and which proves to be a
fine grained Muscovite Granite or Aplite. It occurs associated
with the argillites, probably in the form of adyke. The
occurrence of this rock in the vicinity would also point to a
probable eruptive origin for the granite above described.
The rock is a typical Aplite being composed of quartz,
orthoclase, plagioclase, and a large amount of muscovite.
The muscovite is quite normal in its mode of occurrence,
and shows no signs of the fretted or indented outline
possessed by muscovite in the Pelly River granite to be
described further on. It occasionally holds little bunches
of black rutile needles, sometimes geniculated twins, and
associated with these in the muscovite, a few stout little
crystals were observed having a very high index of refrac-
tion and well defined crystalline form—acute double pyra-
mids truncated by basal planes. These are probably an-
atase. A few grains of topaz are also present.

Granite from Pelly River, Yukon District.—The second
. rock, unlike that just described, was collected in the interior
of the Yukon District, being found on the upper Pelly
River near to its confluence with the Lewes River. The
specimen is marked “61,” the exact point from which
it was taken being indicated on Dr. G. M. Dawson’s “ Map
of the Yukon District and British Columbia,’ Sheet 3.

Granites from British Columbia, etc. 351

In his report, Dr. Dawson refers to this granite as follows:
(p. 132).

‘‘Nine miles above the confluence, by the course of the
river, a great mass of impure serpentine comes out on the
bank, and six miles and a half above the same place, grey
granite of the usual character is again met with and appears
to constitute the hills to the east of the river for the
remaining few miles of its course.” It is a grey muscovite
biotite granite of miduum grain. There is a barely percep.
tible parallelism visible in the arrangement of the constit-
uents, so that it might possibly be termed a granitic
gneiss. It consists of the following minerals, quartz, ortho-
clase, microcline, plagioclase, muscovite, biotite, epidote,
garnet, calcite, sphene and pyrite. The quartz and ortho-
clase constitute a large proportion of the rock, while the
plagioclase, micas and other constituents are less abundant.
The quartz and feldspar are sometimes broken and
show uneven extinction, in fact the rock seems to have
been considerably crushed, but I can see no evidence of
anything like complete re-crystallization. The biotite is
not very abundant and is sometimes partly altered to
chlorite. The garnet, which like the sphene and pyrite is
present in small amount, occursin irregular shaped isotropic
grains which are much cracked. The epidote, muscovite,
and calcite, however, are of especial interest.

The epidote is the normal variety with one good cleavege
at right angles to the plane of the optic axes and generally
possesses a faint pleochroism, colourless and greenish
yellow. It occurs occasionally in fairly perfect crystals,
but is frequently found in the same curiously imperfect
forms which it assumes in Wrangell Island rock. The little
arms and bays which run into these epidote individuals
are sometimes quartz. In very many cases, however, they are
feldspar (plagioclase) as indicated by the biaxial figure and
polyoynthetic twinning, the included portions being con-
tinuous and having the same optical orientation as the
feldspar surrounding the epidote, being in fact, a portion
of the same individual. The muscovite is rather more

352 Canadian Record of Science.

plentiful than the biotite, being present in rather large
amount. It has the same curiously irregular outlines as
the epidote, being sometimes in very slender forms and
delicate skeleton crystals and at other times in tolerably
stout individuals. The little indentations which frequently
form a very delicate and complicated lace work about the
edge of the crystals areoccupied by whatever mineral the
mica happens to be embedded in, sometimes quartz, but at
other times orthoclase or plagioclase, and in the great
majority of cases when the little arms areso cut that they
can be accurately studied, the mineral occupying them is seen
to have the same extinction and to be continuous with that
surrounding the mica, forming in fact, as in the case of the
epidote, part of one and the same individual. Sometimes a
number of little muscovite crystals situated near each other
will be found to have the same orientation, although in the
plane of the section there is no connection between them,
in fact in one grain of feldspar, probably plagioclase, two
well defined sets of small slender muscovite individuals
were seen crossing one another at an angle of 55°, the mem-
bers of each set extinguishing simultaneously, while a third
set formed of fewer individuals also similarly oriented was
arranged in a third direction cutting across these. In Fig.
1, (Nos. iv, v, vi), three occurrences of this muscovite are
represented, the separated parts in each case having a
common orientation.

The muscovite showing this peculiar structure is fre-
quently found immediately in contact with biotite which
shows no signs of it, nor is the muscovite a bleached biotite,
for no transition stages are ever observed, though both are
seen in contact along a sharp line in-several cases. The
biotite, however, is as above mentioned, sometimes altered
to chlorite. The calcite occurs in large individuals, some-
times alone and sometimes associated in groups of two or
three. They are generally irregular in shape and show
the usual twinning. Like the muscovite and epidote it is
frequently developed as skeleton crystals, and has been
found enclosed in muscovite, in plagioclase, and in un-

Granites from British Columbia, etc. 353

twinned feldspar, presumably orthoclase. It has also been
found partly surrounded by quartz, but never completely
embedded in that mineral. All three minerals, muscovite,
epidote, and calcite, frequently occur associated and inter-
grown, all having apparently a similar origin, the calcite,
like the other two, apparently growing into the other
constituents of the rock.

Figure 2 shows the mode of occurrence of these minerals
in this Pelly River granite and their relation to the other
constituents of the rock. All the little inclusions and arms
in the central portion of the large muscovite crystal have
precisely the same orientation as the large plagioclase
individual which here bounds the muscovite on one side,
having formed apparently at one time portions of the same
individual.

Figure 2.

Section of the Granite from Peily River x 42 diameters.
M—Muscovite. B—Biotite.
E—E£pidote. P—Plagioclase.
C—Calcite.

Muscovite occurring in skeleton crystals in plagioclase in

354 Cunadian Record of Science.

precisely the manner described above was also observed in
thin sections ofa granite collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell of
the Canadian Geological Survey at Rock Point, Lake St.
Martin, Manitoba. Mr. Tyrrell states that it is, without
doubt, an eruptive granite. It occurs penetrating a dark
green hornblende schist through which arms of the granite
run in all directions while the schist contains imperfectly
developed staurolitic minerals, the result of contact
metamorphism. In other similar rocks’ from the Lake
Winnipeg district, epidote occurring in these peculiar forms
was observed.

Granite from Coast Ranges, British Columbia.—The third
rock is from the Coast Ranyes of British Columbia, where
it forms large exposures on the Stikine River not very
far from its mouth. It is of medium grain, grey and
porphyrtic with numerous small plagioclase crystals.
It is composed of quartz, plagioclase, orthoclase, biotite
and hornblende, and should be classed either as a quartz
diorite or a biotite hornblende granite, according to the
relative amounts of plagioclase and orthoclase present
in the rock, amounts which can only be determined by
a separation of the constituents by means of heavy
solutions or by chemical analysis. The rock is interesting
from the occurrence in it of allanite in rather large brown
pleochroic crystals with well marked zonal structure which
must be rather abundant, as they were found in three of
the six thin sections of this rock which were prepared.

Conclusions.—The origin of the epidote and muscovite, as
well as of the calcite above described, is a question of con-
siderable interest. We may suppose these minerals to have
been produced in one of three ways. They might be:—

1, Original minerals which were crystallized from a
granitic magna and subsequently corroded, eaten away and
partially reabsorbed as in the case of the quartz phen-
ocrysts in quartz porphyries, or the biotite and horn-
blende in many volcanic rocks.

2. Minerals which have been developed during a complete
re-crystallization of the original rock, owing to pressure or

Granites from British Columbia, etc. 350

some other metamorphic agency, but which did not com-
plete their growth.

3. Minerals which have grown in the rock after its
solidification, but without re-crystallization of the other
constituents.

The first hypothesis does not seem to be tenable in the
present case, for not only is epidote a mineral which occurs
but very rarely in granites, except as a decomposition
product, but a careful examination under the microscope
would seem to show that, as above mentioned, the apparent
corrosion of the crystals, whether epidote, muscovite or
calcite, is quite different in character from that produced
by the corrosion and partial resolution of a caustic magma.
If the muscovite were so corroded, the biotite should also
have been attacked with the removal of the muscovite
molecule at least.

Further, if a crystal of muscovite were eaten away until
the merest skeleton alone remained, or until the crystal had
actually been separated into several pieces, it would be im-
possible for the entire skeleton and even the several dis-
connected portions to preserve exactly the same orientation
had there been the slightest motion in the molten magma,
and we cannot but suppose that there would be a certain
amount of motion when such extensive resolution was
taking place.

Moreover, as above mentioned, there is reason to*believe
from their similarity in mode of occurrence and close associa-
tion, that the epidote, muscovite and calcite, have had a
similar origin, but we would hardly expect calcite as an
original mineral in so acid a rock, much less crystallized
in large individuals in actual contact with quartz.

Neither does there seem to be reason to believe, after a
careful study of the thin sections of the rock, that anything
like.an entire crystallization of the granite has taken place
as supposed in the second hypothesis. Were it not for the
epidote, muscovite and calcite, the rocks would be considered
normal granites probably somewhat crushed. Their
character is that of eruptive rocks, not of ereralane schists.

356 Canadian Record of Science.

The third hypothesis, namely that the minerals in question
have been developed in the rock after its solidification,
perhaps by dynamic action, and indicate a first stage of
metamorphism but without complete re-crystallization, is
not nearly so startling as it might seem at the first glance.
We have examples of such a development in a number of
cases, and it may be that the growth of minerals in this
way is a much more common factor in development of
crystalline schists than is generally supposed. It is what
takes place in almost every case of pseudomorphism by
alteration.

“All the rocks situated at considerable depths in the earth’s
crust must be subject to great pressure resulting from the
weight of the superincumbent masses. Under these pressures,
liquids and gases may be made to penetrate between the
molecules of the solid crystals. The evidence that such
permeation of solid crystals by liquids and gases has
taken place is overwhelming. In the words of Van der
Waals, ‘ All bodies can mix with one another when the
pressure exceeds a certain value.’”' That by the action of
such solutions secondary minerals may be developed is a ~
very reasonable supposition, and that they have been so
developed in the rocks at present under consideration seems
to be the explanation which best accords with facts observed.

As a good example of the growth of one mineral in and
through another after the solidification of the rock of which
it is a component part, the development of wollastonite in
the plagivclase, ofa plagioclase-pyroxene rock from Brittany
‘described by Dr. Whitman Cross may be cited.’

Another example is the alteration of quartz into steatite
described by Dr. Weinschenk.’ In this case the steatite was
found to grow in the crystals of quartz which were traversed
by very fine capillary cracks, thus forming a net work

1 Chemical changes in rocks under Mechanieal Stresses’’ by Prof. J. W- Judd,
Journal of Chemical Society. May, 1890. (p. 410).

2 “Studien uber bretonische Gesteine Tschermach’s Min. u. Pet. Mittheil,
1880, iii.. 369.”

®“ Ueber die Umwandlung des Quarzes in Speckstein.”’ Zeit. fur Kryst, 1888.
(p- 305).

Granites from British Columbia, etc. Bia

enclosing angular bits of quartz which were finally com-
pletely altered to soapstone. It was found, moreover, that
the process could be repeated artificially. By boiling
finely powdered rock crystal in a solution of carbonite of
potass and sulphate of magnesia, the quartz grains were
found to become corroded and converted along their outer
portions into ascaly aggregate, rich in magnesia, undecom-
posed by aqua regia, and having the optical properties of
talc.

The development of andalusite and staurolite in contact
zones might in many cases also serve as an excellent example
of this mode of growth, since in many cases such slates
have not undergone complete re-crystallization.

Lastly, there are the double zones of pyroxene and horn-
blende, which have been described as surrounding the
olivine where it would come in contact with the plagioclase
in so many gabbros from various parts of the world. If
these “rims” are really the result of dynamic action as has
frequently been asserted, they afford one of the best
instances of the growth of one mineral in another in a-solid
rock, for here we have the hornblende in many cases
occurring in the most delicate acicular crystals, distinctly
growing out into the large unfractured plagioclase crystals
onall sides. In the norite from Lake St. John,’ however,
where these zones are especially well developed and which
is the occurrence that I have been able to study most care-
fully, there is practically no evidence of great dynamic
action, and the zones seem to be due to the caustic action of
the molten magma before the solidification of the rock.
There is, however, one difference between occurrences
described in this paper and those described by Cross and
Weinschenk, namely, that in these Yukon rocks the minerals
in question penetrate and apparently grow into, not one
mineral but several minerals.

This third hypothesis seems, therefore, to be the one
which best accounts for the very peculiar mode of occur-

1**On the presence of zones of certain Silicates about the Olivin occurring in
Anorthosite rocks from the River Saguenay.” American Naturalist, Nov., 1885,

358 Canadian Record of Science.

rence of these minerals in the rocks described in this paper.
It is hoped that similar occurrences may present them-
selves in more accessible localities so that a more thorough
study of them may be made, since, if it could be shown
that secondary minerals are commonly developed in this
way much light would be thrown on the nature of the com-
plicated processes at work during the metamorphosis of
rocks,

Puiniep HENRY GOSSE.
By Carri M. Doricx, B.A.

One of the earlier explorers in therich field of Canadian
natural history, and a man who did much towards the popu-
larization of scientific knowledge, the late Philip Henry
Gosse, has been excellently portrayed in a recent biography
by his son, the London poet, who not only brought to his
task rare literary ability, but had at his command a great
mass of biographical material collected by his father. From
his *‘ Life” the materials for the following sketch have been
obtained.

In their married life, Thomas and Hannah Gosse pre-
sented a curious picture of incongruity. He was a wander-
ing miniature-painter, shy and unambitious, not an inspired
artist but a good draughtsman with a keen appreciation of
the beautiful, His wife was strikingly handsome, an un-
educated, passionate woman, whose strong practical nature
made her the ideal mainstay of the family under the most
trying circumstances.

Their second son, Philip, was born in Worcester in 1810.

_ But his parents soon removed to Poole, where his childhood
was passed. He obtained the rudiments of an education in
an ordinary day-school, but the truly educative influence
of these early days was constant association with his aunt,
Mrs. Bell, who was a woman remarkable for her devotion to

1 The life of Philip Henry Gosse, by his son Edmund Gosse, London, Keegan,
Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1890.

Philip Henry Gosse. 359

science, and filled with a passionate love of nature, with
which she succeeded in so imbuing her nephew that scien-
tific research remained for him the one unfailing charm of
his existence.

Mrs. Gosse, though herself uneducated, appreciated the
talents early displayed by her son, and made strenuous
efforts to advance his education, sending him for a short
time to the Blandford School, where he received the only
classical training he ever enjoyed.

The extreme poverty of his parents forced them, in 1814,
to place him in a large mercantile house in the Newfound-
land trade. His duties were not heavy and he found much
time for miscellaneous reading. The magic of romantic
poetry took him captive. His chief amusement, however,
was zoology, and from every source he added to his infor-
mation in this department, searching for specimens, copying
plates, reading descriptions. When he was sixteen, a tra-
velling menagerie aroused in him one of the strongest pas-
sions of his life, a love of tropical lepidoptera. The collec-
tion contained one of the grand silver-blue butterflies of
South America, and “ this created an extr aordinary longing
in the boy’s heart to go out and capture such imperial
creatures for himself.” The gratification of this desire was
long delayed but in 1827, an appointment in a counting-
house in Carbonear, Newfoundland, enabled him to begin his
studies of the insect-life of the New World.

The next five years were spent in work uncongenial but
not arduous. A visit of six weeks to his old home was his
only holiday, but his opportunities for pursuing his studies
were many. The period is very important, marking as it
does, his transition from boyhood to manhood, and the
development not only of his scientific tastes but of that
peculiar religious fervor which characterized him through-
out his life.

His studies were made without the aid of books or proper
apparatus, so that he was largely thrown upon his own
resources. Turning to nature, the great fountainhead, he so
assimilated her teachings, that he was afterwards the better

360 Canadian Record of Science.

able to profit by the records of the researches of others.

His business duties were uninteresting, the comparatively
minute and inconspicuous character of the insects of New-
foundland failed to satisfy him, and his discontent was
further increased by the social gloom that darkened the life
of the colony. Little, therefore, was needed to make him
sever his connection with Carbonear. Many circumstances
combined to turn his thoughts towards Canada. It had the
fascination of the unknown, the romance of the “ forest
primeval,” its riches were described in glowing terms by
emigration agents, its insect life was glorified in a popular
work which fell into his hands. He felt destined for a suc-
cessful farmer, skill being of secondary consideration in a
land so wonderfully rich. Confident of success, he wrote to
his brother asking him to join him in an Areadian life, say-
ing: “ We would have all things in common; we could
entomologize together in the noble forest, and, in the peace-
ful and happy pursuits of agriculture, forget the toils and
anxieties of commerce. Not that our lives will be idle, for
we shall have to work with our own hands, but there will
be the pleasing and stirring consciousness that our labor is
for ourselves, and not for an unkind, ungrateful master.
The land where I go is exceedingly fertile and productive,
and, with little more than half the toil necessary on an
English farm it will yield not only the necessaries, but even
the luxuries of life.’ At first, he intended to go to the
shores of Lake Huron, but acquaintances in Quebec dis-
suaded him, and he made an excursion to Compton where
he finally decided to buy a partially cleared farm ; doubt-
less induced by the profusion of butterflies. Long after-
wards, he wrote in regard to his settlement at Compton, “I
felt and acted as if butterfiy-catching had been the one great
business of life.”

Ploughing and sowing, teaching in the district schools,
failing in all his attempts, he nevertheless managed to
retain his rosy dreams for many months. Rejoicing in the
beautiful scenery, revelling in the novel riches of the
animal life, he forgot his troubles and enthusiastically

Philip Henry Gosse. 361

studied not only the insects, but all the natural objects,
keeping copious notes which he afterwards embodied in the
‘Canadian Naturalist,” his first published book. “ The
first encouragement from without which came to him in his
career,” says his biographer, “the earliest welcome from
the academic world, arrived in the spring of 1836, in the
modest shape of a corresponding membership of the Lite-
rary and Historical Society of Quebec. This was quickly
followed by a similar compliment from the Natural History
Society of Montreal. ‘Those elections indeed conferred in
themselves no great honour, for these institutions in those
early colonial days, were then in their boyhood and too
inexperienced to be critical in their selection. It was none
tho less a great gratification to the young man. He con.
tributed papers to the Transactions of either societies, send-
ing to Montreal a Lepidoptera Comptoniensa, and to Quebec
an essay on The Temperature of Newfoundland and Notes
on the Comparative Forwardness of Spring in Newfoundland
and Canada. He also sent to the new museum at Montreal
a Collection of the lepidoptera of Compton.” But poverty,
fatigue, ill-health and a sense of failure at last overwhelmed
him. He yielded to his misfortunes and sold his farm,
blaming the country for the sad ending of his bright hopes.

One turns with relief to the record of his scientific life.
The “ Canadian Naturalist,” was intended by him to bea
kind of “‘ Naturalist’s Calendar,” setting forth the praise of
God and showing the delights he felt in study. Unfor-
tunately, it is presented in the form of a dialogue between
a father and a son, which is sometimes tiresome, always
rambling, but which notwithstanding its crudity, shows
the germs of those qualities which afterwards made Gosse a

popular and useful writer:—“ picturesque enthusiasm,
scrupulous attention to truth in detail, a quick eye and res-
ponsive brain, and a happy gift in direct description.” It

was one of the earliest books to call students from the labo-
ratory and museum to the woods and streams and bid them
‘“‘ observe the living heart of nature.” Appearing ata time
when little was known of the natural wonders and _ re-

362 Canadian Record of Science.

sources of Canada, it was a valuable addition to the scien-
tific knowledge of the land, and, doubtless, inspired. some
of its sons to undertake a more systematic study of the.
natural history of their native country.

Looking with longing eyes towards the semi-tropical life
of the Southern States, in 1838 Philip Gosse left Canada,
the only trophy of his struggles there being a large cabinet
of insects. . The next year he spent in Alabama, teaching
a small school for the sons of planters. In his leisure, he
continued his favorite pursuits in the midst of delightful
natural surroundings. In a letter of July of that year, he
says :—‘‘An eye accustomed only to the small and generally
inconspicuous butterflies of our own country, can hardly
picture to itself the gaiety of the air here, where it swarms
with large and brilliant hued swallow-tails and other pat-
rician tribes, some of which, in the extent and volume of
their wings, may be compared to large bats. These occur,
too, not by straggling, solitary individuals, in glancing
over a blossomed field, you may see hundreds, including I
think, more than a dozen species, besides other butterflies,
moths and flies.

A rather amusing incident is related as having occurred
about this time. ‘In Alabama the squirrel question was
one of great importance in local politics. These delightfully
amusing animals are unfortunately wasters of the first order ;
they are in the cornfield morning, noon and eve, from the
time that the grain is growing in the sheath to the moment
when what remains of it is housed in the barn. While
Philip Gozse was at Mount Pleasant, a fellow from the north
sent round an advertisement that he would lecture in a
neighbouring village, and that the subject of his discourse
would be to reveal an infallible preventive from the thefts
of the squirrels. The announcement attracted great curi-
osity, and the planters assembled from all sides. A deputa-
tion started from Mount Pleasant itself, and Philip Gosse,
thinking to hear what would be of interest to a naturalist,
was of the party. A considerable entrance fee was charged
but very willingly paid. At last the room was full, the

Philip Henry Gosse. 363

doors. closed, and the orator appeared on the platform. He
began by describing the depredations of the squirrels, the
difficulty of coping with them, and various other circum-
stances with which his audience was familiar. He was a
plausible fellow and seemed to have mastered his subject. At
last he approached the real kernel of the question.” -‘ You
wish,” he said, “to hear my infallible preventive, the ab-
solute success oF which | am able to guarantee. Gentlemen,
Lhave observed that the squirrels invariably begin their
attacks on the outside row of corn in the field. Omit the out-
side.row, and they won’t know where to begin!” The money
' was in his pocket; he turned and vanished by the platform
door; his. horse was tied to the post, he leaped into the sad-
dle and was seen no more in that credulous settlement.

The act was one of extreme courage as well as impudence
in that Jand of ready lynching, but my father was wont to
say that after the first murmur of dissatisfaction and words
of anger, the disappointed audience dissolved into the most
good-humoured laughter at themselves.”

- Notwithstanding this delightful field for study and the
kindly, rough-and-ready hospitality of the planters, after
the first few months Gosse was utter ly miserable. As an
Englishman, his prejudices clashed with those of his com-
panions, and though no humanitarian, he was sickened by
the horrors of slavery, which even to him, seemed indis-
pensable in Alabama. In January, 1839, he, therefore,
abruptly took his departure, seeking after a twelve years’
exile, his life-work in his childhood’s home. He was
reduced to extreme poverty, and knew not where to turn,
when his cousin, Prof. Bell, recommended the manuscript
of the ‘‘ Canadian Naturalist ” so highly to Mr. Van Voorst,
the publisher, that he offered one hundred guineas for the
work. This offer was accepted with joy, and never again
in his career as an author was Philip Gosse reduced to
such straits. The next few years were full of intellectual
effort, but little of his work during this period was
published. Two books, however, “ An Introduction to Zoo-
logy,‘ and the “‘ Ocean,” written for the Society for Pro-

364 Crnudiun Record of Science.

moting Christian Knowledge, opened his eyes to the fact
that he was destined to be a popular author. “The Ocean”
showed a great advance in literary style, and was fully illus-
trated by the author himself who, without imaginative
power, was a correct and minute reproducer of animals
and plants.

Towards the close of 1844, a pleasant break occurred in the
monotony of his life. He was sent upon an exploring expedi-
tion to Jamaica,a land at that time almost unknown to natu-
ralists. The two following years were spent in a careful,
thorough investigation of the ornithology of that island.
During his stay he made many important contributions to
the science of zoology, proving two hundred species of birds
to be indigenous to the country, and discovering twenty-four
new species of mammalia, reptiles and fishes. His ‘“‘ Natu-
ralist’s Sojourn in Jamaica” is probably the most delightful
of his books. Full of lovely descriptions of the picturesque
scenery of the island, it also shows his life there to have been
crowded with scientific incident and valuable experiences.
A more technical record of his work is found in “The Birds
of Jamaica.” written shortly after his return to London;
but, though well received by those best qualified to judge of
its merits, the book was a financial failure.

His religious life was always intense and of that stern
character which brooks no compromise with the world.
About this time, therefore, becoming dissatisfied with
Methodism which he considered to have fallen from its for-
mer high estate of unworldliness, he connected himself with
the “Plymouth Brethren.” At these meetings, he frequent-
ly met Miss Emily Bowes, whom he married in 1848. She
was a woman of mature mind and sober tastes; of great
tuct and wisdom, and during the nine years of her married
life she did much towards developing the gentler side of her
husband’s character, rendering him less shy and reserved,
more sympathetic and genial. While sharing his religious
views, she exercised an influence over him opposed to his
naturally stern and fanatical temperament.

The first year of their married life must have been one

Philip. Henry Gosse. 365

of self-repression difficult to her social, cheerful nature, for
Philip Gosse’s “ideal of life was to exist in an even tem
perature of domestic solitude, absorbed in intellectual work,
buried in silence.’ However, as time passed on, the two
grew nearer together and daily became more harmonious
in feelings and tastes.

In 1849, their son Edmund was born. But an event of
far greater interest to Gosse marked the year for in June,
“he made his first independent examination of a rotifer
under the microscope, and the date may be worth noting,
as that of the opening of one of the most important of all
the branches of his labours. The extreme ardour with
which he took up subjects sometimes wore itself out rather
rapidly. He grew tired of birds, afterwards he grew tired
of his once well-beloved sea-anemones. But in the rotifers,
the exquisite little wheel animalcules, whose history he did
so much to elucidate, in these he never lost his zest, and
they danced under his miscroscope when he put his faded
eye to the tube for the last time.”

For the last five years Gosse had been leading a life of
severe work, almost without social interests and unbroken
by holidays. Its monotony proved injurious to his health,
and he consequently left London in 1852 and for a time
established himself at St. Marychurch, South Devon. He
remained there long enough to develop the idea of the
marine aquarium, and to carry on the researches described
in ‘A Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire Coast.”
After a few months however the climate proved enervating,
and he removed to [lfracombe, where he threw himself with
ardour into the work of exploration and made several dis-
coveries recorded in ‘‘ The Devonshire Coast.”

The chatty style of his books seems to have suggested
the idea that he might prove a popular lecturer, and though
he had never attempted such a thing, in 1853 he con-
sented co make a few remarks about sponges which he
was studying ut the time. He illustrated his lecture with
large drawings in chalk upon the blackboard, and the suc-
cess of the novel experiment was such that he continued
lecturing for several years.

366 Canadian Record of Science.

In 1854, Gosse gave to the world “The Aquarium,” a
delightful record of eight months hard work on the
Dorsetshire Coast, where he had been collecting material
for the aquaria of Regent’s Park. The volume was reviewed
by Charles Kingsley who subsequently expanded the review
into that charming little book “ Glaucus,”’ the pages of
which are full of the praises of Gosse, his recently acquired
friend. Gosse further extended his acquaintance with the
English coast by a visit in 1854 to Tenby in Pembrokeshire.
“Tts honeycombed rocks and weedy basins’’ made his work
there uniformly brilliant and successful, and a graphic
account of his experience is given in ‘‘ Tenby,” a book which
displays more than any other his “ air of taking us upon
his knees like a grandpapa.”

He was elected a “‘ Fellow of the Royal Society ” in 1856,
and his treatise on the ‘‘ Manducatory Organs in the Class
Rotifera,” published in the Society’s Transactions, brought
him into further notice in scientific circles.

But the joy of success was soon dimmed by a great sorrow,
Emily Gosse, while helping her husband, attending to
household duties, and occupied with the writing of popular
Gospel Tracts, had been slowly failing, and in February
1855 she died. The loss of this noble woman and true
wife marked a crisis in her husband’s career. Every year
her influence had become more apparent, and had added to
the brightness of their life; but now Gosse became more
reserved than ever, and withdrawing to Sandhurst near
St. Marychurch, he made there his solitary home.

Given up to morbid musings and in a state of mental
exhaustion, he turned his thoughts towards evolution, a
subject to which previously he had paid but little attention.
In 1855 he had been presented to Charles Darwin, and had,
at once, yielded to the fascination of his simple, cordial
nature. For some years he continued in correspondence
with him, helping him by investigations and memoranda
which tended to strengthen those evolutionary ideas, des-
tined to stand opposed to his dearest beliefs. Gosse was not
a philosophical thinker, but a minute observer and accurate

Philip Henry Gosse. 367

describer of facts, and for sometime he did not concern him-
self with the theories developed from the details he fur-
nished. At last, however, his conscience forced him to en-
ter a protest against the hypothesis of evolution. ‘The
current interpretation of the Bible lay upon his judgment
with a weight he could not throw off. Therefore, leaving
his own field of research, he entered the list with scientific
philosophers to his own discomfiture and the regret of his
friends.”

“Omphalos” was an attempt to reconcile the six-day
theory of creation with the facts of geology. His theory
was this: ‘“ Life is a circle, no one stage of which more than
another affords a natural commencing point. Every living
object points irresistibly to the existence of a previous living
object of the same kind. Creation, therefore, must mean
the sudden bursting into the circle, and its phenomena pro-
duced full-grown by the arbitrary will of God, would cer-
tainly present the stigmata of a pre-existent existence.”
By many examples he strives to show that this has been the
case with living forms and concludes that the various forma-
tions of the earth’s crust with their fossils, are not records
of past ages teeming with strange life, but mere marks
upon the surface of a world, full-grown from its birth,
representing links in the cycle of its development which
had no existence except in the thought of the Creator.

His argument is ingenious, but the book was an utter
failure from the first, not even receiving the approval of
the orthodox party. Kingsley’s criticism voiced their feel-
ings. In a characteristic letter to Gosse, he said: “I do
fear your book has given the ‘ Vestiges of Creation’ theory
the best shove forward it has ever had.”

The work, nevertheless, served a good purpose in remov-
ing the author’s depression. He returned with enthusiasm
to his proper sphere of observation and gave to the world
in 186”, “ A History of the British Sea-anemones and
Corals” As if for recreation, he then turned to the poetic
side of nature, and his ‘‘ Romance of Natural History ” has,
perhaps, more purely literary merit than any of his other

368 Canadian Record of Science.

writings, and still possesses a charm for readers long accus-
tomed to popular works on science.

A kind of inertia had begun to creep over Gosse. One
by one, he had dropped his old acquaintances, and daily
retired more within himself. In 1860 however he married
again, and Miss Brighton, who became his second wife,
proved the good genius of his home.

Orchids and coloured stars now became the objects of his
devotion. In 1875 he wrote: ‘In enthusiasm, in the zest
with which I enter into pursuits, in the interest which I feel
in them, even in the delights of mere animal existence, and
the sense of the beautiful around me, I feel almost a youth
still.”

His latter years were passed in the enjoyment of the new
hobbies and of the old ones revived. Butterflies and rotifers
again occupied his attention ; and at the close of his career,
he had the great pleasure of sharing in the compilation of
Dr. Hudson’s well-known work on ‘The Rotifera.” But
the end of his labours was fast approaching. One night,
while searching for double stars, he took a severe cold
which resulted in his death on August 23rd, 1888.

His works live after him and in them is found the fullest
expression of his mind and character. His reserved and
unsympathetic nature made it difficult for him to reveal
himself to those about him. His friendships, therefore, were
ephemeral. Even Charles Kingsley tired of constant efforts
to come into closer touch with one entrenched behind an
impenetrable wall of reserve. His peculiar religious views
increased his isolation, but all who knew him respected him
for his rigid adherence to his sacred beliefs, for his pure
heart, and his reverential faith.

Of him, as a careful student of the details of science,
too much can hardly be said. ‘His extreme care in
diagnosis, the clearness of his eye, the marvellous exacti-
tude of his memory, his recognition of what was salient in
the characteristics of each species, his unsurpassed skill in
defining those characteristics by word and by pencil, his

Philip Henry Gosse. 369

great activity and pertinacity, all these combined to make
Philip Gosse a technical observer of unusually high rank.”

NoTES ON THE FLORA OF St. HELEN’s ISLAND,
MONTREAL. '!

By D. P. PENHALLOW.

In the latter part of June of the present year, a visit was
paid to St. Helen’s Island, not so much in the expectation
of discovering any striking features in the flora of that
delightful park, as for a quiet afternoon’s enjoyment. It
was, therefore, a matter of considerable surprise to find not
only a rather rich flora for so smal! an area, but several
species not found elsewhere or but rarely, growing in con-
siderable abundance. Mr. Henry Mott has recently drawn
my attention to a little book on St. Helen’s Island, by A.
Achintre and Dr. J. A. Crevier, * in which an account of
the plants is given. The list comprises ninety species for
the entire season, a number probably much below what
would actually be found by careful examination. So far as
we are aware this is the only list published up to date. It
is much to be hoped that the short list now given may be
extended and made complete in the near future. It com-
prises some plants not noted in the list above referred to.

It may be noted that the peculiar situation of the
Island, surrounded as it is by a large body of water, undoubt-
edly tends to more equable conditions than obtain on the
main land, and hence favor the establishment there of
species which might not be found elsewhere in the neighbor-
hood of Montreal. The former occupation of the Island as
a military post by the British troops, would also sorve in
large measure to account for the presence of several species
which do not flourish elsewhere.

As we follow the main walk leading from the landing to
the band stand, and about two thirds way across the Island,

1 Contribution from the Botanical Club of Canada.

2L’Isle Ste. Helene, passé, présent et avenir, par MM. A. Achintre et J. A.
Crevier, M.D., Montreal, des ateliers du journal Le National, 1876.

370 Canadian Record of Science.

several species of the nettle tree (Celtis occidentalis, L.) will
be observed. From this point to the band stand and as far
beyond as the entrance to the fort, numerous specimens will
be found. The only other locality near Montreal, where
this species occurs, is at St. Anne’s. On the road from the
station to Dr. Girdwood’s, and about half way to the latter
place, a number of fine trees may be seen on each side of
the highway. Again, about two miles beyond, near Mr.
Forget’s, there are several more trees.

The three thorned acacia (Gleditschia triacanthos, L.), is
found within the fort, near the old officers’ quarters. The
trees are fine specimens and stand in a row where planted
for ornamental purposes. While this species is commonly
cultivated in Southern Ontario, it is but rarely found in
Quebec, the only other . known to me being Cote St.
Antoine.

The other trees found are chiefly those common to the
vicinity of Montreal. They embrace the common beech
(Fagus ferruginea, Ait.), white oak (Quercus alba, L.), an occa-
sional specimen of the white hickory (Corya alba, Nutt.), one
specimen of black walnut (Juglans nigra, i.) This tree is
never found in Quebec in the wild state, and but few’instan-
ces of its occurrence in Cultivation here are known to me.
At the Botanic Garden, atthe top of Cote des Neiges hill,
are one large tree and two small ones, all apparently thrifty.

White birch (Betula populifolia, Ait.), sugar maple (Acer
saccharinum, Wang.), and silver maple (Acer dasycarpum,
Ehrh.), the latter planted along the road for shade purposes,
are abundant, as also are the American basswood (T%lia
americana, L.), white elm (Ulmus americana, L.), and but-
ternut (Juglans cinerea, L.) . Slippery or red elm (Ulmus
fulva, Michx.), and English elm (Uimus CAPIESUNS) are-met
with occasionally.

Of the smaller trees and shrubs, the hawthorns, so abun-
dant everywhere about Montreal, are represented by Cra-
tegus coccinea and Crategus tomentosa. The round leaved
cornel (Cornus circinata, L’Her.), common elder (Sambucus
racemosa, L.), choke cherry (Prunus Virginiana, L.), sumac

Flora of St. Helen’s Island. 371

(Rhus typhina, L.), are all common. The common lilac
(Syringa vulgaris,) and buckthorn (Rhamnus cathartica,
L.), are found near the old officers’ quarters, where they
were evidently planted for ornamental purposes. The
common mountain maple (Acer spicatum, Lam.), is quite
common through the woods,

The other plants found present no other features of inter-
est beyond their representation there, as shown in the follow-
ing enumeration :—

Acer dasycarpum, Ehrh.

“ saccharinum, Wang.

“ ~ spicatum, Lam.
Achillxa millifolium, L.
Ampelopsis quinquifolia, Michx.
Anemone virginiana, L.
Aquilegia canadensis, L., very common.
Archangelica gmelini, DC., abundant.
Artemisia vulgaris, L., very common.
Arctium lappa, L.
Asclepias cornutt, Decaisne, very common.
Aspidium filix-mas, Swartz.
Betula populifolia, Ait.
Carya aiba, Nutt.
Celtis occidentalis, L.
Cnicus arvensis, Hoffm.
Crateegus coccinea, L.

“tomentosa, L.
Crategus oxycantha, L. . Introduced here for ornament. One of
the few places about Montreal where it has become established.
Cornus circinata, L’ Her.
Cynoglossum officinale, L.
Erigeron philadelphicus, L.
Fagus ferruginea, Ait.
Geranium maculatum, L.
Gleditschia triacanthos, L.
Impatiens fulva, Nutt.
Inula helenium, L., very common,
Juglans cinerea, L., occasional.
“nigra, L., rare.

Lithospermum officinale, L., rather common.
Menispermum canadense, L.

Onoclea sensibilis, L.
10

372 Canadian Record of Science.

Pastinaca sativa, L.
Plantago major, L.
Potentilla anserina, L., very common.
ne norvegica, L.-
Prunus virginiana, L.
Quercus alba, L.
Ranunculus acris, L.
_ Rhamnus cathartica, L. Introduced, but apparently spread from
the original location.
Rhus typhina, L.
Rosa blanda, Ait.
Rubus odoratus, L.
Rumez crispus, L.
Sambucus racemosa, L.
Sanguinaria canadensis, L. is es
Scrophularia nodosa, L., very abundant within the fort’s limits.
Solidago canadensis, L.
Syringa vulgaris,
Taraxacum dens-leonis, Desf.
Tilia americana, L.
Trifolium repens, L.
Typha latifolia, L.
Ulmus americana, L.
“campestris 2
“ fulva, Michx.
Urtica gracilis, Ait.
Verbascum thapsus, L.
Vicia sativa, L.

ANNUAL PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.
By Pror. Barnarp J. HARRINGTON.

I suppose that most of us have at some time stood at the
stern of an Ocean steamship and gazed back at the great
expanse of water left behind, and the long line marking the
vessel’s course. Perhaps, too, we have gone forward and
looked out upon the stretch of waters ahead, wondering as
to the future calm or storm, or endeavouring to peer through
rising mists and see the light on some distant headland. So
we, as a Society may—and I think with advantage—from
time to time, look backwards and then forwards, endeavour-
ing to learn from the past lessons that may help us in the

Flora of St. Helen’s Island. 373

future. I am not one of those who delight in calling
attention to past failures, or who rejoice in gloomy fore-
bodings as to the future. Nor would I, on the other hand,
paint in golden hues what would be more accurately
depicted by neutral tint. Hopefulness is an essential
element of success in such a Society as ours, but croaking
is not the parent of hopefulness, and exaggeration invariably
begets disappointment.

The Natural History Society of Montreal is now 64 years
old, and considering the difficulties with which it has to
contend, the mere fact of its continued existence is some-
thing to be proud of. Like most organizations of the kind
it has had its ups and downs; but on the whole its course
has been one of progress. Beginning in 1827 with 26 mem-
bers it now numbers, apart from corresponding members,
222. Then its property was entirely prospective, while to-
day it is entirely free from debt, owns a building which
originally cost nearly $11,000 apart from the land, and is
now worth a much largersum. It has brought together
large and valuable collections representing different depart-
ments of natural history, ethnology and archeology, and a
library containing over 3,000 volumes, many of them of
very great value to the scientific man. I refer more
particularly to the bound series of scientific journals and the
transactions of many learned societies.

But while our Society was founded in 1827, its true life
dates from 1857, when it adopted the “‘ Canadian Naturalist
and Geologist’’ as its organ of publication. It will be
remembered that this journal was begun in 1856 by the late
Mr. Elkanah Billings, at that time a barrister at Ottawa.
The first volume was published by him, but on being called
to Montreal to occupy the important position of Paleonto-
logist to the Geological Survey, the continuance of the
“ Naturalist’ was assumed by our Society. In 1884, owing
to circumstances which it is unnecessary to detail here, the
title of the journal was changed to that of the “Canadian
Record of Science,” under which name it has been most
ably edited by Prof. Penhallow.. Altogether we have pub-

374 Canadian Record of Science.

lished 21 volumes with an aggregate of nearly 10,000 pages.
Scientifically, the value of these pages is very great, and,
but for our Society, a large proportion of the information
which they contain would have been lost to Canada and the
world. To-day, anyone working at Canadian science must
make frequent reference to them, and the more he studies
them the more he will be impressed with their value. This,
at least, is my experience. Their usefulness, however,would
be greatly enhanced by a general and properly classified
index, and I may perhaps, be allowed to suggest to the in-
coming editorial committee the advisability of preparing
and publishing one.

Our original constitution states that “the chief object of
the Society shall be the investigation of the Natural History
of Canada.” According to the original By-laws, too, we
find provision made for a Committee of Publication, to
whom “ all essays read before the Society shall be referred,
to the end that they may select those which may appear of
sufficient value to cause them to be published.”

Great importance was obviously attached to the publica-
tion of papers giving the results of original work, and this,
it seems to me, is really our most important function, being
the most lasting in its results and serving to connect us with
the scientific world outside.

There is, however, another portion of our work to which
I attach very great value. I refer to our free popular
lectures—the “Somerville Course.” Having been Chairman
of the Lecture Committee for the past eight years, I have
come to feel a deep interest in this department of the
Society’s work, and it is not without much regret that I
now—as I must—resign it to other hands.

Previous to the bequest of Mr. Somerville, we find that
popular lectures under the auspices of the Society had
been attempted, though not always with success. The
first course was during the winter of 1832-33. In 1835,
a popular course on Botany was undertaken by Dr.
Hall, but had to be given up for want of an audience.
In 1837, the Rev. James Somerville, Minister of St.

Annual Presidential Address. BD

Gabriel Street Church died, leaving a sum of £1,000
currency to maintain an annual course of lectures in con-
nection with the Society. Exactly how this money was
utilised at first I am not aware, but we all know that
eventually it was put into our building, the Society, how-
ever, making itself responsible for the provision of an
annual course of free lectures. JI do not say that this
appropriation of the money was unwise, but I have long
felt it to be the duty of this Society to raise an equal, or if
possible, a very much larger sum, the interest of which
could be made available in connection with the lectures.
Had the Society means at its disposal, the usefulness of the
lecture work could be greatly extended. It would, for. ex-
ample, be possible to secure from time to time, services of
distinguished lecturers from the neighbouring republic, and
to hire a larger hall than ours for special occasions. During
the past few years we have been able to induce scientific
men to come from other cities of the Dominion to address
us, but have been unable to offer them anything but their
travelling expenses in return. Nor isit right that gentle-
men from our midst should be called upon so often, not only
to lecture without remuneration, but to pay the cost—often
considerable—of the materials used to illustrate their
lectures.

It is to be regretted that our own hail is not larger; for
on lecture evenings it is often overcrowded, and for the past
five years we have been afraid to advertise our courses fully,
knowing that it would be impossible to accommodate larger
audiences.

The interest shown by the public in our lectures convinces
me that they are one of the needs of our growing city, and
I sincerely hope that before long it may be possible to
greatly expand the work. During the past five years we
have done what we could to improve and systematise the
courses, and in this we trust we have not wholly failed.

Apart from our Somerville lectures, it would perhaps be
worth while to try short courses on special subjects by one
lecturer. Such courses have recently been tried in the

376 Canadian Record of Science.

Manchester Museum, and have, we are told, been fairly
attended. A course of evening demonstrations by the
keeper in the museum there has also been attempted, but
has been given up as it did not meet with satisfactory
encouragement.

We are sometimes told that our Society does little for the
public; but such a statement can only arise from ignorance.
Much more I admit might be done, but if we measure what
has been accomplished by the support which we have
received from the apathetic public of this city, then I say
there is little ground for complaint on the part of the public.
Let any fair-minded person study our Records with care,
and I believe he will admit that they contain a history of
self-sacrificing endeavour to benefit the community and
advance the cause of science. If we have failed to accom-
plish very grand results, it must be borne in mind that all
along we have had to struggle for bare existence, that our
work has, for the most part, been done by men harassed
with the cares of business life or worried with the ever
increasing duties of modern educational or professional
work.

I have referred to the value of our journal, to the import-
ance of our lectures and museum as means of public educa-
tion, but let me remind you that the inception of the
Geological Survey of Canada was largely due to the energetic
action of this Society in 1841; that the city owes the visits
of the American Association for the advancement of science
in 1857 and 1882, and of the British Association in 1834 to
this Society. The Royal Society of Canada, too, holds its
meeting here next week owing to an invitation from our
body, and there is every reason to believe that good results
will flow from this gathering. Speaking as one of the
Fellows, I may say that, while I believe that Ottawa
should be the permanent headquarters of the Royal Society
and the place where most of its meetings should be held,
an occasional gathering elsewhere will be beneficial both
to entertained and entertainer. It was never, however,
intended that the Royal Society should be peripatetic like

Annual Presidential Address. 377

the British and American Associations, of which it is not
the Canadian analogue. The French Academy and the
National Academy at Washington, are rather the models
after which our Royal Society was formed.

The monthly meetings of the Natural History Society are
its strictly scientific evenings, the Somerville Lectures its
popular evenings. At the former the papers are of a
technical character, and therefore, the mectings are apt to
be small, though really not smaller than in the case of
similar societies elsewhere, and now much larger than they
have been at times in the past. If we look back at the
Records of 1844 and 1845, we read of meetings with an
attendance of six, five, or even four members. In 1848,
again, after the Society had been in existence for more than
20 years, we find the council regretting that at several of
the ordinary meetings business could not be proceeded with
for want of a quorum.

Now the question sometimes arises, ‘“ Would it not be
better to make the monthly meetings less technical—more
popular?” Personally I do not think so. What we want,
it seems to me, is not fewer meetings for the discussion of
purely scientific questions, but more occasions for the
popular presentation of science. On such occasions, I am
sure that our friends of the Microscopical and Entomological
Societies would be willing and happy to give: us their
kindly aid. Here let me say, that I regard the affiliation of
the latter society with ours as a step in the right direction.
In a community like this, what is needed is concentration
of energy rather than multiplicity of organizations. In
connection with the subject of meetings and members,
I would suggest that an effort be made to get more lady
associates and to have more of them at our meetings.
From remarks which I have recently heard, it does not
seem to be generally known that ladies may become asso-
ciate members, and that the annual fee is only $1. Addi-
tions should also be made to the number of our corres-
ponding and honorary members, and unless we wish to
be accused of holding intercourse with the spirit world the

378 Canadian Record of Science.

roll of the former should be revised; for there remain upon
it names of many who have long gone hence.

The recent donation to the Museum by the Rev. Dr.
Campbell of a collection of British plants, and the necessity
of providing a proper place for its preservation, brings
prominently before our notice the fact that this Society—a
Natural History Society—has no herbarium. That it once
had a nucleus of a herbarium we know; and it is a disgrace
that it should have been allowed to go to destruction; for
special interest attached to it on account of those who
contributed to its formation. i am told that it once included
the Macrae collection containing 2,000 specimens, the
Holmes collection of 750 specimens, 300 specimens from the
neighbourhood of Edinburgh collected by the late Dr. Hall,
a collection of Canadian plants made and presented to the
Society by Lady Dalhousie, &c., &e.

It is not for me to enter into details with regard to the
recent improvements in the museum, but I am sure that the
Society is under great obligation, not only to the Honorary
Curator, Mr. Brown, but to all the gentlemen who have so
ably assisted him in the work of re-arrangement. In the
museum too, as well as in all matters pertaining to the inter-
ests of the Society, the services of Mr. Griffin the superin-
tendent, have been invaluable, and I hope that before long
the Society may be able to make his position a much better
one than it is at present.

The need of means for improving the museum and adding
to our collections is, I know, deeply felt by the Honorary
Curator ; for while some branches of Natural History are
well represented, others require great additions to bring
them up to date. Take our mineral collection for example,
I suppose that it is little better now than it was forty or
fifty years ago.

In our library great improvements have been made by
Mr. Chambers; but here again money is required. The
additions consist almost entirely of miscellaneous journals -
and pamphlets received in exchange for the Record of
Science, and while these are of great value, the library

Annual Presidential Address. 379

would be rendered far more attractive if we could now and
then place on our shelves, or better still, upon our table,
some of the more recent books on different branches of
natural history. J am sure this would be a great boon,
more particularly to our younger members.

But it is easy to expatiate upon the needs of such a Society
as this. Every advancing institution has ever increasing
needs, and you may be sure that a society without needs is
in a state of stagnation. Some of the improvements which
I have suggested I had hoped to see carried out during my
own tenure of office; but a year soon rolls by, and what I

anxiously hoped to do I must leave to others to perform. I
have so many claims upon my time and strength that I now
wish to retire to the ranks of this Society, and in doing so,
let me thank you heartily for the honour that you did me
in making me your President, and for all the kind indulgence
that you have shown me during the past year. Though
unwilling longer to hold any office in the Society, I trust
that indirectly I may be able to advance its interests in
different ways.

In conclusion, gentlemen, let me remind you of the great
satisfaction which everyone may derive from a. study of
nature, who, as Wordsworth puts it,

“ Never did betray the heart that loved her.”

Sometimes down at the sea-side I fall in with people who
tell me that the time hangs heavily on their hands—there is
nothing to do—nothing to see; and yet every wave that
breaks upon the beach at their feet is filled with surpassing
forms of beauty, whose study would make the hours all too
short.

One man some years ago asked me how | could endure
the monotony of such a place as Little Metis. “I like,”
said he, “ to go where I can see horse races every day and
fire works every night.” Is there pity too deep for such a
man ?

“The soft blue sky did never melt into his heart.”

The busiest among us are those most in need of change

380 Canadian Record of Science.

of thought and scene, and nowhere can more complete
change be found than in the fairyland of nature. The man
who perpetually harps upon one string will no doubt be-
come familiar with its vibrations, but he will never be a
musician, and he who, year in and year out, keeps his nose
on the same grindstone, is not likely to become a man of
much breadth of view.

I do not think that anyone’s business will suffer seriously
because he devotes an occasional hour to the study of
nature, and if occasional “sermons in stones” can make
him ‘“‘see good in everything,” heought not to igrudge the
loss of a few dollars.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

The annual meeting of the Society was held on Monday
the 21st. of May, Dr. B. J. Harrington in the Chair.

The following reports were read and adopted :—

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL.

GENTLEMEN :—The Council beg to submit their Report for
1890-91. Decided progress has been made by the Society
during the session just closed, and great interest manifested
in all its proceedings. Eleven meetings of Council have
been held, and seven monthly meetings of the Society, at.
which valuable and instructive papers were read. Fourteen
ordinary members, and two associates, have been elected dur-
ing the year. The Museum has been re-arranged, and a
considerable amount of money spent upon it; the Hon.
Curator’s report will contain all the details. The Library
also has come in for a large share of attention and expendi-
ture, and will be reported on. The building of the Society
is in good order, and the hall has again been rented to the
Congregation worshipping there. At the invitation of our
Society, which has done much for the advancement of
science and education in Montreal, the Royal Society of
Canada will hold its next meeting in this city on the

Proceedings of the Society. 381

twenty-seventh of May. This will be the first time the
Royal Society bas held its meetings outside of Ottawa,
and a large number of men of science are expected from all
parts of Canada and the United States, It would have been a
source of pleasure and profit if some of the savants of England
and France who were invited, could have met with the Royal
Society on this occasion, but, we regret to say, the time
between the invitations and the meeting was too short to
permit of their making suitable arrangements to be present.
The several committees which have been appointed to re-_
ceive the Royal Society and the Governor General, who is
to be present on this occasion, will, we are sure do every-
thing in their power to make the meeting one of the most
successful ever held by the Society, and we hope it may
lead them to select other cities in the Dominion for future
meetings.

The Somerville Lectures were unusually interesting
this year, and the attendance large. They were six in
number, and delivered in the following order :—

Thursday, March 12th—‘ A Popular talk about Birds.” By J M.
Lemoine, Esq., F.R.S.C., Quebec.

Thursday, March 19th—‘“ Ants—A Hone Study.” By Very Rev.
Dean Carmichael, M.A., D.C.L.

Thursday, March 26th—‘‘ The Squid and its Relations.” By Sir J.
Wm. Dawson, C.M.G., F.RS.

Thursday, April 2nd —‘ Coral Animals.” By F. D. Adams, M.A.Se.

Thursday, April 9th—‘ Domestic Pets.” By Professor D. McEach-

- ran, D.V.S.

Thursday, April 16th—‘‘ Domestic Fowls.” By Dr. T. Wesley

Mills.

(Then follows an account of the Society’s Field Day at
Lachute, a report on which will be found on page 199 et seq.
of this volume.)

The thanks of the Society have been tendered to the dis-
tinguished gentlemen who gave their valuable time for the
advancement of its interests. The next Field Day will be
held at Calumet on Saturday May the 30th, leaving Wind-
sor St. depot at 9.10 a.m. by special train. It is expected

382 Canadian Record of Sctence.

that a number of the members of the Royal Society will
join the excursion. The whole respectfully submitted.

JoHn §. SHEARER,
Chairman

CuRATOR’S REPORT.
To the President and Members of the Natural History Society,

. GENTLEMEN :—I have the honor to report that the work
of re-arranging the Museum which was commenced nearly
two years ago, may now be said to have been completed—
so far as space and accommodation would allow—in accord-
ance with the plan outlined in my last Annual Report.

During the year, three large cases have been added to the
main floor of the museum and occupy the centre space, and
in these the mammals have been appropriately arranged,
labelled, and classified by Mr. Horace T. Martin. This
arrangement has allowed more space to be devoted to the
birds which were previously too crowded to be seen advan-
tageously.

A most complete classification of the Ornithological Col-
lection has been made by Mr. Caulfield. The Canadian
specimens have been kept separate, and the various families
and groups so arranged as to be of the greatest scientific
value to the student in quest of knowledge in this field.

The classification of the Entomological Collection has
been completed by Mr. Winn, and an examination of this
cabinet will show, that not only has the work been done
with scientific accuracy, but also with so much neatness and
taste as to reflect no small Geet ee of credit on the efforts of
this young worker.

The fossils have been arranged in the floor cases to the
left of the main entrance, while the sponges and corals will
be found immediately following. The Conchological collec-
tion has likewise been arranged to the right of the main
entrance.

The rocks and minerals now occupy a prominent place in
the gallery. Duplicate specimens have been removed and

Proceedings of the Society. 383

new ones introduced. Upwards of 2,000 neat white boxes
have been made wherein to arrange the specimens, To Mr.
EK. H. Hamilton we are indebted for the very complete
re-arrangement of this important department.

The Ferrier collection of Egyptian antiquities has been
completely overhauled, the cases cleaned and relined and
their contents carefully re-arranged.

The Indian relics, Esquimaux implements and Mexican
antiquities, together with various other specimens of an
historic nature have also been re-arranged and placed in
new, or renovated cases and are now to be found at the south
end of the gallery, where acomplete re-arrangement of the
cases having been made, and due regard to light having
been paid, they are now seen to better advantage than ever
before. This part of the work as well as that connected with
the fossils and shells has been conducted by Messrs. John
S. Shearer, EK. T, Chambers and myself. To these two
gentlemen along with the others whose names I have al-
ready mentioned am I specially indebted for the willing-
ness and heartiness with which they have responded to the
numerous demands made upon their time, and for their
valuable assistance in aiding me to carry out these important
changes. In this connection it is also my pleasing duty to
refer to the assistance rendered by the Superintendent, Mr.
Griffin, not only to me personally, but also to those who
have been associated with me in this work, and to say
’ that Mr. Griffin by hard work and earnest endeavour, has
shown an interest in the affairs of the museum, far beyond
what might be termed the ordinary line of duty.

During the alterations it was found necessary to close the
museum for several months, and no accurate record of visi-
tors was kept.

The work remaining to be done consists chiefly in label-
ing and placing a few new speeimens.

The following specimens have been added to the museum
during the year :—

DONATIONS.

Musk Rat, Fiber Zebethicus. —

384 Canadian Record of Science.

Antlers of Virginian Deer.

American Merganser, Merganser Americanus.
American Bittern.

Bobolink, Dolichonyx Oryzioorous.

American Pipits, (pair.)

Olive Backed Thrush.

Varied Woodpecker.

“ “ (young.)
Cedar Waxwing, (male.)
3 (female. )

Semipalmated Plover.
Buff Breasted Sandpiper.
Rose Breasted Grosbeak, (young.)
Cape May Warbler, Dendroica Tigrina.
Virginian Horned Owl.
Surf Duck.
American Goshawk, Accipiter Antricapillus, (female.)
Golden Wyandotte.
Lake Trout.
Three Cases Exotic Insects.
Caterpillar Fungus, Sphaeria Robertsii, from New Zealand.
Fossils from the Trenton formation.
Concretions from the Connecticut Clay.
Apatite, Renfrew, Ont.
“Templeton, Que.
Titanite, Renfrew, Ont.
Phlogopite, Templeton, Que.
Dawsonite, Montreal.
Copper Ore and Boulder from the Conglomerite vein of the Calu-
met and Hecla Mine, Michigan (Lake Superior.)
Nickel Ore and Nickel Matte from the Blizard Mine, Sudbury,
Ont.
Specular Iron from the Republic Mine, Michigan.
Magnetic Specular Ore (Iron) from the Champion Mine, Michigan.
Japanese Tray.
By Exchange.
Buffalo Horns.

Respectfully submitted,

J. STEVENSON Brown,
Hon. Curator.

Proceedings of the Society. 385

REporT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

GENTLEMEN :—In addition to our usual exchanges the
following books have been added to your Library during
the past year :— -

The Mineral Resources of Ontario.

Report of the Royal Society of Canada, vol. 7.

Reports of the U. S. National Museum, 1886-87.

Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, vol. 12.

Smithsonian Report, 1887.

Reports of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1886-87, pts. 1 and 2.

Monographs of the U.S. Geological Survey, vol. XV, pts. 1 and 2.
‘ e as co vol. XVI.

Fishery Industries of the United States.

Mineral Resources of the United States. __

Occasional Papers of the Californian Academy of Science

Missouri Botanical Garden.

Bulletins of the N. Y. State Museum.

Proceedings of the Manchester Philosophical Society.

The following were presented by the authors :—

Birds of Greenland, by Andrews, T. Hagerup.

Physiographical Geology of the Rocky Mountain Region in
Canada, by Dr. G. Dawson.

Sculptured Anthropoid Ape heads, by J. Terry.

Useful and Ornamental Stones of Ancient Egypt, by Sir W.
Dawson.

Pleistocene Flora of Canada, by Sir W. Dawson and Prof. Pen-
hallow.

Geology of Quebec and its Environs, by H. M. Ami.

The whole of the contents of the cases have been examined,
the loose parts put up into volumes as far as they are com-
plete, and 171 volumes have been bound and put on the
shelves. The books have been classified in the cases as far
as possible, and good progress is being made with the
catalogue.

The exchanges have been duly acknowledged by the hon.
librarian, and the following have been added to the list :—
Bulletins of Scientific Laboratory, Denison’s University ;
West American Scientist and Zoe, published at San Fran-
cisco; Bulletins Laboratory of Natural History State

386 Canadian Record of Science.

University, Iowa; Proceedings of Academy of Sciences,
Rochester; Journal of Comparative Neurology; Oregon
Naturalist; Mining and Scientific Review.

Although so many volumes have been bound, there are
still a large number of valuable exchanges in the German,
Italian and French languages which should be bound up.
There are also several volumes in paper boards which
certainly deserve better covers. So many volumes of ex-
changes are completed in the course of the year that the
Committee would suggest an annual appropriation from
the funds of the Society for binding.

The attention of your Committee has been drawn to the
fact, that although your library contains most valuable
treatises on the different departments of Natural History
and interesting records of the progress of Science in all parts
of the world, it is still somewhat deficient in modern works
of reference, such as are continually asked for, particularly
works on Entomology, Paleontology, Ornithology, Mineral-
ogy and Botany. The Committee would therefore respect-
fully suggest that such works as Dana’s “ Mineralogy,”
Nicholson’s Paleontology, new edition of Gray’s works on
Botany, Carpenter on the Microscope, etc., be added.

Your Committee consider that as a new catalogue is being
made, it offers a good opportunity to members and friends
of the Society, to have included in it any number of works
they may be inclined to present to the Library.

Respectfu!ly submitted on behalf of Library Committee.
E. T, CHAMBERS.

REPORT OF THE EDITING COMMITTEE.

The past year has witnessed very gratifying progress in
the work of the Editing Committee. The plan of producing
biographical sketches of Canadian men of science has been
continued, and will be extended in the future. ‘The editors
have felt that the increasing importance of the Record as a
medium of scientific thought, and the possibility of securing

Proceeding’s of the Society. 387

papers of superior merit justified a greater effort in pro-
viding increased illustrations. Their work in this direction
has met with gratifying encouragement from the Society,
which has placed a small sum at their disposal. The
amount thus provided has again been supplemented by a
donation of fifty dollars from Mr. P. S. Ross.

The exchanges have largely increased during the year,
while requests for the Record either by purchase or ex-
change have been constant and of increasing frequency,
showing that the position of our publication abroad is
annually becoming better.

The editors would venture to remind the Society that the
position now held by the Record has been obtained only by
great effort and in the face of unusual difficulties. This
publication constitutes, practically, the work of the Society
and every effort should be made not only to continue it un-
interruptedly, but to increase in every possible way the
reputation it has now gained.

As it is my intention to now resign the position I have
held as chairman of this committee from the foundation of
the Record, 1 would express my indebtedness to my associ-
ates for the valuable assistance given me in this work.

Respectfully submitted,

D. P. PENHALLOW,
Chairman.

The Treasurer then presented the following statement :—

ili

Canadian Record of Science.

388

"1681 ‘Tz ABTA ‘[ea14 UOT,
‘T'WW “ONITHLLS “ML
‘NVTIHOV DPW “MA

‘qo01109 puNnoyZ puv pouTUMEXA,

66 OF & °° fomNsvoty, oONp dDUL[VG &G—T6R1 ‘1% ABIN

80 ELo‘es 80 SLa‘es
€3 COT ogo uoOD ooo Ooo On ro Ono ee ent ne Costes rn ee ALeIQVT a 66 OF O85 Catan oO os cttsi Ola Torna IoInseoa4 enp aoueleg «
COSOC Tray eee ee ee SUIp[Ing UO syueMoAOIdUT ,, TF i ile Sian na rags 2 aby Oe Py OO WNeSNU Soey ooUVAIUTT ,.
Gg 6LS SHoato nooo oon ay 3 ArvUTpPIO BI XO = Ps OF 9 Glave thu brave esis shane ene) vibe) Alea a levale als bielelelevereeihin 480.104 UT in
o008 toe oanqjipuedxe Aaeurpao uwMesnyl ,, (Sh jue eran vt TEE eDscIL LOO sm DIGEST OTTO sn{dans ep PIO i
ORL Spee Ee ae a ea ps Q0UdTOG JO paooexy ,, OOOO Fc er aera: ques quoulutaAor -
ac Ones ei ODED OS Cea ae eg $9.1N}99] O[[TATOUO ,, (M)eg a SRboPODNS “**-99NaT0G JO pxov0xT SuryRaysnqyyt
(0. ees tN ae eae anes wee ce ea soinje19due4 [10S ,, SplVMmoy UOLeUOp jeIoeds “bsy ‘ssoy ‘Ss “gq ,,
Tics Pea aa ce ep SE one SOX@], ,, QOS0Gae ae ee re ne uOsspoyT uvyyeuor ,,
C00 ie ET eS eS oe aouRInsuUy ,, O0L0G emis cae i * AQUI jonureg ,,
2 O9L one con atch Getho-onant. Dees Ohoro.0 Ooe-oMGwdentcro 0 4y-b-0-Q-0-Gicen) Ott OO cho elu | ie 00 og eilefetarecelcens diysaoq ure ur OFT] “bso ‘oxeacy 1992 AA *
cal 902 Fan pTreoonTO oD OOOO OOOO NON OD OO Goro oo ao AYSVT a 00 169 eee re ee ee eee ee suondrosqns yenuue (S19Q WOT, Gs
sh (GY Sn aeaka cee ieiess te ce seanaTeree eens sosuodxo Aapun 3 0g ZIUL SICnCaCaC nC CnC ri nena ears Misiesesefuieresaiunbisielehanersie $j Uaxy es
Ge egp & °° SUOTSSTUUIOD puv yuepuszuTIodng Aqeleg Ag COMTO TL Rh eee Ne tee “ead 4se] MOI oOURTeg OF,
‘SINHNASUNaASTA ‘Sd THOU

‘Sva, ‘IaUpIey Sovue{ YIM JUNODY U[—[evaIJUOW Jo AyaI00g ATOysIY [eINjeN

Proceedings of the Society. 389

The rules being suspended, the following were elected
ordinary members :—George Hague, G. Kinloch, John Mac-
farlane and John C. Hodgson. Mrs, Horace T. Martin was
elected an associate member.

The following officers were then elected for the ensuing
year :-—

Honorary President—Sir J. Wm. Dawson.

President—Dr. B. J. Harrington.

Vice-Presidents—Hon. EH. Murphy, J. H. R. Molson, Jno.
S. Shearer, Sir Donald Smith, Very Rev. Dean Carmichael,
Rev. Dr. Campbell, Geo. Sumner, Rev. J. W. Smyth and J.
H. Joseph.

Recording Secretary—Frank D. Adams.

Corresponding Secretary—Dr. J. W. Stirling.

Curator—J.S. Brown.

Treasurer—James Gardner.

Members of Council—J. S. Shearer, Chairman; J. A. U.
Beaudry, Major Latour, R. W. McLachlan, Dr. Ruttan, 8.
Finley, P. S. Ross, H. R. Ives, Dr. Wesley Mills and Edgar
Judge.

_ Kditing and Exchange Committee—Dr. T. Wesley Mills,
G. F. Matthews, J. F. Whiteaves, F. D. Adams and Rev. Dr.
Campbell.

Library Committee—E. T. Chambers, J. A. U. Beaudry,
F. B. Caulfield, R. W. McLachlan and Joseph Fortier.

Lecture Committee—Dr. T. Wesley Mills, Rev. Dr. Camp-
bell and P. 8. Ross.

House Committee—John S. Shearer, J. Stevenson Brown
and Edgar Judge.

Membership Committee—S. Finley, P. S. Ross, Dr. J. W.
Stirling, Geo. Sumner, J. A. U. Beaudry, R. W. McLachlan,
EK. H. Hamilton, J. H. Winn, HE. Judge and Rev. J. W.
Smyth.

390 Canadian Record of Science.

THE ANNUAL FIELD Day.

The annual field day of the Natural History Society took
place this year on the 30th of May, a date somewhat earlier
than usual. This day was chosen in order that the mem-
bers of the Royal Society of Canada, which had met in the
city in the early part of the week and had ended its sittings
the evening before, might be invited to share in the plea-
sures and advantages of the occasion. It was a happy
thought which led to the proposal to ask the Royal Society
to be the guests of the Natural History Society, even
though the time was a trifle early for seeing the country in
the full glory of its verdure, or for capturing so many speci-
mens of insect life, or witnessing so large a floral bloom as
usual. Such members of the Royal Society as honoured the
Natural History Society with their presence on the occasion
expressed themselves as delighted with the excursion, feel-
ing that it was a pleasant variety in the duties which had
engaged their attention during the week, to turn from
the dry details of scientific symbols, mathematical pro-
cesses and musty manuscripts, to look at a page of the
grand open volume of nature. It was to them a happy
rounding off of the series of events by which the reception
committee of Montreal citizens had sought to make the first
visit of the Royal Society of Canada to the commercial
metropolis of the Dominion an agreeable one. And it added
immensely to the-pleasure and pr »fit of the members of the
Natural History Society and their ordina.y patrons to have
with them on their annual outing so many distinguished
savants, who could help them to interpret better than usual
the phenomena of nature.

Letters of apology from the President of the Royal
Society, Very Reverend Principal Grant, D.D., and others
were read, regretting their inability, owing to previous en-
gagements and the necessity they were under to leave the
city, to accept the invitation of the Natural History Society.
But there were a good many of the invited guests present,
among others Monseigneur Tanguay, Prof. Prescott, of the

Proceedings of the Society. 391

American Association tor the Advancement of Science;
Prof. Bailey, of Fredericton ; Prof. Macoun, of the Geologi-
cal Survey; Prof. McKay, of Halifax; Professors Pen-
hallow, Johnston, Murray and Dr. Wesley Mills, of McGill
College, Mr. Geo. Murray, of the High School; Revs. Dr.
Patterson and Withrow, Thos. Mcllwraith, Esq., of Hamil-
ton, one of the great ornithologists of the continent ; Jas. H.
Coyne, Esq., of the Elgin County Pioneers; H. Ami, Esq.,
of the Geological Survey, and Messrs. W. D. Lighthall and
A. E, Lyman, representing affiliated societies.

Among the members of the Natural History Society ac-
companying the excursion were Messrs. J. S. Shearer, Vice-
President; Senator Murphy, Vice-President; J. S. Brown,
President of the Microscopical Society ; Professor Cox and
Mr. Adams, of MeGill College; Capt. Adams, Dr. McConnell,
R. W. McLachlan, 8. Finley, H. T. Martin, H. McLaren, F.
B. Caulfield, J. B. Goode, Edgar Judge, Hon. J. K. Ward, T.
H. Carter, J. Harper, Rev. Dr. Smyth and Rev. Dr. Camp-
bell, Vice-President. The citizens generally were repre-
sented by Aldermen Rolland, Martineau, Shorey and Griffin,
Rev. Principal Barbour, Messrs. Geo. Lighthall, E. H.
Hamilton, Dr. E. H. Clarke, Eugene Beaudry and others,
and a very larye number of ladies, who have always proved
the most enthusiastic patrons of our annual field day. The
excursionists filled five cars to their utmost capacity.

The place selected for this year’s visit was Calumet, a
station on the main line of the Canada Pacific Railway mid-
way between Montreal and Ottawa. At this point the
southernmost ridge of the Laurentians almost touches the
north bank of the Ottawa river, and a lovelier spot, or one
likelier to yield a day’s profitable search to the naturalist
could not have been chosen. The weather proved most
propitious and great was the delight of all the excursionists
as the train bowled past numerous orchards white with
fragrant blossoms and grassy meads dotted with the golden
radiancy of the dandelion, and pastures enlivened with the
brightest of buttercups. Calumet was reached at 11 a.m.
and as the guests defiled from the train laden with baskets,

392 Canadian Record of Science.

nets, vasculums, bottles, and the other appliances provided
for the day’s enjoyment or work they were met and wel-
comed by Mr. Brown, Mayor of the Parish, Rev. R. Hamil-
ton, of Grenville, and other friends, who gave advice and
directions as to the way in which each could best secure the
end he or she had in view in coming to Calumet. The
naturalists divided into three parties: The Geologists, under
the direction of Mr. Adams and Mr. Tyrrell: the Ento-
mologists, under the guidance of Messrs. Caulfield and Wynn,
and the Botanists, superintended by Professors Macoun and
McKay, accompanied by Rev. Dr. Campbell, with Rev. R.
Hamilton who resides in the district as cicerone. A large
party went off with Hon. J. K. Ward to his lumbering
establishment near by, where they were entertained to a
real shanty dinner. Carriages were in waiting for such as
wished to drive to Grenville or Point du Chene, past the’
mouth of the River Rouge, and not a few took advantage
of the opportunity of having a drive over the country roads.
Lovers of scenery and those bent on securing sketches for
their portfolios, fresh from nature, hovered around the
picturesque little river, ascending to the foot of the cascade,
which makes a leap of about 80 feet, but a short distance
up, or climbing to the top of the hills near by, the sunny,
well-wooded slopes of which tempted the more vigorous
pedestrians to try their muscle, and which, when they suc-
ceeded in scaling them, afforded a prospect that was a full
reward for the labour of the ascent. The broken face of the
ground in the neighbourhood gave promise of much variety,
especially in the vegetable and mineral products of the dis-
trict, and the day’s investigations made good this promise.
The banks of the Rouge are well known haunts of the
botanist, where his practised eye discerns a greatly mixed
Flora, many species being found there far away from their
native habitut, carried down from the north by the force of
the current, but the fierceness with which the sun’s rays
beat down upon perspiring pedestrians effectually barred
the progress of all but a few ardent collectors. Conse-
quently that interesting point was not reached by the main

Proceedings of the Society. 393

body of the botanical party. Yet enough was seen and
noted to show that the county of Argenteuil is a very para-
dise for the botanist. The collections submitted in com-
petition for the society’s prize embraced not a few speci-
mens that are comparatively rare. The excursionists reas-
sembled at the station at 5 p.m., when prizes for the collec-
tions of the day in the several departments were adjudged,
as follows :

GuoLocicaL—Named specimens. Mv. F. 8. Jackson, 9;
unnamed, Mr. G. Saxe, 16.

BotanicaL— Named species (1), Dr. Edward H. Blackader,
87; (2), Miss Addie Van Horne, 62; unnamed, Master
Percy Penhallow, 52.

EnromoLogicat— Named specimens, Mr. J. F. Hausen, 40 ;
unnamed, Mr. W. H. Adams, 145.

Before boarding the train on the return journey a vote of
thanks to the Mayor, Mr. Brown, was moved and seconded,
in short speeches, by Rev. Dr. Smyth and Ald. Rolland.
This done the train started at 5 p.m. and reached the
Windsor station at 7.30 p.m. Everything was done to pro-
mote the success of the excursion by the authorities of the
C. P. Railway, whose chief engineer, Mr. Peterson, accom-
panied the train and formally superintended the arrange-
ments. Light refreshments were also served by the Railway
Company to the Natural History Society and its guests.
Altogether the day will be marked as a red letter one in
the society’s annals.

THE BotTanicaL CLUB oF CANADA.

At the last meeting of the Royal Society of Canada, held
at Montreal, an important measure was. introduced into
Section IV, looking to the promotion of botanical study and
research throughout Canada. Dr. George Lawson of Hali-

394 Canadian Record of Science.

fax, presented a short paper outlining the present position
of botanical studies here, and pointing out the necessity of
some concerted action on the part of botanists similar to
that undertaken by the United States botanists in connec-
tion with the American Association, whereby greater inter-
est in the study might be promoted, and more tangible
results produced in the study of local floras. The sugges-
tions were very heartily supported by the botanical mem-
bers of the section, who forthwith organized themselves into
a club under the patronage of the Royal Society, to be known
as the Botanical Club of Canada.

The organization is of the most simple character, the idea
being to offer the least impediment to membership by mak-
ing the duties and regulations as light as possible, it being
held that each member acting as a free agent, would be
capable of doing the best work. The officers for the present
year are :—

PRESIDENT:

PROF. GEO. LAWSON, Pu. D., LL. D., F.R.S.C., Halifax, N. S.

SECRETARY-TREASURER:
A. H. MACKAY, B.A., B.Sc. F.R.S.C, Halifax, N. S.

SECRETARIES FOR THE PROVINCES:

ONTARIO: Pror. Jonn Macovun, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.C., Ottawa.
QUEBEC: Pror. D. P. Pensautow, B.Sc., F.R.S.C., Montreal.
NEW BRUNSWICK: Geuo. U. Hay, Pu. B., St. John.

NOVA SCOTIA: E. J. Lay, Esq., Amherst.

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND: Francis Barn, Esq@., North- River.
NEWFOUNDLAND: Rev. A. C. WacHornn, New Harbour.
MANITOBA: —— Burman, Esq., Winnipeg.

ALBERTA: W.H. Gaueraitu, Esq., Lethbridge.

BRITISH COLUMBIA: Dr. Newcomn, Victoria.

Membership is secured by the annual payment of twenty-
five cents, or five years’ membership for one dollar, or life
membership for five dollars.

The Botanical Club of Canada. 395

_ Through the various local secretaries acting under the
direction of the provincial secretaries, it is hoped to stimul-
ate a spirit of study and research among scholars in the
various schools, give aid to more experienced collectors
and eventually to distribute accurate data concerning the
vegetation of Canada through the publications of local floras.

The Recorp oF ScrEenceE has been selected by the Club as
the recognized medium through which all publications will
appear.

Notices oF Books AND PAPERS.

THE GEOLOGY OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND.

There are probably few areas of the same size in which are
represented so many geological formations and which also
shows such a diversity in surface configuration as does the State of
Maryland. The geology of the northern portion of the state and
especially that portion about Baltimore has been carefully studied
and accurate geological maps are nearly ready for publication. The
southern portion of the state has, however, attracted less attention,
although one of the finest geological sections through the tertiary
to be found anywhere is that exposed along the Chesapeake, Poto-
mac and Patuxent rivers. The strata are also very highly fossili-
ferous rivaling in this respect the classic tertiary deposits of the
Paris basin and we are happy to be able to state that a large collec-
_ tion of these fossils has recently been obtained for the. Peter Red-
path Museum of the McGill University. For our knowledge of the
geology of this region we are principally indebted to Mr. N. H.
Darton, of the United States Geological Survey, whose paper in the
last volume of the Transactions of the American Geological Society
(vol. ii), entitled “The Mesozoic and Cenozoic Formations of
Eastern Virginia and Maryland ” gives us the most complete ac-
count that kas yet appeared of the geology of the “ Costal Plain ”
in these states.

A further contribution to the Geology and Paleontology of this
region is that published in a recent circular of the John Hopkins
University (June, 1891) in which Dr. W. B. Clarke gives a resumé
of the results obtained by the expedition recently fitted out under
the joint auspices of the Johns Hopkins University, the Maryland
Agricultural College and the United States eC Survey to

396 Canadian Record of Science.

examine: and report on the geology, agriculture and archzology of
the southern portion of the state. Dr. Clark gives a geological
section across the state from the highlands of the Piedmont Plateau
to the Atlantic coast, the various deposits being classified as
follows ;—
{ Recent.

Pleistocene.
- Neocene.
| Eocene.

Cretaceous.

Potomac.

The marked influence of the underlying formations on the soils
of the country, described in this paper, is of especial interest as well
a8 great practical importance. Referring to this Prof. Whitney, of
the State Agricultural College, writes as follows. “The soils of
each formation are so very characteristic and so uniform through-
out that there will be little trouble in establishing the following
soil types and showing the difference in the physical condition and
properties in their relation to plant growth: 1, Neocene, forming
the wheat and tobacco lands; 2, Eocene, the fruit and truck lands ;
3, Columbia (Pleistocene), the fertile river terraces ; 4, Appomatox
(Pliocene?), the pine barrens; 5, Cretaceous. Mr. W. H. Holmes
gives a brief description of the Kitchen-middens or great shell
heaps marking the sites of ancient Indian villages or resorts at many
points and some of which rank both as to mass and horizontal
extent with some of the minor sub-divisions of the geological
formations. A single one of these situated at the mouth of Pope’s
Creek is about half a mile long and 100 yards wide, the shells in
many places being heaped up to a depth of ten feet. This great
shell heap overlies the miccene beds of this locality, not only in ©
the valley of the creek, but on the slopes and summits of the hills
on either side and contains in addition to the shells a great many
Indian remains. About 200,000 cubic feet of these shells have
been burnt into lime for fertilizing purpose. This amount, how-
ever, constituting but a very insignificant proportion of the whole.

The “ oyster question” evidently attracted as much attention in
Maryland in those early times as it does at present.

Frank D. ADAmMs.

Cenozoic.

Mesozoic.

Notices of Books and Papers.

397

NOTICES OF BooKs AND PaPpErRs.

CATALOGUD OF THE Fossi, CaPHALAPODA OF THE British Museum,

Part I, NAvuTILorppa.

Lonpon, DEcaMBER,

By Arruur H. Foorp, F. G. §.

He

1888.

This very handsome and important contribution to the history
and classification of one of the most prolific groups of palozoic
fossils which reached us some time ago, would deserve a more

lengthy notice than can be given here.

Its author,

well known to

most of the Canadian geologists, as late assistant Palzontologist to
the Geological Survey of Canada, and formerly a member of our
Society, has been zealously engaged in the work which is now before
us, and made it an indispensable treatise for reference. ‘‘ Mr. Foord
has diligently worked at the literature of the subject,” says Dr.
Woodward, keeper of the British Museum, “and has spared neither
time nor labour in clearing up the many difficult points connected
with the priority of names and in the verifying of generic and
specific determinations,” in all of which he has been eminently

successful.

The following species from Canadian localities are described or
referred to in the text, and are therefore of especial interest :—

LIST OF SPECIES FROM CANADA AND ARCTIC AMERICA.

SPECIES.

ORTHOCERATID4,

Orthoceras decrescens,. «.++....++++Billings.
af arcuoliratum, ..+++0.. vees Hall.
a multicumeratum......+ Emmons.
us lame!losum .....-- Trwslclaeesie Hall.
a luqueatum 2....00.cec0e ees Hall.
« ? ep. C2) ee OO AO OOMOGA SUneCOOD
ty QT CEICUM. occ. ccceceece -.Foord.
af GrAaGUtRd 2 acces covcess Houghton.
si annUbutUm..vereeeeroes Sowerby.
ef var. Americanum.. .....Kuord.
Me ID} TAPIA Co BE OA CHO BUOOO BOC Billings.

FORMATION. LOCALITY.
. St. Joseph Island, Lake
Black River............ } Enron

Trenton
Sibiieirns cocoadosoodaae }
4“ ‘

i ir)

ee ee i i

Niagara Formation. -.. }

Allumette Island, Ottawa

River.
Grenville, Montreal.
Hudson River .......--| W
Montmorenci Falls.

estern Ontario.

Griffith’s Islund, Arctic
Awerica.

Offiey Island, Arctic Am-
erica.

Canada.

Offiey Island, Arctic Am-
erica.

398

Canadian Record of Science.

LIST OF SPECIBS FROM CANADA AND ARCTIC AMERICA (continued).

LOCALITY

SPECIES. FORMATION.
ENDOCERATIDZ. |
Eindoceras Rottermundi. ..... . Barrande | Black River......-....-
oe PTOCEUOTME .. 0000 - severe Hall. |Trenton........... sees
* 2 Ommaneyi.....-- .-Salter. |Silurian...............-
o (? Orthoceras) pe hie ator, _ Billings.
See sine BE Pie Ae ie Calciferous.....-...--..
Piloceras Canadense .-++++- 101+... Billings. fe SSeS Moostseonerae
ACTINOCERATIDA.
Actinoceras Bigshyi..... +++... -+- Brown. | Black River. -...-....-
8 Belottense.-.+..:..... Whitfield. ie Woy bana iogonias
Se remotiseptum ..++...-.. Hall, sp- Trenton...-..--.--.---+
L Richardsoni. _.....-«+- Stokes. Galena Limestone......
ss Biteleieis cee. ee apts Stokes. | Niagara Group....-...-
fe BU ieee se fold steislolertvaessteKearts ce cee Ne Leeeee
Mi Wieitddodoon sean ske Stone, sp. ry DA SeBabaeds
Pe vertebratum .. - Hall, sp. CMe hee Baa Walaratatoh eis
Bs spheroidale ......-.... Stone, sp. | “ BIN pons noe
“ MODE Ciscoe eee awson. Carboniferous limestone
Diseosurus consideus Seas --Hall. Niagara Group --------
fs TENUOUS» « = «02> =i HOord sa en oe eee ge fertspereels
ONGC TA EN 2 .-. +..Foord. Niagara Group.-
Huronia Bigsbyi......---0+ ee Stokessdlai pace Moe bee ee
vertebralis. ............ Stokes. ES LAMAR ae
cs MIUMUENE «+2000. - sss eeeee Barrande. & A seceocse
“\ persiphonata Billings, sp. | ce ea Se
SEM OPUMEIMAA nist sorceress Stokes.| ‘ Bet Sskesetnleleiocabe
se turbinata ees Stokes. cs a CBBHEoe
oe istinecta. .... . Barrande. og CN wis mndeciric
GONIPLEOMATID £.
Septameroceras inflatum ........ Billings, sp.
ASCOCERATIDZ.
Poterioceras constrictum..... .....Hall, sp. Trenton & Hudson Riv. }
CYRTOCERATID.
Cyrtoceras (Meloceras) falz ........ Billings. |Black River ...----..-
(GENUS OF DoUBTFUL AFFINITIES.)
SJovellania Murrayi . ....--+++ Billings, sp. Trenton .......-.-..+-
II.

| Lake Huron, Ont.
Montreal, Que.

; Cornwallis Island, Arctic
| America.

| Mingan Islands, Que.

§ Igloolik Island, Arctic

*. America.
Thenalm Is., Lake Huron.
Canada, probably.
Lake Winnipeg.
Cape Louis Napoleon,
Smith’s Is., Dobbin Bay,
Arctic America, etc.

Drummond Is., L. Huron.
“e “ec “ec

Brookfield, N-S.

Drummond Is LD Huron.
* Pale!

Montmoreaci and Notta-
wasaga,

Allumette Is. Riv. Ottawa.

St. Joseph’s Island.

IBID :—Part II, 1891, Containing the remainder of the Naovri-

LOIDBA.

The second part of this admirable work which Mr. Foord

has undertaken and carried out so successfully, is an indispensable
book of reference for all working paleontologists, well illustrated
and with supplement. It contains 407 pages.

Book Notice. 899

The following four species recorded from Canadian collections,
and at present in the British Museum, (Nat. History Department)
are of special interest to us, viz ;—

TROCHOMBRATID ©.

1. Trochoceras boreale, Foord, from the Silurian Rocks of Wel-
lington Channel, in British Arctic America, collected
by Capt. Inglefield, p. 23

2. T Halli, Foord, (‘‘ Lituites undatus” of Hall, Chapman,
Billings and others).

From the “Black River” rocks of Lorette, near
Quebec, Canada, of which two views of a good specimen
with description of this new species are given. pp.
41-44.

NAUTILIDZ.

Trocholites planorbiformis, Conrad.

This form is recorded from the Trenton limestone of
Montmorenci and Lorette, Que., which were present-
ed to the British Museum authorities by Dr. Bigsby.
Mr. Foord gives interesting notes on the early and
nepionic stages of growth of the Canadian example
of T. planorbiformis after which he appends a list of
references to the British fossils, which have been
referred by different authors to Trocholites planorbi-
formis, pp. 48-49.

SUPPLEMENT.

ACTINOCERATID&.

Huronia, Portlocki Stokes :—From the Niagara Group of
Drummond Island, Lake Huron, where Stokes obtain-
ed the specimen from which he described and figured
the species in ‘‘ Trans. Geol. Soc., London; Ser. ii, vol.
V, pt. iii, p. 710, pl. TX, figs. 5, 1840.

Henry M. Amt.

_#\

13

Ene Sear

ere wet

eed ¢

wii

aq "S'O'4 ‘38WV7 ‘WoT

"OHLID ‘OO 8 HAaWILYOW

‘JON3SIOS JO QHOOSY

‘| 3LW1d

THE

Oran) PAIN Ene Ol

OF SCIENCE.

VOL. IV. OCTOBER, 1891. NO. 8.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEw SPECIES OF PANENKA FROM
THE CORNIFEROUS LIMESTONE OF ONTARIO.

By J. F. Wuirraves. ! LIBR A FR

In August last four specimens of the shell of a lamel
branchiate bivalve, of unusually large size, of a compressed,
transversely elongated and subovate form. and with the.
surface marked with numerous coarse radiating ribs, were
collected by Mr. L. M. Lambe, of the Geological Survey,
in the Corniferous limestone at St. Mary’s, Ontario. The
Specimens consist of two nearly perfect und tolerably well
preserved single valves, one a right valve and the other a
left, and two imperfect right valves, all of which evidently
belong to a single and undescribed species of Panenka.

Although not mentioned in the latest manuals of
paleontology, the genus Panenka was duly proposed and
characterized by Barrande in 1881, in the sixth volume
of his ‘‘ Systéme Silurien du centre de la Bohéme,” in which
memoir no less than 231 species of this genus were de-
scribed and figured. The word Panenka is there stated to
be the equivalent of the Latin puwella, in “la langue
tcheque,” 7. e., Czech or Bohemian. In Schmidt’s Polish
dictionary Panienka is given as the diminutive of Panna, a
girl. The genus was regarded by Barrande as peculiar to

1 Communicated by permission of the Director of the Geological Survey
Department.
i

402 Canadian Record of Science.

his Fauna No. 3, the representative of the Silurian (Upper
Silurian), as distinguished from what is now called the
Cambro-Silurian or Ordovician System. In 1885, however,
in volume V, part 1 (Lamellibranchiata) of the “ Paleon-
tology of the State of New York,” Professor James Hall
described and figured fifteen species of Panenka from the
Devonian rocks of the United States. Some of these species
had previously been referred to Pterina and Monotis by
Conrad and S. A. Miller, and by Hall himself to Cardiola.
The names of three additional species of Panenka from the
Devonian of North America are given in S. A. Miller’s
“North American Geology and Paleontology,’ published
in 1889.

This genus was, and still is, based exclusively upon the
external characters of the shell, the hinge dentition, muscu-
lar impressions and pallial line of the interior of the valves
being unknown. It is described as having no distinct car-
dinal area, like that of the Arcade, but some species are
said to show obscure evidence of a ligamentary groove.
The systematic position of Panenka is therefore quite uncer-
tain. It is placed by Hall in the Cardiide, but Rudolf
Hirnes has constituted a special family, which he calls the
Precardiide, for the reception of Precardium, Panenkaand
several other similar and apparently closely related genera
described by Barrande. This latter view of its relations,
which seems to be the most satisfactory one in the present
state of our knowledge, is adopted by Dr. Paul Fischer in
his ‘‘ Manuel de Conchyliologie.” In that volume the fam-
ily Precardide is placed between the Grammysiide and
the Pholadomyide, but its author states that it seems to him
to have closer relations with the Anatinacea than with any
other suborder of the Dibranchiata. The species indicated

by the four specimens collected by Mr. Lambe may be
described as follows.

PANENKA GRANDIS. (Sp. nov.)
Plate 1.

Shell very large, attaining to a length of from six to nine

New Species of Panenka. 403

inches, strongly compressed at the sides, though perhaps
abnormally so, subovate in marginal outline, about one-
third longer than high and highest posteriorly, the greatest
height, exclusive of the beaks, being at or near the pos-
terior termination of the cardinal border.

Anterior side produced and somewhat pointed, its outer
margin sloping obliquely and rapidly downward from the
cardinal border above, and forming a rather narrowly
rounded junction with the ventral margin below: posterior
side about equal to the anterior in length, but broader in
the direction of its height and much more broadly rounded
at the end: ventral margin moderately convex and most
prominent posteriorly, nearly straight but ascending very
gradually in the centre and anteriorly: superior border
rearly straight or but slightly convex on each side of the
beaks, curving gradually and somewhat convexly down-
ward at each end, but rather more rapidly so at the pos-
terior end than at the anterior: umbones oblique, prominent,
central: beaks curved inward and a little forward.

Surface marked by from thirty-five to forty large, simple
and rounded radiating ribs, which are nearly straight an-
teriorly, but slightly curved in the centre and posteriorly,
also by numerous and unequal concentric lines of growth.
In some specimens an occasional intermediate and very
much smaller rib is developed between two of the larger
ones. Characters of the interior of the valves unknown.

The figure on plate 1 is of the natural size. The speci-
men which it represents is the most perfect of the right
valves collected, and measures 16.2 cm., or six inches and
four-tenths, in length, and 10.7 cm., or four inches and two-
tenths, in maximum height, inclusive of the beak. It does
not happen to show any of the smaller intermediate ribs
nor the concentric lines of growth mentioned in the descrip-
tion of the species, these being seen in other specimens.
The shell attains to a much larger size than the specimen
fiyured, for an imperfect right valve collected by Mr.
Lambe was probably a little more than nine inches in

404 Canadian Record of Science.

length, when entire, and not far from seven inches in its
maximum height.

Orrawa, October 9th, 1891.

NoTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF PAUCISPIRAL
OPERCULA OF GASTEROPODA IN THE GUELPH
FORMATION OF ONTARIO

By J. F. Waurrpaves. !

Opercula of gasteropoda appear to be of rather rare
occurrence in the paleozoic rocks of Canada. The best
known and earliest described are those of Maclurea Logani,
from the Black River limestone of Paquette’s Rapids, on
the Ottawa River, which were first described and figured
by Salter in 1851, in the first decade of “Canadian Organic
Remains.” The operculum of this shell, which has for-
tunately been found occupying its normal position in the
aperture of the shell to which it belongs, is in many
respects unlike that of any known gasteropod, whether
fossil or recent, both in its internal and external characters.
It was described by Dr. S. P. Woodward as “sinistrally
subspiral, solid, with two internal projections for the
attachment of muscles—one of them beneath the nucleus
and very thick and rugose.”

A specimen of another species of Maclurea, which has
since been described and figured under the name M. Mani-
tobensis, with its operculum in place, was collected by Prof.
H. Y. Hind in the Trenton limestone at Punk Island, Lake
Winnipeg, but this operculum is very imperfect and badly
preserved.

In 1874-82 several solid, calcareous and multispiral oper-
cula were collected by Mr. Joseph Townsend in the Guelph
limestone at Durham, Ont., but none of these were found
in situ. These opercula, some of which are described and
illustrated in a report on the fossils of the Guelph forma-

1 Communicated by permission of the Director of the Geological Survey.

Paucispiral Opercula of Gasteropoda. 405

tion of Ontario,’ are circular in outline, their inner surface
being flat, or nearly flat, and their outer surface convex.
They vary considerably in the amount of their external
convexity, some being nearly hemispherical and others
conical externally, and probably belong to more genera
than one. By analogy with similar specimens that have
been found in place, in shells of the genera Polytropis,
De Koninck (—Oriostoma, Munier Chalmas), and Cyclonema,
Hall, in the Upper Silurian rocks of Gothland, these multi-
spiral opercula from Durham are presumed to belong to
species of those genera, the Huomphalus macrolineatus of
Whitfield, and the Straparollus crenulatus of the present
writer, both of which occur at Durham, being now known
to be referable to Polytropis, and the genus Cyclonema to be
represented at Durham by the C. sulcatum of Hall, though
this latter shell also may be a true Polytropis. Both Poly-
tropis and Cyclonema are referred by Lindstrém to the fam-
ily Turbinide, partly because their shells ‘“ have retained
the most evident traces of a nacreous layer,” and partly on
accouut of their solid calcareous opercula.

About five or six years ago, a few opercula of an entirely
different character to any of those already mentioned were
collected by Mr. Townsend in the Guelph formation at
Durham. These, so far as the writer has been able to ascer-
tain, are so unlike any opercula that have hitherto been
described as occurring in palozoic rocks, that it is thought
desirable to place a short description of them upon record.
They are rather thin, nearly flat, but slightly concave exter-
nally and as slightly convex internally, broadly subovate,
about one-fifth longer than broad, obtusely pointed at the
end corresponding to the posterior angle of the mouth of
the shell whose aperture they closed, paucispiral and com-
posed of from two and a-haif to three rapidly expanding
volutions, the nucleus being subcentral. Only the outer or
concave surface of each of these opercula is exposed to view,
the inner side being buried in the matrix. The accompany-

”

1‘* Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada. Paleozoic Fossils,
vol. III, pt. 1, Montreal, 1884, p. 33, pl. iii, figs. 10, 10 a-b and 11, and pl. vii, fig. 7.

406 Canadian Record of Science.

ing woodeut represents the exterior of the best specimen
known to the writer, of natural size. Its maximum length
is twenty millimetres and its greatest breadth sixteen.

Figure 1. Paucispiral operculum of a gasteropod, genus and species unknown,
from the Guelph Formation of Ontario.

It is at present quite impossible to determine to which of
the known gasteropoda from the Guelph formation in
Ontario these opercula should be referred, if, indeed, they
are referable to any. Judging by the shapes of the aper-
tures of the shells into which they may have fitted, the
most likely species, perhaps, are the Holopea gracia or H.
' harmonia of Billings, or a small and undescribed naticoid
shell from Durham, which, so far as can be ascertained
from a few casts of the interior, seems to be closely related
to the Holopea nux of Lindstrém, from the Upper Silurian
of Gothland. The resemblance of the operculum here
figured to that of Litorina and atica is very striking, and
in this connection it is to be noted that Lindstrém places
Holopea in the L:torinide. In the recent species of Litorina
the ope:culum is invariably chitinous and extremely thin,
while in Wutica proper it is calcareous and not nearly so
thin. The one here figured is so highly dolomitized that it
is difficult to estimate its exact thickness, but it gives the
writer the impression of being thicker than that of a recent
Litorina. At the distance of a millimetre from the edge,
its thickness, at the somewhat truncated termination of
the outer volution, is between one-half and three-quarters
of a millimetre, but it seems to increase rather rapidly in
thickness inward.

The only other opercula known to the writer as occurring
in the Palzozoic rocks of Canada are the depressed multi-

Paucispiral Opercula of Gasteropoda. 407

spiral ones of Huomphalus Manitobensis, one of which was
obtained in place. These were collected by Mr. J. B.
Tyrrell, of the Geological Survey, in 1889, from limestones
of Devonian age at Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, and
are described and illustrated in the eighth volume of
“Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada.”

Orrawa, October 24th, 1891.

NotTrEs ON TREES ON THE GROUNDS or McoGruu
UNIVERSITY.

By Sm Witir1am Dawson, F. R.S., <e.

In the year 1855, the grounds of McGill College were un-
fenced and practically a common, used for pasturage and
open to all intruders. A few large trees existed on the
banks of the little brook which then ran through the
grounds, and to which, I suppose, the McGill Estate owed
its name of Burnside; and along the brook there was a
certain amount of coppice of thorn, young birch and alder,
but so cropped by cattle and cut and broken by juvenile
ramblers that it presented a very unsightly appearance. So
soon as a fence could be erected, steps were taken to lay out
the grounds and plant trees. I was induced to give attention
to this by the wish to have the surroundings more in
harmony with an academical building, and by the hope that
attractive grounds might tend to induce efforts to improve
and complete the buildings, might give more public interest
in the institution, and might lead to a wish to retain the
grounds for academical uses rather than to dispose of them
for building purposes. To me and my wife the improve-
ment of the grounds was a congenial task; and the late Mr.
Baynes, then Secretary of the University, cordially se-
conded the effort, while the Board of Governors granted a
little pecuniary aid. The old McGill house and garden
at that time existed immediately below Sherbrooke Street,
though rented to a market gardener. The garden con-
tained many good shrubs and herbaceous plants, and was

408 Canadian Record of Science.

laid under contribution in aid of our plans, and many native
trees and shrubs were obtained by collecting on the moun-
tain, or by purchase from country people and from Guil-
bault’s nursery. At a later date Prof. Penhallow com-
menced a botanical garden on a portion of the grounds set
apart for that purpose.

Aid was also received from friends. The late Hon. John
Young had imported a large number of European trees for
his own property at Cote St. Antoine, and liberally pre-
sented many healthy young plants to the College, and the
late Mr. William Lunn, whose zeal in gardening is well
known, presented rare shrubs and trees. Somewhat later,
Mr. Charles Gibb, having commenced his experimental farm
at Abbottsford, sent a number of rare species, and Major
Campbell of St. Hilaire, presented spruces and other trees
from his estate. Seeds were also collected, and a little
nursery of young trees was commenced in asuitable place
in tne ravine near Sherbrooke Street. Though neither my
tneans nor those of the College were sufficient to provide
proper attendance and sufficient labour, and though much
damage was necessarily done by the public use of the
grounds, yet they were beginning to present a creditable
appearance and contained a large number of valuable foreign
ax well as native trees, when the unavoidable sale of land on
Univer-ity Street, and later, the exigencies of more direct
educational work, in connection with the generous bequest
of Mr. Workman, and the princely benefa:tions of Mr. W.
C. McDonald, terminated our attempt to have a College
garden and arboretum.

It is proper to state that, before our improvements began
(as early as 1853), the late Mr. Shepheard of Montreal, in
conjunction with the late Mr. J. Symmers, had presented to
the College a plan for the laying out of the grounds,
along with one for converting Sherbrooke Street into a
boulevard with four rows of trees; which plans are still
preserved. The formation of a central avenue consequent
on the passage of the main pipes of the reservoir through
the grounds, had rendered this original plan impracticable ;

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 409

but on application to Mr. Shepheard, he kindly consented
to lay out the portion of the ground on the east side of
the avenue, in a manner suitable to the changed condi-
tions.

Early in our planting operations, the Graduates’ Society,
at that time recently organized by Mr. Brown Chamberlin
and others, took an interest in the matter, and proposed to
plant a “ Graduates’ Walk,” extending from the great elm
round by the bank of tiie brook to Sherbrooke Street. They
prosecuted the work actively and in a few years had the
walk stocked with trees, the latest of which was an elm
planted in honour of the visit of H. R. H. the Prince of
Wales in 1860. The Graduates’ Walk is now for the most
part merged in the approach to the new W. C. McDonald
Physics Building, and most of its trees have disappeared
except those at its extremities.

Notes have been kept since 1855, of the results of the
planting and attempts to introduce foreign trees and shrubs,
and it was hoped that these experiments and observations
would have been continued by Prof. Penhallow, but since
the park and its trees may now be considered as things of
the past, and any experiments hereafter made will be car-
ried on under new conditions in the ground leased from the
Trafalgar Institute, or elsewhere, it may be well to record
for the benefit of others the results of the observations
made.

It may be premised here that the grounds are sheltered
by the mountain, have a favourable exposure to the south-
east, and have three varieties of soil—the sandy soil afforded
by the Pleistocene Saxicava-sand toward the front, clay soil
resting on Leda-clay and Boulder-clay and the alluvial soil
in the little ravine, not to mention the rocky ground on
Trenton limestone and old quarry pts, which was, for the

‘most part, occupied by the Medical Faculty’s building.

In noticing the trees and shrubs, [ shall take them in
no very definite order, but shall give a list with notes on
each species, taking native trees and shrubs first.

410 Canadian Record of Science.
1. Toe Rep Oak. Quercus rubra.

Several fine specimens of this tree existed along the bank
of the brook—four of which still remain intact (1891). The
finest specimen was drawn and engraved for the restora-
tion of the Indian town of Hochelnga in my book “ Fossil
Men,” in consequence of Cartier’s note, that on his visit to
the village of Hochelaga, he saw great oaks with large
acorns on the path leading from the landing place below
the current to the village. Our oaks are not those of
Cartier’s time. One of the largest, cut down last year, showed
160 rings of growth, so that it may be regarded as a child
of the oak forest of three centuries ago. Sandy soil, especially
with clay underlying at some depth, seems to be specially
suited to this tree, whose large shining leaves and spreading
form make it one of our finest forest trees.

2. Toe Waite Oak. Quercus alba.

This species was not indigenous to the College grounds,
but a few fine plants were purchased. They throve well in
the more moist and rich ground, but were only young trees,
and all have perished in the progress of improvements.
There seems no reason why this species should not be
cultivated as a timber tree in the Province of Quebec; but
it requires a good soil and exposure.

3. Tae Overcup WHITE Oak. Quercus macroearpa.

This is not an indigenous species, but a few acorns from
the North-west were presented to me some years ago by Dr.
G. M. Dawson. One good plant was raised from these and
was carefully tended. It grew well and promised to be a
fine tree, but had to be removed last year, and I fear has
perished. I have found that oaks do not readily transplant,
as we have lost several good trees in this way. This species
deserves to be introduced in Lower Canada as an ornamental
tree. Its large leaves give it a fine appearance. It loves
limestone soil.

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 411
4, Toe ENGLisH OAK. Quercus robur L.

Specimens of this species were presented by Mr. Young,
and were planted in different soils and exposures; but they
proved incapable of enduring the winter and all perished ;
those in the lighter and more sandy ground surviving
longest. Im any case this tree is not comparable as an
ornamental tree with our native species, and its leaves
hanging withered on the branches in autumn give it an un-
sightly appearance.

5. Tue Bercu. Fagus ferruginea.

A bed of young plants of this fine tree was raised from
the nuts, and one specimen still remains. It grows well but
not in the sandy soil, and as only very young trees have
been on the grounds, little can be said respecting it. It is
known, however, to love a rich calcareous soil, and, where
this exists, to thrive even on rocky ground. Our beech is
scarcely so fine a tree as the European beech, the hardiness
of which, in Canada, I have had no opportunity of experi-
menting on.

6. Toe Haze. Corylus americana.

A plant of this species obtained on the mountain about
1858, has grown luxuriantly and bore fruit every year. It
was destroyed last year. The hazel is a long lived and
beautiful shrub. As one usually sees it on poor ground and
cropped by cattle it has a shabby appearance, but under
more favourable circumstances it forms a fine element in
shrubbery. Its catkins are pretty in the spring, and in
autumn its fruit is curious and is edible.

7. Tor HornsBeam. Carpinus americana.

A fine and somewhat aged specimen of this little tree,
native to the place, existed till last year in the lower part
of the grounds. It is of slow growth and straggling form.
One young tree still remains near the head of the avenue,

412 Canadian Record of Science.

and is noteworthy for the brilliant crimson and yellow
colours which its leaves assume in autumn; and as the

leaves are somewhat persistent, their beauty remains till
late in the season.

8. Bircu. Betula papyracea and B. populifolia.

These white birches, so common throughout Eastern
Canada, were native to the soil. One very old and spread-
ing tree was probably the finest in Montreal. Its main
trunk was short and the young people used to ascend and
use the spreading branches as a study in the warm weather
of summer. The white birches are trees of rapid growth
and extremely hardy. I have specimens growing on some-
what poor soil, which, in twelve years, have attained the
height of 30 feet and are beautiful trees.

9, EuRopEAN Waite Bircu. Betula alba.

The cut-leaved variety of this tree has grown very suc-
cessfully, and its pendulous branches and pure white bark
produce a fine effect. Several. other species or varieties of
foreign birches were presented by Mr. Gibb, but had to be
removed to the new botanical garden on the Trafalgar
property. The bronze-leaved variety did well and had a
fine appearance. The remaining specimens are of the
green and cut-leaved variety. Being more graceful and
pendulous than our native species, and apparently quite
hardy, they deserve cultivation.

10. Tue YELLow Bieca (2B. lutea) was not originally on
the grounds, but a good specimen was planted on the
Graduates’ walk and has thriven, though perhaps the soil
is rather light for this species., I had hopes that it might
have gone on to rival our oaks and elms, as when mature,
it is a majestic tree, one of our finest native species, but
unfortunately it is too near the line of the approach to the
Physics building and probably is doomed to disappear.

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 413
11. Tae Arctic Birow. Betula pumila.

A plant of this species presented by Mr. Gibb was tended
for several years on the terrace in front of the College, but
did not thrive and eventually died. I planted it alongside
of a Tamarisk in hopes of reconciling to the same conditions
these two trees of so different habitat. But the birch
drooped in the heat of summer and the branches of the
tamarisk were winter-killed, so the experiment was not
successful. The tamarisk survives as a small shrub, send-
ing up shoots from the root. The dwarf birch is dead.

12. Tart ALDER. Alnus incana.

This common shrub grew plentifully on the borders of
the brook, forming a dense thicket on the flat ground near
University street, under which were many shade-loving
ferns and herbaceous woodland plants. It is now extinct.
I may mention with it the English Alder—A. glutinosa—a
much finer plant, attaining to the dimensions of a small
tree on one stem. Specimens of this were given to me by
Mr. Young and grew vigorously for a few years, but seemed
liable to have the young wood nipped by frost in winter,
and finally perished. The cut-leaved variety seems more
successful ; and one specimen, presented by Mr. Gibb, still
remains.

13. Tut Basswoop. Tilia americana, L.

This tree is common on the mountain, but did not exist
on the grounds till planted. It isa rapidly growing and
beautiful tree, forming a fine variety with maples and elms,
and interesting in spring from its clusters of fragrant
flowers on a leafy peduncle, while its large heart-shaped
leaves afford a grateful shade. It does not appear to be a
tree of long life, and when pruned or wounded is very apt
to decay in the stem. A large specimen in the avenue,
which will have to be removed for the approach to the
engineering building, has suffered in this way, and though

414 _ Canadian Record of Science.

by no means an old tree, is little more than a picturesque
ruin. Another and younger specimen remains and may
serve to represent the interesting botanical relationships of
the Tiliacez.

14. THe Etim. Ulmus americana.

One fine specimen stood on the ground in 1855, and was
usually known as the “ Founder’s Tree,’ having been
planted or preserved by Mr. McGill. It still stands, and is
tall in form and less spreading than elms usually are near
Montreal, and is now (1591) 10 feetin circumference at two
feet from the ground. Many others have been planted,
especially along the avenue, where it was intended to have
a row of elms along each side. Great difficulties were
found however, in planting them successfully in the drier
parts of the ground, and in some places they would succeed
only after digging up a wide and deep bed and filling it
with manure. So soon, however, as the roots reached the
moist clay of the subsoil the trees grew vigorously. It has
happened in this way that some of the dying trees have
been replaced by maples; so that our avenue of elms is not
altogether complete. An inner row of soft maples was
planted at the same time, partly to protect the elms and
partly to form a shade in advance of the latter, the inten-
tion being ultimately to remove the maples and to leave
merely the avenue of elms. The elm is the favorite
ornamental tree in the province of Quebec, not only
because of its beauty, but on account of its rapid growth.
A tree planted in 1858 by Lady Dawson on the east side of
the avenue has now a circumference of 6 feet near the
ground, and is quite a stately tree. It has grown
more rapidly than some of the others on account of
the more suitable soil. The rough foliage of the elm
is remarkably exempt from the attacks of caterpillars.
Its worst enemy in my experience is the prickly black
caterpillar of the mourning cloak butterfly — Vanessa
antiopa.

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 415
15. THe Rep or Srippery Exum. Ulmus sulva.

In 1855 there was a moribund tree of this species at the
foot of the terrace in front of the college. Its roots had
been in great part buried under the excavators’ rubbish
used.in forming the terrace, and it was gradually dying. I
planted at its root the wild vine and the Ampelopsis or five-
fingered ivy, which in a few years completely clothed its
stem and dead branches, giving it a fine appearance,
especially in autumn, when the bright yellow of the vine
and the crimson of the Ampelopsis had a most brilliant
effect. It was one of the chief ornaments of the front of
the buildings for many years, when, decaying at the base,
it was finally overthrown in an autumnal storm. Other
trees of this speeies were planted, but their inferiority to
the ordinary American elm, both in form and stature was
too manifest to encourage their multiplication.

16. THe Corky Exim. Ulmus racemosa.

This species is distinguished by the curious corky ex-
crescences on its trunk and branches, and by its stiffer and
more rigid branching as compared with the ordinary
species. A fine young specimen from St. Andrews was
presented some years ago by Dr. Harrington and was grow-
ing well, but it was one of the victims of the recent im-
provements.

17. Toe Enetish Exim. Ulmus campestris.

Specimens of this tree were presented by Mr. Young,
and having been planted on good soil grew vigorously ; but
the twigs were liable to be winter killed and the tree then
sent off shoots from the root, giving it an unsightly appear-
ance. It is much stiffer in habit of growth than our elm,
with smaller foliage and a tendency to corky excrescences
on the bark. It is evidently scarcely hardy enough for our
climate, though it has succecded well in New England. All
those in the College grounds have perished, except one

416 Canadian Record of Science.

young tree; but I still have a plant in my garden in
Walbrae Place.

18. Tae Burrernut. Juglans cinerea.

A row of these trees of large size formerly existed in
continuation of the oaks along the bank of the brook to the
rear of Mr. McGill’s property of Burnside. They were
probably along the line of an old fence or farm road. Five
or six of these trees existed mm 1855, and were
regularly visited every autumn by troops of nutters from
the east end of the town. The best of the survivors
occupies a large space in my garden in Walbrae place, part
of which was purchased from the rear angle of the McGill
property. The ruins of another stand in front of the
Medical Faculty’s building and are at least picturesque. This
tree was partly buried by excavated material, but has sur-
vived this, though many of its branches were killed.
Another stands in front of the Thomas Workman Technical
building and may probably be spared. Several young trees
intended to renew the old ones have been destroyed except
one near the chemical laboratory of the Medical School.

The butternut is a very beautiful tree and well deserving
cultivation, though it has the fault of leafing late in the
spring, and dropping its foliage early in autumn. It is
easily raised from the nut if planted in autumn, and grows
with rapidity. It is quite a common tree on the farms
northward and westward of Montreal.

The butternut, owing to the food it affords and to the
shelter provided in the older trees by decayed spots, is a
favourite home of the red squirrel. A pair of these animals
has continued to maintain itself in the great tree near the
Workman building for thirty years, notwithstanding occa-
sional stoning by boys, and one individual at least still
holds its ground up to the present autumn.

19. Hickory. Carya porcina.

A few fine specimens of this beautiful and stately tree

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 417

occurred on the line of the Burnside brook. The best was
destroyed in 1890. One remains on the lower part of the
grounds, and another still survives between the Thomas
Workman building and the Medical School. This is a more
lofty but less spreading tree than the butternut; and in
autumn its bright yellow foliage forms a beautiful variety.
Though less rapid in growth than the butternut, it grows
quickly in good soil and should be cultivated, both on
account of its beauty and the utility of its remarkably
strong and tough wood. In appearance it resembles the
ash, but is a more beautiful tree.

20. Tae Mapies. Acer saccharinum, A rubrum, A dasy-
carpum.

Curiously enough no maples existed on the grounds in
1855. Now they are the prevaleiat trees, and many of the
best trees are from seed collected in 1856, and sowed in our
little nursery on the flat near Sherbrooke street. All the
three species above named are on the grounds. The first
is the most stately and enduring, but of less rapid growth
than the others. In autumn its foliage is variegated with
red and orange. The red maple, a more rapid grower but
less grand and enduring, has the most brilliant red leaves
in autumn. Those of the white maple, A. dasycarpum, are
yellow in autumn. The belt of red and white maples along
the east side of the grounds, all from seed sown by ourselves,
was one of the finest bits of woodland foliage about Mont-
real, but was destroyed to make room for the Thomas
Workman building. The thinner belt on the west side of
the campus is also a good feature, but much inferior to the
other, owing to poorer soil and the injury done to the trees
by boys and spectators on occasion of games and athletic
sports.

21. Taz Mounratn Mapuz. Acer spicatum.

This tree, better suited to the colder and more bleak

portions of the country, has been naturalized on the college
15

418 Canadian Record of Science.

grounds, where one plant still survives. It is of small
stature, rather a large shrub than a tree, but its white bark,
its peculiar light green foliage and its beautiful spikes of
green and red samaras in autumn, entitle it to attention as
an ornamental plant. It is easily cultivated and an excel-
lent shrub for hiding palings or other unsightly objects.

22. Tus Norway Maris. Acer platanoides.

Several specimens of this tree were presented by the
Hon. Mr. Young, and it proved the finest of all those given
by him as an ornamental tree. Our only remaining
example is that near the Peter Redpath museum. This
tree somewhat resembles our sugar maple, to which it is
nearly allied, but it has larger and deeper green foliage, is
earlier in putting forth leaves in spring, and retains them
longer in autumn. It seems perfectly hardy, and is in all
respects one of the finest ornamental trees from abroad ever
introduced into this country. A seed bed was established
for the sake of propagating plants for distribution ; but the
plants had to be removed owing to building operations. A
number of them, however, still exist in care of Prof.
Penhallow.

No tree better deserves the attention of arboriculturists.
It would probably yield sugar, but I am not aware that its
properties in this respect have been tested.

23. Tue Enetish Mapie. Acer campestre.

This very beautiful small-leaved maple was introduced
by Mr. Young, and a number of specimens were planted on
the grounds. All those on the richer and less sheltered
ground were so much winter-killed that in a few years they
perished ; but a few plants which happened to be put on
the dry terrace, sheltered by the buildings, have held their
ground, not however as trees, but as shrubs. Their beauti-
ful and singular foliage always attracts attention. It is
deep green in summer and pale yellow in autumn. They
have never borne fruit, and every spring require pruning

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 419

of dead twigs. The variety which has succeeded best is
that having the roughest and most corky bark. The
plants now in front of my residence, though mere shrubs,
are about thirty years of age.

24, Tae Sycamore Mapur. Acer pseudo-platanus.

A fine healthy specimen of this tree was presented by the
late Mr. Gibb and proved to be hardy and a vigorous
grower, while its great glossy leaves were more showy than
those of any of our other maples. It had attained to a
height of more than thirty feet, and was a beautiful and
shapely tree. Being a little removed from the new build-
ings I had hoped that it might be preserved ; but on occa-
sion of cutting down some common trees which were in the
way, the workman extended his commission to this tree
also, and I arrived on the ground too late to save it.

25, Toe ASH-LEAVED Marie. Vegundo aceroides.

Our experience with this handsome tree is of interest, as
showing the difference in hardiness of specimens from
different localities, a point to which attention has recently
been directed by Mr. Fletcher, of the Experimental Farm,
Ottawa. Desiring to introduce the tree as a botanical
specimen, in consequence of the peculiar form of its leaf, I
purchased some plants from a nursery in the State of New
York, but was much disappointed with the result. The
ends of the twigs were winter-killed and the trees soon
began to lose their beauty in consequence, so that I regarded
the experiment as a failure. A little later some seeds from
Manitoba were sent to me in a letter by Dr. G. M. Dawson
and produced healthy plants, which showed no sign of
winter-killing, and now I have healthy and vigorous trees
perfectly suited to the climate. They have already borne
abundance of seed which has been cultivated by Dr.
Harrington, and numerous plants have been distributed by
him. He has even found that this progeny of the North-
west Negundo will grow successfully as far to the North-

420 Canadian Record of Science.

east as Little Metis on the Lower St. Lawrence, where he
has plants ten feet high. One of my original Negundos
still exists in the College grounds, and I hope will be
spared to become an old tree. Dr. Harrington has ascer-
tained, from specimens on McGill College grounds, the pro-
portion of sugar yielded by this tree, as compared with the
sugar maple, which is so considerable as to warrant its
culture as a producer of sugar.

26. Tue Waite AsH. Fraxinus americana.

A great number of trees of this species were raised from
the seed, and have. been planted in various parts of the
grounds. The belt of trees on the east side of the Medical
building consists of this species, and presents a fine mass of
foliage in summer, through the trees are still yourg. The
ash suffers in some years from the attacks of the tent
caterpillars (Clisiocampa), and is rather straggling and
slender in its habit of growth, but it is easily cultivated and
is a rapid grower, especially in moist ground.

27. Tue Encouiso Asu. Fraxinus excelsior.

A few specimens of this species were presented by Mr.
Young. One still survives in front of the east wing, but is
in danger of death from being embanked in earth. It grows
vigorously and stands the climate well, but puts forth its
leaves very late in spring, so that a casual observer, seeing
it bare after other trees are in leaf, would suppose it*dead.
It is a finer and more stately tree than any of our species,
and deserves cultivation.

28. Tue Mountain Aso Pyrus Americana and P. aucuparia.

The first named species is the native mountain ash and
the second is the European species. Both are handsome
small trees and produce beautiful pinnate leaves and rich
clusters of scarlet berries in autumn. The American spe-

1Trans. Royal Society of Canada, vol. v, 1888, p. 39.

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 421

cies is the more luxuriant grower and has larger and more
shining leaves. The Envlish species is more delicate and
graceful. Both are perfectly hardy, of rapid growth and
easily propagated, and are not uncommon in gardens and
shrubberies in and near Montreal. We had young trees of
both species on the grounds as well as some varieties with
peculiar leaves presented by Mr. Gibb, but they had to be
removed to the botanical garden.

29. HawtHorN. Cratcegus. (Species.)

In 1855 the most abundant shrubs on the grounds were
hawthorns, whose spines had enabled them to resist the
attacks of cattle and boys. They also sheltered wild vines
and other climbers. There were three species; the most
abundant was C. crusgalli, the cockspur thorn, but C. cocci-
nea, the crimson-fruited thorn was also present though rare,
and one specimen of it still survives near the Medical build-
ing. The finest species, however, was C. tomentosa, the
apple or pear thorn, which becomes when full grown a
small tree, throwing out its branches horizontally with a
very fine effect, and presenting an object of rare beauty
when covered with blossom in spring. One of the finest
“specimens I ever saw was on the east side of the grounds
toward University street. When it was proposed to sell
lots on this street, Mr. D. Davidson,! then a member of
the Board, declared that one of his chief objections to the
sale of these lots was the probable destruction of this tree.
It survived this ordeal, however, being a little beyond the
limits of the building lots, but now its place knows it no
more. A very fine, though younger, specimen still exists
in front of the Library at the foot of the terrace.

Some years ago I suggested to the gatekeeper to plant a
row of seedlings of this species along the Sherbrooke street
front, in hope that they might replace as a hedge the old

LWhile these pages were in the press the news arrived of the death of this
venerable and true friend of education, to whom both the University and the
High School of Montreal are most deeply indebted.

422 Canadian Record of Science.

paling along that front. The attempt was quite successful
and the hedge still stands, though the paling has been
replaced by an iron railing.

When in England in 1865, I procured some plants of the
pink and crimson double hawthorn, so ornamental in that
country in spring, and planted them in different parts of
the grounds. One of them, planted in a rich and sheltered
spot, grew well and flowered several times. The others
were less successful, and eventually all succumbed to the
rigour of the winter. The common variety of the English
thorn is however more hardy.

30. June-Bergy. Witp PEAR. Amelanchier canadensis.

This beautiful little tree was introduced to the grounds
many years ago, and was the first to gladden our eyes in
spring with its white blossoms, though the wild plum was
sometimés about as early. I took special care of one speci-
men training it on a single stalk and cutting away the
shoots which this tree is so prone to form at the base. The
result was a specimen of unusually large size and beauty,
which several botanists informed me was the finest they
had seen. It was destroyed to make room for the engineer-
ing building. ‘

On our grounds the delicious fruit of this tree, so much
prized by the Indians of the North-West, could not be
obtained, owing to the constant depredations of a grub
which destroyed or rendered it unsightly, and the birds
quickly disposed of the remainder. I had hoped by culture
to improve the fruit, but could never obtain it in any
quantity.

31. Popuars. Populus. (Species.)

The Abele or Huropean white poplar and the Lombardy
poplar were early introduced on the grounds, and have
grown vigorously. The former is too rapid in growth and
too wide-spreading for limited grounds, and both are very
exhausting to the soil in their vicinity. Of the native

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 423

species the only one to which I gave attention was the P.
grandidentata, the large-toothed aspen, because of its resem-
blance to some fossil species, and the wonderful variety in
form and texture of the leaves on shoots and branches of dif-
ferent ages, as illustrating the diversities of foliage in these
fossil species. The tree is, however, of straggling and irre-
gular habit of growth, and scarcely worthy of cultivation
except for its tremulous leaves, in which property it is sur-
passed by its ally, P. tremuloides, but this also is a straggling
and usually ungraceful tree.

32. WitLéws. Salix. (Species.)

Some plants of native willows existed originally in the
grounds, and seemed to have been less attractive to brows-
ing cattle than most other shrubs. The bright yellow cat-
kins of the male plants formed an attractive feature in early
spring. They appear, however, to be of short life and
require to be frequently renewed. In recent years some
foreign species of fine appearance were presented by Mr.
Gibb. Two of these, more particularly, a gray or olive-leaved
species and one with shining dark green leaves, were espe-
cially attractive and proved hardy and rapid growers.
They are well deserving of attention where beautiful foli-
age is desired in a short time and where the soil is moist.
The same remark may be made as to some of the finer
varieties of the white-leaved poplar. The beautiful golden
willow was early planted along the side of the brook, and
though for some years it was impossible to protect the
plants from the knives of schoolboys, they eventually over-
topped their assailants and grew to the stature of trees,
which formed a very pleasing variety in contrast with the
maples and spruces.

33. Wiup CHERRY AND Pium. Prunus. (Species.)

The choke cherry (Prunus virginiana), the black cherry
(Prunus serotina), the common wild red cherry (Prunus
pennsylvanica), and the wild plum (Prunus americana),

424 Canadian Record of Science.

were all indigenous on the grounds, or early introduced,
and flowered and fruited every year. A few specimens
still remain. The wild red plum, still used for preserving,
was an article of food with the old people of Hochelaga, as
the stones are found in their kitchen-middens. It pro-
bably grew plentifully along the base of the mountain.
The plants on the college grounds had apparently been
sown by birds, and were principally interesting as har-
bingers of spring by their early blossomlng—their fruit
being usually destroyed by the curculio.

34. THe Locust Trees. Robinia pseudacacia and R.
viscosa.

Slips of these trees were obtained from friends at an early
period of our planting, and throve well, especially the for-
mer, which, from its habit of sending up shoots from its
roots, became almost a nuisance. The clammy acacia (2#.
viscosa) was more tender and liable to have the twigs win-
ter killed, but it often bore abundantly its beautifui clusters
of reddish flowers. A plant of the latter species still re-
mains, but all those of the former had to give way to the
new buildings.

35. THe CataLpa. C. bignonioides.

For several specimens of this beautiful and interesting
tree we are indebted to the late Charles Gibb, and all are
fortunately planted in portions of the grounds not as yet
invaded by building. They require a sheltered position,
and some specimens seem perfectly hardy, while others,
perhaps less fuvorably situated, have the shoots winter-
killed. None of the specimens have yet flowered, and, as
their growth is not rapid, it may be several years before
we can have the pleasure of seeing the beautiful blossoms.
I have observed that this tree has in Toronto been planted
along some of the streets. Whether it would stand here in
such situations is uncertain: but it deserves attention in
ornamental grounds, .

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 4°

Le)

36. THE Doa@woop. Cornus. (Species.)

Of our different species of dogwood, that which seems
most deserving of cultivation as an ornamental tree is C.
paniculata. A fine tree-shaped specimen with very spread-
ing branches is in the grounds, and is still vigorous though
thirty years of age.

37. THe Exuprers. Sambucus canadensis and S. racemosa.

Both species are cultivated in the College grounds. The
latter is perhaps the most important. It grows very vigor-
ously, is the first shrub to put forth its leaves and its not
very showy blossoms in spring, and when in fruit is gay
with its bunches of scarlet berries. It tends to have a
straggling habit of growth, but is easily pruned and kept
in shape. Its early vegetation in spring entitles it to
special consideration in our climate; and though it prefers
somewhat rich ground, it will grow well on dry banks.

38. THe Hien Cranperry. Viburnum opulus.

Two specimens of this plant presented by the late C.
Dunkin, Hsgq., still exist in the grounds, and their fruit,
remaining over winter, produces a pretty appearance and
provides a meal to winter birds. The double variety known
as the snowball is a common ornamental shrub everywhere,
but the brilliant berries of the single variety entitle it to
consideration as an ornamental plant, though its flowers
are much less showy.

39. Tae SueEep-Berry. Viburnum lentago.

This species, indigenous on the mountain, is the only
other viburnum we have cultivated except the common
snowball. It grows well and flowers and fruits freely, and
is among other shrubs a pretty variety. In some parts of
the country its berries are used as fruit, but are of little
value.

426 Canadian Record of Science.

40. Tae Woopsinrt or Five-Fingerep Ivy. <Ampelopsis
quinquefolia.

This species grew freely among the thorn bushes and was
used as a Climbing plant as it generally is in Canada, with
good effect. I owe to the kindness of my friend, the late
Prof. Gray, some seedlings of the beautiful Japan species,
A. veichii. This I have found too tender to grow in rich
soil or in shady or exposed places, but in the dry soil and
sunny exposures of the front of the college buildings it has
held its own, though more or less killed back in winter, for
about ten years. It is too tender for our climate, except in
the most favourable soils and exposures.

41. Tae STArr-TREE. Celastrus scandens.

This fine climber was abundant in the thorn thickets, and
often bore quantities of its brilliant and permanent scarlet
and orange fruit. It is now, however, confined to a single
specimen trained over the front porch of the east wing,
where it has continued unimpaired for the last twenty-five
years, and puts forth is shoots and blossoms vigorously
every spring, though it does not fruit. It is very well suited
for this purpose, and I am surprised that it is not more
frequently cultivated as an ornamental climber. When
trained artificially, however, it often fails to fruit. It is not
only a very beautiful climber, but has the merit of escaping
the attacks of the minute insects so destructive to vines. I
used to boast that it is altogether exempt from insect
ravages; but only last spring I found some of the slender
young shoots covered with the common black Aphis. It is
an interesting example of the almost instinctive attraction
of some climbing plants to supporting bodies. Its long red
roots pass for a considerable distance underground, and when-
ever they come near to a post or tree stem, send up young
plants though they may show no tendency to this elsewhere.

42. Tue Frost Grape. Vitis cordifolia.

This grew abundantly among the thorn bushes, often

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 427

weighing them down with its masses of foliage and fruit.
As already stated, it was used for training on dead trees,
etc., but latterly it was much affected, and its beauty des-
troyed by the attacks of a minute vine-fretter (Tettigonia).
Its fruit is useless except for the plentiful colouring matter
which it contains.

43. Taz Jupas TREE. Cercis canadensis.

We owe specimens of this shrub to the late Mr. Gibb. It
has, however, proved tender, even in a sheltered position,
and has not flowered. It does not seem to be suited to our
climate. Our largest specimen has been removed to the
new botanical garden, where, perhaps, it may be more
successful.

44, Tur Sumacu. hus typhina.

' This beautiful little tree is one of our best ornamental
plants and will grow on poor stony soil. Its straggling
habit of growth can be corrected by cutting down the tops
of the young shoots annually for afew years. The female
plant is much the best, being of more compact and vigorous
growth and retaining its dense panicles ofred fruit through
the winter. In autumn the brilliant red leaves have a fine
appearance. The fruit, though dry, is greedily eaten by
some winter birds, and it is probably by the agency of these
that the species is so plentifully disseminated over the lower
part of the Mountain Park. Young plants trained separately
on single stems and pruned as above directed, have a very
fine appearance on exposed banks.

45. Tue Surusspy Hoxiiywock. Hibiscus syriacus.

IT was much struck with the beauty of this plant as culti-
vated in the surburbs of Boston, and endeavoured to intro-
duce it on the College grounds. The attempt was, however,
unsuccessful. The tips were winter killed, and though I suc-
ceeded in having flowers for a few years, the plants ulti-
mately perished.

428 Canadian Record of Science.

46. Tur ANGELICA TREE OR SHRUBBY ARALIA. Aralia
spinosa.

We owe this curious plant to Mr. Gibb. When growing
vigourously and in good condition it is highly ornamental,
but it is liable to have the terminal bud winter killed, and
it has a bad habit of spreading freely from the root. It
requires moist ground. Our best specimens have had to be
removed, and some have been planted in the rear of the
grounds near the Medical building.

47. Pautownta. Paulownia imperialis.

This tree produces magnificent leaves and is very orna-
mental, but unfortunately its large shoots are annually
killed down. It has been on the ground for about twelve
years and sends up vigorous shoots annually. It is deserving
of cultivation even as a herbaceous plant, because of the
beautiful foliage. Our best specimen has been destroyed but
a smaller one still survives.

48. Soruppy Hyprancea. Hydrangea arborescens.

This beautiful, shrub presented by Mr. Gibb, has proved
quite hardy and flowers profusely. Its large cymes of
flowers are very showy in autumn, and if taken into the
house can be dried and will remain fresh over winter. It
has now been introduced into many private gardens. The
best specimens I have seen are in the grounds of Mr. J. H.
R. Molson.

49. Tae Horse Cuoestnut. sculus hippocastanum.

Specimens of this tree, presented by Mr. Young, have
been growing for many years on the grounds and flower
freely. I had hoped also to introduce the red variety, so
much cultivated in England; but the specimens imported ©
proved too tender to endure the winter, though Mr. Lunn,
perhaps from some difference in soil or exposure, was more
successful, and had vigorous specimens for many years.

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 429
50. THe Spruces. Abies. (Species.)

We had originally no spruces on the grounds. The late
Major Campbell of St. Hilaire was kind enough to send a
car-load of young spruces to the College many years ago,
principally of the black spruce, A. nigra. They were
planted and grew well; but those in the vicinity of the
cricket ground were all killed by the rough treatment they
received. A group around the lawn tennis shelter still
remains; but the best were planted on the east side of
the grounds and have been destroyed. Mr. Gibb, at a later
date, presented young plants of the Norway spruce, one of
which remains. ‘his species is finer in habit of growth
than those of our country and perfectly hardy.

51. Toe Argon Vita. Thuya occidentalis.

A few of these trees were planted in a clump in the cen-
tral part of the ground in 1856 and still remain. I trust
they will not require to be removed, as I am very desirous
to obtain a record of the rate of growth of this tree, which
seems to be extremely slow, a fact -perhaps connected with
the very durable character of the wood. Our specimens
are only a few inches in diameter, while the elms and
maples planted at the same time are a foot or more, and
the spruces planted long after are twice their size.

52. Tue Larcn. Larix americana. L.

Only a few specimens of the American larch were planted
on the grounds, and I believe all have been destroyed. A
fine specimen of the European larch still exists, but is too
near to an intended roadway to be permitted to survive.
The European larch is a finer and more compact tree than
ours, and with more pendulous branches and larger and
brighter coloured cones. It is perfectly hardy. The native
larch has in many places been destroyed by the ravages of
a caterpillar, I have not yet observed. tiis to attack the
Hugiish species.

430 Canadian Record of Science.

53. THe JUNIPER. Juniperus communis.

I brought a specimen of this plant from Cape Elizabeth
about 1865, and planted it in what seemed a favourable
spot. It grew and has continued to live up to last year;
but its growth is so slow that in twenty-five years it was a
low bush, with a total diameter of only about three feet. I
feared to attempt to transplant it, and had hoped to pre-
serve it by placing guards around it, but in my temporary
absence it was buried under a pile of stones and destroyed.

54. Tae Ginkeo TREE. Ginkgo biloba.

I was naturally desirous to have this tree on the grounds,
as an example of a taxine tree with broad leaves, as the
sole representative of its genus, and as a modern example
of a type which in Cretaceous and Tertiary times was repre-
sented by several species in Canada. A specimen which I
obtained many years ago from a nursery in the United
States still stands, but it is too large to be transplanted
with safety, and [ fear is so near to a contemplated road
embankment that it may be destroyed. A few smaller
examples, presented by Mr. Gibb, have been transplanted
to the new botanical garden.

Miscellaneous Shrubs.

It would be tedious to refer to a variety of other orna-
mental shrubs cultivated or experimented on. Among
those successfully introduced are the golden currant, the
flowering raspberry, the Western white flowering rasp-
berry from Lake Superior (Aubus nutkanus), the silver-leaf
(Elewagnus argentea),’ the lilacs, of which we had at one
time five or six varieties, the species of Philadelphus or
“Syringa,” the burning bush (Huonymus), the fringe-tree
(Chionanthus), various species of Spirewa, etc. Many of
these, as well as Canadian herbaceous plants, have been
transferred to the new botanical garden.

1This species, usually considered a Western plant, is also found locally in

Eastern Canada, as, for instance, on the banks of Metis River, and it grows
very vigorously and would easily run wild at Montreal.

Trees on McGill University Grounds. 431

I have always regarded the sight of trees and other
beautiful or impressive natural objects as an educating
influence of no small value, and all the more needed in a
country whose tradition is the destruction, not the culture
of trees, and where, even from a utilitarian point of view,
arboriculture should be encouraged far more than it has
been; while the love of rural beauty, for its own sake, at
present so lamentably deficient among us, would be an
influence not only elevating but tending to the best kind of
patriotism. For this reason I had hoped to leave behind
me, in connection with McGill, a college park, which, if not
large, should be attractive and instructive from its variety
and the number of interesting trees contained in it, where
our young men could learn to know and love the useful
and ornamental trees of our country, and whence some of
them might go forth to take up the pursuits so admirably
carried out by our late lamented graduate and friend,
Charles Gibb. This portion of our educational work has
for the present been suspended, except in so far as it can
be renewed on the Trafalgar property ; but I hope that the
slender and imperfect record of it above given may aid
those who may have opportunity to continue it under bet-
ter auspices, and may possibly tend to induce some large-
minded benefactor to bestow on the University a sufficient
tract of land for a botanical garden and arboretum, like
those connected with some of the greater universities on
this continent and abroad.

For the present we have secured, as a refuge for a portion
of our collections, the use of a desirable property on the
mountain, belonging to the Trafalgar Institute ; but this is
only temporary, and it is evident that to make adequate
experiments on tree culture, and to perpetuate the evidence
of our results, requires a permanent property, and this of
some magnitude and with somewhat varied soils and ex-
posures. Our botanical department, as now organized
under Prof. Penhallow, would render this beneficial not
only to students, but to the country at large.

432 Canadian Record of Scienee.

Notes ON THE FLORA OF CacouNa, P. Q.’

August 9th—18th, 1891.
By D. P. PENHALLOoW.

In the flora of Cacouna and the adjacent districts of the
Lower St. Lawrence, the botanist finds many features of
interest, both in its extent and special character. One of
the most prominent facts which first commands attention, is.
the brilliancy of the flowers, and the great profusion of
many species which are nearly or quite at their northern
limits of distribution. The presence of distinctly boreal
species like Arctostaphylos uva-ursi, Vaccinium vitis-idea,
Empetrum nigrum and Pinus banksiana, and the predomin-
ance of such plants as alder, birches, Linnea borealis,
Chiogenes serpyllifolia and Ledum latifolium, together with a
profusion of lichens and mosses, indicates a distinct approach
to sub-arctic and arctic flora.

On the other hand, southern types are also met with, but
many of them obviously near or at the extreme northern
limits of their distribution. Such a combination of types
lends a peculiar interest to the flora, which is also
strengthened by the special physical characteristics of the
region.

The geological formation of Cacouna and vicinity, is
Lower Silurian. The various strata of sandstone, granitoid
rock and shale are tilted up at an abrupt angle, and form a
series of parallel ridges of variable height running north-
east and south-west parallel with the general course of
the river. These ridges rise to a height of 150-300 feet,
and in one or two cases form isolated hills rising abruptly
from the surrounding plain. Between them are large areas
of alluvium which embrace both swamps and arable lands
of fine quality.

The ridge following the shore line, and on which rests
the Village of Cacouna, presents a very bold face towards

1 Contribution from the Botanical Club of Canada.

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 438

the river, the cliff rising abruptly to a height of 50-100
feet, while somewhat farther back, the crest attains an
altitude of 75-100 feet more. Towards the north, in the
direction of Green River, the ridge gradually runs down to
near the river level, while towards the south it also termi-
nates at low level in a rocky point. For want of more
exact identification, I shall refer to this locality as Cacouna
Point. To the east of Cacouna ridge and rather nearer the
Fraserville slope, but rising abruptly from the plain, is an
isolated hill having a height of about 200 feet, and a
northern and southern extension of about a milc. The
western face is very bold and broken, while the eastern face
slopes away somewhat gradually. This is known as Pilot
Hill. Between the Cacouna ridge and the higher ridge at
Fraserville, there is a ridge which rises abruptly from the
surrounding plain, having its northern terminus near the
Fraserville road, while its southern extremity projects well
into the river at the landing. Between this point and the
main shore at Fraserville is a deep bay, the shores of which
are somewhat marshy. Again, hetween it and Cacouna
Point, there is'‘also a deep bay, the shores of which are very
marshy almost up to the highway. This was found to
be a locality rich in plants not found elsewhere. On the
Fraserville side of this marsh, just under the bluff, are the
ruins of a large stone house which will be referred to as
the Old Stone House. Following the shore road past this
point towards the landing, one is led through a succession
of fields and finally through a beautiful wood, where is to
be found an abundance of Taxus and more ferns than occur
any where else in the vicinity. At the foot of all the shore
blufis are dense thickets, rich in species which do not find
as congenial homes in other localities.

Cacouna Island is such only in name. It is in reality
connected with the main land by a low neck which, at
high water, is a few hundred feet wide, but at low water,
expands to a broad tract of marshy land probably three-
quarters of a mile or more wide. The island itself, isa
mass of rock covered partly with thin soil, with bold shore

16

434 Canadian Record of Science.

cliffs rising to a height of 150 feet. The summit of the
island is probably 300-350 feet high.

Such a configuration of the surface presents conditions
which are in a high degree favorable to a diversified flora,
while the latitude—47° N.—favors the presence of distinctly
sub-aictic and arctic plants.

The river, which is here about twelve miles wide, offers a
great barrier to the northern extension of southern forms.
The temperature along the south-east shore, is manifestly
higher than along the north-west shore, a fact which is
indicated by the presence of persistent fogs in the vicinity
of the latter, when the former is wholly free from them.
It is, therefore, highly probable that on the northern shore
the vegetation is more distinctly arctic, and that many
species which occur on the south shore, may be wholly
wanting there. Comparative studies in this direction
would be of value.

The prevailing arborescent vegetation consists of the
white (Picea alba) and black (Picea nigra) spruces, with
occasional specimens of pitch (Pinus resinosa) and white
(Pinus strobus) pines, larch (Larix americana) and white
cedar (Thuya occidentalis). The sugar maple (Acer sac-
charinum) is common as a shade tree, and occasionally
is sufficiently abundant to form sugar bush. Populus
tremuloides is common everywhere, while the Lombardy
poplar (Populus dilatata) is very common in all the villages
as a shade tree. The Banksian pine (Pinus banksiana) is
abundant on Cacouna Island, as also, is the Canadian yew
( Taxus canadensis).

The very great variety of situations in which plants of
the same species occur, is a matter of constant surprise.
The bunch berry (Cornus canadensis) which, further south is
almost wholly contined to low lands, is here found extending
from low, moixt woods and meadows up the slopes of the
hills and even on the dry, rocky slopes of the higher ridges.
Linnea borealis is also found both in low, mossy ground
with Ledum latifolium, and in moist woods, and also on
dry, rocky ridges among the shrubby growth. Crypripe-

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 435

dium acaule was found most abundantly on the tops of dry
ridges where it was protected by shrubby growth hardly
more than eight feet high.

The blueberry ( Vaccinium pennsylvanium) is very abundant
throughout the eastern region. The mountain ash is also
common, and is largely used for ornamental purposes. It
grows as a low tree or large shrub hardly exceeding 20 feet
in height, and on Cacouna Island it is wholly dwarf

The time of year at which our observations were made
was not favorable to the collection of a large number of
species, nevertheless, the fact that within eight days, no
less than 220 species were observed, exclusive of grasses,
lichens, and mosses, shows that the flora of the district is
a fairly rich one. The following enumeration of species
with their localities, will obviate the necessity of further
comment. It shows 49 families, 149 genera, and 212 species.
The species which have been introduced and are now
naturalised, are indicated by *

THALICTRUM POLYGAMUM, Michx. (Tall Meadow-Rue.)
Very common in thickets on Cacouna Island, in the same
localities on the mainland and in moist lands generally.
Flower.

RANUNCULUS CYMBALARIA, Pursh. (Seaside Crowfoot.)
This plant was found somewhat abundantly on the shore
at Cacouna Island and in the same situations on the
mainland. It was chiefly found growing in the soil
between rocks. It was observed in the greatest
abundance at Cacouua Point. No flower.

RANUNCULUS SCELERATUS, L. (Cursed Crowfoot.)

Common everywhere in ditches, especially towards
Fraserville landing near the old stone house. Flower.

RANUNCULUS PENNSYLVANIOUS, L.f. (Bristley Crowfoot.)
Found somewhat sparingly in the low ground of the
intervale east of Cacouna, and more rarely in grain
fields. Flower.

436 Canadian Record of Science.

**RANUNCULUS AcRIS, L. (Buttercups.)

Very common everywhere. Flower.

CaLTHA PALUSTRIS, L. (Marsh Marigold.)

Only a few specimens of this plant were found in the
wet land between Cacouna Point and the point at
Fraserville landing. The leaves alone were found.

Coptis TRIFOLIA, Salisb. (Goldthread.)

This species occurs in abundance on mossy hummocks in
the low lands bordering the road to Cacouna station.
No flower.

Actma spicata, L., var. RUBRA, Ait. (Red Baneberry.)

Very common everywhere in moist thickets and wood-
lands, being particularly abundant along the shore
at the base of the bluff. On Cacouna Island it was
found extending nearly to the summit. Fruit.

AcT#A ALBA, Bigel. (White Baneberry.)

Very abundant and found in the same situations as the
last, the sharply contrasting red and white berries
of the two species forming a striking feature in the
undergrowth. Fruit.

*“BRASSICA SINAPISTRUM, Boiss. (Charlock.)

This pest is here found in considerable abundance in all
the grain-fields. Flower.

*BRASSICA NIGRA, Koch. (Black Mustard.)

Commonly found about dwellings and in waste places.
Like the preceding, it has become well established.
Flower.

*“CAPSELLA BURSA—PASTORIS, Meench. (Shepherd‘s Purse.)

This introduced species is everywhere common on the
mainland, and constitutes one of the most common
roadside weeds. It seems, however, not to have
extended to Cacouna Island. Flower and fruit.

VIOLA BLANDA, Willd. (Sweet White Violet.)
From the abundance of leaves found, this is evidently

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 437

one of the most conspicuous of the spring flowers.
It occurs everywhere in the lowlands.
VIOLA CANADENSIS, L. (Canada Violet.)

Only one specimen of this plant was found, and that on
Cacouna Island, but although difficult to find at this
season of the year, it is most probably one of the
more conspicuous of the spring flowers throughout
the open woods.

*SILENE CUCUBALUS, Wibel. (Bladder Campion.)

Very abundant along the roadsides and in fields, where it
appears to constitute a troublesome weed. The usual
height, as observed here, is from one to two feet.
Flower. |

ARENARIA LATERIFLORA, L. (Sandwort.)

A few plants of this species were observed near the shore
of Cacouna Island, where it appears not to have fully
established itself. On the mainland it is common
all along the shore. Flower.

ARENARIA PEPLOIDES, L. (Sandwort.)

Very common on the sandy shore of Cacouna Point.
Flower.

*STELLARIA GRAMINEA, L. Starwort.)

An introduced species of limited range here, being found
only in cultivated fields at Cacouna Point. Flower.

Sa@InA Noposa, Fenzl. (Pearlwort.)

Very common in the sandy soil of the shore at Cacouna
Point. No evidence of this species on the Island.
Flower.

BupA BOREALIS, Watson. (Sand-Spurrey.)

This plant grows in the same situations and has the same
distribution as the preceding, the two being com-
monly mingled, Flower.

SPERGULA ARVENSIS, L. (Spurrey.)
A very common weed in grain-fields. Flower.

438 Canadian Record of Science.

Hypericum mutitum, L. (St. John’s-wort.)
A rather common plant in low ground. Chiefly in fruit,
occasionally in flower.

ELODES CAMPANULATA, Pursh. (Marsh St. John’s-wort.)
Common in the moss hummocks of low, boggy ground,
chiefly in the intervale back of Cacouna. Fruit.

*TLINUM USITATIssiIMUM, lL. (Flax.)

This introduced plant appears to be wholly confined to
grain-fields, where it is quite prominent. It was
not observed on Cacouna Island. Flower and fruit.

OXALIS CORNICULATA, L., var. sTRICTA, Sav. (Wood-Sorrel.)

A few plants of this species were observed on the slope
of Pilot Hill, and though a more extended search
might disclose a larger quantity, it is apparently not
an abundant species here. Flower.

IMPATIENS FULVA, Nutt. (Jewel-Weed.)
Very common in low lands, especially in ditches and
along narrow streams, as well as in moist thickets
of the mainland and Island. Flower.

ACER PENNSYLVANIcUM, L. (Striped Maple.)

This shrub was noted as occurring but sparingly, and the
impression was gained that it is here near its highest
northern limit. A few shrubs are to be found at the
foot of the bluff along the shore, and a few more at
the foot of the bold western foot of Pilot Hill. Fruit.

Acer spicatuM, Lam. (Mountain Maple.)
A very common species in all the thickets along the
shore, particularly along the foot of the bluff towards
Fraserville landing. Fruit.

AcER SACCHARINUM, Wang. (Sugar Maple.)
A common tree, extensively used for shade. These three
species of maple were not observed on Cacouna Island.

*TRIFOLIUM REPENS, L. (White Clover.)
Everywhere common in cultivated fields and by the road-
side. Flower.

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 439

*MELILOTUS ALBA, Lam. (White Melilot.)

Somewhat common as a roadside weed and in gardens,
where it is still cultivated for ornament. Flower.

Victa oracca, L. (Vetch.)

Everywhere common along the roadside and in thickets.
It is extremely abundant in grass lands, where it
covers large areas, and has all the appearance of
being cultivated. The rich, deep purple flowers are
most striking. It is also found all along the shore
and is common on Cacouna Island. Flower.

Latuyrvs MArRitimus, Bigelow. (Beach Pea.)
A most abundant plant everywhere along the sandy
shores and gravelly beaches. On Cacouna Island it
extends up the rocky slopes near the shore to a
height of forty or fifty feet. The flowers are very
showy and form a conspicuous feature of the vege-
tation. Flower.

Prunus seRoTina, Ehrh. (Black Cherry.)

So far as observed this species occurs here only as a small
tree, and was found chiefly in the thickets along
shore at the foot of the bluff, where it is rather com-
mon. Fruit.

SPIRHA SALICIFOLIA, L. (Meadow-sweet.)

Found somewhat sparingly in dry, rocky fields near Ca-
couna Point. Flower.

Rusus cHama@morvs, L. (Cloud-berry.)

In a sphagnous swamp on the road toward Green Island,
about two and one-half miles from Cacouna church,
this plant was found in considerable abundance. It
was not observed elsewhere. Leaves only.

Rusus TRrrLorus, Richardson. (Dwarf Raspberry.)

Common in the rather dry fields, on sandy soil, at Cacouna
Point. Fruit.

Rusus strigosus, Michx. (Wild Raspberry.)
Extremely abundant on Cacouna Island, also on Pilot Hill,

440 Canadian Record of Science.

and less conspicuously on the dry, rocky ridges. It
is also very abundant in the woodlands of the inter-
vales. The fruit of this plant, which is here gathered
in great abundance, is in this locality remarkable for
its size and flavor. Fruit.
GEUM RIVALE, L. (Purple Avens.)
Sparingly found in the marsh near Cacouna Point. Fruit.

FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA, Mill. (Strawberry.)
Very common everywhere in the fields, where it often
covers extensive areas. Flowers and fruit.
FRAGABIA vesca, L. (Strawberry.)
Rather common on the rocky ridges. Fruit.

PoTENTILLA NoRvEGIcA, L. (Cinque-foil.)

_ Everywhere abundant in fields and along the roadsides,
but not observed on Cacouna Island. Flower.

PoTENTILLA PALUSTRIS, Scop. (Marsh Five-finger.)

Somewhat common in the marsh near Cacouna Point.
Fruit.

PovENTILLA FRUTICOSA, L. (Shrubby Cinque-foil.)

Only one isolated patch of this plant, covering an area of
about thirty feet square, was found in the low ground
near the marsh at Cacouna Point. Fruit.

PoTENTILLA TRIDENTATA, Ait. (Three-toothed Cinque-foil.)

An abundant species on Cacouna Island, where it grows
in the crevices of ledges and between rocks, extend-
ing in great abundance quite to the summit. It was
not observed anywhere on the mainland. Fruit,
with occasional flowers.

PoTENTILLA ANSERINA, L.. (Silver-weed.)
A very common species on the gravelly shore of Cacouna
Island and the mainland, where it covers large areas.
It is also common on dry, rocky ridges and in moist
fields everywhere. Flower. .

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 44]

PoTERIUM CANADENSE, Benth. & Hook. (Burnet.)

' This plant is one of the most conspicuous features of the
summer flora. Along the shure of Cacouna Island
it is abundant. On the mainland it occurs in the
intervales, where it often forms a dense growth for
many square rods. One of the best locations for
this plant is on the road to Fraserville, near the
railroad crossing. Flower.

Rosa BLANDA, Ait. (Rose.)

Found somewhat sparingly, the only station being on
rocky land at Cacouna Point. Only one clump,
growing close to a ledge, was observed. Flower.

Pyrus americana, D.C. (Mountain Ash.)

Very common along the roadsides and in grounds about
houses, where it has been utilized for ornamental
purposes. It is abundant everywhere in thickets
and on rocky slopes, where, however, it is always
very small and badly attacked by fungus. It occurs
somewhat sparingly on Cacouna Island, where it
extends nearly to the summit, but always small and
stunted. As found here the height ranges from 3°
to 20°. Fruit.

AMELANCHIER CANADENSIS, Torr. & Gray, var. BOTRYAPIUM,
Torr. & Gray. (June-berry.)

Common on Cacouna Island, where it extends to the sum-
mit. On the mainland it is everywhere found on
the rocky ridges, but nowhere is more than five feet
high. Fruit.

AMELANCHIER OLIGOCARPA, Roem. (June-berry.)

Common on the ridges along the shore. Both this and
the previous species are very extensively attacked
by fungus. Fruit.

TIARELLA CoRDIFOLIA, L. (False Mitre-wort.)

Observed only in the moist woods of Pilot Hill. Leaves
only.

449 Canadian Record of Science.

Rrees cynospati, L. (Wild Gooseberry.)

An abundant species on the steep bluffs and along the
rocky shore of both mainland and Island. Also very
abundant at Cacouna Point. Fruit.

Rives oxycanTHorves, L. (Wild Gooseberry.)

This species is found near the beach on Cacouna Island,
and abundantly in the thickets along the shore of the
mainland, together with the preceding. Fruit.

Ripes prostrRatum, L’Her. (Fetid Currant.)

Very common in close thickets near the beach and also
on Cacouna Island. Fruit.

*SEDUM TELEPHIUM, L. (Garden Orpine.)

Near the old stone house towards Fraserville landing
there was found a patch of this plant covering sev-
eral square yards. It has apparently escaped from
an old garden formerly existing near by. Flower.

EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM, L. (Fire-weed.)

Everywhere common along the roadsides, on gravelly
beaches and in the low ground of the intervales,
where it extends over large areas,—the brilliant
flowers forming a blaze of color which catches the
eye from a long distance. On Cacouna Island it is
also abundant along the shore and extends well up
the dry slopes towards the summit. Flower.

EPILOBIUM coLoRATUM, Michx. (Willow-herb.)
Very common in moist, low lands, along ditches and
about the shore of Cacouna Island. Flower.
EPILoBIuUM PALUSTRE, L. (Willow-herb.)
Common on the upland ridges and on Cacouna Island.
Flower.
CENOTHERA BIENNIS, L. (Hvening Primrose.)
Roadsides, somewhat common, and on Cacouna Island
near the shore. Also common all along the shore of
the mainland at the foot of the blufis. Flower.

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 443
%

Cigc#A LUTETIANA, L. (Enchanter’s Nightshade.)

Very abundant in the thickets along the shore at the foot
of the bluffs. Fruit.

Lieusticum scoticum, L. (Scotch Lovage.)

Very common all along the shore of the mainland and
Island. Flower and fruit.

C@LOPLURUM GMELINI, Ledeb.

Very common in the thickets along the shore of the
mainland and Island, where it attains a height of
five and six feet. Fruit.

OsMORRHIZA LONGISTYLIS, D.C. (Sweet Cicely.)
Common in thickets along the shore. Fruit.

SANICULA MARYLANDICA, L, (Black Snake-root.)
Found sparingly on Cacouna Island. Flower.

ARALIA HISPIDA, Vent. (Bristley Sarsaparilla.)

Found sparingly on dry, rocky ridges on Pilot Hill and
on the rocks of the shore at Cacouna Point. Also a
few specimens on Cacouna Island near the shore.
Flower and fruit.

ARALIA NupIcauLis, L. (Wild Sarsaparilla.)

Very common everywhere on the Island and mainland in
moist, rocky thickets and on rocky slopes. Fruit.

Cornus cANADENSIS, L. (Bunch Berry.)

Very abundant everywhere, presenting the greatest diver-
sity of habitat. In the low grounds and moist woods
of the intervales it is most common. It ascends the
slopes of Pilot Hill and follows the wood growth to
the summit of Cacouna ridge, where it is a common
roadside plant, and it is even found in quantity on
the dry, rocky ridges of greater elevation. In the
latter situations the plants are rather small and the
berries not numerous nor well formed. The favorite
habitat, as farther south, is in the rich, moist woods
of the rocky slopes, where the berries are large, rich

444 Canadian Record of Science.

in color, and the bunches very full and compact.
Occasionally a flower.

CoRNUS STOLONIFERA, Michx. (Red-osier Dogwood.)
Very common everywhere along roadsides and on rocky
ridges. Abundant also on Cacouna Island. Fruit.
This shrub thrives well in a variety of situations,
is easily cultivated, and if well cut back for a time
forms a shapely plant. It improves very materially
when transplanted to the more congenial conditions
of cultivation, and is well worthy of introduction as
an ornamental shrub.

SamBucus RAcEMoSA, L. (Hlder.)

Common along the roadsides and in thickets at the base
of the shore cliffs of mainland. Found but sparingly
on Cacouna Island. Fruit.

VIBURNUM ACERIFOLIUM, L. (Arrow-wood.)

In rocky woods somewhat common, especially along the
base of the shore cliffs. It was not found on Cacouna
Island. Fruit.

VIBURNUM PUBESCENS, Pursh. (Downy Arrow-wood.)

Found very sparingly on dry, rocky ridges. Fruit.

Macoun assigns the eastern limit of this species to
Western Quebec, but the specimens found by me
make it certain that this range must be extended
somewhat.

VIBURNUM NUDUM, L.
Found sparingly on rather well drained rocky ridges.
Fruit.
VIBURNUM LENTAGO, L. (Sheep-berry.)
Several shrubs along the roadside near St. Arsennes.
Fruit.
LINN#A BOREALIS, Gronoy. (Twin-flower.)

Very common on rocky, wooded slopes, in moist woods
everywhere. On Cacouna Island it extends up the

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 445

rocky slopes in the open thickets, nearly to the sum-
mit. Fruit.
LONICERA OBLONGIFOLIA (?), Muhl. (Dwarf Honeysuckle.)
A few specimens of this shrub were found on the low
ground near the old stone house. No flower or fruit.
DIERVILLA TRIFIDA, Moench. (Bush Honeysuckle.)
Common on the higher rocky ridges and in thickets all
along the shore. It apparently does not occur on
the Island. Flower.
GALIUM CIRCAZANS, Michx. (Wild Liquorice.)
Common in thickets. Not found on the Island. Flower.
GALIUM TRIFIDUM, L. (Small Bedstraw.)
Common in low grounds, especially along ditches and
streams. Flower. —
_ EUPATORIUM PURPUREUM, L. (Trnmpet Weed.)
Very common in the low lands of the intervales. Flower.
EvupatTorium PERFOLIATUM, L. (Thoroughwort.)

Common in low iands of the intervales along streams and
ditches. Not found on the Island. Flower.

Sortrpago casita, L. (Golden-rod.)

Common everywhere in woodlands and borders of thickets.
Flower.

SoLtrpago LatiFoLia, L. (Golden-rod.)

Everywhere in open woodlands and along roadsides.
Flower.

SOLIDAGO SEMPERVIRENS, L. (Golden-rod.)

A very abundant species in the marsh near Cacouna
Point. Flower.

SoLmpaGo cANADENSIS, L. (Golden-rod.)
Very abundant everywhere. Flower.
SoLrpago LANCEOLATA, L. (Golden-rod.)

Very common in fields and by the roadside. Apparently
not found on the Island. Flower.

446 Canadian Record of Science.

ASTER MACROPHYLLUS, L. (Aster.)

Everywhere in moist woodlands of both the Island and
mainland. Flower.

ASTER NOVE-ANGLIZ. LL. (Aster.)

Abundant on the borders of moist thickets everywhere.
The large spring flowers form a brilliant feature of
the vegetation. Flower.

AsTER coRDIFoLIUS, L. (Aster.)

Abundant throughout open woodlands and on the rocky
ridges. Flower.

ASTER UMBELLATUS, Mill. (Aster.)

Everywhere common. Flower.

ASTER ACUMINATUS, Michx. (Aster.)

The most common aster of this vicinity, bemg found
everywhere in thickets and along rocky cliffs and
ridges. Flower.

ERIGERON PHILADELPHICUS, L. (Common Fleabane.)

Found sparingly in fields. Not observed on Cacouna
Island. Flower. ;

ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA, Benth & Hook. (Everlasting.)

Common everywhere on the island and mainland. Flower.

GNAPHALIUM ULIGINosUM, L. (Low Cudweed.)
Very common in the moist ground of the intervales.
Flower.
AMBROSIA ARTEMIS#FOLIA, L. (Roman Wormwood.)
Very common in waste places. Flower.

BrpEens FRonposA, L. (Beggar-ticks.)
Found sparingly in low ground, especially in the ditches
near the marsh. Flower.
BIDENS CHYSANTHEMOIDES, Michx. (Bur Marigold.)
Ditches, in the low land everywhere. Flower.

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 447

ACHILLEA MILLIFoLIum, L. (Milfoil.)
Very common on the Island and mainland, especially
along roadsides and in waste places. Flower.
*TANACETUM VULGARE, L. (Tansy.)
Found occasionally in fields and waste places. Flower.

* ARTEMISIA VULGARIS, L. (Wormwood.)
Very common along the roadsides and in waste places,
One of the conspicuous weeds of the locality. Flower.
*ARCTIUM LAPPA, L. (Burdock.)
Common everywhere. A great pest. Flower.
*CNICUS ARVENSIS, Hoffm. (Canada Thistle.)
Very abundant everywhere, constituting a troublesome
weed. Flower.
*LEONTODON AUTUMNALIS, L. (Fall Dandelion.)

Somewhat common on Cacouna Island near the beach.
Flower. .
HIERACIUM CANADENSE, Michx. (Hawkweed.)
Common in fields and borders of woods on Cacouna Point.
Flower.
HigRaAciuM scaBruM, Michx. (Hawkseed.)
Fields, everywhere common, also on the Island. Flower.

PRENANTHUS RACEMOSA, Michx. (Rattlesnake-root.)
Abundant on the shore of Cacouna Island, 6’—18' high;
also along the shore of the mainland. Flower.
PRENANTHES ALBA, L. (White Lettuce.)
Very common in the moist, rich woods of the island and
mainland. Flower.
*'T'ARAXACUM OFFICINALE, Weber. (Dandelion.)
A most abundant weed everywhere. Flower.

Lactuca LEucopHa@A, Gray. (Lettuce.)
Moist thickets along the shore, common. Not found on
the island. Flower.

448 _ Canadian Record of Science.

*SSUNCHUS OLERACEUS, L. (Sow-thistle.)

_ Common everywhere, roadsides, about dwellings and in
fields. Also on Cacouna Island. Flower.

*SONCHUS ARVENSIS, L. (Sow-thistle.)

Very common in fields everywhere and near the shore on
Cacouna Island. This plant is particularly abundant
in grain-fields, where it covers large areas, to the
great detriment of the crops. Flower.

CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA, L., var. AaRcTICA, Lange. (Hare-
bell.)

Abundant everywhere on bold clifis and dry, rocky hills.
Particularly abundant along the rocky shore. On
Cacouna Island it is very abundant on the rocky
slopes, extending nearly to the summit. Also com-
mon in dry, rocky fields. Flower. A

“VACCINIUM PENNSYLVANICUM. Lam. (Blueberry.)

A very common species on all the dry, rocky slopes and
ridges. On Cacouna Island it is also very abundant,
extending to the summit, where the fruit is several
days later than on the mainland and gene the shores
of the island. Fruit.

One of the species supplying the blueberries of the
market.

VACCINIUM OANADENSE, Kalm. (Blueberry.)
Low grounds, e.erywhere common, furnishing large,
luscious berries in great abundance. The principal
source of the market supply. Fruit.

VAaccINIuM vitis-ip#A, L. (Mountain Cranberry.)

Somewhat common on the cliffs near the shore, but in
these situations it seems to fruit sparingly. Abund-
ant on the dry, rocky ridges and on Pilot Hill.
Very abundant on Cacouna Island, extending to the
summit over exposed ledges, where it fruits very
freely. It is also found very sparingly in the low

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 449

ground among alder tickets, with Chiogenes, but it
does not fruit well in such situations. Fruit.

The berries of this plant are very attractive, and
may be eaten, though their flavor is not sufficiently
fine to be attractive.

VAccINIUM oxycoccus, L. (Small Cranberry.)

Not very common. Found in sphagnous swamps on the
road towards Green River. No flower or fruit.

CHIOGENES SERPYLLIFOLIA, Salisb. (Snow-berry.)
Very common in low grounds, sparingly on rocky ridges
in dry woods. Notobserved on the Island. Fruit.
The berries of this plant are not very abundant,
and are generally more or less hidden by the
surrounding vegetation, so that they are some-
what difficult to find. They are a brilliant white,
however, and possess an aromatic flavor like winter-
green, on account of which properties they are highly
esteemed in Newfoundland,' where it is a common
practice to make a most delicate preserve of them.
The fact that an entire day is often required to pro-
cure one quart of berries makes the preserve a very
choice article.

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS UVA-URSI, Spreng. (Bear-berry.)
Dry rocky ridges near the shore. Only a few plants
found. Fruit.
CASSANDRA CALYCULATA, Don. (Leather-leaf.)

' Very common in low, wet ground. Fruit.

Empetrum nicRrum, L. (Black Crowberry.)

A distinctly Arctic species which here flourishes in abun-
dance on Pilot Hill, on the dry, rocky crests of the
various ridges, about the shore near Cacouna Point
and all over Cacouna Island. It fruits very freely,
Fruit.

1‘ Garden and Forest,” vol. i, p. 57.

17

450 Canadian Record of Science.

Kania Aaucustirotia, L. (lamb-kill.)
This plant, which often proves such a serious element of
danger to sheep, is here found in great abundance.
It occurs in large quantity on rocky ridges, in low
ground, and everywhere throughout the woody.
thickets of Cacouna Island, extending to the summit.
Flower and fruit.

Lepum tatirouium, Ait. (Labrador Tea.)

Everywhere common on rocky ridges and in lowlands of
the intervales. On Cacouna Island it extends from
base to summit. The leaves of this plant are dried
and infused as a beverage under the name of Lab-
rador tea, the practice being in full force in the
Maritime Provinces at the present time. A sample
of such tea recently sent me by Mr. G. U. Hay, of
St. John, New Brunswick, shows that it consists of
the leaves, dried naturally, and exhibiting all their
ordinary characteristics, so that they are at once
recognizable, together with many of the smaller
branches, showing that no particular care is taken
in the collection to have the tea consist of pure leaf.

CHIMAPHILA UMBELLATA, Nutt. (Pipsissewa.)

One specimen only, was found on Pilot Hill. Doubtless
more would be found earlier in the season, but so
conspicuous an absence of leaves at this time of
year seems to point to it as being rather rare here.
Flower.

MoNnESES GRANDIFLORA, Salisb. (One-fiowered Pyrola.)
Evidently not abundant, probably out of season. Onlya
few plants found on Pilot Hill and near the summit
of Cacouna Island. One flower. Fruit.
PyROLA CHLORANTHA, Swartz. (Pyrola.)
A few specimens only, in the moist woods of Pilot Hill.
Fruit.
TRIENTALIS AMERICANA, Pursh. (Star-flower.)

Very common on the mainland and Island, chiefly in .

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. A451

low ground and moist woods, but also extending up
the rocky slopes to the summit of the ridges. Fruit,
occasional flower.

LystmMacuia stricta, Ait. (Loosestrife.) .
Common in low ground along streams and ditches. Not
found on the Island, Flower.

GuLAuX MARITIMA, L. (Sea Milkwort.)

Very abundant on sandy beaches and in the grass bor-
dering the same. Where this plant grows in free
sand, its vegetation is very rapid. It then forms
dense patches many feet square, the plants growing
to a height of 12’-18’. Under such circumstances
flowers are rare, and the whole character of the
plant is changed in a marked degree — more so than
I have ever observed elsewbere. When growing in
somewhat turfy sand, the plants are usually less than
six inches in height, they do not form tufted patches,
and the inflorescence is abundant. Flower.

.GENTIANA AMARELLA, L. var. acura, Hook, f. (Gentian.)
This is the only gentian found. It is very abundant
along the shore towards Cacouna Point, and in the
moist places between rocky ridges. It was not
observed on the Island. Though not ashowy species,
it flowers profusely and forms-an attractive plant.
Flower.
HALENIA DEFLEXA, Grisebach. (Spurred Gentian.)
Very common in the low land of the intervale back of
Cacouna, very rarely on upland ridges. It is also
common on the Island. Flower.

Mertensia MARITIMA, Don. (Lungwort.)

This species is very common all along the gravelly shore,
where it forms frequent patches two or three yards
in area, and constitutes one of the most strikingly
attractive features of the shore flora. I lower.

The description of this plant as given in Gray’s

452 Canadian Record of Science.

Manual, revised edition, p.364, says that the corolla is
white, and that it is found on the sea coast, Cape Cod
to Maine and northward, scarce. This description ap-
pears to need modification in two respects. So far
as we have been able to determine the flowers are
here, all of a brilliant blue, white having been found
in no instance, although special search was made.
Then, also, the great abundance of this plant here
would render the term scarce hardly justifiable.

*MYOSOTIS PALUSTRIS, Withering. (Forget-me-not.)
Very abundant in ditches and wet grounds everywhere.
Not found on the Island. Flower.
CoNVOLVULUS sEPIUM, L. var. AMERICANUM, Sims. (Hedge
Bindweed).
In thickets near the shore of Cacouna Island, and every-
where along the shore of the mainland. Flower.
*KLINARIA VULGARIS, Mill. (Butter and Eggs.)
Found sparingly along the roadsides and in fields of the
intervales. Not found on the Island. Flower.
CHELONE GLABRA, L. (Turtle Head.)
Somewhat common in low lands along streams. Not
found on the Island. Flower.
VERONICA AMERICANA, Schwienitz. (American Brooklime.)

Ditches by the roadside towards Green River. Common.
Flower.

KUPHRASIA OFFICINALIS, L., var TARTARICA, Benth. (Hye-
bright.)
Extremely common in open fields and on rocky ridges
everywhere and along the shore. Also found on
Cacouna Island. Flower.

RAINANTHUS CRISTA-GALLI, L. (Yellow Rattle.)

Very common on the shore of the Island, and everywhere
in thickets and fields of the intervales. Also along
the shore near Cacouna Point. Flower.

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 453

MELAMPYVUM AMERICANUM, Michx. (Cow Wheat.)
Common everywhere on rocky ridges. On the Island
extending to the summit. Also common throughout
moist woodlands. Flower.
MentHaA cANADENSIS, L. (Wild Mint.)

Common everywhere in fields and borders of woods.
Flower.

Lycorts sinuatus, Ell. (Water Horehound.)

Common along ditches and streams of the intervales.
Flower.

ScUTELLARIA GALERICULATA, L. (Mad-dog Skull-cap.)
Occasional in moist lands near ditches and streams. Not
observed on the Island. Flower.
BRUNELLA vuL@aris, L. (Self-heal. Heal-All.)

Common everywhere, especially in cultivated fields.
Flower.

Puantaco masor, L. (Common Plantain.)

Very common everywhere along roadsides and in fields,
but rather small. Flower.

Puantago maritima, L. (Beach Plantain.)

Very common on all the gravelly beaches and in crevices
of rocky bluffs and hedges for some distance above
the shore. Also on the island. Flower.

*CHENOPODIUM ALBUM, L. (Pigweed.)

Everywhere common in waste places. A most conspicuous
weed. Flower.

CHENOPODILM RUBRUM, L. (Coast Blite.)

Rather common on the shore of Cacouna Island and
abundant on shore of mainland. Flower.

ATRIPLEX PATULUM, L. (Orache.)
Common on all the beaches. Flower.

SALICORNIA MUCRONATA, Bigel. (Samphire.)
This species of samphire is very abundant in the marsh

454 Canadian Record of Science.

near Cacouna Point, and also in the more extensive
marsh at the Island. Owing to the prevailing color
which this plant attains with age, and its great
abundance, these marshes have a very pronounced
red color observable from long distances. Flower.

SALICORNIA HERBACEA, L. (Samphire.)

Very much less common than the preceding. A few
specimens were found on the beach of Cacouna
Island, more abundantly along the shore of Cacouna
Point and on the borders of the marsh. Flower.

RuMEX SALICIFOLIUS, Weinmann. (White Dock.)
Very common all along the shore. Flower.

**RuMEX crispus, L. (Curled Dock.)

On the Island near the beach. On the mainland, every-
where in fields and low ground and along roadsides.
Flower.

*RUMEX ACETOSELLA, D. (Sheep Sorrel.)

One of the most common weeds in fields and waste places.
Flower.

PoLyGonumM AvicuLaREe, L. (Knotweed.)

Very common along waysides, about dwellings. and on
the shore of the Island. Flower.

*SPOLYGONUM PERSICARIA. L. (Lady’s Thumb.)
Very abundant in grain fields. Flower.

PoLyGonuM ARIFoLIUM, L. (Halbert-leaved Tear-thumb.)
Common in grain-fields with the following. Flower.

PoLycontm sacirtatum, L. (Arrow-leaved Tear-thumb.)

Common along brooks and ditches; everywhere in moist
land. Flower.

**FAGOPYRUM ESCULENTUM, Mcench. (Buckwheat.)

Extensively cultivated for the grain, and often escaped
into waste places. Flower.

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 455

CoMANDRA LivipA, Richardson. (Bastard Toad Flax.)

This plant was found in only one locality, on the dry,
rocky ridge at Blueberry Hill, where it was fairly
abundant. The bright red berries are most strik-
ingly attractive. Fruit.

**HUPHORBIA HELIOSCOPIA, L. (Spurge.)

Extremely common along roadsides, about dwellings,
and in cultivated fields and: pasture lands, where it
often covers several acres. Not found on the Island.
Flower.

*Urtica GRaAcitis, Ait. (Nettle.)

Fields near the old stone house. Flower.

Myrica Gauz, L. (Sweet Gale.)

On Cacouna Island, common; and on the mainland in
moist thickets, where it often forms large clumps.
Fruit.

BretuLa tures, Michx, f. (Yellow Birch.)
Very common in woodlands, but always small. Fruit.

BetuLA PAPYRIFERA, Marshall. (Paper or Canoe Birch.)

A common tree on the mainland and Island, but every-
where small. Fruit.

Anus incana, Willd. (Speckled Alder.)

Everywhere abundant on rocky ridges and in low lands,
where it forms dense thickets. On the Island,
abundant to near the summit. Fruit.

Populus TREMULOIDES, Michx. (Aspen Poplar.)

A common tree everywhere, replacing the spruces in
clearinys.

PopuLus BALsamirerRA, L. (Balsam Poplar, Tacamahac.)
Very common about dwellings and by the roadside
as a shade tree.

.PopuLus piuarata. (Lombardy Poplar.)

A common shade tree in all the villages. . 30° high.

456 Canadian Record of Science.

Pinus stropus, L. (White Pine.)

A rare tree at Cacouna. Only one or two trees were
found at the foot of Pilot Hill.

Pinus BANKSIANA, Lambert. (Northern Scrub Pine.)

This interesting tree is found only on Cacouna Island,
where it extends in abundance from base to summit.
3°-12° high. Fruit.

Pinus ReEsINosA, Ait. (Red Pine.)
Common on Pilot Hill. Not observed elsewhere. Fruit.
Picea ni@RA, Link. (Black Spruce.)

Found with the next on the mainland and Island. They

both mature at about the same height. Fruit.
Picea ALBA, Link. (White Spruce.)

Common on all the hills and rocky ridges, constituting,
with the preceding. the principal arborescent vege-
tation. Also abundant on the Island. Matures at
6°-20°. Fruit.

ABIES BALSAMEA, Miller. (Balsam Spruce.)

Occasionally found on rocky ridges with Picea, more
abundantly on the Island. Apparently not very
common. Frnit.

LaARIxX AMERICANA, Michx. (Larch. Tamarac. Hackma-
tack.)

Found very sparingly in low gronnd near Pilot Hill.
Apparently not common here, and all young trees.
Fruit.

THUYA OCCIDENTALIS, L. (Arbor vite. White Cedar.)

Sparingly distributed among the spruce growth on the
mainland and Island. Everywhere small. Fruit.

JUNIPERUS coMMUNIS, L. (Juniper.)

Common on rocky slopes and ridges of both the Island

and mainland. On the former it extends to the
summit.

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 457

Taxus cANADENSIS, Willd. (American Yew. Ground
Hemlock.)

Somewhat abundant on Cacouna Island towards the
summit. Also along the base of the cliffs near the
Landing. Fruit.

MickostYLIs MONoPHYLLOs, Lindl. (Adder’s Mouth.)

A few plants in the moist woods of Cacouna Island.
Flower.

SPIRANTHES ROMANZOFFIANA, Cham. (ladies Tresses.)
Found very abundantly in low ground anywhere; also

sparingly on rocky slopes. Common in the moist
woods of Cacouna Island. Flower.

HABENARIA PSYCODES, Gray. (Rein Orchis.)

Only one specimen was found in the moist thickets at
Cacouna Point. Flower.

CYPRIPEDUM ACAULE. (Stemless Lady’s Slipper.)

Common on dry, rocky ridges, on Pilot Hill and in the
moist woods of Cacouna Island, where it was also
found growing in the mossy soil of exposed rocks
near the summit. The leaves only were to be found,
but this is evidently one of the most abundant of the
spring flowers.

CYPRIPEDIUM PUBESCENS, Willd. (Yellow Lady’s Slipper.)

One specimen only, in fruit, was found in the moist
woods of Pilot Hill.

Iris verstcoLor, lL. (Large Blue Flag.)

Very common in marsh lands near Cacouna Point, along
ditches anywhere in the low lands and on Cacouna
Island near the shore. Fruit.

This plant exhibits great diversity of habitat and
aspect. Along the shore it commonly grows in the
scanty soil, filling the crevices and hollows of rocks,
and in such ceses it does not exceed 6’—8’ in height, the
whole aspect of the plant being such as to lead one
to suspect it to be a distinct species. On Cacouna

458 Canadian Record of Sctence.

Island it grows high up the face of the cliffs where
the moisture is very scanty. The absence of flowers
in all cases, rendered a satisfactory determinatiou of
this plant impossible.
SMILACINA STELLATA, Desf. (False Solomon’s Seal.)

Throughout moist, woody thickets of the Island and
mainland, common. On the Island it extends to
near the summit. Fruit.

STREPTOPUS AMPLEXIFOLIUS, D.C. (Twisted Stalk.)
Common in thickets along the base of rocky cliffs. Also
on the Island in woody thickets. Fruit.
CLINTONIA BOREALIS, Raf.

Very abundant everywhere in moist thickets. On the
island extending high up towards the summit. Fruit.

MalANTHEMUM CANADENSE, Desf.

Very common in moisé woods and low lands throughout
the intervales. Fruit.

VERATRUM VIRIDE, Ait.. (American White Hellebore.)

Somewhat sparingly found in low lands of the intervales,
along streams. Not found on the Island.

TRIGLOCHIN PALUsTaIs, L. (Arrow Grass.)

In moist places on rocky ridges near the shore. Appar-
parently not widely distributed. Not found on the
Island. Fruit.

TRIGLOCHIN MARITIMA, L.

Grassy shores and along borders of the marsh at Cacouna
Point. Common. Fruit.

ERIOPHORUM PoLystTacHyon, L. (Cotton Grass.)

Somewhat common in the swampy lands of the intervales
toward Pilot Hill. Fruit.

SPARTINA CYNOSUROIDES, Willd. (fresh-water Cord Grass.)

In the wet ground near the old stone house. Flower.

Flora of Cacouna, P. Q. 459

SPARTINA STRICTA, Roth., var. ALTERNIFLORA, Gray. (Salt
Marsh Grass.)
Very common along all the beaches. Flower.
SPARTINA POLYSTACHYA, Willd. (Salt Reed Grass.)

Common on beaches and in marsh lands above tide water.
Flower.

PHALARIS ARUNDINACEA, L., var. picta. (Reed Canary
Grass. )

A large patch near the old stone house. Fruit.
Bromus ciiiatus, L. (Brome Grass.)

A few plants only near the beach on Cacouna Island.
Flower.

Liycopopium sELAGO, L.

One specimen only was found in the crevice of a bare
ledge near the summit of Cacouna Island. Fruit.

Lycopopium LuciDULUM, Michx.

Sparingly found in the moist woods of Pilot Hill. Fruit.

Lycopopium opscurum, L.

Sparingly found in the moist woods of Pilot Hill. Fruit.

LycopopiumM cLAVATUM, L.

Common in the moist woods of Pilot Hill. Fruit.

LycopropIUM comPLANATOUM, L.

Common fn the moist woods of Pilot Hill, together with
the two preceding, and at Cacouna Point. Fruit.

PoLyPoDIUM VULGARE, I).

- Very common on dry rocks, growing in the mossy
crevices and hollows. The plant, as here found, is
diminutive in size, rarely exceeding 2’—6’ in height.
On the island it extends to the summit, and matures
at 2’-3' in height.

Preris aAquitina, L. (Common Brake.)

Common everywhere in thickets. Very abundant on
Cacouna Island, where it attains a height of 3°-4°.

460 Canadian Record of Science.

ASPLENIUM FILIX-F@MINA, Bernh.
One of the most common ferns. Found in moist thickets
at base of rocky cliffs.
PHEGOPTERIS DRYOPTERIS, Fee.
Common on the rocky cliffs near the shore.

ASPIDIUM SPINULOSUM, Swartz.
In moist thickets of Cacouna Island and in moist woods
of mainland.
AsPipIUM GoLDIANUM, Hook.
In low grounds somewhat common.
ONOCLEA SENSIBILIS, L. (Sensitive Fern.)
Common in the low lands everywhere along streams.
Not found on the Island.
OsMUNDA CINNAMoMEA, L. (Cinnamon Fern.)
Common in low grounds, especially near the marsh.
BotRYCHIUM TERNATUM, Swartz, var. OBLIQUUM, Gray.
Only one plant found near the beach on Cacouna Island.
Fruit.
EqQUuISETUM ARVENSE, L. (Horse-tail.)
Low grounds, common. Sterile stems only.
EqQuIsETUM Limosum, L. (Horse-tail.)

In wet grounds along ditches on the road to Cacouna
station. Fruit.

EquisetuM syLvaAticum, L. (Horse-tail.)

Along ditches and in low grounds, common. Not found
on the Island.

Note on Leptoplastus. 461

NoTE ON LEPTOPLASTUS.
By G. F. Marrupw, M.A., F.R.S.C.

In the number of this journal for October, 1889, the author
communicated a short paper on the “ Occurrence of Lepto-
plastus in Acadian Cambrian Rocks,” and referred two
species of trilobites to that genus.

Since then, on studying the geological range of a trilobite
which occurs with these two, he was led to see that there
was a discordance between the range of the two species
(supposing them to be Leptoplasti), and that of the third
one—Agnostus pisiformis, lL. In Sweden this species belongs
to the base of the Olenus-bearing strata; but a variety
(socialis, Tullberg) is found in the middle of the Olenus
beds, and an allied species, A. cyclopyge, Tull., as high as
the layers containing Parabolina spinulosa.

The range of this species of Agnostus (A. pisiformis) and
its relatives in Sweden is thus below the horizon of Lepto-
plastus. Moreover, the Acadian form of Agnostus pisiformis,
by its narrower pygidial rachis and other features, appears
to be a somewhat more primitive form than the type of the
species found so many years ago in Sweden, and therefore
possibly older.

The locality in the Kennebecasis valley where these three
trilobites were found was for this reason re-examined, and
additional parts of the species were found. The additional
material did not bear out the reference of the two species to
Leptoplastus. Soon after a species of trilobite found in the
St. John Basin, undoubtedly of the genus Leptoplastus,
removed any doubt there might have been that these species
were wrongly referred.

Angelin says of the movable cheek of Leptoplastus that
it is compressed. This is true of the two Acadian species
in question, but he evidently meant compressed all around ;
in these Acadian trilobites, however, the cheeks are com-
pressed on the front and back only, and at the genal angle
run out into a rather long spine; this was fouud to be

462 Canadian Record of Science.

incompatible with the reference of these species to Lepto-
plastus.

There are reasons for including the Acadian species in
Anomocare. The attitude of the genal spines, directed
backward and outward, like the barbs of an arrow, the
large pygidium, with narrow, many-jointed rachis, and the
broad border-fold to the cheek and pygidium are not char-
acters of Leptoplastus (except that a large, bordered
pygidium is found in one species of Leptoplastus—L.
stenotus) but they are common in Anomocare. We would
therefore transfer the two species from the Kennebecasis
valley to Anomocare as the nearest genus.

LepropLastus Ltatus. N. sp.

1. Centre-piece of the head-shield. Mag. ?.
2. Movable cheek. Mag. i.
3. Part of thorax, with pygidium attached. Mag. 2.

The new species of Leptoplastus found in the St. John
Basin is remarkable for its wide head; with the movable
cheek the head is nearly four times as wide as long; the
pygidium, as in two out of the three Leptoplasti described
by Angelin, is small; and the thorax is compact and rigid,
more like Ctenopyge than the Oleni; the free cheeks are
round and tumid as in the Spherophthalmi, and the eyes
are set unusually far back on the head as in the species
Spherophthalmus alatus.

This species is more fully described in the volume of
“Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada” now in
press.

. 1.8ch

|
=

hdspar R¢

Tabulation of the Igneous Rocks Based Upon the System of Professor H. Rosenbusch
By Frank D. Adams.

Dyke Rocks.

Effusive (Volcanic) Rocks.

Panidiomorphic or
Porphyritic Structure,

Porphyritic Structure.

Pegmatite,

Quartz Tinguaite.

yritle.

Aplite. |

Granite Porphyry

Alkali Feldspar Rocks.

(Orhcelaso Micrveline, Anorthoclase, Albil

Bostonite.

Syenite Porphyry.

Minette.

Vogesite.

Quartz Porphr: Porphyrite. Diabase. Olivine Diabase-
Quartz Mica Porphyrite Mica Porphyrit Loucopbyre
Quart, Porphyry. Quarizless cs rphy rite, Leucopby
EOrpayx Ts Quartz Hornblende Porphyrite.| Hornblende Porphyrite Quartz Diabase

| Keratophyre.

Tingunite.

Loucite Tinguaite.

Eleolite Syenite Porphy
Loucite Syenite Porphyry.

Leucite

Rocks. Nepheline Rocks. Melilite Rocks.

Lime Soda Feldspar-Nepheline
(or Leucite) Rocks.

1 Thess, ros, contain
ery little Feldapar oF
Nepbetine, but bare an
Uiodleitealiged = base
whieh would probably
Crysuallife oat au Felde-
par and Nepheliac ihe
Eryetaligation was eal
entiy. far” advanced,
Some’ of ‘ther may ‘be
fore nearly allied t9 the
Nepheline Rocks.

Fourchite.* Monchiquite.*

Malehite.

Diorite Porphyrite

Kersantite.

Camptonite.

Enstatite Porphyrite.

Lime Soda Feldspar Rocks.

Proterobase
Enstatite Diabase.
Sabilite Diabase.
Spilite.
Augite Porphyrite. Melaphyre.
Augite Porphyrite (propor).

Diabase Porphyrite-

Rocks containing no
(Bree fr

Feldspathic Constituent

im Alkalies )

Alkali Feldspar-Nepheline
(or Leucite) Rocks.

With Mica, Amphibole or Pyroxene With Mica, Amphibolo or Pyroxene. With Hornblendo or Mica. With Avgite, Diallnge or Hyporsthene. — —a

With Quartz Without Quariz Without Olivinn | With Olivine With Olivine. Without Olivine. With Olivine. With Quartz. Without Quartz. Without Olivine. With Olivine Eyroxene Rocke: Olivine Rocks.
2 2 Granite. Syenite. Eleolite Syenite. Tolite. ‘Theralite. Quartz Diorite. Diorite Gabbro Olivine Gabbro eyrox Peridotite.
2 gt ee | Quartz Mica Diorite. | Mica Diorite. and and
x a e Muscovite Biotite Granite or | Mica Syenite | | Norite. Olivine !Norite: Diallagite. | Picrito (with t
2 EE (Granite proper.) Augite Syenite. | Quartz Hornblonde Diorite. | Hornblende Diorite. Bronzitite. | Amphibolo (with Hornblende)

$3 |

8 FI : aa
- Ee Biotite Granite (G tite’ Janrte Augite Diorit Augite Diorite. Hy persthenite. | Wehrlite (w alla go).
Es by iotite Gran ranitite) Homblende Syanites | Quarts Augit te. Augite Dioriti y pers! hrlite
oy = 2 ‘Augite Granitite Leucite Syecnite. Wobsterite (Eostatito and Diallage). | Harzburgite(Saxonte) with Brontite
=| ic 5 Hornblonde Granite. Hornblendite (Acgiteand Hornblende}| Lhorzolite (with Diallage and Broasite)
a RE |
3 o Riebecklt Dunito (with Cbromite)
3
<

Picrite Porphyrite.

Oe ___.

Augitite “"d Limburgite
(im part)

Lencite Tephrite.

Leucite Basanite.

rs

Quartz Propylite. Propylite.

Augitite and Limburgite

Gn part.)

| Liparite
| or ‘Trachyte- Phonolite. Leucitite. Leucite | Nephelinite. | Nepheline Melilite Tephrite. Basanite. Dacite. | Andesite. Basalt. Olivine Basalt.
| Z Basalt. Basalt. Basalt. |
Ns Rhyolite. | Mica Andesite.
5 Leucitophyre eee salt. |
& phyre a Hypersthene Basal
I Nophelino Tephrite. | Nephelino Basanite. Hornblende Andesite anne |
& Hyperathono Andesite Hornblende Basalt.
Pantellerite. Leucite Phonolite. Augite Andesite. Quartz Basalt.

Notes on the Igneous Rocks. 463

Norts to AccOMPANY A TABULATION OF THE
IGNEOUS ROCKS BASED ON THE SYSTEM OF
Pror. H. ROSENBUSCH.

By Frank D. Apams, Lecturer in Geology, McGill University.

Of all the plans proposed from time to time by various
authors for the classification of the Igneous Rocks, that by
Prof. Rosenbusch of Heidelberg is the one which has met
with the greatest favour, and is now adopted by almost all
petrographers throughout the world.

The classification proposed in the first edition of this
author’s ‘“Mikroskopische Physiographie der Massigen
Gesteine,” published in 1877, was altered in some essential
particulars in his second edition of the work published in
1887, while the great advances in petrographical knowledge
since that date have led to the adoption of still further
modifications in the classification adopted for the unique
collection of rocks which he has brought together in the
museum of the Geological Institute of the University of
Heidleberg.

Having drawn up a table incorporating the latest results
in this field in a condensed form, for the use of my students
at McGill College, I have ventured, at the request of a num-
ber of American petrographers whom I consulted while
constructing it, to publish it with a few words of explana-
tion, in the ‘‘ Canadian Record of Science,” that it might be
available for the use of students elsewhere. It is based
upon and in a general way resembles a table published by
Prof. Rosenbusch in 1882, in the ‘Neues Jahrbuch fiir
Mineralogie, &c.”

There has recently been a tendency among petrographers
to consider rocks rather from a chemical than from a
mineralogical standpoint, as geological units having a cer-
tain chemical composition rather than as aggregates of
certain mineral species. This is in part owing to the fact
that magmas of diverse composition may crystallize out in
very similar mineral aggregates, thus for instance, a mod-

464 Canadian Record of Science.

ern volcanic rock composed of Sanidine and ordinary Aug-
ite, will have quite a different chemical composition from
one containing large amounts of Anorthoclase and Acmite,
although both, being compounds of an alkali feldspar and
pyroxene, would be Trachytes if classified according to
mineralogical composition. In the same way we have in
the Augite Syenites a series of rocks presenting great
diversities in chemical composition as well as in petro-
graphical relationship. At present, however, a purely
chemical classification presents many difficulties. A know-
ledge of the exact chemical composition of many rocks is
wanting, while for practical purposes it woula be impossible
to adopt any method of classification which requires a com-
plete chemical analysis of a rock before its name and pro-
per position could be ascertained. Mineralogical composi-
tion and structure must still be important factors in any
scheme which is to be generally adopted.

In the accompanying table, however, a classification
according to chemical composition has in a general way
been secured. On the left we have rocks rich in alkalies,
principally potassa. Going toward the right in the table
we have, first, rocks in which this alkali is largely replaced
by soda (the Leucite rocks, however, forming an exception)
then those in which this alkali is associated with progress-
ively larger proportions of lime, while on the extreme right
are rocks which are free from all alkalies, but in which lime,
magnesia and oxide of iron are present in large amount.
Speaking generally, moreover, it may be said that the
rocks decrease in acidity from left to right, the principal
exception being the small group of Nepheline, Leucite and
Melilite 1ocks.

In order to bring out these chemical relationships as clearly
as possible and place the several groups of rocks in posi-
tions where their affinities are more clearly shown, I have,
at Prof. Rosenbusch’s suggestion, given to several groups
of rocks positions other than those which they occupied in
his former table, or in the last edition of his book. The
Nepheline, Leucite and Melilite rocks, for example, instead

Notes on the Igneous Rocks. 465

of being classed with the Peridotites, to which they are not
related, under the general heading of “ Rocks containing
no Feldspar,” have been placed immediately after the
Orthoclase Nepheline (or Leucite) rocks and before the
Plagioclase Nepheline (or Leucite) rocks. In this way all
the rocks containing Nepheline and Leucite are kept to-
gether in the table, instead of being separated as before by
the Diorites and Gabbros, which are much more nearly
related to the Pyroxenites and Peridotites which now suc-
ceed them.

In the Heidelberg collection, moreover, the Diabases
have been placed among the Volcanic rocks instead of with
the Plutonic rocks. The anomalous position of these rocks
when classed as Plutonic rocks—shown by the frequent
occurrence in them of amygdaloidal structure, their
stratigraphical position as flows and their association with
tufa—was always evident, their character, as well as their
structure, show that they should be classed among the old
Volcanic rocks.

The Tinguaites, as well as some of the Acmite Trachytes
and the Alnoites in this collection, have also been placed
among the Dyke rocks.

Since the publication of the second edition of the ‘“ Mas-
sigen Gesteine,” moreover, a number of massive igneous
pyroxenic rocks occurring in different localities have been
accurately studied by several petrographers. !

This has necessitated the enlargement of the table and
the separation of the Pyroxene rocks from the Olivine
rocks with which they were formerly classed. These have
accordingly been erected into a new group—the Pyroxen-
ites—a name first applied by Dr. Sterry Hunt, in 1862 (see
Geology of Canada, 1863, p. 667, etc.), to certain eruptive
rocks from Rougemont, Montarville and Mount Royal,
members of a series of old volcanic cores situated in the

1 Hatch—Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., May, 1889.
Teall—British Petrography, pp. 71 and 84.
Hutton—Roy- Soc. New South Wales, August, 1889.
Williams—American Geologist, July, 1890.

—
io 0)

466 Canadian Record of Science.

Province of Quebec. He also, however, applied the name
to certain more or less massive rocks associated with the
limestones of the Laurentian system, and of which the
eruptive origin is not by any means certain.

Some gaps in the classification have lately been filled by
the discovery of new rocks, these have been placed in
their respective places in the table. Among them may be
mentioned Malchite, a rock among the Diorites correspond-
ing to Aplite; which will be described shortly by Prof. Osann
in one of the Reports of the Geological Survey of Baden.
Also the rock described by Ramsay from Finland, under
the name of Iolite. This latter is a coarsely crystalline
rock composed of eleolite, hornblende and aegerine, which
thus corresponds to Nepheline Basalt in the Plutonic series
but which also contains garnet.

Two other very interesting rocks which have lately been ©
described are Fourchite' and Monchiquite.* These have
an unindividualized base, in which are embedded pheno-
crysts of augite, with amphibole or biotite. In Monchi-
quite, olivine is also present. They therefore contain no
“ feldspathie constituent,” and might on that account seem
more properly to be considered as the Dyke rocks of the
Pryoxenite and Peridotite series. Having, however, quite
a different composition from these rocks, and being in no
way related to them, they have been classed as the Lampro-
phyric dyke rocks of the Theralite series, where they pro-
perly belong, since, judging from the chemical composition,
it is probable that the base would have crystalized as plagio-
clase and nepheline had the rock become completely erys-
tallized.

It will be seen, then, that in the accompanying table the
Igneous rocks are first classified in three horizontal col-
umns, according to their structure or the depth at which
they have solidified, as Abyssal (Plutonic) Rocks, Dyke

iJ. Francis Williams—‘‘ The Igneous Kocks of Arkansas,” Annual Report of
the Geological Survey of Arkansas for 1890, vol. ii.
*M. Hunter and H. Rosenbusch—‘ Uber Monchiquite, ein Camptonitisches

Ganggestein aus der Gefolgschaft der Elaeolithsyenite,’’ Tschermak’s Min. und
Pet. Mitth. xi, 1890.

Notes on the leneous Rocks. 467

Rocks and Hifusive (Voleanic) Rocks. The structures char-
acteristic of each of these groups is stated. They are then
classified in eight vertical columns, according to their
mineralogical and chemical composition, into rocks having
as an essential constituent an Alkali Feldspar; an Alkali
Feldspar with Nepheline or Leucite; Nepheline Rocks ;
Leucite Rocks ; Melilite Rocks ; Rocks composed essentially
of Nepheline or Leucite and Plagioclase; Plagioclase (or
Soda Lime Feldspar) Rocks; and lastly, Rocks containing
no Feldspathic Constituent.

These rocks are then subdivided according to the bisili-
cates and micas which they contain, while further sub-
divisions are made in the case of the more acid rocks by
the presence or absence of quartz, and in the case of the
basic rocks by the presence or absence of olivine.

The part of Prof. Rosenbusch’s scheme of classification
which has met with the most adverse criticism is the
group of the Dyke Rocks. It seems rational to suppose,
however, that since in an extinct voleano we have a crack,
pipe or dyke, at the lower end of which we have typical
Plutonic rock, and at the upper end typical Volcanic rock,
and since these two rocks differ widely in structure, that
_we might have in the intervening position a rock or rocks
with a peculiar structure of their own. Prof. Rosenbusch
believes, after the study of a great series of dykes, that
these rocks have certain distinct structures of their own,
and that although in some cases rocks exhibiting these
structures occur as facies of Abyssal or Hffusive rocks, as,
for instance, about the borders of Plutonic masses, yet as
independent geological units rocks possessing these struc-
tures never occur except in the form of dykes. These rocks
which he believes cannot properly be referred to either of
the other classes, he has placed together by themselves as
Dyke Rocks. In some cases, as in the Aplites and the
Minettes, they have pronounced and easily recognized char-
acters, in others the characters approximate more nearly
to those of the Plutonic or Volcanic rocks. Following
Prof. Rosenbuch, these Dyke Rocks have been divided into

468 Canadian Record of Science. f

three series—the Granitic, the Granite-Porphyritic, and
the Lamprophyritic Dyke rocks. These three series have
been arranged in horizontal rows—separated merely by
spacing, not by lines.

The division of the Volcanic rocks into older and newer is
still retained, although but little stress is laid upon it, hence
in the table these two divisions are separated by an inter-
rupted line. In many cases rocks of these two classes can-
not be distinguished from one another, but in other cases
they present differences (generally due to partial alter-
ation) by which they are characterized. As geologists
have been accustomed to give special names to rocks pos-
sessing these special characters, the distinction may for the
present at least be retained as convenient. Thus although
Liparite may be identical in all essential respects with
Quartz Porphyry, geologists are not yet prepared to aban-
don either term. Both rocks have certain characters which
renders a special name advantageous, although these char-
acters have little or no value for purposes of classification.

In constructing such a table it becomes very difficult to
decide just how much detail in classification should be in-
cluded and how much left out. If too little is put in, the
table is of no value to any but those desiring the most
elementary knowledge of the subject, while too much detail
renders the table too complicated and cumbersome. I have
therefore made it a general] rule to omit in the subordinate
classification names based merely on structural differences,
e.g., Nevadite, Granophyre, etc., and to employ only those
based on the actual diiferences of composition. One or two
exceptions have been made in the case of rocks which seemed
of especial importance. In this way, many names which
would serve only to confuse the student are omitted, while
most of those of real importance are retained. The attempt
has also been made by employing several kinds of type to
bring out prominently the chief subdivisions and more
important rocks, and to classify the others in a general
way according to their importance. In a few cases also,
where a rock 1s merely a variety of those immediately pre-

Notes on the Igneous Rocks. 469

ceding it (e.g., Augite Granite), or where a series of names
coming under amore general heading do not make up a
‘complete sub-classification, but merely indicate a series of
independent varieties (as in the case of Diabase), the type
has been shifted out of line to draw attention to the fact.

In conclusion I desire to acknowledge the assistance
which I received in constructing this table from Prof. Rosen-
busch, who has devoted much time and thought toit. Most of
what there is of value in it originated with him. It must,
however, as Prof. Rosenbusch remarks, still be regarded as
of value rather for determinative purposes, and not as a
thoroughly satisfactory scheme of classification, which is a
thing to be looked for in the future. It is hoped, however,
that it may be one further step toward this goal.

I also desire to acknowledge my indebtedness to Prof.
Geo. H. Williams of Johns Hopkins University, as well as
to the late Dr. J. Francis Williams of Cornell University,
who have kindly aided me by several valuable suggestions.

A Nove oN THE COLLECTION OF SEDIMENTS IN
POTABLE WATERS.
By R. F. Rurran, B.A., M.D.

A point of considerable importance, but one frequently
overlooked by the analyst, is the microscopic examination
of the sedimentary matter occurring in drinking water.
This is generally described as “slight” “heavy” ete.,
and little or no serious effort made to determine its general
nature. One explanation of this common omission is that,
as a rule, the quantity of sedimentary matter in a potable
water is very small and consequently very difficult to col-
lect for examination in a satisfactory way.

The methods usually employed for collecting and estimat-
ing the traces of suspended solids present in most potable
waters are all open to objections. They are inefficient or
difficult of application. Probably one of the best, certainly
the one most frequently used, is to allow the vessel in which

470 Canadian Record of Science.

the water was collected—say a Winchester quart—to stand
some hours undisturbed and then to syphon off the super
natant clear water leaving about half an inch between the
short end of the syphon and the sediment. This residual
water is then well shaken up and with the suspended
matter poured into a conical glass capable of holding
about 200 or 250 ¢.c. After again allowing it to stand a
few hours, the sediment may be drawn up by a pipette and
examined.

Apart from the time and attention required by this
method, it has another objectionable feature; the current
produced by the syphon in action invariably separates a
considerable portion of the lighter and more floculent part
of the deposit and carrjes it away.

The accompanying diagram’ illustrates the simple con-
trivance the writer has had constructed for collecting and
estimating water sediments in connection with the analysis
of the Montreal water supply now being made.

1 This apparatus is manufactured by Max Keehler and Martini, Lerlin.

.

Note on the Collection of Sediments. 471

The apparatus consists of a tube about 60 ctm. long and
10 ctm, in diameter, The tube is cylindrical for about
three fourths of the length, for its remainder the sides
gradually converge until the lower opening is less than 5
ctm, in diameter. On this smaller end is carefully ground
a glass cap which is conical internally, and externally has
a flat bottom to enable it to stand like a cup.

In addition to the tube and cap there is a glass rod firmly
inbedded at one end in a rubber stopper (¢) that exactly fits
the lower opening of the tube from the inside.

The tube will hold about 3 litres but is graduated to con-
tain 1 and 2 litres in case of a limited supply or a very
heavy sediment.

To use the apparatus the cap is carefully adjusted, the
samples thoroughly shaken and the tube filled to the con-
taining mark. It is then covered and suspended quite per-
pendicularly in the rings of a large Bunsen stand. If the
tube be properly constructed all but a mere trace of sediment
will have gathered into the cup at the bottom within a few
hours. It has been my custom to examine these tubes at
the end of four or five hours, and if there is any visible deposit
on the sides to give a gentle rotatory motion to the water
and again leave them undisturbed for several hours when,
as a rule, not a trace of sedimentary matter will be found
out of the cup at the bottom.

‘To obtain the sediment the stopper is introduced quietly
from above by means of the rod, and the cup is at once de-
tached without losing any water or disturbing the sediment.

There is thus obtained the sediment of three litres of water
in about 50 cubic centimeters ready for microscopic exam-
ination or quantitative estimation. | By means of a tared
filter the sediment can be filtered off, dried and weighed in
a few hours.

Norr.—Some time after this apparatus was shown at the
Natural History Society, my attention was called at Ottawa
to a tube of similar design invented by Dr. Wynter Blyth,
and figured by him in his Hand-book on Foods. Dr. Blyth’s
tube is quite small, and the slope very much greater, the

472 Canadian Record of Science.

cup not larger than 4 of an inch in diameter, the opening at
the bottom of the tube is closed by a ground glass plug
which being ground in offers a rough surface on which the
particles of sediment would certainly lodge. The design,
however, is in either respect quite similar to the one
described above.

SHort NoTES ON SOME CANADIAN MINERALS.’
By W. F. Foreimr, B.A.Sc., F.G.S., GeoLocicaL SuRVEY or CANADA.
(Communicated by permission of the Director.)

It is the intention of the writer in the following short
notes to place on record a few new localities of some Cana-
dian minerals, and also to call attention to the interesting
forms in which, in several instances, they occur at these
and other localities already known.

1. Native ARSENIC.

A year ago a specimen was received from Mr. Charles
Brent, Mining Engineer, of Port Arthur, Ont., which con-
tained this mineral in some quantity.

The locality is given as Edwards Island, Thunder Bay
District, Lake Superior, nine miles east of Silver Islet, and
the ore, of which the arsenic forms a part, is said to have
yielded in selected samples as high as 130 oz. silver to the
ton, the average being abont 75 oz.

The arsenic occurs, in the specimen examined, in small
reniform masses, tarnished to a dark-grey color and imbed-
ded in a white cleavable calcite which forms small patches
in a dark-grey, fine-grained, crystalline limestone.

It greatly resembles in appearance that found at Joachims-
thal, in Bohemia.

Blende, galenite, pyrite, and chalcopyrite were observed
as associated minerais, and native silver is also said to occur
rather plentifully with it.

The Silver Islet Consolidated Mining and Land Co. during

1 One of the species described, the Molybdenite, is from Labrador.

Notes on some Canadian Minerals. 473

the past year did considerable development work on the
property with a view to working the ores for silver, but
nothing is being done at present.

Onty one other recorded occurrence of this interesting
species in Canada has come under the writer’s notice, viz:
that from the Fraser River, British Columbia. '

2. MOLYBDENITE.

Some time ago a specimen of this mineral, collected by
Mr. J. D. Frossard, Mining Engineer, Montreal, in La-
brador, was placed in my hands by Mr. Bb. Tl. A. Bell of the
“ Canadian Mining Review.”

It is interesting as a contribution to our knowledge of the
minerals of that little known land. It occurs in_ broad
foliated plates and nodules in a light colored, rather coarsely
crystalline granitic rock which at first sight closely re-
sembles a crystalline limestone, or dolomite, but is almost
wholly composed of quartz and felspar.

3. SPHALERITE OR BLENDE.

During the past summer several good specimens of this
sulphide of zinc were collected by the writer from the
quartz veins in the townships of Risborough and Marlow,
~ Beauce Co., Quebec, described by Dr. Ells in his report on
that region. ”

Some very fine crystals were observed, but it was found
impossible to obtain perfect specimens of them, as they are
exceedingly fragile and imbedded in a very hard and com-
pact quartz.

Twinned octahedra up to an inch in diameter occur, hay-
ing the planes very smooth and angles sharply defined.

The best specimens were obtained from the “ Armstrong ”’
vein, mentioned in Dr. EIll’s report.

4. PYRITE.
Crystals of this well-known mineral lately found by Mr.

1 Ann. Report Geol. Surv. Can. 1886, Part T, p. 9.

uy ss et ** 1887-88, Part R, pp. 106, 161.
2 Ann. Report Geol. Surv. Can. 1886, Part J, p. 59.

cS “ a 6c SOP 1888-89) Pant. hy ps file

AT4 Canadian Record of Science.

H. M. Ami at Perkins Mills, Templeton, Ottawa Co., Que-
bec, though not of very large size, (about $ in. diameter)
are remarkable for their perfection, and brilliancy of lustre.

They exhibit the faces of the cube and octahedron ( 0,0)
the former being more extensively developed than the
latter.

5. MARtITE.

Mr. A. M. Campbell of Perth, Ont., sent me some octahe-
dral crystals from the Dalhousie Iron Mine, on lot 1, range
4 of the township of Dalhousie, Lanark Co., Ontario.

They proved, on examination, to consist of magnetite,
partially, and in a few cases, completely, altered to hematite,
though still retaining the sharp outlines of the original
octahedrons of magnetite.

The crystals in which the alteration is complete may
properly be referred to Martite, defined by Breithaupt as
sesquioxide of iron occurring under an isometric form.

The completely altered crystals are not magnetic or only
very feebly so.

Some of them are an inch and more in diameter.

Specimens which have been exposed to the weather are
externally of a bright brick-red color.

6. KERMESITE.

Occurs in small radiating tufts of capillary crystals on
stibnite from Rawdon, Hants Co., Nova Scotia, and exhi-
bits all the ordinary characters of the species.

It results no doubt from the alteration of the stibnite.

Mr, C. W. Willimott first called my attention some time
ago to its occurrence at this locality.
7. QUARTZ.

Of this familiar mineral some good crystals have lately
been brought to light. Mr. A. P. Low, during the past

summer found transparent crystals in a red pegmatite at
Lac aux Iles, Portneuf Co., Quebec, which shew the com-

DY ew

Sia iv a ine

‘# iti ey

Bs iti ds pt ty

mt

a Ht Po

Gath “a rr f

h Rt

Wy iA Dy eta
uty Dit RED I

ee

Meare uM st
Le Ri

iat ih hy

nf Wee
ETC Ay fi

te ta | Rh P
Ad AY

°) }

©) peak)

qld ai a

ay ty} Aen th

neacebey

Sie
Adie ae

need {i ia
4
aroyeeden 4b i!

*Venirtuyyire

PLATE IT.

QUARTZ CRYSTAL, WITH CuRVED FACES {CONCAVE.)

BOUCHETTE TOWNSHIP, OTTAWA CoO., QUE.

Notes on some Canadian Minerals. 475

bination a = © P, b=P, c = 2 P2, the 2 P 2 faces being re-
markably well developed. (See Fig. 4.)

Gil

Fig. 4. Quartz Crystal—Lac aux Iles, Portneuf Co., P. Q.

Mr. John Stewart, of Ottawa, has also presented me with
some interesting crystals of smoky quartz, from lot 44,
range 6, Bouchette township, Ottawa Co., Quebec.

In these both prismatic and pyramidal faces are concave,
giving the crystal the peculiar appearance shown in Plate
II, which is reproduced from a drawing kindly made for me
by Mr. L, M. Lambe, the artist of the Survey.

When a straight edge is laid across one of the prism faces

4 in. wide), the deflection of the face from its normal posi-
tion, at a point half way across it, is seen to be about |, of
an inch, the curvature being quite symmetrical.

Similar crystals have been found in Orange County, New
York State.

8. SPINEL,

Beautiful, brilliant, jet-black octahedrons of spinel were
lately found by Mr, John Stewart, in Aylwin township,
Ottawa county, Quebec, imbedded in a crystalline limestone.

Perfect crystals in my possession measure } in, in dia-
meter, and some of them exhibit the combination of octahe-
dron and dodecahedron (0,0 0).

A complete alteration of the mineral to some species of
mica has been observed in a few instances,

9, ANHYDRITE and GyPpsuUM.

Mr. H. Lundbohm of the Geological Survey of Sweden,
who has recently been in Canada studying the mode of
occurrence of our apatite, placed in my hands for determ-

476 Canadian Record of Science.

ination some very interesting specimens of these minerals,
collected by him at the ‘ 100 ton pit,” McLaren’s Phosphate
Mine, lot 4, concession 8, North Burgess, Lanark Co., Ont.

They present all the ordinary physical characters of
these species.

The anhydrite is in cleavable masses of a light purple or
lilac color, and shews alteration to a snowy white gypsum,
being in places, traversed by a network of little cracks filled
by that mineral, a process of alteration apparently analo-
gous to that of the serpentinization of olivine. Sometimes
the alteration has taken place only in the direction of the
cleavage planes, giving rise to a most beautiful banded
structure, anhydrite and gypsum arranged in alternate
layers.

Some good sized masses of fine-grained white gypsum
occur with the anhydrite, probably derived from its altera-
tion.

Both the anhydrite and gypsum occur in crystalline
limestone, associated with apatite, and their presence in
the Laurantian limestones is of special interest, opening
up, as it does, many interesting questions regarding the
origin of these limestones.

Hitherto the sulphates of lime seem to have been over-
looked in enumerating the minerals of the Laurentian.

It is purposed to make a careful study of the mode of
occurrence of these sulphates in the Laurentian limestones,
and to publish any interesting facts which may be ascer-
tained regarding it.

Ottawa, Nov. 24, 1891.

Davip MILNE Home.
L.ED. EBS Bane Sean

David Milne, afterwards David Milne Home, was born
January 22nd, 1805, and died, full of years and honours, on
September 19th, 1890. His father was a captain in the
Royal Navy, a distinguished officer, afterwards Admiral
Sir David Milne, and David was the eldest son, and from

David Milne Home. ATT

his youth a thoughtful boy and diligent student. On com-
pleting his University course at Edinburgh, he entered on
the study of Law, and for some years practised successfully
in Edinburgh, holding for a time the honourable post of
Advocate depute. After his marriage to Miss Home and the
death of his father, he retired from legal business and
devoted himself to country life, in which he bore himself
as the highest type of an educated Scottish country gentle-
man.

Deeply religious and an elder of the Presbyterian church,
he took an active part in the stirring church movements of
his time, and in many other departments of Christian work,
as the Bible Society, the Sunday School Union, and the
Scottish Christian Knowledge Society. He was a zealous
- educationist and agriculturist, and keenly alive to the im-
portance of science in agriculture, and was active in
county business. He was early attracted to the study of
geology, and made its pursuit the main recreation of his
life; devoting himself more particularly to the local geology
and archeology of the South of Scotland, and to the ques-
tions relating to the boulder-clay and other glacial deposits.
He was the chairman and organiser of the Boulder Com:
mittee of the Geological Society of Scotland, and his reports
on that subject are widely known and valued. As a student
of Pleistocene geology he was eminently rational and con-
servative, and advocated moderate views as to the Glacial
period in opposition to the extreme glacialists.

At the time of his death he was the President of the
Edinburgh Geological Society, and Vice-president of the
Royal Society of Edinburgh. He was a chief promoter of
the Ben Nevis Meteorological Observatory, and of the
Marine Station at Granton, and was President of the Ber-
wickshire Field Club. ‘The writer of this notice had an
opportunity, by his invitation, to attend one of the excur-
sions of this club, and at the same time to enjoy the hos-
pitality of the President and his family at his seat of Milne
Graden in Berwickshire, and to visit with him some
interesting ‘‘ Kaims” and other superficial deposits. The

478 Canadian Record of Science.

above is a very slight sketch of Mr. Milne Home’s multi-
plied labours and public engagements. He was the author
of many reports, public addresses, and memoirs on a great
variety of geological, archeological, and other scientific
subjects; and from his position and personal character
exercised a large influence in favour of science and educa-
tion in Scotland. r

The few facts above stated are gleaned from the well-
written biographical sketch from the pen of his accom-
plished daughter, Miss Grace Milne Home ;' in which will
also be found interesting notices of the geology of Bei-
wickshire, and letters from eminent geologists and other
scientific men, with whom Mr, Milne Home was in cor-
respondence. JW, D}

ADDENDA TO SiR W. Dawson’s PAPER ON THE
TREES GROWING ON THE GROUNDS OF
McGiL~L UNIVERSITY.

In the discussion I was reminded that I had omitted two
of our most useful and beautiful shrubs, the Mahonia,
Berberis aquifolium, and its ally, B. vulgaris, both of which
‘may be said to have been naturalized on the College
grounds and spread themselves at their own discretion.
The former in particular is interesting as our best substitute
for Holly, which in its foliage it much resembles. It
is an evergreen, but its leaves are liable to be killedin win-
ter if not covered with snow. When planted in a low and
sheltered place, likely to be well covered with snow in win-
ter, it spreads freely and its leaves preserve their greenness,
so that it may be gathered at Christmas; and it will come
out bright and uninjured from under the snow in spring.
With a few of the berries of the tree cranberry, which
remain red and perfect all winter,it may be made todo duty
very well for the traditional holly of the mother country.

It was also noticed in the discussion that the growth of
trees in this climate is very rapid. A young man who
plants well selected trees may, before he is middle aged,
have large and useful plantations ; and belts of forest trees,

1 Douglas, Edinburgh, 1891.

Addenda to Sir W. Dawson's Paper. 479

if judiciously planted, besides their other uses, are invaluable
for shelter and for protecting fruit trees.

Young seedling trees are the best, as they soon gain on
older trees which have been removed, and are more beauti-
ful and shapely. Many of our best forest trees are quite
easily propagated from the seed, and abundance of healthy
seedlings can often be collected under old trees.

Much is to be said, both on the score of economy and
beauty, in favor of hedges instead of fences; and if the
native thorns are to be used, the best will probably be C.
tomentosa, the pear or apple haw, from its vigorous
growth and compact habit. Some varieties of this species
also produce a large and edible fruit.

A pleasant feature connected with such trees as the
Sumach, the Rowan tree and the Tree-cranberry, is that
they attract winter birds, and thus enliven the shrubbery
ata time when living things are least abundant in our
woods and grounds.

the planting and culture of trees, and the disposal of
them for utility and adornment were referred to by several
speakers in the discussion, and it is hoped may form the
subject of a separate paper by some member having the
requisite experience and scientific knowledge.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

The regular monthly meeting was held on Monday
evening October 26th., Mr. J. H. Joseph, Vice-President,
in the Chair. The minutes of the annual meeting were read
and approved, also minutes of the council meetings of May
21st and Oct. 19th.

Letters from Dr. Harrington and Mr. Frank D, Adams
were read, resigning the offices of President and Secretary
respectively.

It was moved by Mr. J. Stevenson Brown, seconded by Mr.
J. A. U. Beaudry, that “ in accepting the resignation of Dr.
Harrington the society regrets that he cannot act as Pre-
sident for another year. The Society also takes this op-’

480) Canadian Record of Science.

portunity of thanking Dr. Harrington, not only for the
efficient manner in which he has discharged his duties as
President, but also for the work he has done for the Society
in the past and for the interest he still continues to show in
its welfare.”

It was resolved to suspend the by-law on balloting and on
motion of the Hon. Edward Murphy, seconded by Major L.
A. H. Latour, the Very Rev. Dean Carmichael was elected
President.

It was then moved by Mr. Geo. Sumner, seconded by Mr.
J. A. U. Beaudry, that Dr. Harrington be -elected Vice-
President. Carried.

Mr. J. Stevenson Brown then moved, seconded by Mr.
J. A. U. Beaudry, that the recommendation of the Council
accepting the resignation of Mr. Frank D. Adams as Record-
ing Secretary and the appointing of Mr. R. W. McLachlan
jn his place, and Mr. Frank D. Adams as member of the
Council be adopted. Carried.

A letter from the Citizens’ Royal Society Committee, was
read, offering the Society a cheque for $300.00 and the
books and vouchers of the committee, on condition that the
Society should undertake to settle any accounts that may
still remain unpaid. On motion the offer was accepted.

The Curator reported the following additions to the

museum :—Woodchuck, black variety, from Mr. . Griffin ;
3rown Thrasher, from E. D. Wintle; Wood Thrush and
Yellow legs, from F. b. Caulfield ; Nest of the longbilled
Marsh Wren, from E. D. Wintle ; A Land Crab found in a
bunch of bananas. A Lamellibranchiate fossil from the
Hudson River formation, Georgetown, Ont., from C. A.
Walker; Red Shoulder Hawk (nestling), from Mr. Abbott;
Rattle Snake skin with rattles attached, from H. J. Tiffin;
a collection of insects, from Albert Holden; Natural pro-
ducts from the Islands of Jamaica and St. Vincent, from
John Fulton; Specimens of Asbestos and Phosphates, East
Templeton, from A. M. Perkins, and a cocoon of silk worm
and silk from My, Griffin. The thanks of the Society was
ordered to be sent to the donors,

Proceedings of the Natural History Society. 481

The usual exchanges were reported by the Librarian.

Messrs. F. X. Langelier and We K. Boustead were elected
ordinary members.

Mr. F. B, Caulfield then read a paper entitled “A few
Notes on Additions to our Museum.” It was moved by
Mr. J. Stevenson Brown, seconded by Mr. J. A. U. Beaudry
that the thanks of the Society be tendered to Mr. Caulfield
for his interesting paper.

The meeting then adjourned.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.

The Annual meeting of the Montreal Microscopical So-
ciety was held in the Library of the Natural History Society
on Monday evening Nov. 9th.

The Secretary Treasurer reported that the membership
had trebled during the year, the attendance at the meetings
had largely increased, no members were in arrears, the
Society was free from debt and had a cash balance on
hand. It was suggested in his report that the aim of the
Society be more clearly defined and that the members
should consider some enlarged scheme of practical work.

During the past season papers had been read on the fol-
lowing subjects :— |
Nov. 10th “ Illumination as applied to the Microscope ”

; J. Stevenson Brown, Esq.
Dec. 8th “ Facts connected with keeping an Aquarium ”
Dean Carmichael.
Jan. 12th “ Practical hints on the Microtome ”
Wyatt G. Johnson, M.D.
Feb, 9th ‘“ Histology of the eye of the Owl and Lobster ”
J. W. Stirling, M.D.
Mch. 9th ‘“ The Microscope and Bacteriology
J. A, Beaudry, M.D.
April 13th “ The Polari scone as applied to the separation of

Starches ”
G. P. Girdwood, M.D,
May 11th ‘‘ The Bacteria in Montreal drinking water ”
Wyatt G. Johnson, M.D.
19

482 Canadiun Record of Science.

The election of officers resulted in the re-election of J.
Stevenson Brown, President; Hon. Senator Murphy, Vice-
President; Leslie J. Skelton, Hon.-Secretary.

It having been decided by the committee on rules to
divide the office of Secretary-Treasurer, Mr. J. S. Shearer
was unanimously elected Hon.-Treasurer.

The President read his annual address and took for his
subject “ The Duty of Science.” At its conclusion, a vote of
thanks was tendered him and also to the officers of the So-
ciety for their efforts on its behalf during the year just closed.

The papers for the coming season have all been arranged
for in advance and are :—

Oct. 20th “ The Bacillus of Diphtheria” illustrated with
apparatus for investigation and culture,
J. B. McConnell, Esq,, M.D.
Nov. 9th. The President’s annual address, (and Election of
officers),
J. Stevenson Brown, Esq.
Dec. 14th “ The use of the Microscope in the study of
Fossils,”
Sir Wm. Dawson, L.L.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., &e.
Jan, 11th “ Polarised Light, its usefulness in indicating
structure,” with lantern illustrations,
Prof. John Cox, M.A.
Feb, 8th “ Crystalline forms modified by impurity,”
Jos. Bemrose, Esq., F.GS.
Mar. 14th “The House Spider,”
Rev. W. J. Smyth, M.A., B.Sc,, Ph.D.
April 11th “ The American Tent Caterpillar:”
A. F. Winn, Esq.
May 9th “ Use of the Microscope in the identification of
burnt documents,”
G. P. Girdwood, Esq., M.D., M.R.C.S., (Eng.)

Those wishing to join the Society can do so either as
ordinary or associate members by addressing the Secretary,
Leslie J. Skelton, 138 Metcalfe St., Montreal.

Ordinary members must be possessed of an acromatic
microscope. Associate members can attend the meetings
but cannot take any active part in the proceedings.

INDEX.

Apams, (FRANK D.), M.A. Sce., etc. :—
On some Granites from British Columbia and the adja-
cent parts of Alaska and the Yukon District..........
Geology (The) of the State of Maryland...........+.. aa
Notes to accompany a Tabulation of the Igneous Rocks,
based on the system of Prof. H. Rosenbusch..........

Ami, (H. M.). M.A. :—

On the Geology of Quebec City ..-........csccs ences nee
Review of “Catalogue of the Fossil Cephalopoda of the
British Museum,” ete. Arthur H. Foord, F.G.S.......

Argol (Canadian). J.T. Donald, M.A....+0.....00-. 00 Shae
Arms (Miss J. M.) Clay Concretions of the Connecticut

Asbestus and some Associated Minerals, by J. T. Donald ....
Australian Association (The) for the Advancement of Science.

Brrp (A) new to the Province of Quebec. fF. B. Caulfield....
Black Walnut, Note on a peculiar growthina. Professor

ID, 12, leeyolneilltonyocoo, esoous dos ADO NEdSAbOUGdOOO GOGO
Blood (The) and Blood Vessels in Health and Disease. Dr.
Wesley Mills....-. a feloieiale joddseoamabe.oo Beal ctaiaiate mitereials

Book Notices :—
Bulletin U. S. Geological Survey .-..0.. eeesee sess veeeee
Birds of Greenland. A. T. Hagerup... +... sseeees. ceeeee
Catalogue of the Fossil Cephalopoda of the British
Museum, etc. Arthur H. Foord..........-. Gen elas aes
Elements of Crystallography ...+..+++ +++ eee seeeea sees
Fern Flora (The) of Canada. George Lawson, Ph. D....
Geology (The) of the State of Maryland....+-..+.....+..
Metamorphosis of Rocks....-. sla(s sisi Se S00 TENG SOME OL
Botanical Club (The) of Canada......seee ssssseccceee seceee
Botanical Laboratory (A new.) Professor D. P. Penhallow. -
British Wild Flowers in July and August. Rey. Dr. Campbell.

PAGE

344
395

463

315

397
250

237
100
269

109

233

218

74.

304

397
287
130
395

75
393

88
309

484 Canadian Record of Science.

PAGE
Cacouna, P. Q., Notes on the Flora of. Professor D. P. Pen-
WeNlloy 6 -o00 B06 BA WHOA Noro bate acodeaaue ays ©
Cambrian Fauna, sides causes pice may have influenced
the spread of. G. F, Matthew, M.A.e..-eses.essevees 255
Campbell, (Rev. Robert), LL.D. :—
The Flora of Cap 4 L’Aigle, P.Q...00. sceccscee sorcve cs 54
Specimens of British Wild Flowers in July and August.. 309
The Annual Field Day, 1891..... PISGND oo oo 7 cans a ob 390
Canadian Coleoptera, Aids to the Study of. J. F. Hausen. .251, 319
Canadian Minerals, Notes on some. W. F. Ferrier.......--- 472

Cap 4 L’Aigle, P.Q., The Flora of. Rev. Dr. Campbell....... 54
Caulfield, (F. B.):-—
Notes on a Bird new to the Province of Quebec..-.e«.... 109
Our Wanters birds \-c-ee eet = BR eR ers ConA CCE Et elas
Cephalopoda of the British Museum. See Book Notices..... 397
Connecticut River, Clay Concretions of the. MissJ. M. Arms. 237
Corniferous Limestone of Ontario, Description of a new Spe-
cies of Panenka. J. F. Whiteaves . Beidecenuspoosa. Cl
Crystallography, Elements of. G. H. Williams: Dareiceetels, eae: 287

Dawson, (Sir J. W.) :—
On New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous, and
on the Characters and Affinities of Palwozoic Gym-

OS SMES Geen soon CoQd05 snoddo CODDaD soodoNOe jooncesc: 1
Note of a Fossil Fish and Marine Wate found in the

Pleistocene Modules of Green’s Creek on the Ottawa... 80
The Quebec Group of Logan... 2.2.2. 2 sc= seecce sees sean-) lao
Nature asian Bducator....+s sss eeeceeeos giate 2 olay Sener 171
On Burrows and Tracks of Invertebrate Animals and

other Markings in Paleozoic Rocks.....+. .-.++++-0+-- 234
Note on a Shark and a Ray, obtained at Little Métis on

the, Lower St. Lawrente.-c.ecnitee > ee eee een rr eee Gag ole
Notes on Trees on the Grounds of McGill University.... 407
AAGON AA LO Os aes Berscic slelen tem ese nee E oe ere 478

Dawson (Sir J. W.) and Penhallow (Professor) :—
Note on Specimens of Fossil Wood from the Erian (Devo-
nian) of New York and Kentucky......... i OPRBAT SA 242

Deeks, (William), M.A. :—

The Lower Helderberg Formation of St. Helen’s Island.. 105
Derick, (Carrie M.), B.A. :—

Philip Henry Gosse, Biographical Memoireeseee----+++- 359

Index. 485

Donald, (J. T.), M.A. :—
Scolecite from a Canadian Locality....0. ..sssesesseeses 99

* Notes on Asbestus and some Agsocintadl NG noraly. Retelsteters 100
The Composition of the Ore used and of the Pig Iron pro-
ducedlatithe Radnor HOrees: «cc. »aiccielemcls ciciee veces 0 248 ,
Canadiam Arcolecrseideellecit ss cic sevice eesiecice sis <'s «\s 250

Drummond, (A. T.) :—

Some Temperatures in the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence. 77
Duck Hawk (The) at Abbotsford, P.Q........see0ssee00 --- 198

Eis, (W. Hopeson), M.A., M.D. :—

Mii efatersicictaiiicr ote ovsrels ors Reet nS ase ieteelscisie’s therelovehe > share sees 153
Expedition down the Begh-ula or Anderson River. R. Mac-

IGRAETIO> doo 0006 d0D0. o00000 SeODOdS 956000 05000008 000 Gocco) © He
Frrn Fiona oF CANADA. George LawSOn....+.-.sseee eeeeee 130
Ferrier, (W. F.), B.A. Se., F.G.S. :-—

Short Notes on some Canadian Minerals...............+- 472
Field Day, The Annual, 1891. Rey. Dr. Campbell........... 390
Flora of Cap 4 L’Aigle, P.Q., do.........- a RASA er re CREOLE 54

Foord, (Arthur H.), “ Catalogue of the Fossil Cephalopoda of
the British Museum.” Reviewed by H. M. Ami, M.A. 397
Fossil Fish and Marine Worm found in the Pleistocene Mo-
dules of Green’s Creek on the Ottawa. SirJ. W. Dawson.. 80
Fossil Wood, Specimens of, from the Erian (Devonian) of New
York and Kentucky. Sir J. W. Dawson and Professor
Ponhallow...... Hatataierous cheney sfroletotete uifclorbbateietere erstialeleleiovercts 242

GASPHROPODA IN THP GUELPH FORMATION oF ONTARIO. J. F.

AWWAIDTIGE AVES: vevaccceteuretorece eich eters leiehe tir tiete atamarepectaretarete le es actors! ste 404
Gibb, (Charles), B.A., Biographical Memoir.........-. .eseee 183
Gosse, (Philip Henry), Biographical Memoir. Carrie M.

IDyararelk, B/Ncoda coo09e coco Scadboo mounds: soou0, C6005 359
Gothite, Serpentine, Garnet, and other Canadian Minerals.

ibys, 1. dl, wl 8 Binal) ooo Gog auacteeoodcdd Cundoo Ano aUDen 93

Granites from British Columbia and the adjacent parts of
Alaska and the Yukon District. Frank D. Adams.... 344
Greenland (Birds of.) See Book Notices....+...-..+..seees - 334
Green’s Creek on the Ottawa, etc. See Dawson, (Sir J. W.).. 80
Gymnosperms, On New Plants from the Erian and Carboni-
ferous, and on the Characters and Affinities of Paleozoic
Gymnosperms. Sir J. W. Dawson...... wecece coseen . l

486 Canadian Record of Science.

Hacervp, (A. T.), Birds of Greenland. See Book Notices..... 384

Harrington, (Dr. B. J.) :—
Notes on Gothite, Serpentine, Garnet and other Canadian

Manerals ou." vssis essere ol eee senslsmpesiitne crete Sioa) #15 afsfoene 93
On Canadian Spessartite and Mountain Cork........... 2226
Hartt, (Charles Frederick), Biographical Memoir. G. F.
Matthew... --« Soa cress Tela eretororemtoeaiete haste getetara sae. sooe, iit
Hausen, (J. F.) :—
Anew, Canadian’ Rlatynus=se- ene eeieee ence aes Melee LM2OD
Aids to the Study of Canadian Coleoptera...........- 251, 319
Home, (David Milne). Sir J. W. Dawson......... igccccns< 476
Igneous Rocks, Tabulation of. Frank D. Adams............ 463
Invertebrate Animals and other Markings in Paleozoic Rocks.
Sir J. W. Dawson. 5 2.0isc.: obits oe pea nee otra 234
Iron, The Composition of the Ore used, ana of the Pig Iron
produced at the Radnor Forges. J.T. Donald........ 248
Leptopiastus, Note on. G. F. Matthow...... 222.0002 veces 461
ihogan, Quebec Group Of- arene -te = selene eee ele eice oe 133

MacF arvane, (R.), On an Expedition down the Begh-ula or
Anderson River. With introductory, byG. M. Dawson. 28
Maryland, Geology of the State of. Book Notice, Frank D.

NGAI sects i ieiotee'eh ed ee eee eae sa tataictoee rete rene ators a5) Bee
Matthew, (G. F.), On some Causes which may have influenced
the spread of the Cambrian Fauna.................- » 255
On a new Horizon in the St. John Group.......+.2+----. 339
Note on ‘eptoplastis ee eee <i. ee eee erent eee 461
Hartt, (Charles Frederick), Biographical Memoir........ 111
McGill University, Notes on Trees on the Grounds of........ 407
Addenda to do...... RANA ESO OOIT ONO COLES AGL 478

McLeod, (Professor C. H.) :—
Sun Spots observed at McGill College Observatory during

the years 1888 89 .......... Sa nuccuudaccacy ooddaoance | 1st
Mendenhall, (T. C.), The Relations of Men of Beisnes to the

General Public <(2./-hehsjemeles oeiesinateeeeeeeneerls See 201
Metamorphism of Rocks. A. Irving.......... rd Sie Apr 2 75
Milk. W. Hodgson Ellis, M.A......0...2000- Galetel sialon aste Sree:

Mills, (Dr. Wesley), The blood and Blood Vessels in Health
and Diseases sss, .:-.- <tc es obese eee a ia re ee peaks

Index. 487

PAGH

Montreal Microscopical Society, Proceedings of........... 2 292, 481
Natura History Socrery :—

Proceedings of the...+...... » «+68, 131, 189, 288, 335, 382, 479

Do Annual Field Day, 1890.......--+.. jedcanac 2) 99

Do Do IEMs o00 06 100 00006 doobDD 390

Nature as an Educator. Sir J. W. Dawson .............--.. 171

New Horizon (A) in the St. John Group. G. F. Matthew.... 339

Notes :-—
Trillium erectum, var. album. An unusual instance of
TEMWAIOIN ogo00d 406000 000 SOS NCES Don ODOR OR aonee 76
Wine IOWEK lalanwk en; Aolovouusitorsl, IA)soco00 sd0ode sab50000 195
MiiScellameOusinerrctecenalelelelelel steer 4 bOCO0G OO ielialerloet oe aie 307

Ogrruary Noticns :—

Endler, (CChoemweSDy I \cooccs otécna cbooon wfalelcreitsctie(aters aera steele seule Sos
Home: (David Milne) L.L.D., etc...... less annie niare etecetsistoers somo ere

PENHALLOW, (PRoFnssor D. P.) :—

A new Botanical Laboratory....... “50 6 pads Sgodiocb oGcd - 88
Note on a Peculiar Growth in a Black Walnut.......... 233
Note on Specimens of Fossil Wood, etc. See Dawson,
(Sie dk Wo)eenus SSG0OO4 SHU are BOODLE Oe ee el ftelieeote
Soil Temperatures. See McLeod, (C. H.)....+.....0.... 227
Notes on the Flora of St. Helen’s Island, Montreal....... 370
Notes on the Flora of Cacouna, P.Q........ sdostOd Goonac 432
Platynus (A new Canadian). J.F. Hausen.......... wahentes: 235

Potable Waters, Sediments in. Dr. R. Ff. Ruttan............ 469

Quasec Crry, The Geology of. H. M. Ami........ .cceee see 315
Quebec Group (The) of Logan. Sir J. W. Dawson.......... 5) GBR

Raps, (Jonn), A.M.

The Royal Society of Canada ....+..... So00 BE
Relations of Men of Science to the General Public. T C.
Whenkanioall Sosqoe ooobdousdaac DOLUACOONEOOO mac NAb 201
Royal Society of Canada. (The) John Reade........... Foon Byes
Ruttan, (Dr. R. F.), Note on the Collection of Sediments in
PO PAW IS RIVV ALOT leverciave\savoraverolenvieta.s leis aclaeverstinverie Gites ors wane 469

ScoLECITH FROM A CANADIAN Looauity. J.T. Donald, MA.... 99

488 Canadian Record of Science.

PAGE

Shark, Note on a Shark and a Ray, obtained at Little Métis
on the Lower St. Lawrence. Sir J. W. Dawson....... 303

Silurian Rocks of the District of Saskatchewan, Description of
four new Species of :Fossils. J. F. Whiteaves.........) 293

Soil Temperatures. Professors C. H. McLeod and D. P. Pen-

hallow-...-.-- oie oh cafe's isluiels senate au aete niente oe | see ee 229
Spessartite (Canadian) and Mountain Cork. Dr. B. J. Har-

rington.--.--- Moocces0 aiete)ieieie otele ata = aie 5) [nine snhelaton a DOAS
St. Helen’s Island, Montreal, Notes on the mies Professor

D. P. Penhallow....- osietoioaninstets 5 250000 soc0es g55600 5 370
St. Helen’s Island, The Lower Haldesbors Pees of. W.

Deeks) BBVA. sc esi ei elon Bod Ss onoGone daonde cebood 62 105
Sun Spots obeaedl 4 McGill College Gbaseratne during the

years 1888-89. Professor C. H. McLeod....... Mee contre Lei!

TEMPERATURES IN THD GRBAT LAKHS AND THE St. LAWRBENCB.
A. T. Drummond..... is oetee SCOTIA ODA 06920500000 ane Te
Trillium erectum, var. album. An unusual instanceof reversion. 76

W. 8S. GHOLOGICAT: SURVHY). 2 =scatesey tele ss os ce cmaeieeeee ecco 74
Wuitzavss, (J. F.):—

Description of four new Species of Fossils from the Silu-
rian Rocks of the South Eastern Portion of the District

of Saskatchewan.......-++ piece cae Sone sho 5250 293
Description of a new Species of Panenka from the Corni-
ferous Limestone of Ontario..-.+. eee cecececccecees 401

Note on the Occurrence of Paucispiral Opercula of Gas-
peropoda in the Guelph Formation of Ontario......... 404
Winter Birds (Our). F. B. Caulfield.......-....-: son sous - 143

|
es

1891.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

Sj aiee

inl 3 q
COSI
Prolta| beastie)
Sete ee
L825) 22
E Pye) cee
yy ia
ah ———
4 72 :
jo 03
p fete)
2 fefe)
SuNDA. | 69
i 97
2 CE)
Dh ee
DS} 97 eters
|) Zi, elbac
p fele) 0.50
SUNDA. fore) 0.63
6 08 Inapp.
D fore) 0.07
Pan Come 2017
Dy 13 0.05
p 7? £009
2) 03 0.45
Sunpa {| or 0.07
Dy 99 sou
Dd 97 eee
7} 44 | Inapp.
Ir 00 0.04
i) W®) \l spoceo
2 07
SuNpDA\ 66
>} | $86) Lcecess
xf 13 | Inapp
p49 71 | Inapp
py 92 SUD
o |p || bso |) PnGhs
17 yrs. |[52.0 | 1.64

Snowfall in
inches.

|
|
|
|
|

cere

fies
°
a. |
os
ao DAY.
af”
3
pS
ae I
ban 2
0.74 | 3
0.00 4
Sb0 5 eeecese eee SUNDAY
Clete 6
see dh
pels 8
ac 9
soo | Lo
0.50 | Ir
@n63 || HA cootecoos SUNDAY
0.00 | 13
0.07 | 14
0.57 | 15
0.05 | 16
ao0n || iG)
0.45 | 18
O©AC¥/ || He) aposcbodas SUNDAY
seo)
5500) |} 2
0.00 | 22
0.04 | 23
0.00 | 24
0.14 | 25
sao |) HO soso «. «SUNDAY
easy 2
0.00 | 28
0.00 | 29
. . 390
3.26 |Sums ..... sonononmas
2.30 |17 years means for and

including this month.

includir

Directi

—_—-_

Miles .

| | giving a range of 1.097 inches. Maximum relative

| humidity was 99 on the 15th.

humidity was 29 on the 29th.
Rain fell on 12 days.
Snow fell on 6 days.
Rain or snow fell on 16 days.
Rain and snow fell on 2 days.
Auroras were observed on 3 nights.
Lunar corona on 1 night.

Fog on 1 day.

Solar halo on 1 day,

Minimum relative

a

ES

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF APRIL, 1891.

Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

Sky CLoupep

Greatest mileage in one hour was 59 on the 3rd.
Greatest velocity in gusts, 72 miles per hour on
the erd.

Resultant mileage, i
Resultant direction, S. 72° W.
Total mileage, 11,683.

range of temperature of 50.2 degrees. Warm-
est day was the 27th. Coldest day was the 5th.
Highest barometer reading was 30.538 on the

10th; lowest barometer was 29.441 on the 3rd,

THERMOMETER. * BAROMETER. WIND. In Tentos. [5S 9] 8 i=! B |
eae —— ——_— + Mean |{ Mean — — posel| 18 ay EES ||
: pres- |relativel Dew Mean Bee 33 Ais |e
+a . u : . “4 =
pre : . surejok numid point. | General |yelocity) § | # | = [2S 5| a2 ES as DAY.
Mean.| Max. | Min. |Range.| Mean. |§ Max. | § Min. Range. : 3 direction. inmiley © |S |G ]5%| 37 oA | ak
perhouy = | | 7 [% Fa a &
I 36.42 | 44-5 258 18.7 30.0643 66.5 26.2 N.E. Ge 8.8] 10} 4 71 1
2 41.27 | 48.5 37-4 11.1 29.8753 57.9 27.0 S.E. x6. 10.0} 10 | 10 03 2
3 32.77 | 38-8 jo.2 8.6 29.5513 87.7 29.5 ING 26. 10.0 | 10 | 15 | oo 3
4| 32-32 | 35-5 | 25-6 9-9 | 29-5908 72.5 | 23-7 N.W. 17 8.7] 10 | 2] 00 4
SUNDAY.-...- 90 || posona 31.8 21.8 so) || 0 oon 6000 9006 S.W. 21 nooo |{oo |] os |] © aie
6 32.12 38.1 24.7 13-4 29.8217 60.7 20.0 S.W. 12 3-5] 19} 2 eo A socceSUNDAY
7) 3103] 34-1 27-7 64 29.8507 62.5 20.2 W. Io, 9810] 9 03 7
8 | 32.05] 38.3 24.1 14.2 30.1615, 59.3 19.7 WwW. 13 5.0} 10] of 90 8
g| 39-12 | 485 30.2 38.3 | 30-4408 57-0 25.2 W. ° 0.5] 3] of 97 9
10 | 42-33 | 53-5 28.6 24.9 | 30 4317 53:5 25.7 8.E. 6. 7.2} 10|) of 73 10
11 41.07 44-1 36.6 7:5 30.0797 92.2 33.8 S.E. 20. 10.0 | 10 | r9 f oo It
SUNDAY ....--- 44.8 35-7 g-1 J .------ o0dd S.W. 20. 5 60 00 0.6 2. = Ss
50.0 38.1 11.9 29 9325 79.0 38.2 S.W. 230 9.3} 10 | 5] 08 ae = .-... SUNDAY
50.0 37.6 12.4 30.0638 75 2 36.0 N.E. 18.6 } 10.0] 10 | 19} oo 0.07 | 14
38.8 32 4 6.4 jo 0512 93-2 32.7 N.E. 18.3 10.0 } 10 | 19 J oo 0.57 | 15
50-0 33:5 16.5 } 30-1537 85-3 37.5 S.W. 12.9 8.3] 20] of 13 0.05 | 16
60.1 36.6 23.5 30.1487 66.7 39-3 S.W. 14.6 4.2] 10] of 73 sono || ay
58.5 47-4 1.1 29.8312 86.0 49-5 S.W. 15.1 8.3] 10 | Of 03 0° 45 | 18
SUNDAY.....-5+ 547 | 45.6 ger || -.-.--- wae 0060 S.W. 16.8 sive 5 or 0.0 0.0 ©) pporeo0000 SUNDA
54.0 40.6 13.4 go.2085 59-5 33-5 N.W. 13.7 0.5} 3) Of 99 ee me 2 3
630 36.5 26.5 30.2047 53-5 35-3 S.W. 10.9 2.3] 10] of 97 ened ooo || 2
70.0 46.5 23.5 29.6602 717 47-3 S.-W. 139 go}10| 7} 44 | Inapp. 0.00 | 22
47-5 34-5 13.0 29.5307 85.8 35.2 N. 17.9 8.5} 10} 14 00 0.04 0.04 | 23
50.3 30.7, 19,6 29.6222 54.8 23.8 N.W. 20.3 Go|) | O]) GO |] cn 0.00 | 24
42.3 29.0 13.3 29.7130 66.0 27.7. N.W. 19.3 g.0 | 10 07 0.14 | 25
SuNDAY... 56.0 36.6 19-4 SS ouK. mite done N.W. 159 oan || od |} o 66 Bod We ieqodose «» «SUNDAY
72.0 47-5 24.5 29.7328 46.8 39 3 S.W.. 20.9 1.8] 10] of 89 seecee sees +. | 27
60 5 31.6 28.9 29.7322 60.7 29.7 Ww. 30-3 7.7\10| 1} 13 | Inapp. | Inapp. | 0.00 28
51-5 27-7 23.8 29.8117 47.0 21.5 WwW. 22.2 6.8} 10] of 7z | Inapp. | Inapp. | 9.00 | 29
65.0 40-9 24.1 29.6442 52.8 35:5 S.E. 8.0 2.8] 9] of 92 ooo soo - | 30
18.19} 29.9198 67.3 315 16.22] 6.81} -- | .. | 41-5 | 2.38 7.r | 3.26 |Sums ..
17 yrs. means for &| 39.76 | 48.26 | 32.18 16.07] 29.941 66.7 5-90 [52-0 | 1.64 25.0 | 2.30 |x7 years means for and
including this mo. ! \ including this month.
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. ) ¥ Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | giving a range of 1.097 inches. Maximum relative
oe 9 - | temperature of 32° Far. humidity was 990n the 15th. Minimum relative
Direction...---- N. N.E. BE. _S.E. s. S.W. Ww. N.W. | Catm 1 § Observed. humidity was 29 on the 29th.
Miles . ro0or 44 I0g1 493 441 Of | sett + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 12 days.
a ee al eal ae =i | {Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Snow fell on 6 days.
Duration in hrs .- | 62 | 8 73 36 24t 12 728 25 7 Ten years only. Rain or snow fell on 16 days.
Mean velocity..-.| 18.3 16.2 5.5 14.9 | 13-7 18.3 15.8 soe | The greatest heat was 72.0 on the 2ith ; tho | Rain and snow fell on 2 days.
greatest cold was 21.8 on the 5th, giving a Auroras were observed on 3 nights.

Lunar corona on 1 night.
Fog on 1 day.
Solar halo on 1 day,

MAY, 1891.

vel, 187 feet.

Sky CLoupepD|

In Tentus.
a | ele
o _— —
= aA |=
mee Bi) ©
5.0) |) 100!) 0
6.3| 10] 0
S58) || 3x9) IG)
7.8 | 10 2
7.0 | Io} oO
8.5 | 10] 4
9.8] 10] 9
8.3 10 | 0
reg) || GP | @
Tats) ||) }}
52 Ir 0) |) &
Bay || WI o
10.0 | 10 | Io
'5.7| 10| ©
so} || 2) |)
g-0] 10} 4
8.7 | Io 6
6.5 | to I
9.0) |) 0) |) 0
8.3 Io} 4
5.8 | Io fo)
B15) || He) |] ©)
0.0 | 10 | Io
Bas} |] He) I] 5
7.7 | 10 | oO
3) Qj} ec

28

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

Per cent. of
Possible
Sunshine.

inches.

Rainfall in

2.91

8
Seance:
ict |) tae
ag ree
ES as DAY.
S
ef | aa
79) oS
G
. I
2
soidic 0.32 3 ccccencner Sunpay
snou || Ces || 7
Inapp. | 0.01 5
1000 0.05 6
se ee wae 7
0.00] 8
0.10} 9
0.00 J to . SUNDAY
0.03 | 11
noe} | 0}
13
14
O09 15
0.66 | 16
see sens || / < - - SUNDAY
u 0.05 | 18
19
20
0.22 | 21
22
23
b BAG sical st -SUNvAY
mae 25
0.22 | 26
27
28 =
. 29
; 30
4 BI cicvaistolerere SuNDAY
0.00 E77 SUMS) oceentsetste s
0.10 | 2.92 |r years means for and
_ including this month.

0 sea-level and

f mercury.
being 100.

hn the 1(th; the
5th, giving a
Warm-

| 80.312 on the
608 on the Ist,

giving a range of 0.704 inches. Maximum relative

humidity was 99o0n the 9th.

humidity was 25 on the 13th.
Rain fell on 12 days.
Snow fell on 1 day.
Rain or snow fell on 12 days.
Rain and snow fell on 1 day.
Hoar frost on 2 days.
Fog on 2 days.

Minimum relative

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF MAY, 1891.
Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea leyel, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
Sky CLoupED], i E
THERMOMETER. * BAROMETER. WIND. In Tentus. JS 9) 8 a 2
= — —— Mle D ——_— —— —— Sace a9 Sa | 2s
relative) Dew Sina) ia ee | oe
| DAY. humid-| point. | gq eed e lz 2 lees se Ee | do DAY.
ity. Heneral |velocity} & 8) Elegal 32 of a
Mean.| Max. | Min. direction. jin miles} © | S| 5 2 a | de
| perhour] = | ~ | ~ [* @) Pe
| = = — i pee ees bees ze — — —
| 1) 52.62] 66.3 | 4x5 56.2 | 36.2 S.W. 17 1.5] 9] of 84 I
| 2 82] 63 4 42.7 51-3 35-3 S.W. 14 5.0] 10} of 94 2
SunDay.. ....- 57-9 39-6 dodo S000 Ww. 15-2 sano || ce |] oe 31
48.0 33-6 62.7 27.3 S.W. 28.2 6.3 | 10 ° 50
420 31-7 69.8 27.0 S.W. 21.5 8.3] 10} of 17
48.2 | 33-5 63.0 | 28.8 N.W 15.9 | 7-8|10] 2] 27
56.4 37-1 44-2 25.7 W.- 16.5 7.0|10| of 8r
62.8 42.0 62.5 38.2 S.W. 17.3 8.5 | 10] 4 44
610 48.5 87.8 47 2 S.E. 7-5 9.8] 10} g] o2
Sunbay 50h) | onsen 80.0 46.5 yee S.W. 26.9 S10 33 | Inapp. i 95 SUNDAY
tr 47:05 | 58.9 | 430 69.8 | 37.3 N.W. 13.2 | 8.3] 10] of 00 1
12 53-67 65 9 39-9 58.2 38.0 S.W. 6.0 1.7 7 ° 94 12
13] 57-33 | 69.1 44.6 50.8 37-7 S.W. 10.3 1.8] 6} of ot 13
14 53-22 | 62.0 47-3 49-5 aL) |} oooasuoooe 12.0 1.2) 9) Of 74 uct
159] 58.40 | 72.2 41.5 48.8 38.5 $.E. 12.0 2.7| 7| of 84 Spd 15
| 16} 47.85 | 58.7 | 36.8 81.5 | 42.0 W. 15.6 | 10.0] 10] 10] oo | 0.66 | .... | 0.66} 16
Sunpay.. . ...17]| .-..- 52-1 34-7 gone o0ds Ww. A. || cone |} oo 82 S060 Bon Adal |S¢7oocepsb000 SuNDAy
189 42.63 | 52.0 | 38.5, 63.5 | 30.0 W. 24.7 | 5-7] 70] Of 53 0.05 | 18 |
19 ff 47-92] 57.0 | 36.2 47-5 | 23.5 S.W. 12.1 | 3.3] 10] of 85 00 |) 2) |
20 61.07 { 75.8 43-3 65.0 48.7 Ss. 13.0 | 9.0] 10] 4] 47 cD
2x ff 66.38 | 74.3 | 59.8 81.3 | 60.3 Ss. 15.2 | 8.7| 10] 6} 20 0.22 | 2x
22 54-17 | 66.0 39-5 60.2 40.0 N. 75 6.5 | 10 I 5 . | 22 |
23] 46.10] 56.8 33-7 557 B9s7/ || conoaan000 9:5 0.0] o| of 95 23
SUNDAY.... ...24 ]..-..- 69.2 39.8 oo0g o600 2 oo a0 go 5 24... ee ees “SUNDAY
25 | 62-33 | 71-0 | 54.0 59-5 | 47-0 -9 | 8.3] 10) 4] 68 . 25
269 4755] 58.0 41.6 76.3 40.2 8 5-8] 10] of 35 0.22 26
27} 50.58 | 59.4 38.6 49-3 32.0 3 2.5 | 10} of 92 : 27) re}
28 59-02 | 710 48.4 56.2 2.8 © | 10.0] 10 | Iof 52 28
29 | 65.65 | 79-8 50.7 63.0 51.7 4 8.3] 10} 5] 5° a
30 ff 65.93 | 74.0 | 56.3 7x0 | 55.8 4 | 77] 20] of 36 |. 30
SUNDAY........31 J ..-... 75-1 51.6 CEN 01 lMeanSaced | San pierces | mnenea 9 .. || 72 no BR cooggonbe
sacdbD Suoca8G Means 52.36 | 63.30 | 42.46 20.84] 29.9845 61.72 | 385 7 1599 55-3 I.71 o.oo | 1.71 [Sums
17 yrs. means for & _ | 63.68 ® e | 2 3 faa Baa 5 5 ae loo 2.0 2.91 0.10 2.92 |17 years means for and
‘valnstinrs ims mes P| 18248 || COREE <- Ea) peo: | |ipaog eres ts | including this month.
ANALYSIS OF W1iND RECORD * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | giving a range of 0.704 Hal Maximum relative
a 2 | temperature of 32° Far. humidity was 990n the 9th. Minimum relative
Direction... . | N. | NB. |] EB. | SB. | s. | Sw. | w. | Nuw. Calm § Observed. humidity was 26 on the 13th.
aT aa a = — — — |— — 5 aati 7 Rain fell on 12 days.
Miles Fy 8 + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury.
— pS | HO | AERO ee babes") a t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Snow fell on 1 day.
Duration in hrs .. 84 44 20 65 103 252 114 55 I J ‘Ten years only. Rain or snow fell on 12 days.
Teena se ae le Fi —_— - —|-— —|—_ — i; 6 Rain and snow fell on 1 day.
Mean velocity....| 14. A. ; 8 = 8 The greatest heat was 80.0 on the 1(th; the y 3
3 | Ss a) 2 Be meso BS KHL greatest cold was 381.7 on the 5th, giving a Hoar frost on 2 days.
Grants —— — — ——_. —___-__-__] range of temperature of 48.3 degrees. Warm- Fog on 2 days.
a ne ee in one hour was 48 on the 4th. eee a ale 5 W. est day was the 2lst. Coldest day was the Sth.
ae an est velocity in gusts, 66 miles per bour on ‘Total iiilenge: 10.949, EMS Highest barometer reading was 30,312 on the
‘ 20th; lowest barometer was 29,608 on the Ist,

ES
$$ _

NE, 1891.

187 feet. C.H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

t CLouDED

Tents. ‘So 5
bee Sears |e
O'S = 4 sw
anol ge | ao | oe
wl afozs we a | sa DAY
q SB! 8a ES ao C
Slee Pam] gt Sus} |) setle|
Slaia a B a
ia
Io 2 6x ee se ve I
Bie) fo) 30. os se 2
Io | 4 17 0.14 : 0.14 3
Io | o 82 ete 4.
Io | o 79 boo seis 5
@)}) @ go 06 ate eet 6
baal eps &8 eee aistae Aris 7 seceeveeseSINDAY
to) || 2 76 S000 $00 , 8
Io 4 52 6 oo 9
ro I (oye) i fe sc || 1)
To) || 7x 46 0.83 a0 0.83 | 11
Io | o 80 0.01 0.01 } 12
Io | o 92 28 || 13
a5 61 pono ah nll poodebe ... SUNDAY
TO} | BY fn oer oan aes 15
Io | oO 69 0.40 | «ese | 0.40 J 16
Bie) 7 31 0.04 ‘ 0.04 | 17
Io 2 85 Seles ogo |} ae)
Io I 64 eters sees | 19
5K) 5 12 sat : eee 20
BE in vere eos SUNDAY:
22
23
22
25
26
27
293i vive sss) SUNDAY:
29
30
Sumsietriesectls bo
17 years means for and

including this month.

oman and| giving a range of 0.626 inches. Maximum relative
humidity was 960n the 22nd. Minimum relative
humidity was 25 on the 7th.

ury. Rain fell on 8 days.

100. Thunder storms on the 11th and 16th.

6th ; the
giving a
Warm-
the 8rd.
on the
the Ist,

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF JUNE, 1891.

Meteorological Observations McGill College Observatory, Montreal Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C.H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

THERMOMETER.

DAY.
Max. | Min. | Range.
41.38 | 82.1 58.1 24.0
Ba 65.0 51.4 13.6
: 55-1 40.4 14-7
51.30 | 60.9 41-5 19-4
53-72 | 64.0 43-3 20.7
59-05 70.0 44.5 25.5
SUNDAY... ....- 75-6 49.4 26.2
68.17 | 82.2 54-9 27.3
67.50 | 80.3 57-0 23.3
72.08 | 84.8 60.4 24.4
71.95 | 86.9 64.3 22.6
68.95 | 77-0 62.3 14-7
69.32 | 78.7 | 55-4 | 23.3
SuNDAv ....... Hoon || Bea) 61.3 20.7
-63 | 86.7 64.2 22.5
74.58 | 90.0 67.5 22.5
64.78 70.3 58.3 12.0
63.38 | 74-5 54-4 20.1
65.03 | 746 55-2 19.4
67-53 | 74. 59-3 15.5
SUNDAY........ 79-9 66.4 13.5
69.10 | 74.7 66.6 8.1
65.97 74.1 56.5 17.6
59.53 68.2 53.6 14 6
69.62 | 81.0 53-5 27.5
66.17 97-5 53-7 23.8
62.23 | 73-9 50.6 23.3
SUNDAY, ,....+- 78.5 55-3 23.2
76.4 | 59.1 17-3
75.8 57-8 18,0
55-87 | 19-98
17 yrs. means for & 64.50 | 73.26 55-92 17-34
including this mo.'

Sky Croupep
* BAROMETER. WIND In Trentus.
——_ + Mean paxtoan D ———_—_——.

pres- frelative) Dew Mean t
gure of [humid point | Generat |rstoatal ¢ | ¥ |g
Mean. | § Max. | § Min. direction. jin miles} © | 5 |S
perhoury = ss

_— en eee ee ee pt

29.7042 | 29.789 29.620 4542 60.0 56.3 S.W. 20. 7.7|10| 2
29.9347 | 29.980 29.865 +2017 64.3 44.2 N. Ir. 4.3] 10 | o
30.1048 | 30.133 30.087 2132 67.8 35.7 N.E. 24. 8.8] 10] 4
go.1505 | 30.188 30.118 1890 51.0 33.0 N.E. 14. I.7|10| o
30.1832 30.246 30.130 1943 48.2 33-8 W. Tq. Bog} || 2G) |] @
30.1363 | 30.221 30.068. 2092 42.2 35.8 Ww. 9. 2.0] 9g] o
dondene ||) ecadgo-—||\) soauca 00000 6000 5000 S.W. TE) || aooe |] oo |] ac
jo.0605 | 30.131 30.000 +2047 44.0 44-5 S.W. 17.4 5.3] 10] 2
30.9178 | 30.077 29-973 +3383 50.5 47.8 S.W. 18.3 8o0]10} 4
29.9505 | 30.019 29.889 -4665 59-3 56.5 S.W. 15.6 6.8} 10} 1
29.8742 29.945 29.815 -5847 75.2 63.3 S.W. 16.3 8.0 | 10 I
29.9108 30.013 29.858 +4580 65.3 56.3 S.W. 20.1 5-8 | Io} o
30.0490 | 30.111 29.994 3995 54-7 52.8 5.W. 14.5 3-0 | 10 | ©
5 otic ooe0 260 05.08 S.W. FES |] cal} || co |] oc
29.787 - 4047 54-5 56.8 S.W. 23.9 7.2|10}] 1
29.680 5948 69.0 63.5 S.W. 20.7 6.3] 10] 0
29.843 3882 63.7 51.8 N.E. 17.9 9-8 | 10] 7
29.770 3812 67.0 51.3 BE. II.I 7-5 |10| 2
29.734 +4318 72.5 54-5 §.E. woo J 8.0) 10} x
29.813 5198 77-2 59.8 S.E. 8.0 | 9.3] 10} 5
Reereoylleeon AL) ciieess Sfieiey A pace §.B. ac] (loneea lene ee
29.678 6403 90.3 66.0 S.E. 9 8 | 10.0] 10/ 10
29.646 5248 81.2 59.8 S.W.. 20.4 8.8) | 10 || 3
29.925 -3852 75-8 51-8 Ww. gr 5.2| 10] 0
29.791 5028 79.0 58.8 Ss. 63 1.8 | 8) o
29.829 4098 62.3 52.3 N. 16.7 5-8 | 10} 1
29.959 +3007 54.8 44.8 N. 15.3 2.2| 9] 0
sees wisine N. 17-3 £0 |] 06
63.5 54.3 N.E. 13-9 10} 0
70-7 57-2 N.E. 11.9 to | 0
29.9192 15.0 | 5.86 o0

bey || scan oe o 5-71

d Ee
oe
Sein] sl. | 8 ce
S25] 23 aa
Bem) ad ao ao
545| a2 | BS | a3 DAY.
5am) a °.8 sa
Oy Fa n ‘a
a
61
30.
17
82
79°
go |
88 06 600 J + eeneneseeSUNDAY
76 8
52 9
63 10
46 bat
80 12
92 13
61 5 T4 + sss... . SUNDAY
37 15
69 10
3r a7
85 18
64 19
12 A 20
09 0.01 C21) 28 Snocosoncs Sunpay
00 0.18 0.18 | 22
26 O.14 0.14 | 23
36 coo || sees | 22
79 | 25
76 : 26
8r 29
GO {} coo |} pace |} a0001}2\on00000
88
62
Bog | e793 |] 0
55:5 3.08 | soe 17 years means for and
including this month.

* Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and

Direction. N. N.E. i.
Mile "| s953 | 1605 | 387
Darationin|hra || ixcois|laxsiil|li m2aullllza
Menn velocity... 38.4 | 72.2 | 7.8 | 9-5

Greatest mileage in one hour was 34 on the 26th.
Resultant mileage, 2760.

Resultant direction, 8. 72.°5 W.

‘Yotal mileage, 10,801.

temperature of 32° Far.

SS S.W. WwW. Calm § Observed.
+ Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury.
(oe Ws8o7 je t Humidity relative, saturation being 100.
46 257 59 33 r 4 Ten years only.
= lea Seale The greatest heat was 90.0 on the 16th; the
7.85 23) rast rad greatest cold was 40.4 on the 3rd; giving a

range of temperature of 49.6 degrees. Warm-
est day was the 15th. Coldest day was the 8rd.
Highest barometer reading was 30.246 on the

5th; lowest barometer was 29.620 on the Ist,

giving a range of 0.626 inches. Maximum relative
humidity was 960n the 22nd. Minimum relative
humidity was 25 on the 7th.

Rain fell on 8 days.

Thunder storms on the 11th and 16th.

|
|
|
|
|
|
|

cy CLOUDED §
N TENTHS.

inches.

DAY.

Per cent. of
Possible
Sunshine.

| Rainfall in
| Snowfall in
inches.
Rain and snow |
melted.

|
|
|
|
|
|
|

4

w
°
.

Leal
°
4
e}
fo}
°
99000
>
=

un

i)
Go

eeccereees SUNDAY

co

N

oooo

- °

°
MOD ON ON PWN

nAonoun:
e
)
C00Mo00:
s
on

to

I2 ..++ ..... SUNDAY

—
-
.

NO CW:
Hoe
50

woonno:
Lal
un
5

IQ ..e0+++eee SUNDAY

NO QHurw O-.
cel
)

On NOOW:
s“
ra

Bee OUNDAY:

Ww OM COC.
ie}
o©0000:
fon
—~
°
fo}

Lal

SITE ag ogchsngocoedcs

17 yrs, means for and
including this month

187 feet. C.H. McLEOD, Superintendent. |
eeeEee——eEEeEeEe—————EEEEEEE—EEE——EEEEEEE———E————
h-level and) giving a range of 0.789 inches. Maximum relative
humidity was 97 on 4 days. Minimum relative
| humidity was 33 on the 9th.
reury. Rain fell on 20 days.
: 100. Thunder storms on six days, and lightning with-
out thunder on two days.
| 13th; the
giving a
s. Warm-
ts the 31st.
$57 on the
mn the 4th,
|

Meteorological Observations McGill College Observatory,

Montreal, Canada.

Height above sea level, 187 feet.

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF JULY, 1891.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

Sky CLoupep

THERMOMETER. * BAROMETER. WIND. Iy TenTus.
Dew |Ne Gu" ih he
DAY. | an Mean i
' ‘ umid-} point. | General |yelocity) = | 4 | 4
Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range.J Mean. | § Max. | § Min. direction. jinmiles} 2 | S/S
=a =T
perhour} =
rf} 69.55 | 83.3 56.5 26.8 29.9600 | 29.989 29.919 7 S.E. 12.0 5-8] 10] 0
2 -70 | 68.0 61.3 6.7 29.9782 | 30.013 29.92! 3 Ss. 9-3 | 10.0] 10 | 10
3 08 | 77.9 59-3 18.6 29.7963 | 29.928 29.712 “5 s. 9.8 8.0] 10] ©
4] 61.82] 68.1 58-5 9.6 29.6163 | 25.702 29-568 Ra) s. 10.0 | 10.0 | 10 | 10
SuUNDAY..- ....-5 ooo || Gans 55-3 WS || o00d0 Ate S. 16.1 ell | Rese | ters
Of 57-53 | 64.8 | 51-5 13.3 29.7678 29. S| S.W. 18.7 15 |, 10] 0
71 59-95 | 68.0 | 50.0 18.0 29.8402 29.707 5 W. 13.5 +5 | 70) ©
8 6095 | 70.8 51.0 19.8 29.8507 29.785 7, W. 12.4 so} 10} 5
9 67-03 | 76.0 56.1 19-9 30.0778 30.041 a7) N: 11.3 2 °
10} 70.50 | $80.6 55.6 25.0 30.1945 30.151 oa} S.W. II.0 a} °
tr] 72.97 | 83.5 | 57-9 | 25-6 | 30.1523 30.074 5 S.W. 14.6 +5 °
STRPYN? Goon aob€}|} decom 83.0 64.8 1H |} b onoocanll|’ “aooouo Thye 500 18.0
13] 77-22 | 86.8 68.5 18.3 29.9407 | 30.028 29.877 6 200
14] 75.42] 85.6 | 69.7 | 15.9 | 29.8365 | 29,884 | 29.809 5 18.6
159 72.25 | 78.0 65.9 I2-i 29-7345 | 29.804 29.676 ee) 17-7
16 6677) 73.0 62.3 10.7 29.8710 | 29.962 29-799 od} 17-6
17 71.55 | 83.0 61.3 21.7 30 0130 | 30.046 29.986 “7] 12.0
18 | 70.42] 81.3 62.0 19-3 29.8643 | 30.017 29.694 “7 14.8
SUNDAY........ 19 aosen || 9spe) 60.3 TAH) || 90 cows || coona . 50000 oni6 14.6) J). ... || --
20 64.85 | 72.1 57-5 14.6 30.1225 | 30.171 30.038 “5 11.5 7.8 |\10 | 3
21 “$3 7404 55-4 19.0 30.2963 | 30.326 30.230 ° 7-3 2.3] 8] 0°
22 55] 79.8 | 53.2 | 26.6 | 30.2575 | 30.357 30 143 08} ZO) || Eb) XO ©
23 J 69.17) 74.0 | 65.3 8.7 30.0768 | 30.149 29.990 .0 15.3 8.6] 10} 2
24 f 67.38 | 79.1 61.3 178 29.8835 | 29.976 29.810 8 10.2 g.0| 10] 4
25] 61.05 | 68.0 57-0 11.0 29.8897 | 29.902 29.866 .0 6.2 6.2} 10) 0
SunpDay,.......26 aanoe || Gold 54-5 13.1 OBHOOCS 5H0000 50000 poo 12.7
ae) b 29-9117 | 29.956 29.886 2 9.8
8 29.8893 | 29.909 29.861 “8 1I.7
8 29.9122 | 29.957 29.874 BS} 8.2
z 29.7855 | 29.870 29.702 of 16.8
29.8631 | 29.917 29.787 3.1 14.7
29.9401] ..... ae) | 13.0
17 yrs, means for &§ 68.3: rz 60.8 6. : [Fae |
including this oct By re eo EBT a aAee
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. 3 * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and
E ; = temperature of 32° Far.
Direction... ... vy. [we] = | se] s. | sw. | w. | ww. § Observed.
Miles............| 290 | aes ens = ail al eal + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury.
ee ||_ eae SS | are SEN ZOO2S | | PAS 7Z aN 28 Ec Wa Eee ¢ Humidity relative, saturation being 100.
Duration in hrs . . 26 20 7 88 158 320 gr 31 I 10 years only.
Meanie locity aan eeeecs an exerrl eastcelleszenell eee nace = The greatest heat was 86.8 on the 13th; the
3 3229. Lon 1456 eg @0 greatest cold was 45.6 on the 3lst, giving a

Greatest mileage in one hour was 28 on the 15th.
Greatest velocity in gusts32 miles per hour on the

Resultant mileage, 6590.
Resultant direction, §. 34.0 W.
Total mileage, 9704.

range of temperature of 41.2 degrees. Warm-
est day was the 13th. Coldest day was the 3lst.
Highest barometer reading was 30.357 on the
22nd; lowest barometer was 29.568) on the 4th,

| P Ee
Bay
o.oo] @ g Ss
Peat el) |) 4 aS
Galt Sc au =)
325] ae Ee | as DAY.
12) o8 | 34
BY 4 a ‘a
73 0.13 0.13
00 0.41 0.41
40 0.19 0.19
03 | 0.55 0.55

00 0.22 0.22 te eeee ees SUNDAY
00 0.06 0.06
82 0.10 9.10
75 0.23 0.23

ROO ONAN PON H

wo

3 co05 a6 ++. SUNDAY

7) suogecoad » SUNDAY

37 20
97 at
76 22
Io 23
35 22
16 25

sesess sSUNDAY

17 yrs, means for and
including this month

giving a range of 0.789 inches. Maximum relative
humidity was 97 on 4 days. Minimum relative
humidity was 33 on the 9th.

Rain fell on 20 days.

Thunder storms on six days, and lightning with-
out thunder on two days.

91.

H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

——E>———————————
E

Eerie
4 es | 33 | 38
[=I [s) a= D
Day. g| £2 | Eg | 42 =
na a 2
a i 0.03 0.03 | x
I
| : aisietecteaeirte »-SunDAy
SUNDAY..-.....-2 ne ae 3
3 5 4
45 on 5
5 It 6
6 | 7
|
y ; 3500 . 9 .... ..... SUNDAY
SUNDAY .... -- 915 0.02 0.02 | 10
10 o.1r | o.11 | 11
11 0.04 | 0.04 | 12
12 0.04 0.04 | 13
13 |} 0.13 0.13 | 14
14 3 0.04 0.04 | 15
15 |
Sano | e098. 4 Sdo0 |} SO saaccoue « » SUNDAY
SUNDAY. .....-16 F a7
17 1.03 1.03 | 18
18 aes | 19
19 | see 20
20 1.20 I 20 | @aI
21 Y | eee 22
22 |
P ONG A letersretoun | OsOAs (a3) eee SUNDAY
SUNDAY........ 23 O74 | «0. | On74 | 24
24 O) 265 linalele 0.26 | 25
25 ad niet 26
26 @yeH jl S00 0.02 | 27
27 fir Sees q 28
28 don Hd 29
29
anao jh, addo.| || oo00] 6O! Boocse “and SunDAY
SUNDAY 5c eleisseis 30 0,900 Sono {hits | ste
31 eS |— ——_ | —_—_— — —
ee BIA70) “||| Pcseccyeha | 3eZOu| SUNN | <relererei etre raisers >
Betis iccisesis ean —-- ——_——_ —
= \9 | 3.19 | ...- | 3-19 | 17 yrs. means for and
17 yrs, means for & | l including this month

including this mo.|
; lowest barometer was 29.469 on the 2lst,

ling a range of 0.814 inches. Maximum relative
midity was 98 onthe 24th. Minimum relative

Miles.....--.....|%ain fell on 14 days.

Duration in hrs ..

————

Mean velocity....

——— eee

Greatest mileage
Greatest velocity
25th.

:
ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF AUGUST, 1891.
Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C.H. McLEOD, Superintendent.
: Sky CLoupeD} ; ‘|e
THERMOMETER. * BAROMETER. ; Iy Tentus. [5 .¢] ¢ S 3
Me a On eee ———$—_—-_—————-——}| | Mean team D See = g = ol ELS
pres-_ jrelative) ew iced Gi ao | oo
DAY. sure of | humid point. General peteanl $ B 5 <6 $a a5 DAY.
Mean.| Max. | Min. |Range.J Mean. |§ Max. | § Min. | Range. | V°POUT ity. direction. |in miles] Bas at Ee 2 A
: a
I 60.06 73-7 54.6 19.1 29.6653 | 29.760 29.568 .192 33 0,03 . 0.03 1
SUP ecqoncncA |) cones || GEE} 5I-4 Py || gooccae BAaco te doaccanl). Gooor:| (Seka , 94
3 | 67.05 | 80.8 57-5 23.3 29.9760 | 30.045 29.907 «138 51.5 8.4 96
4 66.50 | 82.5 55-5 27.0 30.1012 30.123 30.078 045 55.0 6.7 74
5 | 68.42] 83.8 57-7 26.1 30-1095 | 30.155 30.074 o8r 57-8 5.3 83
6 72 48 | 82.7 57-2 25.5 30.0673 | 30-125 30.016 109 59-7 7.0 gr
7| 69.75] 77-8 | 64.3 | 13.5 J. 29.9500 | 29.993 29.904 089 60.3 16.3 58
8] 67.95 | 78-0 | 59-3 18.7 | 29.9692 | 30.016 29.941 075 54-8 7:3 94
Sunpay .... .. 9] -.s.. 78.1 58.5 5@49 || oac0n00 |) ooase0- || oo coos || coon {|- oG000 Pets S.E. 9-5 17 Baha Petre Q .... ..... SUNDAY
1O} 75.95 | 84.1 63.2 15.9 29 8652 | 29.931 29-775 156 62 2 S.W. 17.8 of 95 0.02 0.02 | 10
II 75 88 | 90.2 60 7 20.5 29-8473 | 29.957 29.750 207 62.8 S.W. 141 of 77 O.1I O.1r | 11
12 70.62 77-2 64.2 13.0 29.8105 | 2G.898 29.748 150 63.3 S.W. 13.7 I 19 0.04 0.04 | 12
13 | 65.50] 74.8 57-4 17.4 29.9852 | 30 o18 29.946 072 52 3 N. 6.8 of go 0.04 0.04 | 13
14 | 65.27 | 73.8 56.4 17-4 | 300175 | 30.046 30.001 045 57-2 S.W. 5.2 2} 78 | 0.13 0.13 | 14
15 | 65.00] 70.0 59-9 10.1 29.9853 | 30.020 29.956 O64, 59-7 E. 5.5 of 13 0.04 0.04 | 15
SRLS Sosa || oooue || Wes SO 4) 253: |! oo occa |! adedae |) eroaoo ||) sne60. || aoves else 5. W. 3-0 +. | 42 ocea |} oo00 cee | 16 ...4ceeee+e SUNDAY
17 | 69-93 | 78.8 60.8 18.0 29.9773 | 30-953 29 910 +043 57-5 S.W. 10 0 of} 97 ono, -hdoo || 592
18 66.22 745 62.1 12.4 29.8665 | 29.944 29.814 130 58.7 S.W. 8.7 of 4° 1.03 | 18
19 | 60.23 | 67-4 53-6 13 8 30-0277 | 30 079 30.005 074 47-7 N.E. II.I of} 98 + | 19
20 | 68.17| 81.6 50 6 31.0 29.8125 | 29.980 29.649 33 58.5 Ss. 11.7 of 92 +. | 20
21 69.62 | 72.4 68.3 4.1 29.5330 | 29.615 29.469 146 65.3 S. 13.8 10 f oo I 20 | at
22 70.58 78.0 61.0 17.0 29.7530 | 29.873 29-644 229 58.5 S.W. II.2 ° 75 ao || 22
SUNDAY.......- 23 71.9 58.2 #307 |] o20900- || sancco || ooaccs N. 18.3 ‘ 02 0.04 0,04
24 64.0 56.7 7-3 29.8945 29.845 ‘ogo . N.E. 14.5 io} or ° 74 0.74
25 71-5 53.5 13.0 30.0820 29.915 309 5 S.W. 19.9 of 8:1 ° 26 0,26
26 73-8 53-2 20.6 30.2010 30.141 142 8 S.W. 6.6 of 382 ou0 p00
27 73-4 58.0 15.4 30-0112 29.902 216 3 S-E. 3.8 of 2z 0.02 0.02
28 74.2 58.3 15.9. 29.7782 29.737 088 ° S.W. 17.1 9] 27 | fod
29 65.3 50.6 14-7 30.0232 29.879 279 7 5.W. 17.0 of 59 Son
SUNDAY,.....- 5%) || Son06 69.5 50 6 18.9 snonae9 me 60 6000 0 O00
31 60.23 | 63-7 57-8 5.9 30.1878 10 22 | 0.00 . 0.00
Sonduo-cenN00 Means| 66.65 | 75-4 38.3 | 17-4 29.9422 -. $158.4 | 3-70 | 3-79
17 yrs, means for &}| 66.94 | 75.2 58.8 16.4 FR ECOS|| cons |] acoaue 59-9 | 3.19 +++. | 3.19 | 17 yrs, means for and
including this mo. including this month
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and} 26th; lowest barometer was 29.469 on the 2Ist,
ee aie temperature of 32° Far. giving a range of 0.814 inches. Maximum relatiye
Direction... .- N. NE. E. 8.E. s. S.W. | Ww. NW. § Observed. humidity was 98 on the 24th. Minimum relative
Miles 868 305 381-1176 3448 905 223 + Pressure of yapour in inches of mercury. humidity was 39 on the 11th.
| SS —|— [J | | t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Rain fell on 14 days.
Duration in bra .- |_ 7) | is 68 | 56 Mie | | pe T 10 years only.
Mean velocity..-.| 9.6 12.8 5.1 6.8 10.7 13.5 11.6 10.6 The greatest heat was 90.2 on the llth; the
greatesi cold was 50.6 on the 20th, 29th and 80th,

i i & i ae 11 7 f temp. of 39.6 degrees. {Warm-
Greatest mileage in one hour was 320n the 23th. Resultant mileage, 3401. (SNARE TS O
Greatest velocity in gusts36 mileserhour on the Resultuot direction, 8. 44° 30’ W. est day was the 10th. Coldest day was the 29th.
th. ‘Total mileage, 8067. Highest barometer reading was 30.283 on the

(MBER,

level, 187 feet.

\

Sky CLoupED

In TrEnTxs.

ty

ies a

ur| =
7:0
3-7
2S
7.0
8.8
"Blo | 10 | 3
4-7 | 10 | o
7.0 | 10} 3
Be) || |) ©
5.8 | 10] o
On7)|| 2 °
8.3 10 °
5.0 | 10 | o
37 || x || ©
6.3 | 10 2
6.3 | Io °
0.2 I °
7-8 | 10 | 4
5.0 | 10] oO
5-7 | 10] 0
0.7 2)|\o
OF || Bie
2,0 Io te}
1.7] 10| 0
s}oe} |) 2) || ©)
mod |} Zi il ©
4.4 [8-4 |0.7
6.4

)
Ito sea-level and

if mercury.
being 100.

the 25th ; the

, giving a range
lest day was the
Highest barom-
30th ; lowest

1891.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

L : E
Soe] a | ae
Sas = s Fas} . arg
Hea| 34 | os | 3s
one ag EO ao DAY.
BAY) “as on | aA
oy oe 3) &
19 0.12 . 0.18 I
a sat a0 408 2
3 soe eee 3
37 0.21 0.21 | 4
16 0.22 cee | @n2z 5
32 0.09 +» | 0.09 | 6 «seeeeeeee SUNDAY
61 5500 m arerers 7
79 DOO oe 8
53 Inap. Inap.| 9
84 0.01 es 0.01 | 10
75 see eee poa0 || 26!
86 p00 ao || BE
32 0.01 wea- | O.0T | 13 oceeeveese SUNDAY
08 vas 5 sxe:
64 | Inap. See ilnap sens
89 | Inap. | ..-.. | Inap.| 16
41 Inap. saoee [dumeyaa)) 27
52 O.1L 56) @aese || cee)
97 pene do00 |}. 26)
94 o0dC eyecare eiest||( BO! ciclslecietese es SUNDAY.
54 | Inap. ene |loaps | ax
45 ane 500 a |} eB
oe ooDd Sou «ee | 23
3 onde 400 +s | 24
89 | Inap. ... |Inap.} 35
94 ano eos a |} Ae
85 Beers do. || oda¢ 7 erarerstals .SUNDAY
7 900 ate Sano |e)
37 0.20 +. | 0.20 | 29
96 els 500 - | 30
a0 . . ogoo || Sk
62.7 | 1.03 Soo. |) BoeeD SETS Sagcodacconcd dare
54.94| 3.21 .... | 3-21 |Years means for and
including this month,

barometer was 29.732 on the 29th, giving a range
of 0-741 inches. Maximum relative humidity
was onthe . Minimum relative humidity

was on the
Rain fell on 14 days.
Snow fellon days.
Rain or Snow fell on 14 days. |
Auroras were observed on 8 nights.
Hour frost on days.
Lunarhals on 2 nights.
Lunar corona on the
Fog on 5 days.

ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH SEPTEMBER, 1891.

Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal,

Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet.

C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent.

Sky CLoupeD

THERMOMETER. * BAROMETER. WIND. In Tantus.
_———_—— + Mean }f Mean ==
pres-_ jrelative] Dew
DAY. sure of | humid- point.
R F vapour | ity. General
Mean.| Max. | Min. |Range.J Mean. | § Max. | § Min. | Range. : direction.
F 1 61.82 | 69.7 56.9 12.8 30.1098 | 30.180 30.056 124 +4730 E.
2| 62.43 | 72.7 54-0 18.7 30.0643 W.
3] 69.25 | 79x | 59-2 | 19.9 | 29.9922 S.E.
4| 63.35 | 70.5 | 52-7 | 17.8 | 30.0920 Ww.
5 | 55-77 | 62. | 47-4 | 314.7 | 30.2502 N.
SUNDAY..+.55.506 | «... 74-3 57-6 S07, | odscocn'l|) acobahe | adacos® Ill iaane® || eoouds S.E. on
7) 60.82) 68.5 56.8 11.7 29.8877 Ww. 3
8] 55.48] 62.0 51.6 10.4 30.0803 N.W. °
g| 58.10| 67.2 48.1 19.1 30.1565 W. 3
10 | 63.07] 71.5 56.5 15.0 30.2840 WwW. °
a1 | 64.13 | 73.2 57-2 15.9 30.2623 S.W.. °
iz | 64.83 | 75.6 55-0 20.6 30.0868 S.E. °
SuNDAyY ....- o0t8} || cance 71-5 59-2 7A |) Goada0 os wood wit astoonesul “csepaeell I!) aoaas Ww. 09
14] 55.53 | 61.6 40.7 14.9 29.8913 W. °
1s | 51.40 | 58.9 43-1 15.8 29.9838 N.W. °
16} 55-78 | 65.4 46.0 19.4 30.1548 W. o-
17 | 61.40] 71.7 51.4 20.3 30.1708 8. 2
18 | 69.23 | 82.0 62.7 19.3 29.8807 S.W. °
19 | 59.80] 66.8 51.4 15.4 30.1842 N. °
SUNDAY........20] ..... | 70.5 48.4 Pre || 5a a0a0 S.W. 30
21 74.8 54.0 20.8 30.0687 Ss. 4
22 68.4 51.1 17-3 go. 1190 N.E. °
23 74.8 64.2 10.6 30.0497 N.E. °
24 80.7 58.4 22.3 30.0403, N.W. °
25 83.5 68.1 15.4 29.9173 S.W. °
26 71.3 59.2 12.1 30.1653 N. °
SHETTscomoae] 74.6 52.0 EAS || Scaonos Ss. 60
ai 81.1 60.9 20.2 30.0845 s. °
29 75-1 | 53.5 | 22.6 | 29.8937 5. W. °
30 58.7 42.5 16.2 30.3907 N.W. °
31 e008 || Geox aes ebos0e3: || oadaco || coccce || ono |} oveco ||, acco |! dooo |boooadac000 fe
o00000 ++++.+Means| 62.29 | 71.26 | 54.14 E 17.12 | 30.0870 4285 74-9 W. 19° 8.
_ Years means for &| 58.73 | 66.74 ar | T1781 30.0155 +3836 75-1 Bon
including this mo.
ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and|
Di 2 = temperature of 32° Far.
irection...... N. N.E. i. _S.E. 8. S.W. | W. | N.W. |} Calm. § Observed.
Miles . 837 819 2036 2793 853 + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury.
— —_ — —— t Humidity relative, saturation being 100.
7° 87 ey || ee | | ee T 10 years only.
Mean velocity..../ 10.2 10.3 2.8 PH) oun 15.9 12.9 9.5 The greatest heat was 83.5 on the 25th; the
greatest cold was 42.5 on the 30th, giving a range
Greatest mileage in one hour was onthe th. Resultant mileage, 4175. of temp. of 41-0 degrees. Warmest day was the

the Resultant direction, W. 19° S.

Greatest velocity in gusts», miles er hour on
th. ‘Total mileage, 8369.

Coldest day was the Highest barom-
eter reading was 30.473 on the 30th; lowest

DAY.

Per cent. of
Possible
Sunshine.

Rainfallin

inches.

Snowfall in
inches.

Rain and snow
melted.

se eeeeeeece SUNDAY

OOIDA nO wH

+ tt te eee e SUNDAY

o9ondoDo sSUNDAY

62.7 1.03 |Sums .

Years means for and
including this month,

3-21

54.94

barometer was 29.732 on the 29th, giving a range
of 0.741 inches. Maximum relative humidity
was onthe Minimum relative humidity

was on the
Rain fell on 14 days.
Snow fellon — days.
Rain or Snow fell on 14 days. |
‘Auroras were observed on 3 nights.
Hour frost on days.
Lunarhals on 2 nights.
Lunar corona on the
Fog on 5 days.

— it el t

New

Y

iil

3518